AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minneso... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second<lass matter March
21, 1947 at the post ofice at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
CALENDAR
SEPTEMBER
..
1
2
3
4
5
.
1
2
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . .
25 26 27
2
3
4
5
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Committees of the Faculq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
The Faculty
........
...............................
7
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Financial Information
24
.............................
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Student P e r s o ~ e Services
l
The College
........................................
42
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.Gradetion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
48
51
60
CouisesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and -Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
' ~ivisionof the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .
61
61
65
79
93
The 'I'heological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 101
General Requirements
. . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . .
101
Coursesof Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
. . . .
IIO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Calendar
'953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
'953
.
,
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
September 9
September 9-12, A.M.
Wednesday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . .Registration
September 9-13
September 14, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday through Sunday. . . .Freshman Days
Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
September 17
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Regiitration Fee
October 17
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Iqcompletes
October 23-25
Friday through Sunday. . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
November
Wednesday.
11
November 26, 27
December 16, 4:20 P.M.
. . . . . .End of
&st hall of Semester
Thursday and Friday. . . . . .Thanksgiving Recess
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas Recess begins
I954
January
4, 8:00 A.M.
Monday. . . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess
January 25-29
Monday to Friday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations
January 29
January 18 to February z
Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..First Semester ends
. . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
February
3, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
February 6
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee
February
Monday; holiday . . . . . . .Washington's Birthday
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Incompletes
22
March 9
April I
April 14, 4 : ~ oP.M.
April
20,
8:00 A.M.
May 26
May 27 to June
2
Thursday. . . . . . . . .End of first half of Semester
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..College Examinations
May 30
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decgration Day
May 30
June 3, 8:oo P.M.
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Service
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . .College Commencement
BOARD OF 'I'RUSTEES
RBV. ERNESTG. LARSON, P d e n t , Minneapolis, Mim.. .. .Term expires
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN,Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expins
MR.GEORGE
S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn.. .Term expires
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. D. W. L Y N G D Duluth,
~,
Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Term expires
MIL.EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tern expires
MR. IVERI-L IVERSON,
Minot, N. Dak.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. CHRISTIAN
G. OLSON,Seattle, Wash.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
MR.GILLERT
BERG,Seattle, Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires
1954
1957
1953
1956
19 5 3
1954
1955
I 95 6
1957
Advisory Members
DR.T. 0.BURN-,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Mim.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN, President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Miieapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MARTIN
QUANBECK.
. . . . .Dean of the College and Director of Veterans Afoirs
BURTONP. FOSSE.
.................................... .Business Manager
K. BERNER
DAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDA
MORTENSEN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
LAWRENCE
A. QUANBECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar, Secretary of tbe General Faeulty
MELVINA. HELLAND..
............... .Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mmvm E. TRAUTWEIN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
MERTONP. S T R O ~ .N. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Pastor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewn
....................................... Archist
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Musical Organizations
.............................. .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary to the President and the Dean
FZLEENQUANBECK.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . .Assistant Registrm
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: k t h u r C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Ragna Sverdrup, Bookkeeper; Mrs.
Esther Halverson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary,
Placement Bureau; Mrs. Joyce Frosig, Typist, Mimeograph Office; Tena Mehus,
Clerk, Registrar's Office; Le Von Paulson, Secretary, Persqmel O i h ; Anna
Marie Rundstrom, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary,
Library; Mavis Strand, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Mrs. Betty
Swanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Ruth Ann Waage, Secretary, Registrar's 0 5 c e ; Shelby Gimse, Secretary; David Rokke, Student Placement Manager.
Head Residpnts in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Vincent Hoversten; Sivertsen
Hall, Charlotte Westby; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton -1,
Ruth
Ann Waage; Edda House, Alice Swensen.
Snperviror of Howekeping: Olga Hennuuslie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Drs. C. R Wall and S. V. Thorson, Physicians.
Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Lois Dahlund, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE F A C U L R
1953-1914
Admirristration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Fosse, L. A. Quan'beck.
Cnrricdnm: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag. Miss Joel.
Admissions m d Scholarship: Miss Joel, Lindquist, M. Quanbeck, Kleven, Thorson, L. A. Quanbeck.
Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Savold, R. Anderson, Mrs. Kigsley.
Librury: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Saberg, Nash, E. W. Anderson, Bertness, Strommen.
Social: Miss Lund, Miss Mortensen, E. Nelson, Llndquist, Mrs. Nelson.
Stdies: Tnutwein, Miss Joel, Torstenson, R. Anderson, Colacci.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Jensen, Sonnack, Miss Skurdalsvold. (Student members
also included in this Committee.)
Stdent-Famlty: Dahlen, M i Mortensen, Sateren, Miss Segolson (Student
members also included in this Committee.)
Teacber Edwation: Bertness, Urdahl, Miss Tangjerd, Mrs. Traumein, Mrs.
Nelson.
Religiorrr Life: Stensvaag, Strommen, Thelander. (Student members also included
in this Committee.)
1952-1953
Faculty Council: M. Quabeck, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Lund, Miss M o c t e m ,
E. Nelson, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Miss Segolson, Sonnack, Thelander,
Thorson, Trautweh
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL. SEMINARY
' '
'
BEUHMD M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President m d Professor of Tbedogy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., Princeton Thwbgical Seminary, 1927; PhD., Hartfocd kninaqFoundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G3ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Patoral
work, Bmlalyn, New York 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emwitus of C h r c h History
KARLERMISCH,
AB., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., &go
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Tea&:
Wartburg COhge, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minu1925-29.
At Augsburg 1928-1952.
MELVIN
A. HJTLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testammf, "Seqetmy
of tbe Tbeological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 19I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930.. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
I v ~ nB. OLSON,A.M., Th-B., Associate Professor of S y s t m t i c Tbcology
AA., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A X , University ofi Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran +logical
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, I 936-3 9; University of Minnem a , 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c b History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological ~emi&ry, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, h,
1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Test&
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Semirury,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkjns. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
NORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.' Special Lecturer, 195 2- y 3 ; ;Director
FREDERIC
of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
.
..?
:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
H. N. HBNDRICKSON,
A.M., CT., Professor Emeritw of History and Iatin
A.B, Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897;
AM, University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbii Pastor.
Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37.
At Angsburg 1900-1952.
KARLE u m a i , Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emmmtusof German
For rtatement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. QVEBGGEN, A.M., Professor E d t u s of Englisb
Ad., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minmtsota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota,
I@-10; Ehworth College, 1913-15. At Augsburg 191y-1ggs.
MANWALD RE, M.S., Assistout Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technobgy,
Tallin, Etonia, 1941; M.S., Univenity of Minnesota, 1951. Tuching:
Agirtant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Augsburg since 1949.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,
M.Ed., Associde Professor of Healtb snd P e d
Edwcotim, Basketball Coach
A.B., A,ugsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnmta, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMONDE. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: Mimenesota. Teaching: University 05 Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FMNK h o , A.B., Assistant in Pbysical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: hfinnewta. U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsburg since 1950.
EVABAVOLAK,A.M., Instructor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Teachers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-10;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
LUCY M m E. BERGMAN,
M.S., Instnrctor in Speecb
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 5-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. At Augsburg since 1912.
HEWRY
J. BERTNESS, A.M., Assistmt Professor of Edwtion
A.B.; Augsburg College, 1947; A.U, University of Minnesota, 1948. Mditional study: Minnesota, Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
MARGARETBERVEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education
B.Ed., Winona State Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnewta, ,1945. Teaching: High School, 1937-49; Minot State Teachers' GIlege, summers, 1948-50; Winona State Teachers' College, 1949-52. At
Augburg since 1952.
K m ~ BILZENS,
s
Th.D., Assistart Professor of Pbilosopby and Gemron
Lic:Theol., University of Riga, 1935; Th.D., 1943. Additional study: University of Basel. Teaching: Teachers College, Riga, Latvia, 1934-40. At
Augsburg since 19 5 2.
CAIL CHRISLOCK,A.M., Assistart Professor of History and Political Science
.
h
A&., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustma College, S i Falls, S. D., 1948-51. A t Augsburg since 1952.
h COLACCI,
~
~ Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Lagucrges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th-D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mark Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49At Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1952.
K. BBRNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dear of Students and Associate Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
GEORGEN. ECKLUND,A. M., I m t w c t o ~is Business Administration
A.B., Drake University, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota; 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Army Air Corps, 1943-46. Interviewer, V. A,
1946-47; Public Relations, Pillsbury Mills, Im., 1948-50. A t A u g s b q
since 1951.
BURTON P. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
&dustrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. A t Augsburg since 19 5 3.
MnaLls GEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
. Cmd.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940; Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studii, 1938-49. At Augsburg since 1952.
MELVINA. H~LLAND,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek a d Rcligias
.. .
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see lkdogicd
&minary Faculty listing.
D. HELMBERGER,
A.M., Instructor in Bdness Administration
B.S., Duluth State Teachers College, 1941; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Centerville Scbool,Hugo,
M i . , 1941-42; University of Minnesota, 1947-51. O.P.S., Minneapdis,
1951-. At Augsburg since 1952.
JOHN
R. J. HUDRETH,
M. S., Instructor in E c o n d c r and Business A d m h k t r d h
B.S., Iowa State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Mina&ta,
Iowa State Ulege. U. S. Army, 1941-47. Teaching part-time: bwi State
College, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 195 2-5 3.
AUCA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. A d d i t h d
study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: EaJtern State Teachers College,
Madison, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson State Teachers Cdlege, 11~28d
36; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational r
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1957-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 194J.
-RED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar md Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. .Ad&cional ~tudy: Saskatchewan, ,Minnesota Tezching: High School, 19a1-46.
At Augsbnrg since 1947.
EBBAI.
JOHNSON, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of ~ e o s t a ,1950. Additianal study: M h e a ~At ~
Augsburg since I 9 5 2.
MwI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spmisb
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexiw, 1944. Ad&t i o d study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Ststen
kluld, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends Sahool, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
BEJU~H~D
J. TKLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History mrd Politicd S c i e ~ ~ e
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
PhD., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Ats&te Professor of Germanic L a g w g ~ ~
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Sou*
C a l i f o m i a , 1 9 2 8 ; A . M . , 1 ~ ~ o ; P h . D . , U n i v e r s i t y o f ~ t a , 1 9 ~ 2 . T e r c.h ing: High School, 1930-3 I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; F& University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. At AugsbWg
1947.
CARLW. LAND-,
M.Mus., lnstnrctor in Music
. ,
A.B., University of Minnesota, 193 I ; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological: Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D, 1940-42; Northwestern Scbodr. Minneapolis, 1950-5). At Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREY
LANDQUIST,
MMus., Lnstntctor in P h and Orgm
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacF'hail Schod of
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of M ' u k
A t Au-g
-ON
He,
1937.
since 1946.
WILSONLINDEMANN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Rommce I ; r r r ~ ~
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., 1926. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26.
At Augsburg since 1926.
0.HERBERT
~ D Q U I SM.S.,
T , Assistant Professor of Pbysics and M a t h N c s
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy,
1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Seeretarial Science
A.B.. Augsburg College, 1936; AM., University of Mbmsota, 195 I.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West C e n d School of Agricdtum,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48 ; High School, I 94849. At Augsburg since 1950.
JOHN MJLTON,A.M., Instructor in Englisb.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additbud d y :
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GEBDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dem of W o m e n and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Mimesotas 1938.
Addttional s d y : Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg Cdege, 1946-50. At Avgsburg Jince
1922.
b
n C. NELSON,M.Ed., A s h t a t Professor of Pbysical Edwatkm d Carcb
of Football and Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; X E d , University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High !3chool, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsbarg since
1946.
H~LENY. NELSON,
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
:B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1952. Teaohing:
High. School, 1938-42; Western Michigan College, Kalamazoo, 1942-44;
University of California, 1944-46;Iowa State Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 195I.
IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANNE P~IDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnescrta, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
Sm,Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg,
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNBPETERSON,A.B., Instrnctor m Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacP h d School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence,
1952-53-
L b m ~ A.
a QUANBECK,As., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947.Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy,
1944-46.Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-51.At Augsburg since 1951.
QUANBECK,
Ph.D., Dean of the College and Professor of Uucation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantonille, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950.A t Augsburg since 1938.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of M u s k
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Tiaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, C i v h Public
Service, 1944-46.A t Augsburg 1941-43,
and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and
Training School, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces, 1942-45;Glenwood Public
Schools, 1948-52.At Augsburg since 1952.
Rum SEGOLSON,
MS., Associate Professor of Home Economics
BS., University of Minnesota, 1921; MS., 1938.Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;Uni:vemity of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936,
A t Augsburg since 1944.
SKURDALSVOLD,
B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago Cdlege of Music. Private study: M ~ MF. Stoddard, Hamlin Hum, Herbert
Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed, 0.C. Christianson, ,Martial
Singher. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-5 r., A t
Augsburg since 1922.
JENNIE
.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of. Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
,
,
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MIXTON P. SIROMMEN,A.B., Th.B., College Pastor and Assistant Profenor of
Cbristianity
A.B., Augsburg College,' I 943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological &rninary.
1944; Th.B., 19 5 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
'
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. On leave of absence, 1 9 $ i - ~ ~ ;
A m s B. TANGJERD,A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Si-ience
kB., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A M , 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel.
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library.
1936-38. A t Augsburg since 1940.
ROY PHILIP THELANDER,MS., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923: B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additions1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 1-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instrt~torin Piatw
KMm.,American Consemwry of Music, 1927. Addieiond s d y : American Gnservawry of Music and Minnesota; Master Clvs Work with
Sihio Sciwti; Robyn N o r d Teachers Training Course; Studied d r
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: Ameriun Coaservtwry of Music, 1916-46;
Gslorado State Gllege of Education, 1946-47.At Augsbwg siuce 1947.
TORSTENSON,
A.M., Astorbte Professor of Socidogr
LB.,Augsburg College, 1938;AM., University of Minnesota,
JOEL S.
'
1940.AddiDirector of Education and Public Relations, MidAt Augsburg 1938-42, and aiace
land Cooperative Whvlesde, 194~-47.
4d y :
Minuesota.
1947.
WARET
SATEFSNTRAUTVEM,A.B., lrutrvctor in Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High
School, 1937-47.At Augsburg since 1949.
Mmvm E. T M U ~A.M
, ., Ars3std Professor of Psychlogy Ad Ed*.tiorr ad Director of Placemmt
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
d y : H m d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-41;
h,
Norfolk Junior College, 194s.St&, Education and Training O&er,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48.Research Asdstmt md C o d , Univerdty of Minnesota, 1948-50.U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.At Augsbmg
FALING J. URDAHL,A.M., Aa&e
Professor of Biology and Psycbdogy
A.B., Gncordia Callege, 1930;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Ad&dona1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-3 $. Principal, Cannon Falls, Mmnesota, 1935-41.Aat Augsburg since 1943.
General Information
LOCATION
Augaburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
fiv&de
Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from &e University of M i n n m t a and within walking diszance of the main business section of the city. Science H
all,cond
g the administration &ces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities, They have access to libraries, museums, and a n collections.
They may hear rfie k t in mnsic and fecmres. Minneapolis is
mmgnkd throughout tbe nation as a vital center of religi~ls
life and acrivity, Outstanding leaders in many &Ids both from
other prrts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in rhe Twin Ciries have abundant opportunity t o contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HI!5TORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was (begunas a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This.
arrangement failed t o work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was estabfished when it k a m e evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theologicar
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879;
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 193 3. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the- study of the humanities. In recent years there
has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. A t the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing-revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o0ice of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937
until I 9 3 8. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding and personut
realization of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an effective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and
other ctvilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the studenfs interest in the attainmmt of tbe
common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop m enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his o m urges, interests,
ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train the student in scientijic methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the iindings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster k the student an iatelligent a m e ciation and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fins arts.
T o guide the studmt in the understamding of social relatianshps in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sinceriay.
T o provide guidance for the studmt in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train studmts in v o c a t ~ Zand professjOno1 lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his ef6ciency in the various relationships of life.
T o afford the student w h o l e s m recreational expenerrme
which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct the student in principles, ~ t t h d e s ,and ideas
pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all.things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsbwg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in r 890, r d t e d in the f i a t i o n of Augsburg
with the newly created United Nomegian Lutheran Church. Due
to Merences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, hance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, the chief iinancial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP I N EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the Cullege and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present officers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Clair
Strommen, Vice-president; Esther Aune, Recording Secretary;
Marian Lund Lowrie, Harvey Peterson, and Paul Roth, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Aupbwg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsbwg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, both spiritual and hmcial, to the school. The
Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and offices, and a number of college classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
S~erdru~-Oftedal
Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern,
hepioaf dormitory affording living quarters for about I go men.
O n the ground floor of thk buiIding is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Dr. B. J.
Kleven, Curator.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Miss Alma Jensen, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 25,300 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
Two hundred eighty of h e best periodicals, and
dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access t o the Library daily from 7:45 A.M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4: 30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: 16m.m. sound
movie projector, 3 % / 4 ~ 4 inch slide projector (several), 2"x2" slide
projector, Balopticon, sound amplification system, film strip pro-
jector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well
equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be ofIered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the oflice of the Dean.
DEACONESS
HOSPITAZ.
AFFILIATIONWITH THE LUTHERAN
Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their &st semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the
School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
MEDICALTECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t the hospital.
Financial l nformation
STUDENT EXPENSES
For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of
Seminary expenses, see page 102. The tuition for the College students is $180.00 a semester.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $ I 5.00 per credit hour
up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fee.
GENERALEXPENSESFOR ONE SEMESTER
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 80.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 5-00 to 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 238.50
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 63.00
r 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the .beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee. depending upon the method of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00 to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the Gl'lege and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7-50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER
Piano for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$35.00
Voice for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00
Organ for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.00
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-00
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
COURSE
FEESPER SEMESTER
3 00
Home Economics 2. 36. 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 .00
Home Economics 39 and 40
Biology 6o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . ~ ~ . ~and55
3.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
5.00
Biology 13. 14. 25.26. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Chemistry jN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
...........
C h e m i s t r y ~ y 6 . ~ ~ . ~and55
~ y ~ ~ ... ~. .4. y
5.00
Physics I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Secretarial Studies 2. 8. 5 I. and 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Secretarial Studies I. 5 3. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 5.00
.
Resident students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22 3. J o to 2 38.5 o
Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.00 to 35-00
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $448.50 to 496.50
Off-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 2 38.5 o
Special, music, or course fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.oo to 3J .OO
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ ~ L J . J O to 273.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at
the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may be made with the Treasurer for partial payment and
payment of the remainder in monthly installments. If such installments are not made regularly, a charge of fifty cents per month
is made on balances over $50.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per
month. All accounts must be paid /before a student is permitted
to register for a new semester.
Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $ I 1.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid a t the rate of 10% per week by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
' Subject
to change.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships.
The college gives assistance to students in securing work both m
and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
Tbe John and Anna Jorgim Gregory Theological Student L m
F.acnd is available to students who are re paring for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hoar, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, N o d
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the mini s ~ ~ .
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on hancial matters with the objective in mind
of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting -to tuition for the second half of
the Freshman year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and zhe
highest ranking girl in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. Outside of Minnesota a limited number of scholarships of
this kind are awarded to students of superior ability.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947t o honor the memory
of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to ~ 9 3 7 .
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and ability who
to prepare further for the vocation
of teaching, The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollan.
The Kiitb E, H o f m m M m w i n E Schddrship was established in
S, Hoffman of Minaeapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of O k i n a ~ ~ a .
The schoIafs)lip consists of the income f tom a fund of $1~075
and
is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
The Lutherm Brotherhood Scholarship of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhmd Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an ouwtanding Lutheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club SchoImship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memurial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5 ,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredr2ckson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Larnberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augshrg Alumni Association Schlarship of $ 2 5 0
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The W m n ' s Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
Augsburg Choral Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in
the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring
states.
Augsburg College Band. In addition to presenting its fall and
spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental
music and thus furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Mak C h m affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
Miscellaneous Grmps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club,
Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both ~ o c d
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg
bas sent out duos, trios, quartets, and s;milat. groups among the
churches. These organizations are w d y formed and directed by
the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music
department.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the Science Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholmsbip is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943,is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
Students entering college face many new situations and prablerns. Some problems disappear soon after enrollment but others
grow during the four years. In order to give the greatest help to
students in these circumstances, Augsburg College has developed
a number of student aids combined under the general title
of Student Personnel Services. Included are Freshman Days and
orientation, testing, counseling, housing and food service, health
and recreation, iinancial aid including student employment and
loans, and student activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit
from the services of the Placement Oflice. Coordination of these
services is centered in the oflice of the Dean of Students. The
planning and policy are formulated by the Personnel Committee.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty- counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are adrninistered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained for
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment will also serve him later in life. Each
freshman and new student is assigned a faculty member who may
serve as his counselor for m o years. Counselors for juniors and
seniors are their major advisers. The Deans and other administrative
o0icers are general counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program and choose appropriate subjects. The student learns to
understand his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and
interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students 'may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from quaEed persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
file in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have personal problems may find help through
discussing the problem with their counselor. Personal iinances,
housing, and similar problems are common topics of discussions.
Students who have spiritual problems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, such as members of the Department of Christianity and the College Pastor.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
150 men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen Hall, with
Morton Hall housing twenty, Miriam House and Edda House
each housing eighteen, and Morton Annex, twelve.
The college maintains several small apartments for married students. Applications may be made in the o&ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must live in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted to make other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules begin and are closed within twenty-four hours after the
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room' rent and board must :be paid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any breakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first.
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The o6ce of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing at all times.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food ac
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The program of student health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the
College Physician and the College Nurse. It includes regular phy-
sical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a schoolwide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary
rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The College
Physician and the College Nurse have regularly scheduled 06hours on campus daily.
Students, faculty, and staff hive chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free.
PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR GRADUATES
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMl'NISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Ofice of Public Relations of from the Oflice of the Registrar. These forms are generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application,
together with the high school record, previous college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Of6ce of Public Relations. A student seeking
admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September I 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I.
Requirements for Admission
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give
evidence of suf6cient maturity are considered for admission upon
recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right t o reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have di&culty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deiiciency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
&e Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of d e h i t e standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who
present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain
(cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations.
This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General
Educational Development Tests warrants the granting of some
Junior College credit.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans may study at Augsburg under Public Law 16, 346,
and 550. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration and present it
.at the time of registration.
In order to receive college credit for experience in rhe military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation will
;bemade according to the recommendations of the American Coun-
cil on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semeaer credits, 2 in hygiene
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools, for some courses
taken through the Armed Forces Institute, and to junior college
students for satisfactory performance on the college General Educational Development Tests.
Registration
Students who have 'been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register Eater &an three days after classes begin are charged
a late reginration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classesIn registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not suflicient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions ro this rule may be made ander certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship bmittee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
In case a student desires to make m y changes in his registration,
hc rnnse obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, mating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
ApprovaI of the teachers concerned and the student" adviser
and t h e Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
she Registrar's Office d l result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
.cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot ,be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who 6nds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's oflice
in order .to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSI'IY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be dowed unless t h e student has a grading of C average, or
r honor point per credit, in his courses a t Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed r7.
T h e credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
CZassification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Cladcation is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor poina:
Scpbomare, 24; Juaior, 58; Senior, 92.
ClassScation for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls t h
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of . j or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed t o remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passirig
grade in at least 1 2 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with heir teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very begiinning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
~
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h a 1 reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sdicient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 a t another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
o6ce and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be
made by the Registrar's O&ce in cases of illness. If incompletes
and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is d c i e n t l y high. The final grade after the condition
examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00
is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to.
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the o6ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oace.
Grade Values
A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit
&Very good, 2 honor points per credit
C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D-Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E-Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, md
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is wged
to study the requirements as outlined in Ehis section of the mtatog
and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he incIudes the * w i d
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. f i e faculty
advisers, t h e Dean, and the Registrar d gladly assist him in planning his program.
Junior College
For a proper distribution of subjeers among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following c r e d i ~are required of all students in the Junior College, Iaying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education.
Group A Christianity
r credits each semester
6 credits
Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Group C Foreign Language (Norwegian, French,
Spanish, German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) I credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are
exempted from this requirement.
Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I and
3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
(Humanities)
6 d t s
Group E Natural Sciences
8 credits
Group F
Health and Physical Education: Course
3% 3by4% and 4b
Psychology required in certain fields
0rien.tation required of all Freshmen
Senior
2,
4 credits
4 credits
I
credit
College
b tJOR
~ AND M~NORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the Junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Christianity, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Senior
College students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Senior College Courses. At least thirty credits
in Senior College Courses must #be completed for graduation.
Courses numbered a,bove 50 are designated as Senior College
Courses.
TOTALCREDITS
AND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit. A credit equals one recitation period a week
throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
grade of A. An average of 128 honor points must be attained for
the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree.
ENGLISH
PROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE
WITHDISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor points
per credit
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79-k
2.1-2.49+
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent a t least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per cmdit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following m s e s of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for the vocation of his choice.
T h Christian Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
~reshmanyear.
Seminary adviser, Mr. Hdland.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . - 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . I
Freshman English . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
European Civilization . . . . . . . . - . . 6
or Natural Science, 8 Cr.
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Sophomore
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nanual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
8
8
4
6
r
-
34
33
New Testament Greek. . . . . . . . . . 8
- 8
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . 6
Hatory or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hymns of the Church. . . . . . . . . . . 2
Senior
Youth Work in the Church. . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . ' z
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Philosophy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ewnomiu or Education.. . . . . . . . 6
English (for major or minor). ... 6
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
The foreign language requirement includes I 6 semester credits
in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Christianity and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Christianity with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's C e d c a t e are italicized
in the outline below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Basic Bibk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . .
Principles of Sociology . . . . . .
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . 3
Types of Public Speech.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
Senior
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . . z
The Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
32
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . , 2
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Chwcb. . 2
Fundamentals of Journulism . . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Survey of Sock! Work Field. . . . . . 3
Firsf Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 2
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The student should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the
basis of scholarship and other qualifications. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
F , A
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Langwge or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Junior
Christkmity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology ......... 3
Teaching in High School. ........ 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Labontory Experience. . . . . . 2
Electives in Major or -or.
.... -14
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natunl
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principle of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Observation and Practice
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 or 5
Special Teaching Methods. . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
-
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry.
The
course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree.
Fresh
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
European Civilization or Sociology. .
Principles of Accounting.. . . . . . ..
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
6
6
I
r
I
I
Junior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 4
United Stater History... . . . . . . . . 6
Bwiness Law . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3
Advanced Accounting . .. . . . . ... 5
Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . . j
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective crediu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .. . ... . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economiu.. . . . . . . ..
I n d u c t i o n to Statistia.. . . . , . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective credim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
4
3
8
4
6
3
I
3
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations.. 3
Public Finance and Taxation.. . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching business subjects in high school requires
work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies.
The following one year program is outlined as a preparation for
certain o6ce positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test.
First Year
Chrirtianky . . . . . . . . . . . .. . , . , - .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . .
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . . . . , . . .
P.rinciplw of h & g . .
.. . . .. .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Eduxtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
4
6
6
I
2
2
6
I
I
2
- s t y
.. . .
. . ....
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand . . .
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . ..
Secretarial Practice . . . . .
Office Machines . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vocations in Home EEonomics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she begins her college work. The teaching major
is described in the catalog on page 90.
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often h d it advantageous to
complete their college work before entering the medical school.
The following program will meet the requirements of most medical
schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Christimity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
German ...................... 8
Zoo~ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology .................... 4
Qualitative Analysis ............ 4
Quantitative Andysia ........... 5
Physical Education ............. I
Senior
Junior
Christianity ...................4
Social Science .................. 6
Medical German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Organic Chemistry ............. 8
Physics .......................
8
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Christianity ................... 4
speech ......... , .............3
German ...................... 8
Physical Chemistry ............. 5
Electives ....................
.12
34
32
-
-
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally b e wmplaed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
FreshChristianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis ...................... .ro
Orientdon ................... I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
ChrisGan;~ . . . . . . . . .
Ewo~ean tion on .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
General Physics . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Nursing
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schools have a t least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshmvt
...
Sophomore
...................
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
csrmamg
4
6
Natural Science ............... 8
Psychology .................... 4
Sociology ..................... 6
Elements of Nutrition.. ......... 3
O k a t i o a ................... I
Physical Education .............I
33
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Political Science
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
c3kriatianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Annomy and Phpblogy.. ...... 4
k ~ l o g y................... 3
ch&stry
....................
Psybology
....................
Second Year
3
2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I4
Medical Tecbndogy
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
F&ul
Chrittianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............. .. 6
General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sodal Science ..................6
Orientathn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Mucation .............
I
Electives ......................4
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
J.aior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry ........... 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 0
-
4
8
4
3
I
8
4
32
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and pnctical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
d
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical electrical engineering, agricultural, civil, industrial, mechanical and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly diflerent.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . .
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey 06 European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z
4
4
4
4
4
8
6
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must be taken in summer session.
Lau,
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose t o transfer to the Law School
at the University of Minnesota. It is possible t o modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Sophomore
Christianity
ti^ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pchciplea of Accounting. ......... 6
Humanities .................... 6
~uropern&diza6on ........... 6
Orientation .................... I
Hedth ........................ z
Phpid AcrirEties .............. I
32
................... 2
Christian Ethia ................ z
Principles of Fmnomiw.. ........ 6
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
History of Philosophy. ........... 3
General Psychology ............. 4
History of England. .............
3
Speech or Sociology. ............. 3
Physical Activities .............. I
Social Work
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
F~~
,Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization ........... 6
Principlcr of Sociology. , . . . . . . . . . 3
Noma1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Phyacd Education ......, ..... , I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . .6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Psychology ...................4
Sociology ..................... 6
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
J
e
⬠Y l r h b i q ...................
Principles of Economia . . . . . . . . .
Sodology .....................
PIttory of Philosophy.. .........
Eleotives .....................
Senior
4
7
Chrirti?nity ...................4
Sociology ..................... 9
Statkics ...................... 3
Electives ...................... I 6
32
32
6
9
6
-
-
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should conthe major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
sult
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutherdn
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION
OF RELIGION
AND PHILOSOPHY
W .Stensvaag, Chuimra#
Christianity
Philosophy
Mr. Olson, Cbrr)rmcwt
DIVISION
OF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
SOCIAL SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
H o m e Economics
DIVISION
OF
THE
DIVISION
OF
THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Cbairma
PAWH Worn I.
2 Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organizrtion and visitation. It ranges in scope from roul-care to surveys. Clau lectures
w i l l be supplemented by actual field work.
57.
YOUTHWORI m =E CHURCH.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materinlr in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
58.
GOD~m%N m THE ( h TESTAMENT.
~
I.
r Cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
made significant for our day through the study orf a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
59.
II.
2 Cr.
60. THEMESSAGEOF THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the syatems of
thought developed by the great thinkers, to create an understanding of the
principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Gurses 21, 41, 42,
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
4. THECHRISTIANFAITH w THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
See Course 4 under Department of Christianity.
a. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS. n.
$8
are required
2
Cr.
2
Cr.
See Course 8 under Department of Christianity.
THE HUMANITIESIN WESTERNCIVILIZATION.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A survey wurse dealing with the development of Western thought u reflected
in outstandiig works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course ir accepted in fulfillment of the
Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences.
I j, I 6 .
3 Cr.
25. LOGIC. I.
A study of the conditions, forms, a d principles of logical thought. Problem
of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to
hnman experience and conduct.
OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
6 Cr.
41, 42. HISTORY
An historical s w e y of the outstanding men and movements in the development of phiiomphical thought from the Greeks to the modem period.
5
I.
Senior
Cdkgr Collrses
12. COMPARATIVERELIGION. I, IL
See coutse 11, 5s under Department of Christianity.
54.
HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.Jr., Sr. II.
4 Cr.
3 Cr.
See course 54 under Political Science.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 41 or 42. 11.
3 crA survey of recent philosophical emphaser and their exprcasions in the r&
?repr of life in inodern culture.
56.
KIERKEGAARD.*
I.
3
A study of the father of existential philosophy in the setting of Scandiiviaa
Lutheranism. Special attention is given to the philosophical implicatioas of his
doctrine of the God-man.
57.
TO. Prereq. 41. IL
3 Cr.
A careful ~ t u d yand analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including
selected portions of the Republic.
5 8.
60. FORMSAND ~
P
H OF P
ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. IL 3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various fomu
through demonstrations, lechuer, and readings in the philosophy of art.
PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.*
Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. 11.
3 G.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religiorrs experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy md psychology.
61.
*Not offered in 1953-1914.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to d o graduate work in English should include courses
75 and 76. A minor in French, German, or Latin is strongly recommended.
, ~ M E D L U ENGLISH.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum reauirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Offered in connection with English I.
A.
I - 2 . t FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
3-4.f
FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, II.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
21, 22. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T E R P I EOFC EWORLD
S
LITERATURE.
I, U.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
25. E ~ P O S ~ ~ O
WR Y~ GI. Prereq.
.
1-2 or 3-4.
t Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models:
26. C R E A
WRITMG.
~
11. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
Senior Cdlege C w s e s
C O R R E C ~WRITING. n.
I Cr.
Required of all students who show insu9icient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.I, II.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
3 Cr.
53. AMERICAN FICTION.* I.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, encentrating upon the major writers.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
V n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for
both semesters.
this course, a student must complete
AMERICAN
POETRY.* II.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with stress placed on the Romantic period. Attention to the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements.
5 5 . THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
2 O.
See course g g under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
54.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.* II.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under the Department af Scandimavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEBRITISH NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their novels.
57.
61. ENGLISHLITERATURE
OF THE ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.* I.
3 Cr.
The development of Romanticism in England between 1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major pets. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets.
62. VICTOIUANLITERATURE.IL
3 CrWriters of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the morernents in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Temyson and Browning.
EIGHTEENTH
CENTURYENGLISHLITERATURE.I.
z Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary movements and historical back grounds.
67.
L ~ ~ E R ACRITICISM.
RY
11.
z Cr.
A study of some basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
hues which have special relevance for modem thought.
68.
INTRODUCTION
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.I.
3 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the d y
of language.
71.
74. S ~ S P E A R E
TI..
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the .principles of drama
and the historical background.
75. MILTON. I.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century.
CHAVCER.,II.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture af the Middle Agu.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales.
76.
MODERNDRAMA.'I.
z Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Repraentative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
8 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
MODERNBNIISH ~ M T U R E
n..
z Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England.
concentrating on leading authors and notable productions.
82.
ENRL~H
SEMINAR.I, IT.
t Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
91-9z.t
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM.
I.
z Cr.
An introduction to ,the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
E D ~ THE
G SMALLPAPER. II.
2 Cr.
A continuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and
church publicatioas are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Echo ic
required.
1.
n.
FEATURE
WRITING
FOR PUBLICATION.*
2 O.
The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in variour
publications. Ability to write good English is a requirement.
3.
Ecbo STAFF MEETINGS.I, IL
z Cr.
Studena who are regular members of The Augsbnrg Ecbo St& and who
may receive credit for .their work must register for the weekly ataff meetings.
These meetings are &o open to members of course I . Hour arranged.
4, 5.
6, 7 . Angsbnrgiar STAPF M e E m ~ s I,.
IT.
z 0.
Students who are regular members of the Augsbwgiun st& and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meeting.
Department of Speech
Tbe rpeech department aims to relate the development of speech to personwith the purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to hia environment. It reeh to develop skill in platform deportment and speech cornpoaition, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Through iw courses in interpretative reading and drvnatiu an appreciation of poetry and drama is sought.
The department offen a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaching of speech in the secondary schools a d for graduate work in
general speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ality
*Not o f f a d in 1953-1954.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student m u t complete
both semesten.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation Speech II
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 2 1 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 76.
A h required is Phil. 25. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: I 5 credits above Speech 11. For Education students, courses 12,
3 I, 5 x, 64, and 9s should be included.
4. REMEDIAL
SPEECH.Open to all students.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech problems
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., SO. Offered !both semesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 0An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, inter-
I 2.
pretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Pamicipation in &v
activities.
apdhg
STORYTELLING.'
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling.
I 5.
z Cc.
INTERCOLLEGIATE D E B AI,~ II. Open to dl students.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate quutian for
21, 22.
the year.
24. ORATORY.
I. Open to all students.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contests. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.
So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. A c ~ G So.
. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Senior College Collrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.*
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
5 I.
54. RADIO
SPEECH.+Jr., sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools.
11, Philosophy 25. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, ,preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.
Prereq.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
11, Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery od
various kinds of persuasive speeches.
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq.
STAGECUFT.
Jr., Sr. ,XI.
2 Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Lrboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64-
STAGEDIRECTION.* Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking a d directing
play reheamls. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
66.
SPEECHHYGIENE.+
Prereq. Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. II.
z Cr.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher.
74.
76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trip to speech clinics;
labontory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
See Course 9 5 under Education.
91.
1%
Cr.
Department of German
Ma. LANDA,MR. BIUENS
The general aim of rhc c o m a in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical d
earhetic values contained in German literature. In pamcular, the aim b to prod e technical a&g
for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
&r,
24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor.
BEGINNING
GERMAN.I, 'n.
A rtndy of the grammar and vocabulary of rhe German language ao
& attains a reading howledge.
I-2.t
8 Cr.
&t
the
M O ~ GN
~ O S AND
E
POETRY.I, 11.
8 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student ,through cbe
3-4.t
study
of easy prase and poetry.
MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11.
Training in the reading of professional articles written in G e m .
j-6.t
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
IC~ntinuationcourse. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both Sam-.
Senior Colkge Courses
GE~WW ~ N R KI, n.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
74. TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LNGUAGP).
Sr. I.
a ~ a .
fI,52.
I
% Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
MR. OLSON,MR. LANDA
Thir Department aima ,to impart to the rtudent the knowledge of a foreign
language as s factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the mmdent r
working knowledge of rhe Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 creditr.
14.t BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, If.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercise^ in writins and in pron-ciation.
3-4.f
INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, n.
6 Cr.
Further etudy of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples.
16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of wcial .thought and life in Scandinavia from 1815 to d o prerent
day, studied a g k t , h e background of , h e general conditionr in Europe.
Senior Colkge Courses
3 Cr.
N
LITERATURE:EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr.. Sr. I.
3 I. M O D ~ NORWEGIAN
A d y of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonv Lie, ind othen.
3 Cr.
Bj#mron and Ibaen are studied erpeciall~,through selected wurb.
NOVE
*L.
Prereq. 3-4, or rix credits in litera$1. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includer selected norela by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, S e h Lagerlgf, and otherr. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required.
SCAND~AWAN
DRAMA.*Prereq. 3 -4, or six credio in litera$ 6 . THEMODERN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. II.
The course includer dramas by Bj#nwn, Ibren, and Strindberg. Knowledge
of r Scandinavian language not required.
14. MODERNNORWEGIAN
L~ZMTIJRE:
h m a PERIOD.* Jr., Sr. 11.
74. TEACHING
OF
G~urrwrcLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
K
H G.
*Mot offered in 1913-1914.
fContinuation c o w . To receive credit for thb course, a student mwt camplete
bah -ten.
Ektivea, 4 credits fnrm
10. Hymm and Music of
ch following:
. . . . . . . . . . z G.
78. Co~~llteqoht
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. o r c h d . . . . . . . . . . .s ~ r .
77. Muskd Analysir . . . . . . . . z 0. 80. Chnpo8itkm . . . . . . . . . . . . i cr.
2 credits in p b o or organ) . . . . . 6 Cr.
Applied Music (includingat
A Teaahkg Major (36 oredim) requirw ampletion of ohe following:
EarTmhha . . . . . . . . . .4 C r . 55-56. MvancedHarmony . . . 4 C h .
61-62. Instrumental T-uc
1. History a d Literature
of Musit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
or*
I, 2.
Appreciation of Mu&. . . . .z Cr. 63-64. Choral Technique . . . 4 Cr.
y . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 65, 66. Conducting. Jr.
. . 4 Cr.
Ed. 87, 88. Teachiug of Grade and High School Music. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
8.
15-16. b
Electives, z d t s froan the $allowing:
M u i d Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. Orchcdtration . . . . . . . . . . .
z Cr.
Counmpomt . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
Applied Music (inc1diug st k t 2 credits in ,piano or organ) . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr.
of dl
C h public recital in each of the jfunior and senior yeam ia
77.
78.
mvsic ~ . o r s .
Minot (26 credim) nquirea campledon of h e &&owing:
EPI Trrining . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 7, 8. Appreciation of ~ u s i c... 4 Cr.
History and Literature
15-16. Hmmny . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
A Grad&
I.
5.
2.
of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
Electives, 4 credits from
10. Hymm and M& of
77.
M M d M y s i r . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
the following:
65, 66.
Condacthg
. . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
ah . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 cr. 78. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
55-56. A d d Harmony . . . 4 &.
Applied Music (in w h i d at least z credits must k earnd in privaa lesaras in
the
either v
d or iastnunental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0.
A Teaching Minor (26 oredits) requires completion of the following:
2. EarTdnhg . . . . . . . . . . 4 C r .
65, 66. Conducting. Jr. . . . . . .4 Cr.
I 5-16.
Jhrmony . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0. 77. Musical Andpis . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
61-62. Instrumend Technique
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Gnde d
ar
High School Music . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
63 -64. Choral Technique . . . . . 4 Cr.
Appkd Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr.
I,
A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both Mcch and inairumental work. Unless he takes both techniques coums, his work in applied Murk.
except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he rqidun
far Choral Technique, and In vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technlqua.
Two sanatsr crsditr are given for m c m k h i p fw OM ym in the Cbir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit igivm for mcmbmhip for OTW ye* L
&e Male Chorus. Gedits are a t gmnttd for lem .&an two d e . complete
-ten.
One credit pcr -ester
i grand to d m * taking s minimum of rirvm
rhhy-aniuute lttsons per smrcntr in either voice, piano, or o r p .
Fees per senaester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Club $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piam $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Pizno rend $8.00, Organ $so.oo.
( R e n d entitla the student to use the instmument for I b
u
r per day.)
I, 2.
EARTR~TNWG.
I, II.
4
A course including the basic fandamen& of mruic: mution, tctmiwlna,
rcdes, intervals, triads, rhythm, and mebdy. Special attention b given to sight
singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony m d harmonic dictation.
HISTORY AND L ~ R A T U ROF
E MUSIC.
I.
2 Cr.
The evolution of music from its earliest forms up to the prem~ttime. The
lira of the composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature
of music, both instrumental and choral, is strwed.
5.
APPRECIATION
OF MUSIC.
I, 11.
4 fiA course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's
greattest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For studenta with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
for 8, or have consent of insuucmr.
7, 8.
10.
HYMNS
AND
MUSIC OF THE CHURCH.
n.
a
Cr.
A rurve7 wurse dealing with the development of the music of the Christ&
a m h , wirb npacid nttmtian to Protmnne Hp*mnody. Designed for the gened
.cadeat, the a t u s e dso will pmvc helpful to organka, choir directors, and pre&&am.
3;hc eoaree i~ accepted as f a g t h e requirement of a course in
aubrioniw.
IJ-x6.t HARMONY. I, 11.
4 GrApplication of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $omation in writk e r . Written work includes harmonization of figured bus md given melodisr u well nr opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
5 5-56.?
Senior College Cmrses
ADVANCED HARMONY.
Prereq. I 5-16. I, 11.
4 (2-
Conthation of ,the work begun in Course I 5-16, with zdvmced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, r e t a r d a b , and ornamenb
of music. Students should have mme knowledge of piano.
fOmtinuatioa coatme. To receive c d t tor this course, a
bod3
semesters.
student
must complete
61-62.? INS~UMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I, z. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-64.t CHORALTECHNIQUEPrereq. I, 2. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w instruction in .the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. CONDUCT~G.
Prereq. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
Jr. I, 11.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, u directors of vocal or inscnunental music or both, a d for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
2 . Cr.
Musrclu. ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, z, I 5-1 6. I.
A detailed study of the structute and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
77.
COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 1s-16, 55. n.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in dl the .peck.
78.
TION ON. Prereq. 15-16, 55, 77. I.
A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber group.
79.
2
Cr.
80. COMPOSITION.
Prenq. 15-16, 55, 77, 78. II.
t Ca.
Composing choral and instrumental music in the variolu musical fonnt. Ssadenu admitted only upon recommendation of the department.
87.
T a n c m ~OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHING
OF HIGH
SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
Ofiered u Education 87, 88.
88.
r Cr.
2
Cr.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, n.
2 0.
I, n.
I cr.
These organizations exiat not only for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for less than two huecesrive, complete semesters.
m CHORUS.
I, n.
z Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to rhe most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
PIANO.
?Continuation course. To receive credit Lor this course, a student must compke
both aemerters;
ORGAN.
I, II.
2 Cr.
htmctiiin in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recammended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I, a
r or 2 Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of aong
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.
MODELINGAND SCULPTURE
I, 11.
4 0.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal 'forms. Plaster casting.
I , 2.
Division of the Social Sciences
It is the general purpose of the work in & division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
and value, especially i n their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade od citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
D e p a r t m e n t af H i s t o r y and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparathe
tion for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, go credits; minor, 21 credits. Students who have a major or minor i n
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-2.t SURVEYOF EUROPEANCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation f o r future work in History.
I I. HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
21, 22. HISTORY
OF THE U N ~ STATES.
D
(F:mt semester to 1865, second semes6 Cr.
ter to present.) Prereq. 6 credits in Social Science. So. I, 11.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions.
THE ~
Senior Colkge Courses
REFORMATION.
Prereq.
3 Cr.
1-2. Jr. I.
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
OF ENGLAND
TO 18oo.* Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
52. HISTORY
5 I.
~
A
N
AND
C
KTHE
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History.
53. HISPANIC--CAN HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Latin America and its development.
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
jContinuation course. To receive credit Ifor this course, a student mw-t complete
both semesters.
5 4 EMTERNEUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. IL
3 fi.
The history of eastern Europe with emphrsis on the development of Rurri..
CONTEA~OPARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 0A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, induding
consideration of international policies.
55.
Am. Gor. Jr..
3 GSr. II.
A consideration of goreign relations of the United States fnnn the Revolutionary War to the present.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATIC
I-~TORY.
Prenq. U. S. Hire. or
6r. ANCIENT%TORY.* Prereq.
1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contrib*
m modem cultures.
62. CANADIAN
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United States relations.
6 Cr.
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A rtudy of international relation8 ?r affected by nationalism, mcialism. indwuialirm, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totali&an stater and World War II.
6 Cr.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
81, 82. THE TWENTIETHCENTURY.*
A rurvey of recent developmenu in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current &aim in the light of historical investigation.
2 Cr.
SEMINARSr. I. Prereq. approval of hitory faculty.
101. HISTORY
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of history in a graduate school.
Minor, 15 credits.
41-42.t PRINCIPLESOF AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I,
II.
6 Cr.
Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federJ state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular
control of government, political parties, governmend f u n ~ t h u .Students m y
enter either semester.
Senior College Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 053. POLITICAL
A review of American partier, their organization, methods, functions, prusure group.
*Not offered in 1913-1954.
tcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
~ ~ S P O ROF
Y POLITICAL THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. IL
3 0A study of the
students of ,political science, .&k philofophies,
and present id- of ,political systems.
54.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATICHISTORY.
IL
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
60. .PUBLIC
FINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 1 5 or
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
86. TEICHTNG
OF THE SOCUL STUDIES.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Major in Sociol Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 2 1 credits in History (including History 21 and st) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-41.
Minor in Social Scimcc
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
MR. TORSTENSON,
MISS JENSEN
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating forces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2,or 2 1 and st,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or tr and r t
a h required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each af sociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change.
2. S o c m PROBLEMS.
Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary probluns togetha with
an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of
these processes and adjustment problems.
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
3 0A study of geographical factors iduencing social institutions.
16. Socur. DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
II.
3 Cr.
See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 I. SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I . So. I.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causw of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22. SOCIOLOGY
OF RURALLIFE Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the dynamics of change.
23. LABOUTORY
EXPERIENCEINGROUPACTIVITI.
I Cr.
See course 23 under Education.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS
j Cr.
See course 42 under Home Economics.
Senior College C w r s e s
OF THE SOCIALWORKFIELD. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 I. SURVEY
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
functiok of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and
other community agencies.
CRJMEAND SOCIETY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
THEFAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
j Cr.
A study of the &tory and function of the family as a basic institution, the
influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization,
m d disorganization.
53.
PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
j Cr.
A study of the basic concepts and practices of public welfare, public welfare
legislation, and public welfare agencies, and an examination of processes of
public welfare work. The course will include field trips to public elfa are
agencies.
54.
I N T ~ C U L T U R URELATIONSAND MINORITYP R O B ~ S . Prereq.
'
Soc. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes
and consequences of race and group prejudice, mechanism and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural codicts.
55.
56.
L m o n AND ~ N A G E M E N T RELATIONS. n.
Course 5 6 in Department of Business Administration.
3 Cr.
See
I. 3 Cr.
A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, soda1 conflicts,
and social control.
61. SQCXAL PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 5, 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr.
86.
TEACHING
OF
~
I
A
STUDIES.
L
sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to assist in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that uf his
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing t o do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
alsu taught on ,the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two
credits of Laboratory Experience in Group Activity usually .to be taken in
connection with Ed. 5 1 and 53. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester
hours i n general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
I. ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. OfIered both semesters.
I G.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work
as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and p r e p
aration, and development of personality.
ORIENTATIONAND PSYCHOLOGY.
Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
aims and course content of Psychology I and Psycho1og.1 5, 6. Emphasis throughout both semesters is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods
and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted.
3, 4.
This course combines the
5N. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
r Cr.
An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures
per week.
GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
5 , 6.
ciples, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics are stressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory processes and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memory,
heredity and growth. The second semester emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
Senior College Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
See Course 61 under Sociology.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3, 4, or 5, 6. Jr., Sr. IL
3 (2A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorden and a study of
their nanue, c a w , prevention, and present treatment.
62.
LABORATORY
EXPERIENCEM GROUPACTIVITY.Offered both semesters.
. I Cr.
This is not given u s separate course, but offered in connection with Christianity 6, 57, and 58; Physical Education 6, 11, 13, 14,and 5 5 , 56; Sociology
2 , 51, $ 2 , 54, and 61; Education 51 and 5 3 ; and Home Economics 36. The
23.
nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated,
and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising club. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports
from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which
the work k connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in
Laboratory Experience.
EDUCATIONALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 1, 6. Jr. I.
3
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in r school
context.
1I .
T m m e IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
Teaching procedures and class management. Includes a study of the secondary
school in relation to the needs of youth.
5 3.
$5. PR~NCIPLES
OP GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 51. Sr. 11.
3 GA study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
58. HISTORYAND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course traces the development of modem education a d seeks to assist
the student in developing an understanding of the present educational program
and the various modem philosophies of education. The aspeca of the state
educational program important for the orientation of the new teacher are
strersed.
Special Teacbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the rnaterirls, organization,
and teaching procedurw of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the speciiic field. Usually, each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for etudent teaching. Thii
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
. special situations, a student
a major or a minor in the field and Education ~ 3 In
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit liitcd.
% Cr.
% Cr.
TJUCHING
OP LATTN. Sr. I.
I
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. L
I
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
Cr.
Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
r % Cr.
z Cr.
2 Cr.
TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF NATURU
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF S o a m STUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHING
m GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
1%
I
91. TEACHING OF HOMB ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
OF HEALTH
m~ PHYSICAI;EDUC~TION.
Sr. I.
94. TEACHING
95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
s
0.
s Cr.
I
5
Cr.
4 to 5 Cr.
STUDENTTEACHING.Prereq. Educ. 5 I, 53. Sr. I.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual
control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is s h d by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachen.
96.
The following caurses prepare the student to meet the state requiremen- for a
minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of ,books for
Ehe school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation,
in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective we of
library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor, 16 credits.
BASICFUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOL
b u y . Jc. I.
3
Designed to acquaint the smdent with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state and national library services; library
standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students and community;
school library services to grades and high school, teachers and public; student
help, practical and pre-vocational aspects; budget, spl&g,
housing, and eqdpm a t ; library records.
55-
56.
MATERIALS
AND MP.THODS
FOR
Jr. II.
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOLL I B ~ Y* .
3 Cr.
htroduction to 'book selection; reference boob; staadard book selection h;
preparation of materials for circulation, class&ca&n and cataloging; subject
headings; f i g ; records. Book selection in subject fields of the social studies,
geography, travel and related fiction; non-book materiala in subjeot covered;
w& &g.
Scnuces.
FOR THE SECONDARY
SCHOOLLm-Y.
*
57. SELECTIONOF MATERIALS
Jr., Sr. I.
3 GBook selection in ,&e language am, natural and applied sciemce, ,philosophy
and religion, die h e arts and literature, periodicals for secondary schools; nonbook materials in subjects covered; wide reading. Sources.
61. INTRODUCTIONTO ELEMENTARY SCHOOLLIBRARY MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. L
2 Cr.
experiences; reference b k s for
Literature for children; pre-school liv
elementary grades; subject matter titles which correlate with the curriculum;
non-book materials for elementary grades in these fields; standard lists for book
selection. sources.
SELECTION
OF ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLLIBRARYMATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr.
A continuation of 61. Book selection in fiction, poetry, drama, music, and art
for children; the lpicture collection; care and use of mn-book miatexiah; periodicals for children. Wide reading; reading lists.
62.
THE ~
68.
O
O
LIBRARY
L
IN
m E
READINGGUIDANCEPROGRAM
OF
z Cr.
The d e n t will become acquainted with remedii reading and testing procedurea, reading ladders; student interests and abilities as they relate to reading;
coopention with teachers in formulation of an integrated reading program;
madvation and publicity; ,books suitable for this program; professional literature
on the subject; the use of lists and reading records.
rn SCHOOL. Jr., Sr.
II.
PramMETHODSIN L m m . Sr. I.
I G.
Teaching the use of the litarary; practical work at library circulation desk
and in the library workroom; records, weeding and withdrawal procedures;
71.
practice work in connection with practice teaching.
Department of Business Administration and Economics
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective is necessary for success in specific positions in our complex
business world and should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of responsibility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business f k m and government agencies. The
department gives a general 'background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, 36 credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, 15, 16, 51, 53. Also required
are Speech 1 1 and History 21 and 22.
Minor, s I credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, I 5, I 6 and six credits ia Senior
College courses.
~ C I P L E S
OF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and id introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
I , 2.
4.
INTRODUCTION
TO S T A ~ T I C SFr.,
. SO. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, and interpretation of statiatical data. It includes a study of the measures of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of these statistical techniques to various types of data.
16. P ~ C I P L E OF
S ECONOMICS.SO. I, IL
6 G.
A study of the social organization of our economy, h c a l and monetary
policies, value, prices, the distribution of wealth, and alternative economic syaI 5,
terns. The objective is to help the student to develop the ability to analyze
economic issues as they arise in his personal and vocational activities and im
public life.
Senior College Courses
MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. I,2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, the price level,
and monetary and fiscal policies. The purpose is to lead the student to investigate thoroughly the place and importance of money and prices in business and
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
5 I.
BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the legal rules governing business transactions and relrtions. The study also includes principles and cases concerning law and its administration particularly in regard to contracts, sales, and negotiable instrnments. The aim is to appreciate the legal instruments, requirements, and procedures important in business.
53.
MARKETING.Prereq. I, z, 4, I 5 , 16.Jr., Sr. L
3 GA survey of the general problem and framework of marketing in our economy,
including marketing functions and institutions, an investigation of policy-making- -procedures in the marketing- phases
of business, and an examination of the
.
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The purpose is ta
give the student an analytical basis for judging business alternatives md ilro
government legislation.
5 5.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq. 11, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. ban AND KNAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
government, individually and in their relations. The objective is to picture the
different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilitier
of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and
government control.
3 Cr.
ADVANCED
ACCOUN~G
Prereq.
.
I,2, 4, 15, 16. Jr. I.
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the student to interpret hancial data, a d to acquaint the
student with cost accounting principles and procedures. Preparation m d analysis
of hancial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order a d standard costing are stressed.
59.
PUBLICFINANCEAND TAXATION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the econornis impact
of taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elements
of &al policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
60.
FINANCE AND INYESTIUNT. Prereq. I,z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 G.
A study of the various types of securities purchased by investon. Consideration is given internal finance factors and external market factors which affect
the market prices of recurities. Included is a study of the principles and procedura governing the analysis of financial statements and operating data of
h whose securities have been considered as investment media.
62.
6 Cr.
71,7 2 SENIORTOPICS.* For Seniors in Business ody. Sr. I, 11.
A review of business practice and problems in our economy, pointing out
the opportunities for individual endeavor, followed by an original project by
each student in which he makes an investigation of his own. The project may
be in any business field; for example, accounting, investments, personal selling,
market research, economic analysis.
These counes aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oaces, to assist in ,the preparation for the teaching of business
education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
o p p d t y for &e development of business skills for persod use.
A major may be obtained in business education by completing a minimum
of 37 hours, including I, 2 , 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Administration
I,2 , 15, 16, 53, and one other Senior College Course or Home Economics 73.
A minor may ,beobtained by com,pleting a minimum of 26 hours, including
I, 2 , 3-4,8, 51,52, 53-54,Business Administration I, z, or 15, 16.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWF~TNG.
I.
I G.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
h o w per week.
I.
INTBPMEDIAETYPEWRITMG. 11.
r Cr.
Problem in typing tabdatioar, manuscript typing, use of carbone, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
2.
I~MENTAR
SHY
ORTHAND. I, 11.
6 Cr.
Training in the fundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
3-4-f'
8.
Om-
M A C H ~ SPrereq.
.
I,z. I.
t
Cs.
Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, cal-
culator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addressograph, and duplicator. Two hours per week.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
f<=oatinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h semesters.
Senior College Courses
ADVANCED
T Y P E W ~ I.G .
E Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to rtudento having
attained a speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
5 I.
SEC~BTARIIU PRACTICE.Prereq. I, 2, 3-4. II.
3 Cr.
Practical application of secretarial duties including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of bllliiness and legal forms, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letters and making application for a job.
Mimeographing is included in this course for those who include thii as a part
of the parish workers' course. Four hours per week.
52.
ADVANCED SHORTHAND.
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe with a high degree of accuracy. Four .hours per week.
5 3-54.t
82.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, KIprovide courser that
will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I , 2, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics 16,
Sociology I, Biology 4 and 54, and Psychology 5, 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including courses I , 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
66, 68, 71,
Teadhing major, 38 credits; anuses listed for non-teaching major plui 33 and
Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or
Physical Education. Consdt a member of the home economics faculty for coune
plans.
76.
CLOTHING
SELECTION, CdBE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 GA study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fsbriu
suitable #or Werent wes are topics considered.
I.
+Continuatioa course. To receive credit for thia course, a student
both remestera.
mut oomprlete
C
2.
L
~
CG O N S ~ U n.
~ N .
z ~ r .
This c o m e provides laboratory experience in
pimple g n m t r ia
cotton and rayon. It includes experiencw in planning, cutting. 6cting, and
suitable .techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing m d h e , alterstkn of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Ecowmiu educa&g
tion majors. TWOdouble laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
week.
ART M DAILYLIVING.L
3 GA study of art as it is met in the activitiea of everyday liviag. Open to dl
students.
3.
7- ELEMENTSOF N ~ o N II..
3
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietuiea
will be analyzed.
LABOMTORYEXPERIENCE
m GROUPACTIVITY.
See course 23 under Education.
23.
COLOR
AND DESIGN.
I.
3 GA study of the piinciplt of dujgn and U ) ~ M
related to selecting, arranging,
snd designing of h o d o l d f u r w ktttring and simple poster designing.
Same c r a f t @me.
Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Thee double laboratory periods per week.
33.
36.
C u m 11.
hboratory uprimce
Cr.
or a t
2
in
various d t s
which
can be done at home
m p s with rimple equipma Frinciplcs of design and color in their appliution ta crdts will be smdied. Two double labrnrory periods per week.
PRrncmzs OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
6 G.
permission of instructor. I, II.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, a d related aubjectr. Regdrr lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
CHILD I~VELOPMENT.
n.
2 G.
A study of the care m d training of the ,young child as to 'his physical. mend,
d social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
pez week
44.
Smior Colkge Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r CrStudy of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasn on selection,
usesand care d common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
boun a week.
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART.* n.
2 CrA study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled a d fiad
trips arranged.
64.
n.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans,
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING.
a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week,
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
z CrBasie facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
a CrConsideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOME
MANAGEMENTLABORATORY.
z Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in r home
management house with one conference hoar per week Given in summer. F d
costs to be determined by the group.
72.
73. CONSUMER EDUCATION
ANDINCOME
MANAGEMENT.
11.
z
Cr-
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the atudent receive greater satisfaction from
the we of money income.
ADVANCEDCLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. II.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
76.
More advanced problem in fitting m d construction are used than those in the
c I m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing
gannents for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per weekOF HOMEECONOMICS.
Prereq.
91. TEACHING
and Education 53. Sr. L
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
32
credits in home economics
2 Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
It is the purpose of the &*on
of N a d Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniquu; w interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the scudent with rhe significance of N a n d
Science in a modem, dunging world; m emphasize a sound mind and a strong
hdy; to tnin for m t i o m in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the sntdmr with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the livw
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3, 4, 7N do not count
toward the major or minor.
WORU)AND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
I-zt. THENATURAL
8 Cr.
The development of scientific fonndations in the physical and biological s a ences. Four periods per week consistkg of lxtures, lecture demonstrations, and
discussions.
3. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Pr. 1.
4 (3A professional course in human anatom) 1r.d physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b i elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses and for majors in Physical Education.
Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3.
4. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. II.
4 fiA professional course in buman anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per w e t .
Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
13-1~.t GENERALZOOLOGY.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
tContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I, 11.
8 Cr.
a study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed
by a mrvey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and m e
double laboratory period per week.
25, 26. GBNERALBOTANY.So., Jr.
Thir
M
4 Cr.
GENE~CS.
Prereq. 13-14, or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emhasir is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
5 1.
4 Cr.
EWLOGY.Prereq. 13-14or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory
period or field trip per week.
52.
GENERALENTOMO.LQGY.*P~~~~~.
13-14. Sr. I.
3 cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insccta. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
5 3.
54. G E N ~ R ~BLA C ~ O L O G Prereq.
Y.
Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS."Prereq. 2 5 , 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
5
BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.'Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers.
60.
1 % fi.
80. TE~UIING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.sr. I.
The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide fundamental background in the bask principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientik ipproach.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Tborough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credi,ts. Courses
1-2,
jN,4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURAL
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, IT.
For course description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
8 Cr.
jN. C ~ S T RFOR
Y NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nuning in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.
Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws, and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
8 G.
~NORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.
Fr., So. I, 11.
A study of laws and theories of chemisuy and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Senior College Courses
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gnvimetric.
Twu lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
5 I.
5 Cr.
Q~ANIITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr., Sr. 11.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours laboratory per week.
8-10 Cr.
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
53-54.t
A diacnssion of the important classes of aliphatic a d aromatic compounds.
Lobomtory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week52.
tContinuation course. To receive credit .for thii wurse, a student mwt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICAL C H E L L ~ Y .Prcreq.
*
Math. z, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Wyrics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 GAn introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectureo and one double laboratory period
per week.
5 5.
PHYSICS
I-z?.
THE NATURALWORLD AND MAN. Fr. I,
8 Cr.
11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
PRINCIPLES
3.
OF
PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and P
h Geometry. Fr. I.
4 0A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, round, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application ob physics in the h e .
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. z. So. L
4 G.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. n.
6.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and coven electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Senior College Cmrses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic theory,
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of p h y k
and other topics. Philosophical implications of modem physical science will be
considered.
5 I.
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or oonELECTRICITY
current registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. II.
4 cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magmtic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80.
TEACHING
OF
NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 51 and 5 2 or 53-54; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
*Not offered in 1953-19~4.
tGintinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Mathematics
MR. SOBERG,MR. LINDQUIST
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s u f cient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them efcient worken in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, zo credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
4 aFmdamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics.
A.
SOLID GEOMETRY.Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. II.
4 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced
B.
I m o ~ u c n oTO~ ~~TI-IEMATICALANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, 11.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inuluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
d y t i c a l geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. L
3 crElements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 do not count toward a major or
minor in mathematics.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.Prereq. 5.
3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
S&
5 1, 52.
ELEMENTARYCALCULUS
Colkge Cmrses
AND
DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.SO., ~ r I,.
n.
Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for diierentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary m e r e n t i d equations are
developed and applications madz.
10
3 Cr.
$3. Sow ANALY~W G m m r . Prereq. 2 or 3. Sr. I.
U r n and plane3 in space are mdid and their equations developed. Quadratic
d a c c ~md t d o r m a t a o n me given their proper e m p k
THEORYOF EQUATK~NS.*
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Tqh course includes the study of complex numbers, determinvlts and orher
54.
topica that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84.
TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
I
YZ Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MISSBERVEN,MR. ARIO
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
hmlrh and physical fitness ;through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship through the i n t n m u n l and intercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
Two years of physical activities, wurses ja, j b and 4 5 qb, are required of
all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or
minor.
M q o r md Minos Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses
2,
41, 4b, 5, 6,
I I, 12,
27, 50.
51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 58, 62, 84.
hiajor for women, 30 credits, including Coarsw
17,27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84.
2,
42, 4b, 5 . 6, 13, 14, 16,
Miaor, - 21 credits, h d u d i n g Courses 2, 4n, qb, 5, 6, I I, 12, 5 I, 5 3, and 62
formen: z,qa,4b, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53,and 62forwoanen.
Biology 3; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 23, 5 I , 53, 5 5 , 5 8 , 94, and 96
sbould be included for a t c d i n g major in physical education.
2.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITYHEALTH.
Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
F'HYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I, II.
42, 4b. PHYSICAL
3% 3b. PHYSICALA c m s . (Women). Fr. I, 11.
3% jb.
4a, 4b.
PHYSICAL
ACTMTIES. (Women). So. I, 11.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
EDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. L
z Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation u they function in the public school
system.
~TRODUC~~O
TO
N HEALTH
5.
lbauifino~~t
ACTIVITIES.
Fr. II.
I Cr.
' l b o r y and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games.
6.
TEAM SPORTSAND LWUP GAMES.(Men). So. I.
z Cr.
A study of .technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. II.
r Cr.
Theory uld practice in teaching badminton, ahdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
a d c s g , and golf.
table tennis, h o d o e s , paddle t&,
I 2.
TEAMSpoa'fs FOR W o w * . SO. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Themy and pnct;ce in the mading and o5ciating of field hockey, soccer,
bakerbd, wllqbdi, and saftbd.
I j, I+
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, trble tennis,
shdeboard, archery, tennis, and golf.
16.
SELF-TESTINGA C T N ~ (Women).
.
So. L
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling.
17.
27.
J~NESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 3. So. I.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the &ecting of efficient movements.
OFPICUTING.
(Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of o5cnting in football,
basketball, baseball, and track.
29.
Senior Colkge Caurses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSIC&EDUCATION.
* Prereq.
2 Cr.
Bil. 3, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedure and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical caaes.
50.
SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Men). Jr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dud stunts, apparatus,
tumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
FUNDAMENTAL
M O V E M E ~ Jr.
S . II.
I Cr.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
52.
PRINCIPLES AND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH
AND PEFISIU E D u ~ ~ o N .
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health
and physical education curriculum.
53.
15.
z Cr.
C O A ~ OFG SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. L
Theory and sechniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2 Cr.
COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALLAND TRACK. Sr. 11.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
56.
FIRST AID. Jr. 11.
American Red Cross Fit Aid Course.
5 8.
I
Cr.
C~GANIWTION
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF m m AND PHYSIC~L
EDUCATION.Sr.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
62.
TESTS
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION."Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
84.
I
Cr.
COMMUNITYRECREATION.*
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 0.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work.
85.
94.
TEACHTNG
OF HWTH AND P ~ S I C AEDUCATION.
L
Sr. I.
Methods and materials in health and physical education.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. I t offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts sf
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admission
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z years
2
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, zn occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
&eological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science or Education
Typewriting
z years
year
year
years
year
I
I
2
I
I
I
year
year
AN cadidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
acldemic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I.
A formal letter of opp1ication for admission as a s t d e n t in the Seminay,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, c o n b a t i o n , spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adsanced standing is granted in certzin instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in ocher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Semiaary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
aciivity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Semjnary students living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover
the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
p r e 24.
see
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-Tear cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. S
ix months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. Seo below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 (C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited m o u n t ofi assigned collateral reading is required during the inserpia
period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a l i i t e d mount of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Serrice.
COURSJS OF m y *
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I. THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTUREOF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the ,historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from
the great classics of Christian devotion are studied.
I Cr.
4. THEOLOGIC~~
PROPAEDEU~C.
A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5 . INTRODUCTION
TO D o c m n c s . A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
+With the exception of the Theological Orientation Counes, offered m d y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in P three-year cycle. The List of
c m e s to be offered in any spec& year is amwunced to ,the students during &e
pHcedinS rummer.
Old Testament
10. SURVEY OF OLD TESTAMENT
L ~ R A T U R EA. general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament
2 Cr.
Canon and text.
11. PROBLEMSAND METHODS. A study of selected problems of history and
interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with
an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism.
2 Cr.
12. THE PENTATEUCH. The course includes a general i n d u c t i o n to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages.
3 Cr.
13. THE HISTORIC~Z.
BOOKS. A survey of the history of Israel with e m p h
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the historical b k s are studied.
3 Cr.
A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
14. THE PROPHETISAIAH.
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book.
3 Cr.
15. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political,
moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given
to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the
stmggle for spiritual freedom.
3 Cr.
16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL Alternates with 15. A study of Ehe Babylonian
Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God.
2 Cr.
17. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of
Psalms.
3 Cr.
18. THE BOOK OF JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make
clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard
to fundamental problems of life.
3 Cr.
19. Posr-EErc LITERATURE.
Alternates with 18. A caurse in the litenw e , history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile perioda from
Ezekiel .to the New Testament times.
r Cr.
2a
SURVEY OF
New Testament
MR.HELLAND
NEW TESTAMENTLITERATURE.An historical investigation
of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the New Testament.
History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special attention to those books
2 Cr.
not treated in other courses.
21. TEXTUALC R ~ C I S M
OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. An introduction to the
principles of textual criticism. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by
studies in specific selections from the New Testament books.
I Cr.
22. EXEGESIS
OF GALATIANS.The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the
fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to
the basic problem of the authenticity of the New Testament records.
3 Cr.
23. INTERPRETATIONO F MARK AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry
of Jesus based on Mark as our oldest source, with supplementary passages from
Luke. The origin and growth of the Synoptic tradition; the literary relation of
the first three Gospels, an attempt to h d a satisfactory solution of the Synoptic
3 Cr.
Problem.
24. INTERPRETATION
OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and transmission. The relation of Matthew's
Gospel to the Old Testament, and its presentation of Jesus' person, ministry,
and teaching to the Jewish mind.
3 Cr.
25. ~NTERPRETATION OF JOHN. A supplementary study of the life of Christ,
with special reference to the development of faith and unbelief, the Person of
3 Cr.
Christ, and the advanced spiritual teachings of the Fourth Gospel.
26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE EARLYCHRISTIANCHURCH. A study
of Acts, Chapters 1-12,showing the development of the Early Church on
Palestinian soil. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews
and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians.
Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
27. THE LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acts, Chapters 13-28,
as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in
their historical sequence, as a part of his ministry. Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS. The purpose of the course is to gain a
comprehensive view of the Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the
fundamental Christian doctrinal system set forth in this Epistle.
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history.
s Cr.
30. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF PETER. The Epistle of the Christian hope. It
contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of
Christ, the new birth, redemption by the blood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a different approach to these
cardinal truths.
2 Cr.
31. I~JTEWRRTATION
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at
a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the
Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
z Cr.
Church History
40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts.
4 fie
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the develop
ment of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
3 Cr.
43. THE REFURMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Counter-Reformation.
44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.This course coven the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church.
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; ~ l a n t i n gof churches;
45. AMERICAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The hiitory of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cr.
is studied with special care.
OF CHRISTIAND O C T ~ EA study of the development
46. THE HLSTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods.
2 Cr.
Systematic Theology
A course intended to introduce the student to the field
50. INTRODUCTION.
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field.
A study in the systematic exposition
51. THEOL~CYAND ANTHROPOLOGY.
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
mpicr.
5 2-5 3. SOTEIUOLOGY.
The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true communion between God and man. The Person of Christ
i
s work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
54-55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, orgadzed in4 Cr.
stitutions, and society as a whole.
56. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeda subscribed to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church.
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
S ~ O L I CAND
S RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach2 Cr.
ings of various modem religious sects and cults.
58. THE ~ O S O P H YOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the
principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations
of history, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied
t Cr.
with reference to antagonistic theories.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLES OF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course, which is h d on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr.
tions of the pastoral office and the New Testament miniitry.
61. P ~ s r o ~ l uPSYCHOLOGY
.
AND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in
z Cr.
the light of the ,buic teachings of the Bible.
62. EVANG~~TICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missionr,
including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue
z Cr.
missions, street meetings, special missions, etc.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSELING.
Rev. Fredric .M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the types of
(emotional and mental disturbances with which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those things which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other comI Cr.
petent help.
63.
B. Homiletics
65. ~RINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychologicd
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the omlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Seniors.
z 0.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the wngregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians
z Cr.
are studied u the best source.
71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing dciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective ofice procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occzsional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics.
I Cr.
73. LITTJRGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with empharis on
it. relation to varying conceptions of the Church.
I Cr.
74. HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
I Cr.
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION.
z Cr-
76. %THODS OF P A ~ H
EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetid
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish.
z Cr.
77. CREATIVE
RECREATION. A study of recreational activities, their place
and ,possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in
activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN
SOCIEN. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
79. CHRISTIANITYAND SOCIAL WORK.
This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
80.
NEWTESTAMENTGREEK.See College Greek.
83-84. HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.*
The first year is devoted to a study of the
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager uld Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy.
6 Cr.
HEBREW.Review of the grammar followed by an exe85-86. ADVANCED
getical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other
books in the Old Testament.
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 952-1953
Third Year
. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . "Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.
,
..
. .Minneapolis
........... . . . . . . . ,, .
Corlsen, Erling N.
. Newfolden
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .Donnelly
. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
Jergenson, Arnold 0.
, , , , , , ...
. . Wonomingo
Jystad, Torgney B.
. . . . .
, ,
.
.West St. Paul
Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . - - " . .
. . .Fergus Falls
Oxarson, Elder W.
. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Peterson, James E.
Schafer, Harold R. . . .
, . . . .Wessington Springs, S. D.
< , .
. .Minot, N. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.
..........
.,
. . . . .
. . . Fargo, N. D.
Sortland, Allan 0. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tollefson, Harold 0.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osnabrock, N. D.
Second Year
Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
Minneapolis
McVille, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Willmar
Minneapolis
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneopolis
Berklond, Theodore A.
Christopherson, Jornes E.
Erickson, Stanley R.
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halversan, Philip J.
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . .
Soli, John C. . . . . .
Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . .
First Year
.
Anenson, LeRoy H. . . .
Berg, Russell V. (1)
Dahle, Norman A.
Fladland, Donald J. (1)
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M.
,
Larson, Marvin 1. (1)
Oman, Lyman F. . .
Paulm, Philip H. ( I j .
Rokke, David H. . . . .
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Underbokke, Leland B.
.
..
, ,
...
....
. .Minneapolis
Seattle, Wash.
. . . .Aitkin
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Specials
Ario, Frank L. (1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . .
. . ..Minneapolis
Estness, Borghild T.
, , ,
....
, , , ,
,... .
. Williston, N. D.
Framstad, Clarence J. ( 1 )
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. .Ely
Korpi, Hugo (1) . . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
.....
..........
. Duluth
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, . . . . .
Almrado
(1) Registered for first semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS1952-1953
SENIORS
Aaskov, Ruth L.. Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas C. (1 ) . . . . . .Rochester
Baker, Eleanor M. . . . . ..Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . ..Cambridge
Bennethum, Donald J.. . .Columbia Heights
Benson, Stanley G. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E. .
Edinburg, N. D.
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Glenn T.
Carlson, Erlond E.
. . . . . . ..St. Paul
Carlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhodo L. . . . . . . . Finlayson
.
. Kenmare, N. D.
Christensen, Duane J..
Christina, Joseph L. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cote, Arthur J. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Danielson, H. Emmett. . . . . . . .Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . Medicine Lake, Mont.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Dickhart, Daniel A.
Dillon, Donald V.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen. . . . . . . .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
. . . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Elness, Morilyn E.
Emerson, Robert C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Engseth, Jerome M.. . . . . . . . . . . Wapata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fenske, . Delmour W.. . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Frosig, Kristian V.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gjesdahl, Alice E..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Goodrich, Quentin A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Y.. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustafson, Charles R.. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L. . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Holling, Lloyd L..
Hamre, James S.. . . . . . . . . . ..Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hialmer M.. . . ..... Williston, N. D.
. . . . . . .Veblen, S. D.
Hill, Lorne H.. . .
Hodne, Richard H.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield
.... .Minneapolis
Hushogen, Berton R.
~acobsen; Alice A.
Jensen, Sherman R.
. . .
Thief River Falls
Paul
. . . . . . . . .St.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Arlan K. . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
James L. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Joan M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman F. . . . . .Farmington
Robert J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roger A. ( 1 ) . . . .
Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph M. ( I )
Kohls, Allan J. (1)
Kvam, Marilyn J. ( 1 ) .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.
...
. . . . .LeSueur
Lapham, Dean L. .
. .Minneapolis
Lingen, John R..
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T- . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lundgren, David D. . .
Monger, Elizabeth J . . . .
Mattson, Harold S.. . .
Nofer, H. Fred..
Wilmette, Ill.
. . . . . ..Hoffman
.
. . . . .
Ohno, Tom T.. . . . . . .
Olson, Douglas 0. . . . .
Olson, Harry E., Jr.. . . . .
.
Olson, Howard S.
Oxorson, Rhoda L. . . .
. . .
Ostrem, Gloria R.
Oudal, Wilmer J.. . . . . .
.Minneapolis
.Minneopolis
.
.
Cottonwood
.Minneapolis
. . . . .Winger
Minneapolis
. Joliet,
.
Ill.
.Minneapolis
Parizek, Gloria M.
. . .Minot, N. D.
Potana, R. Raymond. . .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard L.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M. . . . . . . . . Colfax, Wis.
Radde, Leon R.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.Rugby, N. D.
Razook, Patricia R. . .
Mountain Lake
Reimer, Donald J.. . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V. New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J.. .
Exanaba, Mich.
Ronningen, Marlene A.
. .Carpio, N. D.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau
Shultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Silrum, Edwin 0..
. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richord S. (1). . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald D.. . . . . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Straiton, Thomas P.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C.. ......... .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol J.. ....... .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry A.. ........... .Rugby, N. D.
Undseth, Marvin S . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vetvick, Leo B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis J.. . . . . . . . . ..Waubay, S. D.
Werts, Harold G..
..........
Zustiak, Mildred R. ( 1 )
Me"
Women
.Minneapolis
. . . . . .Minneapolis
71
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Total
JUNIORS
Aasen, E. Hildegarde. . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . Flandreau, S. D.
Andersen, Donald W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Robert H. . . . . . . . .Minneapoiis
Berntsen, Ruth Ann. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Blake. Shirlee A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Ill.
~otko, Willard J. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Brondt, Curtis H. ( 1 ) . ...... .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W..
Litchfield
Cummings, Frank W.. . .Atlantic City, N. J.
.........
Dill, Donald J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S.. ................ .Mentor
Dreyer, Marlys 1.. ...... .Spokane, Wash.
Dyrud, Betty J. ............. Newfolden
Elnes, S. Jerome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Garfield
Erickson, Donna Ruth. ............ Duluth
Erlandson, Wallace E.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fox, Curtis A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fraasch, Audrey J.. ......... .Montevideo
Froiland, David C.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Geisendorfer, James V.. ..... .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E.. .... .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace 1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine L. (2). .. .Williston, N. D.
Hanson, James A. ( 1 ) .
.Minneapolis
Harkman, Marylr A.. ........... .Cokato
Harrison, Jean L........... .Minneapolis
Helland, Florence 1.. ...... .Binford, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. ... .Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. (2). ............ Shafer
Holmberg, Richard H.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. ............ Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha 1.. .......... .Gonvick
......
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Ingman, Robert C.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Isaacson, Edsel C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Jensen, Alice K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Joel, Leone B.. . . . . .Elbow, Sask., Canada
Johnson, Marcellus 1..Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Johnson, Wilgard G. . . . . . . . . . . .Herman
Kallio, Harold N.. . . . . . . .Chatham, Mich.
Kleven, Lowell H.. . . . . BlanchardviHe, Wis.
Knutson, Maryan A.. ...... .Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Langseth, Robert V.. . . . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Larson, Richard J.. . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhomn
Larsson, Kenton D.. ........ .Taylors Falls
Lusk, George W.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Main, Ronald C. ( 1 ) . ........... .Proctor
Mathiason, Alan E.. . . . . . . . . . Warthington
Mattison, Robert T.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Miesnieks, Arija (2). ........ .Minneapolis
Mulliken, John K.. ............. .St. Paul
Munson, Paul C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
...........
Nelson, Eorl 0. (1).
.Niwllet
Nelson, Gordon A. ........ .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A.
.Ellendale
Nelson, Marion J. ......... .Mhneapolis
Norum, Donald A.. ............ .Hallack
.Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0..
Nystuen, Winifred H.. .Erickson, Man., Can.
............
....
Olesen, Esther ............. Racine, Wis.
Ollila, Douglas J.. . . . . . . lshpeming, Mich.
Olson, Julian R..
.Minneapolis
Oren, Donald G.. ............. St. Paul
Oudal, Yvonne M.. ......... .Minneapolis
...........
Patterson, Robert J..
Peterson, Clinton J.
Peterson, Colette M.
Peterson, Harold E.
.............
........... .
.Lucan
J d h
........ .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Minmeupolis
Phillips, Merton C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Pribble, Fred C..
.Minneapolis
..........
Quanbeck. Kent B..
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Reinertson, Arlene. .
Mont.
Thompson, Agnes E.. ........ .Minnaqol[s
Thoreson, Allan R. ...........Paferwn
Tiornhom, Barbara L.. ........... St. Poul
T ~ ~ J ~ ~ ~jerome
, - J , c.. ........ .
Twiton. Robert E..
.......
~
i
~
Robetorye, Paulette. . . . . . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis P. (2). . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Valtinson, Joseph 0..
.DeKalb, Ill.
Rundquist, ~ ~ ~
G..t . .i . l. . . , . . ~
i
~Vick, ~Oliver~K.. ~
~ .Minneapolis
~
l
i
Rust.-Garv,R.. . . . . . . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Weber, Joyce I. ( I ) . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Samson Phyllis M-. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westphal, Joanne C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia
Sandness, Albert
J.. . . . . . . LaMOure, N - D.
Winquist, R. Elaine. ............. Duluth
Sondquist, Shirley K.. . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Estherville, lowa
Wolden, Gerhard P..
Shiell, James L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
working, D~~~ J. (2). ........ +-ritchfield
Sigler, Fred C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Youngquist' Edmund R.' .......... "laton
Skovholt, Ardelle E.. . . . . .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H.. . . . . ..Williston, N. D.
Solberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Men
69
Sonsteng, Ruth E.. . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Women
42
Sorenson, James A.. . . . . . . . . . .Eleva, Wis.
Stensland, Donald E.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
.......
...........
.....
..........................
.....................
-
SOPHOMORES
Ahlquist, Earl S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Allar, Donold J.. . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Amundson, Robert E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Arthur L. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Curtis M. . . .
Anderson, Donna Lou . . . . .Argyle, Wis.
Ashland, Wis.
Anderson, E. William . . .
Anderson, James W. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Myron E. ...... . . . . . .Cokoto
Anderson, Norman E. ... . . . .Lamberton
. . . . .St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
.
Becker, Louis 0..
...... . . . .Minneapolis
Benson, John E. . . . . . . , .Milwaukee, Wis.
. . . . . . . Lanesboro
Berge, Mavis S.
Bodin, Wesley J.. ..... . . . . .Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ... . . .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchard, Janet A.. ... ..... .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C.. ..... . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burnom, Roy P,. Jr.. . . . . . . . Cordele, Ga.
......
Christensen, Kay M.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Clevenger, Montague S.. . . . .Minneapolis
Collins, Jane B.. . . . . . . . . . .Monticello
Dahlin, Moxine M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Dahlund, Lois M. (1). . . . . .Kenmore, N. D.
Danger, Mary J.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
~
~
Sun Pmirie, Wis.
Davis, Darwin K.. . . . . . . . .Waubay, S. D.
Dodds, Jack D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dreyer, Gladys M..
.Spokane, Wash.
Dronen, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dumpys, Hans G.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
.....
.........Minneapolis
Egertson, Darrell J..
Eide, Delores M..
Ekstrum, Norman 0..
............Minneapolis
........ .Zimmermon
......
Haderslev, Denmark
Favrholdt, Gyde
Flok, Lorents J. (1). ......... .Minneapolis
Flann, Duncan D.. .......... .Lake Lillian
Foss, Elaine D.. . . . . . . . . .Maddock, N. D.
Gilbertson, Nora M.. ..Frontier, Sosk., Con.
Gronseth, Phillip N.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Dean L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
Hogestuen, Richard M.. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
Halling, Beverly J.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holvorson, Helen A.. ... .Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, L. David ......... .Long Prairie
Hanson, Joanne K. (1). ..... .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. ....... Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Woseca
Helland, Rachel E.. .... ..Thief River Falls
Hemingway, G. Jerome. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
Heng, Rdf 0... . . . . . .
Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond H.. . .
. . .Hoffman
Herman, Rabert M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holcombe, Thomas E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmberg, Phllip A.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver
Honebrink. Elsa M.. . . . . . .
. . .Cologne
Jamieson, Robert G. (1).
Jensen, Maren J. . . . . . .
Jensen, Paul J. . . . . . . . .
Jenson, John R. . . . . . . . . .
Jerdee, Mary L.. . . . . . . .
Johnson, James A. . . . . . . .
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . .
Johnson, Wesley A. . . . .
Johnson, William R. (1)
Jorgensen, Beverly M. (2)
. Minneapolis
. . . .St. Paul
. . Bronx, N. Y.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Kenyon
. .Minneapolis
Hammer, S. D.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Delano
Karlstod, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Kling, Bernadine J. (1) .Dunn Center, N. D.
Knudson, Noel M.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Kolden, Carolyn M. . . .Portland, Ore.
. . . . Robbinsdale
Larson, Audrey V.
Larson, Grace M. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Larson, Myrtle I.
. . . .Bewick, N. D.
Lorson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . .Moorhead
Ludvikn, Stanley B.. . . .Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur A..
. . .St. Louis Park
Mahre, Richord A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Malanfont, Lawrence G. (1). . .Minneapolis
Martin, Gerold A. (1). . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Matre, Mary Ann. . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Mickelberg, Erwin D.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Modin, J. Henry (1). . . . .Sheyenne, N. D.
. . . . . . . . . . . .Dawon
Moe, Dorothy R.
. . . . . Minneopolis
Morseth, David J.
Nelson, Lenord G. .
. Cloquet
Nelson, Lennart D. . . . . . Minneaplis
Nelson, Philip A.
.
. . , Modeiia
Nelson, Raymond S. .
Maple Plain
. .Minneapolis
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Arlene M.
Omdohl, Beverly F.. .
Ostgaard, John D. (1)
Tioga, N. D.
. .Fosston
Climax
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Parkhurst, Milford C.
Pauluk, George . . .
Peterson, Canten . .
Peterson, John R. . .
Pousi, Ruth M.. . . . .
Mondovi, Wis.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Cambria, Wis.
. . . . . .D a w l
Quonbeck, Paul M.
Minneopolis
Saari, Corwyn J.. .
Minneapo!i:
Schuldt, Kenneth E.. .
Minneapoiij
Seaver, John E. . . .
Minneapoiir
Capron, Ill.
Seaver, Roma R.. . . .
Siegel, David H..
.
Minnwpolis
Skaor, David W.. .
R ~ k l o r d .Ill.
Skjerseth, Donald.
.
B r d e ! , N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. . . .
South St. Paul
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
Minncupolis
M~nnrupol;!
Stenoien, Daniel M.. .
Stensrud, Richard H.. .
Minnecpol:j
Strand, Sheldon A. (2)
Minneapoli3
-3rootee
Strande, Nels A.. . .
Strandlie, Wenona C.
. MinneapoIis
Strutz, Donald R.. . . .
Mdrinerte. Wis.
Swanson, Betty A. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Syse, Sanford D.
. Blanchardville, Wis.
Thoreson, Wayne L.
Tollefson, Arlene V..
Tollefson, Duane L.
Topp, Vernald M.
Twedt, Agnes S.. . .
Tweet, Agnes M.. .
.
.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Grove City
. ..McHenry, N.
D.
Tunbridge, N. D.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
Welde, Ronald B. (1)
West, Kenneth W.. .
Willcox, Donald J.. .
Wood, Maynard E..
Men..
Women
.
.
.
..
.Peterson
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
. .Minneapolis
Maple Park, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Paynesville
.
FRESHMEN
Allen, Joyce L.. . .
. .Minneapolis
Almquist, James A..
. .Sand Creek, Wis.
Amundson, Margaret A. . . . ..Minneapolis
Amundson, Shirley M. . . .Wolhalla, N. D.
Anderson, Beverly A. (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Deloris Ann
. . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0.. . . . Sacred Heart
Anderson, P. Mark (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Merriam J. . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Potricio J. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Roy Wm. (1). . . . . . .Mound
Anfenson, Pattie J. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Wayzata
. . . . .Minneapolis
Anklam, Robert D. (2)
Arneson, Suzonne M.
. . . .Fargo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V.
. . .Rockford, Ill.
Bakken, Betty Lou . .
. .Bristol, S. D.
Barber, Robert E.. . . . . . .Saginaw, Mich.
Boxter, Gerald D..
. . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bieri, Bonnie Kay.. . . . . . . Blaisdell, N. D.
Bolstad, Kermit E. (2). . .Homestead, Mont.
Boraas, J. Sherman (2). . . . . . . . . .Dowon
Brogg, James A. (2) . . . . . .Chicago, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Brandt, Erwin W. (1)
Bremseth Janice M.. . . . . . . : .Minnea~olis
Brown, constant . . . . . . . . . ~obbinidale
Bullock, Richard W.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burman, Cory1 A. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Molmo
Bushey, Patricia 1. . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
. . . .Minneapolis
Buskirk, James E.
Bystrom, Wayne R. (1). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Corlson, Ann C. . . .
Carlson, David Jon
Carlson, Roger Alvin
Christensen, Orla J.
Christiansen, Alto J. .
Christianson, Mary J.
Clayton, Joan A. (2). . .
Conyers, LeRoy H.. . .
Currey, Donold E.. .
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Clarkfield
.
.Fergus Falls
. . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Appleton
Dahl, Morilyne J.. . .
Dahl, Stuart A. . . . . .
Dahl, Syba M. . . .
Dahlbloom, Joyce C.
Dickens, Clara M..
Glenburn, N. D.
.New Richland
. . . .Waseca
. . . . .Excelsior
Harrisburg, S. D.
Egesdal,. Sanford E.
.
.Elmore
Eglitis, Mirdza Z. . . . . . Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Elioson, Ann E. (1). .
Engebretson, DeRonda (1).
. lola, Wis.
Elias, LeRoi T.
. . .
. Adrian
Engstroin, Arthur M. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Enstad; Luther W. . . Grand Forks, N. D.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Erickson,
Erickson,
Evavold,
Eveland,
Everhart,
Lelond F.
..
Rodney 0.J.
Charles A.. .
Glen C. (1)
Joan M.. .
Gary D. (2).
Floistad, Dorothy M.
Fowldst Carol M.. .
Fox. Mary Ann . . . .
Franzman. Douglas C.
Morris
Glenwoad
Battle Lake
Backus
. . Bagley
. . Robbinsdale
Milwaukee, Wis.
. .Glenwood
.
.Minneapolis
.
Minneopolis
J.
Gennrichr Gretchen G.
Verner L.. .
Gierde, Audrey C. (1)
Gohrick, Joane E.. .
Granell, Nola D.. . . .
Gratz, Duane J. (2). .
Greguson, Miriam E.. .
Gunderson, Raymond H.
Gutzmann, Gordon K.
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
. . . . Barnum
Portland, N. D.
Shelton, Wash.
. . .Clarkfield
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneopolis
St. Paul
Haoen, Elizabeth G.. .
Montevideo
. .Strum, Wis.
Halverson, Gordon J. (2)
Halvorson, Margoret A.
. .Middle River
Hamberg, Glenn E.
Williston, N. D.
. . . . .Aitkin
Hanson, Ruth E. . .
.
.Minneapolis
Haugen, James S.
Haynes, John W.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . .Madison, S. D.
Hendricks, Dean M.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hermanson, Margaret A.. Blanchardville,
Wis.
Hiermstad, Stanley L.. .
Walloce, S. D.
Hofflander, Thomas M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hofstad, Stephen R. ( I ) . . . . . . . .Madison
Minneopolis
Homme, Donald W.
Homme, Gloria E.
.
Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M.
. . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A.. . . . . . . . .St. James
Kirkland, Wash.
Hoverson, Julius E.. . .
Hoversten, Thomas H.
.Alden, Iowa
.
.Minneapolis
Howell, George L..
Hunt, Elaine H. . .
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. .
Johnson, Darrel W.
Johnson, Farolyn M.
Johnson, Jerome L.
Johnson, Mavis J.
Jones, Louise M..
Kallman, Ralph f .
Kirchner. Robert 1
Minot, N. D.
..
.Hutchinson
. . . . . . . Molmo
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Hendricks
Solon Springs, Wis.
Minneapolis
Farmingto-
Konsterlie, Esther T.. ............Willmar
Kopps, Marilyn L.. .... Blanchardville, Wis.
Lamberton
Krengel, Richard 6..
Kunkel, Lucille M.. ......... Almena, Wis.
..........
Larson, Carol M. .......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Robert C.. ..........Robbinsdale
Le-$ander, Roger V.. ..... .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Carolyn B. ......... .Norma, N. D.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Leines, Beatrice H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Willmar
Lindal, B. Constance. .Fort Erie, Ont., Can.
Lindbloom, Lilllun E.. ......... .St. Fmncis
Lindgran, Delmar V. (1).
.Minneopolls
Locke, M i h o e l G. .............. St. Paul
Lcckwmd, Robert R..
..Minnmpdk
Loland, Ruth L.
Seattle, Wmh.
Lower, Carolyn E.. ........... .St. James
Lundgren, Robert A. (2). . . . . . ...St. Paul
Lundin, Hotvey k..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundquisf, Willlam E. (1).
.Minneapolis
Lunklay, Robert A. IT).. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Lusk, Joyce M.. ............... .St. Paul
....
......
..........
...
McCarlson, B. Louise. . . . . .Websterr S. D.
Malcolm, Lowell P. (1). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Maitin, John L. (1). . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Matison, Jerrj W. (1). . . . . . . . . . .Belview
kattbon, David D.. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
...... .Big Lake
Meredith, Patricia J..
Miller; Gary E. (1). . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Miller, Kenneth E.. . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Moe, Donovan A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Moen, Ardell J.. . . . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Moen, Ethel A, (1). . . . .Galesburg, N. D.
Moore, Cleve J.. . . - . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Morgan, Emily J.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mortenien, Elizabeth A.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L.. . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Muten, Shirley A.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
MuAson, Christine C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Munson, George R.. . . . . . . . . . .:.St. James
Murins; Valdis ..............:.. Hopkins
Myhre, Edwin C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mahtowa
:
N e b , Barbara C. . . . . . . . . . . .Alexandria
Nelson, Lois V. (2) . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Nelson, Morlys E.. .......... :.. .Belgrade
Nelson, Wayne L.. . . . . . . .Marine*,
Wis.
Ne+tnd, Marlys J.. . . . . . . . . . .Paynesville
Nerheim, Lawrence E.. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E.. . . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Nlchols, James E.. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapo!is
.
Nickodym, Donald A. (1). . . . . . . . Hopkins
Norby, Robert D.. . . . . . . . . . Appleton
.
Nygaard, Gwen J.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
......
Nylander, Kenneth L..
.Tioga, N. D.
Nystuen, David 1.. ........... Northfield
.........
..........
Olsen, Joyce A..
Kenmare, N. D.
..Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H.
Olson, Damaris R. ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Elinor J. ......... ..Middle River
. k p l e Park, Ill.
Olson, Laurence 0..
Olson, R. Luther.. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Marya M. ............ Formington
Olson, Richard C. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard M. (2). ...... .Minneapolis
Oredson, William P. (1). .... .Minneapolis
Ose, Roy A. (1). ........ Thief River Falls
Ose, Roger K.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Overlund, E ~ i nK.. . . . . . . .Silverton, Ore.
.....
Porkhurst, Donald L. (1). . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Parten, Eunice C.. . . . . . . . . :....'.. .Welch
Paulson, Helen L.. . . . . . . . . . : .Minneapolis
Pearson, James K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. . . . . . . . . Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . .:. ... .Nye, Wis.
Petersen, Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . .".Ht~tchinson
Peterson, Connie J. . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Peterson, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . .Mitiheapolis
Peterson, Robert E. ....... ::Minn&polis
Plumedahl, James D. (2). . .'::Robbinsdale
Prieditis, Elmars A.. . . . . . . . . . :Minneapolis
Propp, Richard L. (1). . . . . . . .R&ford,
Ill.
Quanbeck, Norman J.. . . . . . ,, . . .Bertha
Rodintz, Rolland A.. ....... r ,Minneapolis
Rasmussen,. Joyce M.. ....... .Minneapolis
Reichstadt, Lloyd H.. . . , ...:... ..Cepter City
Rorvig, Bruce W.. ..........McVille, N: D.
Rudetl, Violette I . . .......... .Minneapolis
Rundstrom, Alice L.. ......... :Salem, Ore.
> ; .........
Sandback, William W.. ...:...:'.Minneqpolis
Sad, Donohue R.. ........ ..;.. .Palisade
Saugstad, Mary J. (1). ..... .Hudson, S. D.
Schoess, Alden J.. ......... :.,.~Mihnwpolis
Schroeder, Dennis F.. ..... :Mountain.iake
Schultz, Carl E.. ...........: . ..;Ririe:River
Seaver. Ray E.. ............ . M i ~ e a p o l i s
Doran
Shelstad, Roger E.. ........ ..,;-; :. .#.
Sherry, Richard J. (2). ......Westby, Wis.
Skor, Emily A.. . . . . . . . . . .:-rUpham;.N. D.
Smetzer, Harlen C. (1). ... : :IRobbimsdale
Smith, Elmer S.. ......... .'&&IQ
Wash.
Smith, Joonne C.. .......... :,Robbinsda!e
Soukup, Donald F. (1). ...... .Minneapolis
Stonerson, Noomi. ...... .EsthBrville, Iowa
Stensland; Arlen H.. . . . . ..Pofitand, N. D.
....
.
Strand, Theodore H. (2). . . .Minneapolis
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Swensop. James W.. . . . . . . . . . .Windom
Swenion,' Johann H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Sylvester, lone L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
~hompson;Glenn K.. .......Seattle, Wash.
Thompidn, John T.. . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Theodore T. (2). . . . . .McGregor
Thorpe, Glenn C.. . . . . . . . . ..Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorson, .Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thorud, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorvig, Kathryn L.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Timmons, Eunice B.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Tollefson, Connie L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Traver, Reginald J. (1). . . . . Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. (2). .
Voxland, Joan M. . . . . . .
Wahlstrom, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . . . .Grasston
Walden, Dorothy M.. . . . .Manitowoc, Wis.
Waldon, John E. (2). . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warder, William W. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Warnes, Wanda E.. . . . . .
. . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
White, Merlin J.. . . . . . . .
Wick, Joon, B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aitkin
Wicklander, Donald (2). . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A., . . ..
.Minneapolis
Farga, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth I.
Zokariasen, Lloyd A. (2)
Uleberg, :Alice M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
Urness, John L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mclntosh
.
Men
Women
Vigen, Gladys H.. . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Voeks, George H. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Total
Excelsior
...........
.........
.....
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Andemn, Roger V.. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aria, Frank L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Magnuson, Albert . . . . . . .
Markson, Stanley H. (1). .
Marquardt, William G.. . .
Mickelberg, Carolyn J. (2)
Carlseh,:3. Beverly (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Castle, Bradley F. (2). . . . . . . . . .Stillwater
Caviness, Dovid C. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E. (2)
. .
Valley City, N. D.
Colaai, Conartta M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Martin K.. . . . .
Northfelt, Richard A.. .
......
Minneapolis
.Minnaupolis
. . . St. Paul
. .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Oliver, Myrtle R. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, William L. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oppen, Ronald E. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dahlager, -Arlo 0.(1).
.Minneapolis
Dahle, Adeline (2). ......... .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas R. .......... .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. (2). . . .
. . . . .St. Paul
Peterson, Lloyd E. (1).
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarado
Fairbanks, Laland L.. .......... .Harmony
Fisher, Gaorge W.. ............. .Morris
Frank,' Sydney C. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sitton, Maryiann (2) . . . .Houston, Texas
Spry, June M.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swenson, James A. (2).
.Hopkins
Gilbert, Earl J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gimse, I. Shelby.. . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Thorson, Arthur W. .
Halvorsen, Elmnor.City Island, Bronx, N. Y.
Jacobson, Luther H. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (2) . . . . . . . . . . ;Willmar
Koppel, Heljo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo J. (1). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ely
Lodohl, Helen
M.
Maas, Edwin H..
Medicine Lake, Mont.
...........
.Minneapolis
(1) RegjJtered for first semester only.
(2) Reg~steredfor second semester only.
Vartdal, Roger A. (1).
Vinger, Mary M.. . . . .
Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
.
ST. Louis Park
Walker, Sue C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. (2) . . . .Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women
.............
Total
..
30
13
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1x8
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SBM~NAIIY
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES 1
Bakke, Frances A.
Berg, Marilyn A.
Bjornrud, Lorraine A.
Viroqua, Wis.
Lindquist, Pearl E.. . . . . . . . . .Carver
. . . . . . ..Upsala
,
~
~
~ Melson,
f
~Marlys
l R.d . . .~. . . ~. . . .Monterey
Melvie, Margaret A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Carlson, Betty H. . . . New Auburn, Wis.
Ose, Betty F.. . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Finstad, Ramona M.. . . . .Portland, N. D.
Otterdahl, Elaine M. . . . . . . . .Little Souk
Folske, Geraldine M.. . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Pederson, LaVonne 0.. Clear Lake, lowa
Gerber, Caryl J. . . . . . .Sheldon, Wis.
G ~ cryrtal
~ ~ E., . . .
~
~ lows
Reishus,
~
Meredythe
h
F..~
. . . . .Cottonwood
~
~
pembina, N. D.
Reynolds. Elizabeth A.. . . .Garrison, N. D.
Gryth, Helen P.. . . . .
Ringstad, Elra M.. .... .Escanaba, Mich.
. . .Nisswa
Rognes, Norma 1.. . . . . . . . . .Joice, Iowa
Hanson, Lorraine S..
Haugen, lngeborg C. .
.Pekin, N. D.
Hoivik, Deloris M.. . .
. ~ i ~Sandberg,
~ ~Carolyn
~ Mae
~ ~. . . l. . .i.St. ~
Paul
Sorkness, Elizabeth L..
. . . . . . . Henning
Johnson, Ferne M.. . .
Dolliver, Iowa
Thorsgaard, Carolyn A.
Hatton, N. D.
Kilde, Beverly A.. . . .
Barnesville
.
Roseau
Total . . . . . . . . . .
....
28
Kveen, Herdis S.. . . .
.
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES 1
Abrahamson, leleen M.
. . .Browewille
Andrews, Carole F. .
. .Annandale
Axelson, Evangeline L. . . . . . .Lancaster
Larsen, Jane E.
Lanen, Janet E.
...
La Crocse, Wis.
.La Cr-,
Wis.
Nelson, Lois V.
Backlund, Elizabeth A. . . . .Grand Marais
Barbo, Betty Ann. . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
........ .Echo
Bruss, J w n E.. . . .
.Strandquist
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
' '
. . . . .Winger
Flermoen, Delois C.
Herold. Berdine L.. .
Horton, Barbara Ann
. ' 'Waseca
.
La Crow, Wis.
. . .Minneapolis
Jocobson. Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
Johnson, Joanne L.
. . . . . . .Sebeka
Knudson, Irma V. .
Marinette, Wis.
Langford, Phyllis A.
Minneapolis
.Viroqua, Wis.
. . .Moose Lake
( 1 ) Registered for first semester only
Okrina, Evelyn E.. . . .
Olson, Marlys J. . . .
Schauer, Carol F.
Shultz, Joan C.. .....
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Marinette, Wis.
.
Cottonwood
... .Canby
....... Waseca
Spokane, Wash.
.W.allace, S. D.
Tollefson, Junice K.
L'Ans?, Mich.
Veitch, Barbara L.
Vik, Margaret A. . . .
Suffon, N. D.
.:..Bagley
Wagner, lone M. . . .
Wickman, Beth/ Jean.
..
Wolff, Joan A.
Total
.
.Badger
Porterfield, Wis.
. . . St. Paul
~
GRADUATES 1952
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Bervig, Arthur L.. . . . . . Forgo, N. D.
Ozclins, Karlis L.. . . . . . .Barronett, Wis.
Torgerson, Sheldon Luther. . . .Minneapolis
Nwge, Lowell Theodore. . . . . . .Madison
Rev. Elnar Gundale, Class of 1937 . . .Carpior N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Andersen, Robe* W.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Feig. Gilbert H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kordahl, Axel 0..
.....
Nystuen, Theodore C..
Minneapolis
Northfield
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Eugene Carlton
Anderson, Fritz J. . . .
Anderson, Jean C. . . .
Anderson, Kenneth L.
Anenson, LeRoy H.. . . . . .
Armstrong, James Douglas
Aune, Wilfred B.. .
. .Willmar
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. .Ellendale
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Backstrorn, Norman .
Bagley, Yvonne Marie
Baker, Phyllis . . . . . . .
Bakken, Hardis Cornelius.
Blomquist, Elroy C.
.
Bohn, Sherman J.
. .
Bozony, Mortha E.
Minneapolis
. . . .Gatzke
. Lakeville
Chicago, Ill.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . . . Hallock
Kenrnare, N. D.
Carlson, Stella M.
Christensen, David W.
Dalberg, Leonard E.
Daniels, Earl R. .
Dingrnon, Donald L.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
.Concord
Emerson, Evonne L. . .
Eng, Leona Marie. . .
. . . . Bagley
Englund, Kenneth M.. . .
Minneapolis
Erickson, Delores Romelle
Arthyde
Erickson, Roland E. . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Faul, James 0.
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Gilberkon, Glen
. .
.Minneapolis
Glans, Roger Elmer. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gordon, Robert Lee. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gryth, Beverly A.
Pembina, N. D.
Hage, Robert Roy
...
Hagen, James H.. .
Holler. Harriet Marie
.Minneapolis
. . .Montevideo
Wanamingo
.
Hansen, Harold John
Hanson, Celia JoAnn .
Hanson, Elmer Harland
Harvey, Richard V.. . . .
Helmke, Eugene V.
Hetager, Mildred . .
Hindemith, Jerry 0..
..
Hjelle, Orleite Belinda
Holmberg, Henry Allen
Holmquist, lvar Robert
Howells, Richard S. .
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Aitkin
. .Elk Mound
Minneapolis
. . . . .Cokato
Forgo, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Newfolden
. . .Minneapolis
East Moline, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Donovan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Crystal
Johnson, Anton V. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Donnis L.. . . Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Gordon Phillip. .Blooming Prairie
Johnson, Morris Melvin . . . . .Minneapolis
Kleven, Charlotte . . Blanchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Millard John. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eh/
Kottom, James D.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Kuross, William J.. . . . . .
Minneapolis
Landsverk, Eleanor M..
Larson, Benjamin L. . . .
Larson, Elwood H. . . . .
Larson, Luther J. . . . . . . .
Larson, Marvin Leroy
Leak, John Roy, Jr.. . .
Luhn, Charles W. . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd . . . . . .
. . .Fosston
Minneapolis
. .st. Paul
. . . Brockton
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Duluth
Madsen, John R.. . . . . . .
Mitmoen, Winnifred Arlene
Minneapolis
. . .Duluth
Nelson, Lola Joyce . . . . . . Stanchfield
Nelson, Roger h r l o w e .
. .Brooten
Nelson, Wayne Merle . . . . . . . . . . .Pennock
Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . . . Laramie, Wyo.
Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Leroy D.. . . . . . . . . .Tacoma, Wash.
Olson, Orville L . . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. D.
Onischuk, W;illiam . . . . . . . . .South St. Paul
Oscarson,. .Donald Roy. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose,'Eleanor G.. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Paulson, Arnold C. . . . . . . . .Wallace, S. D.
Paulson, LeVon Mae . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. . . . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Petersen, Morlo D. . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Peterson, Harvey M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Vera V. . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Prazniak, John . - . . . . . . . . .,Minneapolis
Puterbaugh, Karl Dallas. . . . . .Minneapolis
Ringdahl, Irving C.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roberts, Donavon . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal
Rokke, David H.. ............ Strandquist
Schmidt, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hawley
Schmitt, Gottlieb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Sirotiak, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skiei, Lola Jean. . . . . . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Skonnord, Dorothy G.
Valley City, N. D.
Smith, Lynn Lorrell . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Snodgrass, Melvin E.. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Solum, Marvin E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle
Swanson, Jean A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Blanchardville, Wis.
Thompson, Robert D..
Thorpe, Gordon D.. . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorsen, Floyd Curtis . .
.Minneapolis
Trones, Duane M.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland B.
Minneapolis
Varner, Joanne Marilyn
Varner, Siegel S,. Jr.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Walters, Orville Blair. .
.Minneapolis
Wang, Donna J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Weidenbach, Paul A.. . .
.Minneapolis
Wilhelm, Max . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Young, Lyle Henry.. . . Valley City, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
......................
79
26
105
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1952-1953
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
.............................
............................
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...................
...
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students ................................
....-.. . . . .
Total
....................................................
.........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
...-.............
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Totol
.............................
...............................
.........................................
COLLEGE
Men Students ..............................................
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
...........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting thaw counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1952-1953
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
..................................
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
G:odualt:-i870-1951
Graduater-'952
Total
.........................................
.........................................
.
609
8
-
..................................................
617
COLLEGE
Graduates-i870-1951 ............................................
Graduates-lP52
..............................................
Tota i
................................................
Total Graduates
............
............................
1729
105
1834
-
245 1
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . 42
. . . . . . . . 26
Accounts Payment of .
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Admirsion. Seminary . .
. . . 101
Administration . . . . . .
.... 5
Administrative Staff . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . .
Alumni Association. The
Archives. The . . . . . . . . .
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletia . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . .
Audio-Visual Educotion
Awards
. . .
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.
Biology. Department of
h a r d of Trustees
..
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum. .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . .
77
93
5
20
53
87
Calendar
.................. 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 77
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37. 77
Christian Education and Sociology . . . 108
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Christianity. Deportment of
. . . 61
Church History (Seminary). . . . . . . . . . 106
Classical Languages. Department of . . . 65
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Classwork, Amount of
. . . . . . . . . 44
College. Augsburg
. . . . . . . . 42
College Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
. . . 111
College Students (1952-1953)
...
committees of the Faculty .
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 47
Contents. Table of . . .
...
.Convocation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Counseling .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Course Fees . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cultural Opportunities .
. . . . . . 31
Curriculums
.
. . . . . 51
Debate and Oratory
35. 70
Degree. Bachelor of Arts .
.
. 48
Dentistry Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . 56
Departmental and Student Interest
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
.
Page
Dioconate
5 9
Dining Hall
. . 4 0
.
. 31
Discipline . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 71
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Education. Deportment of Psychology
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . 45
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Courses . . 57
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
English. Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . . . . 42
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Examinations. Comprehensive . . . . . . . 47
Examinations. Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Expenses. Student
24. 25. 26. 102
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
Financial Information ............... 24
Financial Support and Control . . . . . . 19
Food Service ..................... 40
Foundation, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
. . . 17
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1952 ..................
Graduates (1870.1952) Summary of .
Graduation Requirements. College . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.
.
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Health Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66, 109
High School Teaching, Curriculum ..... 53
Historical Sketch .................. 15
History and Political Science. Department of ........................ 79
Home Economics. De~artmentof . . . . 90
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 55
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37. 50
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . 65
. .
Page
Incompletes
.
. 47
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.
. 69
Junior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 48
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. 125
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . 97
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 57
Medicine, . Pre-Medic b t s e s . . . . . . . . 55
Membership In Edvcdknal h i a t i o n s 19
Ministry. Preptation for the . . . . 51. PO1
Minors ........................... 49
Miitonnry Work. Pmporntion for . . . . . 52
Mwaum. The . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 21
Music. Deportment of
.
.
. 74
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25. 75
Music. Organizations . . . . . . .36. 77
Naturol Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . 72
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses ........ 56
Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess
Hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 37
.
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . .104
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,37. 70
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3B.
. 84
Parish W ~ r k . Preparation f w . . . . . . .
52
Pastoral T k l c g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 38
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 63
Physical Eduwtion. Department of
Heolth and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 94
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Piono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Placemdnt ' Service for Graduates
. .41
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work . . . . 108
Practical Thealogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Pre-Seminory Curriculum . . . . .5 1. 101
Prizes, Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . 27
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Rychology cmd Education. Depart-
'.merit of
......
. . .
83
Recreation ond Social Life . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ond Philosophy. Division of .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of .
Room Application . . . . : . . . . . . . . . .
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 27
Secretarial Studies . . . . . .
..89
Secretarial Work Curriculum
. . . . 54
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . -101
Seminary. Faculty . . . . . . .
7
Seminary. Courses of Study
1 0 3
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . ..24. 102
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees
102
Seminary. General Requirements . . . . 101
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Senior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 49
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . . . 79
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . 38
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . .ID6
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . .53. 83
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 42. 46. 47
Theology. College Preparation for . 51. 101
Theology. Courses of Study . . . .
TO3
Theological Orientation Courses
103
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
. 101
Theological Students (1952-1953).
T I0
Theology. The Three-Year Cyck of
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Transfer and Advanced Standing'. .43. 102
Trustees. Boord of . . . . .
5
Tuition and Fees . . :
.
24. 25
University Courses
:
.....
Veterons; Admission of . .
Voice
. . . . . . .
. . 4 5
. '
. . . 43
. 76
EVENING SCHOOL
1954
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA
Augsburg College is pleased to announce the fourth annual evening
school, a program in adult education for the Twin City Community. The
evening session is ten weeks long, with classes meeting once a week.
The classes norlnally meet for a single period of one hour and fifteen
minutes; three, as indicated in the description of the course, require a
double hour. Although no college credit is given in connection with these
short courses, certain requirements for each course will be outlined b y
the instructor.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course in which there is
insufficient registration and refunds will be made only if the course is
cancelled. Requests for additional courses may be made to the Director.
The College will try to meet such needs when the request is presented b y
twelve students or more.
Tuition will be $9.OC per course and is payable in advance. An additional fee will be charged for a laboratory course.
A special rate of $5.00 per course will be available to a group of
five students or larger from a single organization registering in Courses
26e, 56e, and 71e. Such organizations will include churth groups and
clubs of various kinds.
The first part of the hour on the opening evening will be used for
registration and payment of tuition. Instructions for registration may be
secured in Science Hall.
Advanced registrations will be taken on. request. These must be accompanied by the registration fee.
Address inquiries about Evening School to:
Dean Martin Quanbeck
Director of the Evening School
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4 - Phone LI 0501
Classes will begin on Monday, January 18, 1954, and meet every
Monday until March 22. One class, Course 52e, will meet on Thursdays,
beginning January 21 and continuing till March 25. Classes begin at
7:00 except the double-period classes, which begin at 6:30.
2e.
Scandinavian Cooking-Breads, Cookies and Cakes
A laboratory course in the preparation of Scandinavian breads,
cookies, and cakes. The class meets for a double period (2% hours).
A materials fee of $5.00 is in addition to the regular fee. Enrolment limited to 15 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S30.) Miss Sigrunn
Kvarnrne.
26e.. How the Bible Came to Us
The aim of this-co.urse is to acquaint the student with the human
history of the Word of God. The course includes a disclission of the
original languages of the Bible, the materials and methods of
transmitting the sacred text from age to age, ancient translations
of the Scriptures, and the transition from manuscript to printed
page. The course also includes a treatment of modern translations
and versions. (7:OO-8:15, Room S212.) Mr. lver Olson.
51e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Beginner's Course
Instruction in "rosemaling". Demonstration and individual work.
The class meets for a double period (2% hours). A materials fee
of $2.00 for paints, oil, and turpentine is charged in addition to
the regular fee. Brushes and plates may be purchased from the
instructor. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S33.)
Mr. Hans Berg.
52e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Advanced Course
Similar to Course 51e except that it is intended for those who have
already had this course. Same fees. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00 Thursdays, Room S33.) Mr. Hans Berg.
56e.
Ten Evenings With Great Writers
Reading and discussion of selected writings by American and British
authors, including Washington Irving, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Ralph
Waldo Emerson, William Shakespeare, John Milton, William
Wordsworth. (7:OO-8: 15, Room S205.) Miss Anne Pederson.
71e.
Popular Minnesota Geology
A survey of geological forces and events that have produced the
land formations of Minnesota. Each class meeting will include the
use of some picture materials, rock samples, or fossils. Slides and
motion pictures will be used extensively. (7:OO-8:15, Room S206.)
Mr. Orval Engen.
a member of the Board of Trustees and Treasurer of the Geological
Society of Minnesota.
ticism of Emily Dickinson". Miss Pederson holds the rank of Associate
Professor of English at Augsburg College. She has been afiliated with
Augsburg since 1933 except for a 2-year leave of absence to teach in
the Son Mateo and Burlingame, California, public schools.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in Ap... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FIFTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Catalog Record for 1953-1954
Announcements for
19561955 and 1955-1956
Vol. XVI, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1954
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theologicol Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as secondtloss matter March
21, 1947 at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
Accreditation
and Membership in Educational
Associations
Augsburg College is accredited by the
North Central Association of Colleges and
Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education. It is a
member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of
Minnesota Colleges.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . .
Administration
4
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
5
. . . . .
.........................
5
. . .
Committees of the Faculty
6
The Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
General Information
..
Financial Information
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Community Life .
I
5
.
24
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
The College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduation Requirements
. .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
Divisional Organization .
.
.
.
.
.
44
44
50
53
63
Student Personnel Services
.
.
CoursesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics . . . .
64
64
68
81
95
The Theological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 3
.
General Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !$.!....,+..
,,
. , . . . . . - . .105
..,
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I. I I
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
CALENDARS
For 1954-55and 1955-56
FIRST SEMESTER
I955
I954
Freshman Days
Sept. 9-13
Registration
Sept. 9, 10,
Classes begin
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
Sept. 17
Late Registration Fee
Sept. 17
Oct. 22-24
Homecoming
Oct. 28-30
Nov.
Sept. 9-13
Sept. 9,
13
10, 11,
Sept. 14, 8:00 a.m.
13
12,
End of &st half of Semester
Nov.
Nov. 25, 26
Thanksgiving Recess
Nov. 24, 25
Dec. 17, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. 16, 4:20 p.m.
1955
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin after Christmas
1956
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 20-26
College Examinations
Jan. 24-27
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-26
Jan. 26
First Semester Ends
Jan. 25
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 16-31
10
10
Recess
Jan. 17 to Feb.
I
Jan. 19-25
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb.
Feb. 5
Late Registration Fee
Feb. 4
Feb. zz
Washington's Birthday
Feb.
End of first half of Semester
April 4
April
I
I,
8:00 a.m.
22
Easter Recess begins
Mar. 27, 4:2o p.m
April 12, 8:00 a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 3, 8:00 a.m.
May 27
Seminary Commencement
May 25
College Examinations
May 2 5 to June
May 30
Decoration Day
May 30
May 29
June 3, 8:00 p.m.
Baccalaureate Service
June 3
College Commencement
June 4. 8:00 p.m.
April 6, 4:20 p.m.
May 26 to June
2
I
b
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
REV. ERNESTG. LARSON,President, Minneapolis, Minn.. . Term
REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN, Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN, Secretary, Minneapolis, M i . . . Term
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . Term
REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minn. . . . . . . . . . . . .. Term
MR. IVER H. IVERSON,
min not, N. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
k v . GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wis. . . . . . . . . Term
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term
expires 1954
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
expires
1957
195 8
1956
1958
I 9 54
1955
I 9 56
1957
Advisory Members
DR. T. 0. BURNTVKDT,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Minn.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Minneapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MAILTINQUANBECK. . . . .Dean of the Colkge and Director of Veterans Agairs
JOHN M. STENSVAAG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
..fi r . . Efi CL e . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relatims
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registra~,Secretary of the General F a d t y
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Famlty
MELVINA. HELLAND.
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Librarian
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
CARL R. HAMMAREERG.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cdlege Pastor
FREDEL WINDMANN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
S. V. HJ-ELMELAND
IRWGHOEL.. . . . . . .Purchasing Agent, Supervisor of Buildings a d Grounds
AINO SINKO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Sewice
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewm
IVER B. OLSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Arcbivkt
CARL WOYKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Registrar
.W.
r..
.bd. e . e ..& . . . Admissions Counselor
k\
.IT
-
REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Building Fund
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary to Business
Manager; Bertha Lilehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Office; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's m c e ; Mrs.
Arnold Drange, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Ogce; Ruth Hanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Borghild Estness,
Secretary, Registrar's Office; David Rokke, Student Employment Manager; Mrs.
Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Donna Storley, Faculty Secretary, Mimeographing; Mrs. Mavis Hafstad, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Lloyd Kallevig; Sivertsen Hall, Mrs. Eleanor Cotton Miller; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton
Hall, Darlene Deem; Edda House, Alice Swenson.
Supervisor of Hmekeeping: Olga Hermunslie.
MEDICAL n A F F
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R.N.,
Nurse; Bernice Olson, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
Administration: Christensen, Quanbeck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, C. Strommen,
Miss Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Kleven, Miss
Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Thorson, Nash, Hammarberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, M. Strommen, Savold, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W . Anderson, Bertness, M. Strommen, Walton.
Social: Mrs. Fylling, Miss Mortensen, Dahle, Mrs. Bergman, Mrs. Peterson.
Studies: Miss Joel, Trautwein, R. Anderson, Colacci, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Lund, Sonnack, E. Nelson (student members also
included in this committee).
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Soberg, Miss Segolson (student members also included in this committee).
Teacher Education: Bertness, Urdahl, Sateren, Miss Tangjerd.
Religious Life: Strommen, Sonnack, Landahl (student members also included
in this committee).
1953-1954
Faculty Council: M. Quanbeck, Miss Lund, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Thelander, Thorson, Chrislock, Dahlen, Hammarberg, Colacci, Mrs. Peterson,
Mrs. Nelson, Savold.
Board-Faculfy Committee: Urdahl, Miss Segolson, Sonnack (Board members also
included in this committee).
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President und Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
ThM., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G ~ t t i n ~ e n .
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, Broololyn, New York, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
~ A R ERMISCH,
L
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritw of C h r c h History
A.B., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., Chicago
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Teaching: Wartburg College, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minnesota, 1925-29.
At Augaburg 1928-1952.
h h ~ v mA. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testommt, Secretary
of tbe Theological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg Theological Scxnhqy,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Founddon, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-38; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON,AM., Th.B., Associate Professor of S y s t d i c Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological k u h r y ,
1936; A.M., University of, Minnrs~ta, 1945. A d d i b d study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminarp. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39; University of Mhuesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser oo SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAUL G. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c h History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augs'burg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Testamunt
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 6 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, I 940; Ph.D., 194I. Additi& study: Johns Hopkii. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
ERLINGM. TUNGSETH,C.T., Guest Lecturer in Practical Theology, 1953-54
A.B., Concordia College, Moorhead, Minn., 1940; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944. Teaching: Augsburg College, 1943-44, 1946-47.
FREDERICNORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.* Special Lecturer, Director of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
KARL ERMISCI-I, Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emeritzu of G m a n
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. A d d i t b d s d y : &4hnesota, Chicago. Teaching: Asmistant in English, Univc*
of -es~m,
1908-10; Ellsworth College, 1913-11. At Augsburg I~IJ-1952.
MANIVALDALDRE, M.S., Assistant Professor of Cbemjstry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
T a b , Estonia, 1941; MS., University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching:
Amhant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Atigsbug since 1949.
C. WESLEYANDERSON,
M.Mus., Instructor in Music
A.B., Macalester College, 1930; A.A.G.O., Northwestern University, 1936;
MMus., Northwestern University, 1937. Teaching: Roosevelt High School,
Minneapolis; Michigan State College; Minneapolis College of Music. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 3.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and P W d
Edwrtion, BaRetbdl C w c b
A.B., Augsburg Callege, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND E. ANDERSON,AM., Assistmt Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Ivfjnn~ita,1946; A.M., 1950. Additiond study: Minnenesota. Teuching: University of; Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FRANKARIO, A.B., Instructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: M h e s t a . U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsbwg since 1950.
PEGGY
SMITH B ~ E YB.S.,
, Instrwtor in MllSjc
B.S., University of .Minnesota, 1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1953.
EVABAVOLAK,
AM., Instructor in Bwiness Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 194s. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea~hersCollege,
A b e r d ~ S.
, Dak., 1942-47; H?mline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLD
J. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A. B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-3 8 ; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44. Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director caf Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsbug since 1954.
LUCYMAE E. BERGMAN,M.S., Instructor in Speech
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1935-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. A t Augsburg since 1952.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Augsbug CaUege, r 947; A X , Unhcrsity of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Miunesora. Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. teach in^:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. A t Augsburg since 1949.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Hisfory and Political Science
CARLCHRISLOCK,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnemta. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5 I. At Augsburg since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Languuges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
.
LELAND9.DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dean of Students mad Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Mditioa;ll 6mdy: Mbwu. Teaching: High School, 193 1-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, I 940-41. U. S. Army Ak Forces, 1942-41. A t Augsburg
since 1941.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICE A. h-LLING, B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941. Teaching: High School, 1941-43. Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. A t Augsburg since 195 3.
MIKELISGEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
Cand.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940;Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studio, 1938-49.At Augsburg since 1952.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assisktlt Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus CoIIegr, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. tit Augsburg since 1953.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek ond Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ALMAM. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State CoI1ege of Education, 1 9 2 7 ; A.M., 1928. Additional
smdy: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: Eesrera State Teachers Cdege,
Madiwn, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson Stare Teachers W e g e , 192836; Colondo State College of Education, 19 3 6-37. Educational research:
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1937-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 1943.
MILDRED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar
rind Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg GIIcge, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional srud y : Szrbtdrcwan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1941-46.
At Augsburg since r947.
EBBA I. JOHNSON,A.B., B.S. in L.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1950;B.S. in L.S., 1953.At Augsburg since
'952-
MEMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistrrnt Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., Uni~ersiryof Mexiw, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnmta. Teaching : Wagner College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Bmklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. A,t
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. &EVEN, Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsborg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 194r. Addirional study: Hamard. Teaching: High Schml, 192215: Whsaton Cauege, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46,and since 1947.
W. LAMARRKOPP, A.B., Instructor in Germun
A.B., Goshen College, Indiana, 1952.Additional study: University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 19~3.
ARNOLDM. LAHTI,A.B., Instructor in Physics
.4.13., Western Washington CoIlege. Bellingham, Wash., 1947 and 1948.
Addirional m d y : Unircrsicy of Minnesota. Teaching: Western Washington
College, 1947-48: ToIedo Jr. High, 1948-49;University of Minnesota,
1951-1:.
~ 4 Augburg
t
Skcf 191 j.
BJARNEE. LANDA,PhD., A t r d t c Professor of
hgwgas
A.B., Vass Statt Cdege, N m y , 1925; 0,Unhtnity of Southern
Gdifornia, 1928: U ,1930;Ph.D., Univ-tg
of W r a , r952. Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
CARL
W. LANDAHL,
M.Mus., Instructor in Mwic
A.B., Ud&ty
d Minnwtg rg3r; BXw., C o I d m School of Mllfit,
Chicago, 1933; XMtvi., 1934; BD., C&omia Baptist neologicd Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Pdvate Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dnkota WBleyan Unberzity, Mitchell, S. D.,1940-42;Northwestern khwls, ?&meapolis, 1950-59. A t Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREYLANDQUIST,
MMus., I n s t m t o r in P i m o ond Organ
B.S., University bf Minnesota, 1940; B,Mus., & c P h d School of Music,
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: Ma~Phail School of Music rime 1937.
A t Augsburg since 1946.
ROBERT
E. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching Waldorf College, 194648. A t Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Secretarial Science
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; AM., UniPckty of Minnesom, 1911.
Teaching: High School, 1943-41; West C m d SchQol of A & d e
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High S ~ h d 1948,
49. A t Augsburg since 1950.
ELEANORCOTTON~ ~ L L E RA.M.,
,
Imtructos in English
A.B., Wheaton College, Wheaton,
1940; A.M., Wheaton College, 1945.
Additional study: South Dakota State College. Teaching: High School,
1940-43, 1945-46; South Dakota State College, 1949-53. At Augsburg
since 1953.
m.,
MUTON, A.M., Instructor in English.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. A t Augsburg since 1949.
JOHN
GERDA
MORTENSEN,AM., Dean of Women and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,
M.Ed., Assistmt Professor of Pbysical Education m d Coach.
of Football md Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; &Ed., University of Minneso~, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
&EN
Y. NELSON,
Ph.D., h i s k f f l Profer~orof H m e Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1941; Ph.D., rgTz. Twding:
H g h S h l , 1938-42; Warem hkhigan CoIIege, K a ~ u f i a ~ m1942-44;
,
University of California, 1944-46; Iowa Srare Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,
A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologicd
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANKEPEDERSON,
A.M., A~soriate Pro~PISOI.of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I gj 2; A.M.,Universiry of Minnesota, I 9; 5 . Addir k n d study: Minnwta, ColumKia. Tnching: High Scbml, 1945-46;
Sari Matm Junior College, California, one semesttr, 1946. At Augburg,
1932-44, and since 1946.
LAVONNE
PETERSON,A.M., Instructor in Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: hhnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. At Augsburg
since 1950.
LAWRENCEA. QUANBECK,
A.B., Director of Admissions
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy..
1944-46. Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-1 I. A t Augsburg since 195 I.
TIN QL~ASBECX,
Ph.D., Dem
of Ihe Comegc and Professor a j Edlccstion
A.B., Augsbwg ColIege, ~ 9 2 9 A.M.,
;
University of Minnesota, 1933: Ph.D.,
1952. High S r b d admioistrarion, k t o n r ~ c Minn.,
,
1929-36. Teaching:
W d d ~ r fa U e g t , 1936-38. Registrar, Augsburg College, r 939-46; Dta,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 19rS.
LELAND B. SATEREN,
A.M., Professor of Music
AB., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., Universirp of Minnesota, 194 j. Additional study: Campsicion with Donald F e r g w n (-Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: Ehgh School, 193 y-39. M d c Director, Radio Starion KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-4 3. Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1444-46. At Augsbwg 1941-43.and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A a . , Luther College, 1941. Teaching: Beman County Agriculture and'
Tnining SchmI, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37; Lvnberton Pdblic Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48. U. S. Armed Forces, 194s-45; Glenwood Public
Scboofs, 1948-52. A t Augsburg since 1952.
RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28; University of Minnesota, 1928-44; Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A.t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN
CLAIRE. STROMMEN,A.B., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1946. Teaching: High School, Springfield, Minn.
Insurance salesman, 1946-13. At Augsburg since 195 I.
~MERTON P. STROMMEN,
A.B., l%.B., College Pastor and Assistant Professor of
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLIlP H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.,M., University of Minnesota,
19 50. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-5 I. Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 191 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
AM., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library
Science
A.B., St. O l d College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of h&mesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel,
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library,
1936-38. At Augsburg since 1940.
DANIELB. TETZLAFF,B.S., Instructor in Brass Instrzlments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Southern College of Fine Arts, Houston, Texas, 1948;
Hamline University, 19 5 2-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
ROY PHUIP THELANDER,M.S., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. A m y Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
A m y , 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 195 I. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,
A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaohing: Bethel College, 1924-27; h e r i c a n Conservatory of Music, 1931-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A.t Augsburg since 1947.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instnrctor
in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; Studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, and since
'947.
MARGARETSATERENTRAUTWEIN,A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1937-47. At Augsburg
since 1949.
~
~
V E.
T TRAUTWEIN,
N
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935 ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training m c e r ,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Fdls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
S w r r D. WALTON,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration ad
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Y.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
PbD., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1912-5 3. At Augsburg since 1953.
General Information
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored
by the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young
people an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian
environment. In addition to a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, medical technology, secretarial work, parish
work, missions, and social work. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
The Skminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a
three-year rheological course leading to a Bachelor of Theology
degree. Its purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the
Lutheran Free Ohurch.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
Riverside Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from the University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums, and art collections.
They may hear the best in music and lectures. Minneapolis is
recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of religious
life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both from
other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, W'~sconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This
arrangement failed to work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the study of the humanities. In recent years there
has ,been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. At the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have ,been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation. Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o6ce of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdru~,whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as acting president from 1937
until 1938. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to cr deeper understanding and personal
realization of the truth and pvwer of the Chistian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an eeective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
To familiarize the student with the clcltare of our own and
other civilizatiolts, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's ittterest in the attahment of the
comnum pwposes of our counhy, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cdtivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
To teach t h e student t o discipline his own urges, interests,
amhtiuns, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train t h e student in scientific methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
To stimulate intellectual interest and develop s c h o l l y insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension a t the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
To awaken and foster in the student a n intelligent appreciation and enjoyment of t h e best in t h e fields of t h e fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance fw the student in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life Purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professicmaZ lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his eaciency in the various relationships of life.
T o agord t h e student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct t h e student in principles, attitudes, and ideas
pertaining to health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in 1890, resulted in the afdiation of Augsburg
with the newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due
to cMerences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in x 897 congregations whose sympathia were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, rhe chief financial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the sup-
port of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS.
Augsburg College is fully accredited by rhe North Central Association of Colleges and Secondmy Schools as a degree-granting
institution. It is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the National Lurheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their A h a Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present ogcers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Esther
Aune, Vice-president; Marian Lowrie, Recording Secretary; Gloria
Nelson, Harvey Peterson, and Kennet,h Sorenson, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, ,both spiritual and financial, to the school. The
Foundation was estgblished in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and oflices, and a number of college classrooms and oflices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration of-
fices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization &ces,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
osces. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem,
fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men.
On the ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
~ 3 r Avenue
d
across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
t
s
. There are several collections: a Madagascar Cdvaluable d
lection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions to the Museum are invited.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized. The purpose of this organization is to gather and preseme
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about I ,000 volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 27,700 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
About three hundred of the best periodicals, and pamphlets dealing with various subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access to the Library daily from 7:45 A. M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4:30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located-which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
NATURALSCIENCELABORATORIES
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the .two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: Two 16mm.
sound movie projectors, two 3 I/4x4 inch slide projectors, three
2x2 slide projectors, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system,
two film strip projectors, and a magnetic tape recording machine.
There is also a well equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are dso provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community sexvice for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of course to be offered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the o6ce of the Dean.
OF NURSING
AFFILIATIONWITH SCHOOLS
Student nurses in the Schools of Nooursing
at the Lutheran Deaconess and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their
first semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for
admission to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at the hospital.-
Financial Information
STUDENT EXPENSES
A considerable part of the income on whiah Augsburg operates
is derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the
latter coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees
charged the student do not constitute h e whole cost of his education, for he enjoys the benefits of the gifts of those who 'believe
in and support rhe work of the school. Fm theological students,
the church assumes the full cost of tuition; a statement of other
expenses in attending the seminary is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERALEXPENSES
FOR ONE SEMESTER'
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $200.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
h k s , &C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25.00 t0 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $245.50 to 260.50
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour
up to 1 1 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fe.
Subject to change.
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER'
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 63.00
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee, depending upon the methad of
placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.oo to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the College and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 .00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7.50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPERSEMESTER
......................................
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (private instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brass (class instruction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chord Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Piano
'
..
Art I and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Art 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Home Economics 39 and 40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Biology 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology, 1,2,3N,4, 52, 5 3 , a n d f s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
1
.
Subject to change
Chemistry I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry 3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry5,6,~1,5~,53,
54,andss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics I, 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 5 I, and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Studies I, 5 3, and 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 o
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
2.00
4.00
5.00
2.5 o
I. 50
15.00
Resident students
General expenses . .
, , . . .
. . . . . . .$245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . -2.00 to 3 5.00
Total, approximately
. . . . . . . . $ 4 7 o . ~ oto ~ 1 8 . y o
OiX-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . .
Special, music, or course fees
Total, approximately . . . . . .
,
. . . . $245.50 to 260.50
. . . . . .2.00 to 35.00
. . .
$247.50 to 295.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Srude~~acwunzsare.&hMarthe cimaofre&~ationin
S q t d s and Felmwy. Parena may dqmit money in advan* at
the school or the d e n t may d e dx papent whenhe tegbter~s.
Rw-g
dmt paymest of fees in f d ac reg;sWarjon p e s a
h a n d p m k im v e e &e c&ge bas -toted
s '"deferred p a w - parn". Unde this-plan.%
miniftlum df 205% of the
tuition fee, room fee, and minimum board bill is paid at registration together with all special course and miscellaneous fees. T h e
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester.
To defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each
payment on the student's account after registration.
Subject to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid at the rate of 10% per week ,by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Papments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grantsin-aid, and employment assistance are available a t Augsburg. Students must meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or
scholarships. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The Gewral Studmt Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Charles and Nora Crmch Student Loan Fund, established
in 1954, likewise extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Jhnand Anna Jorgiw Gregory Theological Studmt Lorvn
Fuwd is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the minis~ry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition ro arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on h c i d matters w i d rhe objective in mind
of helping rhe mudent work out a sat$factorg plan for 'hisfinances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting t o tuition for the second half of
the Fr&a
year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and
the highest ranking &I in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. A number of su& schoIamhips are alsu awarded to other
outstanding high school graduates selected by the Scholarship Committee.
The Opseth Memorial Music Scho1arsh;iP was established in 1953
in memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department and director of tbe Augsburg Cullege Choir. It is awarded
annually to a sophomore w j d ~ student
r
of outstanding promise
or achievement in the field of music.
The Gewge Svmdmp Gadaate F~Elws&$ was atabhhed by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the menory
of George Sverdrup, Praident of Augsburg from r91 x to 1937.
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and abiLity who plans to prepare further for the mcatiOn
of teaching. The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. H o # w n M&I
Sckohshifi was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquw of Okinawa.
The d o l a d i p wnsists of the income from a fund of $ I ,075 and
is awarded annually t o a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T& Lastberan E r o f k h d SchIarshij of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an outstanding Lurheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and &ohtic standing.
The Alcgsburg College Wotnen's Club Scholarship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
T h Adolph Pmlson Mem&Z Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph,
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredricksm Schlursbip consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni AssocilEtim Scholarship of $250
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
fields approprite for missionary work. The scholarship is granted
for one year at a time in amounts varying from $so.oo to $250.00
per year for academic and professional training. Higher awards are
possible for graduate work or medical study.
EMPLOYMENT
SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Ogce, has
been successful in placing hundreds of men and women students
in pairt-time positions. The types of work secured are of many
kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic
service, sales work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students ai-e employed by the college in many activities. For
these positions preference is given to upper-class students who
have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided
each spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus
may be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
Student Community Life
1
3
CHRISTIAN ENVIRONMENT
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory,
and library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need
to be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible
but very real supplementary iQuences have much t o do with
creating the spirit of an institution. At Augsburg d e h i t e emphasis is placed upon the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of
Christian community living. Students are urged to give conscious
attention to this personal and spiritual side of their development
and thus contribute toward the prevalence of a vital and happy
Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerf d y fostered in each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to
participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is
assumed that every Augsburg student will h d a church home
in Minneapolis and attend its services regularly.
I t is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence, both on and 06 campus, shall be worthy of a member of a
Christian College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality
of life and to the fellowship in which it is nourished should not
seek to be enrolled at Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and
environment must be the product of the united effort and prayer
of faculty, students, and administration.
THE CHAPEL SERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the
daily Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gatfier for
united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of
God. Regular attendance is expected of all students.
DISCIPLINE
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public
dances, indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable
card playing. Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed
although no formal charge is made against him.
CULTURAL OPPORTUNITIES
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique
opportunities to make use of some of the finest educational and
cultural advantages offered in the Upper Midwest. Excellent
art collections are to be found in The Minneapolis Institute of
Arts and the Walker Art Gallery. The Twin City libraries are
large and extensive in their services. The Historical Museum in
St. Paul gives access to large collections of historical material. The
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs and other concerts
afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
In the Twin Cities are located both the University of Minnesota
and several colleges, affording contacts which are conducive to intellectual and cultural stimulus and development.
CONVOCATION
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs aim to acquaint the campus community
with outstanding personalities and problems in various fields. A
wide range of interests is covered, including the scientiiic, political,
social, religious, and artistic.
RECREATION AND SOCIAL LIFE
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not
only as regards the definitely planned play-program supervised and
directed by the Department of Physical Education, but as regards
the use of leisure time in general. Wholesale social activities of of
many kinds are fostered and encouraged.
STUDENT AREAS
The Student Center, the Student Council Room, the Augsburgian and Augsburg Echo Offices in Science Hall are headquarters
for many student events and provide opportunity for students,
both campus and city, to meet informally and to promote student
activities. The recreation room at Sivertsen Hall, the gymnasium,
the Dining Hall, and the reception rooms in the various residences
provide opportunities for informal social gattherings and for study
and discussion groups.
The Tower Prayer Chapel in Science Hall is open during the day
for times of quiet and meditation. Smaller groups may request the
use of the chapel for devotional meetings.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Student activities are regarded as an integral part of the educational experience of college students. The oflice of Coordinator
of Student Activities has been created to provide centralized services, continuity, and concern for the e~ectivefunctioning of all
student activities.
The program of student activities is organized through the
Student Council. College direction is provided by the StudentFaculty Committee, the Coordinator of Student Activities, and
the faculty sponsors of the several organizations. The Student-Faculty Committee serves as a liaison lbetween the Student Council and
the Faculty Council.
STUDENT
GOVERNMENT
The Student Society. Its purpose is to guide student affairs and
to provide students with training in practical democracy and in
developing student initiative and leadership. An organization of
the entire student body, it is the agency for student government
on the campus. It delegates the authori'ty "to promote and govern
the all-student activi,tiesmof the college to The Augsburg Student
Council. The president of the Council and the major chairmen
are elected by The Student Society. Other memibers are elected
by each of the College classes and The Theological Seminary as
their representatives. A local council of the National Stdent
Association has !ken formed by the Student Council.
Associated Women Students consists of all women enrolled in
Augsburg College. The purpose of this organization is to provide
an organization for self-government, to create a sense of hacrmony
and fellowship among the women of the College, to promote and
maintain a high standard of honor and integrity in matters of
personal conduct, and to encourage participation in college activities.
Memorial Hall Hmse Council is made up of the counselors and
representative students from each house in Memorial Hall. The
members aid in establishing policies for the residents, and assist in
maintaining order in che Hall.
Class Organizations. Freshmen, Sophomores, Juniors and Seniors
each have their own class organization and participate in student
government.
ACADEMIC
Aristotelians. Membership is open to students who specialize in
the natural sciences. Programs are planned to develop and further
the scientific interests of the students.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and
Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is the major objective.
T b German Society. This organization is for the purpose of
cultivating an appreciation of the German language and culture.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in &at department, is an organization promoting professional attitudes toward
all aspects of home and community life.
The Nmse Club. This club is composed of students who are
interested in Norwegian history, literature, music, and art.
The Spanish Club gives members of the Spanish classes opportunity to exercise Ithe use of their knowledge in informal gatherings.
ARTS
The Camera Club. Camera fans meet regularly to exahange ideas
about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Drama Club has been formed 'to give interested students
opportunity for self-expression in the field of the drama.
Film Society. Students interested in lbringing iilms to the campus subscribe to a series each year. Discussions follow on the sociological, psychological, or literary merits of the production.
Forensics. Augsburg is annually represented by men and wornen debaters at intercollegiate contests which are held in various
colleges in Minnesota and neighboring states. There are also local
and intercollegiate contests in oratory. Reading recitals and plays
are additional means of oral expression.
Music. A comparatively large number of students take part in
the musical activities of the school. These are composed of the
choirs and the band and a variety of smaller groups. The aim of
these organizations is to spread the Christian Gospel &rough the
fellowship of music and song.
Membership in the choral organizations and the band is based
upon musical aptitude and interest. College credit is given to members who fulfil the requirements outlined by the Department of
Music.
The Augsbzcrg Cdkge Choir consists of albout sixty memlbers.
From year to year che Choir has toured in various parts of the
United States, singing an average of twenty-five to thirty concerts
during each season. The itinerary has included the West Coast,
East Coast, Canada, and the Midwestern states.
The Augsburg C h a l Club serves as a preparatory choir, and
also trains for concerts which are given both in the Twin Cities
and in ocher parts of Minnesota and neighboring states.
The Augsburg College Concert B d presents regular concerts
on tour. In addition, it gives practical experience in instrumental
music and &us furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Male C h u s affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
In addition to the Choir, Choral Clulb, Male Chorus, and Band,
there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both vocal
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg has sent out duos,
trios, quartets, and similar groups among the churches. These organizations are usually formed and directed by the ,students themselves, subject to the approval of the music department.
Each year the chairman of Music and of Speech together with
faculty representatives of the Music and Speech departments
and a student chairman, sponsor a light opera. The 195 3 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, HMS P h f o r e ; the 1954 presentation was Gilbert and Sullivan, The M i U o .
Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra F m m , inaugurated in I 9 5 31954, invites Augsburg students and faculty to sdbscribe to a
series of six concerts of the Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra at
Northrop Auditorium on the University of Minnesota campus at
a special rate. The subscribers constitute a forum for discussion of
musical art. Speakers at the forums at Augsburg in 1953-1954
were Antal Dorati, conduct'or of the Symphony; John K. Sherman, Arts Critic of the Star-Tribune; and Isaac Stern, violinist.
The Writers Club. This organization is composed of students
interested in creative writing. Members submit articles for group
criticism at the regular meetings. This group annually sponsors a
"Creative Night" where all types of creative arts, music, painting,
sculpture, as well as writing, are demonstrated and exhibited.
ATHLETICS
All students and faculty are admitted t o home athletic contests
upon presentation of their athletic cards, which are distributed at
the beginning of the school year.
Physical Edzlcatim and Recreatim. Under the direction of
the Department of Physical Education a wide range of activities
of a recreational nature is arranged for general student participation. Every student is urged to find some activity in which to participate for his own pleasure and recreation.
Co-Rec, or recreational sports, evenings are arranged twice a
week for both men and women to provide recreation and to foster
and increase interest in recreational games and sports.
Imtrmural Athletics. Through the intramural department
competition is maintained in touchball, basketball, table rennis,
badminton, softball, handball, volleyball, horseshoe, tennis, and
shdeboard. Climaxing the intramural program is the Conference Extramural Meet, a special Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference event in which champions of all intramural sports
of member schools compete for Conference intramural championships.
The "A" Club. Membership in the "A" Club is limited to
men who have won a major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A' men of the past, present, and future
into a more intimate bond of fellowship, and to keep the athletics
of Augsburg on the highest possible plane."
Women's Athletic Association. The Women's Athletic Association is an honorary organization. Membership is gained by participation in d i v i d u d and group recreation activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of
the Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
The Pep Club is organized to develop a vigorous interest in support of the college games and sports.
Imtercollegiate Athletics. Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football, basketball, baseball, track,
tennis, and golf.
It is the purpose of Augsburg to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy. This philosophy is to 'be reflected in the conduct and outlook of lboth the players and =he spectators. The educational program of the college recognizes that recreation and play are a
fundamental part of human life, and that t'&s phase of life needs
to be cultivated if physical, mental, and emotional health are to
be maintained. Intercollegiate athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that competitive play can contribute to the development of student interests, skills, insights, and
loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: ( I ) The
student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, 'both
in and out of athletics, such ,basic qualities of character as self-
discipline, honesty, sense of fair play, and cmperation. ( 2 ) The
participant should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills
which will be of special use to him in such vocations as teaching
and coaching or recreational leadership, or in his own recreational
activities. Far from being set apart from his educational goal or in
any way competing with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must either contribute directly to this goal or
be complementary to his other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such as self-restraint, sense of fair play,
appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality.
(4) The intercollegiate a~hleticprogram should contribute to the
development of a unified and healthy "schml spirit". Enthusiasm
for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should
not overshadow pride in high scholastic achievement, nor can it
take the place of a well-rounded and effective intramural and general recreational program.
CITIZENSHIP
Brotherhood Week. The last week in February is devoted to
developing Christian concepts of brotherhood, with speakers for
the Campus Chest Fund Campaign speaking for Brotherhood.
Future Teachers of America. The Martin Quanbeck chapter on
the Augsburg campus is open to all students who are interested in
education and especially those preparing for the teaching profession. The program is designed to develop professional understanding and attitudes.
*Human
Relatiom Club is an organization of students w'ho
major in one of the social sciences or d o are particularly interested in human relations.
Organized Field Trips. Various departments arrange for field
trips to places of special interest, such as the State Prison, State
Capitol, social settlement houses, and industrial and financial institutions.
rr9elitical Action Conference. Students interested in history or
political science cooperate with the NSA chairman and the head of
the history department in sponsoring a three-day conference on
Political Action during March.
The Republican Club and the Young Democratic-Farm-Labor
Club are organized to faster interest in political activity and good
government, and to provide an opportunity to discuss issues of
the day.
SPAN. Augsburg participates in Student Project for Amity
Among Nations, a Minnesota organization for students who quali.fy for study abroad according to its program.
The Co-Ed Toastmasters Club. This Augsburg Club is open to
both men and women interested in improving public speaking
techniques.
Student Projects. Augsburg students participate in a large number of projects, such as Campus Chest Fund Campaign, Library
Drive, +he Minneapolis Community Chest Fund, Red Cross,
March of Dimes, Blood Bank, Lutheran World Action, and community surveys.
PUBLICATIONS
Students interested in journalism can get practical experience in
campus publications. All student publications are under the supervision of the Board of Publications, composed of students and
faculty advisers. Each year this board edits the Student Handbook
and Directory.
The Augsburg Echo, a bi-weekly newspaper, offers opportunities for a selected number of students to participate in both journalistic and creative work.
The Augsburgian yearbouk provides outlets for students whose
interests lie in writing, photography, and art.
All publications are student operated. Their primary function
is t o present ehe Augsburg story from day to day and year to
year from the perspective of the student.
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The Religious Life Committee is ,the unit through which the
students and faculty endeavor to promote a religious program
that will supplement and enhance the inherent Christian program
of the college. Co-chairmen of this council are &e student Director
of Religious Activities and the College Pastor. Areas for which
this committee carries responsibility or concern are the Mid-Week
services, dormitory devotions, $iritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer
meetings, and 'similar volunteer group meetings.
This council also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations are listed as follows:
Missimz Society. This organization promotes mission concern
through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and service. A
highlight of the year is the Mssion Festival.
Lwtberan Student Assochtimz. This group seeks to serve as a
stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA Conferences.
SOCIAL
Students at Augsburg are given opportunity for social training
and social recreation. The Student Council &rough the Chairman
of Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education,
sponsors a monthly all-school activity of a social nature which all
students are urged to attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomores and Juniors sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated
Women Students and a number of other organizations sponsor
teas, dinners, and social affairs on and off campus.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocatiun in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The C h s of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the % i c e Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athktdcs is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
Tbe Harold A. Johnsm Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
College students face many new opportunities and not a few
problems. Some problems disappear soon after the student has
enrolled .but in many cases others appear during the four years
of college. In order to help students to make the most of the
opportunities and to provide help in the solution of problems,
Augsburg College has developed a number of services for students.
These include Freshman orientation, vocational and aptitude testing, counseling, housing and food service, health service, recreation
and leisure time activities, hancial aids, student employment service, and extra-curriculdr activities. Graduating seniors and alumni
benefit from the services of the Placement Oflice. The administrative phase of these services is centered in the of6ce of the Dean
of Students. Plans and policy are formulated by the Student Personnel Committee.
FRESHh4A.N ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with heir fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll-in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are administered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained far
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment learned will also serve him later in life.
Each new student is assigned a faculty counselor who may serve
for two years. Counselors for juniors and seniors are their major
advisers. The deans and other administrative oi3icers are general
counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program in accordance with 'his life aims and interests. The student {becomesaware of his own abilities and aptitudes through the
analysis and interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from qualiiied persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
iile in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities. By means of such informational material
and *he help of his counselor, the student is able to make a vocational choice appropriate to his ability and vocational interests.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have difticult personal problems may iind help
through discussing the prdblem with their counselor. Finances,
social adjustments, and church activities are common topics of
discussions. Students v h o have spiritual prablems may confer with
their counselors, or other faculty members, particularly the College Pastor and members of the Department of Religion.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
I yo men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen H d , with
House and Edda House
Morton Hall housing twenty, %am
each housing eighteen women.
The college maintains several small apartments for married studena. Applications may be made in the o6ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must five in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted ,tomake other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules 'begin and are closed wi& twenty-four hours after che
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room rent and b a r d must :bepaid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own ,bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any beakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first. '
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The oflice of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food at
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
I
+
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
during school days with a registered nurse in charge. The College
Physician has daily office hours on campus for consultation and
for emergency treatment. Physical examinations arc given all entering students. Correcrive treatment is provided where needed,
and a school-wide program of recreation and physical training is
conducted. I d r r n a t y rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. T h e
Health Service is housed in a ground floor section of Memorial
Hall, the men's residence.
Students, faculty, and stafi have chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit.
PLACEMENT SERVICE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
P0s;tions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
a t the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
The employment service which assists students in obtaining
part-time employment is also located in the Placement Oflice.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can (be secured from the Office of Public M a tions of from t h e Oflice of the Regimar. These forms are generally available also in Mmnesota high schools. The application,
together wi& t h e high school record, p r k o u s college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Office of PubIic Relations. A student seeking
adrmssion in t h e fall semester should apply not later than Septernkt 1 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I .
Requirements for Admission
~ u g s b u College
r~
admits as students, men and women of g o d
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Escimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating cIass and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that rhe last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicanrs who are not high school graduates bur who give
evidence of sugcient maturity are considered for admission upon
recornmmdation and on rhe bash of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have difliculty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deficiency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
the Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of definite standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English lanPage.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is
granted to students d h o present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted
on &e basis of comprehensive examinations.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans, qualiiied for educational benefits under any of the
government programs, may study at Augdburg and receive these
benefits. The veteran must secure a c e d c a t e of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration. Application
for benefits must be made in advance of registration, except that
veterans who are eligible for assistance under Public Law 5 50 may
make application for entitlement when they enroll at rhe college.
In order to receive college credit for experience in the military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certiiied copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's W c e . Evaluation will
be made according to the recommendations of rhe American Council on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semester credits, 2 in health
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools and for some
courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
Registration
Students who have been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register later than three days after classes begin are charged
a late registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than .two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care ~hould\betaken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two yms. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will )begiven a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not sugcient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of By or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
~ H A N G E OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's oflice on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser
and the Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
the Registrar's Oilice will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the lbeginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's o6ce
in order to remain in good standing.
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or
I honor point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17.
The credits thus gained a t the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
Classification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor points:
Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92.
Classification for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Cornrnittee a t the end of each semester to consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls those
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed to remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passing
grade in at least 12 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who h d it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not contlict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. A t the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods albsent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal wirh tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very beginning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h d reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. N o student or class may arrange to take a h a 1 examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a s d c i e n t reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a h a 1 examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 at another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
oflice and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance or within a year if the student has
not 're-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's Of3ice in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is suf3iciently
high. The final grade after the condition examination is taken
may not be higher than D A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the
end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be ,permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the oilice of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oilice.
Grade Values
A-Superior,
g honor points per credit
%Very good, 2 honor points per credit
I honor point per credit
&Satisfactory,
M a s s a b l e , no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E--Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courser, and
grades. A student who ~ l a n sto graduate from Augsburg is urged
to study the requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog
and: in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he includes the required
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. The faculty
advisers, .&e Dean, and the Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division
For a proper distribution of subjects among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following credits are required of all students in the Lower Division, laying rhe basis for study in profescollege education.
sional fields or for a
Religion
2
credits each semester
English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
6 credits
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn
6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for
three years in high school and students with majors in
Home Economics are exempted from &is requirement.
Social Sciences: Hist. I -2, 2 I, 22, or SOC.
credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
I
Natural kiences
and 3 other
6 credits
8 credits
Health and Physical Education: Courses 2, 3 and 4
3 credits
Students with majors in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec. 68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology required in certain fields
Orientation required of all Freshmen
4 credits
I
credit
Upper Division
MAJORAND MINORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major ' h e of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Upper
Division students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Upper Division Courses. At least thirty
credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation. Courses numbered 50 or above are designated as Upper Division Courses.
TOTALCREDITSAND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period
a week throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
gade of A.
ENGLISHPROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCEREQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREEWITH
DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor pointa
per credit
2.8-3.0
-7942.1-2.49+
2.5-2
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent at least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
RECOMMENDATION
FOR GRADUATE
STUDY
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per credit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for tbe vocation of his choice.
Tbe Christiafi Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is
Mr. Stensvaag, for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Frerhmln
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation
....................
Health .......................
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English ..............
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
hropcan Civilization . . . . . . . . . . .
or Natural Science. 8 Cr.
kiobgy .....................
I
2
1
6
8
6
6
-
Sophomore
speech ....................
Natmal Science . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History ....................
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
J
h
New Testament Greek.. ........
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . .
History or English . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hymns of the Churoh.. . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
6
6
6
2
4
-
Senior
Youth Work in the Church.. . . . .
Principles of Christian Education. ..
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . .
Philmphy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . .
Economics or Education or Political
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
English (for major or minor). . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
s
2
6
3
6
6
6
-
The foreign language requirement includes 16 semester credits
in Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
Parish and Missionary Workers
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachens
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible ta plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's Certificate are itdctzed
in the outline below.
Freshman
Bmic Bible . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . .
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology . .
So&l Problems . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . .
Phpical Activities . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . . 3
Types of Plcblic Spcecb.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . .
Principles of Christian Edwatim . . .
Tbe Christian Churches . . . . . . . . .
Tbe Lutheran Cbnrch . . . . . . . . . . .
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elemumkry Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . .
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . .
...............
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health ........................ z
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Senior
z
t
2
n
3
3
I
6
I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Youth W i d in the C h r c h . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Hymlrr and Mwic of tbe Chnrcb.
Fandamentalr of J w m h . . . . .
Craf tr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work. . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 3
Each state ,sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same p r e
gram will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The m d m t should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on rhe
basis of scholarship and other qua~cations. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
Freshman
Sophomore
' ~ e l i ~ i o n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
\ F r e h t m ~ n ~ l i r.h. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
E m p a n Civiliz&on . . . . . . . . . . . 6
\3Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
~ o r r i g a-ge
or N.N.~
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Speech ....................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . .Foreign
. . . Language
. . . I or N a d
phpricd Edmcadon , . . . . . . . . . . ., I
Saence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
H4
T q
h l t h ........................ 2 \I ~sychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electmcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Electives . . . . . . . . .
- 13
-
C .7.,
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educarional Pqchology . . . . . . . . . 3
Twhinng in High School.. ....... 3
W p h y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1
&
in Major or Minor.- . . . .14
Principlw of Guidm-. . . . . - . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . 4 or 5
Special T&g
Me-.
....... 3
Electives ..................... .I4
32
32
-
-
The program in bminesc administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of bwiness and industry.
The course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and r d t a in a Bachelor of A r t s degree.
Fruhmvl
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............... 6
European C i v h t i o n or Sociology. . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education .............
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
United Statca History . . . . . . . . . . 6
B
h Law .................. 3
Advanced Accounting . . . . . . . . . . 3
Business Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ele~rireC
~
................
P
10
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech ...............
Natural Science ........
Psychology ............
Principles of Economics . .
Introduction to Statistics.
Elective credits . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Marketing or Production . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations . . 3
Public Finance and Taxation . . . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 9
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching [businesssubjects in high school requirca
work in the departments of Business Admidstration and Secre6 1 Studies An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Seoretarial Studies
The first year of ihe following program provides preparation for
certain oflice positions Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training A student who has had similar coursed
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test
.
.
.
.
.
Pint Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fmhman E n g U . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . .
Elementary Typewriting .
Intermediate Typewriting
P.rinciplea of AccoUdn'g .
Otiell~tion............
Phyniul Education ......
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Advanced Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . z
Advanced Shorthand ............ 4
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
O9ice Machines ................ 2
Coneumer Edocttion ............ z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
.
32
V o c a t in
~ Home EEmwmics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she lbegins her college work. A curriculm for a
home economics education major is given lklow. Courses in italics
are not required for a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation
Physical Education . . . .
English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Physics. . .
Principles of Chemistry
Art in Daily Living. . . .
Clothing Selection . . . .
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . .
Clorhiig Construction .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Economics . . . . . . . . . .
Marriage and Family
Principles af Sociology
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . .
Child Development . .
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Teaching in High School.. . . .
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color and Design . . . . . . . .
.
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
3
z
3
4
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . .
History and Philosophy of Educa-
z
3
3
r
6
-
Home Management Problems. . . .
Home Management Laboratory. .
Advanced Clothing Construction
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
F r e h m n Englhh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative ChemLtry
.........................
8
Inuoduciiom to Mathematical Aa-
. .. ... .. . ... .. . . . . . .. .. I 0
orientadon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
H d t h . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
sly+
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . .
European C i v h t i o n . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . - . - .
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
8
8
8
34
32
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schooIs have at least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A twu-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
N s d Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 8
.. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . 4
r'qSodob8p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Elanen01 of Nutridon.. . . . . . . . . . 3
orht8tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
W M Educstiw . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
.
33
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
- 4
History or Politid Science-. . . . . . 6
. .. . .. ... .. . . . . . . . . . 6
.......................3
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
HumoPitiea
speech
N a d
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should ;be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Anatomy and Physiology.. . . . . . . 4
B o c ~ l o g y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
a d t r y
....................
Second Year
3
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., 2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . .
2
-
14
2
Medical T e c h l o g y
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . .
General Zoology . . .
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
horganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S p e d ........................
Foreign Language ..............
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
sacialsciexlce . . . . .
Orientatkn . . . . . . .
.Health . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives .........
k
8
4
3
8
5
-
32
J
4
-Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
h d y d c a l Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . 4
l%lecrives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 0
32
Senior
Lectnres, laboratory and pmcticd
work at General 1for
twelve months.
32
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg More transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, industrial, and
mechanical engineering and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering
programs will be slightly different.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Andy& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .lo
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics ................ 8
Orientation .................... I
Physical Education ............. I
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IOI
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4:
Electricity and Magnaism . . . . . . . 4
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8:
Survey of European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.
3.6
36
-
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must (be taken in summer session.
Law
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law School!
at the University of Minnesota. It is p s i b l e to modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
P.&ciplea of Aammtiug. ......... 6
Hnmanitk .................... 6
Eozopean Ci...........6
O r i e n h ....................
He4lrh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pbpkd Activitk ..............
I
2
I
-
-re
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.
chIis&n Ethiu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2P,k&p1ea of Ecanomkr... . . . . . . . 6.
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philomphy.. . . . . . . . . . .3;
General Psychlogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . +
HistoryofEngland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
speech or sociology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . f
-
Medicine
~faediwt~r~;tm;n;mtrm~tbree~of*
bat: Q I I ~ gtadsnts
~ C ~& &d btamtol
~ p ~ t h e i r ~ w o r k . M a f ' e e n ~ ~
The f ~ ~ g p r o g mwdl
mmee the requkrmts af mosr m d h l
dm&, bcft 5 is a d v i d e for &ti atudtnt to m d y tbe reg*men@of the medid dm1 to which he plans to a&.
&CWb&
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chernistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health ........................ z
Physical Education ............. I
Religion ......................
4
History or Phdomphy ........... 6
Zoology ..............,....... 8
Psychology ....................
4
Qualitative Analyaia ............ q
Quantitative Analysin ? .
, ...... 5
Speech .................. , ..... 3
32
34
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
S
o
c
i
d Science ..................
German .......................
Organic Chemistry .............
Phyeica .......................
4
6
8
8
-8
34
Sophomore
..
-
Senior
Religion ....................... 4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
German ....................... 6
Physical Chemistry ... , , ........ I
Genetics ...................... 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
32
Social Wad
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
/ European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . @
Principles of Sociology. . . . . . . . . . . 3
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation ................... I
Health ........................ r
Physical Educaaon . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . .
History of Philosophy.. . . . . , . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . -6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-c
Senior
4
6
9
6
7
32
Religion
Sociology
Statistics
Electives
................. , 4
...............
9
.................... 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16
32
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should consult the major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may (be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Mr. Stensvaag, Chm'rmsn
Religion
Philosophy
Mr. Olson,-C
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
""
DIVISION
OF THE SOGSCIENCES Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
-.-History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Chairman
Courses of Study
Courses marked I are offered &st semester
Courses marked I1 are offered m n d semester
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Through the rtudy of religion and philosophy, the individual ia apprised of
and encouraged to build an the certainties of the
Chrktian faith. The work proceeds on the usumptim that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which givea meaning to human existence. The
s t u d e a t ia challenged to accept chis +t
of view--to relate himself to Christ
aa the center, to evaluate a l l him studies and experiences in the light of revealed
d,
and to make a consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired ia the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
tbe central realities of Me
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the &tory, doctrines, and ethics of the
&I&, and .m prepare him for effective aervice in the congregation. The funh , d aim in inrtruction is to lead as many as possible to penond faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time d e n t s are required to register for two clam houm per week
in one of the COoffered in religion during each runeater of their rtudiea.
Raghtration in New Tutament Greek sa&es tb.ia requirement.
Major, 2 8 credits; Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major
or minor.
BASICBJBLE.Fr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed 'by the rtudy of the Goepel of M u k
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semeater i, devoted
to the study of two or three ;books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include
the entire ~ e ; Testament.
I, 2.
CHURCH
HUTORY.L
s Cr.
A brief nuvq of the main eveno in the hbtory of the Church for dw purp o b ~of developing r more intelligent and appreciative church membenhip.
3.
-ION
AND
65
hmnso~~y
2 0.
THECHRISTIAN FMTH IN THE MODERN
WORLD.n.
A s d y of the Christian faith in its relatiomhip to the secular movemenm
and rival faith of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give
to the c d e n t m undemanding, fmm the stadpoint of the Chriaisn faibh,
of the prerent co&ts and criser in Western culture.
4.
THE MISSIONARYENTEPPIIWB.I.
s Cr.
The &nary
motives, means, and r d t s are studied as thae are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
5.
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.
n.
r Cr.
Seelu to develop a fundamental understanding of Christina Education, io
history, abjectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and
Vacation Bible School teaching.
6.
2 Cr.
GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.I.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the d a p of Christ
until the prwent are studied. Special repom, clam discussion.
7.
8. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.
II.
t
Cr.
The problems of human duty arc studied in the light of various human philosophiu of morals. Validity ia determined by reference to the Word of God.
The maiu emphasis is on the new life in Christ, io creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various p h e s of life.
HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE Cnunc~.IL
See Course 10 under che Department of Music.
2
Cr.
GROUPACTMTY.
See Course $ 3 under Education.
I
Cr.
10.
zj.
Upper Division Colcrses
$2. COYPAMTIVE RELIGION. I, n.
4 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social rutrlw of wme ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian relighna of the world
$3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.
I.
z a.
Thb coorre lime to give the student an insight into the origin, dcrelopment,
docvinrl ponition, and practices of the various branches of the C h r h h Church.
$4. THE Lurnunw GXURCH.
H.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, ita doctrines and practicer. Attention m
given to L u t h e d in America and to the basic principles of the Lutherra
F m churck.
PROBLEMS
m CHRISTIANLIVING.I.
2 CI.
A wnnideration of some of the fundamental quertiona connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the ysurancc of salvation, the devotionrl life, sandu& of conduct, the me of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life in the
local wngrcgation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 5.
56. YOUTH WORK IN THE CHURCH.11.
z Cr.
A rtlrdy of principles, methods, and m a t e d in youth work for the purpae of derJoping d e e d r e Chrirtian leadenhip in thir sphere.
PI~PNwou. L
Thb e o ~ ueka
c
to f m d k h the student with &e work of
s7.
tion a d Gution. St range in mpc from
4 be mpplunmtcd by n c d fieM work.
2 Cr.
parish orgmizlroul-can to surveys. Clm lecmres
z cr.
GODAND MAN IN THE Om TESTAMENT.
I.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
59.
made aipdicant for our day through the study of
a
number of g n a t passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THEMISSAGZ OF THE NEW TESTAMENT.n.
2 ~ r .
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in p & h P h y seek to assist the student in becoming familiar
with the thoughts of the B r a t men and intellectual movements in the history of
Werrtcm ~~~, to create a n understanding of the principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 25, 26, 41, 42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41, 42 arc required for the minor.
15, 16. TIIEH U M A N ~IN
ES
WESTFXN no^. I, I,.
A m e y course dcPling with th dmcbpment of W~utcrnthought
6 Cr.
u rdlected
in outrrroding workr in the &I&
of p h p h y , litcprturr, political and aocial
thought, religion, md the am Thc m is a~ccptcdin fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Social Sciences. (OfFered 195 5-5 6.)
INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture and discusion, the student i s acquinttd with the terminology of philosophical dhcuion. Selected phiIoscrphifd problems are treated, including those
of ethics, rnetn~hysia,and theory of knowledge.
25.
26. LOGIC.So. 11.
valid inference. Topics considered inA study of the formal rules
clude: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
HISTORY
OF PHILOSOPHY.I, 11.
6 cr.
An historical mrvey of the outstanding men and movemenu in the develop
ment of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
51, 52. C o x m w m RELIGION.I, IL
See course 5 I, 5 2 under Department of Religion.
5 4 ~ O L OF
Y POLITICAL
THOUGWT.
Jr., Sr.
See c o w 54 under Political Science.
II.
3
Cr.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42, I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since h t .
55.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered 1954-55.)
X I E R ~ G A A RPrereq.
D.
41 or 42. 11.
3 crA study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
contribution tci &wry of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1954-55.)
56.
5 8. TO. Prereq. 41.11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
OF ART. n.
3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
60.
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHYOF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( m e r e d 1955-56.)
e:
Division of the Humanities
AUGSSU~G
C~UEGE
68
The Division of the Humanitier ~ e k to
s pas^ on to the coming gcnaation
a knowledge and interest in the field of the human cultural inheritance of the
ages, and to give to each student the development that come, from finding hh
place within this culture. The Division creeks to promote the knowledge of there
t r e m of maukind, in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to connect
their expression and growth with the basis of Christian faith and life.
Department of Classical Lampages
The courier in the c l d c a l languages aim to tnin .the rtrrdent to master f o r m
and syntax, to acquire solme facility in translation, and to get mme insight into
clmical culture and its bearing ,upon the present.
Some knowledge of Latin is essential for the study of linguistics and for the
underatanding of historical documents and scientXc terms. A knowledge of
New Testament Greek ic a prerequisite in standard Theological Seminaries.
GREEK
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits.
A course in New Testament Greek satisfies the religion requirement for
credits
the raneater in which it ir taken. Except for C o m e I in the h a t -ester,
in New Testament Greek may be applied toward a Religion major or minor.
NEWT E S T ~GREEK
T
ELEMENTS OF N F . TEST-NT
~
GREEK.
I, R.
8 0.
Text: New Testament Greek for Beginners, J. G. Machen. In addition to a
study of the theoretical and practical grammar, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the N. Testament Greek text, with the description of the
main Uncial Mss. and ancient versions.
I-2.f
Upper Division Caurses
f I,
52. fin,AND ACTS I-=.
53, 54.
LUKEI-=
AND
n.
ROMANS.I, U.
8 Cr.
8 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I, 52 will be offered in 1955-56;
'xmrs= 53, 54 in 1954-55.
w n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGL a m . Fr. I, IL
Grammar, e q prone, c o e t i o n . A year's course.
8 0.
6 Cr.
Gsm AND ST. AUGUSTINE.SO. I, 11.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading of Caesar's Gallic War and
St. Augustine's Confessions. ( H e r e d 1955-5 6.)
3, 4.
HEBREW
83-84.? Hmmw FOR BEGINNERS.I, TI.
See Theological Seminary, No. 9-10.
6 Cr.
EXEGESIS.I, 11.
8 5, 86. HEBREW
See Theological Seminary, No. 17, 18.
4 Cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train the student in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
note-taking and handling thought materials; ,to develop a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature; and
to integrate all these purposes through the principles of Christianity.
The department prepares specijically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English, courses 1-2 or 3-4, required of all and prerequisites to
other courses in the department. (Students exempted from Freshman English
must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.)
Major: 26 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 91-92;
6 credits in American literature; and 2 credits in writing (courses 25, 26,
Journ. I, or Journ. 3).
Minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21, 22, 74, 9192; and 3 credits in American literature.
Teaching major: 26 credits above Freshman English; courses l i e d for nonteaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to do graduate work in English should include courses
7 5 and 76.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
IMPROVEMENT
OF WRITING.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements i n the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Wered in connection with English I.
A.
B.
IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and comprehension in reading. Open to all students. Limited enrollment.
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, TI.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
I-2.f
FRESENGLISH. I, n.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
3-4.t
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great cllssics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
21, 22.
EXPOSITORYWRITING. I. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models.
25.
CREATIVE
WRITING.TI. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
26.
Upper Division Colcrses
so. CORRECTIWWRITING. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Required of 211 students who show insufficient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICANLITERATURE.I, n.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements. (Offered 1955-56.)
5 I, 5 2.
AMERICANFICTION. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, concentrating upon the major writers. ( m e r e d 1954-55.)
5 3.
AMERICANPOETRY.11.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with s u e s placed on the Romantic period. Attention t o the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements. (Wered 1954-55.)
54.
W n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
THE MODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 55 under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literatarc.
(Offered 1954-55.)
5 5.
56. THEMODERN
SCANDINAVIAN
D w . II.
7. Cr.
See course 56 under the Department ob Scandinavian Language and Literature.
(Offered 1954-55.)
THEB m n NOVEL.
I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelires
and their novels. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
57.
61. ENGLISH
LITERATURE
OF
THE
ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.
I.
The development of Romanticism in England between
3 Cr.
1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major ,poem. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets. (Offered 1914-55.)
62. VICTORIAN
~ E R A T U B B .II.
3 0Writers of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the rnovemcncs in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Tennyson and Browning.
(Offered 1955-56.)
CENTURY
~
ENGLISH
L~~ERATUE.
I.
67. E I G H T E E
2 Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary moremenu and historical backgrounds.
LITERARY
CRITICISM.
II.
2 Cr.
A study of same basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
68.
issues which have special relevance for modern thought.
3 cr.
The rtudy of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Decigned
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
71. INTRODUC~ON
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.
I.
74.
s~naesp-
11.
3
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama
and the ,historical background.
75. MILTON.
I.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose worka in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Wered 19$5 -5 6.)
11.
76. CHAUCER.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1954-55.)
MODERN
DRKMA.
I.
2 cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Representative plap
studied as literature and as theater. (Ogered 1954-55.)
8I.
MODERNBR~T~SH
~ h n ~ n n u11
i..
2 Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England,
concentrating on leading anthon and notable productions.
82.
91-9z.t ENGLISHSEMINAR.I, TI.
2 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.
I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
I
% Cr.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
z Cr.
An introdncdon to the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with Tbc Augsburg Ecbo or Tbc Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
2.
EDITING
THE SMALLPAPER
n.
z Cr.
A amtinuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
m d d t with in detail. PmMema of ryle and policy relative to coho01 and
church pnblicidopc are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Ecbo ir
required. (Offered 1954-15.)
FEATURE WRITINGFOR PUBLICATION.
U.
2 Cr.
articles and their placement in various
The p l d g and writing of featpublications. Ability to write good English is a requirement. (mered 1955-56.)
3.
Bcbo STAFF MEETINGS. I, IL
2 Cr.
Stlldma who m regular memben of Tbe Avgrburg Ecbo S d and nho
may receive credit for ,their work must register for the weekly r d meetings.
These meetings are also open to members of course I. Hour arranged.
4~ 5.
Aylrbmgiw, STAFF ME~~INGS.
I, IL
t C
c.
Studentr who are regdar mcmben of the Augsbnrgia r d and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meet4,7.
ing#.
Department of Speech
The speech department aims to relate the development of speech to personality with & purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to his environment. It meks to develop skill in platform deportment and speech comporition, and .tof w e r the hzbit of critical listening. Through its comes in interp m t i v e reading and dramatics an appreciation of poetry and drama in sought.
The department offem a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaohing of speech in the secondary schools and for graduate work in
general apeech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
.fiContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both ouneeters.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech 1 1
ia designed mpecirlly for thir requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including comes 12, 31, 32, 11, 61, 76.
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 15 credits above Speech 11. For Education students at least one
course Qromeach of the following groups: 12, 5 I; 3 I, 32; 61,62; 74, 76.
4. REMEDIAL SPEECH.
Open to all studena.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech pioblemo
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNINGSPEECH.Fr., 50. Offered \bothsemesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
3 Cr.
TYPESOF PUBLICSPEECH. Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
An i a d ~ # : t i o na togamenution and peramion, &usah, debate, intapretative readiug, and parliamentary procedure. Pamiciperion in various q m h g
I 2.
aativi*.
15. STORY
TELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1914-5 1.)
~TERCOLLEGIAIE D E B A I,
~ .II. Open to d 8mdantl.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate
21, 22.
2
a.
question for
the year.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contents. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
24. ORATORY.
Open to all students. I.
IN~RETAT
RJZADING.
I V E So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d s of prose, poetry, and drama. (Wered 195 5-56.)
3 I.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Upper D i v i s h Cmrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
(Offered 1954-51.)
11.
SPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
54. WIO
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools. (Wered
1914-55.)
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq.
I I, Philosophy 26. Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Applicationr of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
(Offered 1955-56.)
2 Cr.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11, Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. 11.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of
various kinds of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
62.
STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
s Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64.
(Offered 1955-56.)
STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking and directing
play rehearsals. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions. ( m e r e d
66.
1954-55.)
2 Cr.
SPEECHHYGIENE.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5. Jr., Sr. LI.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to ,personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher. (Offered
74.
1954-55.)
SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics;
laboratory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
1%
cr.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
76.
Department of Germatm
MR. LANDA,MR. KOPP
The general aim of the COWSCB in German is to help the student develop an
u n d d g of the Gsmm idiom and an ippreciabon of ,the ethical and
athetic d u e s contained in German literature In particular, the aim is to provide techniul training for sthe student who plans m study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor, 20 credits.
I-2.t BHEE~PNWG
GERMAN.I, IX.
8 0.
A d y af & grammar and vocsbulary of the G e m language w h a t the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3-4.t MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
6 Cr.
This omme w n h to build up the vocabulary of thc mclent Amugh the
study of easy prose and poetry.
-&mstion
both -eaters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student
must complete
Upfir Division Cmrses
5 I, 5 z. GERM~N
LITERATURE.
I, TI.
6 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
C
Sr. I.
74. TEACHINGOF G ~ M A M LANGUAGES.
See course 74 under Education.
1%
Cr.
Department of Scandi~vianLanguage and Literature
MR. OLSON,Ah. LANDA
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It zto aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthennore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian nce, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 credia.
I, n.
8 0.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
14.t BEGINN~NG
NORWEGIAN.
Fr.
INTERMED~TE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, TI.
6 Cb.
Further rtndy of granmmu. Reading of standard authors. Brief surrey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
3-4.t
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples. (Ogered 1955-56.)
I I.
DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
'II.
3 Cr.
A survey of social &ought and life in Scandinavia from I 8 I 5 to the present
day, studied against the background of the general cond,itions in Europe. (Offered 1955-56.)
16. SOCIAL
Upper Division Co~rses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected mveh by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undret, Selma Lagerlef, and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Ogered
55.
DRAMA.Prereq. 3-4, or six credits in litera56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. 11.
The wurse includes elnmsc by 8j@tnron, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge
of a Scandinavian language not required. (mered 1954-55.)
Sr. I.
7.4. TEACHINGOF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
t(=ontinua&n course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complcb
Borh semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
at&
T h a ~ c e ~ ~ ~ t n i m r ~ m t r r i n & ~ f o r ~ d
work, nsd bntintrr -tiom
indhigh r h l teoehing,
tbe~~fFmOEhotS~;nrrtffo&indt&P;.g~ap&~af
rhsbtinIitetfflrrrmdea~the&of
p t b k a u r w c o b l e h
time; and &ally, to make a contribution toward world peace by fostering in
d e n u an undemtanding of other peoples, their language, institutions, c u l ~ ,
and id&.
Minor, zo credits
I-2.t
BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, IL
8 GThe collne includes che study of French sounds and their rpelling, the erenchb of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections
from French literature. Offered 1954-5 5 . )
INTERMEDIATE FRENCH.I, 11.
6 CrOne half of the time is devoted to the further rtudy of grunmu, cornpodtion, d oral work. JE.e other half is spent in reading repre~~ltative
of
French literature. (Ogered 1955-56.)
3-4.t
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr-
Th couree cornprim leotarea by the inatrucmr on authon and l i t e r q moremenu of the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nineteenth e e n d u , and readingr d
reports by the students. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
CONVERSATION,
fr C ~ M W S ~ OIL
EY.
3 Cr.
12. FRENCHPHONETICS,
A thorough study of French sounds, phaoetic symbols, drill an pronunciation, phonetic readings, various types of oral mrk, memorization. dictation and'
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
TUCHIWG OF R o w - LANGUAG~.
ST. L
See course 78 under Education.
78.
&or,
zo credits.
I-2.t
h
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 0.
The cotuse includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and
e reading af rhort rtorics, novels, and plays in the Splnish language.
tQntinuacDn course. To receive credit lor thi, coune, a student
both
~mrtcn.
QW complete
INTERMEDIATE
SPANISH.I, U.
6 Cr.
The course includes the essentiah of grammar, oral and written work, and
the r e d i g of stories in the Sp?nish language.
3-4.f
Upper Division Collrses
SURVEYOF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
The c o r n consirtr of reading and reports, a d provides a general survey of
well known Spanish and Spanish-American authors and their works. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2 . SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
Some further study of Spanish gmmmar is included with special emphasis on
developing the ability to use the language both orally and in writing. (Offered
only as an honors course for selected students.)
Sr. I.
I % Cr.
78. TEACHINGO F ROMANCELANGUAGES.
See course 78 under Education.
5 I.
Department of Music
MR. SATEREN,MR.SAVOLD,MR. THUT, MRS. THUT, MISS LANDQUIST,
MR. LANDAHL,MR. C. W. ANDERSEN,MRS. BAILEY,MR. TETZLAFF
Thicdeptmmtdm~iusmw&n~rtrtdcnurbam~pbm d y i n & e a ~ t i o ~ d ~ ~ ~ ~ & m o d e d t h c p t l r t r m , m
a d d i t i o n m g i i i n g ~ ~ t o b w & ~ t o ~ & a f
l
o
w d dhctam af choral md
d pjrma.lh
tLtduponthetichmwicdbodtageof r f r c ~ C Theh ~
rho~paeprrctionfOrfb#owhocxpe~t~ooontiaPtllaaeisfhdm+in
tbeadafmwk
MU&
A Graduation Major (36#edits)
the cmnple-
7, 8, 15-16, 55-56, 6 x 4 or 63-64, 6 ~ 66;
, q &&e
77, 78; and 8 credits in Agpfd M&c (hdndiog nt
I,
2,
of the following:
credits from 10,
z credits in piano
or organ.)
A Teaching Major (36 credits) requires the completion of the following:
I, 2, 7, 8, 15-16, 61-62'' or 63-64*, 61, 66, 87, 88; z elective credits from
77, 78; and 6 credits in Applied EAusic (including at least 2 credits in piano
or organ).
One public recital in each of the junior and senior years is required of dl
music majors.
-
.
~ t h u t h cno w .
both semesters.
To receive cradit &or thiu course, r student mwt d
t
e
* A s & t d E r = ~ h ~ M d b t & f o r b o & d o n d
~ t d ~ ~ r k U & h e t n k e o b o d ~ ~ , h i s w m k i n A
Mm;E,craeptforthsraq~~~inPinrw,mpptKinins~~~
Xbaresip~facGharnlT~ac,diavoEnImoaicifhotogiamk~m e n d Technique.
A Graduation Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
7, 8, 15-16, 78; 4 elective credits from 10, 55-56, 65, 66, 77; and 6
credits in Applied Music (in which at least 2 credits must be earned in private
lessons in either vocal or instrumental music).
I, 2 ,
A Teaching Minor (26 credits) requires the completion of the following:
15-16, 61-62 or 63-64, 65, 66, 78, 87, 88, and 4 credits in Applied Music.
I, 2,
Two semester credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one y e a in
,&e M e Cham Credits are not 'granted for less &an two successive, complete
semesters.
Ow credit per semester is granted to studem taking a minimum of sirteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, piano, organ, or brass.
Fees per semester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Clvb $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piano $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Piano rental $8.00, Organ rental $20.00. Brass (private instruction) $40.00,
Brass (class instruction) $14.00.
(Ren,d entitles the student to use the instnunent for I hour per day.)
,
C,
TRAINING.
I, 11.
4 fi.
course including the basic fundamentala of music: notation, terminology.
r , > k
and melody. Special attention is given to right
tcales, intervals, triads, ih+,
ringing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony and Lnnonic dictation.
4 Cr.
HISTORY
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
An historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
bor 8, or have consent of instructor.
,7, 8.
HYMNS
AND MUSIC
OF THE Cnvacn. ILL
a Cr.
A nrrrey c o u m dealing with . h e development of the myic of the Chrhti.n
Cbrud, with &s
attention to Promtant Hymnody. Designed for the general
d e n t , the coum also will prove 'helpful to orgmirts, choir directom, and prewminirirru. The anme ir accepted aa fulfilling rhe requirement of a w m in
10.
Uuiatiallity.
4
ck.
of rcales, intervals, and chord forniation in written
u e r k Writtin .work includes ~ ~ b n i z a t i oofn fi&d bur and given melodia u well aa opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
-tinuation
amme. To ieceive credit for this coruse, a student must oomplete
both semesters.
-
Upper Division Cwrses
4
fi.
monkation of +ed
bass and given melodies. Thorough study of mod&tion,
advanced chord formadom, the use of wpensionr, retardrtions, and ornunam
of m&. S h t r should have mme knowledge of piano.
61-62.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE
Prercq. I, 2. I, IL
4 QC h intruction in string, reed, and brvr instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-6.4.? CHORALTECHNIQUE. Prereq. I,2.
I, IL
4 (3-
Clav instruction in the fundamentals of voice u related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. C~NDUCTU~G.
Prereq.
Jr. I, ll.
I,
z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
A come designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for thore who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 15-16, 5 5 . I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
77.
MUSICAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, 2, I 5-16,1f, 77. 11.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of rhe structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
78.
TEACHINGOF G r a m SCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
See course 87 under Education.
87.
TEACHING
OF HIGHSCHOOL
MUSIC.Sr. I.
See course 88 under Education.
88.
s Cr.
2
Cr.
CLUB OR BAND. I, IL
z Cr.
&on, CHORAL
M m s CHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizatiom exist not only for the benefit of the music rtudent but
for anyone enrolled u a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for 1 s than two NCcessive, complete semesters.
s Cr.
PIANO.I, n.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-plinutc lesson per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit b r this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
ORGAN.I, 11.
z Cr.
Inrtruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recommended u a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I or 2 Cr.
n.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and aecular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.I,
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I or z Cr.
Private or class instruction on the brass instruments of the band and orchestra
is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction-ne
lent) per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equiva-
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/z credit.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, II.
4 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal forms. Plaster casting. ( m e r e d 19 54-5 5.)
I , 2.
PAINTING.I, 11.
4 Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
3, 4.
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. (Offered 1955-56.)
Division of the Social Sciences
I t is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student'#
u n d e r s t d i n g of human relationships and his appreciation of ,their importance
and rrhq especially in their Christian interpretation. The work pmxedhg
u n d u the d a n c e of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a Bightr grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
Department of History and Political S d e n c e
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and opemtiona of
the phenomcnn in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
Major, 30 credits; minor, zr credits. Students who h a ~ ea major or minor in
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 2s.
For non-majors, prerequisitu may be waived on consent of the instructor.
SURVEY
OF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1-2.1
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTIIIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course I I under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
I I.
-./
r
\
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.SO., I, rZ.
6 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
21,
22.
Upper Division Cmrses
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
5 1. THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
HISTORY
OF ENGLAND
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Mered 1954-5 5.)
52.
53.
HISPANIC-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq.
1-2.
Jr., Sr. I.
A study of Latin America and its development.
A
!Continuation wune. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
54. EASTERN
EUROPE. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
The history of elstern Europe w i h e m p M on the development of
3
a-
Rd.
CONTEMPORARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITED STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. I.
A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, including
consideration of international policies.
55-
56.
A X ~ I C A NDIPLOU~CHISTORY.
Prereq. U. S. H h or Am. Gor. Jr.,
Sr. 11.
3 cr.
A consideration of {oreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary War to the present.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.
A c u l d and political history of ancient civilizations and their contn%utions
to modem cultures. (Offered I 9 5 5 - 5 6.)
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
62. CANADIAN
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United .States relations. (Offered 1955-56.)
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. I, 11. 6 Cr.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A study of international relations as affected by nationalism, socialism, industrialism, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totalitarian states and World War 11. (Wered 195 5 - 5 6.)
81, 82. THETWENTIETH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A surrey of recent developments in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current affairs in the light of historical investigation.
(Offered 1954-55.)
101. HISTORY
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. approval of history faculty.
z Cr.
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of hiitory in a graduate school.
<;
credits.
Minor,
OF
AMERICAN
~
~
R
N M E N T
I, . 11.
\,6 C .
PRINCIPLES
41-42.?
Foundations of American government. A study od the Constitution and'yivil
rights, of federal, state, and local governments and their functions, and of
citizenship, popular control of government, and political parties. Contemporary
issues are stressed. Students may enter the second semester.
,73
Upper Division Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
5 3 . POLITICAL
3 ,Cr.
A review of American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both smesters.
THE
SOCIAL
SCIENCES
i
54. HISTORYOF P o u n c u THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
-fi.
A study of political philosophy and its influence and historical sigtk6tance
from ancient Greeks to the present.
56.
AuEarc*~DI~LOMATICHISTORY.II.
!he c o m e 56 under History.
60. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 15 or
3 Cr.
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Busines Administration and Economics.
TEACHING
OF W E SO=
STUDIES. Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
86.
I
% Cr.
Combined Major in Sociul Sciences for T e o c h g
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-42.
Minor in Socid Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
ivk.. TORSTENSON,MISS JENSEN, MR. SWENSON,MR. BELGUM
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating farces which operate within our wuntry in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the funher goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
w have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation i n the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or 21 and 22,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or z I and 2 2
also required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each of rociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 8 y may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.I.
A wurse in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PNNCIPLESOF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 GA atudy of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social facton, st-me, contmlr, and process of change.
2. %Brto-s.
Prertq. kc. I . Er., So. IL
3 crT%c d h c proct=w a t the mot of contempmry problems m@cr *irh
wx & p i n
of the pemml, f d y , commanity, and po&fic~+~~wmie
djwmww to shm processw. k i d plicits in the m i n g arc nndyLtd in terms of
there proceand adjustment problems.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 4 under Department of Business Administration.
14. HUMAN
GEOGWHY.Fr., So. TI.
3 0A s d y of geographical facton influencing social institutions.
16. SOCIAL DEVELOPMENTOF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.II.
3 Cr.
See Couree 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
22.
SOCIOLOGY
OF R u m L
F
IE. Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the anal@ of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
ia placed on the dynamics of change.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
I.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIOLOGY
OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. I. Jr. I.
3 0Study of the city as to ,historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing pioblemr, health factors,
cultural centera, and rural-urban relationships.
51.
CRIME AND SOCIETY.Prcreq. SOC. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 0A rmdy of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of c a w 1 facton, methoda of apprehedon, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
3 Cr.
THSPWY. Pmreq. SDE. I. Jx., St. I.
j of rhe b m r y md ftlncbon of the family as a buic insamtion, the
~
~ of modern
c
nnde emmmic rhnnm on family interactions, organization,
and disorganization. (Offered 1 9 1 1-1 6.)
.
Soc. I. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
54. PUBLICW E L F ~Prereq.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative
policies, organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare,
including a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security.
93.
k
d
INTERCULTUFLAL~ L A T I O N SAND M I N O M ~PROBLEMS.Prereq. Sot. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
Chncteriatics a d contributions of ethnic groups in the United Stam, causes
md cunrequencu of race and group prejudice, mechrnirm and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural conflicts. (Offered 195455.)
55.
56. . h E O R AND ~ ~ N A G E M B N T~ A T I O N S . n.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration.
3
FIELDSOF S O CWORH.
~
Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature,
functions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
other community agencies.
57.
crCr.
and
the
and
COMMUNITY
ACTIVITIES.I, n.
t Cr.
The course provides laboratory experience in community activities under the
direction of trained personnel in social agencies. General supervision of the
program is exercised by a member of the sociology staff.
59, 60.
SOCI~~L
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
A audy of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of .pnanrlity in oocial situations, the principles of character formation, the deveIo-t
of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, social c o d k t s ,
and eocial control.
61.
86. TEACHING
OF SOCIIII. STUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 86 under Education.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses i n orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to m i s t in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that ob ht
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's c e d cate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved 'by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basir
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on ,the high school level.
AS1 students admitted to the teacher education curriculum m w t secure two
credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 51 and 52.
In addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in teacher
education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these
hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teaoher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
O~NTATION.Required. Fr. m e r e d hoch semesters.
I.
I
G.
freshmen in making the proper adjustaxent to rhdr mrk
aa sndente in college, iududing metho& of study, vocational choice and prep
aration, and development of personality.
D e a i g d .to &st
PSYCHOLOGY
AND ORENTATION.
Fr. I.
This course combines the aims and course content of Psychology
3 Cr.
and Psychology 5 . Emphasis is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods and two one-hour laboratory
periods per week. Registration restricted.
3.
I
JN. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.I.
2
Cr.
An introductoq course in psychology intended for n m . T l o lecturer
per week.
GENERALPSYCHOWGY.
I, TI.
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The
piinciplea, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics a ~ estressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory pmc5, 6.
eses and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memoq.
heredity and growth. The second semeswr emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
SOCLALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
61.
3 Cr.
ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3 or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorders and a atudy of
62.
their nature, causes, prevention, and present treatment. ( M e r e d
I95
5 - 5 6.)
,
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 , and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
51. EDUCATIONAL
A d y of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the ,behavior ob adolescente in a school
context.
THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I . Jr. 11.
5 1. TEAC~IWG
T d b gw
Min m b h m
w md c
00
&
3 Cr.
h management. hcludu a study of the secondary
need# of
youth.
53, 54.
GROUPA c m
r Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Religion
6, 57, and $8; Physical Education 6, I I , I 3, 14, and 5 5, 56; Education 5 I and
52; and Home Economics 36. The nature of the experience will vary with the
course with which it is associated, and may include such activities as teac,&g,
supervising recreation, and advising clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from the supervisor and the student to the
teacher of the course with which the work is connected. A student may not
receive more than z credits in Group Activity.
PPP~CIPLES
OF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. 11.
3 G.
A d y of the guidance function of the cl.uuoom teacher, toola and techniquea med in d y i n g students, and methods rpprapriate for &t
gaidaria, including counseling.
5 5.
HXSTOPY
AND PHILO~OPHY
OF EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
traw the development of modern education and roeh to aaaiat
the aohnt in developing an understanding of rhe present educational program
and the ruions modem philobophies of education. The aapecta of the atate
edmtiasrl p g r u n important for the orientation of the new teacher are
58.
Tbe casn
S
U
~
.
Specid Tescbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the materide, organization,
lad tuahing procedurer of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the ape&c field. U d y , each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching. Thh
mesm one courae related to the major and one to the minor. Prcrequisitu are
a major or a minor in the field and Education 52. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to regiater for more than the a m o a t of d t W.
TEACH~NG
OF G ~ M A N I C
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING OF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF NATUW SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
T u c H r n ~OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
T E A C H ~ OF
G SOCGLSTUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHINGOF HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF HOME EUINOMICS.Sr. I.
TEACHINGOF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
T ~ n c n r nOF~ HEALTH AND PHYSICALEDUCATION. Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
1%
0.
I
% Cr.
1%
0.
% Cr.
I % Cr.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
r Cr.
1%
Cr.
t Cr.
1 % Cr.
2
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. Educ. 5 I , 52. Sr. I.
96. STUDENTTEACHING.
Obeervation, participation in teaching activitier, and experience in actnal
contml of the clamnmm situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college mpervisor and selected critic t&.
The f o h w h g coumes prepare the emdent to meat the state requiremenu for a
minorial~qscien~~aain~ip~a~&loeof$ooksfor
ahe &l . . &ra,nyB
n pqming bob and other librecy a n a d for circulation,
. a iwho01
in
library, and h making iatdigat and effective use of
libmryt~alsfarhisuwnneabuader.
Minor, 16 credits.
3 Cr.
BASIC FUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOLLIBRARY.
Jr. I, 11.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration daculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second. (Offered each year beginning 195 5-56.)
y 5-56?.
57-58t. ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade cumculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning
1955-56.)
S9-60f. SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including
reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials,
their use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered alternate years beginning 1956-57.)
I Cr.
61. PRACTICAL METHODS. Sr. I.
Giving che student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offered each year beginning 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. II.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading
ladders; student's personal library; professional literature in the field, lists, testing, and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
(Offered each year beginning 195 6-57.)
t Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete both semesters.
..
Department of Business Admm&ration and Economics
and.Seaetarial Studies
W.WALTON,MISS LUND,MISS BAVOLAK
The objective of thia deparanent is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and round perspective of b u s h a and our economic aocieq. Such knowledge
and p e n p a i v e is m e s s q for success in apecSc positions in our complex
business world a d h u l d provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respomibiliq. A degree with a business major
is a connmon requirement of business h and government agencies. The
department giver a general background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, P d i t s ; courses required are
Speech I I and History 21 and 22.
I , 2,
Minor, 2 I credits; 'courses required are
Upper Division courses.
I, 2.
PRINCIPL~S OF
I,
4,
I 1, I 6,
z, 4,
I y,
13. Also required are
I6
and six credits in
ACCOUNTING.
FL I, n.
An introduction to the -principles
of accounting and their application
single proprietorship, pzrtnerahip, and corporate foof bu&er; prepuation
and a d + of h a n c i a l statements; procedure in recording bwinar tranaacdonr;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
a.
,,
INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS. Fr., SO. U.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, aud interpretation
t i 4 data. It includes a e t d y of the memum of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of t h e statistical techniques to various types of data.
4-
15,
p-
16.
PWCIPLES
OF
ECONOMICS.
SO. I,n.
.;6-,G.
A s t d y of the social organization of oar economy, hca1 and monGai$
p o k , value, prices, the distribution af d t h , and alternative economic systern. The objective H to help the s t u d e n t to develop the ability to a n a l p
economic hu they h e in his personal and vocational activities and ia
,
public life.
Upper Division Courses
MONEY AND BANXING.Prereq. I, 2, 4, I 1, 16.Jr., Sr. I.
3 0.
A study of the commercial banlu, the Federal Reserve Syrtem,the price l e d ,
and monetnty m d h a 1 policies. The parpooe is to lead the mdent to i n d gate thomufly the place and importance of money and priceq in bushus and
5 I.
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
(OfTered 1951-16.)
7
-
-
--
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The prvpoae ir to
give the atudent an analytical baais for judging business iltemativa and zlro
governmeat legislation.
3 Cr.
LABOPAND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS. Prereq. 15, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
-0
d h &dr
The objective ia to picture the
dtsFsmPt I#dtionr Oi h p u p io aur
and to investigate pordbiitk
cb rt%ir*ing b
y
cam^ of &e whole through edacation and
56.
'
government control.
3 Cr.
PRODUCTION. prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., sr. 1.
An operating subject dealing with the more important production procedures
and techniques commonly employed in progressive manufacturing plants. The
techniques are studied with reference to their contribution to the attainment of
established manufacturing objectives to provide the student with an appreciation
of the relationships of production to other operating problems of business and
an awareness of the significance of production aspects of general administration
problems. (Offered 1954-55.)
5,.
59.
ADVANCED
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. I,
2,
4, 15, 16.
E. I.
3 Cr.
The p-e
of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the atudent to interpret &ancia1 data, a d to q u a i n t the
student with c a t accounting principles and procedures. Preparation and anal*
of 6nanci.l statements, comparative statements, and statements ahowing t h e
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order and standard uwting are scremcd.
--
3 Cr."
60. PUBLICFINANCEAND TAWTION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the ecanomie
sf taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elemenm
of h a 1 policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. I , z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of the subject of business h a n c e concentrating upon the
problems of going concerns to provide the student with a grasp of the rela62.
tion of financial decisions to over-all company objectives and policies of such
major departments as production and sales. Both working capital and long-term
capital financing are studied.
SENIORTOPICS.Sr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A x v k of businea practice and problem in our economy, pointing olrt
tbe opportunities for individual endeavor, followed 'byan original project by
each student i n which he makes an investigation of his own. The project mry
be in m y business field; for example, lcco~ting,invwtments, pemmrl selling,
market research, economic analysis. Offered only as an honors course for selected
seniors in business.
71, 72.
?&r coumw aim to prepare student( for stenographic and d poribarinea o&w, m k t in ,the preparation for the rerching of borincr
~ ~ i n ~ & l s d f o r ~ d ~ r k , a n d n o p r w i d e
oppmmhy for tihe development of of- s k i b for p a m d ue.
t h o in
A orsjor may be abtaiued in business education by completing a ntinimum
hous, including
I, 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Adminiatration
16, 13, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73.
,
including
A minor may b h i n d by completing a minimum of 26 h
I , 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Bushers Administration I, 2, or 15, 16.
of 37
I . 2, I J ,
ELEMENTARY
T Y P E W R ~Offered
G . both semesters.
I Cr.
A ooarse for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
burs , p r week.
I.
2.
EMTBU~EDIA~ T Y P E ~ R ~ N G11..
2
Cr.
P m b in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addreaing
envelopes, and i n letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
Training in the dundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
,OFFICEMACHINES.Prereq. I , 2. Wered both semesters.
2 Cr.
S t d y and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addresograph, and dupli,cator. Two hours per week.
8.
fCo~itm&n
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must oompkte
both semesters.
5 I.
Upper Division Cmrses
ADVANCBD TYPEWRITING.
I.
JZ.
SEC~BTARIAL
P R a c n a . Prereq.
z CrFurther development of typewriting technique with practical training in
businer kctar arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documento. Prerequisite I, 2 , or high achool credit in typing. Open to studenra having
attained s speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours per week.
I , 2,
3-4. 11.
3 Cr.
Pra~tialapplication of secretarial dutier including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of businem and legal forma, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letten and mrking application far r job.
Mimeographing i included in this course for those who include this as s part
of the plrish workers' course. Four hours per week.
~ N C E SHORTHAND.
D
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictatioa Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who cam take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and trmscribe ~ t a hhigh degree of accuracy. Four ,hours per week.
82. ~ E A C H I N G OF BUSINESS.
I % Cr.
Sr. I.
See course 82 under Education.
J 3-54.$
Depertment of Home Economics
MISS SEGOLSON,
MRS.NELSON,MISSMORTENSEN
Thc abjectiwa of the department are threefold: first, to provide c o w that
d
l help atudenu solve penonal, home, and family living problems; eecond,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, .to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
N o n - m h g major, 33 c d u ; courses are I , z, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57.
66, 68. 71,72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics IJ.
Sociology I, Biology 4 or 13-14 and 54, and Psychology 3 or 5 , and 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including cotuses I, 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
'I'cidiag msjor, 38 credits; caurser bted for non-terching major plus 33 md
76. T e d h g mipcws possible in Biology, chemhy, Speech, SocLl Sdcnce or
Physical Eduution. C o d t a member of &e home ecommh faculty for course
plonr.
I.
CLOTHING
SELECTION,
C a m , AND bus. I.
3 fi.
A study of the factom involved in the choice, care, and repair of dothing.
B a u g in dcrign, bewmingnem, appropriateness, and some of the textile fabrics
suitable for ditferent wea are topiu considered.
+tinuation
both semesters.
course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
II.
2 Cf.
course provides laboratory experience in making simple gmmnts in
cotton and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and
Nitable ,techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing mochiae, a;lteration of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economia edocotion majors. Two double laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
t.
This
,we&.
3.
Am w DAILY
LIVING.I.
3 CrA study of m ?s it is met in the activitica of everyday living. Open to all
rtudents.
E L B ~ ~ NOF
T SNUTRITION. 11.
3 Cr.
Noranal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
7.
GROUPACTMTY.
See courses 53, 54 under Education.
23.
33.
COLORAND DESIGN.I.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, rrrrnging,
and G g a i n g of household farnishings. Lettering and rimple poster d-.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Eumomica
mapn. Three double laboratory perio& per week.
36. CMETS.II.
2
Cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1955-56.)
PRINCIPLES
OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
af h u u c t o r . I, 11.
pe&n
6 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, merl service. food purchasing, m d
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
MAMUAGEAND FAMILYM LA TI ON SHIPS. II.
3 Cr.
A c o r n applying principlw of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of penond f d y relationships, prepantion for muriap, the
Christian home and its iduence in the community, and related mbjecta. Regular lecturer, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and t o m .
42.
CHILD
DEVELOPMENT.
IL
2 Cr.
A study of the core and trahing of the pug c&ild = ,to to physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
44.
Upper Division Cmrses
57. TEXTILES. I.
s Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and hishes with special emphub on selection,
me, and care d common household and clothing textiles. Two dcmble laboratory
hours a week.
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
2 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furnitcue, painting, and sculpture. Two regdar hours scheduled and field
trips arranged. (Offered 1954-55.)
n.
66. HOME
PLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
3 GThir conme included a consideration of housing, an anal* of &or pluls,
r study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in ulecting,
arrmgiug, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prereqaisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double lalbomtory periods per
week
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
r Cr.
Basic f a c a and practical application of home care of the sick Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOME
MANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and oo&ating
the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family W g . One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
~ c ' t u a lexperience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home
management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the group. (Offered 1955-56.)
72.
CONSUMER
EDUCATION
AND INCOME~ ~ N A G E M E N
It.T .
t CT.
The wise choice of .consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from
the use of money income.
73.
76. ADVANCEDC L O ~ I N CONSTRUCTION.
G
Prereq. 2. U
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
More advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the
c l m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and c o n s t ~ c t i n g
garments for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prereq. 3 2 credits in home economics
91. TEACHINGOF HOMEECONOMICS.
and Education 5 2. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
l e n rhc p
w of che division of Nattml Scienfc ta pmvidc trriPing in
metho& uld technique; ta interpret N a d Scienu in the light of
the Word of Gud; to acqruinr the student with the
of Narurd
Sdcnce i n a modem, changing world; w e m p k a wund mind and r r m n g
body; to vain for vocations in various fields o f N a r d Science; and to q u i p
tbe student with a scientific background which wiIl enrich his life ind the lives
of his feuow men.
&&c
Department of Biology
The aim of thir Department is to give the student z broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3N, 4, 7N no not count
toward the major or minor.
WORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
O Cr.
I-zt. THE NATURAL
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciper week consistkg or :xtures, lecture demonstrations, and
ences. Four
discussions.
gN. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anacorn, 1 - J ohyslology with special em&ash on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b l elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses.
HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
3 - ~ 4GENERAL
.t
ZOOLOGY.Fr. I, 11. '
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures m d two double laboratoq periods per week.
I
$ ~ o n t ; ~ & $ &course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h sem+ters.
GXNW BOTANY.So., Jr. I, II.
8 ~r.
y of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, f
W
by a -.
of the plant kingdom. Emphadia is llro placed on ;bacmieal principles. Flowering plenta arc identified in the spring. Three lectures and one
double laboratory period per week
25, 26.
Thk m a d
51.
Upper Division Courses
GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
ECOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological amciation and succession. Two iectura and one laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1955-56.)
52.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3
G.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
54. GENERAL
BACTERIOLOGY.Prereq. Chem. 5-6. II.
4 Cr.
A review of the general &ld of bacteriolom, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diiasu. Training in modern labontory techniques. Two
lectures and two double Izboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classi6cation, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. U.
1-2 Cr.
Pnctical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projecu useful to teachers. (Oflered 1954-55.)
80. TEACH~NG
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
1% Cr.
The course consisa of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The counes offered provide fundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective u promotion of acient%c
proach.
thinking and sciendfic ap-
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary dooh. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
h i for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Ruearch, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Exigineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2, jN, 4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, II.
For course description see Department of Biology.
r-zt.
8 Cr.
3N. CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
AND QUALITATIVECHEMISTRY.Fr., So. I, 11.
8 cr.
5-6.f INORGANIC
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
5 I. ANALYTIC~U.CHEMISTRY.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short induction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gmvimetric.
Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.Prereq. 5I. So., Jr., Sr. II.
5 Cr.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours labratory per week.
5 2.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8-10 Cr.
A discussion of the important c l w u of aliphatic and aromatic compoands.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Ofiered 1951-56.)
53-54.t
$6ntinnation course. To receive credit for this course, a student mupt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.Prereq. Math. 2, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Physics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 Cr.
An introductory course coveting the gzr laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectutes and one double laboratory period
per week. (Offered 1954-55.)
55.
PHYSICS
Minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2 and 3 do not count toward the minor.
THENATURAL WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
For corn description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and Plane Geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application of physics in the home.
3.
or concurrent registration in Math. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of
and other topics. Philosophical implications of mcdern physical science
considered.
5 I.
4 Cr.
theory,
physics
will be
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.
Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magnetic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80. TEACHING
OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teacbiug
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 1 and 52 or 53-54;Biology 13-14and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
TContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Dqxrtment of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solving the simpler problems of life, also to d o r d
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them escient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
3' Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week.
A.
B.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.
Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. !J.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, II.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inoluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND D E S C R I PGEOMETRY.
~
Prereq. 5. II. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 5 Z.
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS.
SO., Jr. I, 11.
I0
0.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for Merentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary dzerential equations are
developed and applications made.
SOLD ANALYTICALGEOMETRY.
Prereq. z. Sr. I
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and ' d o r m a t i o n are given their proper emphasb.
53.
54.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includw the study of & numben, determinants ?ad o h e r
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84. TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
Cr.
I
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
a weli-rounded physic21 education program.
health and physical fitness &ugh
to develop character md good s p o r a d p throrrgh the intnmunl and inrercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure cime, and to provide an effecrive training program for praspctivt reachers of h d t b and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phlse
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major and Minor Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 27, 5 0 ,
5 1 9 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 84.
Major for women, 3 0 credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16,
17, 27, 50, 52, 53, 54, 84.
Minor,
formen:
21
2,
credits, including courses z, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 12, 5 I, 53, and 54
j,4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53, and 54borwomen.
Biology 4; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 51, 52, 53, 54, 5 5, $8, 94, and 96
Bhould be included for a teaching major in phyuical education.
PERSONALAND COMMUNITY
~ T H Fr.. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices ob health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.(Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
I
Cr.
3, 4.
PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). Fr. I, 11.
I
Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTH
EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fieldc of health education, physical education, and recreation as they function in the public school
5.
mema
-~ONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
gamer, l o r organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
m&ed
games.
6.
FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course. (Offered 1955-56.)
8.
I
Cr.
TEAM SPORTSAND L.EAD-UP G-.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
12.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. I
I.
2
Cr.
Theory and practice in teac,hhg badminton, shdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, paddle tennis, archery, and golf.
4 Cr.
13, 14. TEAM SPORTSFOR WOMEN.SO. I, 11.
Theory and practice in the coaching and oiciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
16. INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis,
shuffleboard, archery, tennis, and golf. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. (Offered 1954-55.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of efficient movements.
OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of osciating in football,
basketball, baseball, and track. (Offered 195 5-56.)
29.
Ufifier Division Courses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
2 Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analyak of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical c-.
(Offered 1954-55.)
50.
SELF-TESTINGACTIVTITES. (Men). Jr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus,
bumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
FUNDAMENTALMOYEMLNTS.
Jr. II.
I 0.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
(Offered 1955-56.)
52.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary achool heakh
and physical education curriculum.
53.
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
54. ORGANIZATION
EDUCATION.
Sr. IL
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
2 Cr.
COACHING
OF SPORTS: FOOTBALL AND BASKETBALL.S t I
.
Theory a d techniques of aching. Seniors only, or approval of in4tructor.
55.
56. COACHING
OF SPORTS:BASEBALLAND TRACK.Sr. II.
2
a.
Theory and technique of coaching. Seniors only, or approral of instructor.
Sr. II.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND ~ ~ A S U R E M E N T SIN PHYSICALEDUCATION.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1954-5 5.)
r Cr.
85. COMMUNITYCREATION. Jr., Sr. 11.
PraLlems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a awey of activities, and the organization and adminkmation of recreational
work. (Offered 1954-55.)
94.
TEACHING
OF HEALTH A N D PHYSICAL
E D U C ~ ~ OSr.
N . I.
Mcchods and materials in health and physical education.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augrburg Theological Seminary is the taining school for the paston and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of p+on and spiritual leaden dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts ef
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word a d
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admiseion
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college coune must hare included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outrtanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
dxological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or Education
Typewriting
2
I
I
2
I
I
I
years
year
year
years
year
year
year
All candi&tes for a W m n to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic rewrd in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the S e m k q should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I. A fonnal letter of application for admission as a s d m t in the Seminary,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A catificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faaulty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The &st year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course at another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adrrnced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presenu a transcript of credits indicating work done in orher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the &st five weeks af classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is su6ciently high.
Expenses
Seminuy studmta pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
activity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per axnester.
S a c n h q students living in the domitory receive a special grant to m r
the eort of room rent. The cost of board is the same u for the College d e n t s .
See page 2 5 .
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a h e - y n r cycle of lectans and study plw
six months of practical service in the cxmgng~tions. Students who campIete all
the requirements of the regular c o m e are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly dered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the rhree years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Facultv Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 5 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examiaation, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary coune.
A limited amount 06 assigned collateral reading is required during the in-service
per;ad.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amount of
practical church work during rhe school year either in the Twin Cities or ia
nearby commnnities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
J&
Yen
THE BACKGROUNDAND S m c - r m m OF rn BIBLE A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation i n the Book which is the chief
I.
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
*With ohe exception of the Theological Orientation Gunes, offered m u a l l y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief m e y of the historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
4. THEOL~GICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC. A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Thcology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Codeasion, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
Luther.
I Cr.
Old Testament
& STENSVMG
FOR BEGINNERS.
The &st year is devoted to a study of the
9-10. HEBREW
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy. (Oflered 1954-15.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195556.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious valuea and the rise of prophetism. Selected p a g e s from the bis3 Cr.
torical books are studied. (Offered 1955-56.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of ,the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 195657.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1916-57.)
I 5. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental probz Cr.
lems of life. (Offered 1954-55.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction
to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms.
Reading assignments give special attention to the religious developments af the
3 Cr.
post-Exilic period. (Offered 1914-55.)
17-18. HEBREW
EXEGESIS. Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1955-56.)
4 Cr.
A study of archaeological discov19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
eries and their signi6cance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a
number of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned
I Cr.
topics and class discussion. (Oflered 1954-51.)
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manuscripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
22.
23. THE GOSPELOF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Wered I 9 5 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on the
r Cr.
English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1954-55.)
26.
1-12.
THEJEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Ogered
1954-55.)
3 Cr.
27. L P - ~AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1955-56.)
3 Cr.
INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
28.
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
,Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. ( m e r e d 195451.1
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature. (Offered 1955-56.)
Church History
MR. SONNACK
40-41. 'lh.
EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church frem the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The orgmization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathcnism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 19j5-56.)
4 Cr..
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the developof Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. T h e course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward re3 Cr.
form. (Offered 1956-57.)
ment
43. THE REFORMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr..
Catholic Counter-Reformation. (Offered I 9 j 6-57.)
44. THE CHURCHA F ~ E R TIIE REFORMATION.733 course covers the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, aich special emphasis on
2 Cr,
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1914-51.)
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; planting of churches;
45. &=CAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cris studied with special care. ( m e r e d 1954-1 5 . )
OF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE. A study of the development
46. THE HISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1 9 5 ~ - ~ 6 2. ) Cr.
47. THE LUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.A study of the constitution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the world.
Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. (Ofiered
1956-57.)
I Cr-
Systematic
Theology
fi.&ON
.
intended to introduce the student to the field
50. I ~ r a o ~ u c n oA~course
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field. (Offered 1954-55.)
11. THEOLOGY
~LNDANTHROPOLOGY.A study in the systematic exposition
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
topics. (Offered 1954-55.)
52-53. SOTERIOLOGY.The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true oommunion between God and man. The Person of Christ
is work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; rhe nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
(Offered 1955-56.)
54-15. CHESSTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implicatiolls
.of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, organized in:stitutions, and society as a whole. (Offered 1956-57.)
4 Cr.
56. SYAQWLICS. A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeds subacribcd to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
.doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church. (Ofdered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach4ngs of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in thin field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOP PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundat Cr.
tions of the pastoral o6ce and the New Testament ministry.
SOUL-CARE
AND THE SPIRITUAL
LFE. A study of Christian experience
61.
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 195 5-56.) z Cr.
62.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.Rev. Fredric M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the qpes of
emotional and mental distu~banceswith which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those thiigs which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other competent help.
I Cr.
6 3 . EVANGELISTICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
.and various types of evangelism. (Offered 195 5-5 6.)
65. PRINCIPLESAND P R A ~ COF
E PREACHING.Technical and psychological
,elements of preaching. Emphuis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
and presentation of brief sennons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlea.
z Cr.
'lining
67. SERMONS.
A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Senion.
2 Cr.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and II Corinthians
are studied as the best source. (Offered 1954-55.)
z Cr.
71. CHURCH ~DMINISTRA~ON. A study of the variow aspects of -regational organization. Methods of increasing ef3iciencp in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Ghristian stewardship. (Offered 1954-55.)
I Cr.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS. A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practiul problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)I Cr.
73. LITURGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on
its relation to varying conceptions of the Church. ( m e r e d 1956-57.) I Cr.
An historical s w e y of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 195455.)
I Cr.
D. Christim Education and Sociology
76. METHODS OF PARISH EDUCATION.
Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 195657.)
z Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANS o c ~ ~ nA. study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
z Cr.
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
79. CHRISAND SOCLU
WOE This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, re2 Cr.
ports, and institutional visits.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 953-1954
Third Year
Berkland, Theodore A.
Christopherson, James E.
.
.Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
..
...
. . . . . . .
Erickson, Stanley R.
..............
Gudim, Milo D.
. . . . .McVille,
N. D.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Halverson, Philip J. . . . . . . . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . . . . . . . . . . .
Soli, John C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .Willmar
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Storley, Calvin . . . .
Vaagenes, Morris G.
. . . . . .Roslyn, S. D.
. . . . . . Minneapolis
............
..
Second Year
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . ..Aitkin
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Anenson, LeRoy H. . .
Dahle, Norman A. . . . .
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M. . .
Oman, Lyman F.
.Racine, Wis.
.......
...
...
. . . .
Rokke, David H.
...
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Thorpe, Gordon D. . .
Underbakke, Leland B.
Aniwa, Wis.
. . . .
. . .
.Minneapolis
First Year
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Rudolph E.
.
Carlsen, Glenn T. . .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Peterson, Gerald J.
Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mmneapolis
, , , , , , , ,
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Quentin G.
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V.
.
. . .
Stenberg, Roger W.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . Bertha
New Rockford, N. D.
.
. . . . .Portland, Ore.
..
Specials
Estness, Borghild
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. .
Thompson, Milford A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Vetvick, Leo (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , ,
, , , .
.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver K. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(2) Registered for second semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS-1 953-1954
SENIORS
Aosen, Hildegarde E. .
Allor, Donold J. . . . . . .
Andersen, Donald W. . .
Anderson, Arthur L. . . .
Anderson, Janice A. . . .
Anderson, Robert H. (1)
. . .Winger
Minneapolis
. . . .Wayzoto
.Minneopolis
.Minneapolis
. Minneapolis
Becker, Louis 0. . . . . . .
Berntsen, Ruth A. . . . .
Bloke, Shirlee A. . . . .
Botko, Willord J. . . . .
St. Louis Park
. .Minneapolis
. .Ottowo, Ill.
.Minneapolis
Corlson, Erwin L. (1) . .
Corlson, Roger E. . . . .
Chilstrom, Herbert W. .
Cote, Arthur J. Jr. . . . .
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
Litchfield
. Minneopolis
Dill, Donald J.
Dorr, Ardis S.
.
.Elk River
. .Mentor
Argusville, N. D.
Longseth, Robert V. .
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Lorsson, Kenton D. . . . . .Taylors Folls
Lusk, George W. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lyngdol, Colette P. . . . ..Minneapolis
Marquordt, William G.
. . . . . .St. Paul
. . . .Worthington
Mothiason, Alan E.
Mattison, Robert T. (11 . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillior.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald A. . . . . . . . . . . .Hollock
Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Nystuen, Winifred H. Erickson, Man., Con.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Eldol, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . .
Minneapolis Olson, julion R. . . . . . . .
~ i ~ ~ ~
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . Gorfield
Erlandson, Wolloce E. (1) . Minneapolis Porkhurst, Milford C. . . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Evenson, Leland E. . . . . .
. ~ a n s k a Peterson, Clinton J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Jackson
Phillips, Merton C.
. . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Fisher,
W. . . . . . . . . .
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarodo
Froilond, David C. . . . . . . Minneapolis pribble, ~~~d C. . . . . . . . . . . ~ , ~ ~ + i ~
Fullerton, Gerald L. . . . Minneapolis
Reimer, Donna E. (1) . . . . . . . . . ..Duluth
Gonte, Marshall H. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~ ~ i ~~~l~~~
~ r K.t ~
. . .~. . .~ ~
,
~
~
~
h
Geisendorfer, James V. (2). . .Minneapolis
~
~
b paulette
~
t . .~. whitefish,
~
~ M, ~ ~ ~ .
Gustafson, Violet E.. . . . ..McGregor, N. D.
P. . . . . . . . . . . .,st. pOul
kolf, ~~~i~
Ingman, Robert C. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Isaocson, Edsel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Poul
Rust* Gary R. . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Sandness, Albert J. . . . . . LoMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley K.
. . . . .Cambridge
Shiell, James L. . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Skogen, Clyde L.
.
. . . . . . . . . . Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle E. . , .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
tSolberg, Marilyn Y..
. . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Solol
Sorenson, James A. . . . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . . . . . . Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.. Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . .Minneopolis
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thoreson, Allon R. . . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Tjornhom, Barbara L. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Trelstad, Jerome C. .
. . . .Minneapolis
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . Sun Prairie, Wis.
Kleven, Lowell H. . . . . Blonchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan A. . . . . . . Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Warner, Elaine W. (1)
. . . . . . . . Duluth
Westphol, Joanne C. . . . . . . . .Madeha
Hambera, Elaine L.. . . . ..Williston, N. D.
~orkmon, Moryls A. . . . . . . . Cokoto
Horrison, Jean . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hellond, Florence L. . . . . . ..Binford, N. D.
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. . . ..Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Shofer
Huglen, Erling S. B. . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Hushogen, Orpha L. . . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
t Deceased, September 28, 1953.
Vick, Oliver K. (1) . . .
Men ............
Women . . . . . . . . .
Spring Grove
JUNIORS
Adorns, Patricia A. . . . . . . . . . . .Westbrook
Aho, Arnold D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson. Curtis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Donna Lou ...... .Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. ....... .Minneapolis
Anderson, Norman E. ....... .Alexandria
.St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
........
Benson, John E. ....... .Milwaukee, Wis.
Berge, Mavis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lanesboro
Bodin, Wesley J.
.Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ...... .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchord, Janet A. . . . . . . . . .Minneupolis
Bremseth, Janice M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Britton, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
..........
Collins, Jane B.
............. .Monticello
Dahlin, Maxine M. ............. .Cokato
Danger, Mary J. ............. Stanchfield
Drake, Spencer R. . . - . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dronen, Richard A.
.Minneapolis
........
Egertson, Darrell J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eide, Delores M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fogelquist, Roger H. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fuerstenau, Eugene H.. Cedor Rapids, lowa
Gilbertson, Nora M.. .Frontier, Sask., Can.
Grinde, Lloyd C.. . . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Gronseth, Phillip N. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hagestuen, Richard M. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.Mlnnwpolh
Halling, Beverly J.
Halvorson, Helen A. . . . .Golwburg. N. D,
Hansen, Ronald M.
.Park Ridge, 121.
Honson, L. David .......... .long Prairis
Hanson, James E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. . . . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. ............. Waseca
Helland, Rachel E.. ...... .Thief River Falls
Heng, Rolf 0.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minnmpolis
Henjum, Raymond G. .......... .Hoffman
Holcombe, Thomas E. ....... .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V. ................ .Carver
.........
.....
Jenson, John R. ........... .Minneapolis
Jerdee, Mary L. ............ .Minneapolis
Johnson, James A. .............. Kenyon
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Merlyn R. (2).
.....
Karlstad, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Salol
Krueger, Wallace T. (2). .... .Minneapolis
Kvamme, Anden ......... .Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey V. ......... .Robbindale
Lanon, Myrtle I. .......... Berwick, N. D.
Larson, Richard J. ............Kerkhoven
Larson, Robert D. (1). ........ .Moorhead
Lelvis, Patricia M.
.Chatham, Mich.
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
.......
.....
Maeland, Arnulf ....... .Fairhaven, Mass.
Mahre, Richard A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mickelberg, Erwin D. ..... .Onalaska, Wis.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D m n
Mulliken, John K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
..........Minneapolis
..............Madelia
........ .Minneapolis
.........Golden Valley
Nelson, Lennart D.
Nelson, Philip A.
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Damaris R.
Olson, Monroe B. .......... .Minneapolis
Omdahl, Beverly F. ............. .Faston
Pousi, Ruth M.
Quanbeck, Paul M.
..........Minneapolis
Rodvik, Erling S. (2) ........Minneapolis
Roesler, William A. (2)
.St. Paul
.........
Saari, Corwyn J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Seaver, John E. ............ .Minneapolis
Seover, Roma R. . . . . . . . . . . .Capron, Ill.
Siegel, Donald W. (1).
.Chicago, Ill.
Skaar, David W.
Rockford, Ill.
Skierseth, Donald ........ .Bracket, N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. ............ .St. Paul
Soderberg, LaVonne A. ........ Kandiyohi
Steinbrecher, Wayne G. ..... .Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richard H. ........ .Minneapolis
Strande, Nels A. D.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Brooten
Strondlie, Wenona C. ........... Benson
......
...........
Thoreson, Wayne 1..
Twedt, Agnes S.
Tweet, Agnes M.
............Peterson
........ .McHenry, N. D.
.......Tunbridge, N. D.
West, Kenneth W. ....... .Maple Park, Ill.
Wolden, Gerhard P.
Estherville, Iowa
.....
Men
............................
Women
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
..................Dam1
Total
58
.........................29
......................... 87
SOPHO
Almquist, James A. . . Sond Creek, Wis.
Anderson, Deloris A. . . . . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0. .
. .Sacred Heart
Anderson, E. William . . . . Ashland, Wis.
Arneson, Suzanne M. . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V. . . . .Rockford, 111.
Homme, Gloria (1)
. . .Minneapolis
Honebrink, Elsa M. . . . . Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A. . . . . . . . St. James
Hoversten, Thomas H. . . . . . ..Alden, Iowa
Hunt, Elaine H. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Barber, Robert E. . . . . .
Boxter, Gerald . . . . . .
Berg, Robert M. (1) . . .
Berkas, Theodore S. .
Berntson, Irving E.
..
Beyers, Jomes R. M. .
Boroos, J. Shermon .
Bullock, Richord W. ( 1 )
Jacobson, Doris M. . . . . . . . . . Racine
Jonsen, David G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Ervin T. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Forolyn M. . . . . . . . .Malmo
Jorgensen, Beverly M. . . . . . . . . . Delano
Jorgensen, Dorothy L. (1) . . . . . . .St. Paul
.Saginow, Mich.
. . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . St. Paul
. . . . . . Kenyon
. . ..Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . .Dowson
. . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Ann C. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. .Clorkfield
Christensen, Orlo J. . .
Christianson, Mary J. . . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . . . . . Brainerd
Conyers, LeRoy H.
Currey, Donald E. (2) . . . . . . . .Appleton
Dohl, Marilyne J. .
Dohl, Sylva M. . . .
Dickens, Clora M. .
Doerr, Wayne P. (2)
. . Glenburn, N. D.
. . . . . . . . .Wasem
. Harrisburg, S. D.
. . . . . Minneapolis
Emery, Curtis V. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Enstad, Luther W. . . . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
Erickson, George H.
Tacoma, Wash.
Erickson, Leland F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Glenwood
Ericbon, Rodney 0. J. .
Evovold, Charles A. . . . . . . Battle Lake
Everhort, Joan M. . . . . . .
Bagley
Field, Marvin W. . . . . . . .
McGregor
Fitch, Gory D. . . . . . . . .
Robbinsdale
Floistod, Dorothy M.. . . . ..Milwaukee, Wis.
Fowlds, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . Glenwood
Fox, Mary Ann E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gennrich, Gretchen G.
. . . .Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Barnum
Gimse, I. Shelby . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Giengdohl, Robert A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Greguson, Miriam E. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Elizabeth G. . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Honggi, Glen 0. . . . . .. . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Hanson, Neol E. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Haugen, Jomes S. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hoynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . . . .Madison, S. D.
Hemingway, Jerome . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Hendricks, Dean M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Herman, Robert M. . . . .. . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Kollmon, Ralph A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchner, Robert J. . . . . . . .Farmington
Kunkel, Lucille M. . . . . . . . . Almena,
.
Wis.
Lorson, Richard Arthur . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lecander, Roger V. . . . . .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert R. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lolond, Ruth L. . . . . . . . . . ..Seattle, Wash.
Lower, Corolyn E. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Lundin, Harvey A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Meredith, Patricia J. . . . . . . . . . .Big Lake
Midthun, Betty A. . . . . Menomonie, Wis.
Moe, Donovan R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Moen, Ardell J. . . . . . . . . Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizobeth A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Mulen, Shirley A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Christine C. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Murins, Valdis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Nelson, Morlys E. . . . . . . . . . . Belgrode
Nerheim, Lawrence E. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E. . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Nichols, James E. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norby, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Appleton
Nordling, James B. . . . . Ishpeming, Mich.
Ohlin, Paul I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Olson, Bernice A. . . . . . Thief River Falls
Olson, Laurence 0. . . . . . .Maple Pork, Ill.
Olson, R. Luther ........... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Ose, Roger K. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Overlund, Ervin K. . . . . . . ..Silverton, Ore.
Peorson, James K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. (2). . . . .Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . . . . . . . Nye, Wis.
Pederson, Richard D. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Petersen, Marilyn J. . . . .
Minneapolis
Peterson, Joyce A. . . . . . .
Pooler, Harold E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Bertha
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Rowig, Bruce W.
Rudell, Violeite I. . . . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C. . . . .
Thorson, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Thorvig, Kathryn L.
. . . . Minneapolis
Urness, John L.
.Thief River Falls
Saastad, Jerrold A. .
Sarff, Donohue R. . . . -. . . . . . . .Palisade
Northwood, N. D.
Sather, Dayne W. .
Schoess, Alden J. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stanerson, Noomi . . . . . Estherville, lowa
Stensland, Arlen H.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
. . .Buxton, N. D.
Stoa, Harold M. . . . .
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R. (1). . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Sylvester, lone L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mclntosh
.
Tader, David L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Staples
Thompson, Andrew . . . . .... .Minneapolis
Thompson, John T. . . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Norman E. . . . . .Leonard, N. D.
Tharpe, Glenn C. . . . . .. . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Vaagenes, Bonnie B. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Voeks, George H. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Wahlstrorn, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . .Grasston
Warnes, Wanda E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
White, Merlin J. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Ysteboe, Ruth 1. (2)
...
Fargo, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
-
Total
.........................
131
FRESHMAN
Ahlness, Daniel E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .New Ulm
Almlie, Vernon E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Foley
Anderson, Duane F. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Dwight L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dassel
Anderson, Ellen M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Anderson, lvar C. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Laverne J. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Anderson, Lewis H. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Richard A. . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Anfinsen, Arthur M., Jr.. . . . . . . . .Hopkins
Anklam, Robert D. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arme, Donald A. (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Arrnstrong, James W. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aronson, Donald W. . .Los Angeres, Calif.
Asplin, Myron T. (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Asplin, Russell W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - Dassel
Baker, James G. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Baker, Stanley B. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bartel, Henry P. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hastings
Bebensee, Fred C. (2). . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Beckman, James L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Waseca
Berg, Sidney D. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergeland, Martin E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Dawson
Bergren, John C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berndt, Donald R. . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bernier, Jack L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntsen, R. Maxine. . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Bockhaus, Mary G. (2). . . . . . . . . . .Mound
Bolstad, Kermit E. (1) . .Homestead, Mont.
Borman, Dennes L. ............ .Le Sueur
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Borrevik, Kothleen M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Bragg, James A. (1). . . . . . . . Chicago, Ill.
Braseth, Mary Ann . .
. .Amery, Wis.
Bredeken, Ronald D. . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
.
Brodin, Arlen G. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Brown, Con . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Crystal
Bueide, David H. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Willmar
Bullock, Robert L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burke, Dorothy A.
. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
...
Carlson, Jerry D. . . .
Carlson, Roger A. . .
Carlson, Stanley C. . .
Carrelli, Robert A. . .
Christensen, Arlett P.
Christensen. Don E. .
Christensen, Larry J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Christensen, Marilyn A. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Christianson, ~ a r l o nC. . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Christianson, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . .Glenwood
Cook, James E. . . . . . . . . . . ., . Robbinsdale
Cruys, George H. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahl, Linnea M. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Dahlgren, Gerald N. (1) . . . .Minneapolis
Dale, Allen B. (1) . . . . . . St. Louis Pork
Dalland, John K. (2). . . . . . .. .Minneapolis
Dieken, Doris A. . . . . . .
. .Montevideo
Dumpys, Ruth M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
Egesdal, Sanford E. ( I ) . . . . . . . Elmore
Eichstadt, Harlen E. . . . . . . . . .Larnberton
Ellefson, Jon R. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
West Concord
Emerson, Myron A. (2) .
Engelman, Fred B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clarissa
Erb, Ronald L . . . . . . . . . . . ..Lester Prairie
Erickson, Barbara M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Erickson, Orin N. (2). . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Fahlin, Paul V. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Faust, Daniel G.. . . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Feig, Phillip S. (1) ... ...... .Minneapolis
Fering, Charles A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Finnesgaard, Carl 0. ........... Kenyon
Flann, Douglas E. . . . .. . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Flockoi, Rolf A. (1).
. Bellingharn, Wash.
Fans, Grace 1. ..... ...... .Minneapolis
Franklin, Gary N. .... . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frantz, John J. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Garthwaite, Ronald G. . . . . . Rockford, Ill.
Geary, Wendell G. .......... Pemberton
Gibson, Bruce A. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
Glasoe, James C. (1). . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Gorder, Harold J. ............. Starbudc
G r d , Marian C. ............. .Donnelly
Grant, Gaylord 0. . . . . . . . .Spring Grove
Grant, Gloria H. . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L. ........... .MeGregor
Grimtad, S a m ................Benson
Gryth, Marian J. ........ .Pembina, N. D.
Gutrmann, Edward C. (1) ...... .St. Paul
Hagen, Louise B. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Mont.
Halvorson, Gloria J. ..... ....... .Roseau
Hamberg,Glenn E. . . . . . . .Williston, N. D.
Hamre, Paul A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Mantevideo
Hansen, Warren R. ...... .Portland, Ore.
Hanson, A. Richard ..... . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Mary Ann (2). . . ......... Aitkin
Hanson, Sandra J. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Harris, Dave 0.. . . . . . . . . .. .Granite Falls
Herald, Darroll S. (2) . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Hofflander, Tom M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holm, Marlys N. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmes ,Dean K. . . . . . . . . . .Cannon Falls
Holmgren, Charles G. (1). . . . . . . . St. Paul
Holstein, Rosemary A. ... . . . .Minneapolis
Homme, Donald W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hang, Raydon E. ....... . . .Roslyn, S. D.
Hushagen, Naomi R. A.. . . . . . . . . .Gonvick
.
Jensen, Donald N. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jeska Robert ................... Fosston
Johansen, Rosemarie ....... .Rockford, Ill.
Johanson, Eldri R. .. .Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Aldemar E. . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Johnson, Eunice B. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Jerome L. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Johnson, Marshall D. . . . . . . .Middle River
Johnson, Mary E. .... . . . . . . . . . .Kenyan
Johnson, Priscilla M. . . . . . . . ..Minneuclpolis
Johnson, Ralph S. .... . . . . . . . . . . .Duluth
Johnson, Ronald B. (2) . . . ..Minneapolis
Johnson, Ronald C. . . . . . . . . .St.
. Paul
Johnson, Ruby L. . . . . .. . . . . Minneapolis
Johnson, Wayne C. . . . . . .
St. Paul
Josephson, Earl R. . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Kahl, Herman J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Keller, Lee E. . . . . . . . . . . . Neillsville, Wis.
Kelsey, Arthur R. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Kennen, Bernard G. (1) ....... .St. Francis
Kjelstrom, Verna C. . . . . . . . ..Rugby, N. D.
Knapton, Shirley A. (2) .......... St. Paul
Knox, Philip S. . . . ............ Wayzata
Kolden, Lois J. .
. . . . . . .Portland, Ore.
Konsterlie, Esther T. ............ Willmar
Koplen, Charles F. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Krider, Richard D. . . - . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kroshus, Tilford I.. . ... Valley City, N. D.
Kutz, Donald N. . . . ............ Braham
Kvamme, Bryniulv . . ....... .Voa, Norway
Lacis, Jake (2) ..... .New Richmond, Wis.
Laidig, Anneliese ............... Willmar
Lanning, James W. ......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Carol M. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Monroe 8. ............. .St. Paul
Larson, Patricia A. ..........Minneapolis
Larson, Richard Alvin . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . . .Roseau
LaVictoire, Lawrence A. (1). .. .Minneapolis
Lind, Delano E. (2) . . . . . . . . . .Newfolden
Locke, Michael G. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Lomness, Edward E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fosston
Ludvicksen, Joyce H. ..... .Partland, Ore.
Lumbar, Stanley L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Orr
Lundeen, Walter G. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mackey, Roger C. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Manguson, Jean M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tracy
Manos, George M. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Martin, Robert N. . . . .Valley Stream, N. Y.
Martinsen, John P.. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Matson, Norman R. ......... .Minneapolis
Mattison, David D. (1) ....... .Lamberton
Menken, Ruth 1E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Mickelson, Thoris C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Milbrandt, Janette C. C.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Miller, Kenneth E.. .... .Valley City, N. D.
Milton, Mary Lee . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mindrum, Gerald G. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Missling, Arlen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jeffers
Moe, Erwin J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Moren, Orval K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Morris, Eugene . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Munson, Dale E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
. . . . . . . .St. James
Munson, Howard E.
Munter, Marilyn I. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Murch, Constance H.
Nascene, Sheldon L. . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
Nelson, Victor E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dalbo
Nelson, Wayne L. . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Norling, Jerry C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman, James A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Paul L. . . . . . . . Cumberland, Wis.
Ohlin, John L. . . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Oie, Robert G. (2) . . . . . . . Robbinsdale
. . . . . .St. James
Olsen, Duane A. . . . .
Olsen, Vernon E. (2) . . . . L'Anse, Mich.
Olson, Beverly J. . . . . . . . . . . .Cottonwood
Olson, David W. . . . . . . . .. .New London
Olson, Eddie D. . . . . . . . . . Clearbrook
. . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Jeanette I. . . . .
Olson, Richard M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose, Gaylen V. . . . . . . . Thief River Falls
Ose, Ray A. (2) . . . . . . . ..Thief River Falls
Paton, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneopoiis
Pearson, Jean C. ........... .Minneapolis
Person, Paul R. . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Peterson, Donald D. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, W. Fred . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Mike D. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pfeifer, LaReign A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Phillips, Edythe A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Plvmedahl, James D.. . . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Porter, Janis R. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prentice, Shirley M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Prevss, Gerhart L. (1). . . . . . . . Benson
. . . .Minneapolis
Rodintz, Rolland A. .
Rauner, Robert E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred, Jr. (2). . . . . . Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
Reinke, Martin F. (2). .
Rogers, Monica J. . . . . . . . Minot, N. D.
Rokke, Robert J.
. . . . . . . ..Strandquist
Roufs, Kenneth L. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Rust, Curtis V. . . . . . . . - . Harwood, N. D.
Sandberg, Janet L. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sother, Judith A. . . . . . . . . . .Donnelly
Schams, Ronald T. (2) . . .La Crose, Wis.
Schelen, John R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Schoes, Marilyn E. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Schuelein, Marlys A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Seaver, Roy E. (1) . . . . Minneapolis
Serstock, Emanuel A. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Shelstad, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Doran
Sherry, Richard J. . . . . . . . . .Westby, Wis.
Sideen, Wesley T. (1). . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skaar, Donald L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Skovholt, Verna J. . . . . . . Mooreton, N. D.
Smedstad, Carol A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Morris
Snider, Neal E. . . . . . . . .Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Norma J. . . . . . . . . Ekva, Wis.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce . . . . Minneapolis
Sortland, Eunice E. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Staff, Clarice A. . . . . . Bismarck, N. D.
Steenbsrg, Thomas A. . . . . . ..Circle Pines
Stewart, Williom H. (1)
. . . .Minneapolis
Svalstad, Theora J. . . . . . . .Sisseton, S. D.
Swenson, Darwin W. . . . . .Lake Lillian
Swiggum, Daniel R. . . . . . . . . . . Utica
Stenberg, Robert F. (2). . . . ..Rockford, Ill.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Tatting, Jean F. .
Thompson, Theodore T. . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorbeck, Duane E. . . . . . . . . . . . .b g l e y
Tollefson, Connie L. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Tollefson, Lorraine G.. . Osnabrock, N. D.
Trelstad, Gordon A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. . . . . . . . . . Minneapoiis
Tweet, Swanhild T. . . . . . .Tunbridge, N. D.
Velde, Ellayne T. . . . . . . . .Granite Falls
Vevle, Richard H. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Wahlberg, Arden G. (2). . . . . .Minneapolis
Wareberg, S. Dawn . . . . . . . .Polson, Mont.
Warme, Tom M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Waznak, Arnold H. . . . .Jarnestown, N. Y.
Weigle, Eugene D. (2) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Welckle, John E. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wood Lake
Westby, Allan J. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westerlund, Robert C. (2). . . . . . . . Braham
Weston, David M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wiegers, Gloria C. M. . . . . . . .Sauk Centre
Willing, Darrel K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
Windahl. Naomi J. (1) ..... .Fergus Falls
Wolhowe, Richard L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bagley
Wright, Richard T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Zakariasen, Lloyd A. (2) . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Zoebisch, Harold L. (1) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
...........
-. . . . 262
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Aiken. Frank L.. Jr.. . . . . . .Bradenton, Fla.
Ario, Frank L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergstrand, Dolores Y. (2) . . .Minneapolis
Boomgarden, Irene (2) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bratberg, Elva L. (1). . . . . . .Holmen, Wis.
Manthie, Russell ( 1 )
Martinsen, Ralph W. (2)
Meier, Thurlough F. L. (2)
ill^^, james
W. (2). . . . . .
~
~~
~l W.
Bucyrus,
~~
l ~ N.
d D. ,
~~
Carlson, Erland E. (2). . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Caviness, David C. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Coltvet, Helen (2) . . . . . .Duncombe, Iowa
Cummings. Frank W. (1) Atlantic City, N. J.
paulson, philip H.
Dahlen, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
keichstadt, ~
l H. ~. . ~
Rundquist, Bertil G. (1)
. . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fenske, Delmour W.
Gohrick, J a n e E. (1). . . . . Shelton, Wash.
Hafstad, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . kiawley
Hegge, Hjalmer M. (1). . . Williston, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Okan, ROY C. (1).
oudol, Yvonne M.
.
Minneapolis
d. .Center City
, Minneapolis
,. .
Minneapolis
Chicago, Ill.
Siegel, David
Sigle, Clara 0.
Thompson. Agnes E. . . . .
.Minneapolis
Thompson, Glenn K. . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
.
Thorson, Arthur W.
New Brighton
Thorud, Richard A. . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Tinseth, Leslie J. (1) . . . . . . . . . . .C~rus
Jacobsen, Gilbert N. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. . . . . . .~ i ~ n e a p o l iUndseth,
~
Marvin S. . . .
Johnson, Ina M. ( I ) . . . . . . .Osakis
Voeks, Mildred L. (2) . . .
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (1). .
Willmar
Larson, Robert C. (1)
..
Robbinsdale
Magnuson, Albert C.
....
Minneapolis
..Minneapolis
.
Minneapolis
Men . .
Women
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
..................
12
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 42
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES (1)
Andrews, Carole F. . . . . .Annandale
. .Hallock
Axelson, Evangeline L
Grand Marais
Bocklund, Elizabeth A. .
Superior, Wis.
Barbo, Betty A. . . . .
Bruss, Joan E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Echo
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
Strandquist
..
Waseca
. . . ,Winger
Flermoen, DeLois C.
Herald, Berdine L. .
Horton, Barbara A.
Jacobson, Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
. . . .
..
.
..
La Crosse, Wis.
. Minneapolis
. . . . .Sebeka
Viroqual Wis.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
. . .Minneapolis
Langford, Phyllis A.
Larsen, Jane E. . . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
Larsen, Janet E. . . . . . La Crosse, Wis.
0krina, ~~~l~~
E. . . . . . . .
olson,~~~l~~
J. . . . . .
Schauer, Carol F. . .
Shultz, Joan C. . . . .
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Tollefson, Junice K.
veitch, b r b a r a L.
Vik, Margaret A.
. .
Cottonwood
. . . . . .Canby
. . . . . . . .Waseca
.
Spokane, Wash.
.Wallace, S. D.
...
.L'Anse, Mich.
...-..
Wagner, lone M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Badger
Wickman, Betty J. . . . , .Marineite, Wis.
St. Paul
Wolff, Joan A. . . . . .. . . . .
-
Total
. . . . . . . .
26
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES (1)
Adelsman, Barbara J..
. . . . . Fergus Falls
Anderson, Lenore J.. . . . .Forest City, Iowa
Arndt, Marlene D. . . . . . . . . . . . .Granada
Herman, Marilyn K. . . . . . . . . . . . .Wayzata
Hoff, Yvonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Hurlbert, Betty J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Backstrom, Rita I. . . . . . . . . . . Moorhead
Bahls, Shirley M. . . . . . . .
. . . . . Huntley
Balstad, Gelene E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Baumann, Clarice A. . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Bensend, Mary B. . . . .
. Dallas, Wis.
Benson, Corrine C. . . . . .. .ClarMield
Bergin, Marilyn M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Bergsrud, Annabelle E. . . . . . . . .Winona
Birkeland, Ruth A. . . . . . . . . New Brighton
Bjonerud, Ruth J. . . . . . . . . . Calmar, lowa
Borgen, Joan M. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .Chatfield
Bucher, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Zumbrota
Buller, Lois A. . . . . . . . . . . . . Hendricks
Burandt, Donna J. . . . . . .. . . . ..Mound
Burmeister, Lorraine A. . . . . . .Brook Park
Burzlaff, Mary J. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Butler, Carol J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Iverson, Ellenetta
Carlstrom, Nancy A.. .New Richmond,
Carson, Florence E. . . . . . . . .Leland,
Christiansen, Alta J.. . . . . . . . .Fergus
Cutsforth, Carol S. . . . . . . . . .Chetek,
Denison, Rosella J.
Driessen, LaVon M.
Wis.
Iowa
Falls
Wis.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . Faribault
.
Ebens, Shirley L. . . . . . . . . . .Rockford, Ill.
Ekstrom, Florence E. . . . . . . . . . . . Chaska
Emch, June R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aitkin
Erickson, Elaine G. . . . . Fairdale, N. D.
Erickson, Elaine L. ,
. .Monmouth, Ill.
Evenson, M. Elaine
. . Wallace, S. D.
Fagerstrom, Arleen R. . . . . . . .Radium
Fancher, Beverly L. . . . . Minneapolis
Fehrs, Joanne E. . . . . . . . . . .Willow River
Fennie, Delores J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Frauendienst, Virgene C.
. . .Brownton
Fuller, Laurel J. . . . . . . . . . .Monkato
Gangestand, Thelma 1. .Eagle Grove, lowa
Geschwind, Marlene A.
. . . .Sleepy Eye
Gilbertson, Dorothy E. . . Thief River Falls
Hanson, Carol D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Peter
Hanson, Janet E. . . . . . . . . . . .Chisago City
Hanson, Lois J.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Hark, Barbara A. . . . . .Menominee, Mich.
Hendricksen, Ruth M. . . . . .Minneapolis
Hendrickson, Geraldine H. Eau Claire, Wis.
Henke, Naomi D.. . . . . . . . . . ..Wood Lake
Herberg, Jane E. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Monkat0
(1) Registered for first semester only.
. . . . . . . . Decorah,
Iowa
Jacobsen, Carol M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Gladys M. . . . . . . . . . . .Sandstone
Johnson, Lucille C.. . . . . . .Stockholm, Wis.
Johnson, Phyllis M. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Russell
Johnson, Thelma M. . . . . . . . . . .Faribault
Judd, Joyce L . . . . . . . . . . . . .D-n
.
Jurgens, Shirley J. . . . . . . . . . . . .James
Kirkpatrick, Helen L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Olivia
Kittleson, Olive E. . . . . . . . . . . . . Louisburg
Klukken, Ruth E. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Osakis
Kriese, Shirley H. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Madison
Lamson, Katherine L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Larson, Jenean M. . . . . . . ... .Minneapolis
Lindholm, Lorraine H. . . ..... .Ortonville
Lindrothe, Carol A. . . . . .. . . .Minneapolis
Lodien, Jean L. . . . . . . . . ........ .Isanti
Lundberg, Shirley J.. . . . .Berasford, S. D.
Lundell, Janice J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Luxhen, Romona S. . . . . . ........ Benson
Luttmann, Jwnne M. . . . . ........ Frazee
McGinnis, Catherine F..Albuquerque, N. M.
Redfield, S. D.
Mager, Delvonna C. . . . .
Melvie, Lorraine E. . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Meyer, Terryl A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Fairmont
Miller, Marcia R. . . .
Grantsburg, Wis.
Molzen, Cleone J. . . . . . ..Le Mars, Iowa
. . . . . . . . Benson
Mortenson, Marjorie A.
Moss, Mardella N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Isle
Nelson, Marian B. . . . . . . . . . Underwood
.
Nepsund, Marlys J. . . . . . . . Paynesville
, .Pennington
Neuman, Loris E. . .
Nibbe, Arlene M. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ormsby
Nordby, Janet C. . . . . . . . . . . . .Ada
. . . . . .Bagley
Norley, Clarice R. .
Minneapolis
Norstrom, Shirley A. . .
. . . . . .Siren
Nyberg, Joan M. . .
Olson, Diane E. . . . . . . . . .
.Greenbush
Olson, Marya M. . . . . . . . . . .Farmington
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . . . .Ada
Olson, Sonia L.
Pedersen, Hildegarde S.. . . . . . . .Wyoming
Pederson, Marian G. . . . . . . . . . ..Fertile
Peterson, Janice L. . . . . . . . . . . .St. James
Plahn, Joan C. . . . . . . . . . . ..Hudson, Wis.
Pottsmith, Mary E. . . . . . . . .Sturgeon Lake
Raduenz, Janice B.
Rancore, Dorothy C.
....
.Lucan
. . . . . . . Blackduck
Raudio, Helen A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Warba
Rauner, Kathryn M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
R
~ jane
~ E. ~. . .~ . . , . M~~ b k e
RUS~, Judith R. . . . . . . . . . . . ..sourn
Sandvig, Helen A.. . . . - . ..Hudson, S. D.
Satrang, Joan K.. . . . . . . . . .Britton. S. D.
Seemann, Johanna L. . . . . . . .Courtland
. . . . . .Willmar
Selseth, Ruth E. . . . . .
Skaaden, Ruth E. . . . . .S.~ r i n aGrove
Snustad, Margaret . .
. , , Winger
Stake, Carolyn N. . . . . . . .'Cambrid,ge
Steen, H. Gael ...
. . 'SuperiOrf Wis'
Stone, Glorio A. . .
Strandell, June E. .
..............Zumbrota
. .Warren
Sugg, Joan M. . . . .
. . .Ladysmith'
Sullivan, Mortha I. . . . . . . . .Springfield
Swedberg, Janet M.
. . . . . . . .La Moille
. . . . . . Fergus
.
Falls
Swenson, Marlys G..
-
.Lake Mills. Iowa
Thompson, Darlene M.
Thureen, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . Grand Forks
Tykeson, Jewel1 F. . . . . . . . . . .Kennedy
Uleberg, Janet A.
Ullestad, Mavis B.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
.
Van Diest, Frances L..
.
.
Leland, Iowa
. . . . . . St. Cloud
Walthall, Betty K.. . . . . . .Iowa Falls, Iowa
Weidert, Erma E. . . . . . . . ..Eden Valley
Wendt, Jane D. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wennerblom, Shirley A. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Werp, Elaine A. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wold, Marilyn J. . . . . . . . . . . .Underwood
Totol
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
GRADUATES 1953
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.. . .
Carlsen, Erling N. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . .Newfolden
Jergenson, Arnold 0. . . . . . . . . . . Donnelly
Oscarson, Elder W.. . . . . . . . . . Fergus Falls
Sortland, Allan B.. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Tollefson, Harold 0.. Osnabrock, N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Jystad, Torgney B. . . . . . . . . .Wanamingo
Mayer, Henry A.. . . . . . . . . .West St. Paul
Peterson, James E. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Schafer, Harold R.
Wessington Springs, S. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Carlson, Erland E. . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Aaskov, Ruth Lucille
Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas Charles . . . . . . . .Rochester
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . . .Flandreau, S. D.
Anderson, Roger Vincent. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Baker, Eleanor Marie. . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Combridge
Benson, Stanley G. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E.. . . . Edinburg, N. D.
Bobendrier, Jeanne M. . . . . Minneapolis
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Beverly Nystuen . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlsen, Glenn T.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Corlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhoda Lois . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Christensen, Duane J. . . . .Kenmare, N. D.
Christina, Joseph . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cummings, Frank ... .Atlantic Cily, N. J.
Danielson, H. Emmett . . . . . . . . Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Dickhart, Daniel A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dillon, Donald V. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dixen, Arvid Daniel . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. .............. .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen ......... .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Elness, Marilyn E.. .......... Fargo, N. D.
Emerson, Robert Charles . . . . .Minneapolis
Engseth, Jerome Martin. ........ Wayzata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hanska
Fairbanks, Leland L. . . . . . . . . . . .Harmony
Fenske, Delmour . . . . . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Fox, Curtis Andrew . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Frosig, Kristian Vester ....... .Minneapolis
Giesdahl, Alice Elaine. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gwdrich, Quentin Allan .... .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Handahl . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustofson, Charles Richard. . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L.
Halling, Lloyd L. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hamre, James S. . . . . . . . . . . . .Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hjalmer Martin.. ..Williston, N. D.
Hill, Lorne H. ............ .Veblen, S. D.
Hodne, Richard Haldor
.Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . . . Butterfield
Hushagen, Berton R. ........ .Minneapolis
....
Jacobsen, Alice Amelia. . . .Thief River Falls
Jensen, Sherman R. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Johnson, Arlan Kenneth, Grand Forks, N. D.
Johnson, James Lyle . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Johnson, Joan M. M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Norman Francis. . . . . .Formington
Johnson, Roger A. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph Mirlen
. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lapham, Dean L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Le Sueur
Lingen, John Russell
.Minneapolis
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundgren, David Dean
.Minneapolis
........
......
.....St.
Parizek, Gloria Mae . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Patana, R. Raymond J.. .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard Erwin . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard Leroy . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Harold Everett . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M.. . . . .Drummond, Mont.
Quanbeck, Kent B. . . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Radde, Leon R. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Razook, Patricia R.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Reimer, Donald James. . . . . .Mountain Lake
Rimmereid, Arthur V.. .New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J. . . . . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Roseau
Schultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . .Spokane, Wash.
Sigler, Fred C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silrum, Edwin 0. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richard Stanley.. . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald Duane. . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Stensland, Donald E. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Straiton, Thomas Paul. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol Joyce.. . . . .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry Airth.. . . . . . . . . .Rugby, N. D.
Unruh, Peter D., Jr.. . . . . . . .Mountain Lake
Valtinson, Joseph Olai, Jr.. . . . .DeKalb, Ill.
Vetvick, Leo B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis June . . . . . . . . . .Wauboy, S. D.
Werts, Harold Glenn . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Youngquist, Edmund R. . . . . . . . . . . Bolaton
Manger, Elizabeth J.. . . . . . . .Wilmette, Ill.
Mattson, Harold S. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Nofer, Herman Frederick, Jr.
Olson, Harry Edwin, Jr.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Oren, Donald Gerald . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Oscarson, Rhoda Knutson . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ostrem, Gloria Ruth . . . . . . . . . Joliet, Ill.
Oudal, Wilmer Jayson . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paul
Ohno, Tom Tomeo . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ollila, Douglas J. ....... lshpeming, Mich.
Zustiak, Mildred Ruth
.......Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
82
26
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
. . . . . . . . . . .
Men Students . . . . . .
.
.
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
.
28
1
. . . . .
.
. . . .
-
........
COLLEGE
Men Students . .
Women Students
........
........
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
......
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students ...................................................
Women Students .......................................
..
Totol
30
.
......................................................
-1
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
367
................................................
..........................
.
.
186
-
..........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
584
-0
584
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1953- 1954
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
1
........................................................
COLLEGE
Men Students .........................
.................
Women Students ................................................
Total
30
.....................................................
414
..
351
-
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
765
796
2
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
................................
.
Total
,
,
-
..
, ,
, . . - - -
.............
COLLEGE
, , , ,
- -
. . . . . . . . .
........................
Total
.........
Total Graduates
...
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration ........... 44
Amunts. Payments of .............. 16
Accreditation ................... .2. 20
Admission. College ................ 44
Admission. Seminary ............... 103
Administration ....................
5
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Aims. Fundamental ................
17
Alumni Association. The ............ 20
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80. 93
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 36
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
AudieVisual Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Band ........................ .34,
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum . .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . .
79
95
5
20
56
89
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 79
Christian Education and Sociology . . . . 110
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 108
Classical Languages, Department of . . . 68
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Classwork, Amount of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33-39
College, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
College Students (1953-1954) . . . . . . . 112
committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Contents. Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study. College . . . . . . . . . 64
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..46. 52
Cultural Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Debate ond Oratory . . . . . . . . . . .34. 73
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . . 58
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Distinction, Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 73
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Education, Department of Psycholm
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Education01 Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 7
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . .W,
43
Engineering, Pre-Engineering Courses . . 60
English, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69.
English, Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements, College . . . . . 44
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Examinations, Comprehensive . . . . . . . . 49.
Examinations, Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . .48, 49
Expenses, Student . . . . . ..24, 25, 26, 104
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25. 26
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates (1870.1953). Summary
Graduation Requirements. College
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69. 106
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . 55
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
History and Political Science. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Home Economics. Department of . . . . . . 92
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 57
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52'
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 5 2
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Page
. . . . 68
lncompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
Lower Division Requirements . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. .
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Mothemotics. Department of ........ 99
Medical St& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . .23. 59
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . . 61
Membership in Educational Associations 20
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . .53. 103
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . . . 54
Museum. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Music. Organizations . . . . . . . . .34. 35. 79
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of ..................... 95
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . 107
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . . . . . . . 58
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of .23. 59
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . 106
.
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34. 73
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Organizations. Student . . . . . . . . . -32-39
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40. 86
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . . . . . 54
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 40
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 66
Physical Education. Department of
Health and .................... 100
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 96
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Placement Service for Graduates . . . . 43
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 110
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -109
Pre-Seminary Curriculum . . . . . . . .53. 103
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Page
Psychology and Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Recreation and Social Life . . . . . . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion and Philcsophy. Division of . . .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of . . .
Room Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
27
46
47
64
39
52
76
42
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . . . . 56
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
7
Seminary. Faculty .................
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 105
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 104
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 105
Seminary Internship ............... 105
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . 39
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 83
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . 81
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 40
. . . . . 111
Student Register . . . . . . . . .
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
_
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teachefs Certificate . . . . . . . . . .55. 85
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . - 5 5
Testing ................ .40. 44. 48. 49
Theology. College Preparation for . 53. 103
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 105
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . 103
Theological Students (1953.1954) . . . . . 111
Transfer and Advanced Standing .45. 104
Trustees. b a r d of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
University Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Upper Division Requirements . . . . . . . . 52
Veterans. Admission of . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Voice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South
between Seventh and Eighth Streets South with adminisvative
o h located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t Twenty-first
Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on &e
following Jines:
I.
The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2.
?he Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first
Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh
Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
-
- - -
= s ~ M - e H d
Hours: Monday through F r i d a y y : 5 5
-
- % muse ~ ~ u a- e Delm .- i H~~~~
-i
&-Hdl-
-
sv-
-
&use
-
-
~ - l & ofice Library
LI 0 5 0 1
a m to 5 :oo p.m.
m:
A+
~
-
*
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
Saturday-8:jo
lhmimries
Mumolinl
*
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- ~ -
-
~-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- A T 9143
- A T 905s
- AT9112
- MA 9949
-
-
-
-
-
MA 9229
-
- AT 9290
- M A 9590
- MA 9161
-
-
LI 0505
-
GE 2468
-
-
-
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission, advertising and publicity,
and general information about the institution.
OFFICE OF PUBLIC RELATIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information and requests
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
-
EVALUATION OF CREDITS Transcript of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
-
HOUSING OF STUDENTS Questions pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AWSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one a... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1954 - 1955
and
1 955 - 1956
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1956 - 1957
and
1957 - 1958
VOL. XVIII, NO. 1
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1956
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second-class matter March
21, 1947, at the post office at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar
4
General Information
5
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life
21
- 33
The College
33
Academic Administration
-
Curriculums
4.2
53
Courses of Study
55
Division of Religion and Philosophy
Division of the Humanities
- 59
.
72
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .-----.......-86
......
Division of the Social Sciences
The Theological Seminary
94
General Requirements
94
----------.-----
Courses of Study
97
104
Board of Trustees
Committees of the Faculty
LO6
-
1
The Faculty
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
1
0
1
7
5
1 1 8
121
CALENDARS
For 195657 and 1957-58
FIRST S
E
m
1 957-58
1956-57
Freshman Days
Sept.
Sept. 12-15
Registration
!%pt. 11-14
Sept. 17, 8:oo a.m.
College Classes 'bgin
Sept. 16, 8:oo t m
Sept. 17, 8:00 a.m.
Seminary Convenes
Sept. 16, 8:00 a.m.
Sept.
Late Registration Fee
sept. 19
Oct. 19-21
Homecoming
Nm. 1-3
Nov. 13
End of first half of Semester Nov.
!%pt.
11-16
20
10-11
I3
Thanksgiving Recea
Nov. 28, 29
Dec. 19, 4:so p.m.
Christmas Recess begins
Dec. so, 4:2o p.m.
Jan. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Classes Resume
Jan. 6, 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 21-25
College Examinations
Jan. 22-28
Jan. 22-25
Seminary Examinations
Jan. 23-28
Jan.
First Semester Ends
Jan. 28
NOV.
22,
23
2 j
Jan. 14-30
Registration for
h
d
Jan. 16-3 I
Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
Jan. 31, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3, 8:00 a.m.
Feb. 4
Late Registration Fee
FA. 6
Feb.
Lincoln's Birthday
Feb. I 2
12
Mar. 30
End of first half of Semester April
April 17, 4:zo p.m.
Easter Recess begins
April 2, 4:2o p.m.
April 23, 8:oo a.m.
Easter Recess ends
April 8, 8:oo a.m.
May 24
Seminary Commencement
May 28
May 24-31
College Examinations
May 23-29
May 30
Decoration Day
h,fa~ 30
June
Baccalaureate Service
June
I
College Commencement
June
2
2
June 3
2
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian environment. In addition to securing a general education, students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business
administration, social work, medical technology, secretarial work,
parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further study in the
fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and theology,
as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of Minneapolis, across the Mississippi River from the
University of Minnesota and within walking distance of the main
business section of the city. Science Hall, containing the administration offices, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first
Avenue South. Augsburg students have the advantage of getting their
college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial,
social, and cultural activities. They have access to libraries, museums,
and art collections. They may hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
religious life and activity. Outstanding leaders in many fields both
from other parts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in the Twin Cities have abundant opportunity to contact contemporary American life at one of its focal points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency.
It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the
training of secondary school teachers.
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the theological group moved to a private
dwelling, where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that
year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota,
where a building had been erected for its use. In the same year the
school was incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the
institution was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which
were being organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements
that were spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum
was planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and
four years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for the
professions. The latter course, however, had to be discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological, Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses. The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added in 1939.
Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree
or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the
Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the
College function in close cooperation. Long experience has proved
this arrangement to be mutually wholesome and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle. To express more distinctly
some major aspects of its program of Christian higher education, the
following statement of aims has been formulated by the college faculty:
T o 2ead the student to a deeper understanding and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
To familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
To develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate i n the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best i n the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relationships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student evelop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use o the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
\
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
T o instrut the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things, They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedi~in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school curricular and e*a-curricular,
and the discipline necessary
to make poscfible the carrying out of this program, v r i n g from the
aim "to see all hings through the e p s of Christ."
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the a5liation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Aug'sburg and the Lutheran Free
Church has been marked by complete harmony of purpose and ideals
for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsbu~gCorporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and develop~nentof the Callege,
the chief financial support of the i n s t i t ~ i o ncomes from the congcgstions of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a praning circle
of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Chu~ch.both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on the part of all who believe
in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Associa-
tion of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Associatioll
of American Colleges, the Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota
Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. Mr. Kenneth Lower is the Executive Secretary and editor of
the Bulletin. The Alumni Ofice is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Augsburg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board of Trustees
and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modem
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George Sverdrup Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Library building.
Sverdmp-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of the new Residence for Women, provides comfortable modern housing for 45 women students.
The beautiful new Residence for Women, adjoining Sivertsen Hall
at 6th Street and 24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely modern housing for 105 women students, as well
as apartments for the resident head and her assistants.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, and Miriam House, acquired in 1951,
are smaller dormitories, each housing about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected in
1947 for the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha*
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
THE MUSEUM
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Kleven is the curator.
THE A R C H I ~ S
The Augsburg Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed
the archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup
Library in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the archives were
provided. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals, old and
rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000
volumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should
he sent to Prof. Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 300 of the best periodicals and
pamphlets dealing with a large variety of subjects as well as a number of serials devoted to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards
to out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
in the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Each year Augsburg
students make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
IIall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is l~catedon the ground
floor of the Library. Available for classroom use, and for the use of
other college activities, are the following: Two 16 mm. sound movie
projectors, one combination 2x2 inch slide projector and 16 mm. film
strip projector, one 3x5 slide projector, a Balopticon, a sound amplification system, and magnetic tape recording machines. There is also a
well equipped photography department.
The auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg
offers work which enables the student to receive a college degree with
a major in Medical Technology. The first .three years of this work are
taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed at
the hospital.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
.. .
Tuition in College
$2m.00
Books, etc.
2 5 . 0 to 40.00
Student activity fee I - - . - 8.00
Library fee ..
-.- 7.50
Health fee
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time)
5.00
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional) -.
- 1.00
Mail box fee
.50
Total
$253.00 to 268.00
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $10.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $17.00 per credit hour up
to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 7 credit hours or more
of class work per week pay one-half of the student activity, health,
and library fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER'
Iioom
Board (estimate)
1 Subiect to change.
...$65.00 to 80.00
160.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$125.00 of meal book coupons per semester, women students
$100.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes
Registration with the Placement Bureau ,
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement
$ 3 . 0 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled
---Examination making up an incomplete or a condition -----------Comprehensive examination --Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ---..~.---------~-MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
Voice
Organ -Erass or Wood wind (private instruction)
Rrass or Wood wind (class instruction) --..
Piano stodio rental8(one hour per day)
Organ reap1 -Vctice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir -.-Choral Club -
. . . $35.00
- 35.00
_
-
-
--
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER
-.--
--
35.00
40.00
14.00
8.00
20.00
4.00
5.00
2.50
4.00
Art 1 and 2
Art 3 and 4 - 2.00
3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 76 ----5.00
Home Economics 39 and 40
...............
Biology 60 ....................................................................1.00-2.00
2.50
-.----.- -Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, and 55
Biology 7N
-.
4.00
Biology 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
5.00
1 Subject to change.
Chemistry 1, 2
--Chemistry 4
Chemistry 3N Chemistry 5, 6, 51, 52, 53, 54, and 55
Physics 1, 2 Physics 3
-Physics 5 and 6 Physics 51
Physics 52
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, and 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, and 54
Education 96 --
--
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER'
Resident students
General expenses -.
$253.00 to 268.00
223.00 to 240.00
Room and Board
Special, music, or.course fees
2.00 to 35.00
Total, appro~imately
3478.00 to X3.00
Off -campus students
$253.00 to 268.00
General expenses -Special, music, or course fees
-- 2.00 to 35.00
Total, approximately ..............................$25500
.........
to
....
303.00
...
These estimates do n6t include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan". In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a
of $150.00 in the
case of resident. students and $75.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment on the student's account after registration.
1 Subjea to change.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $14.00 per week for the t'ime during
which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel out after
the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition. No refunds
are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity fees. Course fees
are paid at the rate of 10% per week by students who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out ,of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships. The
college gives assistance to students in securing work both on and off
the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and Nora Crouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
The John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theo2ogical Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships, amounting to tuition for the second
half of the Freshman year, are offered to outstanding high school
graduates.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of thk Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student for outstanding promise or achievement in the art of singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E. Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholarship consists of the income from a fund of $1,075 and is awarded
annually to a student selected on the basis of academic achievement,
personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Lutheran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
b y the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Celia Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $350 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus ~f Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
medical study.
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
r.11ust make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT -COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
Library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion.
There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
THE CHAPELSERVICE
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
REI;IG~OUS
PROGRAM
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and seriice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Committee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
Augsburg's location in Minneapolis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for music appreciation.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs. Symphony Forums are held
.on campus each year, with speakers from the Orchestral Association
or the Orchestra.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing pro.
grams, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, S t u d a t Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Pastor, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The college physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent abilitjr. Students who distinguish themselves acad&nically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild of Honor
and Lambda Iota Tau recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshman Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
RECORDS
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
THE STUDENT
HEALTHSERVICE
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed. Infirmary rooms are
adjacent to the dispensary. The Health Service is housed in a ground
floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
Students not living at home must live in college operated housing
and take their meals in the college dining hall. Under certain conditions, students may make other arrangements after consultation with
the Dean of Women or Dean of Students.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and close a day after the term closes. Students who
wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the privilege.
Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented at a reasonable cost. This service includes laundering,
pick up and delivery.
Augsburg's beautiful new Residence for Women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, adequately houses one hundred fifty women, and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and
grill service for all students. Sverdrup Ojtedal Memorid Hall, a men's
residence hall, houses one hundred fifty men, and also contains the
college dining rooms, and the student health service.
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work. Many students find
it possible to pay part of their college expenses by this income. Employment can be obtained more satisfactorily after students have been
at the college for a time, and consequently, it is .desirable that a new
student should have sufficient funds to pay his entire expenses for at
least one semester.
Students are employed by the college in many phases of its opera-
tion. For these positions preference is given to upper-class students
who have maintained a good scholastic average and have a good employment record.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided for students each spring.
The Christian ideals of Augsburg give no room for such demoralizing practices as gambling, drinking, frequenting of public dances,
indiscriminate attendance at movies, and objectionable car'd playing.
Students enrolled at Augsburg are expected, therefore, not to participate in such practices.
Augsburg reserves the right to dismiss or to discipline any student
who is not amenable to advice and direction. The school likewise
reserves the right to dismiss any student whose general conduct or
influence is unwholesome. Such a student may be removed although
no formal charge is made against him.
Disciplinary problems, other than academic failure, are handled
through the Office of the Dean of Students. In all cases, careful investigation and counseling precedes any action.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program of student activities is a primary responsibiiity of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Faculty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the offiee of Student Personnel.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprisingGthe whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group of twenty-five students elected by the
various classes. The top five positions are nominated and elected
directly by the Student Society.
Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in
student government through its representative on the Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Associution. The local
NSA Council is elected by the Student Council.
The Student Council directs several service projects of interest to
the college community. These projects include the annual Campus
Chest Campaign, Political Action and Brotherhood weeks, and two
Leadership Training projects.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
Campus-Brother Campus-Sister groups.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provides opportunity for the women to develop a degree of self g ~ v ernment. It aims to create a sense of harmony and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standards of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliated with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student
activities.
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
staff. The top staff members are named by The Board of Publications,
one of the Student Council agencies. The Faculty adviser teaches
courses in journalism. Staff members enrolled in the classes earn
academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the Augsburgiun, provides a pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artistic design as well as in photography.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual Student Handbook
and Directory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effecthe participation,
Several of
students with similar interests have united to form cI&.
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Aristotelian Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledge and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest thrmghout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Canera Cbb is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the cult'ure, language and people
of the various countries.
The Drama Society provides for its members an opportunity to
learn from participation in stage presentations and from field trips,
as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is
open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America offers to its members associate
membership in professional education associations and strives to
acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is the only
requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
BAND
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECONCERT
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. A pep band entertains at athletic
contests.
THE AUGSBURG
CHORAL
CLUB
The choral club is composed of approximately fifty members. It
participates in school programs and concerts and makes short tours
annually.
THE MALECHORUS
This organization is for men who like to sing in a men's group.
Rehearsals are held twice a week. The Chorus sings at various churches
in the Twin City area and makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE "A7' CLUB
Membership in the "A" Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest
possible plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
AND RECREATION
PHYSICALEDUCATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the collegerecognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive play can cnntribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1j The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities: Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. (3) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade ,performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate
athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup in Atfitics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be well rounded individuals, excelling to an outstanding degree in scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
Augsburg
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work a t m
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of $10.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions. The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition,
is refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn
by the applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the
fall semester should apply not later than September 10 and for the
spring semester by January 30.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, and one
unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the
basis of their rank in high school and their achievement in a college
aptitude examination and an English achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of s d c i e n t maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of studepts
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difliculty in doing college work.
DEFICIENCIES
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency
in English will be required to register for a special course in English.
Such deficiency and the requirements with regard to additional training will be determined at the beginning of the Freshman year by
means of tests. The requiremenb include the attainment of definite
standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should register on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register later than three days after classes begin are charged a late
registration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or enter a
course later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
- No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout
a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATlON AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's o6ce on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses cannot
be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes. Changes
which involve canceling a course cannot be made after the middle of
the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after the
beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained for a semester.
A student is not allowed to remain in college on probation for more
than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is
dropped for low scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory
scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness b r for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact p i o d s absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving' in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the stues the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following
semester of attendance or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. Extension of this time may be made by the Registrar's O5ce
in cases of illness. If incompletes and conditions are not removed
within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure
and the incomplete may be changed to a passing grade only when
the average of the previous work is sufficiently high. The final grade
after the condition examination is taken may not be higher than D.
A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition reecived at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the office of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
%Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
&Condition
1 honor point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
For a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses :
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
Speech
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
MU. 7, 8, Phil. 15, 60 or any literature
H. Ec. 3, a,
course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Language
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
6 credits
Hist. 1-2, 21, 22, or Soc. 1, and 3 other
credits in Sociology, or Phil. 15, 16.
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
68 for P. E. 2.
Psychology
4 credits
Required in certain fields.
Orientation
1 credit
Required of all Freshmen.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
Major and Minors
-
'A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
f work he does in the Lower Division.
-It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, Greek, English,
Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics,
istry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Edu-
4-
For major and minor requirements as to houys cf credit see departmental statements.
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirty credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
credit taken. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout
one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
2
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
M- Magna Cum Laude
2.5-2.79+
Cum Laude
2.1-2.49+
ji
w
be eligible for these honors, the student must hwr compked
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
CURRICULUMS
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or mis
choice of courses even in the Freshman year.
Physical Education . . . . . .
.
. .
Freshman English
New Testament Greek
Foreign Language . . . .
Humanities or Philosophy
.
History or English
,
I
.
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek
6
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Typewriting
..
.
..
..
8
6
6
6
Youth Work in the Church
.. z
Principles of Christian Education
z
History or English
Philosophy or Logic
.
Economics or Education or Political
Science
.
,
,
.
.
-
-.--
T - ; " p.'*Lm,m,%
w
*'
h
"*":
4.W
!m
CURMCULUMS
PARISH
AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a q u a u e d parish worker.
w
1
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
-
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
4
Freshman English . . . .
Natural Science . . . .
Typewriting . . . . .
.
1
Sophomore
Basic Bible . . . . . . . .
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . . .
w
w
.
.
Orientation . . . . .
Physical Activities .
Electives . . . . . .
.
.
Religion
........
Beginning Speech . . .
Types of Public Speech
..
.
3
General Psychology .
I
Health
. . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
.
. .
.....
... 6
8
.. 3
. . 3
. . .
I
-3
Foreign Language . .
.
.
. 3
3
8
..... 4
. . z
I
.
-
I
3 7.
w
32
Senior
T h e Missionary Enterprise . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . 2
T h e Christian Churches . . . . . . z
T h e Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . z
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol. . . . . . . . . . 3
OgY
.
. . . . . . . . . . . 3
.... I
Elementary Shorthand
Recreatiimal Activities
.
.
.
. . . 6
. . . I
to
32
Parish W o r k
. . . . . . . . .
Youth Work in the C h w c h . . .
Edrrcational Psychology . . . . . . . . .
H y m n s and Music o f the Church.
Fundamentals o f Journalism . . . .
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . 1'. . . . . . . . .
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice
.........
7.
Fine Arts
Electives
2
,
.
. . . . . . . . .
z
3
z
z
2
3
3
32
w
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a e r tificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should prepare for
competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are also taught in
the high schools. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for
teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and business
education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . - . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . . . - .4
-
Sophomore
Religion . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language or Natural
............. 8
Science . . . . .
Psychology . . .
Fine Arts . . . . .
Electives . . . . .
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2
Electives in Major or Minor . . . .14
32
Senior
.................. 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . .4or 5
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -14
-
3 2 or 33
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department of
Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking,
to equip them for the teaching of home economics in high school,
and to give them the first two years of the training required for such
vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. Courses in italics are not required for
a general home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Physics . . . . . . . - . . . .4
Principles of Chemistry . . . . . . . - . 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Construction . . . . . . . . . . 2
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Economics ....................
3
Marriage and Family ............ 3
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Anatomy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
32
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s
Teaching in High School . . . . . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Color and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . .
Contemporary Issues in Education.
Home Management Problems . . . .
Home Management Laboratory . . .
Advanced Clothing Construction. .
...................
Electives
32
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
4
4
4
3
3
2
2
z
8
-
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
European Civilization or Sociology.
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
Sophomore
4
6
6
6
8
I
.
.
2
I
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . ,
United States History .
Business Law . . . . . . . .
Advanced Accounting
Business Finance . . . . .
Money and Banking .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion
Speech
Natural Science . . . . . . . , . - . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
Introduction to Statistics . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
4
3
..
.
...
8
4
6
3
4
Senior
Religion , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing or Industrial
Management . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations. . 3
Public Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3
F i e Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -16
.
.
LAW
The following suggested two-year, pre-law program is planned especially to meet the needs of students who purpose to transfer to the Law
School at the University of Minnesota. It is possible to modify the
program for admission to other law schools.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Principles of Accounting . . . . . , . 6
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . I
...
..
.
. .
. .
-
Sophomore
Religion
Christian Ethics . . - . . . . . - . . . . - .
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . .
American Government . . . . . . . . . .
Logic
Introduction to Philosophy . . . . .
History of England . . - . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
6
6
3
3
3
8
33
SOCIAL
WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute lieed for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a cumculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not ,require post-graduate
training and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
Principles of Sociology
S o d Problems . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . ,
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ...................... 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Statistics ........... 3
Rural Sociology ................ 3
Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . 3
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . 6
Sociul Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
.
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Introduction to Metbods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,
3
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Crtntinology . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
-
-
........
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Student may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital,
Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that students in this
curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field. The following program is suggested.
6
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology
Speech . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language
Fine Arts . . .
. .
Electives
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . .
Freshman English .
General Zoology . .
Social Science . . .
Orientation . . : . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education
Electives . . . . . . - . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Quantitative Analysis . . . . . . . . . , 5
Bacteriology . . . . . - . . . - . . .4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I S
-
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and ~ractical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
-
DIACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home,
the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In rnany instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curricu~umis suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
ih college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English
General Zoology . . .
Health
. . . . . . . .
Sociology . . . . . . . .
Elements of Nutiition
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . .
Electives
..........
Religion .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . , . . . 6
Psychology . , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis
............... 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . - - . . . . . . . . 2
Anatomy and Physiology
.....4
Bacteriology . . .
,,.
.,. . 3
Chemistry
..............3
Psychology
, ,
......... 2
Second Year
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies <tothe fields of
aeronautical, electrical agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
FreshEnglish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus aqd Diflerential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Modern Physics . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . 4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Principles of
Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 or 6
-
34 or 36
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should study algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Religion
...........-.... 4
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . 6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . - . - . . . 8.
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . - 8
General Physics . . - - . . - - . . . .8 .
-
CURRICULUMS
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education. but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools.
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply
.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-.
Junior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Organic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
-
Sophomore
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Philosophy
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . .
Analytical Chemistry
Quantitative Analysis
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Religion . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology .....................
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Chemistry ............
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
6
5
4
10
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
Fit Year
.4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . t
Principles of Accounting ........ 6
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
32
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . , . , . . . . . . . . . . - . Advanced Typewriting . . . . .
Advanced Shorthand . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . .
Of6ce Machines . . . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1956-58 are given on the
following pages. Unforeseen circumstances may necesskate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
geenrally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
AUG~BURG
COLLEGE
DIVISIONAL ORGANIZATION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIALSCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
DIVISIONOF THE NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education.
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Through the study of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised of
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view--to relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours ,per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfiies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, r t credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
r, 2. BASICBIBLE.Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
entire New Testament.
CHURCH
HISTORY.
I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
4.
THE CHRISTIANFAITH
IN THE
MODERNWORLD.n.
2
Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modem Western civilization. The course is designed t o give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1957-1958.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIANCHURCH.n.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
5. CHRISTIANETHICS.I.
2 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
23. GROUP ACTMN.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
=
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-Christian religions of the world.
53. THECHRISTIANCHURCHES.I.
2 Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and .practices of the vamious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
16. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.II.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing efTective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57. PROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIAN
LIYING.
U.
z Cr.
A d e r a t i a n of some of the fundamental pestions oonnected with living
the Christian life: such as, rhe assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
stmdards of -duct,
hi the local congregation. The Episde w the Pmppians is studied.
58. PARISH
WORK.II
z Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organiza-
tion and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
z Cr.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
60. THE MESSAGE
z Cr.
A discovery of the mencc of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
rrpiesencauve sacciona. including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
ro the EpbGan5 and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
MR. LARSEN,
MR.COLACCI
The courses in philosophy seek to assis the student in becoming familiar .raith
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an mdcrstandiag of the prindples of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 y , 26, 41, 42, 18 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
r f , 16. THE HUMANITIES
IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
I, 11.
3 , 3 cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of 'Western thought as reflected
in outstanding works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course is accepted in fulfillment of the
Lower Division requirement in the Socia! Sciences. (Wered I 9 57-5 8.)
25. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented by classroom lecture
and discusion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of
ethics, metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.
So. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics consided include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41,42. HISTORYOF PHILOSOPHY.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
5 I, $2. COMPARATTVE RELIGION.I,
n.
2, s Cr.
See course 5 I,5 2 under Department of Religion.
j 5.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 42. I.
3 0.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
56. KIERKEGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42. TI.
3 Cr.
A ,study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy af religion and
theology. (Offered 1956-57.)
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered I 957-5 8.)
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
3 cr.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
61. PHILOSOPHY
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philosophy and psychology. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICAL
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I,82. SEMINAR
IN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in h d i n g his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Classical Languages
Mn. C~LACCI,Mn. STENSVMG
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classica1 heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. A course in New Testament Greek
satisfies the religion requirement for the semester in which it is taken. Except
for Course I in the first semester, credits in New Testament Greek may be
applied toward a Religion major or minor.
I-z.-) ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of theoretical and practical grammar. The course also covers the manuscript transmission of the N. T. Greek text, with description of the main
Uncial Ms. and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5I, 52.
MA=,
53. 54.
LUKEI-XX,
AND
ACTSI-XX. I, 11.
AND
ROMANS.I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
These courses in the Upper Division give special emphasis to parsing, syntax,
and exegesis of the Greek text. Courses 5 I , yz will be offered in 1957-58;
courses 53, 54 in 1956-17.
fContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
I-2.t BEGINNINGLATIN.Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
8
Cr.
AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, II.
3, 3 c r 3, 4. GSAR,
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Czsar's Gallic War and
St. Augusthe's Confessions. (Oflered 19 57-5 8.)
Hebrew
FOR BEGINNERS.
I, II.
g3-84.f HEBREW
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
S 5 , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, II.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
Department of English
f i e Department of English aims TO train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literanue.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 12,
61, 62, 74, and one of the following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits above Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 20 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do qaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
.
-iCuntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
b
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF W R ~ GI. .
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum requirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the (basic principles of writing and cgrrect
English usage. Offered in connection with English I.
-
--
R.
IMPROVEMENTOF READING.I, 11.
o Cr.
A develop.menta1 program for studenlts who wkh to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.t FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and Literature. Themes and a reference
paper. Required of all students.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recornmended for non-English majors. (Offered 1 9 57-5 8.)
21.
EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
56. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
z Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. FOUNDATIONS
OF LITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
3 Cr.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. SENIORENGLISH.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
See course 15 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
+Continuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.
11.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 Cr.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1957-58.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 1956-57.)
2
Cr.
61. BRITISH LITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEEN^ A N D EIGHTEENTH~ ~ N T U R I E S .
Prereq. 32. I.
3 Cr.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.Prereq. 61.II. 3 Cr.
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH.Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
2 Cr.
CRITICISM.Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. II.
72. LITERARY
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for .modern thought.
74. SHAKESPEARE.
+q.
32. II.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. M ~ T O NPrereq.
.
61. H.
2 cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of
1957-58.)
the seventeenth
century.
(Offered
78. CHAUCERPrereq. 32. 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1956-57.)
8 I. MODERN
DRAMA.Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered I 956-57 . )
BRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 62. I.
2 Cr.
83. MODERN
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1957-18.)
S 5. CONTEMPORARY
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2.
Major writers since World War I.
I.
2
Gr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
93. TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
z Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUND~MENTAIJOF JOURNALISM.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, wich emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
(Offered 1956-57.)
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.n
+ Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered I 957-58.)
5. ~ c h oSTAFF MEETINGS. I, n.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg E c h staff and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I . Hour arranged.
A,
5, 7. Ailgshrgim STAFF MEETINGS.I, n.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may neceive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly staff meetings.
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech ,compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
ta teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61,
66, 76. Also required is Phil. 26. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students course 66 and
at least one course from each of the follo&ing groups: 12, 5 I ; 3 I, 32; 61,62;
74, 76.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lkping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contxct the head of the department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5. STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age gmups. observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered 1956-57.)
21-2t.f
INTERCOLIGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25, 26. PUBLICSPEAKINGSEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO I ~ A M A T IARTS.
C
Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introdllction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. ( O f k e d 1956-57.)
3 I. INTERPRETAM
~ A D I N G . SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama. (Offered 1957-58.)
32.
ACTING.SO. II.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
51. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1956-57.)
54. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must coniplete
both semesters.
2 Cr.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. I.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1917-58.)
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq. 11. Jr., Sr. n.
2 0.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1957-58.)
2 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. lI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals. ( m e r e d I 956-57.)
2 Cr.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5 . Jr., Sr. 11.
74. SPEECHHYGIENE.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits. (Offered 1956-57.)
Y . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
76. SPEECH P A ~ O L O G Jr.,
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trips to speech clinics; laboratory experience-in speech therapy. (Offered I 95 7-58.)
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
95. TEACHMG
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of German
The general aim of the courses in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical and
esthetic values contained in German literature. In particular, the aim is to provide technical training for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
Minor,
I-2.t
20
credia.
BEGINNINGGERMAN.I, 11.
8
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language
Cr.
so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POE-ray. I,
n.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fChntinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 2. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Offered
1957-58.)
TEACHING
OF GERMANICLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
2
Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
This Department aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a foreign
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the student a
working knowledge of the Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Scandinavian peoples, as well as to transmit to
American life the best of their cultural heritage.
m i o r , 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard' authors. Brie& survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered 1956-57.)
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. ( M e r e d 1957-58.)
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
Upper Division Courses
THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Prereq. 4, or six credits in liter2 Cr.
ature. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlef,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
5 5.
1956-57.)
56.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Prereq. 4, or six credits in literature. Jr., Sr. II.
2
Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, h e n , and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 195 6-5 7.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Romance Languages
hks. KINGSLEY, MR. HELLAND
The Romance Language Department aims to aid the student in the mastery
of the fundamental rules of' pronunciation and grammar, leading to a fuller
comprehension and correct usage of the foreign language. It aims further to
acquaint the student thmugh masterpieces of literature with the culture and
m d u s uivendi of the countries whose language he is learning.
French
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections fmm
French literature. ( m e r e d 19 57-5 8.)
3, 4. INTERMEDUTE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. (Osered 1956-57.)
Upper Division Courses
5 I.
SURVEYOF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and Iiterary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Offered only as an honors course for selected students.)
5 2.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
2
Cr.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1957-58.)
$2.
SPANISHCâ¬YNVERSATION
AND COMPOS~ION.
n.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish t h m g h conversation
and composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, integrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered I 957-58.)
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
See course 77 under Education.
t
Cr.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish t o become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialid study in the
field of music. General instruction is afforded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including wurses I , 2, 7, 8, 15-16,55-56,
57, 58, 61-62or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, z of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 32 credits in addition to 88, 89; including wurses I, 2, 7,
8, 15-16,55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64"; a credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music,
2
of which must be in piano or organ.
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
*A student with a major fsor teaching should be prepared for ibth vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes both technique wurses, his work in
applied musi,c, excepting the required credits in piano, must be instrumental
~liusicif he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for Instrumental Technique.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. 1f-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, $5-56, $7, $8, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lasuns in either vocal or instrumenml
music.
Teaching Minor, zz credits k addition to 88, 89; including course
5 5 . 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64; and 4 credits in applied music.
I,
2,
I 5-16,
Two credits are g-ken for membership for one year in the Choir, the Choral
Club, or the Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the
Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is mt granted for less than two complete semesters
within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voice, +no, organ, brass, or w d winds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
1, 2.
TEIEOIY,
I, IL
A basic
c o w
2, 2 G.
in the fundamentals of music, including the pIjncip!es of
not&am, major and &nor scales, intervals, triads rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and pate sin-eg. Should be =ken toncurrently with 11-16
mhencver +ble.
2, 2 Cr.
HETORYAND L ~ ~ ~ T OF
W MUSIC.
K E I, 11.
-4n IGstoricaI appmch ta &e appreciation of the world's greatest music.
Sppplunenred by musicaI scores and record illustrations. For students with or
7, 8.
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention ro Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-seminarians. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements of
a course in religion.
4 Cr.
IF-16.t HARMONY.I, H.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
2, 2 Cr.
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
5. 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course I 5-1 6, with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
5 7 , 5 8 . CONDUCTING. Prereq.
2,
or
2
Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, Il.
2, n Cr.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course m .their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instrumens, pffprdng the
prospective public school music teacher and director for work
orchestra.
b d and
CHOR~CL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. 2. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice ai related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
63-64.?
77. C O U ~ ~ R P O IPrcreq.
NT.
3. I. Sr.
n Cr.
Strict c o u n ~ i n i
rn one. two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
7 8 . M u s r ~ ~At N A L Y Prereq.
~.
2 , 5 1 , and 77 or consent of instructor.
II. Sr.
2 Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical wmpositioa.
3 .
fi8.
TEACHINGOF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. TI.
z Cr.
See course 8 4 under Education.
89.
TEACHING
OF
HIGHSCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
2
cr.
See course 89 under Education.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUB OR BAND. I, 11.
r Cr.
MALECHORUS.I, 11.
I Cr.
These organizations exist not m l p for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled ts a studem wbo wishes to participate in groups affording
the opportunity for rnmiitaI e x p d a Credit in Choir is not granted for less
than two complete semesters within an academic year.
PIANO, I, IT.
I, I
Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to the most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm
rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
ORGAN.I, TI.
I, I Cr*
1;lstruction in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is required
as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
VOICE.I, II.
I, I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea.th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
% or
B u s s INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, II.
% or
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
a) Private instructim--onk thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester. I credit.
b) Class instruction--one thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. % credit.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal h r m s . Plaster casting. (Offered 1956-57.)
3.
ART IN DAILYLMNG. I.
3 Cr.
See course 3 under Department of Home Econo~nics.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2, 2
Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practical problems. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HISTORY
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
2
Cr.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of the work in this division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
2nd value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of ,the instructor.
I-2-f
SURVEYOF EUROPEAN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Des&ied to lay the foundation for future work in History.
1 I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
t r , z z . UNITEDSTATES
HISTORY.SO., I, n.
3, 3 c r .
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND n i ~
REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THERENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modern civilization and culture.
(Offered 1957-58.)
3 Cr.
TO I 800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
jz. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors whi,ch shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1956-57.)
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
5 3. LATIN-AMERICAN
A study of Latin America and its development. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
54. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. I -2.Jr., Sr. 11.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
UNI~D
STATES.Prereq. 21,zz. Jr., Sr. I.
55. CONTEMPORARY
The United States from about 1900 to the present. (Offered 1957-588.)
DIPLOMACY.Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. II. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United States from the Revolutionary
War to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modem cultures. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
62. CANADIAN
HIS-.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered 1957-58.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2.Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 195 6-57.)
AND EARLYNINETEEN= CENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
71. FRENCHREVOLUTION
3 Cr.
IZ credits in H,kt. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE.Prereq. 1 2 credits in H i t . Jr.,
3 Cr.
Sr. 11.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1848
to 1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise d imperialism,
and the background of World War I. (Offered 1957-58.)
Jr., 9. II.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 58 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
8 I, 82. THET W E N ~ T
CENTURY.
H
Prereq. I z cr. in Hit. Sr. I, TI. 3, 3 Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak
of World War I to the present. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
SEMINAR.Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
99. HISTORY
A survey of historical literature and source materials. A research project is
required. Recommended for history majors and students who plan to do graduate work in history.
Political Science
Minor, 1 5 credits.
A I -42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
3
53. POLITICAL PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1956-57.)
&=r.
56. AMERICANDIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3
Cr.
60.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 41-42or Econ. 1 5 for Political Science minors.
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. 11.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF P O L ~ C ATHOUGHT.
L
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
.4 study of ,political philosophy and its in,fluence and historical significane
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered 1957-58.)
85. TEACHING
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMAN GEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. 11.
3
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind. ( m e r e d 195 6-57.)
cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; 6 credits each in Sociology and Economics; and Political Science
41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-41;
and 3 credits in Economics.
+Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of'christianity to efiective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition aye History
[-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 15 credits including Sociology I . Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., SO. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
S o c m PROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.Fr., SO. TI.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
TN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses.
z Cr.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
See course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Languages and Literature.
21.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with s p i a l attention to the
problems of the contemporary rural America.
22.
URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO.n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city a s to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
A N D FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
RACE RELATIONS AND
MINORITY PROBLEMS.Prereq.
Soc.
Sr. II.
Jr.,
I
3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered 1956-57.)
) 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.
1.1.
3 Cr.
See course 56 under Department of Business Administration and Economics.
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. Soc. I . Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
filnctions of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. Soc. I.Jr., Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contempor& public welfare and social security. (Offered 1956-57.)
61. SOCIAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 5, and & and Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I. 3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIAL WORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1957-58.)
OF SOCIAL
STUDIES.Sr. I.
85. TEACHING
See course 8 5 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments that the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying h,k own behavior as well as chat of his
fellow men.
r. (hmS'r~no~.
Required. Fr. OSered both seineseers.
r Cr
Designed m mist freshmar in making the proper adjusrrnenr to their work as
colIege studenrs. It inclade anits on orienraejon m the wllege, methds of
study, improvement of reading speed and comprehension, and vocariond and
educurbnd guidance,
P S Y ~ O L OAND
CY ORTEWA~N
Er.. L
3 Cr.
combines the aims and mutse content of Psychology r and Psychology 1. E m p h i s i s p!aced on heIping the studenr llrw his knowtedgc of
psychoIogical principle in solving pewnd problem t h a t arise as a part of
the adjvstmenr to college. Regismation rermcrd.
3.
mi course
I. 6. GFXERALPSYCHQL~GY.
1, IL
I, 2 Cr.
A study of rhe basic procews underlying hum= behavior. l%e genesal pdnciplts, methods and problems of psychology are dicassed. T h e second semester
emphasizes mental h d t h and the appEicarion of the principles of psych~logyto
other problem of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
t
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
61.
See
Socm PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
course 61 under Department of Sociology.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. j or 5, and 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene. (Offered 19 57-58.)
Education
The ducarbn curticulam has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school reaching, dthongh any strrdent who is preparing to work
with yuuh is errcomged to smdy in this m a . The work in rhk dtpamncnt
will qualify the reaching graduate far a Minnesota Teacher's cerrificate on the
junior and senior high s b l level, as well
for further study in the 5eld of
educadon.
Admission to the teacher educaeian currkaInm reqnires nn application to be
appmved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application m a t be made
during tht seEond semester D+ the wphorwre year if r h e sntdent is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is g r a n d on the
basis of a satisfacmry health reporr, favorable personality characteristics, and
a min;mum in schoIasEic achievement of 1.5 honer p i n r ratio in the rnaiar, a
1.0 n t i o m the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. T h e applicant
s b d d be preparing for competency in a t least two subject-matter fieIds h a t are
aim po&r on the high xhml level.
All students admitted ro rhe teachcr educario~ crrnicnlmn must secure
be caken in connection with Ed. 5 1
two credits of Group Activity usually to
and gz. J i addition ra the regular lower division requirements, students in
reacher education are required ro hzvc four semester b u r s in general psychology, these credits to be completed before taking Ed. 51.
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3 or 1, and 6. Jr. I.
3 Cr.
of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
ilnderstand human behavior, especialIy tke behavior of adoIescents in a school
context.
I
!
istudy
ING
SECONDARY SCKWZS.Prereq. yr. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
54. T F . A ~
This course has three pm:a study of rhe p u t p e s and programs of secondary
xhoolq develophg p e d competency in plmning instructional activities;
2nd
developing the ability to evaluate the a r c a m c of instruction.
~ 3 .74.
GROW Amrvm.
I, I
Ct
sepvaee mme, but offeered in connection with Edncarion
1 1 , $ 2 ; Religion 6, $7, 58; Phpsicd Educarion 6, rr, 13, 14,51, 56. The a a w
of t h e experience will vary with h e course with which it i asmciattd, and
may incIudc such activities *s teaching, wperv;sing recreation, and advising
clubs. The t ~ p e r a r i wof the a~enciesinvol-red is necessary. with rtprts from
the supervisor and the srudcnt ro the reacher of the course wi& which the
work is mnnecred. A smdenr may nor receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
Th;s is
not given v
is a
Prereq. 5 I . Sr. II.
3 Cr.
r6. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate &or student guidance,
including counseling.
78. Tssv~sIK CONTEMPORARY
EDUCA'FICM.
Sr. XX.
3 0,
The purpose of thc c o w is to develop ski11 in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to pin an u n d t r ~ r a n d i n af
~ possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to epaluare the various wlutions proposed. The relation
of h e problems ra the dtvelopmenr of American ducntian sad to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
OF ROMANCE
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
77. TEACHING
z Cr.
2
Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
s Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSIN-ESS.
Sr. I.
z
83.
TEACHING
OF MA~HEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
r Cr.
r Cr.
89.
TEACHINGOF HIGH, SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z
Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I1
z Cr.
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
z Cr.
95.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
Courses 73 through 9y include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education yz. In special situations, a student
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit listed.
Prereq. 52. Sr. I.
4 to 5 Cr.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation,' participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
T h c .follosning courses prepare the strrdcnt to rneer the stare requhments
for a minor in library scicnce. Tbey main him in making a wjse choice of
h k s for tfie xhml Library, in preparing b k s and other librav materials for
cimlatios in a d d i s t c r i n g a schooI libtary, and in making intelligent and
d e t t i v e me of library tools for his o m needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
BASICF ~ C T T O OF
N STHE S ~ W LIBRARY.
L
Jr. 1. ?
I.
3 cr.
5 5-s6f
X g n e d to acquainr the smdenr prith the place of the librvg in tbe school
and comrnmiry; local public, county, scare, and national services; standards;
rclanions with school admieisnatim, facultg, students, and m m u n i r p ; rhe
h d g e t : planning, housing. and equipment; library recordr; organization of
materids; sdKxrl libnry adrnbistntion. Two credits first semester; one credit,
seeoad.
fcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-5 8 . t ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the, elementary school library; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1956-57.)
59-6of SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. II.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; boak selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-book materials, their
use and preparation for circulation, standard lists for book selectian; reviewing
of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 7- 5 8.)
61. PRACTICAL
.METHODS.Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures. (Offer4 1957-58.)
62, READINGGUIDANCE.Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Remedial readin,g in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading. (Offered
1957-58.)
Department of Business Administration and Ecanomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help smdents gaia n b d hawledge
and sound perspefcive of bnkpss and our economic society. Such knowledge
and p e n w i v e are necessary far SUCF~PS in specific positions ia our complex
business world ind .should provide rhe bwkgmmd to fncilitate advancement.
with experience, ro positions of responsibility. A dgree wirh a business major
2- a common requirement of business firms m d guvefnmenr agencies. The
depamnent gives a general bnckground in emwrnics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a tcaching major or minor; and it prepares far gradurn
work in business and economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major, 36 credits, including courses I ,
History 21 and 22.
Minor, 21 credits, including courses I ,
Division courses.
2,
2,
4,
4,
I 5,
I 5,
16, 5 3. Also required are
16, and six credits in Upper
-;Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I,2. PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTING.
Fr. I, II.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. TI.
3 Cr.
The collection, analysis, interpretation and presentation of numerical data
for the purpose of determining measures od central tendency, deviations from
average, and correlation.
I 5, I 6. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The iduence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1957-58.)
5 3. BUSINESSLAW.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
3 G*
5 5. MARKETING.Prereq. z, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
Marketinz from a businessman's standpoint, with emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made concerning product planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq I 5 ,16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of ,their relations, and of their control by
government. T h e objective is to picture the different positions of these groups
in our economy and to investigate possibilities of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and government control.
.MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
57. INDUS~RUL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
ACCOUNTING.
Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr. I.
59. ADVANCEI~
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques which
will enable the student to interpret financial data, and to acquaint the student
with cost accounting p ~ , C i p l e sand procedures. Preparation and analysis of
financial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-rder and standard costing
are stressed.
60. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity.
62. BUSINESS
FINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements.
Prereq. consent of instructor.
3, 3 Cr.
71, 72. SENIORTOPICS.
An honors course for selected seniors in business involving independent reading
and research in a specific area of ,business or economics leading to the writing
of an acceptable paper. A student may receive credit for one semester only.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are planned to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial
positions in business oflices, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
A non-teaching major may be obtained by completing a minimum of 30
hours above course I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 I , 52, 53-54> Business Administration I , z, 53, and one other Upper Division Course or Home Economics 73. A
teaching major requires courses listed for non-teaching major plus Business
Administration 15, 16, a total of 36 hours above Sec. Studies I. A minor may
be obtained by completing a total of 2 5 hours above Sec. Studies I , including z,
3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I , .r, or IF, 16.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
1. INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
$1
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, rnimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
51. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.
I. Prereq. 2 or equivalent.
2 Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of l,egal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Prereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for ,those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
4 Cr.
SHORTHAND.
I, II. Prereq. 4 or equivalent.
53-54.? ADVANCED
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
8 I. TEACHINGOF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67?71,73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6,Physics 3, Economics 15,
Sociology I,Biology' 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 3 or 5, and 6, and 3
additional credits in Social Science.
.
-
Graduation minor, 22 credits including courses I,2,'3, 7, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 38 credits; courses listed for non-teacKing major plus 33 and
75.
I.
CLOTHING SELECTION,CARE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f ~ b r i c s
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
iContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION.
n.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. I t includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double la~borator~
periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 . ART IN DAILY LIVING.I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
8. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.
n.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
36. CRAFTS.TI.
2 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
camps with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application
to crafts will be studied. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1957-58.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
I aboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
fnod preparation. Three double laboratory period$ a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
A N D F A M ~RELATIONSHIPS.
Y
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying ~ r i n c i ~ l eofs cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family- relationships, preparation for mamage, .the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
$7. TEXTILES.
I.
2 Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
64,
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
Cr.
2
A study a+ the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1956-57.)
TI.
3 Cr.
66. HOME PLANNINGA N D FURNISHING.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analpsis of h r plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting.
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratorp periods per
week.
67. FAMILY HEALTH.
I.
2 Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within (the family group.
71. HOME
~ ~ N A G E M E NPROBLEMS.
T
I.
2 Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and cocrdmatiqg the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double lzboratory period per week.
73. HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
z Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in a home ,management house with one conference hour per w.eek. Food costs to be determined
.by the group.
n.
74. CONSUMER EDUCATION
AND INCOME MANAGEMENT.
z Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and sefvices available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in the class
in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing garments .for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
( M e r e d 1956-57.)
z Cr.
OF HOME ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
71. TEACHING
See course 91 under Education.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr.
See course 92 under Education.
92.
n.
z
Cr.
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
I t is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
&. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MISS H U T C H ~ G Mns.
S,
OSWALD
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, rq credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,
toward the major or minor.
j ~ 4,
,
7N d o not count
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3 ~ .HUMANANATO* AND PHYSIOLOGY.
A professional course i,n human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit f o r Biol. 3N.
HUMAN
ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. n.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
4.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
twth semesters.
25, 26. GENERALBOTANY.SO., Jr. I, II.
4, 4 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed e n botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25. 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lwtures per week.
(Offered 1957-j8.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14or 25, 26. So., Jr. 11.
52. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered I 9 5 7-5 8.)
53.
GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
Prereq. 13-14.Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
'9~6-57.)
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modem laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and one
double laboratory period per week. (Ogered I 95 6-57.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. n.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microvcopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 6-57.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide iundamental background in the basic principles
of chemical and physical phenomena. The primary objective is :promotion of
scientific thinking and scientific approach.
Thorough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
nstural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as medicine, research, engineering,
nursing, pharmacy, and other related fields.
The courses in physics will prepare h i for study in engineering and applied
mathematics.
Chemistry
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses
the major or minor.
1-2, j
~
4, do not count toward
.
1-2
THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN.Fr. I, I?
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
3 ~ .CHEMISTRY
FOR NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
9 lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
4. PRINC~PLES
OF CHEMISTRY.Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of the
laws and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
GEN~RAL
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. .I or
conclirrent registration in Math. I . Fr., So. I, II.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Upper Division Courses
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
51. ANALYTICAL
4
(3.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gravimetric.
rwo lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I . So., Jr., Sr. 11.
4 or 5 Cr.
12. QUANTITAWE
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, six to eight hours laboratory per week.
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. y-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
8 to 10 Cr.
53-54.t ORGANIC
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Laboratory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week. (Offered 1956-57.)
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
56.
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 5 1 and 5 2 , and Physics
5 Cr.
5 and 6. Sr. 11.
An introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectures and one double labora'tory period
per week. ( M e r e d 1 9 5 7 - 5 8 . )
Physics
Minor, 1 6 credits. Courses
1-2
and 3 do not count toward the minor.
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
I - z ~ . THENATURAL
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elem. algebra and plane geometry. Fr. I.
4 Cr.
12 lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity, magnetism, and modern physics.
3.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math.
I3
or concurrent registration in Math
I 3.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one
q i z , and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. 11.
4 aThis course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism,
and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modern topics in the field of physics including atomic theory, nuclear
transformations, radiation phenomena, .biophysical applications of physics, and
other topics.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6 and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 1 . Jr., Sr. TI.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magneti,~
field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments.
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week.
5:.
TEACHING
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
See course 7 9 under Education.
79.
z
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teuching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 5 I and 5 2 or 5 3 - 9 4 ; Biology 1 3 - 1 4 and 2 5 , 26; Physics 1 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s d c i e n t for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them e6cient workers in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, r o credits.
Courses I , 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
3 Cr.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
I.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for inore advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
z. SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~brmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. z. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 1 . n. 3 Cr.
6 . ENGINEERING
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
14. INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
Upper Divisian Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. 1 3 ,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
51, 5 2 .
5 3 . SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are srudied and their equations developed. Quadratic
sudaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. 11.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHING
See course 83 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Hea1,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a #physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the physical education program.
A course 'n personal and community health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Teaching ,Major for men, 3 1 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. 11,
12, 27, yo, 51, 52, 53, 74, 55, 56, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also
required.
Teaching Major for women, 28 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,
14,16, 17,27, 50, 52, 73, 54, 84. Biology 4 and Education courses also required.
Teaching Minor, 19 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, I I, 12, g I, 5 3,
and 54 for men: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 16, 17,53, and 54 &orwomen.
Non-teaching major for men 33 credits; for women, 30 credits.
Non-teaching minor 21 credits. For course requirements see under .reachingmajor and teaching-minor and confer with department head.
r.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Ogered both semesters.
2
Cr.
iZ study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
TZ.
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I, 11.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
%, % Cr.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
5.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of hea1,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES.Fr. n.
I Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. One double hour per week.
S. FIMT AID. Fr., So. n.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
1 I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
irolleyball. Three hours per week.
12.
INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Men). So. II.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbfflebmrd, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshm, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and officiating of field hockey, soccer,
basket,ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered 1957-58.)
16. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. ll.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffl,eboard, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
1956-57.)
I 7.
SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.(Women). So. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Two hours per week.
(Offered 1956-57.)
27.
KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2
Cr.
Thii
is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effectmg of
efficient movements.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.(Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of officiating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
PHYSICALEXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
(Ogered 1956-57.)
50.
5 I. SELF-TESTINGACTMTICS.(Men). Jr. I.
r Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling Three hours per week.
52. RHYTHMS.Jr. 11.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. (Offered 1957-18.)
I
Cr.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND PHYSICAL
3 Cr.
E D U U ~ O NPrereq.
.
5 . Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of che eTernencq and secondary schml health education and physical
education curriculum.
5 3.
ORGANIZATION
A N D ADMINISTRATION
OF HEALTH EDUCATIONAND
3 Cr.
PHYSICALEDUCATION.
Sr. 11. Prereq. 5.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
54.
OF SPORTS:FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
r Cr.
55. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2
OF SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. lT.
56. COACHING
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
cr.
I Cr.
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
84. TESTS
A survey and evaluation of tests in ~ h ~ s i c aeducation.
l
(Wered 1956-17.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
PtobIems of commuuiry recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work (%red
1956-57.)
OF HEAL= EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I
87, TEACHING
See course 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Introductory
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
IzLissionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. Ir offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal af building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts of
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
Application for Admission
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theologkal Faculty, and should include the 'following:
A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the Seminary,
I.
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands ofdAtheSecretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists ,of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Admission Requirements
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's
degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
Philosophy
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
z years
I Year
2
years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
Suggested Pre-Theological Courses
In order rhat studrnm may derive rhe peatest pmsiblc advantage from their
theological studies, it is recommended that their colleKc c o w of nudy, 'besides
f u l f l h g requiremenrs as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated a b v e , include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Youth Work
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
Typewriting
years
year
I year
z years
I semester
I year
2
I
I
I
year
year
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Srudcnt~are admirted to the Seminarp with the understanding that their
studies aie to be pursued under rhe direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
armngement to t a k e + part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of ehe ThcoloRicol Faculty a t Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in other
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Seminarp students p;ry no tuition. They do, however, pay chc regular student
activity fee, healrh fee and a ~enerntSeminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Unmarried Seminary smdenrs living in rhe dormitory. receive a special grant
to coccr the cost of mom rent. The m9t of h a r d k the same zs for the
College studears. See under Financial Information.
Class Attendance
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable absences
may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference involving absenc'e
from classes mu& have the approval of the Dean well in advance of the
conference.
Employment
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation. However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in consultation with the
Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be accepted, but a student is
not allowed to supply a vacant parish more frequently than every other Sunday.
Conditions and Incompletes
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester must be
removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of
attendance. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time
allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the inwmplete may
he changed to a passing grade only when the average of previous work is
sdiciently high.
Seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary eash
student is required to spend six months in practical service, as appointed and
supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the summer
vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during the.
in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited amciunt of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Service.
Student Activities
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A principal
purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a deeper spiritual
fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings are devoted to prayer and
to the consideration of student affairs. The Seminary joins with the College
in a daily chapel servte.
During his s e r n i n a ~yean, each student is associated with a specific congregation and i4 e n c ~ u r a ~ eto
d serve there. As a united project, the Concordia
Society has mently assumed responsibility for conducting the Saturday noon
services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the Inter-Seminary
Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in America. On a
more local level, the student body participates in a fellowship of five Protestant
seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Serninettes. They
meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects relevant to
their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called Concord.
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of
Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I.
A minimum of
102
semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2.
Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3 . The attainment of an honor-point ratio of a t least 1.y (Cf average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. See below.
5 . The prepara$on of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 1 7 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6 . A comprehensive examination, written and oril, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week af March. Written and oral examination sermons.
who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 ( C average) and the six months of practical
service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission, or who have not attained an honor point ratio of I.$ in their studies, are
graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Yem
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
r Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
4.
*With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
Old Testament
Mu. STENSVAAG
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
Deuteronomy. (Offered 19 5 6-5 7.)
6 Cr.
9-10.
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
12. THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and -the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
3 Cr.
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
14. THEPROPHET JEREMIAH. A study of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
3 Cr.
freedom. (Offered 1956-57.)
15. THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
of life. (Ogered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered 19 57-58.)
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
2, 2 Cr.
in the Old Testament. (Offered 1957-58.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1957-58.)
New Testament
20-21. NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.TWOyears of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction d normal load.
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
22. INTRODUCTION
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1956-57.)
2 3 . THE GOSPELOF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will M expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
pf Jesus' ministry. (Offered 195 6-57.)
24. THE GOSPELOF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPELOF JOHN. The purpose and special tharacteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
the English text with the aid of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1917-58.) 2 Cr.
CHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
26. THE JEWISHSECTIONOF THE APOSTOLIC
1-12. This will ba followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
1957-58.)
3 Cr.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL.A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 fi28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.
Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. The
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-11), and the section on the
Christian life (chs. 12-16)will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.
In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
r Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1956-57.)
OF THE REVEL.~TION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Oflered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
Church History
40. THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
reform. (Wered 1956-57.)
3 Cr.
THE REFORMATION.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
Catholic Counter-Reformztion. (Wered 195 6-57.)
3 Cr.
42.
AFTER THE REFORMATION.
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCH
from the Refonnztion and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
the history of ofhe Lutheran Church. ( m e r e d 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
44. AMERICANCHURCH HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1954-5 5. )
DOCTRINE.A study Of: the development
45, 46. THEHISTORYOF CHRISTIAN
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-59.) 2 , 2 Cr.
A study of the consti47. THELUTHERANCHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1957-5 8.)
2 0.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I . THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1957-58.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His
Person, states, and oflice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
the order of salvation. (Wered 1958-59.)
3 Cr.
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
j4, y y . CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1956-57.)
z, 2 Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Wered 1957-58.)
z Cr.
SYMBOLICS
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
57. CQMPARA~VE
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1956-57.)
z Cr.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLES
OF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of the pastoral oflice and the New Testament ministry.
s Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUAL
LIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.
A course dealing with the
dynamics underlyi3ng human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
PASTORAL
TRAINING.
The purpose of this course is- 'to provide an
63. CLINICAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. It will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLESAND PRACTICE OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of 'brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant pnctice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparaltion and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
z 0.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; otlicers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered I 95 7-58 .)
2 Cr.
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o&ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1957-58.)
72. PASTORAL
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of
ethics. (Offered 1956-57.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered I 95 6-57.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
'957-58.)
I Cr.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH E D U C A ~ O N
Studies
.
in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used i n catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1956-57.)
t
Cr.
78. THE CHURCH AND HUMANSOCIETY. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and
civilization and culture, and of .the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
task of .the Church. The .Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
C H R I ~ ~ A N IATNY
D SOCIALWORK. This Course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
rcports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
79.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
OfFicers of the Board
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN
.............................
Vice-president
Term Expires in 1956
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisumsii
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Banking and Insurance, Fourth Northwestern National Bank
Term Expires in 1957
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLARENCE
J. CARLSEN,
hfinneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, St. Olaf Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1958
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Duluth, Minnesota
Pastor, Trinity LuAeran Church
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Term Expires in 1959
The REV. C. T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Falls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg College and Theological Sem~inary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preddent
MARTINQUANBECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the College
JOHN M. STENSVAAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of the Theological Seminury
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .Business Manager
K. BERNERDAHLEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Stdents
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
ERLWG J. URDAHL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar; Secretary of the General FacuZty
MELVINA. HELLAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary of the Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANGJERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
b r u R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
FRIEDELW ~ D M A N N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
S. P.HJELMELAND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Field Representative, Development Fund
KENNETHLOWER. . . . . .Alumni Secretary; Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVINGHOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Supervisor of Buildings and Grounds
A w o SINKO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Services
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Mweum
IVERB. SON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archivist
CARL WOYU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publicity Director
BORGHILDESTNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Registrar
DONOVANLUNDEEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff:Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President and the Dean of the
College; Arthur C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Lyla Bratland, Secretary, Business
Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel O6ce; Lyla Olson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrars 0 5 c e ; Vivian
Isaacson, Recorder, Registrar's Ofice; Janice Sorheim, Secretary, Placement
Bureau; Joyce Nelson, Secretary, Admissions Office; Ruth Hanson, Secretary,
Business Office; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary, Library; Mrs. Ruth Elias, Faculty
Secretary; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Violet
Meyer, Secretary, Building Fund Office.
Library Assistants: Mrs. Carol Carlson and John Jenson.
Resident Counselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Edward Nyhus and
Philip Nelson; Sivertsen Hall and Residence for Women, Helen Martens;
Miriam House, Verniel Anderson; Morton Hall, Alice Ullescad.
Su$ervisor of Hwsekeeping: Olga Hermumlie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swenson, R. N.,
Nurse; Ethel Johnson, R. N., Assistant Nurse; Alice Ullestad, R. N., Assistant
Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
;2dministration: Christensen, Quan,beck, Stensvaag, Dahlen, Fosse, Urdahl, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
Curriculum: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segohn,
M i Joel.
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, Quanbeck, Bertness, Miss Pederson,
Hammanberg.
Student Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, Ozolins, E. W. Anderson, Hammarberg.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, Torstenson, Chrislock.
Athletics: Soberg, E. W. Anderson, Kleven, Aldre, Savold.
Social: Mrs. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Mr. Dahle, Miss Tangjerd, Thut.
Studies: R. E. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, E. Nelson, Mrs. Nelson.
Convocations: Helland, Colacci, Miss Lund, E. Nelson. (Student members also
included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Tomtenson, Olson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Tracher Educatim: Bertness, Thorson, Sateren, Mrs. Nelson.
Religious fife: Sonnack, Ozolins, Mrs. Petersbn. (Student members also included
in this committee.)
Faculty C m c i l : Quanbeck, R. Anderson, Milton, Soberg, Miss Joel, -Dahle,
Segolson, Sateren, Kingsley, Aldre, Torstenson, Bertness, Walton.
Board-Faculty Committee: Chrislock, Miss Pederson, E. W. Anderson (Board
members also included in this committee).
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 22; Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 922-2 5 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Gottingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg <ice 1930. President since 1938.
MELW A. HELLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 19 I 9; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 I -3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
IVER B. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of. Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran Theological
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-3 9; University of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1959-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Church History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
&., 1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor -of Old Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkins, Oslo. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
LAWRENCEM. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1942; S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work,
1942-53. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, I 9 5 5-.
At Augsburg
since 1955.
WUHELM C. LINSS, S.T.B., Th.D., Lecturer in New Testament
Theological School for Prisoners of War, Montpellier, France; S.T.B.,
Erlangen University, Germany, 1950; Th.D., Boston University, 1951.
Pastoral work: 1910-52. Teaching: Boston University School of Theology,
I 9 5 t-y4; Gustavus Adolphus College, 19 54-.
At Augsburg since 195 5.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908- I o; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-1952.
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tdlin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 19 5 I. Additimal
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. A t Augsburg since 1949.
ERREST W. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistat Professor of Speech
RAYMOND
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: M i e sota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. A t
Augsburg since 1949.
EVABAVOLAK,
A.M., Instractor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: M i sota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Tea.chers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-50;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. SOC. Work, lnstructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 1951. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., 1934-38; Elmhurst College, 1938-42; Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44 Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director of Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsburg since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University of Xnnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
ALLENBLAIR,A.M., lnstructor in Physics
B.S., Hamline University, 1949; A.M., University of Minnesota, 19 53.
Teaching: State Teachers College, Sr. Cloud, 1953-54. At Augsburg
since 1954.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy J y i o r College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-5I. A t Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., AssocicEte Professor of Clamical Lunguuges
Pontificium Acheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; Universiy of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campotram, Italy, 1941-49.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE, M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf Colkge, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 195 2; U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1952.
K. BERNERDAHLEN, A.M., Asso+te Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940,Ad&tional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, I 93 I ~39;Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41,U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVAN DOSEFF, B.S., Inst11~ctorin Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19 I 8- I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;Luther College, 1922-23; hfimeapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University ef Minnesota, 1926-53.A t Augsburg since 1955.
JOAN FAGERLIE,A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1953; A.M.,
h e s o t a . At Augsburg since 19 5 5 .
1955. Additional study:
JACKFISHER,S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
r948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., Universify.of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
CLARICEA. FYLLING,B.S., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940;B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941.Teaching: High Schml, 1941-43.
Minneapolis Public Library, 1943-53. At Augsburg since 1953.
DARYLGIBSON, Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instrummts
B.S., University of -Vlinnmta, 1934; A.M., 1941; PILD., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchem, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 19.13; University of Monuna, rg47-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, 1948-52. Ae Augsburg since 1954.
WILLIAM H. HALVERSON,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, I 95 I ; Th.B., Augxburg Theological Seminary,
1955. Teaching: High School, I 95 I -52. Pastor at Northfield, Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1955.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Mimesota,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53.At Augsburg since 1953.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, .see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
LOIS M. HCTC~~~NCS,
Ph.D., Assistant ILrofessorof Biology
A.B., Mount EIolyoke College, 1927; A.M., Columbia University, 1935;
l'h.D., Cornell University, 1944. Additional study: Vermont, Newark
College of Engineering, Washington, Minnesota. Teaching: New York
University, I 946-48; Drew University, I 948-49; Kansas Wesleyan University, 1949-52;Blackburn College, 1952-14.At Augsburg since 1954.
K n w KHIN JENSEN, A.M., instructor in History
A.B., University of Rangoon, Rangoon, Burma, 1947; A.M., Bucknell
University, I 9 I. Additional study: University of Wisconsin. A t Aug~burg
since 1955.
MILDRED V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of: Minnesota, 1947.
Additional study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 194146. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERNE- KAUPANG,A.M., lnstrlcctor in Education
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1925; A.M., r 928. Teaching: Braham,
and Minneapolis H,igh Schools. At Augsburg since 19 5 5.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Insfrucfor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42;O&cer, U. S. Navy, 1942-46.At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, r936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner. College, Staten
Island, N. Y., 1941-42;Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since I 947.
1 BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
.
.
rr
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5 ; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
I Ph.D.,
I
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor of Germanic Langwrges
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: High School, 1930-3 I ; Universi,ty of M i ~ e s o t a ,1938-425 Fisk University, 1945-47. U. S. Wee of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg since
1947CARLW. LANDAWL,M.Mus., Instructor in Mmic
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; KVZMuc;,. 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwatern Schools, h h n e apolis, 195-. A t Augsburg since 1952.
ROBERTE. LARSEN,A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1944; A.M., University of M b sota, I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Waldorf College,
1946-48. At Augsburg since 1953.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At Augsburg since 1950.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 195I . Additional study: Minnesota. A t
Augsburg since r 9 5 5.
ANNE MADSEN,A.M., Instructor in Englisb
A.B., University of California, Berkeley, California, 1944; A.M., University of Utah, 1949. Teaching: High Schools, 1945-46 and 19f1-54;
University of U,tah, 1946-49; St. Olaf College, 1954-51. At Augsburg
since 1951.
JOHN MILTON, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50, A t Augsbufg since
1922.
E ~ C.R NELSON,M-Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Fmtball and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.A t Augsburg since
H ~ L F I Y.
N NE~SOX,
Ph.I)., Asroci~tfProfessor of H m E m i e s
B.S, University o f h e s o t a , r938; M.S., r 9 e ; Ph.D., 1952. Teaching:
H i ~ hSchool, 1938-42; W ~ r m
Michigan Cokege, ICalamazw, 1942-44;
Uni~ersiryof California, 1944-46; Iowa Starc Teachem College, Su 1948,
1949. A t Augsburg since 1951.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ZETA Oswam, B.Sc., Insfmctor in Humma Anatomy
B.Sc., University of Albertu, 1949. Additionat srudy: M i n n m ~Taching:
Rap] Alexandra Hospital, Ednwnron, Albenn, School of Nursing, 1949$ 2 ; School of Nursing, St. -Michael's I-lospiral, Lethbridge, -Alberta, 195254. At Augsburg since 1915.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1952. Additional study: Mshnesota. At Augsburg since 1955.
ANNE PEDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. At Augsburg
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education for
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 19f3.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
M
~
QUA~WCH,
R
~
PhD., Professor
of
Ed?~cution
University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
A&.,Aug~burgCollege, TgZ9;
rgvz. High Schonl administration, Manmtitle, Minn., 1929-36. Teaching:
valdorf College, 1936-38. Reghcrar, Awgsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
DONALDREIMER,A.B., lnsfructor in Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953. U. S. Army, 1953-55-Additional study:
Minnesota. At Augsburg since 195 5 .
RODERICKROBERTSON,
A.M., Instructor in Speech
A.B., h e l l University, 1950; A.M., Cornell University, 1954. Additional study: Oxford University, England. Teaching: Come11 University,
1953-54; Oxford English Center, summer session, 1955. A t Augsburg
since 1955.
LELANDB. SATEREN, A.M., Professor of Mwic
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Comfition with Donald Ferguson (Minneapolis), I 94I -43.
Teaching: High Schml, 1935-39.Miusic Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Dirqtor, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46.At Augsburg 1941-43,and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Mwic
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: N o d Dakota, Minnesota.
Teamchiig: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48. U. S. Armed
Forces, 194.2-45; Glenwood Public Schools, 1948-52. At Augsburg since
1912RUTH SEWLSON,M.S., Professor of Home Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936.
A t Augsburg since 1944.
GEORGESOBERC,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological Semkary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associate Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
A.M., Th.B., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1944; Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Pastor, Mora,
Minnesota, 1944-47.At Augsburg since 1947.
WENDELLSWANSON,
A.B., Instructor in Reed lnstruments
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1939. Teaching: Minneapolis College of
Music, 1944-.At Augsburg since 1955.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., 1936.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel ColColorado State
lege, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 1931-44;
College of Education, 1946-47.YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46.At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolph- College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota.
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Ad,olphus College, 1947-49, 1950-1 I . Probation
Ofice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. A t Augsburg since 1953.
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-3 6. Eau Claire Public Library, 193 6-3 8.
A t Augsburg since 1940.
A.M., Associate Professor, of English
GERALDH. THOKSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia. U.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
s.
VERA THUT, B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: Amer,ican Con$ervatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with
Silvio Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46;
Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, I 945 -47. A t Augsburg 1938-42, a'nd since
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology and EducaMARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
tion
A.B., University of Nebraska, 193 y ; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
study: H a n a r d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teachi,ng: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1953-55. U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 1950.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology and Psychology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-35. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. A t Augsburg since 1943.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Prof essm of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of htinnesota, 1947; M.B.A., H a n a r d University, 1949;
Ph.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
University of Minnesota, 1952-53. A,t Augsburg since 1953.
ANDERSKVAMME,A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mdthematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Au:gsburg
since 1955.
GRADUATES
COLLEGE, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aasen, E, Hildegarde . . . . . . . . . .Winger
Allar, Donald J. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Donald Walter ....... Wayzata
Anderson, Arthur Leroy . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Theodore Wayne .- .St. Paul
.
Becker, Louis Oliver . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Berntsen, Ruth Ann ........ .Minneapolis
Blake, Shirlee Arlene . . . ..Ottawa, Ill.
Botko, Witlard John . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W. . . . . . . . . . Litchfield
Dill, Donald John . . . . . . . . . . . ..Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mentor
Eldal, Phyllis S. . . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Elness, S. Jerome . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Garfield
Erlandson, Wallace Emerson . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland Elroy . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fisher. George William ........ ..Morris
Froiland, David C. . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald LeRoy . . , .Minneapolis
Gante, Marshall Henry . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E. . . . .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace LeRoy . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine Lorella .Williston, N. D.
Harkman, Maryls Ann . . . . . . ..Cokato
Harrison, Jean L. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Helland, Florence . . . . . . .Binford,
.
N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald Cletus . . . ..Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer Jerome
Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert Louis . . . . . . . . . . . .Shafer
Holmberg, Richard Daniel . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. 8.
. . . . .Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha L. A.
. . . . . . ..Gonvick
Ingman, Robert C.
Isaacson, Edsel C.
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . - - . ..St. Paul
. . . ..Minneapolis
Jacobson, Luther H.
Jensen, Alice K. . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Johnson, Marcellus L.
Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Johnson, Richard Jerome
..
Kleven, Lowell H.
.Blanchardville. Wis.
Knudson, Noel M. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Knutson, Maryan Alberta . . .Granite Falls
Kylla, Valborg Louise . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyan
Langseth, Robert Vern . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Wadena
Larsson, Kentan Dale . . . . . ..Taylors Falls
Lodahl, Helen M. . . .Medicine Lake, Mont.
Lusk, George W. ............ .St. Paul
Lyngdal, Colette M. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Marquardt, William G. . . . . . . . St. Paul
Mathiason, Alan . . . . . . . . . .Warthington
Mattison, Robert T. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E. . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Mickelberg, E. D. . . . . . Onalaska, Wis.
Munson, Paul C. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Myhre, Richard Thomas . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Gordon Arlen ...... .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A. . . . . . . . . . ..Ellendale
Nelson, Marion Jane . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Northfelt, Richard A. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norum, Donald Allan .......... .Hallock
~ y $ u s , Edward Obert . Cumberland, Wis.
Nystuen, Winifred H.
Erickson, Man., Can.
Olesen, Esther . . . . . . . .
Olson, Julian Richard . .
Oudol, Yvonne Maureen
.Racine, Wis.
. . . Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
Parkhurst, Milford Charles. .Mondovi, Wis.
Patterson, Robert James . . . . . . . . . Lucan
Peterson, Lloyd Evans . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Phillips, Merton C. . . . . . . Excelsior
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . Alvarado
Pousi, Ruth Miriam . . .
. . . . Dossel
Pribble, Fred C.
. . , . . . . . . . . ..Austin
Reimer, Donna Erickson . . . . . . Duluth
Reinertson, Arlene Kathryn . . .Moorhead
Robertorye, Paulette . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Ronningen, Morlene Ann . . .Carpio, N. D.
Rust, Gary Roger . . . . . .Harwood, N. D.
Saari, Corwyn Jane . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sandness, Albert J. Jr.
LaMoure, N. D.
Sandquist, Shirley Kathryn . . .Cambridge
Seaver, John Edson . . . . . . Minneapolis
Sevold, Raymond Hove . . . . . Minneapolis
Shiell, James Lester . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
Siege!, David Howard . . . . Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde Lester . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Skovholt, Ardelle Elaine
Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H. . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Sonsteng, Ruth . . . . . . . . .Salol
Sorenson, James Arthur . . . . Eleva, Wis.
Strande, Nels A. D.
,
. Braoten
Thoreson, Allan Robert . . . . . . . . .Peterson
Thorson, Arthur William . . New Brighton
Tjornhom, Barbaro Lou . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
. . Minneapolis
Trelstad, Jerome Conley
Twiton, Robert E. . . . . .Sun Prairie, Wis.
Undseth, Morvin Sylvester . . .Minneapolis
Vick, Oliver Karl
. . . . . Spring Grove
Walker, Marilyn Kvam . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warner, Ruth Elaine . . . . . . .Duluth
Westphal, Joanne Carolyn . . Madelia
COLLEGE, 1955
With t h e degree of Bachelor of Arts
Aho, Arnold Duane
...
.Minneapolis
Amundson, Robert Edward . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Andersen, Sam C. . . .
Anderson, Curtis M. . . . . . . ..Bruno
Anderson, Donna Louise
.Argyle, Wis.
Anderson, James W. . . . Minneapolis
Benson, John E.
Berge, Mavis S. . . .
Bodin, Wesley James
Bosmoe, Valborg Jean
Bouchard, Janet A.
Bremseth, Janice M.
Briggs, Walter C. . .
Milwaukee, Wis.
Lansebora
Minneapolis
Pierpont, S. D.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Coviness, David C..
Dahlin, Maxine M.
Danger, Mary Jean
Drake, Spencer Ralph
Dronen, Richard Arlen
Egertson, Darrell J.
Eide, Delores Mae
Minneapolis
.
.Cokato
Krueger, Wallace T.
Kvamme, Anders . .
.
. .Minneapolis
Voss, Norway
Larson, Audrey Virginia .
. Robbinsdale
Lelvis, Patricia Marie .
Chatham, Mich.
Lunow, Arthur Alan . . . . . .St. Louis Park
. . . . Dalton
Maeland, Arnulf Julius
Magnuson, Albert Carl
Mahre, Richard A.
.
Martinsen, Ralph W.
Moe, Dorothy R. . . . . . .
Mulliken, John Kitredge
.
Minneapolis
Nelson, Lennart Dean
Nelson, Philip A. ...
Omdahl,
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Dawson
. . St. Paul
. . . .Madelia
Beverly F.
. . . . . . . Fosston
.Stanchfield
.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
..
,
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Pauluk, George . . . .
Peterson, Clinton Jerome
. . Minneapolis
Jackson
Quanbeck, Paul Martin . . . . Minneapolis
Roesler, William Arnold
. . . . . .St. Paul
Holling, Beverly J.
Minneapolis
Sather, Dayne W.
Northwood, N. D.
Halvorson, Arvin H.
Galesburg, N. D.
Skoar, David Wayne . . . . . . .Rockfard, Ill.
Halvorson, Helen A.
Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, James Edward
Minneapolis
Skjerseth, Donald
.
Brocket, N. D.
Honson, Lee David
Long Prairie
Sneitzer, Robert F.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Wallace Leonard
Waseca
Kandiyohi
Soderberg, LaYonne Anita .
Helland, Rachel E.
Thief River Falls
Steinbrecher, Woyne G.
. Minneapolis
Heng, Rolf 0.
Minneapolis
Stensrud, Richord H.
. . Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond Harris
Hoffman
Strandlie, Wenona : ,
. . . . . Benson
Herman, Robert Marvin
Minneopolis
Holcombe, Thomas Earl
M~nneapolis Thompson, Agnes Elaine
.Minneapolis
Thoreson, Wayne Laverne
Peterson
Jenson, John Richard
Minneopolis
Twedt, Agnes S. . . . . . . . McHenry, N. D.
Jorgensen, Beverly Mae
Delano
Tweet, Agnes Marie .
Tunbridge, N. D.
Kohls, Allan J.'
Minneapolis
Wes?, Kenneth W.
,
Maple Park, Ill.
SEMINARY, 1954
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berkland, Theodore A.
. . Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E.
Valley City, N. D.
Erickson, Stanley R. . . . . . Minneapolis
.
Kollevig, Lloyd C.
Storley, Calvin
. '.
Vaagenes, Morris G. .
. . .Willmar
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneapolis
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halverson, Philip J.
. . . . . Mc Ville, N. D.
. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Soli,
John
. .... .
Minneapolis
SEMINARY, 1955
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Anenson, LeRoy H.
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris
..
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
Rokke, David
Thorpe, Gordon
Minneapolis
Aniwa, Wis.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Dahle, Norman A.
Oman, Lyman . .
Swonson, Edward E.
.
.
,
.
. . Aitkin
Amery, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland
Vaagenes, Carl .
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1954-1 955
College
First Semester
Class
Eqen
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
Senior . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
......
Pr. Nurse (S. H.) .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1954-1 955
Class
Men
..
Senior .
Junior . . .
Sophomore
.
Freshman . ,
Special . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
-
Total
44 1
Women
Total
-
-
364
805
Theological Seminary, 1 954-1 955
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
.
Total
Semester II
Men
Total
Men
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1954-1955
COLLEGE
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...
, ,
, ,
,
SEMINARY
Men Students . .
Women Students ,
Total . . . . . .
, , , , . ,
, , ,
, ,
. ,
.
,
. ,
.
.....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, , , , , , , , ,
..
...............
..
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
....
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
College
Second Semesbr
First Semester
Men
Class
Women
Total
Men
Senior . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . .
Freshman . . .
Speciol . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1955-1956
Men
. . . .
Senior
Junior
.......
Sophomore . .
...
Freshman
Special . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
495
Women
386
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1 955-1956
Semester I
Msn
Men
Third Year
......... 6
Second Year . . . . . . . . .
10
11
First Year . . . . . . . . . .
Special
............1
Total
..............
Total
Semester II
Men
6
6
10
11
10
11
1
-
-
27
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1955-1956
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
.
.
.
.
.
......
.................................
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
.......................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
............
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Graduates-1870-1953
..
Graduotes-1954
..
Graduates-1955
Total
.
.
. . . . . . . 629
.
................
, , , , , , ,
...
.
.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
10
648
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
21 12
2760
INDEX
Page
Academic. Administration . . . . . . 33
Accounts. Payment of . . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College . . . . . . . . .
33
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . 94
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
.
Administrotive Staff
. . . . . . . . . . . .105
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . 34
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Alumni Association. The . . . . . . . . . 10
Archives. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 71
Athletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Attendance. Chapel . . . . . . . . . . 21
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Audio-Visual Education . . . . . . 12
Augsburg Foundation. The . . . . . . . 10
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 32
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30. 70
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . 14
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1M
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum
. 46
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . 80
Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . .
21
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..30 70
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Christian Education and Sociology . . 103
Church History (Seminary) . . . . . . .
100
Classical Languages. Department of . . 59
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Clubs
29
Co-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . .106
38
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents, Table of . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
9
Control, Financial Support and . . . .
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . 53
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40, 53
. 42
Curriculums . . . . . . . . .
.
Debate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30.
Deficiencies . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
Degree. Bachelor of Arts . . .
..
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses . . .
64
34
39
50
Page
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Dining Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..11. 26
Discipline
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . 54
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29. 64
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant
. . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Elimination of Students
. . . . . . . 36
. . . . . . . 20. 26
Employment Service
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 50
E.nglish. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 60
English Proficienq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Entrance Requirements. College
. . 33
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . .37. 38
Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . ..14. 16. 95
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . .
-107
Fees
...................
15
17
Financial Assistance . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . . . . 14
Financial Support and Control
9
Food Service . . . . . . . . . .
2 6
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
Foundation. Augsburg
. . . . . . 10
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
.
.
.
7
Fundamental Aims .
General Information . . . . .
.
5
Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
German. Department of . . . . . . . 65
Grade Values
..............
38
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Graduates-(1 870-1955)' Summary of 120
Graduation Requirements. College . . 39
Grants-inuid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
. . . 91
Health and Physical Education
Health Service . . . . . .
. . . . . . 25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60. 98
Hebrew
High School Teaching. Curriculum
. . 44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Home Economics. Department of . . . . 83
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . 45
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . 38. 40
Honors . . . . . .
. . . . . . .32.41
. . . . . .
-13
Hospital Affiliation
Housing
. . . . . . . .
26
P&s
.........
59
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intercollegiate Activities. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
Humanities. Division of the
Journalism
.......................
31
63
Lower Division Requirements ........ 39
Laboratories. Natural Science . . . . . . . 12
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60
Law. Pre-Low Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Library
12
Library Science ................... 79
Loan Funds ...................... 17
Location . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . ..5, 123
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30. 70
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . . . . 90
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . .13. 48
Medicine. Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . . 51
Membership in Educational Associations 9
Ministry. Preparation for the . . . . .42. 95
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
Missionary Work. preparation for . . . 43
Museum. The ..................... 1 1
Music. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Music. Organizations .......... .30. 70
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary)
Norwegion. Courses in ..........
Numbering of Courses . . . . . . . . . .
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
......
....
Old Testament (Seminary) .......
Oratory
..................... .30. 64
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Organizations. Student ............ 29
Orientation ................... .25, 77
Parish Work. Preparotion for ....... 43
Pastoral Theology ................. 101
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Personnel Services. Student
23
Philosophy. Department of .......... 57
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Physical Sciences. Department of ..... 87
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Piano ...........................
70
Placement Service for Graduates
26
Plant
10
Political Science
74
Polity, Worship. and Parish Work ..-102
Practical Theology ................ 101
.........
.....
...........................
...................
p
w
95
18
rre-seminary Curriculum ........ 4 2
Prizes. Scholarships and ............
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose .........................
*
76
28
5'
.............
Recreational Activities
22
Records . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Registration, Change of
35
Religion and Philosophy, Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .,
41
Eomance Languages, Department of .. 67
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
............
..
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum ........ 52
Seminary. Admission .............. 94
Seminary. Faculty .................107
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . 97
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . .14. 95
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . .
Social Sciences. Division of the .....
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . .
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Programs of Study . . . . . , . .
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Activities, Coordination of . .
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . .
Student Government
27
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . . 23
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
...............
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . .44. 77
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25. 37
Theology. College Preparation' for 42. 95
Theological Orientation Courses . . . . . 97
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
94
Transfer and Advanced Standing 34. 95
Trustees. Board of ................ 104
Tuition and Fees
14. 15
....
..............
University Courses ................
Upper Division Requirements ........ 40
.............
Veterans. Admission of
34
Voice ........................... 71
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between
Seventh and Eighth Streets South with administrative offices located in
Science Hall on Seventh Street at Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1. The Franklin bus to Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus to Twenty-first Avenue
South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and
Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
Main Switchboard-Science
Hall
*
,
*
*
Hours: Monday through Friday-7:55
Saturday-8:30
Dormitories
Memorial Hall:
-
, ,
.
,
,
,
a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
a.m. to 12:30 p.m.
.
.
.
Alpha House ...............................................................................
Beta House
EE 8.0501
F
............
3.9143
3.9052
Gamma House ................................................................................ I
? 3.91 12
Delta House .................................................................................... FE 2,9949
Miriam House
-FE 2.9229
Morton Hall ....................................................................................E
2.9590
Residence for Women .......................................................................... E
2-9161
Library ......................................................................................................
E
8.0505
Health Office .........................................................................................
E
6.2468
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure
and requirements for admission.
OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
ADMISSION TO THE SEMINARY-Information
for admission to the Theological Seminary.
and requests
SECRETARY OF THE THEOLOGICAL FACULTY
EVALUATION OF CREDITS--Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions pertaining specifically
to housing and dormitory life.
DEAN OF STUDENTS
For information that does not appear to be covered above
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
-
CALENDAR
1956
1957
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30
OCTOBER
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 21 . . . . . .
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13 14 15 16 17 18 19
2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
NOVEMBER
.... ,... 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 910
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4
25 26 27 28 29 30 . .
DECEMBER
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 1 9 2 0 2 1 22
23 24 25-26 27 28 29
30 31 . .', . . . . . . . .
MARCH
............
FEBRUARY
JUNE
.........- 1 2
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
8
15
22
..
5 6 7 8 9
12 13 14 15 16
1 9 2 0 2 1 22 23
26 27 28 29 30
APRIL
1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 . . . . . . . .
4
11
18
25
..
1957
NOVEMBER
JANUARY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 3 0 3 1 . .
FEBRUARY
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 1 0 1 1 12131415
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 ..
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 27 28
1
8
15
22
29
............
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31
AUGUST
. . . . . . . . -1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
18 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
..
......
1
8
15
22
29
MAY
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 91011
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 20 21 22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29 30 31 ..
JUNE
............ 1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
91011 12131415
16 17 18. 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 . . . . . . . . . . . .
JULY
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
78910111213
14 15 16 17 18 19 20
21 22 23 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7
28 29 30 31 . . . . . .
.. 1 2 3 4 5 6
........ 1 2 3
7 8
14 15
21 22
28 29
4
11
18
25
......
MARCH
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
1
8
15
22
29
2
9
16
23
30
1
8
15
22
29
DECEMBER
2 3 4 5 6
9 10 11 12 13
16 17 18 19 20
23 24 25 26 27
30 31 . . . . . .
7
14
21
28
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
1958
SEPTEMBER
S M T W T F S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . . .
OCTOBER
.... 1 2 3 4 5
6 7 6 9 1 0 1 1 1 2
13141516171819
20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 . . . .
..........
9
16
23
..
.......... 1 2
3
10
17
24
MAY
S M T W T F S
...... 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1 0 1 1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18
19 2 0 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5
26 27 28 29 30 31 . .
............
2
9
16
23
30
3
10
17
24
4
11
18
25
5 6 7
12 13 14
192021
26 2 7 2 8
............
APRIL
..
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
..
11 12 13
18 19 20
25 26 27
......
......
AUGUST
5
12
19
26
6
13
20
27
7
14
21
28
8
15
22
29
9
16
23
30
10
17
24
31
A
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one additional
issue in April
by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March
21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
LMLLNUAK
1957
1958
SEPTEMBER
S
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617
29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
99 30
95 26 27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30 31 -
OCTOBER
FEBRUARY
1 2 3 4 5
1
6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415
2021 2223242526 161718192021 92
93 24 25 26 27 28
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
29 30
MARCH
NOVEMBER
1
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415
1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29
JULY
1 2 3 4 5
6789101112
13141516171819
20912223242526
27 28 29 30 31
DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4
15161718192021
29 23 24 95 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
AUOUST
1 9
1 9 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13141516171819 I011 1P13141516
20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23
27 28 29 30
g 2526Q7282930
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
SEPTEMBER
S
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
14151617181920 11 121314151617
91222324252627 18192021222324
35 26 27 28 29 30 31
28 29 30
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 12131415 16
17181920212223
$: 25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
JUNE
OCTOBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213
12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
98 29 30
96 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
MARCH
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll
9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18
161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425
96 27 28 29 30 31
24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31
::
DECEMBER
APRIL
AUGUST
I 2 3 4 5 6
1 9 3 4
1
7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 ,
1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5
21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22
9 8 29 30 31
2627282930
g i g 9596372%29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
4
Academic Calendar
-
General Information
5
----
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life The College -
-
Academic Administration
-
21
34
--34
-
42
Curriculums
-
Courses of Study
53
Division of Religion and Philosophy
55
Division of the Humanities ....-.
59
--
Division of the Social Sciences
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
General Requirements
96
-.--.
Courses of Study
.
96
1
0
0
-----
Board of Trustees
Administration
86
...........-...-----
--
The Theological Seminary
107
-
,.--lo8
-109
Committees of the Faculty
The Faculty
--
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
72
1
D
-m
-
1
0
-
-120
1
2
3
.--.I26
,
CALENDAR
1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60
FIRST SEh4ESTER
Sept. 11-16
Freshman Days
Sept. 10-15
Sept. 11, 16
Registration
Sept. 14, 15
Sept. 17
College classes begin
Sept. 16
Sept. 17
Seminary convenes
Sept. 16
s p t . 17
Late registration fee
Sept. 16
Oct. 24-26
Homecoming
Oct. 23-21
Nov.
End of first half of semester
Nov.
Nov. 27, 28
Thanksgiving recess
Nov. 26, 27
Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas ,recess begins
Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m.
Jan. j, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 19-23
College examinations
Jan. 20-26
Jan. 20-23
Seminamry examinations
Jan. 21-26
Jan. 23
First Semester ends
Jan. 26
Jan. 16-29
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 18-Feb.
12
I2
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m.
Feb.
2
Late registration fee
Feb. 3
Feb.
12
Lincoln's Birthday
Washington's Birthday
April 3
End of first half af semester
Feb.
22
April
I
Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins
April 13, 4:zo p.m.
March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends
April 19, 8:00 a.m.
May
Seminary Commencement
May 27
May 25-29
Collage Examinations
May 27-June 3
May 30
Memorid Day
May 30
May 31
Bac,cala.ureate Service
June 5
June
College Commencement
June 6
22
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level,
students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and
theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main
I~usir~ess
section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first
A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their
~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion
:
i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial.
social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums.
a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both
from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent
vi~iit~rb.
College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency
for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The
teacher education program in home economics has been approved for
the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments
in this field.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SE~ARY
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling,
where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a
building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was
incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution
was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being
organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were
spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was
planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four
years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare
students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was. graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of
physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet
changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship
was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so
that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic
preparation.
While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as
integral parts of one institution.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to
make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim
"to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of
Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been
formulated by the college faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church
has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a
century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and development of the College,
the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle
oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business
and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota
Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the
part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association
of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference,
the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota
Private Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give
united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the
school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the
Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities
have been closely coordinated with the development program of the
college.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Librarv building.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45
women students.
The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and
24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely
modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident 'head and her assistants.
Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each
accommodating about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the
College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing
educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha?
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
THE ARCHIVES
Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the
archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library
in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided.
Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare
books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes
of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for
scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof.
Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing
with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted
to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to
out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students
make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground
floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use
and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors,
slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape
recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records,
slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center.
Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at the hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00
Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other
.
9.00
student projects)
Health fee
6.00
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) .....
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional)
1.00
Mail box fee
..
.
.50
.
Total
.$272.50
Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up
to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is
taken for credit.
Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work
per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1
Room
Board (estimate)
1
Subject to change.
..-$68.00 to 85.00
- 180.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students
$125.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ......................
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes .
....
Registration with the Placement Bureau
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement ....
$3.00 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
.......
scheduled -....
..........
.......
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............
Comprehensive examination -. . .
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ....................
MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
$35.00
Voice
35.00
.40.00
Organ
40.00
Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson
.
..
3.00
..........
14.00
Brass or Wood wind (class instruction)
. 8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Qrgan rental (one hour per day)
4.00
Voice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00
Concert Band
5.00
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1
4.00
Art 1. 2
2.00
Art7, 8 .3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 75
.
5.00
Home Economics 39, 40
Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00
2.50
Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........
.
.
5.00
Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
.
1 Subiect ta change
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
1
Chemistry, 3N, 4
Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92
Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 .
.
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54
Education 97
A
5.00
7.50
5.00
.. 2.50
1.50
15.00
..
.
,
Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but
not breakage.
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Resident students
General expenses .......................................................................$272.50
Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00
Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50
Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00
Off-campus students
-General expenses .
Special, music, course fees, and books --A
Total, approximately -
$ 2 7 2 . 5 0
27.50 to 75.50
300.00 to 348.00
These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the
case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment
on the student's account after registration.
The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or
diploma until all college bills have been paid.
1
Subiea to change.
REFUNDS
Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the
middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per
week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees,
which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of
the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify
for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition
for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided
between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor
and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of
singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is
awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award,
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
rrledical study.
20
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE^
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
must make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
'
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at
Augsburg.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
STUDENT
COMMUNITY
LIFE
'C
MUSICAND THE FINEARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
- -
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor
and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric
referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health
Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's
residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
-
-
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others.
All students not living at home must live in college operated or college
approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room.
Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after
consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single
students are not permitted to live in apartments.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students
who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the
privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service
is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available
to men students.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men
and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health
service.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for
the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This
deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it
should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are
assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present
students must make room application and submit the deposit by May
15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on
the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to
cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit
if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is
received by September 1.
City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be
assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room
deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room
become available.
PLACEMENT
GRADUATE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
EMPLOYMENT
STUDENT
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the office of Student Personnel.
COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ.
Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may
go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give
character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg
has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it
regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be
guided by these general standards of conduct.
Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and
conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration
of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of
honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the
student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also
recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home.
Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those
not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on
Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases,
careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose
continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in
any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored
event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject
to severe disciplinary action.
Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those
stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued
for a given year.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the
various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the
Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association.
The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college
community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign,
Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action
Week.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister program.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national
organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities.
PUBLICATIONS
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members
enrolled in the class earn academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography.
The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian
constitute the Board of Publication.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook
a r ~ dDirectory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation,
students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
r
AUGSBLJRG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority
open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is
based upon scholarship, character and professional potential.
The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest throughout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people
of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an
opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from
field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to
its members associate membership in professional education associations
and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching
as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is
the only requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECHOIR
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and
Imstrumental Ensembles.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECANTORIANS
This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts
and makes short tours annually.
THE MALECHORUS
The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and
makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE 'A" CLUB
Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible
plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college.
recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the -basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
-
-
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions.
The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially
refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the
applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring
semester by January 15.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one
uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined
as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120
hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difficulty in doing college work.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after
classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than
two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course
may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00
is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is
not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions
are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be
higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making
u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
&Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
1 honor .point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses:
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29,
or any literature course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Langzmge
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2.
6 credits
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
63 for P. E. 2.
Orientation is required of all Freshmen.
Major and Minors
A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech,
Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration,
Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology,
Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one
semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
English Proficiency
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the
concluding year for such a degkea in residence.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point n&
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the
vocation of his choice.
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary,
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek
the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Sophomore
Freshman
.
Basic Bible
Orientation
. .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
..
Healcth .
European Civilization
Physical Education
.
Electives
4
I
6
8
z
6
I
4
Junior
New Testament Greek
Speech
. .
.
History
.
Sociology or Economics or Political
Science or Education
.
Electives
. ..
Natural Science
Psychology
Foreign Langua,ge .
Typewriting .
New Testament Greek
Electives .
8
4
6
I
8
6
Senior
6
6
6
6
8
32
.... .
Religion
Youth Work in the Church
Philosophy
. .... ....
English Li,terature
..
Electives
. . . . . .
z
2
6
6
16
32
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH
AND
MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Sociology
..... . 3
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Orientation
................. I
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
-
Sophomore
Religion . .
. . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . .
Types of Public Speech .
Foreign Language . . . .
General Psychology . .
Health
. . . . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
..........
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . 2
The Christian Churches
. . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3
OgY - Actiltg
, ,
, , . .
. 3
Story Telling . .
,
. . . .I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities
. . . I
Electives
. .
.
10
Senior
Parish Work
............ z
Youth Work in the Church
. .
z
Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church
z
Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts
, ,
........ 2
Electives
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11.
-
HIGH
SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high
schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors
for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and
business education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . .
Teaching in High School
.
,
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Major or Minor . . .
Senior
............... 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
Sophomore
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare
students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home
economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home
.
economics and journalism, and home manomics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for
Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home
economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general
home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Orientation
. . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I
P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6
Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2
-
3 4 or 33
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . , . . . .
4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3
Sophomore
Religion
.................... 4
Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marriage and Family Relations . . 3
Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4
Chemistry 5-6* or
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . z
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z
-
Senior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education . 3
Home Management Problems . . . . . 2
Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2
Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
*Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study
in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles
research.
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Principles of Accounting
Introduction to Business
Orientation
Henlrh
Physical Education
Elective
Junior
.
Religion
United States History
. ..
Business Law
Public Finance or Money and
.
. . .
Banking
Taxation or Cost Accounting
Electives
Religion
Psychology
. . ,
Speech
. .
....
Principles of Economics
Introduction t o Statisti,cs
Natural Science . .
Electives .
.
3
3
13
Senior
Religion
. . .
4
Business Finance or Marketing . . 3
Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3
Management Relations . . .
Seminar in Business Administration . 3
Fine Arts
,
. . 3
Electives
. .
. 16
32
32
4
6
3
-
-
LAW
The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan
to study law.
Freshman
Religion
.
. .
Freshman English
Principles of Accounting
. .
Sociology .
European Civilization
. .
Orientation
General Psychology
Pihysical Aotivities
Sophomore
Reli,gion
Christian Ethi,cs
.
Principles of Economics
American Government .
Logic
.
. . ... .
Introduction to Philosophy
History or Literature
..
Natural Science
.
.
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate
training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . .
...........
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Statistics
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . .
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . .
Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
3
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Urban Sociology ...............
3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
6
3
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Introduction to Methods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16
32
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital
or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for
examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended
that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
................ 4
Religion
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Zoology
..............
Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
.8
4
3
8
2
3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6
-
Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical
work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2
-
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at
the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
DI ACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the
Dean of Women and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Freshman
,
~
,
Religion . . . . . .
4
Freshman English
. . . . . . . . .6
General Zoology
. . . . . . 8
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elements of Nutrition .
- 3
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
,
~
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . . . . . 6
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives
................7
-
33
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Anatomy and
Bacteriology
Chemistry .
Psychobgy .
Second Year
Physiology . . . . . . . . 4
. . . . . . . . ., . 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . , . . . . . . . . . .2
I2
Sociology
.
.
-
. . . . . .
2
2
Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program
should be made directly to Swedish Hospital.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o
Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear
. . . . . . . . 4
Physics . . .
Electricity and Magnetism
..
4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . .
. 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis
. . .lo
Orientation
.............. I
Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education
. . . . . , .. I
Sophomore
Religion
.......- European Civilization . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
...
General Physics
. . . .
4
6
8
8
8
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools,
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , ,
,
6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4
0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j
General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
34
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3
Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4
32
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
-
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced Shorthand .
Psychology . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . .
Offi,ce Machines . . .
Consumer Education .
Electives . . . - , . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the
following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
MR. STENSVAAG,
Chairman
the individual is apprised of
Through the study of religion and
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
I, 2.
BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
emire New Testament.
CHURCHHISTORY.I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
z Cr.
4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THEMISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.
I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1959-1960.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.11.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
g. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.I.
z Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course l o under the Department of M&c.
2
cr.
23. GROUPACTMTY.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world.
5 3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.I.
z Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
2 Cr.
56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11.
A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57.
QROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II.
2
Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 8.
PARISHWORK.I1
s Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
2 G.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THE MESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
2 cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
35. 'LFrmo~ucm
TO ~ I L O S SO.
~ I.
.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture
and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of
ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
!in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
2.
$2
n.
RELIGION.I,
under Department of Religion.
COMPARATIVE
See course 5 I,
2, 2
Cr.
j 5. CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 fie
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
n.
56. KIERKFGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42.
3 Cr.
A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1958-59.)
cr.
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
I , I Cr.
81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
MR. THORSON,
Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Ancient and Classical Languages
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Minor, I 6 credits.
I-Z? ELEMENTS
OF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
5 r, 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
3 , 3 Cr.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax ai the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
8 Cr.
I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN.
Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and
Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
Hebrew
E3-E4.1
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.I,
n.
6 Cr.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary.
S f , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, 11.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
2,2
cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
I, 11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.f
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I.
r Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
26. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. F O U N D A ~ OOF
N SLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. CORRECTIVE
WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I, 5 2.
5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.1.
See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
z Cr.
icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
L
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
rn
DRAMA.
11.
5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2
Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
z Cr.
57. THEBRITISH NOVEL.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.)
z Cr.
BRITISH LITER~TURE
OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I . I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr.
Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I.
z Cr.
71. INTRODUCTION
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
t Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11.
A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
74. SHAKESPEARE.
F r e q . 3 2 . 11.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered
1959-60.)
78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.)
z Cr.
8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.)
8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I. I.
2 Cr.
The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.)
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11.
85. CONTEMPORARY
Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
2
Cr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
2
Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1
2 Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.)
5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged.
A,
Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings.
5, 7 .
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ta
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76,
and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following
e
groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5.
STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.)
21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING
SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS.Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
zg. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.)
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.)
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.)
5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete
both semesters.
61. ARGUMENTATION
A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.)
62.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1559-6b.)
3 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.
Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11.
Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Modern Languages
This ~ e ~ a r t m e n
aims
t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe
rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest
in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious
heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training
for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher
academic degrees.
German
Minor, so credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered
1919-60.)
Scandinavian Language and Literature
24 credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.)
I I. SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.)
r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.)
Upper Division Courses
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
1958-19.)
DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.)
French
Minor, zo credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNING
FRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature. (Offered 1919-60.)
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
y I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.)
52.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.i
BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.)
52. SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.)
TEACHING
OF MODERN
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
z Cr.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the
field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56,
57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7,
2 credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64';
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend
music.
Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2,
15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music.
Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the
Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's
Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two
com(p1ete semesters within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
3 , 2. THEORY,
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of
notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6
whenever possible.
.
*A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in
applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental
music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique.
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
;, 8. HISTORY
,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements
of a course in religion.
15-16.? HARMONY.I, II.
4 Cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 5, 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
57, 58. CONDUCTING.
Jr. I, 11.
2, r Cr.
course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course in their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the
prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and
orchestra.
65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music.
77. COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
-
f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
78.
MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq.
2,
$5,
and 7 7 or consent of instructor.
TI. Sr.
2
Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.
Jr. TI.
See course 888 under Education.
t
Cr.
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
89. TEACHING
See course 89 under Education.
2
Cr.
I,
z Cr.
cr.
I
%. % c r .
%, %, Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording
opportunity for musical expression.
I , I Cr.
PREPARATORY
PIANO.I, 11.
Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns,
and simple repertory.
I , I Cr.
INTERMEDIATE
PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol,
Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions,
Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic,
and Modern Composers.
I , I Cr.
ELEMENTARY
ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh
Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II.
Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern
organ composers.
I'OICE.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
%
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, TI.
or
% or
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction+nk
per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit.
Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are
offered each year on a non-credit basis.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal Iforms. Plaster casting.
3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems.
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HJSTORY
!ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 cr.
tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance
2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-r.? EUROPEAN
CIV~IZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
SO., I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
2 1 , 22.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
(Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
52. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.)
f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
53. LATIN-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.)
3 Cr.
$4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.)
UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval
of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
DIPLOMACY.
Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary
War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be
taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.)
62. HISTORY
OF CANADA.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered
I 9 59-60.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.)
71.
FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I.
Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1959-60.)
credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism,
and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
LATENINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
74.
HISTORYOF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
12
3 Cr.
Sec course 74 under Political Science.
CENTURY.
Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr.
8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH
A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of
Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course
may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional
credit ,per semester on approval of instructor.
(Offered 1958-59.)
SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
2 Cr.
A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.)
99.
Political Science
Minor,
I1
credits.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF
3
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.)
&=r.
16. AMERICAN
DIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
6 I.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
-4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.)
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
81. TEACHWG
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42;
and 3 credi,ts in Economics.
-'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History
1 - 2 , or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended
for majors and minors in k i o l o g y .
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
YN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
4 course in general sociology for nurses.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
2I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of contemporary rural America.
22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
Upper Division Courses
51. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
RACERELATIONS
A N D MINORITY
PROBLEMS.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
5
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.)
56.
RELATIONS.
Jr., Sr. 11.
LABORAND MANAGEMENT
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 1959-60.)
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.)
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
SSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64.
INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.)
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
fellow men.
I.
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as
college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of
study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and
educational guidance.
5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I, TI.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester
emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to
other problems of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
2
cr.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
61.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
62.
Education
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the
junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of
education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made
during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the
basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and
a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1
and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in
teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I .
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
3 Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I.
y I. EDUCATIONAL
.4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
$2.
TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities;
and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY.
I , I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group
Activity.
3 Cr.
56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance,
including counseling.
58. ISSUES
m CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION.Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF MODERNLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I.
z Cr.
8 I.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
z Cr.
83.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.
Sr. I.
67.
TEACHING
OF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
$8.
TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
z Cr.
89.
TEACHING
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
z Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
53.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
y5.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
z Cr.
z Cr.
Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education 52.
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of
bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
3 Cr.
OF THE SCHOOL
LIBRARY.
So., Jr. I, 11.
5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS
Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-58.? ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction;
and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered
1959-60.)
I Cr.
METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I.
6 1. PRACTICAL
Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READING
GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex
business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies.
Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching
major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it
recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers
a minor in economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I,
16, 53, 72.
2,
3, 4, 15,
In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required.
Minor in Business Administration,
21
credits, including courses I , 2, 3,
I 5,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses
from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62.
I
1, I 6,
and nine credits
I, 2.
P ~ C I P L EOF
S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and
one double laboratory hour per week.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO BUSINESS.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory survey of business and business management including a study
of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation.
Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound methods of sampling.
I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
poli,cy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.)
5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING.
Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
(Offered 1959-60.)
RELATIONS.
Prereq.
56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
I
5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
18. INDUSTRIAL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1958-59.)
59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method;
process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~.
62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.)
6 3 . TAXATION.
Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on
the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered
1959-60.)
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION.
This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which
are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local
business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in
areas of particular interest to them.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial
positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54,
Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I
including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16.
Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business
Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16.
I.
ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
SHORTHAND.I, 11.
6 Cr.
3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
TYPEWRI~NG.
Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
2 Cr.
5 I. ADVANCED
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5 3-54.f
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
81. TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.
Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home
economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for
general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5,
k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional
credits in Social Science.
Non-teachin,g minor,
22
credits including courses
I,
2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and
75.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CARE, AND REPAIR.I.
3 Cr.
-4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
n.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 Cr.
3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
E. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.11.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLOR
AND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
11.
z Cr.
36. CRAFTS.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to
crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered
1959-60.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
11.
2 Cr.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.)
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.)
66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week.
67. FAMILYHEALTH.
I.
r Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problem within ,the family group.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Con~i~deration
of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
71.
73. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined
by the group.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. z. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2.
Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also
given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.)
Sr. I.
91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS.
See course 91 under Education.
z Cr.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. 11.
See course gz under Education.
2
92.
Cr.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16
credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~
, do not count toward the major or minor.
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
A N D PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3N. HUMANANATOMY
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N.
4.
HUMAN
ANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
I.
3 Cr.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
'
1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
8 Cr.
13-14.? GENERAL
ZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
tmth semesters.
4. 4 Cr.
25, 26. GENERAL
BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
3 2. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES.
Prereq.
1 3 - 14.
11.
4 Cr.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week.
(Ogered 1959-60.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11.
5 2. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.)
;Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend
1958-59.)
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one
double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. TI.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Chemistry
I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and
an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine
the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the
great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern
science, and it provides
dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems.
Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching
,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in
chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing,
pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields.
Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count
tow,ard the major or! minor.
Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and
should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14;
Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete
5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for
53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54,
61,62, 71, 91-92.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
j ~ CHEMISTRY
.
FOR NURSES.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical
ohemistry. Designed
to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO CHEMISTRY.
Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or
4 Cr.
permission of instructor).
A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the
needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq
with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive
credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not
receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and
two hours of laboratory per week.
5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATNE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
53-54.
ORGANICCHE~IISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts
of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week.
61.
Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL
E
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use
logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with
y Cr.
,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I.
Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week.
62.
INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in
61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr.
Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on
use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures
and six hours of laboratory per week.
66.
TO PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and
INTRODUCTION
Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions,
colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66.
71.
ORGANIC
QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I.
4 Cr.
Methods of q~alita~tive
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study
of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class
discussions and six hours of laboratory per week.
91-92.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6;
Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course
in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics,
kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.)
Department of Physics
Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more
than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their
studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of
,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both
of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background
to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the
developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of
semi-scientific publications.
Major,
28
credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74.
Minor, 16 credits.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
3.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
8 Cr.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This
course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others
who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for
Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week.
Uspper Division Courses
N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math.
5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per
week.
~
MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
52. E L E C T R I C IAND
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical
instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week.
61.
OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51.
Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.)
62.
MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11.
4 cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.)
63-64.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered
1958-59.)
71.
HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
MATHEMATICAL
PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II.
4 Cr.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various
fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1959-60.)
73-74.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered
1959-60.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.
Sr. I.
74. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
t
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and
either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a
wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their
chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor,
20
credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses.
I.
SECOND
COURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
i . SOLID GEOMETRY.
Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours o week.
3 Cr.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIP~VE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5. TI.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math.
I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
14.
Upper Divisi0.n Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. I 3,
14. so., ~ r I,
. 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I,
J 2.
53. SOLD ANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHWG
See course 83 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of che physical education program.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23,
all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required.
Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women.
2. PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
-2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied
to the individual and the community.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
II.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
n.
%, % Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
1.
6. RECREATIONAL
A c m m s . Fr. II.
I Cr.
Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
K. F ~ AID.
T Fr., SO. 11.
American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
:rolleyball. Three hours per week.
I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL
SPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts,
table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). SO. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts
,~
and tumbling. Two .hours per week.
(Offered 1958-59.)
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11.
2 Cr.
18. INDIVIDUAL
Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered
1958-59.)
23. RHYTHMS.So. I.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms.
I
Cr.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of ofliciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 I . SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Jr, I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teachin,g individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours ,per week.
57. KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 O.
This is a study of ,body movements and the mechanics in the effectinlg of
eflicient movements.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
A N D ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and onganic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
58.
COURSEm FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
I Cr.
Methods and materials in .teaching ahe American Red Cross First Aid Cowst.
73.
PRINC~PLES
A N D CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
A N D PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives d health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school healrh education and physical
education curriculum.
74.
ORGAN~ATION
A N D ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. y. Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
81.
COACHING
OF SPORTS:
FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82.
&ACHING
OF
SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or a,pproval of instructor.
M PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
A survey and, evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1958-59 and
1959-60. Alternate years after 1959-60.)
86.
COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and ad,ministration of recreational
work. (Offered 1958-59.)
OF HEALTH
EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I.
87. TEACHING
See couqe 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
INTRODUCTORY
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of
the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran
ccngregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and
nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following:
1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal convictions, and church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4.
A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
2 years
Greek
Philosophy
1 year
German, or
Latin, or
2 years
Norwegian
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage
from their theological studies, it is recommended that their college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
~iiinorand, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many
as possible of the following:
2 years
English
1 year
Speech
1 year
Psychology
2 years
History
1 semester
Youth Work
1 year
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
1 year
Education
1 year
Typewriting
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that
their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
Seminary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover the cost of
room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable
a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
EMPLOYMENT
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing
grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amount of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a
deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATION AND DEGREES
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point rati.0 of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty C~mrni~ttee
on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate in Theology is conferred upon the students
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 !C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites for admission to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History an,d contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
t Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
A.
'With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered amual1.y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Gnfession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
I.ucher.
Old Testament
FOR BEGINNERS.
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREW
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
6 Cr.
Deuteronomy. (Offered I 9 5 8- 59).
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
12.
on religious values and -the rise of ~mphetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 cr.
14. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH.A studY of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1959-60.)
3.
I T . THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
2 Cr.
of life. (Offered 1960-61.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
EXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
17, 18. HEBREW
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
z, z Cr.
in ,the Old Testament. (Offered 1 9 ~ 9 - 6 0 . )
A study of archaeological ,discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The co'urse consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1960-61.)
4
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two years of Greek is a requirement f o r
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
r t . INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 19 59-60.)
i3. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered irn the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry: (Offered 1959-60.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek texf with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
2 Cr.
the English text with the ai,d of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THEJEWISHSECTIONOF
THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 G.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. T h e
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-1 I ) , and the section o n the
Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
t Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 19jg-60.)
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims a t a
jo. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Offered 1958-59.)
t Cr.
Church History
l o . THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acu. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
3 Cr.
reform. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3
Catholic Counter-Reformation. ( m e r e d 195 6-5 7,)
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the h,istory of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
44. AMERICANCHURCH
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-61.)
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.A study of. the development
45, 46. THEHISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-19.) 2 , 2 Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study of the consti47. THE#LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
2 Cr.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
A N D ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
f z . SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOL~GY
of the Church; t h e Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
54, 55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics t o individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1959-60.)
2, 2 Cr.
j6. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
SYMBOLICS
~
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. C Q M P A R A
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1959-60.)
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based o n the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of .the pastoral office and the New Testament ministry. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUALLIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSBLING.A course dealing with the
dynamics ,underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is 'to provide an
63. CLINICALPASTORAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
r Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of ,brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
z Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the prepara~ionand delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
r G.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; o6cers, organization, and government in the epostoli~c'times; the
growth of the idea of ,the Church; the idea of a free church. I and 11 Corinr Cr.
thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing e6ciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
72. PASTORAL
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
1960-61.)
I Cr.
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schwls, Parochiai schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANSOCIETY.A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
r Cr.
task of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
AND SOCIALWORK.This course is designed .to give the
79. CHRISTIANITY
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
r Cr.
reports, and institutional visits.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Officers of the Board
. .President
Vice-President
. . Secretary
. Treasurer
Term Expires in 1958
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, Universic~r of Minnesota
Duluth, Minnesota
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Pastor, Trinity Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1959
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Fdls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
The REV. C . T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,
M,arinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Tenn Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapol,is, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Churoh.
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg Colle,ge and Theological Seminary
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
ADMINISTRATlON
. President
Dean of the College
Dean of the Theological Senzinary
. Bzlsiness Manager
Dean o f Stzldents
Dean o f W o m e n
Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
Secretary o f the Theological Faculty
. . . . . . Librarian
Director of Placement and Testing
Assistant Treasurer
Director of Dez'elopment Fund
..
Director of Public Relations
Agent; Szcperz'isor of Buildings and Grounds
Assistant Business Manager
Director o f Food Services
Curator of the Museum
. .
.
.Archivist
Director o f Admissions
Assistant Registrar
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofiice Sfaff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President; Mrs. R u t h Gamm,
Office Manager, Public Relations; Mrs. Mildred Cleveland, Secretany, Public Relations M c e ; Banbara Cole, Secretary, Admissions Ofice; Mrs. Valborg Ellingson,
Audio-Visual Assistant; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's O&e; Lilly
Gerhard, Cashier, Treasurer's Office; Mrs. Mary Jean Holmquist, Recorder,
Registrar's Oflice; Randi Langfeldt, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Ofice; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office;
Violet Myers, Secretary, Development Office; June Nelson, Secretary to t,he Dean
of the College; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Marilyn
Petersen, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Lillian Peterson, Faculty Secretary,
Mimeographing; Delores Rotramel, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna
Staub, Clerical Assistant, Library.
Resident Counselors i n Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Philip Nelson; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Delores Rotramel, Joanne Rotramel.
Supervisor of Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Manager of Grill: Arthur C.
Engen.
---
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Ali,ce Swensen, R. N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R. N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
I
I
-1957-1958-
Administration: Christensen, M. Quaekck, Stensvaag, Fosse, Dahlen, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
I Curriculum: M . Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segolson,
II
I
Miss Joel.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, A. Anderson, Chrislock.
I
4
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, J. Thut, Miss Pederson,
Hammarberg.
I
-.
Student Personnel: Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, P. Quanbeck.
E. Anderson, Dahlen.
I
Athletics: %berg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Hanwick, Savold.
1
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Tangjerd, Otolins, Mickelberg.
I
Institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, Nelson, Wckelson.
Imvocations: Holum,
C h r i s l d , Thut, Miss Mortensen. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, Miss Cole.
meinbers also included in this committee.)
Reliaiozls Life: P. Ouambeck, Ozalins, Mrs. L. Peterson. (Student
I
Teacher Education: Johnson, Thorson, Sateren, Urdah(1.
q a c u l t y Council: M. Quanbeck, A. Anderson, Miss Pederson, Landa, Holum,
Trautwein.
I
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
Xi. CHRISTENSEK,
Th.l,I., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., ?rugsburg Collcgr, 1911: Aupsburg Theo:ogical Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., I'rinceton T h ~ l o g i c 3 l Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundarion, r 9 zg. Additional study: Columbia, Chiago, Berlin, G~ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg T,heological Seminary,
19 I 8 ; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 1-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVER
B. OLSON,AM., Th.D., Professor of Systemtic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 ; Th.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
Universitv of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PHIL~PA. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Testament and
Rrligiotr; College Cbuplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 ~ o ;Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 195I ; Th.M.,
Princeton T!xuIopical Seminlry, 1914; 'I'h.D., 1957. Pastoral work, 195 1-5 3.
Teaching Fellow, Princeron Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A.t A u g s b q
since 1957.
PAULG.
~ O K X A C K , A.B., Th.B., Assoriait- Pr~frsroro j Cb~trchHistory
A.B., Augsburg Gllesr, 1942; C.T.,Augsburq Thmbgica1 Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Addition31 study: University of Chic~go.Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since r949.
STEXSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Profrssor of OIJ Tcston:mt
A. B., Augshurg Callegt, r g 3 6 ; ThB., Augsburg ~ e o l c - g i c a lSeminary,
1939; 5.TII.I.. Nzrrford Seminary Foundzrion, 1940; Ph,D., 1941. Additional study: Johns HopBins, Oslo. Pastor, Mimespolis. Mim., 1942-46.
At Augsburg since 1942.
J ~ H NM.
DORRISFLFSNER,Ph.D., 1 , ~ c t a r r rin Church Hirf0r.y (Seminary)
,\.B., Car1h3~cCollege, r 9 3 6 : B.D., Hamma Diviniry Schoa!, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wsrtburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., Univenitp of Chicago, 1953;
Ph.D.. Hartford S e m i n ~ r y , 1956. Associate Professwr of Church History,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, I 9 57.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939;C.T., Awgsburg Theologi3cal Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton 'heological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954.Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. At Augsburg since
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.At Augsburg since 1949.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; l%.B., Luther Theological Seminary, I 95 6.
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Capenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College,
1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946;A.M., 1950.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsbwg since 1949.
JOHN BATES,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., B.S.Ed., Ohio University, 195I ; M.S., University of M i e s o t a , 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Awgsburg since 1957.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 195 I. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., I 934-38; Elrnhurst College, 1938-42;Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44.Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director off Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsbung since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University af Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. IVavy, 1943-46.Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49.Teaching and pidance work: Hyline Public Schools, University
of Washington, Pacific Lutheran College, Tacoma Public Schools, I 95 6-58.
At A,ugsbung since 1949. (On leave of absence, 195 6-58.)
CARLCHRISLOCK,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Polifical Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48;Augwtana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-51.At Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., Associate Professor of Classical Languages
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblimcal Institute de Uibe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Itamly, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsbucg since 1952.
AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949.A,dditional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41.U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., 1nstru.ctor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21; Luther College, I 922-23; Minneapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, 1926-53. At Augsburg since I 95 y .
CHARLESG. EAKIN,A.M., Instructor in M71sic
A.B., Manhattan School of Music, 1 9 ~ 0A.
; M. Carnegie Institute of Tech.,
1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1957.
JACK FISHER, S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948.At Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. A m y , 1943-46.
Ind,ustrial Engineering work, 1949-53.At Aug~burgsince I 95 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instruments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolsphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Tea~hin,~
Bethel
:
College, I 954-56. At Augsburg since I 956.
HARVEYH. GLOMMEN,A.B., Jnstructor in Debate
A.B., Concordia College. Ad'ditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove High School. A t Awgsburg sinmce 1917.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. A,d'ditional study: Minnesota. Teac'hing: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953.
THEODORE
J. HANWCK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46. Rutgers University, 1946-1956. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A . ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., instructor in Economics and Business Ad-
ministration
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A. M. University of Nebraska, 1957. Teaching:
University of Nebraska, 19 56-57. At Augsburg since 19 57.
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1950-52. University of Maryland, 1956. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, w i t h raltk of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
A,dditional study: Saskat,chewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School,
1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
EINAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Edu.cation
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway and University of Washington.
At Augsburg since 195 6.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Priva,te practice, 1939-42; O s c e r , U. S. Navy, 1942-46. A.t Augsburg since 195 5.
~ I I M B.
I KINGSLEY,A.M., Assisfmf P ~ U ~ P S SofMSfimtish
A.B., h f a v i l l e College, 1936; A.M., Universiry of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Co!urntia, Midne~ora, Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Lland, N. Y., rg41-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor o f Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk
University, 1945-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
CARLW. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor o f Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Serninary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern Schools, Minneapolis, 1 9 5 e . A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1 9 ~ 4 - 5 6 A
. t Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B. lnstrzrctor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of S~cretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 I .
Teaching: High School, 1943-45. West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At. Augsburg since 1950.
SUE LUND, A.M., 17zstrz~ctorin Edz~cation
A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1939; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1940. -4dditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teachin'g: Oregon, Ill.
Community High School, Iowa State Teachers College, University of Minnesota General College. At Augsburg since 1958.
RUTH A. MARFELL,A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: High Schools in Minnesota, 1941-56; University of Minnesota,
Summers 1952, 1953. At Augsburg since 1957.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. A,dditional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
JOEL C. MICKELSON,Ph.D., l n s t r ~ ~ c t oinr English
A.B., University of Minnesota, I 9 5 I ; A.M. University of Pennsylvania,
1955; Ph.D., 1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RAYMONDMIESNIEKS,A.M., lnstrurtor in German
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1913.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 19 5 5-57. At Augsbung since 1957.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean o f W o m e n w i t h rank o f Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, I 928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor o f Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsbung College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor o f Physical Education and Coach
o f Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
'946.
CATHERINENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-55; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Aug~bur.gsince 1957.
IVERB. OLSON,M.A., Th.D., Professor o f Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instrzrctor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 5 1 ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 5.
HOWARDE. PEARSON,A.M. lnstructor in Physical E d ~ c a t i o n
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 947. Additional study: Minnesota, 'Columbia. Teaching: High School, I 945 -46;
San Mateo Junior College, Calimfornia, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg
1932-44, and since 1946.
K A ~ E R I NPETERSON,
E
M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 195 6.
LAVONNE PETERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Ed?ccation for
Wmen
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, Ma,cPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
1952. High School administration, hfantorville, Minn., I 929-36. Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-3 8 Registrar, Augsburg College, I 939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938.
A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Tcstnrnelzt arzd Religion; College Chaplain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see T h
Seminary Faculty listing.
ILIP
. t Augsburg since 1957.
of Minnesota, 1 9 ~ 5 - 5 7 A
LAND
B. SATEKEN,A.M.,. Professor of Music
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Ci
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Mz~sic
of Minnesota, :928-44; Washington State College, Summer 19 3
burg since 1944.
SOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A. B. Augsburg Col,lege, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
ORGE
G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associafe Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologi
inary Faculty listing.
UL
SONSTENG,A.B., Instrzlctor in Home Economics
A.B:, Augsburg College, 1974. Additional study: Universi
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 195 5-5 6; Graduate- Assi
TH
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic -preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,A.M., Th.B., Lecturer i n Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1913; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation
OBce, Hennepin County, 195 I - . A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. A t
Augsburg since 1940.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
GERALDH. THORSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota; Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193144; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mw., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
state College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor o f Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 3 8 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940. Additional stud(y: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg I 93 8-42, and since
1947.
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Addi,tional
studmy: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 6-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, Universiny of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1 9 5 3 - 5 ~ .U. S. A m y Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 19 50.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor o f Biology
A.B., Conmrdia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-3 1 Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 193 5-41. A't Augsburg since 1943.
CAROLL
0. SATRE,A.B., Th.B., lnstrzlctw in Religion
A.B., University of Iowa, 1943; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1945.
Pastor of St. Paul's Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, since 1957. A t Augsburg first semester, 1957.
ARLENSTENSLAND,
A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B.. Augsburg College, I 9 5 6. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsbung since 1956.
ALP EIKAAS,A.M.. fnstructor in Norwegian
Statens Larersk, Oslo, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Oslo University and Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary and
high schools in Norway, 1946-48; Adult Ed. Dept., (Evening classes) ;
YWCA, Minneapolis, 1952-56; University of Minnesota, 1948-52. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
MARYHELEN HAAS,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
A.B., Upland College, 195 1 ; M.S., University of California, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Upland Academy, 195152; Upland College, 1912-54; University of Minnesota, 1954-56. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
DONALDHELLAND,B.S., Instrz~ctorin Accounting
B.S., Lewis & Clark College, 1950. Additional study: Au,gsburg Theological
Seminary. At Augshurg, I 9 56-57.
R A D O ~ NJONES,
A
B.S., ln~tructorin Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of
Colorado. Teaching: Elementary schools, Great Falls, Mont., Edina, Minn.
At Augsburg, 1956-17.
FACULTY
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 95 I. Additional study: Minn
A~gsburg, 1 95 5 - 5 7.
MILTON, AM., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg, I 949-57.
JOHN
JAMESW. NOEHL,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, I 95 5. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. A.t Augsburg, 19 56-57.
ROLFE KERMIT VANDERBILT,
Ph.D., Instri~ctorin English
A.B., Lucher College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D.,
195 6. Teaching: Wartburg College, I 95 I - 5 3 ; University of Minnesota,
1954-57.At Augsburg, 1956-57.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
P,h.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
Universi,ty of Minnesota, I 95 2-53. At Augsburg, 195 3-57.
COLLEGE, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Curtis R.
Anderson, Deloris Ann .
Anderson, Norman E.
.
Anderson, Edward William
Andress, I. Shelby
Barber, Robert Eugene
Bartel, Henry Paul
.
.Minneapolis
Lamberton
Ashland, Wis.
Fargo, N. D.
Saginaw, Mich.
.Hastings
Boraas, J. Sherman
.
.
.Dawson
Britton, Paul R.
Leavenworth, Kansas
Brodin, Arlen George . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Brue, Donald Wayne . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carrelli, Robert A. . . .
Christensen, Orla J. . . .
Christianson, Mary Joyce -
Minneapolis
. .Clarkfield
Knapp, Wis.
Dickens, Claire Mae
Harrisburg, S. D.
Dongoske, Robert Frank .
Mound
Dreyer, Earl Edwin
Ferndale, Wash.
Dumpys, Hans George
. . .Hutchinson
Eckhoff, Donald E.
Field, Marvin William
Fitch, Gary D. . .
Fowlds, Carol Marie
. . . . . .Osseo
Minneapolis
Gehring, Farolyn Johnson
Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner Lloyd . . . . . . . .Duluth
Gilbertson, Nora M.
Frontier, Sask., Canada
Gjengdahl, Robert Allen . . . . .Minneapolis
Grinde, Lloyd C. . . . . . . Estherville, Iowa
. Rugby, N. D.
Gunderson, Eulah Irene
Hagen, Elizabeth Gerda
. .Montevideo
Hagen, Harold L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanggi, Glen &en
. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Ruth Ellen .
.
.
. Aikin
Haugen, James S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Haynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgerson, Luurayne Renoro
Mt. Sterling, Wis.
Holzinger, Robert A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet Marie .
Hoversten, momas H. . .
Howard, Charles Henry .
Hsiao, Andrew Keh-hsieh
. Alden, low
. .Lake Crysta
Hunt, Elaine Helen
Jha, Anil Kumar
Larson, Donald Rae
Larson, Melvin W. .
Larson, Robert Duane
Newman Grove, Nebr.
Lee, Russell Curtis
. . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert Rae
. . .Minneapolis
Lower, Carolyn Elizabeth . . Minneapolis
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lundin, Harvey Allen
Main, Ronald C.
.Portland, Ore.
. .
Meredith, Patricia Jo-Anne . . .Minneapolis
Moen, Ardell John . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizabeth Anne . Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert Laverne . Spokane, Wash.
Ose, Roger
.
Overlund, Ervin K.
,
Pearson, James Kenneth
Pederson, James Lowell
Petersen, Marilyn J.
Peterson, Russell Jerome
Radde, Robert Edward
Roos, Robert Allen
Rorvig, Bruce W.
.
Rundquist, Bertil . .
Rykken, Franklyn E.
Saastad, Jerrald A.
Sar5, Donohue R.
Solem, Duane J. .
Sorum, Ann Carlson
.
Steenberg, Evelyn Chanco
. Minneapolis
Stensland, Arlen H. . . Portland, N. D.
Stoa, Harold Merlyn . . . .
. Minneapolis
Swanson, Allen John . .
. Cloquet
Tader, David Leon
Thompson, John .
,
. Staples
. .Minneapolis
.McGregor
Madison, Wis.
Thompson, Theodore T.
Twiton, Margaret Halen
. . . . . Stephen
Estherville, Iowa
Warnes, Wanda E.
Woiden, Gerhard P.
. Fargo, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth
COLLEGE, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anfinsen, Arthur Morris Jr.
Armstrong, James William
Aranson, Donald W. . .
.
Arvidson, Kenneth
Baker, Stanley B.
Berg, Richard Lloyd
Berg, Sidney
. .
Bernier, Jack L. . .
Berntsen, Rita Maxine . .
Beyers, James Russell M.
Bockhaus, Mary Gail
Borman, Dennes L.
.
Braseth, Mary Ann
.
Burke, Dorothy Ann .
Hopkins
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Rockford, Ill.
.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
,
.Minneapo!is
. . .Minneapolis
Escanaba, Mich.
.St. Louis Park
... .
Mound
,
.Minneapolis
. .Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
Ingebretson, E. Arlene
Minneapolis
Jamieson, Robert Grant
Jensen, Carl A. . . . . .
Jespersen, Morris Gene
Johanson, Eldri Ruth .
Johnson, Marshall Duane
Johnson, Ralph Stanley
Johnson, Ronald Clarence
Johnson, Wilgard G.
,
Koltved, Leon M.
Koupins, Alfreds Egons
Knox, Philip S. . . .
Kolden, Lois Jeanette
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
St. Paul
. .
Dalton
Middle River
. . . . . Duluth
. . St. Paul
. . . Herman
Rockford, Ill.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Portland, Ore.
. . Bagley Loidig, Anneliese . . . . . . . willmar
Christianson, Harlan Charles
James
William
Minneapolis
~
~. . ~
l
i
conyers,L ~ ~ R ~~ . ~ ~ ~ b i ~~ Lanning,
~~
t~
.
.Minneapolis
Larson, Patricia Ann
st. paul
Co[nelius, Jane Collins
Larson, Richard John . . . . . Kerkhaven
Larsson, Nancy Elaine . Wahpeton, N. D.
Dahl, Linnea M.
Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . .Roseau
Lecander, Roger V. . . Menomonie, Wis.
Emery, Curtis V. .
Minneapolis
. ..
. . . . . . Fasstan
Lee, Harris W.
Engedal, C. Gayle
,
Minneapolis
.
.Minneapolis
Lindsley, Dale A.
Faust, Daniel Gordon
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . .Lake Lillian
Flann, Duncan D. . .
Forss, Grace Lois
.
. .Minneapolis
Franzmeier, Richard Allan
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. Jr. . .
Gehring, Virgil Robert
Minneapolis
Gibson, '~ruce Allen
. . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Gilbert, Barbara Ann
Glasoe, James Lowell
. .Minot, N. D.
Grant, Gloria Helen . Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L.
. .
. .McGregor
. . . Benson
Grimstad, Jason .
.
Minneapolis
Grinde, Raymond A.
Gutzmann, Gordon Keith
.
St. Paul
Hamre, Paul Andrew
Hofflander, Thomas M.
Holmes, Dean Karstens
Holmgren, Charles Gordon
Holt, Evereti V.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Cannon Falls
St. Paul
. . Carver
Mackey, Roger Clarence
Main, Christine Munson
Manguson, Jean Marie
Martin, Gerald A.
.
Mindrum, Gerald . .
Moe, Erwin John .
.
Monson, Harley C. . .
Moren, Orval Kenneth
.
Nelson, David J.
Nelson, Victor E. .
Nielsen, Bernard G.
Norman, James A.
Nyhus, ,Paul Luther
Ohlin,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
...
John L.
Beverly JoAnn
David W. .
Jeanetie I. .
John H. .
Oscar E. Jr.
.
Minneapolis
. .Atwater
. .Tracy
.Minneapolis
Minneap~lis
Excelsior
Minneapolis
.Mentor
. . Minneapolis
Whitehall, Mich.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Cumberland, Wis.
.
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
New London
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
. .Mound
~
Ose, Gaylen
Oslund, Robert C.
Thief River Falls
..
. St. Paul
Paton, Richard James
Peterson, W. Fred .
Pickering, Donald M. . .
Plumedahl, James Duane
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
St. Paul
Robbinsdale
Rasmussen, Joyce Marie
. .
Rodvik, Marvin S.
Rokke, Robert John .
Rovick, Doris Jean . .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Strandquist
.Minneapolis
.
. . Donnelly
Sather, Judith Ann
Schuldt, Kenneth Edward
Minneapolis
Seaver, Raymond E. .
Minneapolis
, .Minneapolis
Sherry, Richard J. . .
Skovholt, Verna Joanne
Mooreton, N. D.
Snider, Neal E. . .
Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce
Sunde, John P.
Swenson, Darwin Warren
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lake Lillian
Tamminen, Joon Katherine
Stambaugh, Mich.
Tebben, Peter J.
Sebeka
Bod@, Norway
Thomassen, lvar .
Thompson, Rodney F.
Minneapolis
Trelstad, Gordon Anthony
Minneapolis
Vevle, Richard Harold
Minneapolis
Warme, Thomas Martin
Welckle, John Edwin
Welde, Ronald 6.
Minneapolis
Woad Lake
Minneapolis
Zinn, Wilton Harley
.
St. Paul
SEMINARY, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berntsan, Rudolph E.
Carlsen, Glenn T. .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
.
Edinburg, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Duluth
Rimmereid. Arthur V.. New Rockford, N. D.
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Unseth, Malcolm Wulff
Rockford, Ill.
SEMI NARY, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Hanska
Minneapolis
Newfolden
Evenson, Leland E.
Helland, Donald E.
Huglen, Erling S. B.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Sandness, Albert J
Shiell, James L.
Cumberland, Wis.
La Moure, N. D.
Hoffman
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Anderson, Eugene C.
Elness, Jerome
Willmar
Garfield
Nelson, Maynard L.
Salem, Ore.
STUDENT REGIS=
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
College
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
I
Total
Men
..
Senior
Junior . .
Sophomore
Freshman
Speciol
.
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1 956-1957
Clan
Men
Senior . . . . .
Junior
. . .. .
Sophomore
. .
Freshman
....
Special
. . . ...
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Women
-
-
523
433
Total
Theological Seminary, 1956-1957
Semester II
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
Total
Women
8
I
Men
10
8
8
10
8
I
-
-
-
27
1
26
Women
Total
Women
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment
,
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1957-1 958
COLLEGE
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Senior
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
.....
Fr. Nurse (S.H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1957-1958
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .&3
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . W
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . I29
Freshman . . . . . . . 195
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . .
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
......
Total
...........
520
Women
27
39
81
130
16
88
38
32
451
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1957-1958
Semester I
Semester II
Men
Men
Third Year .
Second Year
First Year . .
Special
.
.
Total
Men
8
8
7
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1957-1958
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Total
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
Page
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . . 34
Accounts, Payment of . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College .
.
. 34
.
.
. 96
Admission. Seminary .
Administration . . . . . .
. . 108
Administrative Staff . . . . . . 108
Advanced Standing . . . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . .
Alumni Association. The . . . . . .
Ancient and Classical Languages .
Archives. The
. . . . . . . . . . .
Art
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel
..
..
Attendance. Class .
. .
AudieVisual Education
....
Augsburg Foundation. The . . .
Awards
. . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Dining Hall . . . .
2 11. 6
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization .
.
..54
Dramatics . .
. . .
30. 64
Band
31. 7 0
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . 107
Board of Trustees .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum . . . 46
Business Administration and Economics 80
Calendar
. . . .
4
.
.
36
Cancellation
31. 7 0
Cantarians . . . . .
.
21
Chapel Service. The
. 88
Chemistry. Department of
Choir
. . . . . . .
31. 7 0
Church History (Seminary)
. . . . 103
..
59
Classical Languages . . . .
Classification of Students .
. . . . . 37
Clubs
. . . .
30. 31. 99
. . . 29
Cc-curricular Program .
. 109
Committees of the Faculty .
Community Standards and Discipline . 27
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 38. 98
.
9
Control. Financial Support and
. . . . . . . .
. 22
Convocation
. 27
Coordinator of Student Activities
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . I . . . . .
15
Courses of Study. College . . . . 53
Credits .
.
.
41. 53
.
.
.
42
Curriculums
.
Degrees
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
.
39. 99. 100
.
50
Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 98
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 5 0
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . 34
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations
.............
38
Expenses
..........
Faculty. The
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control
...............
Fine Arts
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
26
31
10
66
General Information . . . . .
5
Geography
........
-74
German
......
. . . 65
Grade Values . . . .
39
Graduates . . . . . . . .
120
Graduates--(1870-1957)
Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements
,
.39. 99
Grants-in-aid
. . . .
20
Greek
.
...........
59
.
Health and Physical Education . .
73
25
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 101
High School Teaching. Curriculum
44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
6
History. Department of . . . . . .
72
Home Economics. Department of
83
45
Home Economics. Vacations in
Homiletics
. . . . . . . . .
105
Honor Pbnfs
. . . . .
39. 41
Honors
. . . . . . . . .
Hospital Affiliation . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Page
Page
. . . . .33. 41
. . . . . . . . 13
. . . . 26
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . .105
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Publications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Purpose
.................... 5
. . . 59
.
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 98
Intercollegiate. Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Journalism
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lower Division Requirements .
Laboratories. Natural Science
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library Science
.........
Loan Funds . . . . . . . .
Location
. . . . . . .
Majors .
.............
40
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 70
Mathematics, Department of
92
Medical Staff . . . . . .
109
Medical Technology . . . . . . . .13, 48
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . 5 l
Membership in Educational Associations 10
Ministry, Preparation for the . . . .42, 97
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . 43
Modern Languages. Department of
. 65
Museum. The
...
. . 11
Music. Department of
. . .
68
Music Fees . . . . .
15
Music. Organizations
31 70
.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary) . .
Norwegian. Courses in .
.
.
Numbering of Courses
.
.
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
Old Testament (Seminary)
Oratory
.........
Organ . . . . . . . . . .
.
Organizations. Student
. .
Orientation
. .
86
1 02
66
53
49
13
. . . . 101
31, 64
. . . . . 70
30. 99
25 77
.
Parish Work. Preparation for
Pastoral Theology . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of . . . . .
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . .
Physics. Department of
...
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service for Graduates .
Political Science . . . . . . . . . .
.
Recreation
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..22. 32
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . 52
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . 96
Seminary. Faculty
. . . . . . . . . . .110
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . 100
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . ..14. 98
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 99
. Seminary
. . . .
Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of
. .
75
Social Sciences. Division of the . .
72
Social Work Curriculum . .
. . . . 47
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Spanish
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . 67
Special Programs of Study
.....
13
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Student Activities. Coordination of .
27
Student Community Life
. . . . . 21
Student Government . . .
2 8
Student Personnel Services .
. . 23
Student Society. The .
. 27
Systematic Theology . .
103
Table of Contents
.
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . .
Teaching Curriculum .
. . .
Testing
. . . . . . . . . .
Theology. College Preparation for
Theological Orientation Courses
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
Transfer and Advanced Standing .
Trustees. B w r d of . . . . . . . . . .
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . .
37
41
University Courses . . .
Upper Division Requirements
Veterans. Admission of
Voice .
.
35
70
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth
Streets South with administrative ofices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t
Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1 . The Franklin bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus t o Seventh Street and! Cedar Avenue
&h+mdkce
may de a&ued
a a &ellowa;
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application
for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and
requirements for admission.
OfFice of Admissions
ADMISSION TO THE
Theological Seminary.
SEMINARY-Information
and
requests for
admission
t o the
Secretary of the Theological Faculty
EVALUATION OF CREDITS-Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer
of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
O f i c e of the Registrar
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions
pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
Dean of Students
For information that does not appear t o be covered above
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin... Show more
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semestm without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECX,
Chairman
THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised
of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to G r i s t
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of
these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division
credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do
not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation.
Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during
their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the
sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion
requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major or minor in religion.
I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of
developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5
7. CLASSICS
IN CHRISTIAN
I)EvoTIoN. I.
2 Cr.
The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional
writings of different periods in the history of the church.
8. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
2 0.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.I.
2 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
9.
lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Bvision Courses
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of
the great non-Christian religions of the world.
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I.
3 Cr.
5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical
development of some of these doctrines.
CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11
3 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
54.
5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I.
2 Cr.
The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to
some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in
America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church.
5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal
psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church.
1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11.
2 cr.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
60.
YOUTHWORKIN
THE
CHURCH. II.
r Cr.
A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I.
3 cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
62. THEMESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11.
3 Cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.
INTRODUCTION
Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
63.
64. THE CHRISTIAN
FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the
student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the
present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES
IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as religion, art, and morals.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for
the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor.
23.
LOGIC. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a
brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
24. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.11.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture
and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47
HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
54. AUGUSTINE
A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 cr.
6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.)
3 0.
64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1960-61.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.
Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1960-61.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.)
OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11.
3 Cr.
72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered
1961-62.)
85. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .)
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language
of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Humanities
IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theologicaI seminari&.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and
1 4 credits in ,Latin.
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor:
20
credits.
,
1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11..
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 Cr.
3, 4. CZSAR,
AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and
St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .)
Division of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11.
See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary.
6 0.
2,
2
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
T m DEPARTMENT
OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld
U
I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d
the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt
a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I
may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not
achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the
course before they enroll in course 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the
A.B. degree.
Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, 62, and 74.
Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61,
and 62.
Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language.
Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76,
78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French.
Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first
semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74;
second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper
classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit.
1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.)
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
50
/ D i ~ d i o nof
thc Hzrmanities
5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.
I.
z Cr.
AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
9. COMMUNICATION
FOR NURSES. I.
2 Cr.
A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening
12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC
WRITING.
See course 12 under Journalism.
IT.
2
Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERN
WORLD. Prereq. 2.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered
both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
CREATIVE
WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
26.
31.
MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
I.
z Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32.
RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students
who rank low in the sophomore English test.
56.
5 I,
52.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq.
?.
I, JI.
2,
z Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 5.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA- n.
z cr.
See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq.
2.
I.
2
Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I
58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 cr.
The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I.
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry.
3 Cr.
60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
BRITISHLITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 2. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2.
5 cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of
language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I.
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and
the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.)
z Cr.
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.)
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
a cr.
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.)
8 5 . CONTEMPORARY
AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1.
Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.)
2
Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
52
/ Division
of the Humanities
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
partment chaiman. Offered both semesters.
I , I Cr.
JOURNALISM
r 1. SURVEY
OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS.
I.
z Cr.
Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on
analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the
reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication
agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied.
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
2 0.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to
editing and headline writing.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32,
66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors.
Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech
I 1.
For Education students courses 12, 3 I,
32, 5 1 or $3, and 66.
I I.
BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters.
Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening.
12.
ARGUMENTATION.
50. II.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
16. STORYTELLING
AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS.SO. Il.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
z Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. INTERCOLLEGIATE
SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests.
I
Cr.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS. Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING. So. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group
discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .)
53. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work
in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.)
5 5. PERSUASION
AND PROPAGANDA.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising,
selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered
1960-61.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d
1361-62.)
3 Cr.
66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76.
SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
54 / Division of the Humanities
92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe
uie of primary sources and the methodology of research.
94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THIS DEPARTMENT
aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Minor, 20 credits.
8 Cr.
I-2.f BEGINNING
GERMAN. I, 11.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all
students planning to teach.
Upper Division Cou.rses
1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
3. 3 Cr.
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Humanities / 5 5
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.)
Upper Division Courses
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1960-61.)
5 5.
2
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
t Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.)
FRENCH
Minor, t o credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries.
52.
FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION. 11.
3 CC
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition.
SPANISH
Minor,
20
credits.
8 Cr.
I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and
background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
56
/ Division
of the Humanities
Upper Division. Courses
5 I . SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports.
52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON
~m Cornsmow. 11.
3 cr.
A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual
aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
y
in
and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation
the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by
the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a
moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention
or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn,
Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or
twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in
vocal or instrumental music.
A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
"A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work.
Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique
if hi applied music is largely vocal.
I , z. THEORY.
I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota-
tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
reading, dictation, and part singing.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO MUSIC. 11.
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple-
mented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 G.
Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to
Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion.
I 5-16.?
HARMONY.
I, 11.
4 cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Divisionl Courses
5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U.
2, 2 Cr.
Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior
year.
57, 58.
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z, z Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69.
TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr.
I.
z Cr.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species.
58
/ Division of
the Humanities
78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
I , I Ct.
Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research.
APPLZED MUSZC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
CHOIR.;
I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11.
%, % Cr.
%, % Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCE
SEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE D E P A R ~ E N OF
T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history
Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59
and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are
encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71.
I.
BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ ,
.and sculpture.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscape, and portrait painting.
21, rz. SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATERCOLOR
PAINTING.11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting.
Upper Division Courses
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. CI.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING.I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir,
directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the
55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK
OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords
preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, ~rere~uisites
may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2.
WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History.
21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
So. I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester,
the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLAND
TO I 8 3 2.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.)
5 3. HISTORY
OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITED
STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of
kstructor.
Wision of the Social Scimces / 61
AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci.
or #. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present
is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for
one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.)
56.
AND PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
GOVERNMENTS
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr.
See course 58 under Political Science.
H.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival
of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.;
64. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,1200-1500.
Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian
Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.)
3 cr.
65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1960-61.)
3 cr.
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their
effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.)
67.
PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN.
AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n.
3 Cr.
68. CHINA
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.)
FRENCHREVOLUTION
AND EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848.
7I.
62 / Division of the Social Sciences
LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
Jr., Sr. I.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
See course 75 under Political Science.
TWENTIETH
CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor.
82.
12
99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST
HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor: I 5 credits.
AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I, 11.
6 cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42.$
Upper Division Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
57.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST
ASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. P O L I ~ CAND
S
PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1960-61.)
PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 63
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16;
Political Science 4 1 -42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu
for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 .
Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11.
See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics.
3
e.
5 . SOCIOLOGY.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2 I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of,contemporary rural A.merica.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22.
42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
cr.
64 /Division of the Social Sciences
Upper Division; Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52. RACERELATIONS
AND ,MINORITY
PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an
examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.)
5 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 19.61-62.)
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work.
A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare,
child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies.
3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.)
Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
PSYCHOLOGY.
62. ABNORMAL
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUC~ON
TO METHODS
OFSOCIAL
WORK. Prereq. #. II.
3 Cr.
Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the
data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in
psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
#fellowmen.
Minor: 15 credits.
Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y
GENEU PSYCHOLOGY.
Offered both semesters.
y.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed.
7. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.I.
z Cr.
An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed
upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene,
and to methods of therapy.
10. PSYCHOLOGY
OF ADJOSTATENT.
Prereq. y . So. 11.
3 Cr.
Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living,
theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered
with respect to personality and mental hygiene.
Upper Division Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I.
Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
64.. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal
learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality
traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
IN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
66. TOPICS
A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations
begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of
their choice.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
STUDENTS
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which
are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to
take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
2, 2 Cr.
50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11.
This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes
consideration of the techniques of studying children.
METHODSAND MATERIALS
OF THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLCURRICULUM.
Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary
school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music,
and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of
the elementary school.
5 2 , J 3.
METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES
AND THE LANGUAGE
ARTS
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I.
j Cr.
The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in
the fields of social studies and language arts.
54.
IN THE
Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I.
5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING.
A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to
three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may
assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion
hour a week. I credit per semester.
J
8.
TEACHING
OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
19.
CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
60.
SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student
teaching experience.
62.
DIRECTED
TEACHING
IN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular
teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools.
Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college
staff.
Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67
SEGONDARY EDUCATION
ADMISSION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester
hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71.
For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11.
I, I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
OF NATURAL
SCIENCESIN
79. TEACHING
THE
SECONDARY
SCHO~L. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
68 / Division of the Social Sciences
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
THE
a3. TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
85.
TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
M THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
s Cr.
88.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.
89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
THE
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS
nu
m E
JT.
11.
2
cr.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN
N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr.
92. EVALUATION
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISHIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
94. TEACHING
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 .
97. STLTDENT
TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
4-5 Cr.
both semesters.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control
of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college
supervisor and selected critic teachers.
99. TOPICS
IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi
tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher.
M i o r , 16 credits.
Division of the Socid Sciences / 69
55-56.?
OF
BASICFUNCTIONS
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI.
3 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
57-58.i
4 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered
1961-62.)
61. PRACTICAL
~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THE
OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides
a teaching major and minor.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses
16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required.
I , 2,
3, 4, 15,
Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve
credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required.
Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits
from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62.
70
/ Division oj
the Social Sciences
I, 2, PRINCIPLES
OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO.
. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK
TO Busn~ss. Fr. I.
f Cr.
An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study
of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation.
~
Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred.
INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound rnethds of sampling.
4.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division, Courses
5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.)
53. BUSINESS
LAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing
are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining
merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.)
RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
58. INDUSTRIAL
,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 Cr.
59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs. (Offered 1960-61.)
Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I
60. INTERMEDUTE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.)
61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
62. CORPORATION
FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of
financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of
corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.)
63. TAXATION.
Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give
a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to
business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.)
72. SEMINAR
IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of
previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students
in areas of particular interest to them.
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54,
Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53.
Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for
graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above
I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or
I 5, 16. S
i
x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRTTING.
M e r e d both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11.
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, n.
6 Cr.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
72
/ Divisim
of
the Social Sciences
Upper Division Courses
5 1. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I.
z Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 z. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal
forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
53-14.? ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 ,
66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3;
Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
22
credits, including
I,
3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33
and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are
Education 91 and 92.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week.
2. CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.11.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week.
3. ART IN DAILY
LIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73
8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION.
TI.
A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
3 Cr.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
36.
CRAFTS.
11.
2
cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1961-62.)
AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
39, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per
week.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11.
3 Cr.
P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
57.
T ~ x m s . I.
2
Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy
hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.)
64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .)
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.I.
t Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management
house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the
group.
73.
z Cr.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
Many practical demonstrations are carried
out in the home econ o m i c s department.
T h e help studem in
their personal develop
ment, prepare them for
the responsibilities of
home-making and give
training for a professional career.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of
to acquaint rhe student with the significance of
science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound
mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip
the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the
liws of his felbw men.
a;
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
'
I-2.i
GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
3. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
4.
7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
8 cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles.
Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periodr per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I.
4 cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1961-62.)
52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II.
4 Cr.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1960-61.)
Prereq. Chem. 6. 11.
4 Cr.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week.
cr-
PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11.
3
56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING
Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI.
4 Cr.
A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS
THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine,
dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical
,
technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 )
-graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study:
I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50.
Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3 Cr.
3. ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per
week.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I,
17, 16. INORGANIC
TI.
4. 4
(3.
For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics
students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 3. 54.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq.
I 6.
So. I,
TI.
4. 4 Cr-
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week.
78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics
61. QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr.
78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO
11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. II, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
3 cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
85 . INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUES.
Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis
utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of
laboratory per week.
ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four
hours of laboratory per week.
90.
93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member.
Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut
training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute
schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the
zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups
and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t
possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 .
Minor: I 6 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar
q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe
znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening
meetings ra observe the sky.
3. PRINCWLW
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including
mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is
intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others
who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one
mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit
for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r .
GENERAL
PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 fi.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
3 Cr.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
E L E C T R I C AND
I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.)
57.
61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
63. 64. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.)
71.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1961-62.)
.
73, 74. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I , I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to
afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller
understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the
subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers
in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81
I.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
o Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not
have higher algebra in high school.
2.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
o Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5. ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
3, I 4. INTRODUCTION
or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I
Upper Division Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I , y 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
51.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree.
6 I , 62. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI.
3. 3 Cr.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis
is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of
leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics
All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the ~hysicaleducation program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women.
PERSONAL
A N D COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO
HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E C R E A ~ O NFr.
. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
pbysical education, and recreation.
I Cr.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAM
SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
I 2.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2 , 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So.
Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern.
1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Women). So.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three
hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics
/ 83
\
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
I y 60-.6 I.)
23. RHYTHMS. So. I.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing.
z Cr.
z Cr.
29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 1. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem.
1961-61.)
57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
escient movements.
5 8.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
z Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases.
I Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I.
j Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D
PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
74.
8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. II.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Offered 1960-61.)
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be
followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under
departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion L, Z
.2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3,
3
History or Sacfalogy
.3
Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4
4
Natural Science
..3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3. 4 .... M
M
.............
......
.......
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z
Foreign Language ......... -3
Social Science
.3
Natural Science
Electives ................... .P
.............
............-
Cr.
2
3
SENIOR
ISem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... .3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History . 3
Electives ................... 10
12
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Fine Arts .................. . 3
Literature or Philosophy
.Electives .................. .14
..
Cr.
3
14
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETIONOF
THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which
prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Basic Bible ................
Freshman English ......... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Western Civilization ...... . 3
Physical Education ........ $4
Natural Science ........... . 3
Electives .................... 2
Cr.
2
3
4
3
95
3
2
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
e.
Religion .................... Z
Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3
Foreign Language ......... 3
Typewriting ............... .1
New Testament Greek ... - 3
Electives ....................3
Cr.
2
3
3
Curriculums / 8 5
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.3
3
2
.....
.....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History ..................... 3
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ - 3
Electives ................... .5
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
English Literature ........ . 3
Electives .................... 8
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE
OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its
satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate
indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker,
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the department of religion.
The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or
Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below.
FRESHlYIAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
.
................ .Z
Basic Bible
Fi-eshrnan English
.3
Natural Science ........--.-3
Typewriting ............... .I
Physical Activities
'5
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3
.........
.........
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
'h
4
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Chzrrch History
.-2
Speech 11 ................ ..2
3
Speech 12 ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
General Psychology
.3
3
Fine Arts ...................1
First Aid ..............-....
Natural Science ........... .3
2
Speech 16 ................. .Electives ....................
3
3
...........
.........
.......
-
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
T h e Missionary Enterprise .
Principles of Christian
Education ................ .2
2
T h e Christian Churches
T h e Lutheran Church ..... .%
Social Psychology or Urban
Sociology ................ .3
Acting
3
Crafts
2
Elementary Shorthand .... .3
3
Recreational Activities .....
1
Electives .................. .6
4
.-
...-
-
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2
Educational Psychology ... .3
H y m n s and Music o f t h e
Church .................. .2
Journalistic Writing .. .: ...
2
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3
Secretarial Practice .........3
Electives .................. .8
6
-
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such
as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should
usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields
in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history,
social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics,
chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors
are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature,
French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion 1, 2 .............
English 1, 2 .............. . 3
History or Sociology ..... 3
Foreign Language
.4
'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4
Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$
.......
.JUNIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3 or 4
2
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. .2
Foreign Language
.3
Psychology
.Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4
Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......
...............
Cr.
2
3
3
-
3
6
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Religion ...................
Education 71. 72 .......... .3
Education 73. 74
-1
Speech ....................
Electives in Major
or Minor ................ 10
........
-
Cr.
3
3
1
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Education 76 ..............
Education 78 ..............
3
Special Methods ......... .4
Education 97 ............. .4-5
Literature or Philosophy . .
3
Electives in Major or
Minor ..................... 7
--
-
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of
their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or
more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits;
fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits:
foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must
be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be
f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to
complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated,
substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of
Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are
possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the
program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in
this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take
a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from
those described by the department may be permitted subject to special
departmental appreval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... 2
2
3
Freshman English ......... .3
Western Civilization
.3
3
Modern Foreign Language 4
4
Physical Science ....... .3 or 4
3 or 4
(Selected from Physics 3,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
6. 32)
Physical Activities ........ Yi
'h
......
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
.2
Literature .................. 3
Child Psychology .......... .2
Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,..
Methods & Materials of the
c&I
~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl
r~
culum (Music, Science &
Health. Art, Mathematics.
Physical Education) ... .3
Observation of Teaching . .I
Electives
.6
-
..................
2
SOPHOMORE
ISm.
Cr.
Sem.
Cr.
-
3
2
Religion ................... .2
General Biology ...........9
Speech .....................
General Psychology ....... . 3
Geography .................
U. S. History .............. .3
Modem Foreign Language ..3
Health .................... . 2
.-
SENIOR
'
a
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion ...................
Observation of Teaching . I
Teaching of Reading ...... .3
Seminar in Teaching .......
Directed Teachine .........
Children's ite era cure .......3
Methods & Materials of the
Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies &
Language Arts) ......... . 3
Government ............... . 3
Electives ....................2
Cr.
.
-
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip
students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare
them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics
education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not
required for a general home economics major.
88
/ Curriculums
FRESHMAN
..
.............. 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion 1. 2
Physical Education ........ J'2
English ..................... 3
Sociology ................... 3
Biology 1-2. or 4 or
13-14'
I1 Sem.
Cr
2
.
Yz
3
.
Religion 3 4 ...............
Psychology
Foreign Language
Physics .....................
Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or
I Sem . I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
4
4
3
.
..................
..........
5. 32 ..................... 4
..................
0 4
........
........................-
Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development ..........
Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3
Art in Daily Living
3
Nutrition
Clothing Selection ......... 3
Clothing Construction
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
.
I Sem
Cr .
Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3
Speech
S
Economics ............. ,
Color and Design .......... - 3
Home Planning & Furnishing ........................
Family Health ............. 2
Textiles ..................... Z
Educational Psychology ....3
Teaching i n Sec. Schools .
Group Activity ............ .I
....
IISem .
Cr .
2
3
2
-
-
3
--
.-
-
3
1
SENIOR
..
.................... 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion
Literature
Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2
Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9
Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2
Home Management Lab .....2
Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2
..
I1 Sem
Cr
2
3
4
2
3
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements .
CHEMISTRY
The following couise of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for
students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry .
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt
from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences
and the second year of a foreign language .
FRESHMAN
..
.
I Sem. II Sem
Cr
Cr
.
Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5
Religion 1. 2 ................ 2
English 1. 2 ................ 3
History or Sociology
3
Physical Education 3 4 .... %
.........
4
5
.
2
3
3
I/,
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Ct.
Cr
4
Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4
. ...............
Chemistry 82
Chemistry 84 ................
Chemistry 93
11
German 1-2 ................ 4
Mathematics 61
.a
Physics ......................
Religion .....................
Fine Arts .................. 3
..............
...........
.
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem .
Cr .
Cr
............ 4
4
5
4
2
2
4
..-
SENIOR
.
........5
Chemistry 53. 54
Mathematics 51. 52
Physics 5. 6 ................
Religion 3. 4 ..............
Speech .....................
Literature or Philosophy
2
3
.
I Sem. I1 Sem
.
.
Pr
Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3
~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1
Chemistry 90
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m .
Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O
................... 2
Religion
French 1-2 ................. 4
Physics ..................... 4
................
.
..
Cr
1
3
4
Arr .
0
2
4
.
*Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds
textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng
special training in dietetics .
Curriculums / 89
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students who
are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition
to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested
course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Freshman English .......... 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
History or Sociology
.3
Introduction to Business .. 3
Physical Education ........ %
Natural Science ........... .-
2
3
Religion
Foreign
Principles of Economics ....3
Principles of Accounting . 3
Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3
Speech ................... - 2
Sent.
Cr.
2
3
.
......
JUNIOR
ISem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Psychology .................
3
Business Law ............ . 3
Public Finance or Money
and Banking ........... . 3
Corporation Finance or Marketing ...................
3
Electives .........,......... 7
7
-
-
-
I Sem.
Cr.
.................... 2
Language ........ . 3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
3
Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3
Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3
Industrial Management or
Labor-Management Rela3
tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. ....
3
Electives ................10 or 11
7
-
-
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
History, Speech, English, College Algebra.
LAW
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is
required, but the student should select a broad program including
courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below:
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Foreign Language ........ .4
4
History 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Natural Science ........... .4
4
Physical Education 3, 4 ....H
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr,
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2
2
English Literature
.J
3
Foreign Language
.B
3
Health ..................... . 2
Logic ..................... . 3
Social Science ............ .3
3
Natural Science ........... . 4
4
........
........
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
90
/ Curriculums
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate
training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
oE social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation
work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all
such students.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English
Hktory
Foreign
..............
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.2
.3
.3
Language
.4
1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3
Sociel R o b I m s
Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h
1, 2
1, 2
1. 2
..............
...............
........
.........
JUNIOR
2
3
3
4
-
3
lh
I S m . IISem.
Gr.
Religion ................... . 3
Principles of Economics
.3
Fields of Social Work ..... . 3
Criminology ............... . 3
Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech
Electives ................ - 6
.
Cr.
-3
-3
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2
American Government
.3
Natural Science ........... . 3
Psychology .................3
Statistics ....................
Rural Sociology ........... 3
Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3
...
-
SENIOR
2
3
3
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
.................. .Introduction to Methods o f
Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3
Abnormal Psychology ......
History of Philosophy ... . 3
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ..................10
-
3
3
3
3
4
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of
work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or
Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is
suggested.
FRESHMAN
J S m . LISm.
CT.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2
English 1, 2 ................3
Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ....
History or Sociology ..... .3
Foreign Language ........ .4
Physical Education 3, 4
'6
+
....
2
3
4
3
4
'h
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
.2
2
Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4
0-4
Biology 13-14 ............ .4
4
Fine Arts ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
3
Electives .................. .3
.............
.........
SENIOR
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Bacteriology
Literature or Philosophy .. . 3
Chemistry 61 .............. 4
S ~ e e c h .....................
Social Science ............ . 3
Electives .................... 4
-
3
4
2
3
5
Lectures, laboratory and
practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........
32
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as
at the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
or more years of
c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is
suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing.
Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select
courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study
in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend.
ut least one year of college. En many instances two
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II,Sem,
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................. .Z
Freshman English
.3
General Zoology ......... .4
Health .................... .1
Sociology ................. . 3
Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5
Electives ................... .2
2
3
........
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Relieion
...................
Cr.
.2
or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3
................
Psychology
-3
C h ~ l d Care ,...............
Gcneral Chand
Qualitative Analpsf<
.4
Phi,s~ral ducati in;
.2
Fjrst Aid ..................
.
-
Cr.
2
3
2
...
E!ectircs
....... -
...................
.Z
Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School
01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota,
arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course
offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of
Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota.
FIRST Y E A R
I Sem.
Biology 3 ..........................
Biology 7 .........................
Chemistry 3 ........................
Psychology 7 .......................
CT.
4
., 3
3
2
SECOND YEAR
I Sem.
CT.
Sociology 5
......................... 2
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at
Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should
be made directly to these hospitals.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering,
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different.
Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra
and solid geometry in high school.
V
.
L
FRESHMAN
I Sem II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............... .2
2
English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3
3
Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5
5
Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S
3
Physics 5, 6
4
Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5
................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
Mathematics 51, 52
.5
Physics 52 .................
Physics 53
-3
Chemistry 15, IS .........
Social Science ... , .........3
....... -
.................
2
5
3
.+
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
C
r.
--.
.2
Religion .................
English 1, 2 .............. .a
Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4
Mathematics 13, 14
.5
Electives .................. .3
.......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion ...................
Zoology
Chemistry 52, 81
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Electives
.2
....................
............ 44
Cr.
2
4
.4
.................. .a
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but
it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical
school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
.2
Religion 1, 2
3
English 1. 2 ............... . 3
#emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4
Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5
Physical Education 3, 4 ....%
History or Social Science . . 3
............
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
C*.
-
Cr.
2
4
.........
SENIOR
I S e n . II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ....................
3
Social Science or Historv . . 3
German ....................3
Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4
Physics 5, 6 ...............4
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
r Sem. rr Scm.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
German ....................Q
Biology 13, 14 ............ .4
Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54
.4
Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2
I s m . 11 Sem.
cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Social Science .............
Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4
Electives .................. - 9
-
Cr.
Curriculums / 93
SECRETARIAL WORK
The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. ?I student ~ h has
o had simila~cowses in high
school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching
bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ .
FIRST YXAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ................... .3
Freshman Enalish ........ 3
3
Elementary ~fpewriting . . I
Intermediate Typewriting ..2
Introduction to Business . . 3
Office Machines ........... *2
Elementary Shorthand ... - 3
3
Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4
I42
Electives ................... 5
5
SECOND YEAR
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ...................-2
2
Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting
-2
2
Advanced Shorthand ..... .2
3
Principles of Accounting ...3
3
Secretarial Practice ........
Psychology ................ .3
5
Electives .................... 5
...
-
Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher
education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the
Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens
in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
INTRODUCTORY
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of
the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran
congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and
nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following :
P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p .
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2.
years
P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year
Germs, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2 years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
IN
ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage
from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as
many as possible of the folIowing:
English
Speech
Psycholog
..History -.-....LL-----.L---.
Youth Work
Natural Science -.
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
..
Typewriting
1
.
-
.-1
-
2 years
1 year
year
2 years
1 semester
1 year
1 year
year
When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew
be taken in the senior year of college.
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
S ~ E N TARE
S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that
thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Aupburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
SEMINARY
STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover
the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College
students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50
is papabk a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
96
/ Augshrg
Theological Seminary
EMPLOYMENT
THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following
semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the
condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be
recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is
sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen
a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary
/ 97
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES
THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty Committee on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
Courses of Study'
THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
origin of the Biblical writings.
z Cr.
OLD TESTAMENT
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.
with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old
Testament. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the
Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
12.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE.
Place of the Psalms in the worship
I .
of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The
fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.)
3 Cr.
"With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99
16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament
approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment
and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr.
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.
A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the
2, z Cr.
Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics
and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
I Cr.
NEW TESTAMENT
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
22.
INTRODUCTION
m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.)
23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.)
zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes
3 Cr.
which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary
01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to
27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY
Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions
of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATIONS
OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the
essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul
relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
2 Cr.
(Offered 1961-62.)
CHURCH HlSTORY
MR. SONNACK
40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
2 Cr.
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.)
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
(Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.)
This course covers the period
43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr,
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.)
44.
45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY
MR. OLSON
OF THEOLOGY.
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLES
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
2 Cr.
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
2 Cr.
1961-62.)
CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications
~ 4 55.
,
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
SYMBOLICS
57. COMPARATIVE
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.)
58. THE THEOLOGICAL
ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT
REFORMATION.
The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism
and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with
regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared
with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily
in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent.
(Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
102
/ A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary
PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A.
Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U
basis for the Christian ministry, the call and
of Ehe pastor, hia
public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church
today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
2 0.
61. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.A course dealing with the
dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
I Cr.
62. CLINICALPASTORAL
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the
Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history
and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given
2 Cr.
to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.)
6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE
OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
2 Cr.
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
2 Cr.
are studied. Seniors.
C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103
CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION.
A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
71.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation
I Cr.
to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.)
HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.)
I Cr.
74.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
Studies in the application of basic
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION.
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
THE CHURCH
A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized
movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the
Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled.
z Cr.
77.
Emphasis upon preparation
and practice in delivery of
sermons is included in the
homilectics course for Seminary Middlers.
Personnel
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Oficers of the Board
THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
.
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president
MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary
.
MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND,
Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Insurance
Term Expires in 1963
The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota
A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
MR. HERBERT
Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company
Term Expires in 1964
The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota
Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church
MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Personnel / r 05
MR.
JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
ddvisory Mern bers
The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided
NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development
MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
PAUL G. SONNACK. .
,
. . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean
of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
MELVIN A. HELLAND
.........-
.Secretary of the Theological Faculty
Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian
.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
FRIEDELVINDMANN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer
S. V . HJELMELAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development
HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias;
Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVING
HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds
RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services
BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum
IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist
DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar
KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian
MARCELLUSJOHNSON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud
Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois
Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and
Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild
Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs.
Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs.
Ruth
Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and
Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn
Petersen
and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs.
Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub;
Printing and Mailing-Valborg
Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield;
Receptionist-Mildred
Nelson.
Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda
Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and
Mrs. James Glasoe.
Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C.
Engen.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960
Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen.
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson,
Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick.
Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins.
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci,
Holum.
Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel.
Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg.
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng.
Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn.
Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.)
R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre.
Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson.
Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament
A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional
Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and
Religion; College Chaplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion
(on leave).
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60.
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty
listing.
Io8
/ Personnel
DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History
A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ;
Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At
. A u g k g since
'955.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
COURTLAND
L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research
Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
L n a MAE ANDEREGG,
M.A., Instructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College,
1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At
Augsburg since 1959.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy
A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956.
At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60).
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed.,
Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basbtball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Personnel / 109
A.B., Dean of Students
PETERH. ARMACOST,
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since
1959.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission
House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary,
Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1954.
LRL
H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954.
Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since
1959.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
GRACIACHRISTENSEN,
A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College,
Study: University of Chicago.
I 93 1.
Additional
Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin
MARIOCOLACCI,
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsburg since 1952.
AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
I Io
/ Personnel
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19;
Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;
Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5.
JACK
FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instr~~cbor
in,History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
W~LMM
H. HALVERSON,
Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton
University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t
Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959.
ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss
Administration
A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I.
Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5
2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois
College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota.
Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since
Professor of Psychology
1932;A.M., University of Minnesota,
Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
1953.
Personnel /
III
THEODORE
J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching:
Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar
Augsburg since 1976.
MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology
A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds
B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music,
I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail
School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g .
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business
Administrotion
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona!
Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland,
1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At
Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
MILDREDV.
JOEL,
A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
I I2
/ Personnel
EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50.
Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public
Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota;
American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of
Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8.
KARLLN,
ROBERT
B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools,
1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota,
1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges
AB., Voss
S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching:
High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University,
1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I3
CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg
Teaching: High
Morris, 1945-47;
49. A t Augsburg
College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching:
Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At
Augsburg since I 9 59.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
I I4
/ Personnel
CATHERINE
NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957.
NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development
A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional
Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t
Augsburg since I 95 8.
IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French
Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948
KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of
Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5.
HOWARD
E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School,
1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t
Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946.
KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
Personnel /
II5
OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D.,
,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50;
University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc,
I ~ J Z - T ~A
. t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 .
MARTINQUANBECK,
Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-.
At Augsburg since 1958.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,
A.B., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota.
Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed
Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since
R u m SEGOLSON,
M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At
Augsburg since I 944.
GEORGESOBERG,
A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
I I6
/ Personnel
R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University
of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957.
ROBERTC. STENSTROM,
M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South
Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional
study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since
(Xu H.
SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation
Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At
Augsburg since 1940.
P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art
A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8.
Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner
College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I7
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D.,
1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public
Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947.
ADELEF. TURRITTIN,
B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German
A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota,
1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958.
B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion
HAROLDTOLLEFSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study:
University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg
since 1959.
HELENULVESTAD,
B.A., Instructor in Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
(Deceased, October 29, 1959)
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz.
MANIVALD
ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(Deceased, November I , 19 5 8)
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58.
I I8
/ Personnel
ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology
A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-.
OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional
Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor
of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration
S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957.
Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59.
LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa,
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9.
JOHN V. HALVORSON,
C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59.
Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration
B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59.
WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59.
Personnel / I 19
GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching
Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy
S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's
Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59.
MARYBELLE
RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech
A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science
B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver,
1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59.
PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59.
DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957.
Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
SHELDONL. TORGERSON,
B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup.,
Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar,
1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional
study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46.
Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and
1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59.
ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t
Augsburg 1958-59.
Graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958
WITH THE
Almquist,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
DEGREE OF
BACHELC
IR
.........
.......
James Arnold
.Spicer
Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis
Eugene M.
.Minneapolis
Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga
Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke
Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis.
Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis
Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson
Minneapolis
b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield
Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b
Berge. Gerald P.
.Minneapolis
Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk,
Bergtnm. R o w G.
..WinneupolLs
Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph
San Francisco, Calif.
Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis
Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis
.Wyoming
Bullock, Richard W.
Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis
..........
......
........
........
Minneapolis
Carlson. Roger Alvin
.Nopeming
Cherne, John Edward
Christenson, Erwin William
Portefield, Wis.
.......
Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis.
Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa
Dodds, Donald Jack
.Minneapolis
Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton
Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis
Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S
Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak.
Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby
........
Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis
Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul
Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
OF
ARTS
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Betty J. ..........Minneapolis
C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis
Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor
Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis
Wayne Charles
St. Paul
........
Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak.
............Minneapolis
............Minneapolis
Lindell, Alice M.
Lindell, John L.
Lundquist, Elyce Ellen
..........Buffalo
Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa
Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa
Miskowiec, John Jr.
.JTinn@apo?is
Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ?
......
Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis.
Niederloh. Janet M.
Chetek, Wis.
.......
Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis
Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis
Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla.
Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis
Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis.
Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard Carl
Minneapolis
Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis
Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis
........
Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson,
Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield
~
Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis
Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis
Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls
Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay
Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis
Gllmme. Hugh
Mfnnea?wI%
Schulz. Davlci W.
.Minneapolis
Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul
G r t q . Bonita Mad
IZemderaan
Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y.
Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr.
Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre
Minneauolis
Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont.
Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis
Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis
Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk
Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck
Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine
Duluth
Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis
Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia
Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls
Thompson, Norman Ephriam
Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis
Leonard, N. Dak.
Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis
Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis
Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis
Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis.
Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis
Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis
Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis
Hovland, Anna Jane
Mora
Welch, Robert M.
.Minneapolis
West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield
Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis
..............
...........
.........
......
.............
.........
.
Graduates /
1 2I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959
W
I
THE
~
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF ARTS
Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me.
Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul
Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer
Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville
Andersen. Sara Jane
Robbinsdale
Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove
Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis
......
.....
.Lamberton
Batalden, Charlotte D.
Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis.
Wanmka
Berg, John Allen
Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis
Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale
.Lakefield
Berkness, Vernon Orville
Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth
Northpod, N.Y.
Lamberton
Burreson, Dennis Basil
Byhre, Mary H.
.Minneapolis
............
....
......
.............
Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis
Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis
Christensen, Paul James
"Stewart
Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis.
.
.....
Doren, Mary Mathilda
..........St.
Eldridge, Patricia Darlene
Fall, Ronald David
Fering, Charles A.
Paul
........Shafer
..............
Ivanhoe
Lambe~ton
...........
Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton
Grahn, Dale E.
.Minneapolis
Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis
Grant, Gaylord 0.
..Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Green, Richard Reginald
Grill. Keith E.
.Caruthers. Calif.
Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis.
Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis
...........
........
..
.......
Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview
Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck
Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis
Hawks, Franklin D.
Willmar
Heggem. Kenneth Clark
.Minneapolis
Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis
Hemingway, G. Jerome
.Minneapolis
Hill, Rodney Elmer
Cokato
.Spring Vallql, Wis.
Hojem, Ruth E.
Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Home, Harry James
Hulbert, Elsbeth M.
New York, N.Y.
...
............
...
...
............
.......
....
Jacobson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich.
Corrine Joann ......Northf eld
Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis
.Savage
William Douglas
.....
Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash.
Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis.
Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis
Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm
.......
Kambak, Harold M.
.Minneapolis
Kim, Ock Hyung
.
- .......... Seoul. Korea
Kopka. Heinrich
Pine River
Kopp, Wilbur E.
.Minneapolis
Kvamme, Ardella E.
.Minneapolis
.............
.........
.....
Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis
Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis
Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis
Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka
Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis
Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A.
Minneapolis
Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale
Lyngdal, John Walter
.Duluth
...........
Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis
Martinsen. John Phillip
Menominie, Mich.
Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis
Matheson, Donald W.
.Minneapolis
Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield
Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis
Moen. Thomas Harold
.Minneapolis
Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa
......
....
Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis
Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson
Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis
Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis
Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield
....
Olsen, Willard L.
Watertown, S.D.
Olson, Donald C.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Douglas 0.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls
Overby, Richard N. ............Mound
.........
.........
Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis
Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis
Pearson, Vivian K. Skor
.Minneapolis
Peterson, Eugene S.
.Jackson
Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen
Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis
Pulkrabek, Carol Rose
.St. Paul
Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis
..
..........
.......
Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Bertha
..........
Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight
..Minneapolis
.............. Ashby
.... ..Minneapolis
Ringstad, David J.
Romo, Luther Edward
Sabo, Martin Olav
........Alkabo,
N.D.
.....
Sallen, Donald Arthur
.Minneapolis
Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis
Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis
Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato
Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan
.Minneapolis
Sletten. Richard Glenn
Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis
........Minneapolis
Solomon, Morton B.
Strand, Theodore Hagen
Svanoe, Rennard Gale
....Minneapolis
.... .Minneapolis
..........
Thorson, Dale B.
.Minneapolis
Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis
Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson
..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis.
,
Twiton, Mary Ann
Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar
Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis
West, Stuart E.
Cla~kjield
Willmar
Westphal, Carolyn J.
..
...............
...........
.....
Zielke, Carolyn Margaret
..Minneapolis
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958
WITH T H E
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF THEOLOGY
Gusdal, Delmar M.
Erickson, Manitoba, Canada
Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak.
.Madela
Nelson, Philip A.
.............
Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn.
.Hoffman
Shiell, Wendell C.
Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn.
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
.Long Siding
...........
...
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959
Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn.
Evavold, Charles A.
.Battle Lake
Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England
Nevin, LeRoy E.
.Cumberland, Wk.
.......
.....
Anderson Kenneth L.
Anderson, Norman E.
Hagestuen, Richard M.
Swenson, Jasper
.......Owatonna
.......Lamberton
....... . S b b u c k
.............Rendricks
Enrollment Summary
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959
College
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . _
Junior ..................
Sophomore ............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . .
Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) .........
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) ....
TV Students (only) . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total
First Semester
Men
Women
Total
83
107
117
191
32
30
45
68
167
11
37
32
113
152
185
358
43
37
32
46
99
14
12
46
2
1
-
. . . . . . . . . . ., 533
99
12
11
Second Semester
Men
Women
Total
78
109
113
175
32
29
46
64
153
14
107
155
177
328
46
A
558
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959
Claw
Men
85
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students- (only) ..........
2
N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
.
.
.
.
.
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
.
Women
Total
31
48
73
168
18
37
32
46
99
13
11
116
167
195
379
60
37
32
46
.
99
15
12
576
THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959
Semester I
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................
.6
7
9
1
Semester II
Men
6
7
9
Total
Men
6
7
9
-
.
1
.
23
22
n
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
576
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Total
-
.............................
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
-
Total
23
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . .
1175
2
.
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . .
2
36
44
89
171
13
42
29
45
95
21
127
144
203
436
50
42
29
45
95
29
-
615
585
1200
.
.
Total
,
............
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
36
122
86
43
145
102
85
199
114
164
412
248
13
52
39
First Semester
Women
Total
.
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961)
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special
....... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . .
Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
Women
36
44
90
176
18
42
29
45
95
26
.
601
Enrollment Summary /
I2 5
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960
Semester I
Men
7
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
Total
....................
Semester II
Men
7
7
11
1
Total
Men
7
8
11
2
.
.
26
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
665
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
.
-
Total
..........................
,
........
1266
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
0
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
28
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . .
.
1294
3
.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Seminary
Total
.....................................
679
College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320
Graduates-1870-1957
Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Total
...................................
2538
3217
Index
Page
Academic Administration
.......... " 3 5
Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7
Page
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9
Education. elementary .......... .65. 87
.......................6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
!.3
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9
Alumni Association. The ............. 11
Archives. The ...................... 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71
Athletics .......................... 32
Attendance. Chapel ................ 23
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95
Audio-visual Education ............. 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86
Electives .......................... 41
Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?,
96
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91
Accreditation
Administration
Biology. Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89
Business Administration and Economics .69
Calendar
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39
Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95
Faculty. The
...............
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Finonciol Support and Control
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Requirements . . . . . .40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100
............
Classification of Students
37
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06
Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96
Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.
Curriculums
42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline
49
..................... -37
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88
Degrees
.............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Cancellation
Credits
English. Department of
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35
........
97
92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28
Distinction. Degree with
.............
41
............. 43
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53
Divisional Organization
General
Information
Geography
Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Grants-in-aid
Greek, New Testament
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Health and Physicol Education
....... 81
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86
Health Service
Historical
Sketch
................... 7
.............. 6 0
History. Department of
Home Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,
87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41
Homiletics
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Housing .......................... 26
Humanities. Division of the
..........48
Index /
Page
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Laboratories. Natural Science
. . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
.
Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Latin
Location
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
I 27
Page
19
............
........................
Prizes. Scholarships and
Probation
Psychology
37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
....................... 3 0
........................... 8
........................... 26
Publications
Purposes
Records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28,
...........................
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Registration,
32
18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36
Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7
Religion ond Philosophy, Division of
. . .44
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Room Costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6
Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0
Scandinavian Language and Literature 54
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses
. . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . .93
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Secretarial Work Curriculum
Membership in Educational Associations 6
Seminary,
Ministry, Preparation for the
. . . . . .84, 95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85
Seminary, Courses of Study
Minors
Seminary, Expenses
Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54
Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Music, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58
Admission
. . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24
Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60
Social Work Curriculum
Sociology, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . .89
. . . . . . . . . . .63
Natural Sciences and Mathematics,
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4
. . . . . . . . . . . .42
Schools of . . . . 15
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28
Norwegian,
Courses in
Numbering of Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with
Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses
Old Testament (Seminary)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . .31,
32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26,
98
Organizations, Student
Orientation
........ 91
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . .
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
.....
......
............
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service far Graduates
.
............
................
Plant. The Physical
Political Science
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Special Programs of Study
. . . . . . . . . . 15
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96
Student Personnel Services
. . . . . . . . . .25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2
Svstematic Theolwv
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Symbols
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
. . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94
Teaching Curriculums
Testing
Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Trustees. B w r d of
Tuition and Fees
. .36.
95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17
University Courses ................. 37
Upper Division Requirements
-41
........
AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED
IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND
EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
PICTURED
AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion
by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is
estimated at $8,000,000.
Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium,
student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development
during this same period include additional research and instructional
equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship
funds.
The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction
and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it
will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics,
chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events.
The development program states as its purpose
"to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support
of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring
the college to the fulfillment of its destiny."
Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this
purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations,
parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These
volunteers work with and through a Development Council.
Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a
manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are
thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan,
memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts
iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable
tax benefits to the donors.
The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher
Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation
and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg.
Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be
addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
AuGSBURG
COLLEGE
GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG
2009-2010
Official publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's
graduate programs. Although information was current at th... Show more
AuGSBURG
COLLEGE
GRADUATE STUDIES CATALOG
2009-2010
Official publication of Augsburg College
2211 Riverside Avenue
Minneapolis, MN 55454
612-330-1000
This catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College's
graduate programs. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is
subject to change without notice. The written policies in the catalog are the College
policies in force at the time of printing. It is the responsibility of each student to know
the requirements and academic policies in this publication. If you have questions
about anything in this catalog, consult the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office, the
graduate program directors, or the registrar. Key offices are listed on page iv for
correspondence or telephone inquiries.
Published December 2008
www.augsburg.edu
:1
/
A Greeting from the President
I am pleased to know of your interest in Augsburg College's exciting and innovative graduate programs. You are
part of a select and discerning group of professionals who seek to find a graduate program that combines an
excellent curriculum, a values-based approach to work, a talented and experienced faculty, and program formats
that meet the needs of busy and successful people. Augsburg College's several graduate-level programs-the
Master of Arts in Education (MAE), Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN),
Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies (PA), and Master of
Social Work (MSW, and MSW/MA or MDiv, together with Luther Seminary)-are distinguished by the
opportunities they provide students to expand decision-making and strategic skills. The programs do so in an
environment that encourages students to transform theory into action and classroom experience into personal
and professional achievement.
Augsburg College is characterized by a strong mission: To nurture future leaders in service to the world by
providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith and
values of the Christian Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse
campus community.
For our graduate programs, this mission helps to shape an innovative educational experience that features
expansive perspective on social responsibility, economic realities, business initiative, and environmental
sustainability.
At Augsburg College, we believe that our distinctive educational purpose is to help you, the individual student,
find your calling at work and in the world. The Augsburg graduate programs are designed to offer you quality
educational experiences, personal attention, and opportunities to expand your personal and professional talents
and skills. We are confident that our graduates are prepared for leadership in our ever-changing global society,
the hallmark of an Augsburg degree.
Sincerely,
Paul C. Pribbenow
President, Augsburg College
Greetings from the Academic Affairs Office
Welcome to our graduate programs. We are committed to education that prepares people for leadership in
their communities and places of work. We believe that the liberal and professional arts and sciences form the
best preparation for living in the fast-paced, changing, and complex world of today and tomorrow.
Our locations in the vital metropolitan areas of Minneapolis/St. Paul and Rochester offer exciting and
challenging field experiences for courses that include real-life learning through academic internships,
experiential education, and cultural enrichment. The Twin Cities and Rochester become extended campuses
for Augsburg students. Also, the diversity in our campus community ensures that our graduates are prepared
for the range of experiences and perspectives that characterize today's global environment.
When you join Augsburg you become part of a community that offers lifelong learning opportunities in
state-of-the-art classrooms, with accessible libraries and dedicated faculty and staff. You join a body of
experienced people who quickly form your network of employer connections and career opportunities. We
encourage our alumni to become your mentors and build on our city connections through public events,
including our convocations and Advent Vespers.
All our programs share distinctive qualities, including our commitment and mission to be of service, with one
another and to our neighbors. We expect our graduates to have their eyes on the world as they develop their
identity as global citizens, with a sense of responsibility to participate in socially- and economicallysustainable development. We hope that at some time during your degree, you'll explore the opportunities to
participate in an international learning experience-for example, travel seminars to our global campuses in
Central America, Mexico, and Namibia, and opportunities to meet visiting students and faculty members
from our partner institutions in Norway, Germany, Finland, and Slovenia. Inspired by the faith of our
Lutheran founders to be inclusive to the early immigrants who came to Augsburg's doors, we welcome a
diversity of cultures and faiths .
Although each graduate program has its own "neighborhood" and unique features, we encourage
interdisciplinary courses and opportunities for you to study with colleagues across disciplines. We encourage
both "horizontal" initiatives-i.e., cross-program collaboration-as well as "vertical" initiatives-engaging
our undergraduate students to consider graduate work. This means that sometimes you may be encouraging
classmates who are just beginning to imagine a graduate degree.
We are companions on your journey in fulfilling your dream of a graduate degree and we cannot wait to
meet you.
Sincerely,
~C.~
Barbara A. Farley
Vice President of Academic Affairs
and Dean of the College
ii
Rosemary]. Link
Associate Vice President of Academic
Affairs and Dean of Graduate Studies
Table of Contents
Directory of Offices and Programs . . . ... . ... . , .iv
Introducing Augsburg College ........ ... .. . . .
History ........................... .. ... .. l
Minneapolis and Rochester Locations .. ... ... . .2
Accreditation, Approvals, and Memberships . . . . .3
Facts and Figures .... . ................ . ... .4
Academic Programs and Policies
Academic Calendars ........... . . _. ..... . .. . .5
Academic Policies . ... ....... . .. .. . . . . ..... .5
Evaluation of Transfer Credit ..... . , ... .... . . .6
Student Rights ................. . . . . ... . .. . .6
Graduate Admissions
Admission to Augsburg College .... ... . .... . .. 9
Readmission to the College ....... . ........ . . .9
Admission of International Students .... . ..... .9
Financing Your Education . . .. . . . .. ... ...... .
Costs of Study .......... . . .... ..... ... . .. . 11
Payment Options . . .. . .. . .. ... .... ... .. .. . 11
Sources of Financial Aid .. , . . ... , .... . . . ... . 11
Applying for Financial Aid ... . . . ...... .... .. 11
Refund Schedule ... ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 12
Graduate Programs
Master of Arts in Education ................. 14
Master of Arts in Leadership ...... ...... ..... 26
Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies
] oint degree in Accounting and Leadership
Master of Arts in Nursing .................. .36
Master of Business Administration ........... .44
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies .52
Master of Social Work .. .... . ......... .. .... 60
Dual Degree with Luther Seminary
College Information
Maps (Minneapolis and Rochester campuses) . , .74
Augsburg Board of Regents ............ . . ... .75
iii
Directory of Offices and Programs
Academic Affairs: 612-330-1024
Adult and Graduate Admissions Office:
612-330-1101 or gradinfo@augsburg.edu
Master of Arts in Education (MAE)
Vicki Olson, Director: 612-330-1131
Karen Howell, Coordinator: 612-330-1354
maeinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/mae
Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL)
Norma Noonan, Director: 612-330-1198
Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150
malinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augburg.edu/mal
Master of Arts in Nursing (MAN)
Cheryl Leuning, Dept. Chair and Director:
612-330-1214
Patty Park, Coordinator: 612-330-1150
Sharon Wade, Program Assistant: 612-330-1209
manursing@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
Bool<store: 612-359-6491
Center for Counseling and Health Promotion:
612-330-1707 or www.augsburg.edu/cchp
Campus Ministry:
612-330-1732 or campmin@augsburg.edu
Enrollment Center:
612-330-1046, 1-800-458-1721, or
enroll@augsburg.edu
Questions about registration, financial aid, transcripts,
payments, accounts
Lindell Library: 612-330-1604 or
www.augsburg.edu/library
Public Safety: 612-330-1717 or
security@augsburg.edu
Master of Business Administration (MBA)
Steven Zitnick, Director: 612-330-1304
Katherine Fagen, Coordinator: 612-330-1774
mbainfo@augsburg.edu
wwww.augsburg.edu/mba
Registrar's Office: 612-330-1036 or
registrar@augsburg.edu
Rochester Campus Program Office:
507-288-2886 or rochinfo@augsburg.edu
Master of Science in
Physician Assistant Studies (PA)
Dawn Ludwig, Director: 612-330-1399
Carrie Benton, Coordinator: 612-330-1518
paprog@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu/pa
Master of Social Worl< (MSW)
Lois Bosch, Director: 612-330-1633
Holley Locher, Coordinator: 612-330-1763
mswinfo@augsburg.edu
www.augsburg.edu.msw
Master of Social Work, and Master of Arts
in Theology or Master of Divinity
Luther Seminary: 651-641-3521
iv
Welcome/Information Desk: 612-330-1000
Introducing Augsburg College
At Augsburg College, we believe that
graduate education should prepare
gifted people for positions of leadership in their communities and places of
work. Augsburg graduates will be able
to demonstrate not only the mastery of
a major field of study, but also the ability to think critically, solve problems,
act ethically and communicate effectively in a global world. The heart of an
Augsburg education is the Augsburg
mission, informed by the liberal and
professional arts and sciences, to serve
our neighbors in the heart of the city
with faith-based, ethical values. We
welcome students from a diversity of
backgrounds and experiences. Also,
our programs look to the world
through international courses and cultural exchanges.
MISSION STATEMENT
The mission of Augsburg College is to
nurture future leaders in service to the
world by providing high quality educational opportunities, which are based
in the liberal arts and shaped by the
faith and values of the Christian
Church, by the context of a vital metropolitan setting, and by an intentionally diverse campus community.
HISTORY
A College of the Church
Augsburg was the first seminary
founded by Norwegian Lutherans in
America, named after the confession of
faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg
opened in September 1869 , in Marshall, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first seminarians
were enrolled in 1874, and the first
graduation was in 1879.
Early Leaders Establish a Direction
August Weenaas was Augsburg's first
president (1869-1876). Professor
Weenaas recruited two teachers from
Norway-Sven Oftedal and Georg
Sverdrup. These three men clearly
articulated the direction of Augsburg:
to educate Norwegian Lutherans to
minister to immigrants and to provide
such "college" studies that would prepare students for theological study.
In 1874 they proposed a three-part
plan: first, train ministerial candidates;
second, prepare future theological students; and third, educate the farmer,
worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is
also practical.
and city life. This early interest in professional life as well education is a celebrated theme in our history and has led
to the fusion of the liberal and professional arts as a hallmark of the Augsburg College graduate.
Augsburg's next two presidents also
emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to
church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over 130 years.
After World War II, Augsburg leaders
made vigorous efforts to expand and
improve academic offerings. Now the
College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary and received
the most attention.
Education for Service
Keeping the vision of the democratic
college, Georg Sverdrup, Augsburg's
second president (1876-1907), required
students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student
involvement in the community gave
early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service."
In the 1890s, Augsburg leaders formed
the Friends of Augsburg, later called the
Lutheran Free Church. The church was
a group of independent congregations
committed to congregational autonomy
and personal Christianity. This change
made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran
body. The college division, however, was
still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary.
The Focus Changed
This attitude began to change after
World War I. In 1911 , George Sverdrup
Jr, became president. He worked to
develop college departments with an
appeal to a broader range of students
than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg admitted women in
1922 under the leadership of Gerda
Mortensen, dean of women. She spent
the next 42 years at the College as a
teacher and administrator.
The College's mission assumed a double character-ministerial preparation
together with a more general education
for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg
elected Bernhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962). His involvement in
ecumenical and civic circles made
Augsburg a more visible part of church
Accreditation for the College
Augsburg added departments essential
to a liberal arts college, offering a modern college program based on general
education requirements and elective
majors. With curriculum change came a
concerted effort to become accredited.
Full accreditation was achieved in 1954.
A study in 1962 defined the College's
mission as serving the good of society
first and the interests of the Lutheran
Free Church second. The seminary
moved to Luther Theological Seminary
(now Luther Seminary) in St. Paul in
1963 when the Lutheran Free Church
merged with the American Lutheran
Church. Subsequently, the American
Lutheran Church merged with two
other Lutheran bodies in 1988 to form
the Evangelical Lutheran Church in
America. Students at Augsburg College
benefit from the Lutheran tradition of
service to your neighbor and faith in
the city.
A College in the City
Paul C. Pribbenow became the 10th
president of Augsburg College in July
2006. Under his leadership, the College
aims to educate students of all ages-in
the midst of a great city-to be faithful
citizens, in service to the world.
AUGSBURG TODAY
Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the
founders who believed:
• Education should have a solid liberal
arts core at the graduate level; this
focus centers on the ability to think
critically and broadly about the
world and the work we do in it;
1
• An Augsburg education should be
preparation for service in community
and centers of faith;
• The city-with all its excitement,
challenges, and diversity-is an
unequaled learning environment.
Augsburg is a college of the liberal and
professional arts and sciences, with its
main campus set in the heart of a great
metropolitan center. There are now
over 20,000 Augsburg alumni. In a
world that has changed much since
those first days of the College, Augsburg still sends out graduates who
make a difference where they live and
work. In addition to undergraduate liberal arts and sciences, Augsburg offers
master's degree programs in education,
leadership, nursing, business, physician assistant studies, and social work,
plus a dual degree MSW/MA or
MSW/MDiv with Luther Seminary
Augsburg is enhanced by its global
centers in Namibia, Mexico, and Central America. Students can perform
research, take courses, or consult with
faculty in those locations to gain new
perspectives on their discipline.
A Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of Augsburg's
graduate programs is participation in a
community of adult learners. This
community is enriched by the presence
of men and women with a variety of
work and life experiences. To facilitate
this kind of community interaction,
Augsburg encourages students to make
use of all College facilities such as Lindell Library, the Kennedy Center, and
the Christensen Center, and to participate in College activities such as music
and dramatic presentations and
athletic events.
Graduate Faculty
The heart of any educational institution is its faculty, and Augsburg College
is particularly proud of the excellence
and commitment of its professors.
Most faculty hold the doctorate or
other terminal degree, and all consider
teaching and service to be the focus of
their activity at the College. Faculty are
involved in social, professional, and a
variety of research activities, but these
support and are secondary to their
2
teaching. Faculty are actively involved
in a dynamic faculty development program that introduces them to best
practices in teaching and learning techniques and theories.
www.augsburg.edu/rochester or by calling the Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office at 612-330-1101, or the
Rochester program office at
507-288-2886.
Augsburg's small classes encourage its
tradition of close involvement between
professors and students. Faculty act as
academic advisers and participate regularly in campus activities.
Augsburg's Rochester campus is located
in the facilities of Bethel Lutheran
Church (ELCA) just a few blocks south
of the heart of a city of approximately
100,000 residents. Situated in the heart
of the Midwest, the community has a
rich ethnic diversity and superior technological resources. Students at the
Rochester campus are students of
Augsburg College. As such, our purpose is to "educate for service," by
preparing and equipping women and
men to make a difference in the world.
MINNEAPOLIS AND ROCHESTER
LOCATIONS
Augsburg's Minneapolis campus surrounds Murphy Square, the first of 170
parks in Minneapolis, the "City of
Lakes." The University of Minnesota
West Bank campus and one of the city's
largest medical complexes-the University of Minnesota Medical Center,
Fairview-are adjacent to Augsburg,
with the Mississippi River and the
Seven Corners theatre district just a
few blocks away Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul, home to a myriad of arts, sports, entertainment, and
recreational opportunities, are just
minutes west and east via Interstate 94,
which forms the southern border of
the campus.
Convenient bus routes run by the campus and connect with the suburbs.
Augsburg is located just blocks away
from two Hiawatha Line light rail
stations.
Augsburg established its branch campus in Rochester, Minnesota, in 1998.
Classes in Rochester meet on an
evening schedule with occasional Saturdays, making them accessible to
working adults. There are three
trimesters in each academic year, and
students can enter degree programs in
the fall, winter, or spring. Several complete degree programs are available
through the Rochester campus. In
addition, students may work on a variety of other majors through a combination of Rochester-based courses and
courses taken in the day or Weekend
College program on the Minneapolis
campus. Students who enroll in
Rochester courses are required to use
technology in the learning and communication process through the online
course management system. Further
information may be obtained at
ON THE MINNEAPOLIS CAMPUS
Admissions Offices
The Adult and Graduate Admissions
Office (for Weekend College,
Rochester, and Graduate Studies) is
located at 624 21st Avenue South. The
Physician Assistant Studies Program
admissions office is located in Anderson Hall.
Augsburg for Adults Office
Augsburg for Adults focuses on adultcentered educational programs and
assists adult learners in all programs. It
evaluates how the program fulfills their
needs and identifies the educational
services to help them succeed. The
Augsburg for Adults office is located in
Oren Gateway Center 110.
Augsburg Abroad
The Augsburg Abroad office, located in
Murphy Place, provides advising and
administrative services for students
interested in an international experience. Resources for study, work, internship, and volunteer opportunities
abroad are available.
Bookstore
The Augsburg College Bookstore, operated by Barnes and Noble, is located in
the Oren Gateway Center. Online purchasing, phone purchasing, and delivery services are available through the
bookstore.
Counseling and Health Promotion
The Center for Counseling and Health
Promotion (CCHP) offers programs
and services that enhance student
learning by promoting personal development and well-being. The center is
located at 628 21st Avenue South.
Christensen Center
Christensen Center is the hub of college life. The new first-floor student
lounge area offers games, TV, and a
place to gather. Also in Christensen
Center are Cooper's Coffee Shop, the
Commons dining areas , Christensen
Center Art Gallery, and offices for student government and student publications . The Office of Undergraduate
Admissions for Day College is located
on the first floor.
Murphy Place
Murphy Place is home to three of the
four components of the Office of International Programs-Augsburg Abroad,
Center for Global Education, and International Student Advising. It is also
home to the four support programs for
students of color - American Indian
Student Services, Pan-Afrikan Center,
Pan-Asian Student Services, and Hispanic/Latino Student Services.
Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for
Worship, Drama, and Communication
The Tjornhom-Nelson Theater, Hoversten Chapel, and the Arnold Atrium
are housed in this complex, which provides space for campus ministry, the
theatre and communication studies
offices, as well as the film program.
Foss Center's lower level is home to the
Center for Learning and Adaptive Student Services (CLASS).
James G. Lindell Family Library
This library and information technology center houses all library functions
and brings together the computer technology resources of the College. The
library is located on the block of campus bordered by 22nd and 21st
Avenues, and by Riverside Avenue and
Seventh Street.
Old Main
Home for the Languages and CrossCultural Studies, and Art Departments,
Old Main was extensively remodeled in
1980, combining energy efficiency with
architectural details from the past. It is
included on the National Register of
Historic Places.
Oren Gateway Center
Dedicated in 2007, Oren Gateway Center is positioned on Riverside Avenue
to serve as the "gateway" to campus. It
houses Alumni Relations, Parent and
Family Relations, Institutional
Advancement, Augsburg for Adults, the
Master of Business Administration program, the Master of Arts in Leadership
program, and the Step UP program. The
center also includes student residence
apartments, the Gage Family Art
Gallery, Augsburg Bookstore, Nabo
Cafe, classrooms , and thejohnson
Conference Center.
Science Hall
Kennedy Center
This three-story addition to Melby
Hall features a wrestling training facility, classroom space, locker-room and
fitness facilities, as well as hospitality
and meeting rooms, classrooms, and
office space.
Melby Hall
This complex provides facilities for the
health and physical education program, intercollegiate and intramural
athletics, the Hoyt Messerer Fitness
Center, and serves as the College's general auditorium.
Augsburg is accredited by:
• The Higher Learning Commission of
the North Central Association of
Colleges and Schools
Music Hall
Music Hall contains Sateren Auditorium, a 217-seat recital hall, classroom
facilities, two rehearsal halls, music
libraries, practice studios, and offices
for the music faculty.
Food Services
A variety of food options are available
both in the Christensen Center and in
Oren Gateway Center.
ACCREDITATION, APPROVALS,
AND MEMBERSHIPS
• National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
• Accreditation Review Commission
on Education for the Physician
Assistant (ARC-PA)
• Commission on Collegiate Nursing
Education (CCNE)
• Council on Social Work Education
( CSWE) (bachelor's and master's
degrees)
Augsburg's programs are approved by:
• American Chemical Society
• Minnesota Board of Teaching
• National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS)
• National Association of Schools of
Music
Augsburg College is an institutional
member of:
• American Association of Colleges
and Universities (AACU)
• American Association of Colleges of
Teacher Education (AACTE)
Classrooms, science laboratories, a
medium-sized auditorium, faculty
offices, and Finance and Administration offices are found in Science Hall.
• American Association of Higher
Education (AAHE)
Sverdrup Hall
• Campus Compact
The Enrollment Center, classrooms,
and faculty offices are located in Sverdrup Hall.
• Council of Independent Colleges
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
Originally built as a dormitory, Memorial Hall contains the president's office,
Human Resources, and other administrative and faculty offices.
• Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA)
(CIC)
• Lutheran Education Council in
North America (LECNA)
• National American Music Therapy
Association, Inc.
• National Association of Schools of
Music (NASM)
3
• National Society for Experiential
Education (NSEE)
• Associated Colleges of the Twin
Cities (ACTC),
• Higher Education Consortium for
Urban Affairs (HECUA)
• Minnesota Private College Council
(MPCC)
• Twin Cities Adult Education Alliance
(TCAEA)
See individual graduate program sections for additional accreditation and
affiliation citations.
Augsburg College is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota
Office of Higher Education pursuant to
sections 136A.61to136A.71. Credits
earned at the institution may not transfer to all other institutions.
• Calendar year-Weekend/evening
trimesters and weekday semesters,
varying by the graduate program
• Majors-More than 50 majors in 35
departments and programs with two
five-year degrees (BA in accounting
with MAL, and BS/MSW in social
work). Six master's degree programs.
• Off-campus programs-The Office
of International Programs offers programs through Augsburg's Center for
Global Education and International
Partners programs for short- and
longer-term study abroad, for both
undergraduate and graduate students.
• Athletic affiliation-Minnesota
Intercollegiate Athletic Conference
(MIAC), and National Collegiate
Athletic Association (NCAA), Division Ill.
CLERY ACT INFORMATION
AUGSBURG COLLEGE FACTS AND
FIGURES
• Location-Augsburg College was
founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wis.
The College moved to Minneapolis
in 1872.
• Religious affiliation-The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America
(ELCA). Although a strong plurality
of students are Lutheran, 15 percent
are Roman Catholic, and 1 7 percent
represent other denominations and
religions.
• Enrollment (fall 2008)-3,948 students from 40 countries. Graduate
student enrollment is 842.
• Alumni-Appox. 25,000 alumni
from 1870 through August 2008,
including over 1,200 graduate program alumni.
• Student/Faculty ratio-14 to 1
• Campus-17 major buildings. Major
renovations to classrooms in 2007.
• Accessibility-Augsburg is one of
the most accessible campuses in the
region. A skyway/tunnel/elevator
system provides inside access to 12
major buildings.
• Degrees granted-BA, BS, BM, MA,
MBA, MS, MSW
• Library-Over 180,000 items, direct
access to over 2.5 million through
CUC, the Twin Cities private college
library consortium.
4
The Clery Act Annual Report for Augsburg College contains statistics on
reported crimes on and near Augsburg
property and campus, as well as institutional policies concerning campus
security and crime. The report is available online at www.augsburg.edu/dps/
security/report.html. For a printed
copy, contact Augsburg's Department of
Public Safety at 612-330-1717.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Augsburg College, as affirmed in its
mission, does not discriminate on the
basis of race, color, creed, religion,
national or ethnic origin, age, gender,
sexual orientation, marital status, status with regard to public assistance, or
disability in its education policies,
admissions policies, scholarship and
loan programs, athletic and/or school
administered programs, except in those
instances where religion is a bona fide
occupational qualification. Augsburg
College is committed to providing reasonable accommodations to its
employees and students.
Any questions concerning Augsburg's
compliance with federal or state regulations implementing equal access and
opportunity can be directed to the
Office of Human Resources, CB 79,
Augsburg College, 2211 Riverside
Avenue, Minneapolis, MN 55454, or
612-330-1058.
Academic Programs and Policies
ACADEMIC CALENDARS
Most of our graduate programs meet
on a trimester calendar. Physician
Assistant Studies classes meet on a
semester day schedule.
The academic calendars for individual
programs can be found at www.augsburg.edu/registrar. All academic calendars are subject to change.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
The College and its faculty subscribe to
the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the
American Association of University
Professors and the Association of
American Colleges.
Academic Honesty
A college is a community of learners
whose relationship relies on trust.
Honesty is necessary to preserve the
integrity and credibility of scholarship
by the Augsburg College community.
Academic dishonesty, therefore, is not
tolerated. As a College requirement,
student course projects, papers, and
examinations may include a statement
by the student pledging to abide by the
College's academic honesty policies
and to uphold the highest standards of
academic integrity. (See Augsburg's
Academic Honesty Policy in the Student Guide at www.augsburg.edu/studentguide/)
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in
each program will be based on number
grades using a 4.0 point scale, where
4.0 achieves highest standards of excellence. See each program for details of
field study and special projects. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA in order
to graduate; Physician Assistant students must consult the PA Program
Progression Standards Policy.
Withdrawn Status
W-Grade given when a student withdraws from a course after the deadline
without notation on the record
Incomplete (I) Grades
An incomplete grade (I) may be
awarded when the instructor gran ts
permission after determining that a
student emergency may delay completion of coursework. Students who
receive an incomplete grade should be
capable of passing the course if they
satisfactorily complete outstanding
course requirements. To receive an
incomplete grade, a student must file
an Application for incomplete Grade
form with the Office of the Registrar
that states the reasons for the request,
outlines the work required to complete
the course, and includes the course
instructor's signature. The instructor
may stipulate the terms and conditions
that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same
course (or a portion of the same
course) in a following term with an
incomplete grade. The student must
complete the outstanding work in
enough time to allow evaluation of the
work by the instructor and the filing of
a grade before the final day of the following academic term in the student's
program. If the work is not completed
by the specified date of the following
academic term, the grade for the course
becomes 0.0.
Academic Probation
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0
cumulative grade point average. If a
student falls below a 3.0 average, the
student will be placed on academic
probation for the following term. A 3.0
cumulative grade point average must
be restored in order for a student to be
removed from probation. Graduate students in the Physician Assistan must
consult the PA Program Progression
Standards Policy.
Attendance Policy
Class attendance is expected and
should be considered a responsibility,
not only to one's self, but to one's classmates and course instructor. Students
must notify the professor in advance
of any expected absence. In the case
of emergency, when prior notification
is not possible, students must notify
the professor of an absence as soon
as possible.
Continuation Policy for Thesis or
Final Project
Students enrolled in a thesis or final
project are subject to a continuation fee
schedule after the term in which tuition
was paid for the project. These continuation fees maintain a student's library,
AugNet, and parking privileges while
work on the final project is ongoing.
During this time of research and writing, students pay either a $10 campus
access fee or a $200 continuation fee
each term until the project is completed,
or until the time limit for project completion is reached. The schedule for
when each fee is applied varies among
programs.
Course credit and contact hours
A full credit course (1.0) is equal to
four semester credits or six quarter
credits. Each full course on the
trimester schedule meets for approximately 28 contact hours (MSW
trimesters meet for 32 hours, and the
PA weekday semester schedule is
approximately 45 hours) with the
expectation of substantial independent
and group study offered through the
web-based electronic course management system.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the graduate degree, all
graduate students must achieve the following:
• Successful completion of all required
courses
• A cumulative GPA of 3.0; Physician
Assistant students must consult the
PA Program Progression Standards
Policy.
• Successful completion of all degree
requirements within the stipulated
period of matriculation or a signed
continuation agreement with Augsburg College.
Dismissal for Academic Performance
A student whose GPA falls below the
required GPA for his/her graduate program (3 .0 in most programs) in two or
more terms may be subject to probation
or dismissal. A plan for the student to
continue in the program may be worked
out with the program director.
5
Dismissal for Non-Professional
Behavior
Students may be dismissed for violation of standards of behavior defined
by their profession, their program, or
the College.
Dropping Courses or Withdrawing
Students who enroll in courses but
later decide not to attend must formally
drop their courses through the registrar's office prior to the start of classes
to avoid being charged for those
courses. Students who do not properly
drop courses will be responsible for the
tuition, regardless of non-attendance.
Courses may be dropped or withdrawn
online through AugNet Records and
Registration or in person at the Enrollment Center during hours of operation.
If you need assistance with this, contact your program faculty at least two
days in advance of the start of classes.
Independent Study
Students may request to complete an
independent study course as an addition to the required coursework. A faculty sponsor is required for an
independent study project, and project
proposals must be approved by the program director in order to receive credit.
Independent study may not be used as
a replacement for a standard course
offered in the curriculum, with the
exception of the general elective (if
approved). A special independent study
registration form is required and is
available at the Enrollment Center.
Terms of Non-attendance
Students who interrupt their program
enrollment for longer than one semester or three trimesters must readmit to
the College and program to resume
their degree program. For an absence
of any length, students should coordinate with their program director prior
to leaving. Due to a variety of program
schedules and cohorts for some
degrees, it is required that students
meet with their adviser and obtain the
advice of their director.
Evaluation of Transfer Credit
Students may petition the program
director for transfer credit to apply to
program requirements. The transfer of
credit will be evaluated on an individual
basis. Students will be asked to provide
6
appropriate documentation regarding
previous coursework, including but not
limited to an official transcript, course
description, and syllabus. In order to be
considered for transfer, a course must
be from a regionally-accredited college
or university and graded 3.0/B or better.
Courses must have been taken at the
graduate level and course content must
be comparable to program requirements
at Augsburg.
The maximum number of course credits that can be transferred to these program is as follows:
Master of Arts in Education (2.0)
Master of Arts in Leadership (2.0)
the college community in regard to
their personal and professional concerns. However, times do occur in
which students think they have been
mistreated. This procedure is provided
in order to ensure that students are
aware of the way in which their problems with faculty members can be
resolved informally and to provide a
more formal conciliation process when
needed. Each student must be given
adequate opportunity to bring problems to the attention of the faculty with
the assurance that each will be given
fair treatment. The faculty member
must be fully informed of the allegations and given an opportunity to
respond to them in a fair and reasonable manner.
Master of Arts in Nursing (3.0)
Master of Business Administration ( 6.0)
Master of Science, Physician Assistant
Studies (Contact program coordinator)
Master of Social Work (8.0)
Augsburg course credits are equivalent
to four semester hours or six quarter
hours. Therefore, transfer credits that
are reported to Augsburg as semester or
quarter hours are converted to Augsburg course credits by dividing by four
or six respectively
Courses and credits that are accepted
in transfer are recorded on the student's
transcript. Grades and gradepoints
from other institutions are not transferred to Augsburg and are not
included in the student's cumulative
grade point average.
STUDENT RIGHTS
The College has adopted a statement of
student rights and responsibilities and
has provided for due process in the
matter of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal, as outlined in
the Augsburg Student Guide, at
www.augsburg.edu/studentguide. Students have a right to experience education without discrimination.
Grievance Procedures Involving
Augsburg College Faculty Members
and Students
Part I-Introduction/Preface
Augsburg College is committed to a
policy of treating fairly all members of
Definition of Grievance
A grievance is defined as dissatisfaction
occurring when a student believes that
any conduct or condition affecting
her/him is unjust or inequitable, or creates unnecessary hardship. Such grievances include, but are not limited to a
violation, misinterpretation, or
inequitable application of an academic
rule, regulation, or policy of the College or prejudicial, capricious, or manifestly unjust academic evaluation.
College policies and procedures that do
not come within the scope of the
Grievance Procedures are the sexual
harassment policy, the sexual violence
policy, the Committee on Financial
Petitions, Discipline Process, and Academic Standing.
Time Limits
Time limits will include only business
days (M-F) for the program in which
the student was enrolled. (Weekends,
and vacation days are not included;
summer may not be included depending on the student's program.)
Part II-Informal Process
It is always the student's responsibility
to know these procedures and timelines and to follow them.
A. Any time a student feels that she/he
has been mistreated by a faculty member, the student should contact the faculty member to discuss the problem
and attempt to resolve it.
B. If no mutually satisfactory solution
can be reached with the faculty member or if, in unusual circumstances, the
student prefers not to confer with the
faculty member, the student should
discuss the problem with the department chairperson of the faculty
member and attempt resolution of
the problem.
C. If the problem cannot be resolved in
discussions with the faculty member or
department chairperson, or if the faculty member and the department
chairperson are the same individual,
the student may contact the vice president of academic affairs and dean of
the College.
D. The student must begin the Informal
Grievance process within 15 days of the
conduct giving rise to the grievance, by
submitting an Informal Grievance
Form to the vice president of academic
affairs and dean of the College.
• The time limit to begin the Informal
Grievance process for a grade appeal
will be 30 days from the last published finals date for the relevant
term. It is the responsibility of the
student to maintain a correct and current address on file with the registrar.
request for such extension before the
end of the time limit. If the vice president of academic affairs and dean of
the College thinks the extension is
warranted, the Dean will notify all
concerned persons in writing.
E. If the grievance has been resolved,
either by agreement or by expiration of
the time limits, a copy of the informal
grievance and statements of the resolution will be kept by the vice president
of academic affairs and dean of the
College for one year. Neither a copy of
nor any reference to the grievance will
be placed in the personnel file of the
respondent.
If these informal discussions do not
resolve the problem to the satisfaction
of the student, a more formal conciliation procedure is available in Part Ill of
this document. Note: A student must
file a written grievance, per below,
within five days after completion of the
informal process
Part III- Formal Process Preface
If a student has a grievance with a faculty member that has not been
resolved through the Informal Grievance Process described in Part II of this
document, the student may then seek
resolution through formal procedures.
• The vice president of academic
affairs and dean of the College and
the student must ensure the informal
process is completed in 20 days . (See
Part I for definition of time limits.)
• In unusual circumstances, the time
limit may be extended by the vice
president of academic affairs and
dean of the College . A grievant or
respondent must submit a written
In accordance with FERPA, you are
notified of the following:
Right to inspect and review education
records
You have the right to review and
inspect substantially all of your education records maintained by or at Augsburg College. Your request should be
submitted in writing at least one week
prior to the date you wish to review
your records.
Right to request amendment of
education records
You have the right to seek to have corrected any parts of an education record
that you believe to be inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of
your right to privacy This includes the
right to a hearing to present evidence
that the record should be changed if
Augsburg decides not to alter your
education records as you requested.
For a complete copy of the procedures,
contact the dean's office, Academic
Affairs.
Right to give permission for disclosure
of personally identifiable information
You have the right to be asked and to
give Augsburg your permission to disclose personally identifiable information contained in your education
records, except to the extent that
FERPA and the regulations regarding
FERPA authorize disclosure without
your permission.
FER PA
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974 as amended,
provides certain rights to students
regarding their education records. Augsburg College understands that no information other than "directory
information" can be released without
the written permission of the student.
Students must give permission in writing for educational information to be
released to anyone outside of the official
personnel (faculty and administration)
at Augsburg. For example, this means
that faculty or others cannot write letters of support/recommendation or
nominate students for awards unless
explicit written permission is given by
the student to release non-"directory
information." It is not sufficient to ask
for letters of recommendation. (See
One exception which permits disclosure
without consent is disclosure to school
officials with legitimate education interests. A school official is a person
employed by the College in an administrative, supervisory, academic or
research, or support staff position
(including law enforcement unit personnel and health stafD; person or company with whom the College has
contracted (such as an attorney, auditor,
or collection agent); a person serving on
the Board of Trustees, or a student serving on an official committee, such as a
disciplinary or grievance committee, or
assisting another school official performing his or her tasks. A school official has a legitimate educational interest
if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her
professional responsibility
• If the student could not reasonably
be expected to be aware of the conduct when it occurred, the student
will have 15 days to file the grievance from the date on which the student could reasonably be expected to
be aware of the conduct or condition
that is the basis for the grievance . It
is the responsibility of the student to
establish the reasonableness of such
non-awareness. The vice president
of academic affairs and dean of the
College will determine if this paragraph applies to a grievant.
Physician Assistant Studies for details of
its program policy)
7
Right to withhold disclosure of
"directory information"
FERPA uses the term "Directory Information" to refer to those categories of
personally identifiable information that
may be released for any purpose at the
discretion of Augsburg College without
notification of the request or disclosure
to the student.
Under FERPA you have the right to
withhold the disclosure of the directory
information listed below. Please consider very carefully the consequences
of any decision by you to withhold
directory information. Should you
decide to inform Augsburg College not
to release Directory Information, any
future request for such information
from persons or organizations outside
of Augsburg College will be refused.
"Directory information" includes the
following:
• The student's name;
• The student's address;
• The student's telephone number;
• The student's e-mail address;
• The student's date and place of birth;
• The student's major and minor field
of study;
• The student's academic class level;
• The student's enrollment status
(FT/HT/LHT);
• The student's participation in officially recognized activities and
sports;
• The student's degrees and awards
received;
• The weight and height of members of
athletic teams;
• The student's dates of attendance;
• The most recent previous educational
agency or institution attended by the
student; and
• The student's photograph.
Augsburg College will honor your
request to withhold all Directory Information but cannot assume responsibility to contact you for subsequent
permission to release it. Augsburg
assumes no liability for honoring your
instructions that such information be
withheld. The Office of the Registrar
8
must be notified in writing of your
intent to withhold your Directory
Information. If the notice is not
received by the registrar prior to Sept.
15 (or within 10 school days of the
start of a subsequent term for a new
student), it will be assumed that all
Directory Information may be disclosed for the remainder of the current
academic year. A new notice for withholding disclosure must be completed
each academic year.
Right to complain to FERPA Office
You have the right to file a complaint
with the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act Office, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Ave.
S.W, Washington, D.C., 20202-4605,
concerning Augsburg's failure to comply with FERPA.
Reporting Educational Information
Letters of reference must be requested
in writing and explicitly indicate
what information may be reported in
the letter.
GRADUATE ADMISSIONS
Admission to Augsburg College
All graduate programs require
students to have a bachelor's degree
from a regionally-accredited four-year
institution.
All graduate students must submit
completed application forms that can
be downloaded from each individual
program's web page, as listed below.
Each graduate program also has additional program requirements, which
may include coursework, professional
experience, testing, etc. See the program sections for these additional
requirements.
MA, Education-p. 24
www.augsburg.edu/mae
MA, Leadership-p. 33
www.augsburg.edu/mal
MA, Nursing,-p. 42
www.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
MBA-p. 49
www.augsburg.edu/mba
MS , PA Studies-p. 57
www.augsburg.edu/pa
MSW-p. 69
www.augsburg.edu/msw
READMISSION TO THE COLLEGE
tion in the United States that has been
designated by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) to offer courses of
study to such students, and has been
enrolled in SEVIS (Student and
Exchange Visitor Information System).
A student acquires F-1 status using
form 1-20, issued by a DBS-approved
school through SEVIS. Status is
acquired in one of two ways: 1) if the
student is abroad, by entering the
United States with the I-20 and an F-1
visa obtained at a U.S . consulate
(although citizens of some countries
are exempt from the visa requirement);
or 2) if the student is already in the
United States and not currently in F-1
status, by sending the 1-20 to USCIS
(United States Citizenship and Immigration Services) with an application
for change of nonimmigrant status.
A student who is maintaining valid F-1
status may transfer from another DHSapproved school to Augsburg by following the transfer procedures set forth in
the F-1 regulations. Simply transferring
academically from another school to
Augsburg does not transfer a student's
F-1 status unless the student and a Designated School Official (DSO) from
Augsburg follow these procedures.
The last day to receive approval for
readmission to the College and register
for classes is one business day prior to
the start of the term. Pending approval
by the graduate program, students who
left on probation or who were dismissed from the College must have
their readmission application and file
reviewed by the program director.
(Please consult with individual programs for information regarding readmission process).
In addition to fulfilling all general
admission requirements for a particular
graduate program, prospective F-1
students must also comply with the
following:
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL
STUDENTS
To fulfill this requirement Augsburg
graduate programs require international applicants to submit an official
score report from the Test of English as
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a
minimum score of 100 (iBT), 250
(CBT) or 600 (PBT).
Augsburg College graduate programs
encourage qualified applicants from
other countries to apply.
An F-1 student is a nonimmigrant who
is pursuing a "full course of study" to
achieve a specific educational or professional objective at an academic institu-
U.S. institution with a minimum of two
years of successful academic work
completed in the U.S. (seven or more
courses) .
B. Foreign Credential Evaluation
Augsburg requires foreign credential
evaluation for any transcript(s) from
an institution outside of the United
States. This evaluation should include
the following:
• Analysis of credentials-to determine if your degree is equivalent to
an accredited U.S. bachelor's degree.
Course-by-course evaluation-to
show your complete course listing
with credit values and grades
received for each course.
• Calculation of grade point averageto demonstrate your cumulative
grade point average using the standard U.S. grading system, i.e., A=4.0,
B=3.0, C=2.0, D=l.0, F=O.O.
• Translation to English (if applicable)
The evaluation report must be sent
directly to Augsburg's Adult and Graduate Admissions Office.
Augsburg accepts foreign credential
evaluations only from the following
organization:
World Education Services, Inc.
www.wes.org
A. Proof of English Competency
C. Proof of Financial Support
In order to receive an F-1 visa, the U.S.
Department of State (DOS) regulations
require international applicants to be
sufficiently proficient in English to pursue a full course of study.
International applicants must provide
reliable documentation that they have
financial resources adequate to meet
expenses for the duration of their academic program, which include tuition
and fees, books and supplies, room and
board, health insurance, personal
expenses , and living expenses for
dependents (if applicable).
The TOEFL is waived for applicants
who have a four-year degree from a
Funds may come from any dependable
source, including scholarships, fellowships, sponsoring agencies, personal
funds, or funds from the student's family. Documentation of scholarships and
fellowships may be in the form of an
9
Applicants for graduate study must
submit the Free Application for Federal
Student Aid (FAFSA). To complete and
submit the FAFSA electronically, go to
www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
For further information, contact the
Enrollment Center, 612-330-1046,
1-800-458-1721, enroll@augsburg.edu,
or www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
If a student is selected for verification,
additional documents will be needed.
Students in this situation will be contacted by the Enrollment Center.
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Refund Schedule
Students who withdraw from Augsburg
College may be eligible for a refund of
a portion of their charges based on the
appropriate refund schedule (except
for the minimum charge of $100 to
cover administrative costs). Financial
aid may also be adjusted for those students who withdraw from the College
or drop one or more courses and
receive financial assistance.
[NOTE: Tuition refunds and financial
aid adjustments are not necessarily
made on a one-to-one basis. For example, you could receive a 60% tuition
refund but have 80% of your financial
aid returned. Be sure you understand
the financial consequences of making
adjustments to your registration.]
Students are responsible for canceling
courses through the Enrollment Center
in order to be eligible for any refund.
Students who unofficially withdraw
(stop attending) but do not complete
the drop/add form are responsible for
all charges. Financial aid may be
adjusted based on the student's last
recorded date of attendance. Refund
calculations are based on the date that
the drop/add form is processed.
The refund schedule is effective
whether or not a student has attended
classes. All refunds of charges will be
applied to the student account and all
adjustments for aid, loans, fines,
deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting
credit balance is determined . Allow
two weeks for a refund.
The refund is a percentage of the full
tuition charged, not a percentage of
any deposit paid toward tuition, e.g.
deposits made under the employer
reimbursement payment plan.
12
CONTAICTTMiE
ENROLLMENT C:ENTE'R
For info·rm:atlon on
eost~
pa~tne11\ts1 flnamli'al
aid, tuition
disc·ounts, and rr-e~f.uad:s :
13
Master of Arts in Education
Master of Arts in Education
We are pleased with your interest in the Master of Arts in Education (MAE) program. Augsburg has a long
history in teacher education with alumni of our programs teaching throughout Minnesota and elsewhere. We
know that Augsburg College is an excellent choice for you to pursue your teaching dreams and goals-and
here's why.
OUR PHILOSOPHY. The Education Department program theme-Teacher as developing professional: from
classroom decision-maker to educational leader-suggests the expectations we have that our students will leave
our programs prepared to exercise leadership in the classroom and, eventually, the institution. Our department
mission statement goes beyond leadership to also lay out our expectations for fostering "student learning and
well-being by being knowledgeable in content, being competent in pedagogy, being ethical in practice, building
relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively."
Our urban setting provides yet another dimension to our programs through course content, field experiences,
and classroom instructors. Our goal is that students leave our programs prepared to be knowledgeable,
collaborative, capable beginning teachers who imbue their practice with ethics, tolerance, and compassion.
OUR FACULTY. Augsburg faculty members who teach in the MAE program are a mix of full-time and adjunct
instructors, all of whom have K-12 teaching experience. Many adjunct instructors are currently teaching in
K-12 settings; all full-time faculty members are frequent visitors to K-12 settings through student teaching and
field experience supervision, volunteer work, and/or in-service education. We understand the importance of
what we do and what you hope to do . We value good teaching and, most especially, we value good teachers.
OUR ACCESSIBILITY. We realize that although teaching is your dream, your reality most likely includes
work, family, and personal responsibilities. Because we understand the demands adult students face, we offer
flexible scheduling. A majority of licensure and graduate-level courses are taught in the evenings and weekends
to allow you to manage these responsibilities while pursuing your goals.
As a student in Augsburg's Master of Arts in Education licensure and degree program, you will find yourself
among interesting students and dedicated professors who believe that all children deserve a good, highly
qualified teacher-the teacher you can become.
Vicki Olson, PhD
Director, Master of Arts in Education
PROGRAMS
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The Education Department offers initial licenses as well as
endorsements for already-licensed teachers that also lead to
a master's degree. The range of licenses available is
described below.
The K-6 elementary with a middle school specialty license
allows you to teach in grades K-6 and in your specialty area
of math, science, social studies, or language arts in middle
school. As an alternative to the middle school specialty,
MAE elementary licensure students can pursue a prekindergarten specialty. Licensure requirements are offered at
both the undergraduate and graduate level. That means
classes will include both undergraduate and graduate students, with graduate students having additional course
responsibilities. Graduate courses are taken at the 500 level.
Elementary education specialty areas in math, communication arts, and social studies are available through weekend
and weekday evening courses. The science specialty area is
available through a combination of weekday, weekday
evening, and weekend courses.
Secondary education licensure is available through weekend
and weekday evening courses in social studies, communication arts/literature, and K-12 visual arts. Licenses in other
majors, including biology, chemistry, health education,
mathematics, music education, physical education, and
physics can be completed through a combination of weekend, weekday evening, and weekday courses.
All of the following courses must be taken for licensure, and
four to six of them may be taken at the graduate (500) level
and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)*
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
Teachers who are already licensed can work towards the
MAE degree through the following four licensure options:
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
Pre-K specialty area endorsement
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0)
K-12 special education: emotional and behavioral disabilities
K-12 special education: learning disabilities
K-12 reading endorsement
Education Department Mission
To complete the license, you will also need to complete the
following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
The Augsburg College Education Department commits itself
to developing future educational leaders who foster student
learning and well-being by becoming knowledgeable in content, competent in pedagogy, and ethical in practice, and by
building relationships, embracing diversity, reflecting critically, and collaborating effectively.
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25)
Master of Arts in Education Conceptual Framework
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math (1.0) *
Teacher leadership is the theme that threads through our
graduate licensure and degree completion programs. The
Augsburg Education Department believes that teachers are
leaders in their classrooms and should be leaders in their
institutions and communities.
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science (l.O)*
The leadership focus plays out in three ways. First, the additional work required in the graduate versions of the combined undergraduate/graduate courses focuses on providing
graduate students the chance to exercise leadership as well as
extend their knowledge beyond the basic requirements. Second, in the degree completion component, students are
required to include at least two graduate-level courses from
our Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program. This provides students the chance to study aspects of leadership as
part of their degree program. Third, the final project-be it an
action research or a leadership application project-gives students the opportunity to define an issue of concern and, supported by research, take on a leadership role in addressing it.
EED 312 K-6 Methods: Physical Education (.25)
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Children's Lit/Language Arts (1.0)
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25)
EED 342 K-6 Methods: Music (.25)
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies (.5)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5)*
EED 481,483 Student Teaching (2.0)
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in the classroom and educationrelated settings is required prior to student teaching. Students spend approximately 20 hours per term in field
experiences. These experiences occur in K-8 classrooms
during the weekday.
Undergraduate Liberal Arts Requirements
The number of supporting content area courses required for
licensure depends upon the courses completed as part of the
bachelor's degree and/or other coursework Requirements are
determined by Minnesota licensure standards for specific
college-level coursework in math, biology, physics, and earth
science for all students seeking elementary licensure. Specific
requirements are on file in the Education Department.
Minnesota licensure standards in a specialty area for middle
school: subject area specialties are offered in communication arts/literature, social studies, math, and science. The
pre-K specialty is also available. Specific requirements are
on file in the Education Department.
Previous coursework can be accepted into the licensure program if i.t meets Minnesota standards and if a grade of C or
better was achieved. The Education Department and the
content area departments determine the courses that are
accepted. Transcripts, course descriptions, and course syllabi are used to make these determinations. Courses that are
older than seven years are judged on a case-by-case basis.
Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is
not automatically accepted into the MAE degree.
EOC 490/580 School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in modern society, relationships with parents and community, collaborative models, leadership, and professional
development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student teaching. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 311 K-6 Methods: Health (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EEO 312 K~6 Methods: Physical Education (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
Elementary Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
An analysis of chemical use and abuse and what can be
done for the abuser. Includes information about school
health education and services.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us
personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is
the Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that
comprise Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio
and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations.
EOC 310/533 Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admissions to department)
EEO 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's
Literature
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
children's literature and language arts at the kindergarten
and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 331 Middle School Methods: Communication
Arts/Literature - Writing (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of writing at the middle school
level. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 341 K-6 Methods: Visual Arts (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
visual arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 34 2 K-6 Methods: Music (.25 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels.
Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Fieldwork
experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
EED 370 K-6 Methods: Social Studies/Thematic Studies
(.5 course)
Examination and preparation of materials and resources for
social studies and thematic teaching at the kindergarten and
elementary levels. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EED 380 Kindergarten Methods (.5 course)
Study and use of a variety of techniques and resources for
teaching kindergarten. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department)
EED 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised classroom
experience. Required for licensure. Occurs upon satisfactory
completion of licensure and/or degree program and program
portfolio.
Preprimary Specialty for Elementary Licensure
ECE 345/545 Foundations of Preprimary Education
Students gain an understanding of philosophical, theoretical,
historical, pedagogical, societal, and institutional foundations of preprimary education. Attention is given to the
efforts of modern programs to adapt instruction to developmental levels and experience backgrounds of young children
and to work in partnership with parents and social service
agencies. Field experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this
course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250,or their equivalents)
SECONDARY EDUCATION
K-12 and 5-12 licensures in several content areas are offered
weekends and weekday evenings through a combination of
graduate and undergraduate coursework. Additional content
areas are available through the weekday program. K-12
licenses allow you to teach your content area across elementary, middle school, and high school. Licenses for grades 512 allow you to teach at the middle and high school levels.
Graduate-level licensure coursework (500 and above) is
available to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and
meet MAE admissions criteria.
Licensure Requirements
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure; four to six also may be taken at the graduate level
and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (1.0)*
EDC 206/566 Diversity I Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
EDC 490/580 School and Society (1.0)
ECE 346/546 Learning Environments for Preprimary
Aged Children
Students gain an understanding of how to recognize and
construct, developmentally appropriate pedagogy and practice. Attention is given to the synthesis between course
readings and experience and students experience working
with current teachers in site based field experience. Field
experience (20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: PSY 105, 250, or their equivalents; ECE 345/545)
ECE 347154 7 Immersion and Teaching Competence
Students gain an understanding of how to deliver developmentally appropriate instruction and assess learning appropriately for preprimary children. Students gain experience
taking the perspective of families and communicating with
them. A reflective practitioner's skills are developed through
self-evaluation of curriculum planning. Field experience
(20 hours) is a critical part of this course. (Prereq.: admission to department; PSY 105, 250 or their equivalents;
ECE 345, 346)
ECE 488 Student Teaching in a Pre-Kindergarten
Classroom
PSY 250 Child Development (Prereq.: PSY 105 or
equivalent)
SOC 231 Family Systems
OR
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning
(Graduate students using the Preprimary endorsement must
take SPE 540.)
ESE 300/500 Reading and Writing in Content Area (1.0)
To complete the license, students also will need to complete
the following requirements at the undergraduate level:
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5)
ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments (1.0)*
ESE 3XX K-12 or 5-12 Special Methods (1.0 -2.0)*
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching (2.0-3.0)
*Field experience hours are required in these courses. A
minimum of 100 hours in classrooms and education-related
settings is required prior to student teaching. Students
spend approximately 20 hours per term in field experiences.
Undergraduate Content Area Requirements
The equivalent of a major in a content area is required for K12 and 5-12 licensure. Students who have majored in a field
in which we offer licensure must have their previous coursework evaluated by the major department at Augsburg. Additional content area coursework tied to licensure standards is
generally required, even with a completed academic major.
The following majors are offered almost entirely on weekends
and weekday evenings: communication arts/literature, history
or economics or psychology or sociology (all for social studies), art. Students seeking 5-12 licensure in social studies
must complete a broad-based core of courses in the social
studies in addition to a social science major.
The following majors are offered primarily or entirely through
the weekday program: biology, chemistry; physics, health,
physical education, music, and mathematics. Students seek-
ing licensure in any of these areas will likely need to take
additional content courses in the weekday schedule. Students
can obtain a 9-12 license in physics, chemistry, or biology
and have the option of adding the 5-8 general science to the
9-12 license. Students also can obtain the 5-8 general science
license without the 9-12 license.
Previous coursework is evaluated by the content area department and accepted if it meets Minnesota licensure standards
and if a grade of C or better was achieved. Coursework older
than seven years is judged on a case-by-case basis. Education
Department policy requires that a minimum of two content
area courses be taken at Augsburg. Specific course requirements for each content area are on file in the Education
Department. Graduate coursework accepted into the licensure program is not automatically accepted into the MAE
degree program.
Secondary Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us personally, as well as how these elements impact our schools and
communities. Also addressed in this course is Minnesota
Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand the cultural
content, worldview, and concepts that comprise Minnesotabased American Indian tribal government, history, language,
and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection,
preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio
and/or visual technology for teaching/learning situations.
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EDC 480/580 School and Society
Emphasis on points of view about the role of school in
modern society, relationships with parents and community,
collaborative models, leadership, and professional development. Serves as final theoretical preparation for student
teaching. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing
through the content areas. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Communication
Arts/Literature licensure do not take this course).
ESE 325 Creating Learning Environments
An introduction to assessment, lesson planning, and classroom organization based in the Minnesota Graduation Rule,
state testing, and national standards. Emphasis on creating
environments conducive to learning. Fieldwork experience.
(Prereq.: PPST and admission to department. Note: Students seeking 5-12 Health and K-12 PE licenses do not take
this course).
ESE 310 K-12 Methods: Social Studies
Introduction to the teaching of the social sciences in middle
and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and
curriculum development. Middle school portion required for
elementary concentration in social studies taught concurrently as ESE 311 Middle School Methods: Social Studies (.5
course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to department)
ESE 330 K-12 Methods: Mathematics
Introduction to the teaching of mathematics in middle and
high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Middle school portion required for
elementary concentration in mathematics taught concurrently as ESE 331 Middle School Methods: Mathematics (.5
course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 340 K-12 Methods: Science
Introduction to the teaching of the natural sciences in middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies
and curriculum development. Middle school portion
required for elementary concentration in science taught
concurrently as ESE 341 Middle School Methods: Science
(.5 course). Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and
admission to department)
ESE 350 K-12 Methods: Literature and Reading
Introduction to the teaching of literature and reading in the
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for elementary
concentration in communication arts/literature and for
communication arts/literature license. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department.)
ESE 351 K-12 Methods: Speaking and Listening
(.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of speaking and listening in
middle and high schools. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
Licensure Requirements
Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities Core
The following requirements are offered at both the undergraduate and graduate level. All courses must be taken for
licensure, and up to six also may be taken at the graduate
level and applied toward the master's degree in education.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education (LO)*
ESE 352 K-12 Methods: Media Literacy (.5 course)
Introduction to the teaching of media literacy in middle
school and high school. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Required for communication arts/literature license. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to
department)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians (1.0)
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development (1.0)*
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs (1.0)*
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
SPE 315 Special Education Critical Issues Seminar (.5)
ESE 360 K-12 Methods: Visual Arts
Introduction to the teaching of visual arts in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 370 K-12 Methods: Music
Introduction to the teaching of music in the schools.
Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to department)
ESE 481, 483, 485 Student Teaching
Two to three courses of full-time, supervised student teaching required for licensure. Secondary licenses require two
courses. K-12 licenses require two to three courses. Student
teaching occurs upon satisfactory completion of licensure
program and program portfolio.
SPECIAL EDUCATION
The MAE program with licensure in special education is
based on an innovative internship model that allows coursework and experience to occur simultaneously. In addition to
student teaching, students must complete two 40-hour field
placements where they will gain experience working with
students from age groups different from their internship site.
There are two licensure options in the K-12 Special Education program: emotional/behavioral disabilities (EBD), and
learning disabilities (LD). Both programs qualify you to
teach in special education programs and positions; many
students get licensure in both.
SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/Behavioral
Disabilities (LO)**
SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies (1.0)**
SPE 420/520 Planning, Design, and Delivery (1.0) **
SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices (1.0)**
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning (l.O) **
Learning Disabilities Core
Students wishing to earn learning disabilities licensure in
addition to emotional/behavioral licensure will take the
above courses in the emotional/behavioral core and two
additional specialty courses:
SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning Disabilities
(1.0)**
SPE 434/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with
Learning Disabilities (1.0)**
A student wishing to earn only a learning disabilities license
would take all of the above courses with the exception of
SPE 430/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices.
To complete either license students will also need to complete certain requirements at the undergraduate level:
EDC 220 Education Technology (.5)
HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5)
EED 330 Children's Lit./Language Arts
and
Also available is the Naadamaadiwin Tribal Special Education Cohort-This graduate hcensure program in Special
Education: EBD/LD is designed and taught from an American Indian perspective. It is being offered in collaboration
with the University of Minnesota-Duluth as a hybrid (partly
face-to-face; partly online) cohort program. The licensure
courses can be applied towards the MAE degree . See the
Education Department and www.augsburg!edu/
mae/academics/ais_focus.html for more information.
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Math*
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science* (see course descriptions
under Elementary Education).
*Ten to 20 hours of field experience required as part of this
course. Students currently working in schools can often use
their school employment for their field experience.
**These courses are taken during the internship year. A significant amount of contact with students labeled EBD or LD
is required. The ideal situation for the internship year is to
be working in a K-12 setting with these students. Students
not currently employed in schools must be available for
extensive volunteer field placements during the internship
year. (Minimum 10 hours/week).
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
Eligibility: To be eligible to apply to the special education
program at the graduate level, students must have a degree
and be currently employed in a K-12 setting as a paraprofessional or licensed teacher, and/or have experience working
with students who are labeled with emotional, behavioral,
or learning disabilities, as well as considerable time available for volunteer field placements.
EED 330 K-6 Methods: Language Arts/Children's
Literature
See course description on page 17.
This program is built on an inclusive education model. Under
this model, students learn how to work closely with both special and regular educators to facilitate inclusion of special
education students into the regular education classroom.
Special Education Licensure Course Descriptions
HPF 115 Chemical Dependency Education (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 200/522 Orientation to Education in an Urban
Setting
Career exploration and overview of the teaching profession.
Emphasis on historical and philosophical foundations of the
American school system. Urban fieldwork experience.
(Undergraduate prereq.: ENL 111, sophomore standing)
EDC 206/566 Diversity/Minnesota American Indians
This course will examine human diversity and human relations. It will provide an awareness and critical analysis of
how prejudice, discrimination, and stereotypes impact us
personally, as well as how these elements impact our
schools and communities. Also addressed in this course is
Minnesota Standard of Effective Practice 3.G: Understand
the cultural content, worldview, and concepts that comprise
Minnesota-based American Indian tribal government, history, language, and culture.
EDC 220 Educational Technology (.5 course)
See course description on page 17.
EDC 310/533 Learning and Development in an
Educational Setting
A survey of educational psychology topics as applied to
teaching and learning. Special emphasis is placed on classroom applications. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.: PPST
and admission to department)
EDC 410/544 Learners with Special Needs
The study of students with disability, special needs, and giftedness. Emphasis on techniques and resources to help all
students achieve maximum outcomes and special focus on
needs of urban students. Fieldwork experience. (Prereq.:
PPST and admission to department or special permission of
instructor)
EED 350 K-6 Methods: Mathematics
See course description on page 17.
EED 360 K-6 Methods: Science
See course description on page 17.
SPE 315 Critical Issues: Special Education Seminar
(.5 course)
This course is designed to support students seeking special
education licensure throughout their internship year. Issues
related to special education and their specific settings are
the focus of the course. The department portfolio is completed as a part of this course.
SPE 400/500 Teaching Students with Emotional/
Behavioral Disabilities
This course presents an overview of learners with emotional
and behavioral disabilities and learning disabilities. It
addresses the historical and philosophical aspects of the
EBD category, examines origins of student behavior and student learning styles, and addresses theoretical perspectives
and conceptual models as they relate to this category of disability (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 410/510 Implementing Assessment Strategies
This course examines the assessment process from the prereferral to the recommendation stage. Students gain understanding of key assessment tools and how they influence
student placement and programming. A qualitative and person-centered assessment process is emphasized. (Prereq:
PPST and admission to the epartment)
SPE 420/520 Planning, Desigu, and Delivery
This course provides students with skills to write and
implement individual program plans and to create effective
learning environments for students labeled EBD. Particular
attention is paid to inclusion models, diversity of student
need, and forming partnerships with key school personnel.
(Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 424/524 Etiology and Origins of Learning
Disabilities
This course will focus on the history and context of learning
disabilities, which includes the medical and sociological
aspects specific to learning disabilities. It will also teach students how to access information relevant to the field. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department).
SPE 4 30/530 Instructional and Behavioral Practices
This course examines behavioral support options used with
students who are labeled EBD. It emphasizes the use of
reflective, proactive, and non-aversive approaches drawn
from current best practices and including positive behavioral
supports, person centered planning and functional assessment. (Prereq: PPST and admission to the department)
ESE 300/500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas*
The study and use of a variety of middle school and secondary techniques and resources to teach reading and writing
through the content areas. Should be taken at the graduate
level for the reading endorsement. Field experience required
for K-12 reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission to the department)
SPE 4 34/534 Teaching Content Areas to Students with
Learning Disabilities
This course will teach students how to identify, adapt, and
implement developmentally appropriate instruction and
strategies that support the learning of students identified as
having learning disabilities. The specific focus will be on the
areas of reading, writing, and listening comprehension; and
math, reasoning, and problem solving skills. (Prereq: PPST
and admission to the department).
EDC 505 Literature in the Classroom (.5 course)
The study and use of literature in the K-12 classroom.
SPE 490/540 Parent and Professional Planning
This course examines the role of families of students with
special needs, specifically those families of students labeled
EBD. A family systems perspective is introduced and
applied. The need to form strong connections with community agencies is emphasized. (Prereq: ENG 111, PPST and
admission to department).
EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership
The study of effective leadership and professional development strategies for individual schools and school districts,
reading standards, state and federal reading legislation, and
fiscal and budgetary operations. The focused implementation
of knowledge and skills gained in reading licensure coursework. Field experience required. (Taken concurrently with
EDC 508)
EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation
The study of student reading development, the knowledge
and use of gathering and analyzing data of students' reading,
and designing and applying appropriate reading curriculum
based on this information. Field experience required.
(Taken concurrently with EDC 510)
SPE 481, 483, 485, 487 Student Teaching (1.0-2.0)
READING ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
Augsburg College offers a K-12 Reading Endorsement program. This endorsement has been established to provide
teachers with existing teaching licenses an opportunity to
expand their knowledge and practices in the area of reading
instruction.
Candidates for this license will complete 4.5 credits of
coursework that have been designed to meet the requirements established for this license by the Minnesota Board of
Teaching. Students may use these courses to fulfill requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree.
These courses include:
EED 520 K-6 Methods: Reading (1.0)*
ESE 500 Reading/Writing in the Content Areas (1.0)*
*The courses EED 320/520 and ESE 300/500 are offered to
both undergraduate and graduate students: EED 320/520 is
part of the elementary and special education initial licensure
programs; ESE 300/500 is part of the secondary initial licensure program. The rigor of the courses is increased at the
graduate level.
Reading license candidates who have already received their
initial teaching license and who are graduates of Augsburg
College within the past seven years will not be required to
retake the entire version of EED 320/520 or ESE 300/500.
However, they will be expected to complete the requirements for the graduate portion of the course they have
already taken within the context of a half-credit independent study. If the graduate course was taken as a part of initial
licensure (EED 520 or ESE 500) students do not need to
repeat the course; however, if ESE 500 was taken without a
field experience, 20 hours in a high school or middle school
reading setting must be completed.
EDC 505 K-12 Literature in the Classroom (.5)
EDC 508 K-12 Reading Assessment and Evaluation (1.0)*
EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership (1.0)*
Reading license candidates who already have received their
initial K-8 teaching licensure and who are graduates of Augsburg College, but not within the past seven years, will be
required to take EED 520 or ESE 500 at the graduate level.
*Field experience required
Reading Endorsement Course Descriptions
EED 320/520 K-6 Methods: Reading*
The study and use of a variety of teaching techniques and
resources in reading, including the diagnosis and correction
of reading difficulties. Should be taken at the graduate level
for the reading endorsement. (Prereq.: PPST and admission
to the department)
Reading license candidates who have already received their
initial teaching licensure and who are not graduates of Augsburg College will be expected to take EED 520 and ESE 500.
STUDENT TEACHING
Education students are required to complete student teaching in their content area. In the MAE program, student
teaching is generally completed before finishing the degree.
Students can apply for licensure at this point.
Student teaching for elementary and secondary initial
licenses lasts 12-14 weeks, depending on licensure scope.
During that time, students work full time as student teachers and are supervised by an Augsburg faculty member. Students register for two to three credits of student teaching
and meet at Augsburg College for a student teaching seminar several times during the term. Most student teaching
placements are in the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan
area and Rochester. However, students do have the opportunity to student teach abroad, where students do half of the
student teaching experience in the metro area and the
remaining portion in another country. Opportunities to
teach abroad are available around the world, and it is a wonderful opportunity to build a global perspective in education. Additional information is available through the
Education Department.
Student teaching for special education is completed as part
of the internship year if students are working in a licensure
appropriate setting. If not, student teaching is carried out
after completing the special education coursework.
A supervised practicum for the reading endorsement is
completed as part of EDC 510 Clinical and Reading Program Leadership. No further student teaching is required
for this endorsement.
GRADUATE DEGREE COMPLETION
Students take graduate coursework as part of the licensure
program. This coursework forms the Master of Arts in Education core, with between four to six Augsburg graduatelevel licensure courses fulfilling master's requirements.
To earn a master's degree beyond the core of education
classes, students will need to successfully complete a minimum of three additional graduate-level courses:
• a research methods course, typically ML 514
• an elective course chosen from leadership-focused courses
in the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) program
The goal for the graduate degree completion component is
to foster the development of teachers as leaders within the
institution and community as in line with our program
theme and department mission statement.
Graduate Degree Completion Course Descriptions
Research Methods Course
All students seeking the Master of Arts in Education degree
must complete a graduate-level research requirement.
ML 514 Research Methods
Evaluation and documentation of programs, projects, and
ideas as they relate to leadership theories and practice.
Qualitative and quantitative tools will be discussed.
MAE Final Project Options
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Education final project: a leadership application project
(LAP) or action research. This project serves as the capstone
of the master's program.
EDC 585 Leadership Application Project
The leadership application project (LAP) is a research-based
study that links issues of leadership and education with the
degree candidate's personal interests. The character of the
project will vary with the nature of the investigation and the
materials involved, but will always be application oriented.
The central component of the LAP is the demonstration of
leadership ability through a concrete project appropriate to
the candidate's workplace or place of service.
EDC 586 Action Research in Education (.5 course)
This course will introduce students to action research, a
form of research that simultaneously contributes to the
practical concerns of people while furthering the goals of
social science. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and
collaboration. Action research is used in real situations, and
is aimed at solving real problems. The goal of action
research is to gain better knowledge of one's practice while
improving the situation in which the practice is conducted.
This is the first of a two-trimester course.
• a research- or leadership-based final project
Students bringing fewer than six graduate-level licensure
courses into the degree program must complete additional
leadership or education graduate courses to reach the total
of nine required courses. A minimum of four graduate-level
licensure courses are required for the MAE degree.
The research methods course will help prepare students to
evaluate and document research for use in their final project
or paper. This course examines both qualitative and quantitative research methods. The leadership elective courses
allow students to examine issues of leadership at a personal
or ins ti tu tional level.
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Education final project, which serves as the capstone of
the master's program: a leadership application project (LAP)
or action research course sequence and project.
EDC 587 Action Research (.5 course)
The second term of this course involves intensive data
analysis, writing, and sharing of the degree candidate's
research. It requires active self-reflective inquiry and collaboration. The trimester will culminate with a symposium in
which student work will be presented in a public forum.
MAL Elective Courses
At least one elective must be taken from the Master of Arts
in Leadership courses. The following are recommended, but
others may also be used.
ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary
Journey
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 520 Self-Identity, Values, and Personal Growth
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
ML 545 Decision Making and Leadership
Credit Evaluation: An official transfer credit evaluation of
your previous academic work will be completed as part of
the admissions process.
ML 550 Communication, Decision Making, and Technology
ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective
Advising and Registration: You are able to participate in
ML 565 Women and Leadership
academic advising and the registration process after you
have been accepted.
ML 599 Special Topics (as appropriate)
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Students admitted into the MAE program must have
completed:
• a bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year
institution, and can obtain licensure at the graduate level
• cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher (required
for full admission for the graduate licensure option and
degree program). Students with a cumulative grade point
average of 2.5-3.0 may be admitted conditionally into the
graduate licensure program. They can apply to the MAE
full licensure and degree program after achieving 3.0 or
better in two (2.0) Augsburg courses.
Minimum Grade Policy and Academic Probation
Students who fail to maintain a cumulative 3.0 GPA in a
given term in graduate course work are notified that they
are on academic probation and have one term to raise their
GPA to the required level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive below a 2.0
in any course required for licensure-undergraduate or
graduate-are notified that they are on academic probation
and must repeat that course as soon as possible and raise it
to the appropriate level. Failure to do so could mean dismissal from the program. Students who receive a 2.0 in a
graduate course may use that course for licensure purposes,
but it will not be counted towards degree completion.
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Augsburg Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
• Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mae
• $35 non-refundable application fee
• Personal summary outlining your tentative educational
objectives and reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg
• Official academic transcripts from all previously attended
post-secondary institutions (including colleges, universities, and vocational/technical schools) sent directly to the
admissions office.
Applying to the Education Department: Once accepted to
the College, students may take designated courses in education and content areas. Students initially admitted at the
graduate level may register for courses at the graduate level.
Prior to taking EDC 310/533 and above, students must be
admitted to the Education Department. This admissions
process is outlined in the EDC 200/522: Orientation to Education and in admissions handbooks, which are available
through the Education Department.
MAE IN ROCHESTER
In step with Augsburg College's excellent reputation in the
field of education, the licensure portion of the Master of
Arts in Education program is now offered in Rochester*.
Licenses are available in elementary education and special
education: EBD and LD. Classes primarily meet weekday
evenings at Bethel Lutheran Church in Rochester.
*Some licensure and content classes will be held in Minneapolis for students taking the Elementary Education
licensure.
Elementary education: The K-8 elementary with a middle
school specialty license allows you to teach in grades K-8
and in your specialty area of math, science, social studies, or
language arts in middle school. Augsburg College offers this
license to people who already hold a bachelor's degree and
meet admissions requirements.
Special education: Emotional Behavioral Disorder/Learning Disability: This program is designed for those currently
working with or planning to work with EBD and LD students. The program leads to Minnesota teaching licensure in
special education with a specialty in emotional/behavioral
disabilities and/or learning disabilities. All courses for these
licenses are available in Rochester.
MAE degree completion courses are currently held in
Minneapolis.
ACCREDITATIONS AND APPROVALS
Augsburg is accredited by:
Admission as an international student
• The Higher Learning Commission of the North Central
Association of Colleges and Schools
International applicants must submit the required application
materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements
outlined in Admission of International Students on page 9.
• National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education
Augsburg is approved by: Minnesota Board of Teaching
Acceptance: You will be notified of the Admission Committee's decision usually within one to two weeks after your
application file is complete and has been evaluated by the
committee.
For additional accreditations, approvals, and membership,
seep. 3
MAE FACULTY
Elizabeth M. Ankeny , Associate Professor of Education.
BA, Augustana College; MAT, Morningside College; PhD,
Colorado State University.
Jeannie Uhlenkamp , Instructor of Education, BA, University of Minnesota; MSE, University of Wisconsin-River Falls.
Diane C. Vodicka, Assistant Professor of Education. BEd,
North Park College; MEd, Georgia Southwestern College.
Jacquylynn Brickman , Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MEd, St. Mary's University.
Christopher R. Brown, Field Experience Coordinator/
Charter School Liaison, Instructor of Education. BS, Bemidji
State University; MEd , University of Sydney, Australia.
Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther-Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Jeanine Gregoire , Associate Professor of Education. BS,
MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Cheryl Gresczyk, Instructor of Education. BA, University of
Minnesota; MA, College of St. Thomas.
Gretchen Irvine, Assistant Professor of Education. BS, College of St. Teresa; MS, University of Wisconsin-River Falls;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Deborah Katz, Instructor of Education. AB, Stanford University; EdM, Harvard Graduate School of Education; EdD,
National-Louis University.
Anne Kaufman , Associate Professor of Education. BS, MA,
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Mary Beth Kelley , Instructor of Education. BS, University
of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; MEd , Bethel College.
Gregory Krueger, Instructor of Education. BA, Southwest
Minnesota State University; MA, Hamline University.
Lynn Lindow, Associate Professor of Education. BS,
Mankato State University; MS, North Dakota State University; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Susan O'Connor, Associate Professor of Education. BS,
University of Minnesota; MS, PhD , Syracuse University.
Vicki L. Olson, Professor of Education and Director of the
MAE Program. BS, MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Donna Patterson , Assistant Professor of Education. BA,
MEd, University of Minnesota.
Christina Peper, Instructor of Education. BA, University of
Minnesota; MEd, Southeastern Louisiana University.
Ronald Petrich , Assistant Professor of Education. BA,
Augsburg College; MS, University of Minnesota.
Alyssa Snyder, Instructor of Education. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of St. Thomas.
Dana L. Wagner, Assistant Professor of Education. BA, St.
Olaf College; MEd, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara West , Instructor of Education, Faculty Coordinator of Teacher Placement/Licensing. BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, Syracuse University
Master of Arts in Leadership
Master of-Arts in 'Leadership
Welcome to the Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL), a program that has been a vital part of Augsburg College
since being founded in 1987.
The MAL program offers students an excellent opportunity to explore leadership within the context of the
liberal arts. The program design broadens the skills and mindset you need to improve your leadership
capabilities in your current and future positions, as well as in your life.
The MAL program is taught by senior Augsburg faculty from a variety of disciplines. The faculty are committed
to an interdisciplinary approach to leadership studies. Our students represent a wide array of occupations
including business, health care, and the nonprofit sector. This diverse learning community provides a rich
environment for you to explore leadership beyond your own realm of expertise.
Our program will help you develop skills you need to be an effective leader in an ever-changing world. I am
frequently told by students that the program has changed their lives, has sharpened their understanding of
themselves and others, and has opened doors that would otherwise have remained closed. To learn more about
the program, go to www.augsburg.edu/mal.
I would be happy to help you determine how Augsburg's Master of Arts in Leadership program may benefit
you. Contact me via e-mail at noonan@augsburg.edu or by telephone at 612-330-1198. I look forward to seeing
you on campus soon!
Norma C. Noonan, PhD
Director, Master of Arts in Leadership
Mission Statement
The primary purpose of the Master of Arts in Leadership program is to develop leaders for organizations, the community,
and society Most organizations seek leaders who possess the
following qualities: an ethically and morally responsible
vision, an understanding of how change occurs and how it
can be managed, sensitivity to the complex problems of
organizations, and an ability to find solutions consistent with
their mission, cultural competence and sensitivity to the
needs of a diverse population, and the ability to inspire and
motivate people to work toward a common goal.
Introduction
The Master of Arts in Leadership is based on a liberal arts
approach to leadership studies. This cross-disciplinary program directs its academic content and pedagogical
approaches to situations, issues, and problems relevant to
organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that
today's leaders need a broad spectrum of abilities to provide
them with a more comprehensive understanding of their
world. Designed for working adults, the program offers
courses primarily on alternate Saturdays.
The Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) is the core program
of Augsburg's Center for Leadership Studies (CLS). The
MAL program, launched in 1987, responds to the leadership
development needs of both for-profit and not-for-profit
organizations. While different in structure and purpose,
most organizations seek leaders with the following qualities:
a vision that is ethically and morally responsible, extending
beyond immediate concerns; an understanding of how
change occurs and affects the immediate environment; a
sensitivity to the complex problems organizations face and
an ability to achieve solutions consistent with an organization's mission; the ability to motivate and inspire individuals
and groups to work toward a common goal; and the ability
to effectively represent the organization both internally and
externally. The MAL program provides a means by which
individuals may discover and refine these and other abilities
fundamental to effective leadership.
Leadership studies is a growing field in American higher
education, and the MAL program has significantly developed and modified its curriculum in response to new trends
in the field. The program has a deep theoretical base in leadership studies yet attempts also to offer its students practical
approaches to leadership that can be applied in the workplace and society.
incorporate some online work into their agenda. MAL students may take up to seven courses during the calendar
year. It is possible to complete the degree within two years if
a student takes two courses each trimester.
Community of Learners
Essential to the goals of the MAL program is participation in
a community of learners gathered on the Augsburg campus.
This community is enriched by the students, who have a
variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate community
interaction, students are encouraged to make use of the
Augsburg library, computer labs, and Christensen Center.
The Center for Leadership Studies also offers special colloquia and seminars each year to supplement and complement
the coursework of the master's program.
A sample class schedule in the MAL program
Period I
Period II
Saturday
Saturday
8 a.m. to noon
1 to 5 p.m.
Note: Each class taken commits a student to either Period I
or Period II, an average of two meetings a month. An occasional course is taught on an immersion model which features fewer but longer sessions. A few courses are held on
Sunday afternoons, from 1 to 5 p.m.
Augsburg College has a summer session. The MAL program
usually offers at least two classes during the summer. The
courses are five weeks in duration, meeting normally two
nights a week, except for special immersion courses.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
Leadership Development Model-Augsburg College
The MAL program promotes leadership as a process that
inspires cooperation among people who must compete for
limited resources, promotes productivity within and beyond
the organization, and works toward progress for the individual and the organization. To accomplish this, individuals
aspiring to positions of leadership must possess three key
attributes: a sense of vision, the ability to persuade, and the
ability to direct action. Underlying these attributes are abilities and awareness, outlined in the leadership development
model, that serve as specific outcomes for the MAL program. Augsburg's model of leadership development is
designed to assess, promote, enhance, and refine these capabilities within the individual.
CURRICULUM DESIGN
Accommodating the Full-Time Work Schedule
Designed to meet the needs and preferences of working
adults, the MAL program is based on the assumption that
the students who enroll are career-oriented, self-disciplined,
and well-motivated individuals seeking a balance of classroom experience, group interaction, and individual study
Most courses are organized as seminars with the opportunity for discussion and dialogue. During the academic year,
classes meet on alternate Saturdays for four hours. A few
courses are taught by the immersion model, which has
fewer sessions but longer meeting times. Most courses
Each MAL course normally includes two or more liberal arts
disciplines, encourages pursuit of the designated outcomes,
and uses a variety of learning techniques appropriate to adult
learners. Instructional techniques include case studies, discussion, written and oral presentations, and group activity.
These techniques develop targeted leadership abilities and
understanding. Students are encouraged to see abilities and
understandings as cross-disciplinary and to view content
areas as integrated. The program reflects the view that the
world in which we operate is complex and that dealing with
it successfully requires well-developed integrative abilities.
LEADERSHIP DEVELOPMENT MODEL
Leadership
Orientation
Toward Action
Sense of Vision
Ethical
• Social awareness
• Environmental awareness
• Tolerance of religious and
philosophical differences
• Appreciation of situational
complexity
Creative
• Innovativeness
Facility for
Persuasion
Communicative
•
•
•
•
•
•
Risk Assumptive
• Curiosity
• Achievement motivation
• Self-esteem
Final project options
There are three ways to complete the MAL degree. In the
Thesis/Leadership Application Project (Thesis/LAP) Option
(Plan A), students complete a thesis or a major leadership
application project and 11 credits. In the Non-Thesis
Option (Plan B), students must complete 11 credits, two
papers, but no thesis. For the third option, the Comprehensive Exam Seminar (Plan C), students complete 11 credits,
including the comprehensive exam seminar.
Plan A: Thesis/LAP Option
Students who select the Thesis/LAP Option are required to
develop and carry out an in-depth study of some aspect of
leadership or of a leadership-related topic. This researchbased study gives the student the opportunity to "tie
together" what has been learned from the study of leadership and course-related activities.
The principal distinction between the thesis and the leadership application project lies in their underlying orientation.
A thesis has a more theoretical orientation, while a leadership application project is based on a practical issue. Both
require similar rigor and preparation. For either alternative,
the student must register for ML 592 and 593.
For more information regarding the Thesis/LAP Option,
refer to the Thesis/LAP and Non-Thesis Project Guidelines
booklet. Students who do not complete their thesis or leadership application project within two years are required to
pay a continuation fee each trimester.*
Effective listener
Effective speaker
rnective writer
Diplomatic ability
Effective team member
Interpersonal sensitivity
Culturally Aware
• Appreciation for
cultural differences
• World-view perspective
• Tolerance of Individual
differences
Decisive
•
•
•
•
•
Self-confidence
Analytical ability
Ability to think critically
Understanding of research
Ability to manage connict
Plan 8: Non-Thesis Option
One alternative to the thesis is the successful completion of
two major papers. The first of these papers will be written in
conjunction with ML 580. The second paper will be written
while enrolled in ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project.
The independent research projects approved each year will
be presented in an annual colloquium.
For more information regarding the Non-Thesis Option,
refer to the Thesis/LAP Project and Non-Thesis Project
Guidelines booklet. Students who do not complete their
independent project within a year of registering for ML 597
are required to pay a continuation fee each trimester.*
*Both Plans A and Bare governed by Augsburg College's
policy on continuation. A student taking Plan A has a maximum of seven trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred) to complete a thesis or LAP. After
that the student may continue with permission but will pay
a fee each trimester. A student taking Plan B has a maximum of four trimesters (including the one in which registration initially occurred to complete the Plan B final
project. After that the student may continue with permission but will pay a fee each trimester. The fee is a continuation fee and is separate from any parking permits or other
incidental fees.
Plan C: Comprehensive Exam Seminar
The third completion option involves one paper written in
conjunction with ML 580 (as in Plan B) and a Comprehen-
ML 574 Strategic Leadership
The course develops students' ability to think strategically
and lead organizations through planning and implementation; application of models and concepts to examples and
cases from real-life practice. Case studies, exercises, and readings cover practices in for-profit and nonprofit organizations.
ML 577 Universal Responsibility and Leadership:
A Nicaraguan Experience
The exploration of universal responsibility, conceptually and
experientially. Course consists of a seminar in Minneapolis
and approximately two weeks in Nicaragua. The Nicaraguan
portion includes a home stay, meetings with leaders in various venues, and visits to multiple sites and organizations.
Topics such as Nicaraguan history, politics, indigenous cultures, poverty, health care, literacy; the arts, business, foreign
investment, and relations with the U.S. government and
nonprofit organizations are explored.
ML 580 Colloquium on Contemporary Theories of
Leadership
Selected contemporary theories of leadership presented by
instructors who participate in the seminar. Emphasis on
critical thinking, discussion, written analysis. Prereq.: oneyear coursework in MAL program and ML 510)
ML 589 Comprehensive Exam Seminar (PIN}
This course is a completion option for the Master of Arts in
Leadership. Students prepare for the examination seriesoral, written, and take-home-through discussion, readings,
and critical analysis in the seminar. It must be the final
course taken in the program. No other course may be taken
at the same time.
ML 592 Thesis/LAP Consultation I (PIN)
Independent final research project supervised by an academic adviser.
*A student may count only ML 597 or ML 598 for credit
toward the MAL degree, except with permission of the MAL
program director.
Post-Master's Certificate in Leadership Studies
Graduate students who already possess a master's degree in
any area (including leadership) may wish to pursue the certificate program. A certificate is awarded after completion of
five Augsburg MAL courses in leadership (which were not
previously applied to any other degree). The student may
choose any five MAL courses or may wish to focus on a specific area such as ethics and leadership, global leadership,
organizational leadership, communications, or leadership
development. This option is attractive for people who want
to continue their professional studies but not necessarily
undertake a full degree program. The normal application
process is used for students who wish to pursue the postmaster's certificate.
Joint BA in Accounting and Master of Arts in
Leadership
A BA in accounting and an MA in Leadership (MAL) can be
earned in this five-year program designed for students who
wish to qualify for CPA certification and obtain a master's
degree. By the end of the fifth year and successful completion of all requirements, the student receives both a BA in
accounting and an MA in Leadership and will have fulfilled
the 150-hour requirement to qualify for the CPA certification. The MAL program offers a large number of courses on
a weekend schedule. Please refer to the MAL program catalog for a complete list of course offerings and the accounting program coordinator for a detailed academic plan.
It is recommended that students meet with an accounting
adviser to create an effective plan for successful completion
of the five-year program.
General requirements for the accounting/MAL program
ML 593 Thesis/LAP Consultation II (PIN)
Completion of the thesis/LAP under the guidance of an academic adviser.
ML 597 Non-Thesis Independent Project*
Major written project in an area of the student's choice; to
be completed in consultation with an adviser and a reader.
The research is presented in a colloquium in partial fulfillment of requirements for the non-thesis option.
Accounting students planning to pursue the five-year degree
must apply for admission to the MAL program at the end of
their junior year. The application process includes submission of:
• completed application form
• three letters of recommendation (two from professors and
one from an employer)
• personal statement
• example of their writing in an academic paper
ML 598 Independent Study*
Provides directed independent study in an area of the student's choice. Open to students who have completed at least
three courses with a grade of at least 3.0. Students must
complete a Proposal for Independent Study and have it
signed by the supervising professor. Proposals must be
approved by the MAL program director prior to registration
for the course.
ML 599 Special Topics
Study of selected topics in leadership that are not treated
extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics
will be published prior to registration.
• GPA of at least 3.30
• interview with a three-person panel from the MAL program
Students must also have faculty endorsement from the
accounting program. Students must complete at least one
year of accounting work experience (either a job or internship) by the time they graduate from the MAL program.
Program coordinator: Stu Stoller
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Admission as an International Student
Applicants to the program must have:
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
• Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited four-year
college or university
• Minimum cumulative undergraduate grade point average
(GPA) of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0) and a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 for graduate courses completed at an
accredited college or university:
• Three years of experience (or equivalent) with one or
more organizations in a position of leadership or position
demonstrating leadership potential.
Applicants holding a master's or other advanced degrees
from accredited colleges or universities are admissible.
Should an applicant not meet the minimum admission
requirements, a conditional admission may be possible as
decided on a case-by-case basis.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on
an individual basis by the MAL Admissions Committee.
Admission to each entering graduate class will be given to
the most highly qualified individuals. Admissions are handled on a "rolling" basis, with students admitted at the
beginning of the fall, winter, and spring terms. Selection of
candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the
following items for each applicant:
• Previous college record
• Letters of recommendation
• Experience and organizational background
• Written statement
• Interview, if requested
Application Checklist
The following items must be submitted to the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Evaluation
Courses not offered on the numbered grading system are
noted in the course descriptions in this catalog as being
graded on PIN basis. In order to receive a grade of P, a student must achieve at least a grade of 3.0. No more than two
courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the
degree. No more than two courses with a grade of or below
2.5 can be repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the
second time are counted in the grade point average. In order
to graduate a student must have a GPA of 3.0 or above. All
required courses and the final projects must be successfully
completed. A student registered for final projects (ML 589,
ML 592, ML 593, or ML 597) will be permitted to participate in Commencement but will not receive a diploma until
all courses and projects are successfully completed.
MAL Program Enrollment Policy
Students may take either one or two courses per trimester.
Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to
complete the coursework in the program within two years.
All students are required to complete all components of the
program within five years. Extensions beyond five years will
be considered on the basis of petition to the MAL Advisory
Committee. Students who leave the program for more than
one trimester must request a leave of absence in writing
from the MAL program. A leave of absence may be granted
for one calendar year. Students who return to the program
after a leave of one year or more must fill out an Application
for Readmission form and submit to the Office of the Registrar. Time spent on an official MAL-approved leave of
absence will not count toward the five-year deadline for
degree completion.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
• Completed application form-www.augsburg.edu/mal
• $35 nonrefundable application fee
• A 1-3 page statement relating the applicant's career and
life goals to leadership aspirations
• Recommendation letter and checklist from an immediate
supervisor, assessing leadership potential
• Recommendation letter and checklist from a work colleague (at the same level) describing the applicant's work
style and leadership potential
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MAL FACULTY
Andrew Aoki , Professor of Political Science. BA, University
of Oregon; MA, PhD, University of Wisconsin.
John Benson , Professor Emeritus of Religion. BA, Augsburg
• Official transcripts from all undergraduate institutions
attended, listing all courses taken and any degree(s) conferred.
College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, PhD,
Columbia University.
• Official transcripts from all graduate institutions attended,
listing courses taken and degree(s) conferred, if any
Thomas Berl<as, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BCE,
PhD, University of Minnesota. Graduate Faculty in Organizational Management, Concordia University, St. Paul.
Applicants may be asked to participate in an interview with
graduate program faculty and/or staff members.
Larry Crockett, Professor of Computer Science. BA, MA,
Pacific Lutheran University; MDiv, Luther Theological Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota; Priest, Episcopal Diocese of Minnesota.
Cass Dalglish , Associate Professor of English. BA, College
of St. Catherine; MFA, Vermont College; PhD, The Union
Institute.
Curtis Paulsen , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St.
Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The
Fielding Institute.
Diane Pike , Professor of Sociology and Director of the Center for Teaching and Learning. BA, Connecticut College;
PhD, Yale University.
John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. John's
Joseph A. Erickson , Professor of Education. BA, MA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Luther Northwestern Theological
Seminary; PhD, University of Minnesota.
John Furia, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, The University of Texas-Austin.
Kathryn Swanson , Professor of English. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
BA, Rhode Island College; MPA, University of Rhode Island.
Joseph Volker, Instructor of Leadership Studies. BA, UniverDaniel S. Hanson , Assistant Professor of Communication
sity of California-Irvine; MA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Studies. BA, Augsburg College; MA, University of Minnesota.
Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, and Sabo Professor of Citizenship and Learning. BA, Phillips University; MDiv, Union Theological
Seminary; MA, PhD, University of Notre Dame.
David Lapakko, Associate Professor of Communication
Studies. BA, Macalester College; MA, PhD, University of
Minnesota.
Velma Lashbrook, Assistant Professor of Leadership Studies. BS, Iowa State University; MS, Illinois State University;
EdD, West Virginia University:
Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate
Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate
Studies. BA, University of Southampton; Postgraduate
diploma and CQSW, University of London; PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Steven Manderscheid , Instructor of Leadership Studies.
BS, St. Cloud State University; MS, University of Minnesota;
EdD, University of St. Thomas. Chair, Department of Organizational Management, Concordia University.
Thomas Morgan , Professor of Business Administration and
Executive Director, Center for Faith and Learning. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of
Oregon; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Norma C. Noonan , Professor of Political Science, and
Director of the Center for Leadership Studies and the MAL
Program. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, PhD, Indiana
University.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp , Associate Professor of Business
Administration. BA, MS, PhD, Academy of Economics,
Krakow, Poland.
Catherine Paulsen , Instructor. BA, St. Olaf College; MA,
Lone Mountain College.
STAFF
Patty Park, Program Coordinator
Master of Arts in Nursing
Master of Arts in Nursing
We are excited about the educational opportunities, engaging practicum experiences and wealth of transcultural
nursing knowledge offered in the Master of Arts in Nursing program at Augsburg College. We are also proud of
our students who come from a wide range of diverse cultural, educational, and experiential backgrounds. Some
master's degree candidates enter directly from college, others are making mid-life career changes, and some are
returning to college after raising a family. The career options in nursing are more variable and more rewarding
than ever before.
As our population ages and becomes increasingly diverse, nurses are challenged to respond with creativity and
competence. The master's program prepares nurses for leadership across care systems, population groups,
cultures, and settings, with particular emphasis on addressing global and local health inequities. Graduates of
our master's program are practicing in acute care, community and public health, education, nursing
administration, and emerging care settings that are responsive to the needs of culturally diverse and underserved
populations. Many of our graduates are creating innovative practice models that demonstrate interdisciplinary
leadership and economically feasible solutions to health inequities within communities.
Students can choose between two tracks of study in the master's curriculum: Transcultural Nursing in
Community or Transformational Nursing Leadership and Management. Classes are offered at the Augsburg
campus in Minneapolis and at Bethel Lutheran Church in downtown Rochester, Minnesota. Video conferencing
is used for most classes and allows for "real time" connections between students in the two sites. Program
faculty and staff are available at both sites and eager to assist students in expanding their nursing practice and
advancing their career options while exploring together how we transform our unique gifts and interests into
personal and professional service in the world.
Sincerely,
Cheryl Leuning, PhD
Chair, Department of Nursing
Director, Master of Arts in Nursing
Master of Arts in Nursing Mission
Within the framework of a Christian liberal arts education,
the Master of Arts in Nursing program is designed to prepare nurses for transformational leadership and transcultural practice across care settings, with particular emphasis
on addressing health inequities.
TRANSCULTURAL NURSING IN COMMUNITY
The Transcultural Nursing in Community track in the Master of Arts in Nursing program was designed to prepare
nurses for advanced population-focused practice in culturally diverse communities. The curriculum is grounded in
nursing science, public health principles, theory-guided
practice, and transcultural care. The program of study
focuses on reaching populations that are underserved by
traditional care systems and who exist outside of the social
mainstream. As such, the program provides rich alternative
teaching and learning opportunities for graduate students
locally and internationally. Upon graduation from the program, nurses completing this track are eligible to apply for
certification in Advanced Transcultural Nursing through the
International Transcultural Nursing Society. Also, graduates
completing this track will be eligible to apply to the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC) for certification
in Advanced Community Health Nursing.
A total of 10 courses plus a thesis or graduate project are
required. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core,
which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five
courses from the Transcultural Nursing in Community
Track, and two electives make up the coursework for the
program.
Advanced Nursing Core (three courses)
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 520
Research Methods in Nursing
NUR 523
Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
Transcultural Nursing in Community track (five courses)
NUR 500
Transcultural Health Care
NUR 503
Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life
Cycle, and
NUR 515
Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care
Systems
OR
The Politics of Health Care
NUR 541
Plus, two of the following courses: *
NUR 510
Advanced Community Health Nursing I
NUR 511
Advanced Community Health Nursing II
NUR 530
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
NUR 532
Transcultural Healing Practices
ELECTIVES-two graduate elective courses, which may
include the following:
ECO 520
Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
Visions of Leadership
ML510
ML511
ML530
ML531
ML560
NUR 530
NUR532
NUR562
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Ethics in Communication
The Dynamics of Change
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
Transcultural Healing Practices
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other
possible electives.
*Students seeking certification in Advanced Community
Health Nursing from the American Nurses Credentialing
Center (ANCC) must complete 500 hours of clinical
practicum work and select NUR 510 and NUR 511; students
seeking certification from the International Transcultural
Nursing Society may select NUR 530 and NUR 532. Clinical
practicum hours are integrated into several courses in the
curriculum.
Thesis or Graduate Project-students are required to
complete either a thesis or a graduate project, which is
equivalent to one course.
NUR 525
Graduate Field Project
NUR 535
Integrative Master's Thesis
TRANSFORMATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND
MANAGEMENT
The Transformational Leadership and Management track
unites the liberal arts with nursing science and practice.
This track is designed to develop nurse leaders who are analytical, articulate, and constructively critical and who will be
able to cope with high-level healthcare delivery issues. Curricular emphasis is on interdisciplinary collaboration across
care settings. Participation in nursing leadership practica
and classroom dialogue provides opportunities for students
to apply knowledge and gain experience partnering with
diverse care providers, populations, and communities to
address health inequities in creative and relevant ways. Specialty electives build on students' competencies and goals.
Courses are offered by the Department of Nursing faculty as
well as faculty teaching in the Master of Arts in Leadership
and Master of Business Administration programs.
Students take a total of 10 courses, plus a thesis or graduate
project. Three courses in the Advanced Nursing Core,
which all Master of Arts in Nursing students must take, five
courses in the Transformational Leadership and Management Track, and two elective courses make up the course
work for the program.
Advanced Nursing Core (three courses)
NUR 505
Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nurs
ing Practice
Research Methods in Nursing
NUR 520
NUR 523
Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
Transformational Nursing Leadership Track (five courses)*
NUR 500
Transcultural Health Care
NUR 521
Transformational Nursing Leadership
BUS 520
Management of the Healthcare Organization
Two of the following courses:
ML 511
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML 527
Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
ML 535
Organizational Theory and Leadership
ML 565
Women and Leadership
Electives-two graduate elective courses, which may
include:
ECO 520
Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
ML510
Visions of Leadership
Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
ML511
Ethics in Communication
ML530
ML531
The Dynamics of Change
ML560
Developing a Multicultural Perspective
NUR530
The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
NUR532
Transcultural Healing Practices
NUR562
Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
Note: Academic advisers can inform students about other
possible electives.
*Upon graduation from the program and completion of the
Transformational Leadership and Management track, students are eligible to apply for certification in Advanced
Nursing Administration from the American Nurses Credentialing Center (ANCC).
Thesis or Graduate Project
Students have two options for fulfilling their Master of Arts
in Nursing final project, which serves as the capstone of the
master's program: a graduate field project, or an integrative
master's thesis.
The graduate field project, NUR 525, is based on a selfselected issue relevant to transcultural nursing in community or transformational nursing leadership. The student
will focus primarily on the application and integration of
knowledge. Working with an adviser, the student will
design and/or implement and evaluate a model of advanced
practice nursing applied to health inequities in a selected
community, or a nursing leadership issue.
The integrative thesis option, NUR 535, expands upon
and/or extends theoretical foundations or concepts identified in transcultural nursing, community health nursing,
and/or nursing leadership literature. The thesis project
demonstrates the student's ability to do independent
research involving the exposition of primary and secondary
literature appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of empirical data, and the articulation of implications for
advanced practice nursing.
Students register for their final project, with their adviser's
permission, near the end of the program. Students must
complete all coursework and defend the project within two
years after registration. After two years, students must pay a
continuation fee of $200 per term in order to retain student
status in the graduate program, including library privileges,
AugNet access, and parking privileges.
Please refer to the "Graduate Field Project or Integrative
Thesis Procedures and Policies" booklet available in the
Nursing Department for additional information.
Practica
Practice experience is emphasized in both tracks in the Master of Arts in Nursing program. Students who complete the
Transcultural Nursing in Community track will have
enough practice hours to be eligible to apply to take the certification exam in Advanced Community Health Nursing
through the American Nurses Credentialing Center. Nursing
practice with diverse populations will also provide students
with the experiences needed to apply to take the certification exam in Transcultural Nursing. In the practica all students practice primarily in nontraditional settings with
persons underserved or excluded from mainstream health
care. Emphasis is on cultural diversity and health inequities
across health care settings. Students in the Transformational
Leadership and Management track have practice experience
in several courses with preceptors in leadership positions in
a variety of care settings.
A unique opportunity offered for practica at Augsburg is
provided by the Augsburg Central Nursing Center. The
Nursing Center provides services for persons struggling
with poverty and homelessness in the city of Minneapolis.
People from diverse backgrounds, who have health experiences grounded in wide-ranging cultural contexts, provide
many opportunities for students to explore advanced nursing roles and new models and forms of practice.
Study Abroad and Off-campus Opportunities
The Nursing Department works closely with cultural
guides, nurse mentors, and Augsburg's Center for Global
Education in developing study abroad opportunities. The
following study abroad and away opportunities are four
examples of existing practicum experiences.
Students may travel to Namibia in southwest Africa to
spend two weeks exploring health and healthcare challenges
within a rapidly developing country. Practical experience
with nurses in a variety of care settings, meaningful dialogue with key resource persons, and critical reflection foster personal and professional growth in this practicum.
Week-long immersion courses and practica are taught on
the Pine Ridge Indian Reservation in western South Dakota.
These courses and experiences offer students the opportunity to live on the reservation and participate with public
health nurses providing health services. They also interact
with tribal leaders and experience cultural events relevant to
the Lakota people of Pine Ridge.
Ten-day courses and practica are available in Mexico and
Guatemala as well. Students explore the relationships of
indigenous and Western health care, the connection
between social justice and health, and interact with local
indigenous healers.
Students may apply all these study abroad options to
requirements in the Master of Arts in Nursing program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
NUR 500 Transcultural Health Care
This course explores meanings and expressions of health,
illness, caring, and healing transculturally. Focus is on
understanding and developing professional competence in
caring for individuals, families, groups, and communities
with diverse cultural backgrounds. Culture is examined as a
pervasive, determining "blueprint" for thought and action
throughout the human health experience. Patterns of
human interaction that foster health and quality of life are
analyzed, and health destroying patterns of interaction, e.g.,
stereotyping, discrimination, and marginalization, are examined and submitted to moral and ethical reflection. (36
hours of practice experience)
NUR 501 Transcultural Care Systems
In this course, organizations are viewed as cultural systems
that are complex and adaptive, where continuous change
and unpredictability rule the development and course of
evolution. The importance of relationships, the role of selforganization, the processes of emergence and co-evolution
are explored via readings and discussions. Attendance at a
local, national, and/or international nursing leadership conference is mandatory. Dialogue and networking with a variety of nursing leaders to understand the context of
transcultural healthcare organizations are expected.
NUR 503 Transcultural Health, Families, and the Life
Cycle
The major curriculum concepts of individuals, health, nursing, and society are developed further in this course as the
function of individuals living in families and in communities
is explored. Content about systems, communication, small
group, and nursing theories is applied to family constellation.
The influence of the multigenerational family is examined in
terms of culture, belief system, roles, healthcare patterns, values, and goals. Specific concepts related to values and culture
are expanded and applied to the more complex social structures of traditional and nontraditional families as they interact in and with society. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 505 Theoretical Foundations for Advanced Nursing
Practice
This course focuses on nursing science and nursing theory
as foundational to advanced transcultural nursing practice.
Philosophical underpinnings of different theoretical and
research traditions in nursing are compared and related to
the provision of culturally competent care in diverse communities. Nursing science is emphasized as a process of theory advancement and as an accumulating body of nursing
knowledge. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 510 Advanced Community Health Nursing I
This course focuses on persons, families and groups living
in relationship. Emphasis is on applying the core functions
of community/public health - assessment, policy development and assurance. Principles of epidemiology, population
demographics, and culture care are integrated into community-focused healthcare delivery models. Power structures
within dominant social systems are analyzed and critiqued
with regard to resource access and distribution among
underserved populations. (36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 511 Advanced Community Health Nursing II
Emphasis is on the application of public/community health
theory and research in providing health care to populations
and communities. Essential public health services are
assessed for adequacy in meeting community health needs
and addressing transcultural health goals. The impact of
diversity, privilege, resource limits, and globalization add
depth and reality to local and global community health concerns, patterns of health, suffering, and healthcare provisioning. Prerequisite: NUR 510. (72 hours of practice
experience)
NUR 515 Managing Nursing Effectiveness within Care
Systems
In planning and implementing nursing activities, healthcare
organizations are considered subcultures of society, which
entail particular issues of access and utilization for marginalized people. Strategies for negotiating structures of privilege
and professional control will be explored. Working with
marginalized populations, students will identify and support
the agency or persons who are seeking help from these systems. Nursing action will focus on mediating subcultures of
clients with the subculture of healthcare systems. Major
emphasis will be placed on mutuality with clients in planning actions and evaluating outcomes. (72 hours of practice
experience)
NUR 520 Research Methods in Nursing
Through a combination of literature review, field experience, and class discussion, research methods relevant to the
exploration of culture and health will be examined. Class
topics will include formulating study questions to explore
collective foundations of meaning and explanation in health
and illness, practice in data collection procedures of field
research, and issues of interpretation and analysis in qualitative research. Prerequisite: a college-level statistics course.
(36 hours of practice experience)
NUR 521 Transformational Nursing Leadership
This course emphasizes transformational nursing leadership
and management in partnership with diverse groups. Transcultural competence is lifted up as significant to the evolving leadership and planning skills needed in emerging care
systems. Opportunities for students to engage in designing
relevant models of care delivery are woven into clinical
practica. (72 hours of practice experience)
NUR 523 Theory, Research, and Practice Seminar
The conceptualization, investigation, and application of
nursing knowledge will be critiqued with particular focus
on its contribution to developing practice in transcultural
community health care. Through reflection and dialogue,
which includes professional experience of practice contexts,
as well as theoretical and research literature, students will
formulate a transcultural nursing model of care. (36 hours
of practice experience)
NUR 525 Graduate Field Project
This course focuses on the application and integration of
knowledge to a student-selected issue or topic of concern
relevant to transcultural nursing, community health nursing, and/or transformational nursing leadership. Working
with a nursing faculty adviser, students design and/or implement and evaluate a theory-based model of advanced practice nursing. Relevant coursework is integrated into the
project and the final written report. Plans for disseminating
the report for public and professional use are encouraged.
Students will defend the project to their graduate committee
(major faculty adviser and two readers) and invited guests
at the time of completion.
NUR 530 The Power of Ritual and Ceremony for
Transformation
In this course, the student will explore ritual and ceremony
from a transcultural perspective. Attention will be focused
on rituals and ceremonies in specific cultures and religions,
and in the modern American medical system that sustains
its own rituals. In some cultures, formal or informal religious practices may be integral to the ritual of ceremony
and healing. In modern American culture, the perceived
division between the mind, body, and spirit has led to ritual
and ceremony being considered adjunctive to the scientific
approach to healing. Students will have an opportunity to
interact with persons who integrate ritual and ceremony
into their lives and healthcare practices. Students will also
discuss the meaning of ritual and ceremony to their own
lives and professional practice.
NUR 532 Transcultural Healing Practices
This course will introduce students to complementary healing practices including the historical and cultural contexts
in which they developed. Students will discuss the philosophical underpinnings of therapeutic systems and paradigms of healing in selected complementary therapies:
music therapy, traditional Chinese medicine, mind-body
healing, spiritual and faith practices, energy healing practices , movement therapies, homeopathy, manual therapies,
and nutrition and nutritional supplements.
NUR 535 Integrative Master's Thesis
The integrative thesis expands upon or extends the theoretical foundations in the literature of Transcultural Nursing in
Community or Transformational Leadership and Management. It demonstrates the student's ability to do independent research that integrates past and current literature
appropriate to the topic, the collection and analysis of
empirical data, and the articulation of implications for
advanced nursing practice or leadership in nursing organizations. Students will defend the project to their selected
graduate committee (comprised of the student's faculty
adviser and two readers) and invited guests. Plans for disseminating the report for public and professional use are
encouraged.
NUR 541 The Politics of Health Care
This course will explore how health and illness are related
to inequities in society and dynamics of power in systems of
health care. The following issues will be examined in the
course: How widening gaps in the distribution of wealth
diminish the health of all members of society; how social
inequities become medicalized as health disparities, how an
emphasis on profit in health care affects the distribution of
healing resources in the population, and what strategies the
poor and powerless employ to gain access to healthcare
resources. This course will include an optional study abroad
experience in Guatemala. (72 hours of practice experience)
NUR 562 Walking the Truth: Culture, Gender, and
HIV/AIDS in sub-Saharan Africa
This broad-based interdisciplinary course explores the influence of culture and gender on the HIV/AIDS pandemic in
sub-Saharan Africa. The natural history, biology, and epidemiology of AIDS in Africa, as well as socio-cultural, ethical, theological, and political responses to the disease are
examined. Women's collective and individual efforts to preserve the health of their families and communities are highlighted as hopeful and positive responses to the HIV/AIDS
crisis in sub-Saharan Africa.
NUR 599 Topics
Study of selected topics that are not treated extensively
through current course offerings. Specific topics will be
published prior to registration.
BUS 520 Management of the Healthcare Organization
This course provides an overview of the key organizational
and behavioral concepts which underlie effective management practices in healthcare organizations. It addresses both
the theory and practice of effective management. The course
will emphasize the importance of addressing the expectations, needs, and performances of people in organizations,
and recognizes the role of the internal, external, and global
cultures that impact organizational structure, behavior, and
change.
ECO 520 Economics of Health Care in a Global
Community
At the end of the class, students will be better able to apply
economic concepts to the health systems of both the United
States and other parts of the world. The focus will be on the
public policy aspects of the healthcare system, e.g. , issues of
access and cost.
ML 510 Visions of Leadership: A Historical and Literary
journey
Introduction to selected concepts of leadership, providing a
historical and philosophical framework for the program.
This course views the nature and purpose of leadership
from a variety of disciplines and perspectives.
ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process
Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional
aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking.
This course uses creativity as a method, and it examines techniques for solving problems in organizations, for enhancing
innovation, and for seeking an integrative worldview.
ML 52 7 Spirituality and Leadership in the Workplace
The wide-ranging spirituality movement in the workplace is
a notable feature of contemporary life. This course explores
the dimensions of this trend and its implications for leadership through a variety of sources and perspectives.
ADMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS
Applicants into the Master of Arts in Nursing program
must have:
• Bachelor's degree in nursing from a regionally-accredited
four-year college or university, or must have an Associate
of Science degree in nursing in addition to a non-nursing
bachelor's degree.
• Cumulative GPA of 3.0 (on a scale of A= 4.0) in all previous college coursework
• Experience as a registered nurse
• Professional liability insurance
ML 530 Ethics in Communication
Interdisciplinary study of ethics and communication
through the investigation of a variety of ethical perspectives
within human communication. This course places particular
attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, advertising, and interpersonal relationships. It emphasizes sensitivity to ethical conflicts that arise in social and
organizational settings.
ML 531 The Dynamics of Change
This course offers an exploration of the context of social
change and varying responses to diverse human needs.
Ways of achieving well-being may be viewed differently by
leaders in public and private domains and across cultures.
The course explores these various perspectives, including
areas of conflict and opportunities for leadership in social
and organizational change. Sociological, human development, and economic theories are applied to contemporary
public and private sector issues for social change.
• Current nursing license
• All required immunizations
A college-level statistics course is required for progression in
the program, but is not necessary for admission.
Decisions about admission to the program will be made on
an individual basis by the Graduate Admissions Committee.
Admissions are handled throughout the year, with students
being admitted at the beginning of the fall (September),
winter Uanuary), and spring (April) terms.
Selection of candidates will be made on the basis of an evaluation of the following items for each applicant:
• Previous college record and GPA
• Letters of recommendation
• Professional experience
ML 535 Organizational Theory and Leadership
In-depth exploration of organizational theory plus related
concepts, issues, and concerns. The course is designed to
enable the student to acquire knowledge and develop skills in
order to function as a responsible, ethical participant within
various types of organizational structures and cultures.
ML 560 Developing a Multicultural Perspective
This course focuses on the ability to function and lead in
culturally diverse contexts within the U.S. Goals include
improved communication skills and interpersonal sensitivity, appreciation for the complexity of the racial and ethnic
groupings, and awareness of key issues facing those groups.
ML 565 Women and Leadership
A seminar exploring the theory and practice of women and
leadership: entrepreneurial, political, and social. It offers an
interdisciplinary approach to issues of women and leadership. Topics include analysis of alternative approaches to
leadership, women and careers, and women in society past
and present. The course is intended to enhance the analytical and leadership skills of the participants.
• Written statement describing professional and
educational goals
Application Checklist
The following items must be sent to the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office:
• Completed application formwww.augsburg.edu/ma_nursing
• $35 nonrefundable application fee
• A 2-3 page typed statement describing the applicant's professional and educational goals
• Three letters of recommendation-in English-addressing the applicant's character and ability for graduate study.
(Two of these recommendations must be from professional colleagues.)
• Evidence of Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) training, professional liability insurance, and required immunizations
• Official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate
institutions attended, listing all courses taken and any
degree(s) conferred
An interview with graduate program faculty and/or staff
members may be requested.
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above . Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission, North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
The Master of Arts in Nursing program is fully accredited by
the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE).
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
DEPARTMENT OF NURSING FACULTY
Magdeline Aagard , Associate Professor of Nursing. BA,
Augustana College; MBA, PhD, University of St. Thomas.
Marty Alemc\n, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN, University of Minnesota; MA, Augsburg College.
Katherine Baumgartner, Assistant Professor of Nursing.
BSN, Minnesota State University; MA, Augsburg College.
Ruth Enestvedt, Assistant Professor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC).
BA, St. Olaf College; MS, PhD, University of Minnesota.
I
Linda Holt, Instructor of Nursing, Co-Coordinator of the
Augsburg Central Nursing Center (ACNC) . BSN, University
of Minnesota; MSN, University of Washington-Seattle.
Cheryl Leuning , Professor of Nursing, Chair of the Department of Nursing, and Director of the MAN program. BA,
Augustana College; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Utah.
Joyce Miiier, Assistant Professor of Nursing. ADN,
Rochester State junior College; BSN , Augsburg College; MA,
Augsburg College.
Susan Nash , Associate Professor of Nursing. BSN, MSN,
EdD, University of Minnesota.
Joyce Perkins, Assistant Professor of Nursing. BS, University of New Hampshire; RN, College of St. Teresa; MA, St.
Mary's College Graduate Center; MS, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Colorado.
Pauline Utesch , Assistant Professor of Nursing. BSN,
Winona State University; MA, Augsburg College.
Master of Business Administration
Master of Business Administration
We are certain that you will make an excellent decision by choosing Augsburg to develop your skills,
knowledge, and capabilities. We believe our program will give you an opportunity to challenge yourself by
engaging in classes, projects, and studies that will help form and refine your ability to think critically, analyze
problems, and align your decisions with ethical values and beliefs-while gaining valuable, relevant, and
contemporary business acumen and skills.
Today's business world offers great opportunities to not only realize traditional business goals of increasing
shareholder or owner value but also offers individuals a unique opportunity to serve their communities,
stakeholders, and associates by exercising good decision-making in the areas of corporate social responsibility,
sustainability, and diversity. Our increasingly global and virtual economies call for new knowledge, new
perspectives, and new competencies. Graduates of our MBA program are qualified to take their place as
leaders in their organizations, their communities, and the global economy.
Our unique summative course, the Management Consulting Project, gives students the challenging
opportunity to work on real business issues with actual businesses and organizations in the Twin Cities and
Rochester. Guided and coached by expert faculty with significant business experience, students work in small
consulting teams and bring together the business disciplines they have studied in the program to perform an
accurate analysis and recommendation to the client organization.
Students in the Augsburg MBA program can choose among a growing number of alternatives that include
completion of a core curriculum general MBA, a healthcare management-focused MBA, or additional
concentrations in finance, marketing, human resources, international business, or project management. We
believe we have the structure and design to promote learning and retain rigor, integrity, and quality in an
accelerated degree program. The Augsburg MBA is organized into cohorts, taught by experienced and highly
qualified faculty, and aided by excellent facilities, multiple locations, and the latest in technology, From the
first day of orientation to the day you walk across the stage at Commencement, we promise to offer you an
exciting, challenging, reflective educational experience that will increase your confidence, reinforce your
concepts of vocation, and enable you to seek greater roles of responsibility and impact in your career.
Sincerely,
4-- ~~
Steven M. Zitnick
Director, MBA Program
The Master of Business Administration MissionTo prepare students for professional careers in business by
developing their decision-making skills and judgment, and
by transforming them into effective managers and leaders.
The program aspires to provide an outstanding student-centered education that produces graduates who are critically
astute, technically proficient, and who understand the moral
and ethical consequences of their decisions on their organization and on the world.
Master of Business Administration Program Overview
Todays business leader must be able to quickly analyze situations and information and then critically think through the
alternatives and courses of action. The purpose of the Augsburg MBA is to prepare students to accept greater responsibility in organizations facing this fast-evolving business culture.
The curriculum of the MBA gives students the ability to think
critically and ethically as they face the increased challenges of
a global business environment. Quality, individual initiative,
ethics, and teamwork are hallmarks of the Augsburg MBA.
We have a commitment to continually improve the students'
experience and learning in the program. Our faculty is
uniquely qualified to bridge theory and real world application, giving the MBA student the opportunity to acquire skills
and knowledge in a variety of disciplines.
The Augsburg MBA can be completed in fewer than 24
months.
Cohorts
Augsburg's MBA program is organized around small groups,
or cohorts. Students in a cohort program model stay
together as a group through the sequence of classes for the
duration of the program. This provides a continuous, collaborative learning process. The cohort environment fosters a
cohesive learning community where students not only learn
from one another, but mentor each other and peer coach.
You'll share diverse professional expertise and experience as
you work in teams on projects, case studies, presentations,
and simulations, both inside and outside of class.
Working individually and in small groups enables you to
enhance your strengths, build your skills, expand your business acumen, and improve your decision-making. Together
as a community you will build personal, social, and academic abilities.
Adult learners bring a wealth of work and personal life
experiences with them into the classroom, multiplying the
opportunities for learning. The personal connections and
relationships you build with fellow students and faculty will
extend into an important and valuable network as you take
your career to new levels.
Locations and Schedules
Classes are offered at four locations: Augsburg's Minneapolis
campus, Thrivent Financial in downtown Minneapolis,
Augsbsurg's Rochester campus, and at St. Stephen Lutheran
Church in Bloomington. Cohorts begin three times per academic year: fall term (September), winter term Qanuary),
and spring term (April) . Orientation for new cohorts is generally scheduled for one-to-two weeks in advance of the
beginning of classes. For more information on class schedules, go to www.augsburg.edu/mba or call the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office at 612-330-1390.
MBA Advisory Board
The MBA Advisory Board is composed of both active and
retired senior business leaders from global, regional, and
entrepreneurial organizations. The board meets several
times yearly to review the program's progress, offer advice,
and provide insight into contemporary business issues that
influence curriculum development or modification. Additionally, the board is invited to participate in student and
alumni events throughout the year.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MBA 592 Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation
This course will provide learners with well-rounded, comprehensive leadership skills that will enhance personal and
organizational effectiveness. Leadership skills and abilities
have long been viewed as important contributors to success
in personal and professional spheres. Topics include leadership strategy, critical and distinctive functions and skills of
management and leadership, relationship building, servant
leadership, leadership communication, and self-awareness
and discovery of leadership styles, traits, and abilities.
MBA 520 Accounting for Business Managers
Concepts of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) for preparing financial statements. Students will
learn to analyze income statements, balance sheets, and
annual reports, and to budget using projected sales, fixed
and variable expenses, breakeven calculation, and capital
budgeting.
MBA 545 Organizational Development
Theory and application of organizational development (OD)
of human resources within organizations. Topics include
strategies and tactics for developing human resources to
support organizational cultural changes (such as total quality management), team building, collaboration with other
teams, training, the impact of diversity, and evaluation of
OD strategies.
MBA 570 Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
Extracting actionable information from data, interpreting
data in tables and graphs, interpreting statistical significance, evaluating survey data, using data mining with large
databases, and using simulation and modeling in business
decisions.
MBA 575 Strategic Technology
Making strategic technology decisions most favorable to
organization and culture, interaction with customers and
suppliers, and future growth of the organization. Students
will come to understand the impact of the Internet and electronic commerce on the traditional business model, the
effect on employees, and the ethical and societal results of
given technology choices.
MBA 510 Managerial Economics
Application of economic tools in solving managerial problems . Topics include markets and organizations, demand
and cost functions, demand and supply analysis, game theory and the economics of strategy, pricing incentives, evaluation, regulation, incentive conflicts and contracts, and
ethics and the organizational architecture. Students develop
critical thinking skills and a framework of analyzing business decisions. In summary, the objective of the course is to
help business students become architects of business strategy rather than simply middle managers plodding along the
beaten path of others.
MBA 550 Marketing Management
Applying marketing theory and practice to real-li.fe marketing situations. Topics include market segmentation, targeting, positioning, distribution of goods and services, the
relationship between price and demand, brand management, and marketing plans and strategy. Students gain
hands-on experience with marketing in cross-functional
organization strategies.
MBA 580 Management Consulting Project
Working in teams with a local organization, students
develop expertise in an area related to their vocation, using
communication, leadership and collaboration skills, and
academic knowledge to research, analyze, and make recommendations. The management consulting project culminates
in a presentation to the client and the faculty adviser.
MBA 530 Managerial Finance
Understanding the foundations of financial management
including markets, institutions, interest rates, risk and
return, and the time value of money. Included are security
valuation, corporate valuation, strategic investment and
financing decisions, working capital management, mergers
and acquisitions, derivatives, bankruptcy; and multinational
implications.
MBA 540 Business and Professional Ethics
This course provides students with an understanding of the
ethical problems faced by people in organizations and businesses today. A framework for recognizing ethical problems
helps the student determine how decisions will affect people
positively or negatively This course conveys a model of
analysis of ethical problems to allow students the ability to
make better judgments about what is right and fair. The
course also allows students to gain confidence in their
understanding and their proposed solutions for ethical
issues, thus being able to forcefully and reasonably defend
their point of view.
MBA 560 Communication Issues in Management
An ethnographic approach to communication in the workplace including how physical settings, communication channels, institutional goals, institutional culture, and the roles of
participants shape communication. Students will use case
studies and their own workplace experiences to examine
effectiveness, ideologies and biases, network theory, persuasive appeals, and communication of institutional values.
MBA 565 Managing in a Global Environment
Explores the reasons, conditions, processes, and challenges
of internationalization from an enterprise perspective. The
foci of the course will be international trade theory and institutional governance of international trade/monetary policy,
and the differences in political-economic/socio-cultural systems and their implications for international business.
MBA 595 Strategic Management
Organizations that survive over time generally meet customer needs more effectively than the customer's alternatives. These organizations adapt to a constantly changing
environment, usually coordinating change in a variety of
different functional areas. Strategy matches the organization's capabilities to its market position, facilitates resource
allocation, and provides guidance for decision-making. This
course is integrative of all subject matter in the MBA program, and adopts the perspective of senior management.
THE AUGSBURG MBA WITH A HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT CONCENTRATION
This program includes the following courses from the MBA
core program, followed by the Healthcare Management
Concentration.
MBA 592
MBA 520
MBA 510
MBA 570
MBA 530
MBA 560
MBA 545
MBA 575
MBA 550
MBA 595
Leadership: Ethics, Service, and Transformation
Accounting for Business Managers
Managerial Economics
Quantitative Decision-Making for Managers
Managerial Finance
Communication Issues in Management
Organizational Development in Healthcare
Management
Strategic Technology in Healthcare Management
Marketing in Healthcare Management
Strategic Management for Healthcare
Management
MBH 597 Integrated Health Delivery Systems (Required)
This course is focused on the health-related industries that
comprise the healthcare system in the United States. Critical
success factors for the medical care, hospital care, long-term
care, mental health care, medical equipment, pharmaceutical, health insurance, and managed care industries are
examined. The course also considers the influences of
demographics, consumer expectations, and government
policies on healthcare system performance.
MBH 542 Legal and Ethical Considerations in Health
Care (Required)
This course covers the laws affecting administration of hospitals and other healthcare organizations: administrative law,
corporate and business law, labor law, civil liability, and taxrelated issues. The course also considers the ethical issues
underlying financing, organization, and delivery of healthcare services as well as addresses the numerous ethical issues
raised by advances in technology, changing societal values,
decreased resources, and increasing professional liability.
MBH 53 7 Healthcare Financing (Required)
This course focuses on a variety of public and private third
party mechanisms for financing healthcare services. A
review is made of the various trends and constraints associated with each mechanism. Particular attention is paid to
the role of private health insurance and government reimbursement mechanisms for health services. Prerequisite:
MBA 530 Managerial Finance
MBH 546 Human Resource Issues in Health Care
(Elective or required, depending on location)
This course provides complete coverage of relevant human
resource issues in healthcare management, as well as a solid
foundation in both HR and healthcare administrative practices. It offers a comprehensive, focused approach to the
demands of the current human resources role. This practical, hands-on course introduces human resources to those
who are preparing to work in any area of health care or
health services. Written for practitioners and students in all
disciplines related to health, this course covers important
topics such as recruitment, training, termination, legal
issues, labor unions, design and analysis safety, employee
relations, healthcare compensation practices, and the challenges facing healthcare management today.
MBH 593 Healthcare Operations Management (Elective)
This course analyzes the operations of healthcare organizations to improve quality and productivity. Quality improvement models including Six Sigma are reviewed for
usefulness and effectiveness within healthcare delivery or
manufacturing environments related to health care. Management information systems (MIS) are evaluated as aids to the
quality process. A course project is a key element in applying strategic concepts and processes.
MBH 562 Global Healthcare Issues (Required)
Governments bear significant responsibilities for assuring
the health of their people. As our understanding of the
social determinants of health has improved, exercising this
responsibility calls for national policies that include planning for the personal healthcare system, addressing broader
issues of population health services and links to policies
that affect education, economic development, the environment, among other areas. All nations, especially developing
countries and those in transition, face challenges to their
national health strategies from the effects of globalization
and global decision-making on issues that affect health.
MBH 572 Information Technology in Health Care
(Elective)
The course focuses on managing information as a strategic
resource within healthcare organizations; designing information systems to capture, combine, and transform information
to measure processes and outcomes of care, support collaborative clinical decision-making, support management decisions, empower patients, and improve healthcare operations.
CONCENTRATIONS
Master of Business Administration students may choose a
concentration in one of several disciplines following com-
pletion of the core curriculum. A concentration allows students to become competitive in a specific career field or, in
some cases, assists the student in achieving a professional
certification or accreditation.
Graduate Certificates
The following concentrations are also available as graduate
certificate programs. Students who seek advanced skills and
knowledge in a specific business discipline, but either
already possess an MBA or are not interested in pursuing a
degree at this time, may enroll in any concentration as a certificate student. These courses are transcribed and "for
credit." In most cases, (depending on employer policies)
they will be accepted for tuition reimbursement. Contact
the MBA Office at 612-330-1778 or the Adult and Graduate
Admissions Office at 612-330-1390 for more information.
Finance Concentration
Students prepare for careers in international banking,
finance, and investments by learning finance and investment theory and applications , and the operations of financial markets.
• Financial theory and applications
• Investment theory and portfolio management
• Financial markets
• Options and derivatives
• International finance
• Financial statement analysis
Marketing Concentration
Students receive solid exposure to major topic areas beyond
the core, learn to evaluate research data for marketing decisions, and gain integrative, practical experience in marketing.
• Marketing research
• Marketing communications
• Sales management
• Consumer behavior
• Technology and e-commerce
• International marketing
Human Resource Management Concentration
Students can prepare for careers in the field of human
resource management. Major topics cover a wide range of
HR functions including training and selection, compensation and benefits, and global issues in human resources. Students completing the certificate will be preparing for
certification as a human resource professional (PHR).
• Training, selection, and performance
• Industrial/Labor relations
• Compensation and benefits management
• Organizational effectiveness
• Global human resources
• Strategic human resources
Healthcare Management Concentration
The Master of Business Administration with a concentration
in healthcare management (MBA/HCM) is designed to provide students with leadership as well as the management
knowledge and skills needed to be successful in today's
healthcare organizations. The MBA/HCM emphasizes the
identification, analysis, and solution of complex management problems with a foundation of healthcare concepts and
decision models that will support the variety of management
roles that can be seen in today's healthcare environment.
• Legal and ethical considerations in healthcare
management
• Official GMAT score report (school code 6014)-not
required for certificate applicants
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission oflnternational Students on
page 9.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
• Integrated health delivery systems
• Healthcare financing
• Cross-cultural issues in health care
• Global healthcare issues
• Healthcare operations management (elective)
Transfer students may receive up to six (6.0) transfer credits. (See Evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Students
must complete no fewer than seven (7.0) courses at Augsburg in order to receive their MBA degree from Augsburg
College.
GMAT Waiver Policy
International Business Concentration
Students develop a specialized toolkit to deal with the global
economy with its massive increases in international trade,
foreign direct investment, multinational companies, and
international financial transactions.
• Business English
• International marketing
• International managerial finance
• International business negotiations
• International logistics
As a general policy, the Augsburg MBA program requires the
GMAT of all applicants, due to both the analytical and critical evaluation components of our accelerated program. The
GMAT is used both to evaluate the candidate's opportunity
for success as well as indicate areas where remedial work
may be necessary. However, the Admissions Committee will
consider, on a case-by-case basis, GMAT waiver requests for
the MBA program. Waivers are not automatic for any candidate, and a brief written request must be submitted outlining the reasons why the Admissions Committee should
grant a GMAT waiver. Current occupation or undergraduate
disciplines are not specific grounds for a GMAT waiver.
• Legal aspects of international business
ELIGIBILITY
Project Management Concentration-coming in 2009
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Applicants to the MBA program must have:
• bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited four-year
institution
• minimum of two years of relevant work experience
• personal interview with the MBA program director
Admission checl<list
The following materials must be submitted to the Adult and
Graduate Admissions Office:
• completed application-Apply online at
www.augsburg.edu/mba/admissions/application.html
• $35 application fee
• Two personal statements
• Official undergraduate/graduate transcripts sent directly
to the Augsburg Adult and Graduate Admissions Office
• Current resume of work history
• Two confidential letters of recommendation
GMAT waivers may be offered to:
Those candidates who have been enrolled in a graduate
degree program in a technical or quantitatively rigorous
discipline (such as actuarial science, engineering, mathematics, physics, economics, or chemistry) from an accredited institution and who were in good academic standing
with an overall grade point average of 3.0 or better (or the
equivalent of a B average under the system used by that
institution). Students should have completed at least four
academic courses within this curriculum to qualify. It is
important to note that employment history and current
assignment will be reviewed in addition to the degree
requirement.
• Those who hold the following graduate degrees from an
accredited college or university with an overall grade
point average of 3.0 or better (or the equivalent of a B
average under the system used by that institution.)
• Medical or dental degree (MD,DDS)
• Law degree QD)-depending on undergraduate major
• Master's or doctoral degree in an academic discipline
that included a significant quantitative, engineering,
mathematics, or statistics component or involved
research requiring significant quantitative skills.
• Any other quantitatively based graduate degree from
an accredited college or university that the Admissions
Committee believes has highly prepared the candidate
for rigorous graduate-level work
• Master's, PhD, EdD, or advanced degrees in disciplines
other than those identified, including those granted by
academic institutions outside the U.S. will be evaluated
by the Admissions Committee. (See grade requirement
above)
• Those who have completed a graduate program at
Augsburg College in the MAL, MAN, MSW, MAE, or PA
programs.
• Current and active CPA designation. If the CPA designation has been inactive and not current for a period greater
than five years, the waiver will not be granted.
GMAT WAIVER CHECKLIST
Please submit the following documentation to the associate
director of the MBA program:
• One-page written request outlining reasons why the
Admissions Committee should grant a GMAT waiver
• Copies of transcripts for all work completed at any college
or university, whether or not a degree was granted (unless
previously submitted to the graduate admissions office)
• Current resume (unless previously submitted to the graduate admissions office)
• Any other information that you wish to submit to support
your request
Typically, GMAT waiver decisions are made within one week
of receipt of materials. For questions about this checklist or
the waiver policy, please contact either the Adult and Graduate Admissions Office or the MBA program office.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
MBA Program Enrollment Policy
Students are strongly encouraged to remain in their cohort
and complete their MBA program as scheduled. All students
are required to complete all components of the program
within five years of matriculation. Extensions beyond five
years will be considered on the basis of petition to the MBA
director. Students who leave the program for more than one
trimester must request a leave of absence in writing from the
MBA program. A leave of absence may be granted for one calendar year. Students who return to the program after a leave
of one year or more must fill out an Application for Readmission form and submit it to the MBA office. Time spent on an
official MBA-approved leave of absence will not count toward
the five-year deadline for degree completion.
Last Day to Withdraw from Class
For information regarding the last date on which students
may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their
records, please contact the MBA office.
Academic Evaluation
Evaluation of academic performance in the MBA program
will be based on number grades using a 4.0-scale as defined
below:
4.0
Achieves highest standards of excellence
3.5
3.0
Meets acceptable standards
2.5
2.0
Meets minimum standards
Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must
be repeated)
1.5-0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit - course must
be repeated)
W
Grade assigned when a student withdraws from a
course after the deadline, "Without notation on the
record." Students can only withdraw from the same
class two times. If a student withdraws from the
same course a third time, he or she must meet with
the director of the MBA program to discuss continued participation in the MBA program.
An incomplete grade (I) may be awarded when the
instructor grants permission after determining that
a student emergency may delay completion of
coursework. Students who receive an incomplete
grade should be capable of passing the course if
they satisfactorily complete outstanding course
requirements. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must file an Application for Incomplete Grade
form with the Office of the Registrar that states the
reasons for the request, outlines the work required
to complete the course, and includes the course
instructor's signature. The instructor may stipulate
the terms and conditions that apply to course completion; however, students may not attend the same
course (or a portion of the same course) in a following term with an incomplete grade. The student
must complete the outstanding work in enough
time to allow evaluation of the work by the instructor and the filing of a grade before the final day of
the following academic term in the student's program. If the work is not completed by the specified
date of the following academic term, the grade for
the course becomes 0.0.
Degree Requirements
To be conferred the MBA degree, students must achieve the
following:
• Successful completion of all admission conditions
• Successful completion of MBA courses (2.5 or above)
• No more than two courses with a grade of 2.5 or below,
and with a cumulative GPA of 3.0 or higher
• Successful completion and submission of the management
consulting project
Students who successfully complete Augsburg's MBA program will receive a Master of Business Administration degree.
ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg is accredited by The Higher Learning Commission,
North Central Association of Colleges and Schools.
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MBA FACULTY
William Arden , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, New York University; MS, Northeastern University;
MBA, Boston University.
David Bartlett, Instructor, Economics and Business Administration. BA, University of California-San Diego; MA, University of Chicago; MA, PhD, University of California-San Diego.
Lori Peterson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BSB, Carlson School, University of Minnesota; PhD, University of Minnesota.
Larry Sallee , Instructor, Business Administration. BS, University of Wisconsin-Superior; MBA, University of WisconsinLaCrosse; DBA, U.S. International University; Certified Public
Accountant (CPA), Certified Management Accountant.
Nora Braun , Associate Professor of Business Administration.
BSBA, University of Missouri-Columbia; MBA, PhD, University of Minnesota.
John Schmit, Associate Professor of English. BS, St. john's
Thomas Burns, Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Iona
David Schwain , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BBA, University of Cincinnati; MBA, Harvard University.
College; MBA, University of St. Thomas.
C. Lee Clarke , Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BA, Capital University; MDiv, Trinity Lutheran Seminary;
MBA, University of St. Thomas.
University; MA, University of New Orleans; PhD, University
of Texas.
Joanne Smith , Instructor, Business Administration. BA, Smith
College; MA, University of Minnesota.
David Conrad , Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
Peter Stark, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BS, Northwestern University; MBA, EdD, Pepperdine University:
BA, Winona State University; MA, EdD, St. Mary's University
of Minnesota.
John Stein, Instructor, of Economics. BS, University of
Detroit; MA, University of Illinois.
Stella Hofrenning , Assistant Professor of Economics. BS,
University of Maryland; PhD, University of Illinois.
Stuart Stoller, Professor of Business Administration. BS, MS,
Long Island University; Certified Public Accountant (CPA).
Mark Isaacson , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute.
Steven Zitnick, Assistant Professor of Business Administra-
Ashok Kapoor , Associate Professor of Business Administra-
tion and Director of the MBA program. BA, Shimer College;
MS, University of Utah.
tion. BA, MA, University of Delhi; MA, MBA, University of
Minnesota; PhD, Temple University.
Laura Lazar, Assistant Professor of Business Administration.
BA, MLS, Valparaiso University; MBA, PhD, Indiana University:
Edward Lotterman , Assistant Professor of Economics. BA,
MS, University of Minnesota.
Steven Lukas, Instructor, Business Administration. BS, MA,
University of Nebraska; EdD, University of St. Thomas.
Roseanne Malevich , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, MBA, University of Wisconsin-Madison.
Marc Mcintosh , Assistant Professor of Business Administration. BS, DePaul University; MBA, Harvard University; DBA,
Argosy University:
Michael Mcllhon, Instructor, Business Administration. BBA,
MA, University of Iowa.
John Molloy, Assistant Professor ofBusiness Administration.
BBA, MS, University of Wisconsin, Madison.
Magdalena Paleczny-Zapp, Associate Professor of Business
Administration. BA, MA, Central School for Planning and Statistics, Warsaw; PhD, Akademia Ekonomiczna, Krakow.
Master of Science in Physician .Assistant ·studies
Master of Science in Physician Assistant Studies
Thank you for your interest in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program. I hope you will find the
information included in this catalog helpful as you make the decision to pursue your graduate degree in
physician assistant studies.
Our mission in the Augsburg College Physician Assistant Program is to educate students in a manner consistent
with the College's mission. It is based on a foundation of respect and sensitivity to persons of all cultures and
backgrounds, and oriented toward service to underserved populations. Students are educated to be well versed
in current medical theory and practice, and graduates are encouraged to work in primary care settings. The
program promotes dedication to excellence in performance, with the highest standards of ethics and integrity;
and commitment to lifelong personal and professional development.
Your education here will be guided by a group of faculty who are committed to the physician assistant
profession and to seeing you achieve success as a graduate of the program. With a PA degree from Augsburg
College, you will stand out as a person who cares about changing the world one person at a time, and who is
willing to risk becoming different by building on your strengths.
Since its founding in 1995, our program graduates have achieved many successes, some of which include:
• The Classes of 2001, 2004, and 2007 scored among the highest mean averages in the nation on the
National Board Exam.
• 95% of Augsburg College PA graduates have successfully passed the National Board Exam on their first try.
• ALL graduates seeking employment in the PA field have been employed within six months of graduation.
We believe that this success is due in part to the quality of the education and preparation that the student
receives in the Augsburg PA Program. In addition, it speaks to the kind of students we attract; hard working,
committed individuals dedicated to their goal of becoming a physician assistant.
Choosing the PA Program at Augsburg College will require you to move beyond current comforts and
assumptions. You will likely encounter people of different backgrounds, and learn from their experiences to
transform yourself into a competent and caring healthcare provider. Here you will begin your lifelong
commitment to the care and well being of people.
Dawn B. Ludwig, PhD, PA-C
Director, Physician Assistant Studies Program
student has been in for the required rotations, or may be
elsewhere in the state.
The clinical education is taught by physicians, and supplemented by physician assistants and other healthcare
providers. Each student is evaluated by the physician preceptor for the designated rotation. Nine times during the
clinical phase students will return to Augsburg for testing as
well as didactic and clinical skill workshops.
CLINICAL PHASE DESCRIPTIONS
PA 600 Family Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice
of family medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 601 Internal Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice
of internal medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 602 General Surgery Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of general surgery. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation
of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current
medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 603 Pediatric Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of pediatrics. Inclusion of proper data collection
through history and physical examination, formulation of
accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine
as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 604 Women's Health Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of women's health. Inclusion of proper data callee-
tion through history and physical examination, formulation
of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of treatment plans utilizing evidence-based medicine as determined by review and analysis of current
medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 605 Emergency Medicine Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of systemic diseases and surgical conditions unique to the clinical
practice of emergency medicine. Inclusion of proper data
collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation,
and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA
student
PA 606 Psychiatry Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of psychiatric diseases and conditions unique to the clinical
practice of psychiatric medicine. Inclusion of proper data
collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate problem lists, thorough investigation,
and development of treatment plans utilizing evidencebased medicine as determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA
student
PA 607 Elective Clinical Practicum
A six-week required rotation which emphasizes the pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, and management of diseases and conditions unique to the clinical practice of
medicine. Students are allowed to choose, in consultation
with the clinical coordinator, the area of medicine in which
they would like to study as their elective. Prerequisite: Clinical phase PA student
PA 620 or 621 or 622 Preceptorship
A required 12-week rotation at the completion of the clinical phase. This course provides the student a final opportunity to develop the skills unique to the clinical practice of
medicine. Inclusion of proper data collection through history and physical examination, formulation of accurate
problem lists, thorough investigation, and development of
treatment plans incorporating evidence-based medicine as
determined by review and analysis of current medical literature. Can be completed in 620 Family Medicine, 621 General Medicine Specialty, or 622 Surgical Specialty.
Prerequisite: PA 600-607
PA 690 Capstone
This course provides each student the opportunity to present results of their individual research topic and to synthesize previous study and work experience in preparation for
graduation and clinical practice. The student will demonstrate an understanding of the program's and profession's
principles. Prerequisite: PA 600-607
• Demonstration of a commitment to, and involvement
with, underserved communities.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Complete and current-year admission guidelines can be
found on our website at www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Note: The Graduate Record Exam (GRE) is not required.
Admission to any physician assistant program is a highly
competitive process. Augsburg College's graduate program
in physician assistant studies receives approximately 250
applications for each entering class of 28 students.
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Studies program has a
two-step application process-applying through CASPA and
to Augsburg's PA Studies Program.
Qualified applicants will have:
• Bachelor's degree (in any major) from a regionally-accredited four-year institution
• Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0
• Completed the prerequisite courses listed below
PA Studies Application Process
The Augsburg PA Program participates in the Centralized
Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) which
is sponsored by the Physician Assistant Education Association (PAEA). All applications to the PA Program for the
entering class must be processed through CASPA, following
all guidelines and regulations set forth by CASPA. Application forms with detailed instructions can be obtained online
at www.caspaonline.org.
Prerequisite Courses
To be an eligible applicant for the physician assistant studies
program, you must have completed the prerequisite courses
listed below. These courses must have been completed
within 10 years of the year you are applying for admission.
If you have already completed your undergraduate degree,
prerequisites must be completed by the end of fall semester
(no later than December 30) of the year you are applying. If
you are completing your first undergraduate degree, you
may complete prerequisite course work in the spring semester of the year you are applying; however, that coursework
must be completed prior to the start date of the program.
All course prerequisites must have been passed with a grade
of C (2.0) or higher. Meeting minimum prerequisites does
not guarantee admission into the program.
You will be considered an eligible applicant if you have a
minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 (as calculated by CASPA),
if you have completed or will complete your undergraduate
degree prior to the start date of the program, and if you have
completed or will complete your prerequisite courses within
the timeline specified for your situation.
Augsburg's PA Program Supplemental Application can be
downloaded from www.augsburg.edu/pa. It is important for
the applicant to determine whether he or she is in fact eligible to apply to the PA Studies Program, as the $25 supplemental application fee is non-refundable. You will be
required to print and sign the supplemental application and
mail it to the program by the application deadline. Since all
incoming students begin the course of study in late May, the
application is thus made approximately a year before
matriculation.
• one full course of general psychology
• one full course of developmental psychology (birth to
death lifespan)
• one full course of physiology* (human/vertebrate/organ)
• one full course of microbiology*
• one full course of biochemistry*
• one full course of general statistics
• one course of medical terminology
*Labs are recommended but not required.
Refer to our "Guide to Prerequisites" on our website to help
you with your prerequisite course selections.
The following are strongly recommended but not required:
• Minimum science GPA of 3.0
• Additional science courses such as anatomy, genetics,
immunology, other biology courses, and organic chemistry
• Clinical healthcare experience. Direct patient contact is
the best type of experience to obtain in order to
strengthen an application. Healthcare experience may be
full time or part time, paid or volunteer.
Selection Process
All complete files ( CASPA and Supplemental Applications
that meet requirements) will be reviewed by the admissions
committee. The admissions committee procedures utilize a
blind review, so applicant demographic data is unknown
(e.g., race, age, gender). Each file is reviewed by members of
the committee.
The selection committee looks for a balanced application by
reviewing many criteria including cumulative GPA, science
GPA, overall academic record, service to underserved
(meaning disadvantaged, minority; or under-represented
populations), direct patient contact experience, knowledge
of the profession, fit with the program goals and mission,
and recommendation letters.
Once the committee has completed the file review, a group
of candidates is selected for a telephone interview. The telephone interviews are generally conducted in mid- to lateJanuary. In addition, those selected for a telephone
interview are invited to a Candidate Information Session in
the program to meet faculty, staff, current students, and to
view the facilities. After telephone interviews are conducted,
the class of 28 students, as well as a list of alternates will be
selected. All applicants are notified of their status by midFebruary.
PA PROGRAM POLICIES
Technical Standards
•
The Augsburg College Department of Physician Assistant
Studies is pledged to the admission and matriculation of all
qualified students and prohibits unlawful discrimination
against anyone on the basis of race, color, national origin,
religion, sex, age, marital status, sexual orientation, status
without regard to public assistance or disability.
•
Regarding disabled individuals, the PA department is committed to provide reasonable accommodations and will not
discriminate against individuals who are qualified, but
will expect all applicants and students to meet certain
minimal technical standards, with or without reasonable
accommodations.
Physician assistants must have the knowledge and skills to
function in a broad variety of clinical situations and to render a wide spectrum of patient care. They must be able to
integrate all information received by whatever sense(s)
employed, consistently, quickly, and accurately, and they
must have the intellectual ability to learn, integrate, analyze, and synthesize data.
Candidates for physician assistant certification offered by
this department must have, with or without reasonable
accommodation, multiple abilities and skills including
visual, oral-auditory, motor, cognitive, and behavioral/
social. Candidates for admission and progression must be
able to perform these abilities and skills in a reasonably
independent manner.
• Visual: Candidates must be able to observe and participate in experiments in the basic sciences. In order to
make proper clinical decisions, candidates must be able
to observe a patient accurately. Candidates must be able
to acquire information from written documents, films,
slides, or videos. Candidates must also be able to interpret X-ray and other graphic images, and digital or analog
representations of physiologic phenomena, such as EKGs
with or without the use of assistive devices . Thus, functional use of vision is necessary.
• Oral-Auditory: Candidates must be able to communicate
effectively and sensitively with patients. Candidates must
also be able to communicate effectively and efficiently
with other members of the healthcare team. In emergency
situations, candidates must be able to understand and
convey information essential for the safe and effective
care of patients in a clear, unambiguous, and rapid fashion. In addition, candidates must have the ability to relate
information to and receive information from patients in a
caring and confidential manner.
• Motor: Candidates must possess the motor skills necessary to perform palpation, percussion, auscultation, and
other diagnostic maneuvers. Candidates must be able to
execute motor movements reasonably required to provide
general and emergency medical care such as airway management, placement of intravenous catheters, cardiopul-
•
•
monary resuscitation, and application of pressure to control bleeding. These skills require coordination of both
gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium, and
integrated use of the senses of touch and vision.
Cognitive: In order to effectively solve clinical problems,
candidates must be able to measure, evaluate, reason,
analyze, integrate, and synthesize in a timely fashion. In
addition, they must be able to comprehend three dimensional relationships and to understand the special relationships of structures.
Social: Candidates must possess the emotional health
required for the full utilization of their intellectual abilities, for the exercise of good judgment, for the prompt
completion of all responsibilities attendant to the diagnosis and care of patients, and for the development of effective relationships with patients. Candidates must be able
to tolerate physically taxing workloads and function
effectively under stress. They must be able to adapt to
changing environments, display flexibility, and learn to
function in the face of uncertainties inherent in the clinical problems of patients.
Tests and Evaluations: In order to evaluate the competence and quality of candidates, the Augsburg Physician
Assistant Program employs periodic examinations as an
essential component of the physician assistant curriculum. Successful completion of these examinations is
required of all candidates as a condition for continued
progress through the curriculum. Reasonable accommodation will be made in the form or manner of administration of these evaluations where necessary and possible.
Clinical Assessments: Demonstration of clinical competence is also of fundamental importance to the career and
curriculum progression of the candidates. Therefore, the
process of faculty evaluation of the clinical performance
of candidates is an integral and essential part of the curriculum. Although reasonable accommodation will be
made, participation in clinical experiences and the evaluation of that participation is required.
Experiential Learning Policy
The Augsburg Physician Assistant Program does not award
academic credit to an individual for experiential learning.
Applicants desiring admission to Augsburg's PA Program
must satisfactorily complete all prerequisite courses. Experiential learning will be considered separately from prerequisite courses. Experiential learning prior to and during
admittance to the Augsburg PA Program will not substitute
for any part of the clinical year or preceptorship.
Employment while in the Program
Program faculty discourage outside employment while in
the Physician Assistant Program. Faculty recognize that
employment may be an issue that some students will face.
Given this recognition, realize that program obligations will
not be altered due to a student's work obligations. It is further expected that work obligations will not interfere with
the physician assistant students' learning progress or
responsibilities while in the program.
Withdrawal and Readmission Policies
Voluntary withdrawal from the Physician Assistant Program
may be initiated by a student after submission of a letter to
the program director requesting withdrawal. In the letter,
the student should ou tline the circumstances and reasons
for withdrawal. Students will be requested to conduct an
exit interview with the program director prior to leaving the
program. See page 5 for information on withdrawal.
Readmission
Students may request readmission after voluntary withdrawal by submitting a letter to the program director stating
the reasons the student wishes readmission and the anticipated date for readmission. The submission of a letter and
previous enrollment does not constitute automatic acceptance and/or reentry into the program. Reapplication to the
PA Program after dismissal from the program will be considered only under extremely unusual circumstances. Students
who submit letters will be reviewed by the program faculty.
Any student requesting readmission will be considered a
new applicant to the program and will be required to complete the program application process as a new applicant,
and may be required to repeat coursework.
Reapplication does not guarantee readmission to the Physician Assistant Program. After careful review of the student's
previous academic record and the request for readmission, a
decision will be made. Students may be required to repeat
selected coursework or meet new requirements of the Physician Assistant Program that became effective after the student's withdrawal. A decision will also be rendered as to
what program coursework will be considered for credit as
completed.
COSTS OF THE PA PROGRAM
For tuition information go to www.augsburg.edu/pa.
Payment Options
For complete and current payment options go to the Enrollment Center website at www.augsburg.edu/enroll.
FACULTY
Beth Alexander , Associate Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BS, PharmD, University of Minnesota.
Eric Barth , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St. Thomas; BS, PA Certificate,
Trevecca Nazarene University; MPAS, University of
Nebraska.
Heather Bidinger, Assistant Professor and Clinical Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BA, University of St.
Thomas; MMS, PA Certification, St. Louis University.
Donna De Gracia, Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BA, Ohio State University; MPAS, University of
Nebraska; PA Certification, Bowman Gray School of Medicine.
Dawn Ludwig , Assistant Professor and Director, Physician
Assistant Studies. BA, MS, University of Colorado; PhD ,
Capella University; PA Certification, University of Colorado.
Patricia Marincic , Associate Professor and Academic Coordinator, Physician Assistant Studies. BS, Purdue University;
MS, Colorado State University; PhD, Utah State University.
Steven Nerheim , Instructor and Medical Director, Physician Assistant Studies. MD , University of Minnesota; MDiv,
Luther Seminary.
Brenda Talarico , Assistant Professor of Physician Assistant
Studies. BS, University of Minnesota; MPAS, University of
Nebraska; PA Certification, Augsburg College.
Master of Social Work
Master of Social Worl<
You have chosen an exciting way to serve others. The social work profession offers you the rewarding prospect
of joining with others to respond to problems and develop opportunities that benefit individuals, families,
groups, and communities. The MSW degree prepares you for advanced professional practice in the field of
social work.
Augsburg's MSW program prepares you for agency-based practice with individuals, families, groups, and
communities, and with a dedication to system change that reduces oppression and discrimination. Graduates of
our program share how they appreciated the opportunity to learn new ideas as well as learn more about
themselves. These graduates valued our small class size, our cohort structure, and the opportunity to have a
mentoring relationship with our faculty and staff. As a small program, we have high expectations for our
students but at the same time offer the flexibility to help them meet their individual goals.
Attending Augsburg College will transform and develop your professional life in unexpected ways. If you are
interested in learning more about our program, I invite you to come to campus for an information session. In
that session, we will show you our tightly integrated curriculum, explain our cohort model, and introduce you
to some of our faculty and staff. We also invite you to meet individually with our faculty and staff, who are
available for appointments.
We are delighted in your interest in our MSW program and invite you to join us in a lifelong adventure in
learning. The personal and professional growth necessary to become an advanced professional social worker is
challenging. We encourage you to take the challenge with us.
Lois A. Bosch, PhD, LISW
Director, Master of Social Work
SWK 620 Research 2: Practice Evaluation
Building on the basic research skills developed in Research I,
this course offers a practice-oriented exploration of the range
of research methods used in social work practice evaluation.
There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social service delivery, and identification with the
responsibility of social workers to "expand the knowledge
base" of social work The course emphasizes research as a
tool at all levels of social work and will be concerned with
strengthening the linkages between research, theory, and
practice evaluation. Students completing the thesis will have
additional assignments fitting the thesis.
SWK 625 Family Practice I
The family practice methods sequence builds upon the theoretical framework of systems theory, the problem-solving
model, and the strengths perspective from the foundation
year. This first course in the sequence introduces students
to the family level of need conceptual framework (Kilpatrick & Holland, 1999) as the foundation for choice of
models for assessment and intervention with diverse families in a variety of practice settings. Family level of need is
conceptualized as a hierarchy of needs ranging from basic
survival to issues of intimacy or self-actualization of family
members. Levels I (assessment and intervention models and
strategies directed at basic survival needs) and II (structure
and organization of families) will be taught. Presentation of
the models will be integrated with current research, family
policy; values, ethics, and global perspectives.
SWK 626 Family Practice 2
This second course in the family practice methods sequence
proceeds to Levels Ill and IV of the family level of need
framework (see above). These levels focus on boundaries,
conflict, and intimacy. Students will gain a working knowledge of strategies derived from these models. Presentation of
the models will be integrated with current research, family
policy, values, ethics, and global perspectives. Prerequisite:
SWK 625
SWK 627 Family Practice 3
This third course in the family practice methods sequence
offers students a selection of one course from two or more
special topics, such as Advanced Family Therapy or Mental
Health Practice. This will be an opportunity to tailor the
skills learned in Family Practice 1 and 2 to an area of specialization within practice with families. Prerequisite: SWK 626
SWK 630 Family Social Policy
This course explores the impact of social policies on diverse
families, including policies that relate to housing, income
maintenance, health, long-term care, education, and discrimination. This course has a dual purpose: to teach substantive
knowledge of child and family policy and to teach policy
practice skills. The diversity in families as well as ethnic ,
racial, cultural, and social class differences will be immersed
in all content areas. National and international political,
social, and economic systems will be a reference point.
SWK 634 Creative Problem Solving in Supervision
(.5 credit)
This course examines knowledge and skill building in the
administrative, educational, and supportive functions of
social work supervision. The interactional model, creative
problem solving, and strengths perspective are the frameworks for understanding and influencing the dynamics of
supervision in a variety of settings.
SWK 639 Topics in Family Practice: Ethics (.5 credit)
Social workers and other human service professionals are
often faced with ethical dilemmas and choices requiring ethical decision-making in all fields of practice. The purpose of
this course is to help students acquire the knowledge base
for ethical practice and to develop skills in identifying and
resolving ethical dilemmas. Also, the course will provide
students with tools required to make ethical decisions when
confronted with conflicting choices occurring within the
context of a profession with a specific values base and a
code of ethics addressing ethical principles and standards
related to clients, colleagues, employers, the profession of
social work, and society.
Program Development, Policy, and Administration
Concentration Courses
SWK 651 AND 652 Field Seminar 3 and 4: PDPA
(.5 credit each)
The goal of these two courses is to strengthen the connections between theory and practice with both taking on new
dimension and meaning for students. All students in field
placements must participate in the appropriate concurrent
Field Seminar. As part of this integrative function, the seminar also serves as a means for making connections among
course components and the expansion of classroom content-particularly as relating to dynamics of groups, communities, and organizations; human behavior; policy
analysis; and research.
SWK 65 7 AND 658 Diversity and Inequality I and 2:
PDPA (.5 credit each)
These courses explore diversity and social inequality related
to race, ethnicity, social class, gender, sexual orientation,
age, and disability with application to the social service setting. Students focus on the structural and institutional
processes through which social inequality is created and
perpetuated. Institutional remedies for inequality are studied, such as affirmative action and equal opportunity policy;
culturally competent supervision, administration, program
development, and advocacy.
SWK 660 Research 2: Program Evaluation
Building on the basic research skills developed in Research 1,
this course offers a program-oriented exploration of the range
of research methods used in social work There will be a particular focus on evaluative research, a critique of the role of
research in assessing efficiency and effectiveness in social
service delivery; and identification with the responsibility of
social workers "to expand the knowledge base" of social
work The course emphasizes research as a tool at all levels of
social work and will be concerned with strengthening the
linkages between research, theory, and program evaluation.
SWK 667 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 1
This course examines organizational theory and strucLure,
processes of development, research, and evaluation, and
social work values and ethics in the workplace. The need to
work effectively within an organizational context means
that social work practitioners must acquire a level of expertise in organization theory, dynamics, structure, and behavior, and also an understanding of how organizations provide
practice opportunities and constraints. This course provides
opportunities for students to build the necessary skills to
become effective service providers or change agents in the
context of their work in social service organizations.
SWK 668 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 2
This course builds on the theoretical knowledge base of
SWK 667 and is intended to provide students with opportunities to apply those critical skills used in supervision and
management. These skills are intended as a base for the
beginning administrator. This course expects the student to
develop specific skills in budgeting and personnel/human
resource functions (e.g., recruitment, selection, hiring,
training, and evaluation). Prerequisite: SWK 667
SWK 669 Organizations/Social Administrative Practice 3
This course explores strategies and methods for working
effectively with other service agencies, legislative and policy-making bodies, regulatory agencies, and advocacy
groups. Prerequisite: SWK 668
SWK 675 Planning and Policy Practice 1
This course examines theoretical and conceptual ideas concerning human services, their rationale in a market economy, and their relationship to public policy. Students will
gain knowledge and build skills in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of services at various levels of system
design, taking into account organizational, financial, and
technological dimensions within an analytical framework of
defined need and demand for service.
SWK 676 Planning and Policy Practice 2
This course examines theories, concepts, and analytical
frameworks for analyzing policy. lt addresses the role of economics, demographics, politics, values, and other relevant
factors on policy design and implementation. The course
emphasizes the analysis of selected existing or proposed
policies in such areas as social insurance (e.g., Social Security), welfare reform, health care, long-term care, and tax
policy including tax expenditures. Prerequisite: SWK 675
Both Concentrations
SWK 699 General Elective
Students in both concentrations complete at least one general elective credit for graduation. The following are examples of elective offerings that are rotated each year:
• Parent and Professional Planning
• Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Aging
• Child Welfare: History, Policy, and Practice
• Social Work with Involuntary Clients
• Spirituality in Social Work and Human Services
We also offer electives abroad:
Exploring Human Services in International Settings (Examples include England, Mexico , Norway, Portugal, Slovenia,
and Taiwan.)
SWK 698 Independent Study
Students may propose to complete an independent study
project. Such directed study projects provide the opportunity for a student to explore a particular area of social work
that is of interest to him or her. A faculty sponsor must be
secured and a proposal submitted to the Social Work
Department. On rare occasions, an independent study may
be used to satisfy the general elective requirement. Prior
approval is required. Courses that are part of the required
curriculum may not be taken as independent study.
FIELD WORK AND FIELD PLACEMENT
Social work education goes beyond the classroom. Through
the field experience, we expect that sLUdents will demonstrate skills to bridge theory and practice. Collaborative
efforts between the student, the field agency, and the MSW
program are essential to successful learning. The foundation
of the practice includes:
• ethical, competent professional practice
• problem solving within a systems framework and
strengths perspective
• use of advanced practice theories in Family Practice or Program Development, Policy, and Administration settings
• evaluation of the effecLiveness of program or practice
activities
• an understanding of, and respecL for, diverse peoples and
cultures
• responsibility and service to the local and global community in the interest of social justice
• a commitment to oppose oppression of all forms
Field Education Format
Under the instruction and supervision of professionallytrained, MSW-level, and program-approved field instructors,
students will spend a minimum of 920 hours in two field
practica. Each practicum is spread over at least two
trimesters (fall and winter) and is concurrent with enrollment in field work integrative seminars as well as other
MSW coursework.
The fieldwork education of the MSW program is divided
into two components:
Foundation Practicum
The foundation practicum, or generalist practicum, puts
emphasis on developing competence as a professional generalist social worker. It requires a minimum of 420 hours
and is completed by students admitted at the foundation
level. Students spend an average of 15 hours per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum.
Concentration Practicum
The concentration practicum places emphasis on advanced
practice skills and leadership qualities related to the chosen
concentration. It requires a minimum of 500 hours and is
completed by all students, including those admitted with
advanced standing. Students spend an average of 18 hours
per week during the fall and winter terms in this practicum.
Process for Field Practicum Selection
Field practica begin in the fall. Selection begins the previous
spring in collaboration with two other Twin Cities MSW
programs. Students attend the student field orientation
before beginning their search. The opportunity is also provided to attend a Field Fair held jointly by Augsburg College and the University of Minnesota School of Social Work.
At this Field Fair, students are able to meet a large number
of agencies and potential field instructors. Practicum selection involves interviews at approved sites, arranged by the
student, and a matching process conducted collaboratively
by the field coordinators at the three MSW programs in the
Twin Cities.
In some instances, students can petition to complete a field
practicum at an agency not on the approved list or at their
place of employment. Students work with the MSW field
coordinator for such proposals.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
victims of torture
faith-based social services
neighborhood services
legislation advocacy
housing services
employment services
community organizing
research centers
DUAL DEGREE IN SOCIAL WORK AND THEOLOGY
Augsburg College's Department of Social Work (Minneapolis) and Luther Seminary (St. Paul) offer a dual degree: Master of Social Work and Master of Arts in theology
(MSW/MA) or Master of Divinity (MSW/MDiv). The dual
degree has been approved by both institutions and by the
Council on Social Work Education. If you are interested in
combining a Master of Social Work with a Master of Arts in
Theology, we recommend you begin with the Luther Seminary program first and identify yourself as seeking the dual
degree. For application information visit the Luther Seminary website at www.luthersem.edu/catalog/05_07/
dual_msw.asp.
Purpose
The dual degree focuses on meeting the educational interests of people planning to serve the spiritual and social
needs of families, individuals, and communities in both
rural and urban settings. Both institutions have a commitment to social and economic justice and to teamwork in the
pastoral and human service settings. This joint program is
ecumenical in its admission policies as well as its academic
outlook.
Objectives
Field Practicum Settings
Three primary objectives have been established:
The Augsburg field faculty are committed to the success of
each student in a stimulating and challenging field
practicum. Our current list of approved field sites includes
agencies in the following areas of practice:
• To educate practitioners in social work and ministry who
can combine the values, skills, and knowledge of both theology and social work to serve people in more holistic ways.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
family and children
child welfare
mental health
crisis intervention
senior resources
family social policy
health and human services
corrections and probation
public and independent schools
youth services
hospitals
developmental disabilities
American Indian family services
chronic and persistent mental illness
chemical dependency
court services
immigrant, migrant, refugee services
• To generate the partnerships necessary to serve the complex needs of communities and people experiencing transition in their lives, including the change of government
support for those in poverty.
• To prepare practitioners to seek the strengths of interdisciplinary teams in the human service and pastoral settings.
Enrollment
Dual degree students enroll in Luther Seminary courses
first. Upon completion of this first year of courses, students
then enroll in Augsburg courses for a second and third year
(full-time). In the dual degree, Luther Seminary offers nine
courses which can be completed in one year if pursued fulltime. The remaining Luther Seminary course requirements
are waived and replaced by the Augsburg MSW curriculum.
At Augsburg, dual degree students complete the entire
MSW curriculum with the exception of the general elective.
Course Format and Field Practicum
Luther Seminary courses are offered on a weekday schedule
and Augsburg College courses are offered on a weekend
schedule. The field practicum is incorporated into the Augsburg curriculum and will be in a setting reflective of the
dual degree program, such as congregational multidisciplinary teams, nursing home chaplaincy, and social work
teams. The Luther Seminary program and the Augsburg
College program are both full-time; it is not feasible for students to do both programs simultaneously.
Summary of Dual Degree Requirements
Luther Seminary full courses: 9
Augsburg College full credits: 12-advanced standing,
17-foundation (elective is met at Luther)
MSW field practicum course credit hours: see guidelines
under field practicum
MSW Summative Evaluation Project
Admission to the Dual Degree
It is the responsibility of dual degree students to be aware of
application deadlines for both institutions. Applicants must
apply to each program separately. Please note: admission to
one institution does not guarantee admission to the other.
To request the catalog and application materials, you must
contact each program separately. Financial aid is also a separate process.
ADMISSION TO THE MSW PROGRAM
The Augsburg College MSW program promotes the widest
possible diversity within its student populatiop.. Therefore,
the admission policies ensure that educational opportunities
are provided to persons with a range of abilities, backgrounds, beliefs, and cultures.
Listed below are general descriptions for the application
process. Refer to the MSW application documents for details
regarding specific application requirements.
Admission Requirements
• Bachelor's degree from a regionally-accredited college or
university
• Cumulative undergraduate GPA of 3.0 or higher
• Liberal arts coursework in the social sciences, humanities,
biology, and statistics
Application Checklist
The following materials must be submitted to Augsburg's
Adult and Graduate Admissions Office:
• Completed and signed application form-www.augsburg.edu/msw or call 612-330-1520.
The application completion deadline is January 15 each
year for entry in the following academic year. All applica-
tions and materials noted below are due by 5 p.m. on the
application completion deadline.
• $35 application fee
• One official transcript from each previously attended
postsecondary institution. This includes colleges, universities, and vocational/technical institutions.
• Liberal arts prerequisite coursework including four social
sciences, three humanities, one biology, and one statistics
course. These courses must be completed prior to
enrolhnent.
• Completed BSW course equivalency checklist (for
advanced standing applicants)
• Three completed and signed recommendation checklist
forms , with letters attached
• Typed, double-spaced personal statement responding to
the questions noted on the application form
• Results of the TOEFL language tests (for non-native
English speakers)
• Official international credit evaluation course-by-course
review (for degrees completed outside of the United
States)
Admission as an international student
International applicants must submit the required application materials listed above. Refer to the additional requirements outlined in Admission of International Students on
page 9.
Admission as a transfer student
Students may apply to Augsburg as a transfer student. Transfer students follow the same procedure as new applicants.
Transfer students may receive up to eight (8.0) transfer
credits. (See evaluation of Transfer Credit on p. 6.) Eligible
courses must be from a CSWE-accredited program and must
receive a grade of B (3.0) or higher. Students must complete
no fewer than 10 (10.0) courses at Augsburg in order to
receive their MSW degree from Augsburg College.
Admission with Advanced Standing
Advanced standing is an application category open to those
with a bachelor's degree in social work accredited by the
Council on Social Work Education (CSWE) . Advanced
standing applicants may seek waivers for up to eight of the
following MSW courses: Human Behavior and the Social
Environment, History of Social Welfare Policy, Practice
Methods 1 and 2, and Integrative Fieldwork Seminars 1 and
2, which include 420 field practicum hours. Advanced
standing applicants must offer an equivalent BSW course for
each with a grade of B (3 .0) or higher in order to receive a
waiver.
Admissions Q&A
What do I do if my cumulative GPA is below 3.0?
Our faculty are willing to review the application files of
applicants with a cumulative GPA below 3.0; however, the
comparative standard remains 3.0 or higher. A small percentage of applicants not meeting the GPA prerequisite may
be admitted, if otherwise qualified. If your GPA is below 3.0,
you must include a brief "Explanation of GPA" with your
application documents. You should address the following
questions:
• Were there limitations that affected your GPA? If so, what
is your plan to address these limitations?
• Were there extenuating circumstances contributing to the
GPA? If so , have those circumstances been resolved?
Is human service experience required?
Although it is not a requirement, strong preference is given
to those applicants with paid or volunteer experience in
human services, particularly experience that demonstrates
responsibility and leadership. Applicants are advised that
MSW field placement options may be limited for those who
lack prior human service experience.
What if my prerequisite coursework is not done?
We require nine prerequisite courses for admission to our
MSW program. These include four social science courses,
three humanities courses, one biology course, and one statistics course. We are willing to review an application if at
least seven of the nine prerequisites are finished at the time
of application. This means a maximum of two prerequisites
can be pending or unfinished at the time of application and
the file will still be reviewed. In the event an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditioned on completion of
any outstanding prerequisite courses before enrollment in
MSW courses.
What if my bachelor's degree is not yet finished when I
apply?
We are willing to review the application file of an applicant
who is lacking one semester or two trimesters of coursework (including practicum) at the time of application. This
means that when you apply to our program in January; if
you have just finished your final fall semester but still have
a final spring term to complete, you must ensure that your
fall grades have been posted to the official transcript before
having it sent to our office for your application. In the event
an offer of admission is extended, it will be conditional on
the completion of the bachelor's degree before enrollment in
MSW courses.
Is academic credit granted for life or work experience?
Although experience will make for a strong application file,
we are unable to waive any degree requirements for work or
life experience. This is the policy in all CSWE-accredited
programs.
May I seek course waivers for the MSW courses listed on
the BSSW Equivalency Checklist if I have taken these
equivalent courses at the undergraduate level, but did
not major in social work?
Unfortunately; no. We offer course waivers for certain MSW
courses only when the entire BSSW major (CSWE-accred-
ited) has been completed by an applicant and we can therefore assume the applicant has been adequately prepared as a
generalist social worker. For the particular MSW courses
open for waiver to these advanced standing applicants, we
expect a grade of B or higher in the BSSW equivalent course.
But it also is expected that the remaining BSSW courses
from the social work major were completed satisfactorily
and the applicant graduated with an accredited bachelor's
degree. If an equivalent course has been taken from another
MSW program, please ask us about our transfer of credit
procedure.
Who makes the admission decision on my
application file?
Each application file is reviewed by three full-time social
work faculty who each make a recommendation on the file.
These recommendations are taken to the Social Work
Admissions Committee which then renders a final admission decision.
How long should my personal statement be?
On average, MSW applicants submit a personal statement
between three and five pages (double spaced). Approximately one page per question is considered adequate. Fewer
than three pages is probably too brief, but more than eight is
probably too much.
May I visit to speak with someone for advice on putting
together the strongest possible MSW application?
Absolutely! You may contact our graduate admissions counselor at 612-330-1520 or e-mail to mswinfo@augsburg.edu
to schedule an advising appointment.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic Achievement
Students must maintain at least a 3.0 cumulative grade
point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on academic probation for the following
term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored
in order for a student to be removed from probation. If the
cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the
student may be dismissed from the program. Students are
retained in the program who can:
• maintain expected grade point average (3.0 or higher);
• complete course requirements of the program and field
placement in a timely manner;
• complete the program within four years;
• abide by the department's Standards for Social Work Education and the NASW Code of Ethics.
• No more than two courses with a grade of 2.0 or 2.5 will
count toward the degree. Courses with a grade below 2.0
must be repeated. No more than two courses can be
repeated. Only the credits and grades earned the second
time are counted in the grade point average. If a student
receives a grade of N in a field course the MSW director
will initiate a Level III review, as outlined in section 3.2 of
the Standards for Social Work Education.
Evaluation of Student Field Performance
The criteria for evaluating field performance can be found in
the MSW Field Manual, which is distributed to newlyadmitted students at our field orientation prior to seeking
the field placement.
www.aauw.org
www.gradview.com
www.finaid.org
www.petersons.com
www.students.gov
www.srnexpress.com
Four-Year Limit
All students are required to finish the degree within four
years of matriculation. See page 5 for policy on Continutation of coursework or final thesis.
Leave of Absence
Students who interrupt their program enrollment must
request a leave of absence through the MSW program in
order to maintain their admitted status. The request must be
made in writing. A leave of absence typically requires a full
year away from the program in order to return to classes in
sequence.
Examples of Social Work Graduate Scholarships
Carl A. Scott Book Scholarship
Two $500 scholarships offered each year to students from
ethnic groups of color. Applications due in May (go to
www.cswe.org).
Gosnell Scholarship Funds
Ten awards ($1 ,000-$4 ,000) offered to social work students
interested in working with American Indian/Alaska Native
and Hispanic/Latino populations or in public and voluntary
nonprofit agency settings. Applications due in August (see
www.naswfoundation.org) .
Prerequisite Courses
All foundation courses are prerequisite to the concentration
courses. Students may not enroll in the concentration
courses until successfully completing all foundation
courses. In addition there are individual courses that are
prerequisite to other individual courses in the MSW curriculum. These are listed in the MSW Handbook, which is distributed to newly-admitted students and can be found at
www.augsburg.edu/socialwork/msw/policies.html.
Graduate Scholarship Search Tips
Searching for grants and scholarships for graduate study can
be an arduous task. As you may know, graduate students do
not have access to many of the financial aid opportunities
open to undergraduates. Because of this, we strongly
encourage you to spend some time doing your own independent research into graduate funding available locally,
nationally; and globally.
The simplest way to begin a search for graduate funding is
to look online. There are many "free" scholarship search
engines on the Web. We suggest you start with these before
moving on to the fee-based ser vices. As with most free services, there is a draw-back-your e-mail address may be
shared with other organizations that may send you solicitations. You should always use caution when providing your
personal information via the Internet. Make sure the webpage you are using to enter a "profile" about yourself is protected by a security system. This is usually indicated by
your browser with a closed padlock icon in the lower right
corner. You should also check the fine print and know if
anything besides your e-mail address will be sold to other
organizations. Having said that, the following websites may
provide a good starting point for your search :
www.naswfoundation.org
www.gradloans.com
www.cswe.org
www.gradschools.com
www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org
www.fastweb.com
Vern Lyons Scholarship
One award ($2,000) offered to students interested in
health/mental health practice and a commitment to the
African American community. Applications due in August
(see www.naswfoundation.org).
American Board of Examiners in Clinical Social Work
Several awards ($1,000 each) offered to students who
demonstrate excellence in preparation for clinical social
work practice. Applications due in March (see
www.abecsw.org).
MSSA Diversity Educational Scholarship
One $500 award offered to students from African-American,
American Indian, Asian, GLBT, Hispanic and Immigrant
Cultures in completing their education in the Human Service Field. Applications due in June (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc .org).
Marjorie J. Carpenter Scholarship
One $1,500 award offered to students seeking education in
the human service field so they may enhance their professional and/or technical skill development. Applications due
injune (see www.mnsocialserviceassoc.org).
Resources in Academic Libraries
Most academic libraries have several directories to peruse if
you prefer using hard print. Examples in Augsburg's library
reference section:
Grants Register
Directory of Financial Aids for Women
Scholarships and Other Financial Aid for Minnesota Students
Financial Aid for Native Americans 1999-2000
(part of a series consisting of additional volumes for African
Americans, Hispanic Americans and Asian Americans .)
Augsburg Scholarships
Augsburg's Social Work Department offers several scholarships each year. These are available to second-year students
only. They range in amount from $300 to $3,000.
Phyllis M. Baker Memorial Scholarship
Edwina L. Hertzberg Scholarship
Arvida Norum Memorial Scholarship
Steen Family Scholarship Fund for Minority Social Work
Students
Edwin Yattaw Memorial Scholarship
Bodo F. Suemning Memorial Scholarship
Blanca Rosa Egas Memorial Scholarship
AmeriCorps Tuition Discount
Augsburg offers a tuition discount to students who are or
have been AmeriCorps volunteers-25% off the tuition cost
of one course per trimester. This would apply to all
trimesters of your MSW program.
Military Discount (see page 11.)
Other Resources
There is a general guide on Augsburg's webpage that gives
advice to "seniors" about finding funding for graduate
school-go to www.augsburg.edu/gradstudy.
ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS
Augsburg College is accredited by the Higher Learning
Commission of the North Central Association of Colleges
and Schools.
The Augsburg Master of Social Work program is accredited
by the Council on Social Work Education ( CSWE).
For a complete list of Augsburg's accreditations, approvals,
and memberships, see page 3.
MSW FORUM
All MSW students are invited to participate in the studentrun organization, MSW Forum. The purpose of the forum is
to facilitate communication between social work students
and the social work department, as well as to provide the
opportunity for student participation in department governance, curriculum development, and program improvements. As such, forum members are invited to attend Social
Work department meetings via representatives.
The forum historically has been volunteer based. Any student may serve on the forum, provided he or she can make
a commitment to attend the meetings and share in the
efforts. The MSW director and MSW program coordinator
also serve on the forum. Other faculty may be invited as permanent members or as guests.
• receive and give feedback on expectations of faculty, students, and the College
• plan and coordinate MSW student events, lectures, discussions
• organize social action projects
FACULTY
Anthony Bibus, III, Professor of Social Work, Department
Chair. BA., College of St. Thomas; MA, University of Virginia; PhD , University of Minnesota.
Laura Boisen, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW
Field Coordinator. BS, Wartburg College; MSSW, University
of Wisconsin; MPA, Iowa State University; PhD, University
of Minnesota.
Lois A. Bosch, Associate Professor of Social Work, MSW
Program Director. BA, Northwestern College; MSW, University of Iowa; PhD, University of Illinois-Urbana-Champaign.
Francine Chakolis, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS ,
Augsburg College; MSW, University of Minnesota.
Ankita Deka, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, Delhi
University; MSW, Tata Institute of Social Sciences.
Christina Erickson , Assistant Professor of Social Work. BS,
University of Minnesota; MSW, University of MinnesotaDuluth; PhD, University of Illinois-Chicago.
Annette Gerten, Assistant Professor of Social Work BA,
College of St. Catherine; MSW, University of Michigan;
PhD, University of Minnesota.
Barbara Lehmann, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA ,
Knox College; MSW, Tulane University; PhD, Case Western
Reserve Universit.
Rosemary J. Link, Professor of Social Work and Associate
Vice President of Academic Affairs and Dean of Graduate
Studies. BA, Southampton University; CQSW, London University; PhD , University of Minnesota.
Curt Paulsen, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, St.
Olaf College; MSW, University of Minnesota; PhD, The
Field Institute.
Past forum members established these guidelines:
Nancy Rodenborg , Associate Professor of Social Work. BA,
Indiana University; MSW, University of Minnesota; MIA,
School oflnternational Training; PhD, University of Arizona.
• provide an avenue for students to share and discuss ideas
and/or concerns related to the MSW educational experience with the Social Work Department
Glenda Dewberry Rooney , Professor of Social Work. BS,
University of North Texas; MSW, University of Illinois; PhD ,
University of Minnesota .
• encourage constructive dialogue among students, faculty,
and department and College administrators
• make recommendations to the department regarding program improvements
Michael Schock, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA,
University of Washington; MSW, University of Minnesota;
PhD, University of Washington.
Maryann Syers, Associate Professor of Social Work. BA, Arizona State University; MSW, PhD, University of Minnesota.
Ngoh-Tiong Tan, Professor of Social Work. BA, University
of Singapore; MSW, University of Pennsylvania; PhD, University of Minnesota.
STAFF
Emily Cronk, Administrative Assistant
Doran Edwards, BSSW Assistant Director
Holley Locher, MSW Program Coordinator
Stacy Myhre, Field Assistant
Augsburg College Map
Forest Lake
1. Center for Counseling and
Health Promotion
2. Weekend and Graduate Admissions
3. Air Structure Entrance
(November through March)
4. Edor-Nelson Athletic Field
and Seasonal Air Structure
5. Christensen Center and
Day Admissions
6. MBA Program
7. Foss, Lo beck, Miles, Center for
Worship, Drama and
Communication
8. Sverdrup Hall
9. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts
10. Ice Arena
11. Marketing and Communications
12. Lindell Library
13. Maintenance and Grounds Shop
14. Mortensen Hall
15. Murphy Place
16. Murphy Park
17. Music Hall
18. New Residence Hall
19. Old Main
20. Anderson Hall
21. Quad
22. Science Hall
23. Public Safety
Communications Center
24. Shipping and Receiving
25. Si Melby Hall
26. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall
27. Urness Hall
28. Kennedy Center
29. Oren Gateway Center
74
Rochester
~
0
lJ
-I
:i:
6th Street S.
I\)
"'
:f
~Interstate 94 West
Interstate 94 East
===?-
Augsburg College Board of Regents 2008-2009
Andra Adolfson
Dan W. Anderson '65
Jackie Cherryhomes '76
Mark A. Eustis
Anthony Genia, MD '85
Alexander J. Gonzalez '90
Michael R.Good '71
Norman R. Hagfors
Jodi Harpstead
Richard C. Hartnack
Rolf Jacobson
Rev. Craig E. Johnson, ex officio
Ruth E.Johnson, MD '74
Eric J. Jolly
Dean Kennedy
Dean C. Kopperud
Andre J. Lewis '73
Gloria Lewis
Jennifer H. Martin
Marie 0. McNeff
Paul S. Mueller, MD '84
Rev. Duane C. Pederson, ex officio
Stephen Sheppard
Marshall S. Stanton, MD
Philip Styrlund '79
Emily Anne Tuttle
Joan Volz '68
Rev. Norman W. Wahl '76
Bonnie Wallace
75
------ - -- - -- - - --- - -- -
--..-
..
Show less
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r... Show more
Augsburg College Interim
The i n t e r i m i s an i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e school y e a r
a t Augsburg College. I t i s p a r t i c u l a r l y i n t e n d e d
t o be a t i m e f o r b o t h s t u d e n t s and f a c u l t y t o emp l o y s t y l e s o f t e a c h i n g and l e a r n i n g and t o i n v e s t i g a t e questions and t o p i c s i n places and ways n o t
p o s s i b l e d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r term.
Calendar
I
I
November 10-13
December
8
January
5
...
.. .
...
Interim Registration
Late I n t e r i m Registration
F i r s t Day o f I n t e r i m
r Class
January
6 .
January
8 .
I 9:Ooa.m.
Class I 1
..
..
1:00 p.m.
I
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l a d d
L a s t day f o r d e t e r m i n i n g
g r a d i n g system
.
January
19 . .
January
23
...
January
30
. . .
Beginning o f c e r t a i n h a l f
c r e d i t courses *
L a s t day f o r c a n c e l l i n g
courses
I n t e r i m ends
I
The i n t e r i m day i s d i v i d e d i n t o two b l o c k s o f t i m e :
0
>
..
0
I - 8:00
I1
-
1 :00
-
IF00
-
5:00
d L.
;h o f c l a s s meetings as w e l l as t h e b e g i n n i n g t i m e
The number a
w l l l be arranged t i e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
*
Students e n r o l l i n g i n h a l f - c r e d i t courses should c o n s u l t t h e
R e g i s t r a r ' s O f f i c e f o r dates f o r cancel/add and t o determine
t h e g r a d i n g system.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l
The N i t t y G r i t t y
One c o u r s e i s c o n s i d e r e d a f u l l t i m e l o a d d u r i n g i n t e r i m and no s t u d e n t
i s p e r m i t t e d t o r e g i s t e r f o r more t h a n one c o u r s e d u r i n g t h e p e r i o d .
There i s no t u i t i o n r e f u n d f o r a s t u d e n t who chooses n o t t o e n r o l l i n an
i n t e r i m course.
Most i n t e r i m courses a r e graded t r a d i t i o n a l l y on a s c a l e o f 4.0 t o 0.
S t u d e n t s g e n e r a l l y have t h e o p t i o n t o r e g i s t e r on a Pass/No c r e d i t b a s i s .
A few i n t e r i m courses a r e graded o n l y on t h e PIN system; t h i s i s i n d i cated i n t h e course d e s c r i p t i o n .
Some c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d w i t h e i t h e r upper o r l o w e r d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g .
Such i n t e r i m courses have two numbers l i s t e d and t h e s t u d e n t must s e l e c t .
S t u d e n t s r e g i s t e r i n g f o r upper d i v i s i o n s t a n d i n g s h o u l d a n t i c i p a t e
a d d i t i o n a l assignments and a more r i g o r o u s g r a d i n g s t a n d a r d .
A c o u r s e l i s t e d as f u l f i l l i n g d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t meets b o t h t h e
n e w l y i n t r o d u c e d r e q u i r e m e n t s ( t h e Spectrum approach) and t h e o l d
d i s t r i b u t i o n requirements.
To graduate, an Augsburg s t u d e n t i s r e q u i r e d t o complete 35 c o u r s e s o f
w h i c h a t l e a s t t h r e e must be i n t e r i m courses ( o r one i n t e r i m l e s s t h a n
t h e number o f y e a r s o f f u l l t i m e e n r o l l m e n t a t Augsburg; e.g., a t r a n s f e r e n r o l l e d f u l l t i m e f o r two y e a r s i s r e q u i r e d t o c o m p l e t e one i n t e r i m
f o r graduation).
This C a t a l o g
T h i s c a t a l o g 1 i s t s courses by departments w l t h departments 1 jsted i n
a1 p h a b e t i c a l o r d e r . Augsburq I n t e r i m s Abroad a r e i d e n t i f i e d by a special1
t r a v e l symbol. A t t h e end O F t h e book a r e l i s t i n g s o f o t h e r c o u r s e s n o t
~ ~ f f e r cby
d Augsburg b u t recognirfad by t i l e College f o r i n t e r i m c r e d i t ,
a n d a v a r i e t y o f l j f e t i m e S p o r t s . F u r t h e r d e s c r i p t i o n s and i n f o r m a t i o n
about t h e s e c o u r s e s are a v a i l a b l e i n t.he I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Options
June Interim
A t l e a s t one i n t e r i m c o u r s e w i l l be o f f e r e d i n t h e June 1981 s e s s i o n o f
summer school ( s e e l i s t i n g under P h i l o s o p h y ) i n l i e u o f January t e r m w i t h
no a d d i t i o n a l t u i t i o n c h a r g e . S t u d e n t s p l a n n i n g t o e l e c t t h e June
i n t e r i m must r e g i s t e r a t t h e t i m e o f i n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t l o n i n t h e f a l l .
S t u d e n t s w i s h i n g t o t a k e t h e June i n t e r i m i n a d d i t i o n t o t h e January one
w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o pay t h e r e g u l a r summer c o u r s e t u i t i o n .
2lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
International Interims
Students a r e i n v i t e d t o c o n s i d e r b e i n g p a r t o f one o f t h e f i v e overseas
These i n t e r i n t e r i m s o f f e r e d by Augsburg C o l l e g e d u r i n g January 1981
ims a r e under these departments:
.
Education
EDUCATION I N AN URBAN COMMUNITY:
LONDON, page 10.
-
LANGUAGE, CULT'JRE AND
Foreign Languaqes
T ~ E A T E RI N PARIS, page 13.
THE RHINE FRONTIER: GERMANY
MEETS ROME AND FRANCE, page 14.
THE CULTURES OF MEXICO AND
GUATEMALA, page 1 6 .
-
HAWAII:
H i s t o r y and .Pol.iticlal Science
A LABORATORY OF MULTI-ETHNIC
INTERACTION, page 20.
Other i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s a r e a v a i l a b l e t h r o u g h Upper Midwest Associa t i o n f o r I n t e r n a t i o n a l Education (Uh1AIE) and S t . O l a f College.
F u r t h e r academic d e s c r i p t i o n , t r a v e l d e t a i l s and c o s t e s t i m a t e s a r e
a v a i l a b l e i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e and from Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center, Room 229 o f Memorial H a l l
.
Students i n t e r e s t e d i n p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n one o f t h e s e i n t e r n a t i o n a l i n t e r i m s s h o u l d a p p l y i n t h e I n t e r n a t i o n a l Center b e f o r e November 1 . Add i t i o n s t o t h e overseas groups u s u a l l y cannot be made a f t e r October.
Internships
I n t e r n s h i p s a r e open t o s t u d e n t s who c o n t i n u e an i n t e r n s h i p from t h e f a l l
t e r m o r who b e g i n an i n t e r n s h i p which w i l l c o n t i n u e i n t o t h e s p r i n g term.
Students e l e c t i n g an i n t e r n s h i p i n t e r i m a r e t o p r e s e n t a completed i n t e r n s h i p l e a r n i n g c o n t r a c t t o t h e I n t e r n s h i p O f f i c e (Memorial 230) no
l a t e r t h a n Tuesday, November 18.
Independent or D l r e c t e d Study
Students may e l e i t a program o f independent s t u d y (upper d i v i s i o n 499) o r
d i r e c t e d s t u d y ( l o w e r d i v i s i o n 299) f o r i n t e r i m . F a c u l t y members a r e
s t r o n g l y discouraged from a c c e p t i n g r e s p a n s i b i l it y f o r more t h a n one i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d study p e r i n t e r i m . Students choosjng t o pursue i n dependent o r d i r e c t e d s t u d y must:
A.
Meet departmental requirements,
B. P r e s e n t t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r approval a copy o f t h e proposed
s t u d y p l a n approved by t h e s u p e r v i s i n g f a c u l t y member. T h i s proposal
must be s u b m i t t e d a t l e a s t one week b e f o r e r e g i s t r a t i o n and n o t l a t e r
forms can be o b t a i n e d i n t h e
t h a n November 3. A ,o.o r o.p r i a t e s t u d-v .proposal
.
Interim Office.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM13
Interims a t Other Schools
Augsburg s t u d e n t s may e n r o l l a t any o t h e r 4-1-4 i n s t i t u t i o n w h i c h o f f e r s
a r e c i p r o c a l i n t e r i m arrangement. C a t a l o g s o f t h e s e I n t e r i m s can be
c o n s u l t e d i n t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e . The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y w i l l h e l p s t u dents i n applying f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n a t o t h e r schools. R e g i s t r a t i o n f o r
i n t e r i m s a t t h e o t h e r Twin C i t i e s c o l l e g e s w i l l be done a t Augsburg d u r i n g t h e r e g u l a r r e g i s t r a t i o n p e r i o d . Most courses t a u g h t d u r i n g t h e
i n t e r i m a t o t h e r 4-1-4 s c h o o l s a r e a c c e p t e d f o r c r e d i t by Augsburg, b u t
may n o t n e c e s s a r i l y be accepted as m e e t i n g Augsburg's d i s t r i b u t i o n r e quirements. This q u a l i f i c a t i o n p a r t i c u l a r l y a f f e c t s courses o f f e r e d f o r
t h e Re1 ig i o n r e q u i r e m e n t .
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg C o l l e g e welcomes s t u d e n t s f r o m o t h e r 4-1 -4 s c h o o l s f o r t h e
January i n t e r i m w i t h o u t t u i t i o n charges p r o v i d e d t h e s t u d e n t ' s home i n s t i t u t i o n agrees n o t t o charge t u i t i o n t o Augsburg s t u d e n t s f o r t h e
January t e r m . The w a i v e r o f t u i t i o n does n o t i n c l u d e s p e c i a l f e e s ,
h o u s i n g o r board c o s t s . O t h e r s t u d e n t s w i l l be charged $150 f o r t h e
i n t e r i m course.
S t u d e n t s i n t e r e s t e d i n r e g i s t e r i n g f o r an Augsburg I n t e r i m s h o u l d w r i t e
t o t h e I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r f o r a p p l i c a t i o n forms o r use t h e forms p r o v i d e d
by t h e i n t e r i m o f f i c e a t t h e i r own s c h o o l . These s t u d e n t s a r e welcome
t o s t a y on campus b u t a r e n o t r e q u i r e d t o do so. Requests f o r i n t e r i m
h o u s i n g s h o u l d be made t o t h e I n t e r i m O f f i c e .
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg C o l l e g e a d m i t s s t u d e n t s o f any r a c e , c o l o r , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c
o r i g i n t o a l l t h e r i g h t s , p r i v i l e g e s , programs, and a c t i v i t i e s g e n e r a l l y
accorded o r made a v a i l a b l e t o s t u d e n t s a t t h e s c h o o l . I t does n o t d i s c r i m i n a t e on t h e b a s i s o f r a c e , c o l o r , c r e e d , n a t i o n a l and e t h n i c o r i g i n
i n employment p r a c t i c e s o r a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f i t s e d u c a t i o n a l p o l i c i e s ,
admissions p o l i c i e s , s c h o l a r s h i p and l o a n programs, and a t h l e t i c and
o t h e r s c h o o l - a d m i n i s t e r e d programs.
N e e d M o r e Help?
Check w i t h :
The I n t e r i m O f f i c e (Memorial 2 3 0 ) ,
o The I n t e r i m S e c r e t a r y ,
Ms. L o r r a i n e S t i e p e r a t 330-1025, o r
e The I n t e r i m D i r e c t o r , D r . Toni C l a r k a t 330-1092.
4/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Calligraphy
ART 1010611 0306
Instructor:
P h i l i p Thompson
Study o f t h e a r t and c r a f t o f c a l l i g r a p h y . Development o f c a l l i g r a p h i c
s k i l l s i n pen and b r u s h w i t h i n k and p a i n t . Three completed d e s i g n
p r o j e c t s i n l e t t e r i n g o r l i n e a r e r e q u i r e d . For upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t
a major p r o j e c t i s required.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 4 ( D e s i g n S t u d i o )
-
Film-Making I Film-Making ii
ART 1024211 0342
Instructor:
Paul Rusten
T h i s c o u r s e teaches f i l m - m a k i n g t h r o u g h p r a c t i c a l l a b e x p e r i e n c e .
There w i l l be o b s e r v a t i o n and d i s c u s s i o n o f t h e e x p r e s s i v e and s t r u c t u r a l elements o f f i l m . S t u d e n t s w i l l make a 16mm sound f i l m .
Fees:
$70.00 l a b f e e
None f o r Film-making I
You must have t a k e n Film-making I t o r e g i s t e r
f o r Film-making 11.
Prerequisites :
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
O l d Main 1 7 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
L i f e Drawing
ART 10247
Instructor:
Norman Hol en
A s t u d y o f undraped f i g u r e s f o r a r t s t u d e n t s and n o n - a r t s t u d e n t s . The
f i g u r e w i l l be d e p i c t e d i n v a r i o u s s e t t i n g s w i t h a v a r i e t y o f media f o r
v a r y i n g l e n g t h s o f t i m e . The poses w i l l e x t e n d f r o m one m i n u t e t o an
hour and a h a l f .
S t u d e n t s w i l l be i n t r o d u c e d t o t h e 28 and 4B p e n c i l s , t h e c h a r c o a l
p e n c i l and p a s t e l s .
A f e e o f $12.00 i s t o be p a i d on t h e f i r s t day o f c l a s s .
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
O l d Main 17 ( P a i n t i n g S t u d i o )
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIMIS
rn
N u t r i t i o n : You A r e W h a t Y o u E a t
BIOLOGY 20104
Instructor:
Erwin Mickel berg
Designed t o d i s c ss t h e foods t h a t we e a t i n a popular fashion.
A f t e r a review o t h e human d i g e s t i v e system, each o f t h e t h r e e
basic food types wil.1 be discussed along w i t h t h e r o l e o f minerals,
vitamins and water.
9
An attempt w i l l be made t o d i s p e l t h e mysteries and t h e manufactured
i n f o r m a t i o n i n t h e media, t o make a p p l i c a t i o n t o i n d i v i d u a l
concerns, and t o address t h e controversy concerning food a d d i t i v e s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 212
T h e B i o l o g y of Aglng
BIOLOGY 20185
Instructor:
Robert H e r f o r t h
A t some time o r another i n our l i v e s most of us w i l l e i t h e r d i r e c t l y
experience aging o r be i n f l uenced by people undergoing age-related
changes. This course wi 11 concentrate on t h e b i o l o g i c a l aspects
o f such changes. What i s t h e nature o f these age-related changes?
What f a c t o r s i n f l u e n c e the r a t e o f aging? Do c e l l s i s o l a t e d from
t h e body show aging? I s aging t h e r e s u l t of d e t e r i o r a t i o n o f c e r t a i n
c e l l s o r t i s s u e s o f the body? What a r e t h e c u r r e n t t h e o r i e s as t o
t h e b i o l o g i c a l basis o f aging? These and o t h e r questions w i l l be
addressed i n t h i s course by means o f classroom l e c t u r e s , discussions
o f assigned readings, and t a l k s by o u t s i d e experts. Evaluation
w i l l be based on several quizzes and exams given d u r i n g t h e course.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Science 205
M e t h o d s in Biological R e s e a r c h
BIOLOGY 20301
Instructor:
Neal Thorpe
The development o f t h e m a j o r i t y o f t h e present concepts i n b i o l o g y
has been h e a v i l y dependent upon t h e use o f an a r r a y o f s o p h i s t i c a t e d
research t o o l s . This course w i l l i n t r o d u c e t h e student t o t h e
t h e o r e t i c a l basis o f approximately two dozen important b i o l o g i c a l
methods such as chromatography, electrophoresis, spectrophotometry,
s c i n t i l l a t i o n counting and microscopy. It w i l l a l s o r e q u i r e an
in-depth i n v e s t i g a t i o n o f one s e l e c t e d method w i t h t h e o b j e c t i v e
6/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
o f d e v e l o p i n g an a p p r o p r i a t e e x p e r i m e n t a l e x e r c i s e t h a t c l e a r l y demons t r a t e s a t h e o r e t i c a l p r i n c i p l e . The s t u d e n t w i l l t e s t and v a l i d a t e
t h e method, w r i t e i t up, and p r e s e n t i t o r a l l y .
Prerequisites:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112; C h e m i s t r y 115, 116 ( o r 105, 106)
I1
Room:
S c i e n c e 202
Wetland Ecology
BIOLOGY 2031 1
Instructor:
Roberta Lammers
In w e t l a n d e c o l o g y we w l l l a t t e m p t t o g a i n an u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f t h e comp l e x j t y , v a r i e t y and fmportance o f f r e s h w a t e r w e t l a n d s such a s bogs,
marshes, fens, and swamps. We w i l l s t u d y the p h y s f c a l aspects o f these
w e t l a n d s as w e l l as the I n t e r r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f some o f t h e j r m a j o r o r g a n isms 1 i k e sedges, i n s e c t s , and sphagnum. S t u d e n t s w i l l be r e q u i r e d t o
pursue some independent r e a d i n g on wet1 and organ1 sm5 o f p a r t i c u l a r i n t e r e s t t o them. The c o u r s e w i l l c o n s i s t o f r e a d i n g and d i s c u s s t o n as
we1 l as l a b work i d e n t i f y i n g organisms c o l l e c t e d i n n o r t h e r n Minnesota
d u r i n g t h e summer by the f n s t r u c t o r . We w i l l examine c r i t i c a l l y t h e
p o t e n t f a 1 o f M i n n e s o t a ' s w e t l a n d s a s an energy saurcp. There w i l l be
l o c a l f i e l d t r l p s . Grading w i l l be on t h e hasis a f one t e s t and the
p r e s e n t a t i o n ( w r j t t e n or o r a l ) o f t h e independent r e a d i n g .
Prerequisite:
Time:
B i o l o g y 111, 112
I
Room:
S c i e n c e 213
-
D i s c r e t e E v e n t Simulation
BUSINESS 21495
Instructor:
K e i s h i r o Matsumoto
D i s c r e t e e v e n t s i m u l a t i o n i s an approach t o p r o b l e m s o l v i n g . The
method r e p l i c a t e s t h e s e t t i n g o f a p a r t i c u l a r problem by w r i t i n g a com-
m e n t a t i o n and s
There w i l l be l e c t u r e s and a computer programming l a b o r a t o r y .
Prerequisfte:
Time:
I
A s t a t f s t i c s course o r t h e consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Room:
L2O1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 tNTERIM/7
CHEMISTRY 341 13
Instructor:
E a r l A1 t o n
Fflrding whlch chmlcals are, i n a solution ~(qualltatireanalysis)' T s a
cfiaff enging way o+ learntng some prlnclples o f chemistry. Thls course
dl 1 use laboratory, experiments coupled w i t h a non-mat h m t 9 e n l explana t i o n of the chemistry Tnvolved t o provide an introduetlon t o cemlstry.
The laboratory wark wtll canter on solvfng chnmnclcsl unknoys. There
wlll be several 1ecture-dl scussfon sessfons each week and about three
hours o f l a b o r a t o r y each day.
knowns and a few q u i z z e s .
Lectures
-
Grading w i l l be based upon s o l v i n g unLaboratory
11 :00 a .m.
Prerequisite:
H i g h School C h e m i s t r y
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
18111
Room:
-
1 :00-4:00
p.m.
Science 318
Introduction t o Chemirtry
CHEMISTRY 341 04
Instructor:
John Holum
T h i s c o u r s e p r o v i d e s an i n t r o d u c t i o n t o some fundamental p r i n c i p l e s
o f chemistry:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measurement, w i t h emphasis on dimensions, S I u n i t s and a few common
u n i t s used i n c h e m i s t r y , b i o l o g y and t h e h e a l t h sciences,.and how t o
use t h e f a c t o r - l a b e l method i n c a l c u l a t i o n s .
Elements o f a t o m i c and m o l e c u l a r c o m p o s i t i o n s and s t r u c t u r e and how
p e r i o d i c r e l a t i o n s h i p s h e l p o r g a n i z e and e x p l a i n s e v e r a l p r o p e r t i e s .
Comon p h y s i c a l p r o p e r t i e s o f m a t t e r .
Comnon chemical p r o p e r t i e s o f a c i d s , bases and s a l t s w i t h emphasis o n
t h e background needed f o r s t u d i e s i n e l e m e n t a r y b i o l o g y and t h e
h e a l t h sciences. A p p l i c a t i o n s t o h e a l t h aspects o f environmental
p r o b l ems w i 11 <be made.
A b r i e f introduction t o organic chemistry.
L e c t u r e s and d e m o n s t r a t i o n s a r e used. There i s no scheduled l a b o r a t o r y
and no a s s i g n e d w r i t t e n r e p o r t s . E v a l u a t i o n i s based on q u i z z e s and
t e s t s . R e g u l a r g r a d i n g o n l y ; no PIN. T h i s c o u r s e i s n o t open t o s t u d e n t s who had c h e m i s t r y I n h i g h s c h o o l ;+'i,tdoes n o t c o u n t t o w a r d a
chemistry major.
Distribution:
Time:
I
,
Yes
Room:
S c i e n c e 318
81AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
.
,
,
4
.
An I n t r o d u c t i o n t o C l i n i c a l C h e m l s t r y
CHEMISTRY 34205
Instructor:
A r l i n Gyberg
A few years ago dtagnosttc medlcine was principally a matter of collectjng Inf'orrhatfon about symptonlr t o diagnose an Illness. Occas~onally
1aboratory tests were made to support the dlagnasj s A1 though col I actTn$ infoymntfon about symptoms 1s still an Integral part, diagnosefc
medicine has progressed t o t h e pot n t where 1aborat~rytests are rout1 nely performed and may result i n a diagnosis dlfferentr from the on,e fndicated by the symptoms, T h i s course introduces some of the types o f
chemical problems s t g n l f i c a n t i n medic-lne ahd methods o f chehlfcal analysls used I n the clinlcal cheml'stry laboratory. Lectures, films, occasional laburptory experience, and at least one f i e f d t r I p t o a elInical
teboratory w t l l be used t n the course; eva'luatf~nwill be by fvequent
.
q u i z z e s and a f i n a l exam.
Prerequisites:
Time:
Chemistry 106 o r 116 o r 223
Room:
I
Science 320
E c o n o m i c s of U r b a n I s s u e s
ECONOMICS 221 20
Instructor:
Ed S a b e l l a
A s t u d y o f economic i m p l i c a t i o n s o f many problems f a c i n g a metro-urban
environment, Some o f t h e t o p i c s t o be d i s c u s s e d a r e : P o p u l a t i o n "Cris i s ," Crime P r e v e n t i o n , Ecology and Income D i s t r i b u t i o n , D i s t r i b u t i n g
Free Bread, Mass T r a n s i t Systems, e t c . Fundamental micro-economic t o o l s
i n t r o d u c e d t o f a c i l i t a t e d i s c u s s i o n . T h i s c o u r s e does n o t c o u n t towards
an economics m a j o r o r m i n o r .
Distribution:
Time:
Economics o r Urban
I1
Room:
01 d Main 11
Decision Making with Finite M a r k o v Ch'ains
ECONOMICS 22493
Instructor:
Satya Gupta
Taehnf ques o f H a r b v chains have long been used in solving problems i n
Physical Sciences. This tool has fnvaded the realm of Business and Eco,nomics only recent1 + I t I s important for management practltloners t o
wnderstand thl s sop I sticatac? tool Problems on bank management, cap*
tal expenditures, accounts receivable, market share and others w-ill be
sol ved usf ng Maykou shaf n model s Students comprehension will be evaluated by tests on probtm solving using Narkav chain models,
Z
.
.
Prerequisite:
Time:
I1
-
H i g h School A1 gebra
Room:
L-1
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/9
EUROPE January 3-28
E d u c a t i o n i n a n U r b a n Community: L o n d o n
EDS 44260
EDE 45260
Instructor:
Cost:
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
$1395
An exarninatfon o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f t h e school t o t h e
4
#
u r b a n community u s i n g London's East End a s an example.
The focus o f t h e c o u r s e w i l l be o n such u r b a n problerns
as p o v e r t y , f a m i l y d i s i n t e g r a t i o n , and crime and how u r b a n s c h o o l s and
t h e l r t e a c h e r s can r e s o l v e them. The c l a s s w i l l meet f o r r,eef n a r s and
l i v e a t the Urban Studies Center ~f the C o l l e g e o f S t . Mark and S t . John
i n the Eas,t End Area. S t u d e n t s w i l l be p l a c e d a s a i d / o h s e r v e r s i n a
l o c a l school I n t h e s u b j e c t o r g r a d e o f t h e i r c h o i c e . S t i ~ d e n t sw l l l
a l s o have the o p p a r t u n i t y t o work and o b s e r v e i n a number o f community
a g e n c j e s i n t h e East End. E v a l u a t i o n w l l l be based on a paper t h a t
i n t e g r a t e s assigned r e a d i n g w i t h a d d i t i o n a l i n d i v i d u a l r e s e a r c h and a
l o g o f p r a c t i c a l experiences.
Counts t o w a r d m a j o r :
F u l f i l 1s t h e e l e m e n t a r y and secondary O r i e n t a t i o n
t o E d u c a t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t (EDS 265 and EDE 255)
Meets an u r b a n concerns r e q u i r e m e n t
Grading:
PIN o r t r a d i t i o n a l
E n r o l l m e n t : 15
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f O c t o b e r .
Student Teaching
EDUCATION:
Instructor:
44480, 44481, 44482, 44483, 44484,
45480, 45481 , 45482, 45483, 45484
B a r r y M. F r a n k l i n
Students w i l l be p l a c e d i n a c l a s s r o o m f o r f u l l days, O p p o r t u n i t i e s a r e
provided f o r e x p e r i e n c e i n o b s e r v i n g and d i r e c t i n g l e a r n i n g e x p e r i e n c e s
a t t h e preschool , k i n d e r g a r t e n , e l e m e n t a r y o r secondary s c h o o l l e v e l
( d e p e n d i n g on the i n d i v i d u a l s t u d e n t ' s need) under t h e s u p e r v i s i o n o f
I n t e r e s t e d students should consult w i t h
c a l l ege and school p e r s o n n e l
t h e i n s t r u c t o r b e f o r e December t o de-Lermi ne placements and a p p r o p r i a t e
c o u r s e number f o r r e g i s t r a t i o n .
.
Prerequisites:
Acceptance i n E d u c a t i o n Program and p e r m i s s i o n o f
instructor.
1 OIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Heritage Reporter
ENGLISH 54212
Instructor:
Dave Wood
"Heritage Reporter" explores s t r a t e g i e s f o r effectively wrltjng
about one's family, one" comun.lty, or an institutqon t h a t figures
o r has f jgured largely In the student-%porter1 s l i f e . Techniques
of f i c t i o n and non-flctlnn a r e revealed t o the students by means o f a
comprehensive reading 1jst. No exams. Students are expected t o
submit a 20-30 page "Heritage Booklet'l on a subject of thefr
choice a t course's end. Grade will be P/N only.
Prerequisites:
Time:
English 111
I
Room:
Old Main 10
Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of A m e r l c a n W e s t e r n a n d J a p a n e a e S a m u r a i F i l m s
ENGLISH 54233
SOCIOLOGY 94233
Instructors:
Jerry Gerasimo and John Mi tchell
The pu~poseof the course i s t o clarify the thematic form of the
Western and the Samuraf f lrn by comparing thedr respective myths, their
societal premises, and t h e i r canventions: f o r example. the ritualized
duel and t h e use of proxemlc patterns (treatments o f space) In ways
t h a t are implicitly cultural . Although both genres a r e highly popular,
they are vfvidly useful for e s t h e t i c , c u l t u r a l , and anthropological
comparf son. Students wj 11 be requi red t o attend a1 I f i l m presentations
(approxtmately 10 feature f i l m s ) , t o wad selected t e x t s , and t o take
a final written examination.
Laboratory Fee:
Distribution:
Time:
I1
$35
Yes
Room:
Science Audi t o r i urn
A S e v e n t i e s Sampler
ENGLISH 54249
Instructor:
Ron Palosaari
We will study some novels, poems, plays, and films written o r filmed in
the 1970's. Our reading will include the l a t e s t available works of
Vonnegut, Roth, and Berger, some recent science f i c t i o n , detective
s t o r i e s , and a best s e l l e r . Our viewing will depend on what plays and
films a r e available i n January in the Twin C i t i e s .
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/11
I f possible, students w i t h a s p e c i a l i n t e r e s t i n a t y p e o f l i t e r a t u r e
o r f i l m w i l l be a b l e t o form groups around t h e i r i n t e r e s t .
Those who take t h i s i n t e r i m should have t h e time and d e s i r e t o do
t h e reading. Films w i l l be seen i n t h e afternoon t o t a k e advantage
o f lower p r i c e s , b u t we w i l l see two o r t h r e e plays i n t h e evening.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I1
Old Main 18
Five-College Fictlon Writing Workshop
ENGLISH 54362
Instructor:
Lon Otto, College of St. Thomas
Members of t h e workshop w i l l experiment w i t h various aspects of
prose f i c t i o n technique, aiming a t t h e completion of t h r e e o r four
s h o r t s t o r i e s during t h e I n t e r i m period.
The workshop w i l l meet t h r e e afternoons a week t o discuss f i c t i o n
w r i t i n g and t o engage i n c o n s t r u c t i v e c r i t i c i s m of w r i t i n g being
produced by members o f the class. F a i t h f u l attendance a t these
afternoon sessions i s e s s e n t i a l .
The course i s open t o students from t h e f i v e associated c o l l e g e s
(normally t h r e e from each c o l l e g e ) who have had some experience
w r i t i n g s h o r t f i c t i o n . Preferably, they should have a l r e a d y taken
a c o l lege-level c r e a t i v e w r i t i n g class.
I n t e r e s t e d students from Augsburg should submit samples o f t h e i r
work t o Dr. Toni Clark before I n t e r i m r e g i s t r a t i o n .
Potpourri: S e l e c t e d Readings f o r Discussion
ENGLISH 54445.
Instructor:
Barbara Anderson
I n c o n s u l t a t i o n w i t h t h e i n s t r u c t o r , students w i l l make i n d i v i d u a l
reading l i s t s o f t e n t o twelve books which w i l l be discussed i n
small groups, e s t a b l i s h e d according t o common books, authors, o r
themes. Reading l i s t s must be determined before the end o f f a l l
term so t h a t a discussion schedule can be published p r i o r t o t h e
i n t e r i m session.
Prerequisite:
J u n i o r o r Senior standing and consent o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 12
12/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
'EUROPE January 3-28
L a n g u a g e , C u l t u r e a n d T h e a t e r in P a r l s
French 70215/70315
Instructor:
Cost:
Mary Johnson
$1595
Immersion i n French c u l t u r e f o r intermediate and advanced
students. Focus on study o f language, c u l t u r e , t h e press,
+
and t h e a t e r . Readings, analysis, and discussion i n t e g r a t e d
w i t h attendance a t lays and f i l m s . V i s i t s t o a r t i s t i c and c u l t u r a l exh i b i t s according t o ' s t i d e n t i n t e r e s t s . Full-day excursions t o Chartres
and V e r s a i l l e s ; o p t i o n a l weekend f i e l d t r l p t o Mont S t . Michel and L o i r e
chateaus. Conversations w i t h French students i n groups o f three.
French 70315 counts toward major (French)
French 70215, 70315 count toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement (Foreign
Language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
70215:
70315:
French 70211 o r e q u i v a l e n t
French 70311 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o n l y
Enrollment:
15
I n t e r e s t e d students should contact Ms. Mary Kingsley i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r than t h e end o f October.
F r e n c h L l t e r a t u r e in T r a n s l a t i o n
FRENCH 70243
Instructor:
Ruth Aaskov
Have French w r i t e r s produced a 1 i t e r a t u r e t h a t escapes from 1 i f e o r
t h a t shows l i f e as i t i s ? By readlng and analyzing a v a r i e t y o f
s h o r t e r French works i n English t r a n s l a t i o n w i t h t h i s questlon i n
mind, we w i l l develop stronger communication and c r i t i c a l s k i l l s and
c u l t u r a l s e n s i t i v i t y as w e l l as encounter those o f s i g n i f i c a n t
French w r i t e r s . M i n i - l e c t u r e s and study guides w i l l h e l p focus t h e
r e a d e r ' s a t t e n t i o n on t h e works themselves. Much c l a s s time d a i l y
w l l l be devoted t o small group discussion and exchange o f ideas.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/13
d e v e l o p i n g adequate language t o c o n t r i b u t e o r a l l y and i n w r i t t e n
form t o t h e i n s i g h t s o f t h e c l a s s . Two o r t h r e e 30-minute q u i z z e s
e a r l y i n t h e course w i l l be r e p l a c e d b y t h e p r e p a r a t i o n o f a chosen
l i t e r a r y work and s h o r t paper i n t h e t h i r d week, w i t h reading,
c r i t i c i s m and d i s c u s s i o n b y t h e o t h e r s i n t h e f o u r t h week.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Sophomore s t a n d i n g o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Yes
Room:
I
O l d Main 27
.EUROPE January 3-28
The Rhine Frontier: Germany
M e e t s Rome and F r a n c e
GER 72333
Instructor:
Cost:
Donald Steinmetz
$1595
+
Since Roman times t h e l a n d s a l o n g t h e Rhine have been
4one o f t h e most s i g n i f i c a n t f r o n t i e r areas o f Europe.
Here German and Roman c u l t u r e c l a s h e d and mixed. Here
modern Germany and France have t h e i r r o o t s i n t h e empire o f Charlemagne.
Here Romanesque and Gothic a r c h i t e c t u r e f l o u r i s h e d i n t h e M i d d l e Aaes.
Here Germans 'and French f o u g h t i n t h r e e r e c e n t wars. I t i s such e i e n t s
which have shaped l i f e and l e f t so many monuments between t h e Rhine and
t h e Meuse. The s t u d e n t w i l l s t u d y and " r e l i v e " t h e h i s t o r y o f t h i s area
on l o c a t i o n , from t h e Roman monuments o f T r i e r and Cologne, Charlemagnels
Aachen, t o t h e b a t t l e f i e l d s o f World Wars I and 11. L e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and r e a d i n g s w i l l be p r i n c i p a l l y i n German.
Counts toward German m a j o r
-
Counts toward d i s t r i h u t i o n requirement ( f o r e i g n language)
Prerequisites:
Grading:
German 212 o r e q u i v a l e n t
P/N o r t r a d i t i o n a l , based on o r a l exams and d i a r y t o be k e p t
i n German
Enrol l m e n t : 20
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
14/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Beglnnlng N o r w e g i a n
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75111
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening,
reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary
Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distri butlon:
Time:
Yes
I
Room: Old Main 29
N o r w e g i a n C o n v e r s a t i o n and Composltlon
FOREIGN LANGUAGE 75311
Instructor: Leif Hanson
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation
and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations
in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official
languages of Norway. Oral and written tests. Some laboratory work
and field experience required. No special fees.
Prerequisite: 75211
-
Intermediate level
Distribution: Yes
Time:
I1
Room: Old Main 29
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/l5
MEXICO January 5-30
The Cultures of Mexico and Guatemala
SPA 76381
GST 58181
Gunta Rosental s
Instructor:
Cost:
$1395
+
T h i s i n t e r i m w t l l a c q u a i n t t h e s t u d e n t w i t h Pre-Columbian,
c o l o n i a l and modern c u l t u r e s o f Mexico and Guatemala
4t h r o u g h l e c t u r e s , d i s c u s s i o n s , and v i s i t s t o t h e most imp o r t a n t s i t e s . The i m p r e s s i v e pyramids i n t h e h i g h l a n d s o f C e n t r a l
Mexico, t h e i n c r e d i b l e Mayan j u n g l e c i t y o f T i k a l i n t h e Guatemalan
r a i n f o r e s t , t h e charming c o l o n i a l c i t i e s o f Taxco and v o l c a n o surrounded A n t i g u a , as w e l l as t h e modern m e t r o p o l i s o f Mexico C i t y .
Course p r i m a r i l y i n t e n d e d f o r Spanish m a j o r s ( O p t i o n A), b u t o t h e r
i n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s may t a k e t h e c o u r s e as an e l e c t i v e ( O p t i o n B ) .
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c o m p l e t i o n o f a s s i g n e d r e a d i n g s , a
d a i l y j o u r n a l ( i n Spanish f o r O p t i o n A), and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n
i n t o u r s and d i s c u s s i o n s . (The E n g l i s h e q u i v a l e n t o f t h e m a t e r i a l s
w i l l be a v a i l a b l e . )
O p t i o n A:
Cqunts t o w a r d Spanish M a j o r
F u l f i l 1 s language r e q u i r e m e n t
Prerequisite:
Option B:
General S t u d i e s
Prerequisite:
Grading:
Spanish 212 o r p e r m i s s i o n o f i n s t r u c t o r
-
f u l f i l l s no d i s t r i b u t i o n r e q u i r e m e n t
None (Spanish 11 1 recommended)
PIN o n l y
E n r o l l m e n t : '30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s s h o u l d c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n Room 229
o f Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as
p o s s i b l e and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
16lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Safety Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55114
Instructor:
Doug Nelson
P r i n c i p l e s and p r a c t i c e s o f s a f e t y education i n school and community
l i f e . Includes American Red Cross F i r s t Aid Course.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I(Jan. 5-16)
Room:
Melby 12
Chemical Dependency Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55115
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
This course w i l l i n c l u d e a pharmacological a n a l y s i s of drugs o f
abuse, a l o o k a t t h e disease process and treatment m o d a l i t i e s , as
w e l l as immediate and temporary care given t o i n d i v i d u a l s i n a
drug emergency. It w i l l pay special a t t e n t i o n t o t h e drug problems
a f u t u r e teacher might have t o deal w i t h i n t h e classroom s e t t i n g .
Grades w i l l be determined by 2 w r i t t e n t e s t s covering t h e l e c t u r e s
and t e x t book.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y 4 course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby 12
Recreational Activities & Rhythms
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55232
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
Theory and p r a c t i c e i n teaching r e c r e a t i o n a l a c t i v i t i e s , s o c i a l
r e c r e a t i o n , q u i e t games, low organized games, noon hour a c t i v i t i e s ,
camp nights, modified games, simple rhythmic games, f o l k and square
dancing
.
This o f f e r i n g equals o n l y $ course c r e d i t .
Time:
I (Jan. 19-31)
Room:
Melby
AUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/17
Modern D a n c e
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55373
Instructor:
Pam Paulson
An i n t r o d u c t o r y course i n modern dance technique and c r e a t i v e
composition i n c l u d i n g e x p l o r a t i o n o f movement, energy, form and
design. No previou.s experience necessary.
T h i s o f f e r i n g equals o n l y
Time:
I (Jan. 5-16)
i course
Room:
credit.
Melby
Coaching of B a s k e t b a l l
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55477
Instructor:
Rees Johnson
Theory, techniques and a d m i n i s t r a t i o n o f coaching b a s k e t b a l l . It
wi 11 i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade
e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a.coaching notebook, a
w r i t t e n exam and general p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
There w i l l be some o u t o f c l a s s n i g h t work.
T h i s course
--
equals o n l y
Prerequisite:
Time:
i
course c r e d i t .
I n s t r u c t o r approval
I1
Room:
Melby 13
Coaching of H o c k e y
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55478
Instructor:
Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and a d m i n i s t r a t i v e aspects o f coaching hockey.
It w i l l i n c l u d e off-season, pre-season and in-season programs on
d r y land and on i c e .
Grade e v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on p r e p a r a t i o n o f a coaching
notebook, a w r i t t e n exam and a c t i v e p a r t i c i p a t i o n . Students must
be a b l e t o skate and must supply skates and s t i c k .
This course
--
equals o n l y % course c r e d i t .
Prerequisite:
Time:
1
I n s t r u c t o r approval
Room:
Me1by 13
18lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
H i s t o r y of P a r i s in M o d e r n Tlmes
HISTORY 56111/56311
Instructor:
Orloue G i s s e l q u i s t
The French a r e sometimes accused o f t h i n k i n g of P a r i s as t h e
"navel o f t h e world." There's a b i t o f "sour grapes" c a r i c a t u r e
i n t h a t c l e v e r statement. For i f one would p i c k o u t a c i t y which
i n t h e l a s t one thousand years has been more important t o Western
C i v i l i z a t i o n than any other, one could make a good case f o r P a r i s .
I n t h i s course we w i l l study t h e h i s t o r y o f t h a t g r e a t c i t y since
t h e 16th century. We w i l l read e x t e n s i v e l y i n a v a r i e t y o f h i s t o r i c a l
l i t e r a t u r e , hear l e c t u r e s , v i s i t w i t h some t r a v e l l e r s , and view some
s l i d e s and movies. One of our main purposes w i l l be t o double
(maybe quadruple! ) your enjoyment when you v i s i t Paris. Evaluation
w i l l be on t h e basis o f two t e s t s and a s h o r t paper. For upper
d i v i s i o n students t h e standards as t o expectations w i l l be
a p p r o p r i a t e l y higher - f o r example, i n t h e i r a b i l i t y t o f i n d t h e i r
way i n t o a more extensive b i b l i o g r a p h y f o r t h e term paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I1
Yes
-
h i s t o r y o r urban
Room:
Old Main 12
D b e c t e d S t u d y in U.S. H i s t o t y
HISTORY 56299
Instructor:
Carl Chrislock
During t h e I n t e r i m o f t h e 1980-81 school year, I w i l l be a v a i l a b l e
t o supervise i n d i v i d u a l d i r e c t e d s t u d i e s i n several areas of U.S.
H i s t o r y . These i n c l u d e t h e h i s t o r y of American f o r e i g n p o l i c y , t h e
20th Century, Minnesota h i s t o r y and immigration. I p r e f e r n o t t o
supervise a h o s t o f f a m i l y h i s t o r i e s , although I am w i l l i n g t o
consider we1 1-conceived proposals f o r such studies submitted by
students who demonstrate t h a t they have s u f f i c i e n t source m a t e r i a l .
Note, too, t h a t a l l t h e s t u d i e s a r e of t h e directed, n o t t h e
inde endent v a r i e t y . Any i n t h e l a t t e r category would have t o be
t h e department i n advance o f t h e I n t e r i m .
Prerequisite:
One h i s t o r y course
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM119
H a w a i i : A L a b o r a t o r y of M u l t i - E t h n i c I n t e r a c t i o n
' HAWAII
January 4-28
H i s t o r y 56240/56340
P o l i t i c a l Science 85255185355
Instructors:
Cost:
I.Khin Khin Jensen, Norma C. Noonan
$1495
*+
Observation o f t h e Polynesian, Asian and Caucasian c u l t u r e s
i n t e r a c t i n g i n p o l i t i c s and s o c i e t y i n t h e 50th s t a t e . Focus
on h i s t o r i c a l t r a d i t i o n s , p o l i t i c a l development, r e 1 i g i o u s h e r i t a g e , educational experiences, commercial ventures, t h e media, c u l t u r a l a c t i v i t i e s and c u r r e n t p o l i t i c a l i s s u e s .
Time w i l l be d i v i d e d between t h e U n i v e r s i t y o f Hawaii i n Honolulu and
H i l o on " t h e B i g I s l a n d . " Various f i e l d t r i p s w i l l be arranged on
Oahu and t h e i s l a n d o f Hawaii. Readings w i l l be t a i l o r e d t o each
s e c t i o n . Students w i l l submit a j o u r n a l o r a t e r m paper.
Counts toward e i t h e r major ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Counts toward d i s t r i b u t i o n requirement ( H i s t o r y o r P o l i t i c a l Science).
Prerequisites:
Grading:
lower d i v i s i o n , none.
upper d i v i s i o n , sophomore s t a n d i n g and consent o f
instructor.
PIN o n l y
Enrollment:
30
I n t e r e s t e d s t u d e n t s should c o n t a c t Ms. Mary K i n g s l e y i n qoom 229 o f
Memorial H a l l f o r f u r t h e r d e t a i l s and r e g i s t r a t i o n as soon as p o s s i b l e
and c e r t a i n l y no l a t e r t h a n t h e end o f October.
PO/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
T h e C i t y in A m e r i c a n L i t e r a t u r e , A r t & A r c h i t e c t u r e
INTERDISCIPLINARY 60285
Instructor:
Grier Nicholl
the growth o f c i t l e s between the Cf v i l
War I generated varied responses among k r i c a n
Rapid IndustrTal-lzat-ion and
WaF and World
novelists, poets, painters, and architects of the period.
Celebrations of t h e c i t y and the new technology can be found i n
the poetry of Watt Whitman and i n the architec.ture of the
Chicago Exposition o f 1893. Ambivalent a t t i t u d e s toward the
c i t y appear i n the "realism" o f the Ash Can school of pafnters,
the photographs of Alfred S t i e g l i t z and others, and i n William
O. Howel 1s' novel A Hazard of New Fortunes. Naturalistic novels
such a s Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton S i n c l a i r ' s
muckraking The Jungle r e f l e ~ 1 ~ n i z i enf fge c t s of economic
forces in the c i t y .
Course format will vary; lectures on historical and l i t e r a r y
background, small g r o ~ p ~ d i s c u s s i o nof
s readings, and several visits
t o local a r t museums. There will be three t e s t s and an individual
o r group oral presentation.
Distribution:
Time:
Urban
I1
Room:
Music 23
B r u s h Up
MATHEMATICS 61103
Instructor:
Beverly Durkee
This course i s designed as a brush up in arithmetic and as an
introduction t o algebra. The course will be particularly helpful
f o r students in elementary education o r who will be taking s t a t i s t i c s
a s part of a major. Computer programs will be available f o r students
who wish t o work with t h i s medium.
There will be lectures t o present material, homework assignments t o
gain s k i l l s , and written problem solving t e s t s f o r grades.
Time:
I
Room:
Science 108
Mathematical A s p e c t s of Music
MATHEMATICS 61 130
Instructor:
Ben Cooper
In t h i s course we will examine some of the evidence for the
often-expressed feeling t h a t music and mathematics a r e somehow
related. Actually there are three kinds of contact: (1) a t the
sub-musical l e v e l , where both elementary and sophisticated
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM121
mathematics have a lot to say about such foundational topics as
acoustics, scales, and tuning, as well as the premises of twelvetone composition; (2) at the level of composition, where mathematics
no longer applies directly (except for certain composers) but
where there are strong analogies between the ways composers and
mathematicians create and evaluate their work and between features
of certain highly structured pieces, such as canons, and mathematical
constructs; (3) at the level of aesthetic theory, where probabilistic
ideas help to clarifjt what constitutes style. The emphasis on
these topics will depend on class interests, provided only that
everyone does some significant mathematics. When possible, we will
try to hear those things we discuss mathematically, through recordings
or performance. Grades will be based on homework exercises, mostly
mathematical but including the composition of at least one canon. The
necessary the ma tics will be developed in class.
Prerequisite: Music 101 or equivalent and some high school algebra
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Music 5
Room:
I
An E x p o s u r e of C h a o s In M o d e r n Cosmlc M o d e l s
MATHEMATICS 61136161336
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-related ideas and Space-Age research which
calls for a critical re-evaluation of present "scientific dogmas"
on the nature and origin of the universal cosmos and the smaller
cosmic models of earth, life, and mankind. New Space-Age data,
buried in the literature, will be unveiled to show inadequacies
and contradictions in some aspects of modern astro-cosmology and
its links to geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the
historical and modern impact of math-related cosmic models, and will
note some misuses of mathematics which transforn'unsupported
scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research
paper is required.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing
ability and will present an oral sumnary of their paper.
Distribution:
Time:
I
Yes
Room:
Old Main 23
ZZIAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
~ e m o r i z i t ! o n f o r Musicians
MUSIC 82151/82351
Instructor:
James D. Johnson
M u l t i p l e approaches t o memorizing music v i a f o o l p r o o f system. These
systems a r e derived from t h e harmonic, melodic, rhythmic and formal
a n a l y s i s of t h e music under study.
For i n s t r u m e n t a l i s t s and v o c a l i s t s . Upper d i v i s i o n students w i l l
be expected t o memorize more, perform more f o r t h e c l a s s and do
more memory work away from t h e i r instruments.
Time:
I
Room:
Music 9
M a k e Y o u r Own M u s i c
MUSIC 82212/82312
Instructor:
Robert ~ a r l i n
An o p p o r t u n i t y f o r the i n t e r e s t e d student t o l e a r n about t r a d i t i o n a l
and n o n - t r a d i t i o n a l systems used i n t h e c r e a t i o n o f o r i g i n a l works o f
music.
Tonal, a t o n a l , a l e a t o r y , and e l e c t r o n i c techniques w i l l be employed by
the p a r t i c i p a n t s t o c r e a t e t h e i r own compositions.
Open t o music majors as an upper d i v i s i o n course; and t o students w i t h
l i t t l e o r no t r a i n i n g i n music as a lower d i v i s i o n course.
Music majors w i l l c r e a t e t h r e e short, o r i g i n a l works; others, a t l e a s t
one.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
Majors:
Theory 4; others:
No: Majors: e l e c t i v e
Yes: Others: Fine A r t s
Room:
I1
Music 26
Music The,rapy: T e x a s S t y l e
M U S I C 82233182433
Instructor:
Roberta Metzl e r
none
&:
Course w i l l i n c l u d e an overview o f c l i n i c a l p r a c t i c e and research
i n music therapy, through readings i n textbook and v i s i t a t i o n t o
treatment f a c i l i t i e s and graduate music therapy programs i n Kansas
and Texas. V i s i t s i n Kansas w i l l i n c l u d e t h e headquarters o f t h e
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM123
. Y f% I t s fn Unsas d l 1 i h ~ f u d k\theJAdtIqth*em @+' the.
Maklonal Assocl akhn For ,MW 1c Therqpy, Ihc., Topeka S b t e Posplbl ,
Mnhinger Foundptiow,Uhdversf ty o f Kansas bditml Schopl . $n8
f q a s , the Pokb wlll k on @search .In mysic: ther&py a t Boutham
btbdist U d v e r s l ~ ,under tha dQr4ctfon df k 6b@rleB,
T. Eitglq,
wZtl be ara lnble to ex ta3n' reseawh
RMT. Graduate sJudents from
r&pa(ot, and 40 swahm twri OF@us$$ t&ra~$ fitcFFhp6 .ln %@
Dill 1a~#Folrt8Wor$b,area. A11 travel' %TI 1 be ,@ co1T ege,pa& : gw'fiir92ion
w"ll1 be b
S
rM bn tests wer the'trdmk, wrl.ttqn rep$& of a11
intenship sites vfstted, and', for~uppd~~dfvfs~on
c~edlt,a rtnf~ e s e a ~~, ~ obg o s a l Optlonal
.
d d p trlps 18 Texas wsuld, be $0.
Qa t veston,#San Antomias sfld ksgfn.
and Tekaa
-r
e
I
Fee: Maximum o f $450 ( i n c l u d i n g o p t i o n a l t r i p s i n Texas).
would cover a1 1 t r a v e l , room and board.
Time:
I
Room:
T h i s fee
Music 26
The Opera of Puccini
MUSIC 82253
Instructor:
Stephen Gabriel sen
A s t u d y o f a l l o f t h e operas o f Puccini through l i s t e n i n g and
reading assignments. T e s t i n g w i l l i n c l u d e 1 i s t e n i n g questions as
w e l l as t r a d i t i o n a l o b j e c t i v e exams. T h i s course i s designed f o r
t h e opera l o v e r as w e l l as music majors.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I1
Room:
I
Music 4
History of Jazz
MUSIC 82377
Instructor:
L a r r y Tallman
This course w i l l pursue t h e chronological e v a l u a t i o n of j a z z as we
know i t today. Beginning w i t h e a r l y ragtime, t h e j a z z movement
exemplifies t h e t r u e meaning o f what i s known as America's own t r u e
music. Augsburg has many t e x t s , recordings, and papers t o b e n e f i t
t h e student as a f u t u r e jazz scholar. There w i l l be t h r e e t e s t s
and a f i n a l .
Time:
I
Room:
Music 2
24IAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
a
T r e n d s & I s s u e s in N u r s i n g
NURSING 81 320
I n s t r u c t o r s : Carol Hoffhan and Susan Knust
T h i s course i s i n t e n d e d t o g i v e s t u d e n t s a broad p e r s p e c t i v e by i n t r o d u c i n g c u r r e n t t r e n d s and i s s u e s t n h e a l t h c a r e and t h e p r o f e s s i o n o f
n u r s i n g , Many o f t h e i s s u e s a r e c o n t r o v e r s i a l , a r e r e l e v a n t t o c u r r e n t
p r a c t i c e and have p o t e n t i a l f o r f a r - r e a c h i n g e f f e c t s i n h e a l t h c a r e .
Students w i l l be graded on group p r e s e n t a t i o n s and w r i t t e n examinations.
Prerequisites:
instructor.
Time:
Admisslon t o Augsburg N u r s i n g Program o r p e r m i s s i o n o f
Room:
I
O l d Main 13
T h e P h l l o s o p h y o f C. S. L e w i s
PHILOSOPHY 83132
Instructor:
Bruce Reichenbach
Though C. S. Lewis i s w e l l known as a r e l i g i o u s w r i t e r , what he says
develops f r o m s p e c i f i c views about God, man and v a l u e s . Our purpose w i l l
be t o r e a d Lewis w i t h a p h i l o s o p h i c a l eye f o r h i s arguments and presupp o s i t i o n s . Grades w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n , t e s t s and proba b l y some w r i t t e n work.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
June 1981
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
a t Some Contemporary Issues
PHILOSOPHY 83250
Instructor:
Kenneth B a i l e y
A popular song says I " T h i s i s t h e dawnTng o f t h e Age o f Aquarfus. " Is
i t ? Aquarius, the Waterbearer, t h e e l e v e n t h s i g n o f t h e Zodjac, symbol i z e s s i m p l i c i t y , peace, and brotherhood. Whether such an age has begun
i s a q u e s t i o n . Some a s t r o l o g e r s say i t began as e a r l y as 1930; o t h e r s
t h a t i t i s j u s t dawning, However t h a t may be, i n t h I s course we w i l l
discuss some o f t h e concerns ( e . g . , freedom, m o r a l f t y , hunger) t h a t face
whatever age we may be in, from a p h i l o s o p h i c n l s t a n d p o i n t . Grades wfT1
be based on w r i t t e n t e s t s and c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n .
D i s t r i b u t i o n : Yes
Time:
I1
Room!
01 d Main 1 0
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM125
The Starship Accords
PHYSICS 84180
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85180
Instructors:
Mark Engebretson, Myles Stenshoel
You have been selected to participate i n the establishment of the
f i r s t permanent human settlement outside our solar system. As
one of the colonists, i t will be your duty during f l i g h t to:
A.
FBmil iarize yourself with the environment expected on
any of the several planetary systems thought to be
suitable for colonization. .
B.
Help design a system of governance for the entire
comuni ty
C.
Distribute the necessary tasks and choose the size of the
colony sent to each location.
.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and pol i t i c a l theory
will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group
projects.
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
I
Room:
Music 22
I n t r o d u c t i o n t o Solid S t a t e Physics
PHYSICS 84341
Instructor:
Kenneth Erickson
Thls course 1s designed t o provide students o f physics, chemistry,
materials science, electronics and engineerlng with a knowledge of
the basic physfcal concepts important for the understanding of
s o l i d state phenomena. Solfd S t a t e Science i s presently one of the
leading areas of basic and applied research actjvity. By means of
lectures, 1aboratary work and problem s o l v l n g and discussion sessions
i t I s hoped that the student wlll gain a fundamntal working
knowledge o f the subject and a hands-on familiarity w f t h some solid
s t a t e devices and experimental methods. Topics t o be discussed
will include: symoetry and classification o f crystal1 i n e structures;
interatomic bonding, l a t t i c e dynamics, electrons i n metals, superconductivity s semi conductors and t h e die1eeeri c and magnetic
properties of sol ids.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Physics 121,122, Math 124, 125
Room:
Science 24
26/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Hawali: A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
+,,
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85255185355
Instructors:
I. Khin Khin Jenson, Norman C. Noonan
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 20.)
*
N e w s p a p e r s and Presidents: A R e s e a r c h P r o j e c t
Analyzing 1980 P r e s i d e n t i a l E l e c t l o n C o v e r , a g e
POLITICAL SCIENCE 85345
Instructor:
M i l d a Hedblom
The New York Times, blashington Post and tos Angeles Times exert a
powerful inftuence over other newspapers and the general publTc In
thalr coverage o f American p r e s l d e n t l a l elections. The purpose of
t h i s course I s t o b e t t e r understand the nature of thefr political
coverage through 5ystemat.lc research. Spec-Ifically, students wfll
cmpl ete a comparative content analysis of the three papers' 1980
general election news columns. Durlng the f i r s t week of the course
we will study the three newspapers' development, focusing on their
unlque r o l e i n Am~ricanpol itjeal journal ism, and praetf ce use o f
the coding system for analyzing thelr new cotumns. Ourlng the
second and t h l r d weeks stuaent will work independently in three
teams, i n consult.at.lon with the instructor, wadfng and analyzing
election coverage i n the three papers. The tern wlll be working
where the newspapers are, for example the Augsburg library, the
Unfversity of Minnesota eriodical POW, or other Twin CltIes
11brarles, The last wee o f the course the whole group will agajn
work t o g e t h e r evaluating the results o f the content analysis.
Students' grades M i l 1 depend upm satisfying indi vldual w p o n slbilities within the group project. Preferred method o f grading
Ss P / h Pass, except by s,peciel arrangement. P o s s i b l e copying Pee,
twenty do11ars maximum, I n 1leu o f textbook charges.
R
P r e r e q u i s i t e : Very strong i n t e r e s t i n a problem o f p o l i t i c a l
j o u r n a l i s m and consent o f t h e i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 25
T a l k i n g About P s y c h o l o g y and E v e r y d a y L i f e
PSYCHOLOGY 86210
Instructor:
Norman Ferguson
This course w i l l i n v o l v e discussions i n two major areas:
1)
How the p r i n c i p l e s and methods of psychology can be used i n
everyday 1 i f e ( f o r example, l e a r n i n g t o r e l a x , breaking bad
h a b i t s , improving personal r e l a t i o n s h i p s , and d e a l i n g w i t h
anger).
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM/27
2)
Controversial issues i n psychology ( f o r example, does TV
violence have any adverse e f f e c t s on s o c i e t y ? ; do r e l i g i o u s
c u l t s use brainwashing t o convert people?)
Each student w i l l be expected t o choose one t o p i c f r o ~ neach o f
these major areas and lead yroup d i s c u s s i o n s on t h d , t t o p i c , A l l
students w i l l be expected t o do assigned readings un the s p e c i f i c
t o p i c s i n advance o f each class so t h a t we1 l -informed discussions
can t a k e place. A l i s t o f 12-15 p o s s j b l e topics Fur each area w i l l
be a v a i l a b l e f r o m the i n s t r t r c t o r p r i o r t o r e g i s t r a t i o n .
The main o b j e c t i v e s o f t h e course a r e t o become b e t t e r informed on
psychological issues which have relevance t o d a i l y l i v i n q and t o
develop t h e a b i l i t y t o speak e f f e c t i v e l y ori such issues i n a sn,a11
group s e t t i n g . Evaluation w i l I be based on the q u a l i t y o f c l a s s
presentations, d a i l y c o n t r i b u t i o n t o t h e discussions, and one short
paper on e i t h e r o f t h e t o p i c s chosen.
Prerequisite:
Time:
Psychology 105
I1
Room:
Psychology 2
' P o p Psych': What's i t all About?
PSYCHOLOGY 86235
Instructor:
L y l a Anderegg
Erroneous zones, body 1anguage, games-pl aying people , T-groups ,
happenings, feelings, l o v i n g a r t s , c r e a t i v e insomnia, c u l t s , speed
reading a r e a l l p a r t o f a surge o f i n t e r e s t i n human behavior.
Are these movements and w r i t i n g s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f psychology today?
Has "pop psych" become such a " h o t - s e l l e r " t h a t s c i e n t i f i c psychology
has disappeared?
What e v a l u a t i o n o f t h i s m a t e r i a l i s being made by professional
psycho1 o g i s t s ?
I s t h i s t h e f i r s t mass a p p l i c a t i o n o f psychological p r i n c i p l e s ?
These a r e some o f t h e questions t o be i n v e s t i g a t e d i n t h e course
t h a t w i l l use t h e seminar format.
Each student w i l l be responsible
f o r s e l e c t i n g several contemporary books t o review and analyze w i t h
respect t o the question s t a t e d i n t h e course t i t l e .
Evaluation by two t e s t s and q u a l i t y o f review and a n a l y s i s o f chosen
references.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I1
Psychology 105 o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Psychology 3
28/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
U s e s o f t h e P e r s o n a l compute^ I n P s y c h o l o g y
PSYCHOLOGY 86241
Instructor:
Richard Marken
See how a personal computer ( t h e Psychology Department's Apple 1I )
can be used as a tool to explore the mind. Learn to write simple
programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic displays, measure
response time, do s t a t i s t i c a l analyses and model tl~oughtprocesses,
See the f r u i t s of your e f f o r t s i n glorious color on the Apple I I TV
scrr(:rt. Evaluat,ion based on pru(lriran,ing projects and two t e s t s .
Distribution:
Time:
Yes
Room:
I
Psychology 3
Readings in t h e Works of R o b e r t C o l r s
PSYCHOLOGY 86372
Instructor:
Duane Johnson
Robert Coles i s one of America's most widely published writers on
childhood development. Much o f his writing i s based on a participantobserver s t y l e of research. He spends substantial time with particular
persons in various s e t t i n g s (southerners, migrants, sharecroppers,
Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the affluent and privileged) and reports
t h e i r l i v e s with s e n s i t i v i t y and with particular attention to, t h e i r
strengths.
This course will provide an opportunity t o read in the works of
Coles with a major focus on conditions under which children develop.
Each student must propose an individual reading l i s t and have i t
approved p r i o r t o the beginning of the interim. Amendments t o the
reading l i s t may be proposed f o r approval during the f i r s t week of
the interim. Each student must contact Dr. Johnson no l a t e r than
December 1 s t f o r a handout providing suggestions and guidelines f o r
reading l i s t development. Expectations will include extensive reading,
regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal and
a short summary paper.
Prerequisites:
Registration:
Time:
I
86105 General Psychology
P/N only
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM129
Study of Religion in t h e Public Schools
3f.Q
RELIGION 87355
Instructor:
Eugene Skibbe
We wjll look b r i e f l y a t the h f s t o r l c a l j n t e r a c t i o n between r e l i g i o n
and government i n p u b l i c education i n the United States. Laws w i l l
be read and analyzed. The problems, resources and teaching m a t e r i a l s
associated w f t h "teaching about re1 i g i o n " i n pub1 i c schools w i l l be
analyzcd and discussed. The t h e o l o g i c a l imp1 i c a t i o n s In t h i s e n t i r e
phenoa~enonw i l l be o f special concern.
Lecture, small group a n a l y s i s and discussion, viewing and c r i t i q u i n g
o f m a t e r i a l s . Two exams, several w r i t t e n / o r a l reports, assigned
reading.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
Room:
I
Music 23
T h e o l o g y of W o r s h i p & L i t u r g y
RELIGION 87369
Instructor:
David Fagerberg
This i s an invest4gation of the theology o f Chrfstlan warship as i t
fs expressed i n the 1 jturgy. By looking a t the 1iturglcal ractlees
of the church i n both baptfsm'and the mass fespecfally In t e f i r s t
three centuries) we will seek t o shed l i g h t on the character of
worship, prayer, the baptismal covenant, sacri Pica, etc. The
aim 3s n o t only to provide an fntroductfon t o I f turglcal studies,
but also t o encourage a Leper personal apprec'lation o f worshtp.
R
E v a l u a t i o n w i l l be based on c l a s s p a r t i c i p a t i o n as drawn o u t o f t h e
s t u d e n t ' s reading o f core m a t e r i a l , and t h e .student's p r o j e c t - i n
t h e form o f e i t h e r a c l a s s p r e s e n t a t i o n o r a paper.
Prerequisite:
R e l i g i o n 111 o r 221
Distribution:
Yes
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 11
I I-
C
d
\I
3MAUGSRURG COLLEGE 1981
INTERIM
T r a i n i n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l a n d D r u g A b u s e
SOCIAL WORK 95312
Contact:
Eddie Hertzberg
An i n t e n s i v e e x p e r i e n t i a l and d i d a c t i c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i t u t e
i s combined w i t h a week-long experience i n a chemical dependency
treatment agency.
Students a r e evaluated according t o p a r t i c i p a t i o n i n classes,
e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and i n t h e chemical dependency agency.
Enrollment i s very l i m i t e d .
Fees:
$100
Prerequisites:
Time:
Social Work 95257, s o c i a l work major and permission
o f c o n t a c t person
I& I 1
Room:
Johnson I n s t i t u t e , 10700 Olson
Memorial Highway, Minneapolis, MN.
Domestic Violence: Old Phenomena, N e w Attention
SOCIAL WORK 95410
Instructor:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Rosa1i e C l a r k
To understand t h e incidence and prevalence o f domestic v i o l e n c e i n
t h e present.
To understand t h e h i s t o r y o f domestic violence c r o s s - c u l t u r a l l y .
To understand t h e at terns o f domestic violence i n American s o c i e t y .
To understand the consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y system and f o r t h e
broader s o c i e t y : present and f u t u r e .
To g a i n a beginning knowledge o f p o l i c i e s and programs which address
domestic violence.
Content: An overview o f the phenomena o f domestic violence i n c l u d i n g
c o n t r i b u t i n g f a c t o r s , consequences f o r t h e f a m i l y and the broader
s o c i e t y , and p o l i c i e s and programs i n America today which address t h e
issue. Readings, classroom discussions and guest speakers w i l l
provide course content. Course w i l l be p a r t i c u l a r l y h e l p f u l f o r
students i n t h e human s e r v i c e f i e l d .
Procedures and method o f e v a l u a t i o n :
4 course c r e d i t : paper and f i n a l exam
1 course c r e d i t : a d d i t i o n a l major, in-depth paper.
P r e r e q u i s i t e : One course i n psychology, sociology o f f a m i l y o r permission o f i n s t r u c t o r .
Time:
I1
Room:
Music 24
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIHl31
F i e l d Work i l l
SOCIAL WORK 95466
Instructor:
Doug Perry
T h i s course i s a c o n t i n u a t i o n of e d u c a t i o n a l l y focused f i e l d placement
i n a s o c i a l s e r v i c e agency [ F i e l d Work 11). Students w i l l spend 15
hours per week i n f i e l d placement, p l u s one hour per week i n f a c u l t y
f a c i l i t a t e d supportive seminar held on campus. W r i t t e n evaluations
w i l l be made by the F i e l d Work I n s t r u c t o r using p r e v i o u s l y developed
c o n t r a c t and s o c i a l work e v a l u a t i o n forms.
This course
carries
Prerequisites:
Time:
4:OO-5:00
o n l y % course c r e d i t .
F i e l d Work I 1
Room:
Old Main 22
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparatlve Study of
Amerlcan Western and J a p a n e r e Samurai Films
SOCIOLOGY 94233
I n s t r u c t o r s : J e r r y Gerasimo and John M i t c h e l l
(See Course D e s c r i p t i o n on page 11 .)
T h e S o c i o l o g y sf G a m b l i n g
SOCIOLOGY 94313
Instructor:
Gordon Nelson
Recent s o c i o l o g i c a l research has looked a t gambling and i t s r e l a t i o n
t o s o c i e t y . What type o f person i s l i k e l y t o gamble? What i s t h e
nature o f t h e work-force i n t h e gambling i n d u s t r y ? I s gambling a
s o c i a l problem o r a s o c i a l b e n e f i t ? These are some o f t h e questions
asked i n published s o c i o l o g i c a l studies. The course w i l l focus on
these studies. Students w i l l be expected t o read and discuss t h i s
m a t e r i a l and t o pass a f i n a l examination. I n a d d i t i o n , i n order t o
observe a gambling s o c i e t y w i t h i n a l e g a l i z e d s e t t i n g , t h e course w i l l
i n c l u d e a f i e l d t r i p t o Las Vegas. Cost o f t h e f i e l d t r i p ( t r a v e l
and lodging) w i l l be approximately $200.
Prerequisites:
Time:
I
Consent o f I n s t r u c t o r
Room:
Old Main 22
32/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Discussion and D e b a t e
SPEECH 98112/98312
Instructor:
Ray Anderson
Discussion and debate w i l l be studied as phases of the cooperative
problem-solving process embracing i n q u i r y and advocacy. The i n q u i r y
phase w i l l i n c l u d e consideration o f both c r e a t i v e t h i n k i n g and
c r i t i c a l t h i n k i n g w i t h emphasis on ways o f working w i t h groups t o
achieve e f f e c t i v e use o f both c r e a t i v e and c r i t i c a l methods o f
problem-sol ving.
Class a c t i v i t i e s w i l l be varied. There w i l l be brainstorming sessions
i n v o l v i n g various techniques; t h e r e w i l l be round-table discussions
using t h e Dewey thought process; t h e r e w i l l be debates using various
formats, and o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s . Students w i l l p a r t i c i p a t e a c t i v e l y
every day.
Evaluation wi 11 p e r t a i n t o d a i l y p a r t i c i p a t i o n , examinations on
readings and l e c t u r e s , b u t c h i e f l y on t h e q u a l i t y o f student performance
i n discussions and debates.
Students t a k i n g t h e course f o r upper d i v i s i o n c r e d i t w i l l have
a d d i t i o n a l reading and w r i t i n g assignments.
Prerequisites:
Distribution:
Time:
A beginning speech course i s h i g h l y desirable.
Yes
I1
Room:
Old Main 13
Story T h e a t e r (Children's T h e a t e r )
SPEECH 98285
Instructor:
Ailene Cole
This c l a s s w i l l improvise, produce, and perform a c h i l d r e n ' s play.
Whatever i s needed - s c r i p t , costumes, props, 1i g h t s , scenery, music,
dance - w i l l be created and executed by the class. Performances a r e
scheduled f o r t h e f i n a l week.
Time:
9:30
1:00
-
12:OO
3:OO
Room:
Stage 11, Old Music
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM133
I n t e r c u l t u r a l Communication
SPEECH 98331
Instructor:
Joel Mugge
This course will explore both the problems and the potential of
communication between persons of different cultural groups. We will
examine several factors which contribute t o comunication barriers
between cultures such a s ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role
expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols. The format of the
course will include simulations, group exercises, one-to-one and small
group interaction, and other intercultural experiences a s well as
readings, lectures, and written assignments. I t i s hoped t h a t there
will be students from several cultural groups in the c l a s s , so t h a t
the class i t s e l f will be a laboratory for practicing comunication
between cultures.
The course i s particularly recommended f o r students planning t o study
o r travel abroad.
-
Evaluation will be based on exams, papers, and an individual project.
Freshmen may register only w i t h permission of instructor.
Time:
I
Room:
Old Main 18
34lAUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Other Courses
These c o u r s e s a r e o f f e r e d by i n s t t t u t i o n s o r groups n o t connected w i t h
Augsburg b u t have been approved f o r c r e d i t by t h e C o l l e g e . Most c a r r y
a t u i t i o n c o s t p l u s o t h e r expenses w h i c h a r e t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e
s t u d e n t . F u l l e r d e , s c r i p t i o n s and d e t a i l s f o r r e g l s t e r i n g a r e a v a i l a b l e
i n t h e Interim Office.
10163
B a s i c Spinning, W e a v i n g , a n d D y e i n g
O f f e r e d by t h e Weavers G u i l d o f M i n n e s o t a .
-
Tuition
$159.
551 06
S k i l n t e r l m (Park C i t y , U t a h )
Comprehensive program w i t h l e s s o n s and seminars f o r a l l f r o m
n o v i c e s t o e x p e r t s . Package f e e o f approximate1 y $844 i n c l u d e s
e v e r y t h i n g e x c e p t meals and t r a n s p o r t a t i o n t o Utah. C o n t a c t
Joyce P f a f f (330-1248) f o r f u r t h e r i n f o r m a t i o n and r e g i s t r a t i o n .
58120
W i l d e r n e s s (A branch o f Plymouth C h r i s t i a n Youth C e n t e r )
Three c o u r s e s a t t h e PCYC base on t h e edge o f t h e Boundary
Waters Canoe Area i n N o r t h e r n Minnesota, n e a r Grand M a r a i s .
85399
Washington Interim
A s t u d y i n t e r n s h i p p r o g r a n i n Washington, D.C. i n c o n n e c t i o n
w i t h t h e Washington Center f o r L e a r n i n g A l t e r n a t i v e s . I n f o r m a t i o n on p r o j e c t s , h o u s i n g and f i n a n c i a l a s s i s t a n c e i s a v a i l a b l e
f r o m Dr. Norma Noonan i n Memorial 113.
95312
T r a l n l n g S c h o o l on A l c o h o l and D r u g A b u s e
-
I n t e n s i v e e x p e r l e n t ? a1 and d i d a c t j c t r a i n i n g a t Johnson I n s t i
t u t e combined w i t h week-1 ong e x p e r i e n c e i n chemical dependency
t r e a t m e n t agency, S t u d e n t s a r e e v a l u a t e d according t o p a r t i c i
p a t i o n i n c l a s s e s , e x p e r i e n t i a l l e a r n i n g and I n t h e chemical
dependency agency. E n r o l l m e n t i s v e r y l i m i t e d .
-
S o c i a l Work 95257, s o c i a l work m a j o r and p e r m i s s i o n o f c o n t a c t
person, E d d i e H e r t z b e r g , a r e p r e r e q u i s i t e s . Cost i s $100.
98251
PeacemakingIPIaymaking:
A n Experience w i t h C o m m u n l t
a maa t i c l i t e r a D r darm
A s t u d y o f f o r m s o f revelation i n B i b l i c a and
t u r e ( E u r i pedes , Shakespeare, Ibsen, inter) , supplemented by
Y
workshops i n o r a l i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , I m p r o v i s a t i o n , and a c t i n g .
Communal l i v i n g p r o v i d e s a n i n f o r m a l s e t t i n g t o e x p l o r e t h e
n a t u r e o f p l a y and i t s f u n c t i o n I n f o r m i n g j u s t and c r e a t i v e
i d e n t i t i e s . The setting i s t h e ARC r e t r e a t cornmuni t y n e a r
Cambridge, Minnesota. Mornings w i l l be s p e n t i n l e c t u r e and
discussion, and a f t e r n o o n s In workshop s e s s i o n s focused on t h e
i n v e n t i o n o f games. E v a l u a t i o n based on i n d i v i d u a l p r e s e n t a t i o n s
and e x t e n s i v e j o u r n a l . I n s t r u c t e d by R i c h a r d H a r r i s o n and memb e r s o f t h e ARC community (Augsburg c o n t a c t p e r s o n
J o e l Mugge).
Course r u n s f r o m January 5-29 a t a c o s t o f $285.
-
AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM135
Lifetime Sports
The f o l l o w i n g a c t i v i t i e s a r e a v a i l a b l e t o students d u r i n g i n t e r i m .
They do n o t c a r r y o f f i c i a l c r e d i t , b u t they do meet t h e l i f e - t i m e
s p o r t s requirement f o r graduation. Students may p a r t i c i p a t e i n any
one o f these w i t h o u t r e g i s t e r i n g f o r t h e course, b u t w i l l be
expected t o pay any fees whether-or n o t c r e d i t i s received.
F o l k Dancing
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Time:
E r n i e Anderson
12:OO-1: 00 Monday through Friday
Running
Room:
Melby
- A Positive Addiction
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Joyce P f a f f
Students w i l l be developing and p a r t i c i p a t i n g i n a running program
designed t o get and keep them i n shape. The c l a s s w i l l be
i n d i v i d u a l i z e d t o t h e a b i l i t y and endurance l e v e l o f each p a r t i c i p a n t .
There w i l l be no w r i t t e n t e s t s o r o u t s i d e assignments. D a i l y
attendance i s required. Students must be w i l l i n g t o r u n outside.
Time:
12:OO-1:00
(meets :an.
12-30)
Room:
Me1by
Beginning K a r a t e and S e l f - D e f e n s e
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 55002
Instructor:
Mike Teitelbaum
An i n t r o d u c t i o n t o "American" Karate. Form, Basic Techniques, and
p r a c t i c a l usage w i l l be t a u g h t by c e r t i f i e d MKA Black B e l t I n s t r u c t o r .
Fees:
$20.00 f o r p a r t i c i p a t i o n
Time:
12:OO-1:00
Monday, Wednesday, F r i d a y
36/AUGSBURG COLLEGE 1981 INTERIM
Room:
Me1by
Show less
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during t... Show more
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly intended
to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since
one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in
class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during Fall and Spring
semesters.
Calendar
November 9-12 ............................................ Interim Registration
December 7 ........................................... Late Interim Registration
January4 . . ................................................. First Day of Interim
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January5 . . ............................................. Last day for cancel/add
January7 . ................. .Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 18.
Beginning of certain half credit courses*
January22. ....................................... Last day for cancelling courses
January29.. ...................................................... Interim ends
..............................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:00 Noon
11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first
day of class.
'Students enrolling in half-credit coursesshould consult the Registrar'sOfficefor datesforcancel/add
and to determine the grading system.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and nostudent is permitted to register
for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0.Students generally have the
option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the P/N
system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student i s required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one interim
for graduation.)
POSTMASTER
Volume 112, Number 3
Fall 1981
612/300-1001
AUCSBURCCOLLECE (USPS#490-310)is published fourtirnesa year in Spring,Summer, Fall,and
Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Second-class
postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with drpartmrnrs l i r t ~ c li n alphabetical order.
Augsburg Interims Abroad are identified by aspecial ~ r . i v e I ~ y m h oAt
l . t h e e n d o f the book are
listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg bt11 recognizerl Ilv the College for interim
credit, and a variety of Lifetime Sports. Further dcscriptlr>ns anrl i ~ ~ f o r m a t i oabout
n
these
courses are available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230.
Options
june lnterim - A t least one interim course will be offered in the June1982session of summer
school (see listing under Education) in lieu of January term with n o additional tuition charge.
Students planning to elect the june interim must register at the time of interim registration in
the fall. Students wishing t o take the June interim i n addition t o the January one will be
required t o pay the regular summer course tuition.
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the five overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1982. These interims are under these
departments:
English - Theatre i n London
Religion - Israel, Ancient and M o d e r n
- The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Social Work - Social Service and Public Policies i n a Developing Country: Egypt, 1982
Health and Physical Education - Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St, Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available i n the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley i n the lnternational Center, Memorial 229.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply i n the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after October.
Internships-Internshipsareopen tostudents whocontinue an internship from the fall term or
who begin an internship which will continue into the spring term. Students electing an
internship interim are to present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship
Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 17.
Independent o r Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper
division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study
per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by
the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can be
obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interimsat Other Schools- Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4institution which
offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in the
lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students i n applying for registration at other
schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affectscourses offered for
the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg Collegewelcomesstudentsfrom other4-1-4schoolsfor theJanuary interim without
tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not t o charge tuition to
Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees,
housing o r board costs. Other students will be,charged $600 for the interim course.
Students interested i n registering for an Augsburg Interim should w r i t e t o the lnterim Director
for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. These
students are welcome to stay o n campus but are not required t o d o so. Requests for interim
housing should be made t o the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits studentsof any race,color, nationalandethnicorigin toall the rights,
privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at the
school. It does not discriminateon the basisof race, color, creed, national and ethnicorigin i n
employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies,
scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The Interim Secretary, Lorraine Stieper at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b).
Courses
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Jewelry
Art 150 - 4003
Instructor: Norman Holen
You are introduced to copper, brass, pewter, and silver and you learn how t o cut, shape,
enamel and cast these metals.
The supplies you need will vary according to the projects we choose. We try to provide the
necessary equipment and re-usable items.
There is n o text and there are no tests. You are graded o n your pieces.
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
OM1
16mm Film-Making I - Film-Making I1
Art 242 - 4001,342 - 4002
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students i n teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students w h o have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within thesameclass-schedule and time-frame
as Film-Making I.
Fee: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: II
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
lnstructor Ralph Sulerud
W r .Ire living I n a prrtod of b i o l o g i r c ~rc~volutron
l
whlch seems l ~ k e l y10 conrlnur, Many of the
r i ~ v ~ ~ t o p will
r n ~ ~ncreasrngly
n~~
rerull In tlramat~c changes In ethiral ~ h t n k i n gand the
liormr~lation of p u b f ~pr o l ~y,
r guestion\sur h h ~ these
c
must be effect~ut+ly
atlrIressetl: w h a t are
l h r ~ g l ~oft r thp unborn7 Should h ~ u l o ~ i she
t s allowed to work o n a n y type nt r r w d r r h n o
nlairrl wlipre ~t le;lrI<?Doer ~ h ~r r l r aof 4 rnaral r e s p o n s ~ b ~ ltoward
~ty
the rrivrronmrnr make
sense? What e t h ~ c a land soc~alproblems would arlse as a result of c l o n ~ n gpeople? Is
recomb~nantDNA research l ~ k e l yto create more problems than ~tsolves? I s euthanas~aever
just~f~ed
It ?I S Intended that th~scourseshould p r o v ~ d eat least a small part of the background
necessary to answer such questions and make respons~bleeth~calcho~ces
Each t o p ~ cw ~ l be
l ~ n t r o d ~ c eby
t l I ~ F ,Instructor or a guest, but much of the class tlme w ~ lbe
l
spent d~scuss~ng
ass~gnrtlr~arl!rrgsnrrrl varlous vlewpolnts Formulat~onof a b r ~ e fposltlon
paper on one o f the i ~ s i 1 c 5w ~ l lhe r e q u ~ r e d Grades w ~ l lbe based o n the paper, class
partlclpatlon and exarnlnatlun rerrtltr.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Wetland Ecology
Bio 311 - 4114
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n wetland ecology w~ will study the complexity, variery and impurtalrce 01 Ird shwater
wetlands (i.e., bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). We will :turfy the physical asperrs of these
wetlandsas well as the interrelationshipsof some of their rn,ijor organisrnslikc~~d~~s,insects,
and sphagnum. Students will be required to pursue intlept.nrlcnr rr.dclirig on wetland
org.fnitms of particular i n t r r ~to
~ l hen^. The raurse w w cons is^ ul re,,ding and discussion as
well as lab ivork identilying nrganismsrollecled In n n r t h ~ r n
M i n n ~ s o t aduring the summer by
a l Minncsota's wetlands as an energy
the instructiw. Wc shall examine cririrally ~ hpro ~ e n ~ iof
source. There will hr local l i ~ l tripsrf~~~enrilnf:un
d
rhewea~
her. Cradingwill be o n the basis of
one test and the presentalion (writren or or;~l)of ~ h indrpendent
r
rcadin~.
Prerequisites: 510 111, 112
Time: I
The Biology of Aging
Bio 385 - 4115
Instructor. Robert Herforth
At snmc lime ax another I r l our lives masr 01 u5 w ~ l rl i t h e r d ~ r c c r l yaxpcrlence aging or be
~ n f l u e n r c d pcople ~ ~ n c l e r g n t nagc-rrlared
g
changrq. Thic roiIrsP WIIIroncenlrfite on t h ~
t)iolog~ralasprcts uT such chang~s.W h a ~ir t h ndtlrrc
~
oI t h c s ~age-related rhangr?~?
What
lartorr tnIl~lr*ncrthe l a t v of aging? Do rellr ~ s a l ~ ~ from
t r c l the body <how aging? 1s aging the
o focne r t a ~ n
c r l l r o r tissuesol the body?What are the current t h ~ o r l e s a st o
rerulr of d c ~ r r ~ o r a t ~
IIIP h i o l ~ g ~ kca~c ~l rol a g ~ n g ?Ir aglng ronrrnllerl by a I ~ r a l o g ~ c clock?
al
Thew and other
qursrions will tw arldressrd In l h h course hy rnpans nf rlassroom ~ P C I U ~ P Fand d~scusslnnsol
ass~gnedread~ngs.Evaluat~onw ~ l be
l based on several qulzzes and exams glven d u r ~ n gthe
course
Prerequ~s~tes:
BIO 111
Time: I
S 212
Introduction to Chemistry
C h m 104 - 4116
Instructor: John Carlson
of chemistry for ~hosr?
who have never studled chemistry hefore.
h course in basic
Inclu(E~d
are conccpls nt measurcrncnt, alorntr anrl ~ n o l e r u l a strucrurr,
r
types of rcactinns,
solurionr, n c ~ r l sr ~ bases,
~ d at111 $n ~ n r m t l u c - t ~ to
p no r ~ a n ichrmistry.
r
Many applications to Iifc
~ T O C C S S ~and
S
cnvironmental concerns are ma&. I.~cturesand demonslratians; rlo lab; no
:
~hrcrlonger examinations
Icrm paperr. Two hnrlrs iprturp ppr (Jay, five days a w ~ e kquizzes,
plus a final. Not oprn lo a n y w i t h priorstudy ofchernisrry. Does notcount roward 3 rriajor o r a
minor i n chemistry. Crctlit for both 104 anrl either 105,109, n r 115 no1 allowrrl.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
Chm 113 - 4117
Instructor: Earl Alton
rindin%whlch chemicals are i n a solution (qualitdtlve analysis) ir a rhallengine, way of learning
rumc principles of chemistry. This course will use I,lkoratory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemisrry involverl to provicjr an introducrion
to chemistry. Thp laboratory work will center on ~ o l v i n grhcrnical urtknowns. There will b e
s~verr71~ ~ d l 1 r ~ - ~ ~ i 5sessions
~ ~ s s each
i o n week and ,~bnut~ h r haurr
c ~ of lal~oratory~ a c day.
h
Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I (Lectures 11:OO-12:OO N) Time: II (Lab 1:OO-4:00 p.m.)
Introduction to Clinical Chemistry
Chm 205 - 4118
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
A few years ago rllagnnctlc rnedicln~
was ptinc~pdllya rnaltpr of r t > l l r c l i n information
~
about
Fymptnmc to d ~ a ~ n o san
e ~ l l n r w .O c c a ~ ~ o n a l lat>r)ralc)ry
ly
IPS15 w t r e mad^ lo support 1 1 1 ~
d~agnnsrs.A l t h o ~ i g hr o l l r c l l i ~ n
~lormat~u
n
ahrlu~
synip1nrns ~ s s t ~anl l inl~agralpar[,~ i l ~ g n o < t r (
medicine l i d s progrr~seOto rhe pant whcrc laburatory teslr are r c j u ~ l n ~l ~
l yc r f o r m c dalrd may
result In d t i l d g n ~ ~ ~ ~ d ~[porn
f f e rt ~hnone
~l inclicntrtl l?y Ihe symptomr.Thlscourre intrrrtl~lcpr
sornc o l the lypes ol c l i r ~ n i c a problems
l
s r g n ~ l ~ r aInn ~m e d ~ c r n eand mrlhods nl chtarnic.~!
analysrs urrtl i n the tlcnical r h ~ m i ~ t rlat>oralory.
y
Lecturer, lilme, orcasitmal laboratory
l
wlIl he u~crrlIrl t h c , ctrursp,
exprrlrnul-, anrl at ledst one f i ~ l dr i rp tn a r l ~ n i r a lal~r>r.-~~ork
evaluation will be by frequent quizzes and a f ~ n aexam.
l
Prerequisites: C H M 106,116, or 223
T ~ m eI
S 315
Economics of Urban Issues
Eco 120 - 4119
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of problems facing a metro-urban environment. Basic microeconomic tools employed.
Distribution: Urban Studies
Time: II
O M 13
Learning Styles, Teaching Styles
Ede 227 - 4125
Eds 227 - 4126
Instructor: M a r ~ eMcNeff
differences among students, varlatlons In learnlng styles are numerous Some
L ~ k e~ndlvldual
students learn better by dlscuss~on,others by l~sten~ng
and others by work~ngo n thelr own
Students d ~ f f e rIn learnlng style w h ~ c hmeans that certaln educational approaches are more
effect~vethan others for part~cularstudents
H a v ~yo11 had profe5sr~r~
that held you spellbot~nrlin thrlr r.lassrsl Have you had their
counterpart whcrr y ~ ~ u s ~ r u ~tg
o Irt,ry
e d awdke? T ~ ~lrnlrnrsor
P
mdy have L I ~ Pa ~t r . ~ r h t nstyle
~
ihai was or wa5 nnt c<hmpa~ihlt.w i ~ hyour learn~ngsrvlc.
Thrs course will explorr r e ~ e a r r hhe~n'gcJon~rn t h r area.; of teaching and learning styles,
51utlpnrsw ~ lpartlcrpa~e
l
In a I~arninarty!r\ rnvrnrory lo help Identify how they barn h ~ r t .
f hiscoi~rsersoflcrrtl
through theIrft~ratlonDcpar~mrnl.hutir t l r f i n l t ~ l y{)pentoallstudentr.
tl
Time: ll
Discovery in the Wsrld of Kindergarten
Ede 375 - 4124
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course is a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and materials
and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is to be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior to the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
L4
Time: Summer Interim
Student Teaching
Eds 481 - 4120
Eds 482 - 4121
Eds 483 - 4122
Eds 484 - 4123
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Time: I
L6
People Under Pressure
Eng 211 - 4130
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social.
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course i n depression,for pressure and stress often
I i a v ~p c l s i t i v ~r e ~ t ~ And
t t ~ .m a t i v ~ j e o j ~r l~r* s p n ~toi dprr:ssl.lrv w i ~ h
c o \ r r a g ~ , ~ r . l c.inrl
~ ( ~evt3nwit.
Wr. will r r,icl r c v r r a l grhrirtls. IIIOFTI~ (11 ( 1 1 201
~ h rerllury, 1717~1work^ 1 1 7 ~ .irtv
1
r l ~ l tjl \ ~ i i l l I yI O ~ U P V P ( !
irr liroraturrl c.ourrPr. Among ~ h wnrkr,
r
being rrln5irl~retl,]rt, Wafvrs, T l l v L l a n \4'ht1 K i l l r ~ r i~ h r - 4
LJypr; I'rl~ok,A ~ l yNan~rbi, /\r/~rlr[rlu: I3r,ir1li~arl.Trr)r/l I , f s / ~ ~>!I
r rAtrt~r,ic,~:
~
Wright. Narivr Srjn:
I4v1n. f x ~ ~ ~ l\4tori1c>t1;
/ ~ n l I l C ~ \ \ l r ~ 5irilort
r
'+ ~ N i ~ h t,t i:t l t l h ~j;h,
t
(;;{I lror11 ~ I I P <(,,I: I ilrgpnkb\4.
~ t ~ t / ~ t v 501><:
~ , i r dA l h c ~ 1-/1o
. A , n t ~ t i ~ - ,lJrvt~,n
?/~
,~r1,1 Thv Zntl S r r ~ v :, h r l ~ j e t m nI,~Vra\,f>r5.111,qI t ~ f
M y Father: Gordon, Final Paylncnt,. Students will have some choice of works to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Co~nmunication& Theater Arts
Time: I
O M 10
.
The Brontes
Eng 248 - 4128
Eng 348 - 4129
Instructor: Catherine Nicholl
I n a parsonage on the edge of the Yorkshire moors, four gifted children mused themselves hy
redding Shakespeare and Byron and writing miniature books i n which they developed two
elaborate and romantic kingdoms. Literally surrounded by death-the churchyard in which
their mother and two sisters were buried-they consoled themselves with the lile of the
imagination. All of them, too, were to die young. But the th~,eesisters. Charlotte, Emily, and
Anne, gave to the world several groundbreaking novels dnd some memorable poetry.
The course will focus primarily o n the writings of Charlotte ()a~leEyrc. Villerte) and Emily
(Wurhering Heighfs, poems). All students will read these works and will sample some of the
critical approaches t o Wufherir~gHeight\, one of the most original novels of the nineteenth
century. In addition, we will read the biography of Charlotte by her friend and fellow writer.
Elizabeth Gaskell. We will consider the influence on the sisters of the family situation and of
attitudes toward women writers in the 1840's.
Each student will read one additional novel or biography. Class activities will include lectures,
discussions, and films In addition to short quizzes and an exam, each student will either write a
short paper or d o a class presentation. Upper division students will d o both.
Prerequisites: One literature course or consent of the instructor.
Distribution: Urban Studies, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies
Time: l l
O M 16
Europe January 3-28
I nteri m/9
Theatre in London
Eng 269 - 4131
Eng 369 - 4132
Instructor: Richard Sargent
Cost: $1795
London is one of the leading centers of theatre in the world. We will attend plays at theatres
such as the National Theatre and the Royal Shakespeare Company theatres where internationally renowned directors like Peter Hall present revivals of classics and the premieres of the
work of playwrights like Tom Stoppard and Peter Shaffer. We will be reading some plays in
order to be aware of the historical context in which contemporary dramatists are writing. In
addition to going to plays and touring theatres, we will take advantage of the cultural richness
London has to offer, visiting art galleries such as theTate, attending concerts, and touring spots
in London that have been significant in literary history. We will also make trips to visit other
theatres, notably to Stratford.
Students will keep a journal: those taking the course for upper division will write a paper in
addition.
Counts toward English major
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication &Theater Arts
Grading: P/N
Five-College Poetry Writing Workshop
Eng 362 - 4127
Instructor: Roger Blakeley, Macalester College
M~mbcrs
of the workshop will experiment with poetry techniques, aiming at the completion
rrl .I pns~lolirkof new work and the revising of existing manuscripts. The workshop will meet
threp mornings a week at Macalester for lectures, discussions, and critiques. In addition,
iridividual conlerences will be scheduled, and an optional public reading is planned for late in
the month. Attendance at all class sessions is mandatory
The course is open to students from the five Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities who have
had experience in writing poetry. Normally only three students from a college will be
accepted. Preferably students should have taken at least one college-level creative writing
course.
Students considering this course should contact Richard Sargent (English Department) and
submit samples of their work no later than one'week before the first day of Fall Registration for
Interim.
Class meets 9:30 to 11:45 MWF, H 203 (Macalester), plus conferences TBA.
French Literature in Translation
Fre 243 - 4134
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representativeshorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a
common core of varied works we will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop
cultural sensitivity, and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and
study guides will help focus attention on the works themselves. M u c h class time daily will be
devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work,
progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: Jr. & Sr. only (old requirements).
Time: I
-
Beginning Norwegian
~ d 111
r - 4133
Instructor: Liv Dahl
Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Stress
o n spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4137
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice i n spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given t o regional variations i n spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the t w o official languages of Norway. There will be laboratory work and
field experience.
If arrangements can be made, part of the course will be conducted at a location in Northern
Minnesota.
Fees: $100 if the off-campus part of the course can be arranged.
Prerequisites: 75211 or equivalent
Time: II
O M 29
lntensive Beginning Spanish
Spa 112 - 4135
Instructor: To b e named
The goal of thiscourse isto complete thesequence of Beginning Spanish with greater emphasis
o n spoken Spanish than is usually the case. Students will be expected to complete and correct
written assignments outside of class so that time in class can b e used for small group
conversations, impromptu skits and discussions in Spanish. Evaluation will be based on
daily work, quizzes, four tests and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111
Distribution: Foreign Language
O M 23
Time: I
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
Spa 215 ;4136
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients in various fields.
Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in
health care, education, welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of
Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: Spanish 212
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Planning for Tomorrow:
Personal & Social Transformation in the 1980's
Gst 240 - 4177
Robert Clyde, Augsburg College
Berenice Bleedorn, Director of Creative Studies, The Coll6ge of St. Thomas
Course will define personal and social transformation, show how this transformation takes
place, and introduce students to such concepts as general systems theory, paradigm shifts,
entropy and syntropy, holism, and the uncertainty principle. Using this knowledge, students
will develop a model for a futuristic democracy, i n which the citizens "think globally and act
locally."
Students will read Marilyn Ferguson's The Aquarian Conspiracy plus one or more additional
books from the bibliography, keep a journal on the readings, class discussions and additional
resources (meetings, lectures, interviews, films, etc.), and prepare a plan for personal,
continuing involvement in the model for the futuristic democracy developed by the class.
Evaluation will be based on assessment of "open journal" through oral examination, and
assessment of quality of personal growth plan.
S 108
Time: II
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
Hpe 232 - 4143
Instructor: Pam Paulson
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade i s
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 18-29
Melby
Modern Dance
Hpe 373 - 4141
Instructor: Pam Paulson
An introductory course in modern dance technique, composition, improvisation, and
problem solving. The majority of the course grade i s based upon daily performance in class,
performance of a group composition, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby
Time: I - Jan. 4 - 15
12/l nteri m
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
Hpe 410 - 4142
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Prerequisites: Health 320 (School Health Curriculum)
Time: I
Melby 13
Virgin Islands January 4-28
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
**
Hpe 455 - 4139
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Cost: $1995
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat
cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat
handling (anchoring, docking, helming, and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39'fixed
keel sailboat with 6 other people and will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will besupplemented
by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning,
piloting,and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islandsand cays in the British
and American Virgin Islands. Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on competencies demonstrated by each individual in crewing and
leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ship's log will be kept by all participants.
Counts toward lifetime sport distribution requirement
Grading: P/N only
Coaching of Football
Hpe 476 - 4140
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 4 - 15
Melby 12
Coaching of Basketball
Hpe 477 - 4138
Instructor: Rees Johnson
Theory, techniquesand administration of coaching basketball. Course will includeoff-season,
pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based on preparation of a
coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Instructor's approval.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Melby 13
Time: I l -Jan. 18 - 29
20th Century South Asia
His 162 - 4147
His 462 - 4148
Instructor: Don Gustafson
Thts geographtc area has pratlilrrd the l a r g r ~workrng
~
rlernocr~ryin thc world today; from
this people havr come on(' a( our cenlury's greaimt "saints" and a l s o one or the most
r ~ n o w n e tstalesmen;
l
11 isa forernoqt cxample of 20th-Ccntnryr olonralismarid natlonallrm: ir
Iiarexpr.r~~ntetl
oneaf thisrentury'sgreatr~rupheavalfof people: i t rsa ~tdndnrdexarnplcfor
populat~ontrtsrs and world h u n ~ e rillt~stratlons.5oi11hAsia is all thrs-ant1 much more.
Thts course I$ d~slgnerlfor the ctndent *ha has Inrercs! but lirtls or no background In
nnn-western ~ubj~=ct5-1hough
nth~rsare a l ~ owelcorn~.The h ~ a rot l the coursr will he in a
w ~ t l ~ a ~ s o r t m e nreadings
r
(somt oI them really cxcellcnt) t r u ~~IIF-IP
will a l ~ o h e
lertures, trrne
for drscussron and frequent breaks for slrde presentations.
Grades w ~ lbe
l based on general level of partlclpatlon, on some wrltten work and probably a
test Students reglster~ngfor upper dlvls~oncred~tw ~ l have
l
addlt~onalassignments and be
graded by upper dlvrslon standards.
Prerequisites: Students registering for upper division credit must have had at least one college
history class.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I
S112
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
His 220 - 4145
His 320 - 4146
Instructor: Khrn Khrn Jensen
An invesriaatlon c l r tlw rationale fcr I ~ immigration
P
pattern, economir opporlunities, and
social. politlcnl and economic- problems encour~rer~rl
tjy thp folIowing Irnrn1grant5:Chlnew,
l
Forus on these thrre rrhnic groups will involve
jap~ncseanrl Korean5 tn the W n i l ~ rStares.
tjrlth t h "nld"
~
rmmigrants nntl ~tir"ncw" immigrants. Coursc will u 1 1 l i r~~~l ~ nspeak~r5
ic
(Chinesr. Japancse and Koreilns) in a home rnvirnnment-dt~cus5Ion format. There will l~
etltnir meals, ~ t h n i craaking dcrnonsrra~ians,films, slides ~ n df i r * l t l rrips-,111 f h c ~arp
important rornponent5 of thv rorlrsp as IS rlie academic component ol readings. erc.
Focus Ir on ~ h cxperienrrs
r
or tlicsc ethnic aroups in Hawaii. Calllorr~i;~
ant1 M t n n ~ f o t a .
and a Iourn,jI, loww rlivirron will cloa jnirrn;tl. Thrrr will
1 1 1 ~ ~ ~ r d i v i s i o n ~ t u dwill
e n dnapaprr
t5
t)r an exam un the t ~ x and
t
readlng~.
Fees: $15 for meals and films etc.
Prerequ~sites:Lower Divis~on,None
Upper Divis~on,sophomore standing and consent of instructor
D~stribution:Ii~storyand Philosophy
Time: I
Studies in Ancient and Medieval History
Through the Reformation
His 366 - 4190
Instructor: Richard Nelson
This course is intended for those students who, having completed a course i n either ancient,
medieval, renaissance, or reformation history, have a desire t o extend their work in one of
those areas. Students will meet with me on a regular arranged basis for consultation and
identification of the topic they intend to study. These topics can be of varied nature: e.g.,
biographical, social, military,art, literature, etc. The final result of thestudy will becompletion
of a paper or project.
Prerequisite: One history course and consent of instructor
Time: II
Brush Up
Mat 103 - 4150
Instructor: Bev Durkee
Thiscourse is designed asa brush u p in arithmetic and elementary algebraskills.Thecourse will
be particularly helpful for students in elementary education or w h o will b e taking statistics as
part of a major. Part of the work will be done on the computer.
There will be diagnostic tests t o determine study needs, homework assignments t o gain skills,
and written problem solving tests to determine achievement. Grades will be determined by
test scores. Course of study i s completely individualized.
Time: I
S 108
Mathematical Aspects of Music
Mat 130 - 4149
Instructor: Ben Cooper
This course has t w o purposes. The first is to convey some mathematics that musicians should
know (or know about), mostly concerning such pre-musical topics as acoustics, scales, tuning,
and the premises of twelve-tone composition, but also concerning the question of the
meaning of compositional style and quality.Thesecond purpose is t o try tocounterthecultural
invrntine or discovering
isolation of motlcrn malhematics by mcans o l parallel e r t p ~ r i c n c r %
math~maticr;
and writing music,anrl thro~ghc-antactwith one or two rna~hr*rnaticalto~ics
not
t
a tangential bearing o n music,
usually found in the curriculum t h a t a r c r i a n i l i ~ a n t ~ t r a v e aleas1
and con bc enjoycd with minimdl prereq~lisites.When pos~ihle,we will Iry trl hear those things
we discuss mathematically through recordings or performant:e. Grades will be based o n
homework exercises, mostly mathematical, but including the composition of at least one
canon. Therefore some experience i n part writing is essential. The necessary mathematics will
be developed i n class.
Prerequisites: Music 101 o r equivalent and some high school algebra.
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: I
Mathematical Themes in History and Philosophy
M a t 134 - 4188
M a t 334 - 4189
Instructor: Larry Copes
This course is designed for students who enjoy challenging reading and writing, but may be
uncomfortable with mathematics. Objectivesare to examine waysin which mathematical ideas
have affected and have been affected by philosophical ideas and historical movements. We
shall examine h o w number systems, algebra, cardinality, and axiom systems have related to
various epistemologies. There will be t w o exams and two short papers.
Students must be qualified for College Algebra, as demonstrated (for example) by being i n
Croup A on the Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam.
Upper division: Students should have taken at least one mathematics course beyond Calculus II. Grading will be based o n three papers.
Prerequisites: Yes
Distribution: Mathematics - Physics
Time: II
O M 25
Introduction to Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
Mus 110 - 4151
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical f a c i l i ~ i ~i rsl t l ~ cMetropolitan area to observe music therapy in practice.
Objectives of the coursr will Ile lo llccorn~familiar with a variety of clientele (Including
mentally retarded, emotionally tlis~url)ed,nntl p11ysic.illy hilndicapped), and t u observ~how
music therapy function< wilt1 diricrcnt populations. I n addition to the field trips, c-lasircmm
discussions will include an o v e r v i ~ wol nlusir fherapy prac-tires and theory in thir country and
abroad. Evaluation will be based o n tests,field trip reports, and class participation. A special fee
of $15.00 will be required, t o cover the cost of transportation. A special class project will be
required for upper division credit. Student times must beflexible, toallow for field tripsduring
either the morning or afternoon.
Fees: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
M24
Time: II
Sign and Song
Mus 161 - 4152
Mus 361 - 4153
Instructor: Larry Fleming
This course of study will investigate the relationship between visual symbols utilized in
"signing" for the hearing impaired, and the basicelementsof music: melodiccontour, rhythm,
and text topics.
The process will include:
I. Theory-Readings and discussion i n the areas of symbol, image, ritual, and gesture by
authors S. Langer, B. Shahn, C. lung, T. Stafford, and others.
II. ~ a r t i c i ~ a t i o n - ~ a s i"signing"
c
will b e taught by an area expert, so that fundamental
concepts, vocabulary, and gestures are experienced and understood.
Ill. Observation-Visits at local congregations and schools where signing is used with song.
Although of special benefit for Music, Drama, and Education students, this study might prove
useful for any interested student. N o previousexperienceor music training is necessary. Upper
division credit requires the writing of a position paper.
Distribution: Art - Music
M 22
Time: II
Trends and Issues in Nursing
Nur 330 - 4154
Instructors: Susan Knust - Nancy Malcolm
Nursing is viewed from an historical, current and futurist perspective to develop theories and
concepts of leadership, change, and role development. The nurse as leader is discussed i n
terms of ethics and accountability to the profession and t o society. The changing health care
needs and demands of society are examined i n light of theability of the health caresystemand
health care providers to meet those needs. The role of the nurse in meeting current and
projected societal health care needs is discussed with emphasis on changing and emerging
roles in nursing.
The student increases his/her awareness of the complexities of societal and health issues by
examining the political and legislative processes related to such issues. Emphasis is placed o n
the impact of these processeson the nursing profession and health care delivery. The role of
the nurse as an active participant i n these processes i s examined as well. Teaching methods
include lecture, discussion and a variety of expert guest speakers. Evaluation methods include
annotated bibliography, student debates and paper and pencil test.
O M 11
Time: II
The Nature of Contemplation
Phi 210 - 4157
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
Thiscourse will examine the nature of contemplation by meansof philosophicalanalysis of the
works of several contemplative writers. The following concepts will be analyzed and
discussed: the object of contemplation, the effects of contemplation on the human subject,
the modes of contemplation, and the language of contemplation.
The course will consist of introductory lectures o n topics t o be discussed followed by selected
readings and discussions i n class. Each student will prepare one paper of moderate length on a
topic of his/her choosing with respect t o the course. Students will be given a grade based on
the term paper and the individual discussions.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: II
O M 23
Age of Aquarius? A Philosophical Look
at Some Contemporary lssues
Phi 250 -4158
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
A popular song says: "This is the dawning of the Age of Aquarius." Is it? Aquarius, the
Waterbearer, the eleventh sign of the zodiac, symbolizes simplicity, peace, and brotherhood.
Whether such an age has begun is a question. Some astrologers say it began as early as 1930;
others that it is just dawning. However that may be, i n this course we will discusssome of the
concerns (e.g., freedom, morality, hunger) that face whatever age we may be in, from a
philosophical standpoint.
Basically a discussion course. Grades will be based o n written tests and class participation.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
OM 10
Time: II
Islamic Philosophy: Past and Present
Phi 410 - 4156
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
A study of the preservers of the Classic Greek tradition, analyzing h o w they reshaped the
materials they inherited and i n what way they helped influencc the rise of Medieval Christian
thought. To what extent current Islamic thought preserves their heritage or is conditioned by
Christian western culture will be explored.
Seminar format, with presentation and discussion of research papers.
Prerequisites: No, though some previous philosophy recommended.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
M 23
Time: I
1982 Oak Ridge ~ssociatedUniversities
Science Minimester
Phy 322 - 4159
Inctructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1982 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects i n nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics,and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the
program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Tra~ningprogram. Two weeks of the coursewill bespent i n Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the
instructional staff and laboratory facilitiesof ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for
laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fecs: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $250.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I
S 24
Democratic Theory and Practice
Pol 381 - 4160
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
A study of democraric theory and public policy practice with focu, on the emergence of
political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. An extensive
research project will b e required in one of the major themes of the course involving
considerable independent work.
Prerequisites: Two courses political science,economics, philosophy or instructor's permission.
M 25
Time: II
The Politics of American Defense
POI 461 - 4161
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
Contending explanations of American foreign policy-making will be examined with special
concern for nuclear strategy and military intervention. Issues arising out of the Carter and
Reagan defense policies will be discussed i n the light of previous American foreign policy
behavior since World War II. .
Grades will be based on t w o 5-page essays i n which students will reflect and comment on
course readings, class discussions, and their experiences i n a policy-making simulation to be
held during one all-day class in mid-January.
Prerequisites: One introductory course in political science or permission of the instructor.
M 25
Time: I
Use of the Personal Computer in Psychology
Psy 241 - 4163
lnitructor: Richard Marken
See how a personal computer (the Psychology Department's Apple Il)can be used as a tool t o
explore the mind. Learn t o write simple programs i n BASIC which will produce graphic
displays, measure response time, d o statistical analyses and mndel thought processes. See the
fruits of your efforts i n glorious color on the Apple II TV scleen. Evaluation based o n
programming projects and two tests.
P3
Time: II
Designing an Introductory Psychology Course
Psy 305 - 4164
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
The course will involve students i n all phases of developing an introductory psychology course.
This will include assessing the background and interests of the potential students, developing a
course outline, choosing the classroom teaching methods, selecting the textbooks, preparing
the exams and other forms of evaluation, and determining the grading procedures.
There are two main objectives: (1) t o give students exposure to principles of curriculum
development and theories of intellectual growth and development and (2) t o give students an
opportunity to experience thesubject matter of introductory psychology from the perspective
of an instructor.
Evaluation will be based o n daily class participation and written assignments.
Prerequisites: Two courses in psychology.
Time: II
P1
Reading in the Works of Robert Coles
Psy 372 - 4162
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Thiscourse will providean opportunity to read i n the works of Robert Coles with major focus
o n conditions under which children develop. Reading will also include some attention t o
authors closely related to Coles' perspective.
Robert Coles isone of America's most widely published writers; much of his writing is based on
a participant-observer style ol rrsaarrh. I-lp<prnclsfuhstantial time with particular persons i n
various settings (southrrnri-5, rrligrants, sliarc~cropllers, Eskimos, Chicanos, Indians, the
affluent and privileged, pcoplc of Iflsler 2nd South Africa) and reports their lives with
sensitivity and with particirlar ~ l r p n l i o1 ~
0 ltheir ~ r r c * ~ ~ k
He
ll~
i s ra.perceptive criticof our society
and a spokesperson for the "less advantaged" and minority persons.
Some initial study and planning will be required prior t o the beginning of the interim; each
student must contact Dr. Johnson n o later than December 1 for further details regarding these
assignments and t o confirm her/his registration i n the course. Course expectations will include
extensive reading, regular class attendance and contribution, an annotated journal, and ashort
summary paper. Course will be offered only on a P-N grading basis.
Prerequisites: 86105 - General Psychology
P5
Time: I
Hawa~iJanuary 4-30
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
rC
Rel 321 - 4166
Instructor: P h ~ l ~
Quanbeck
p
Cost: $1795
It
A study of Buddhism, Protestant Christianity, Mormonism,and Polynesian religion with special
attention t o their interrelation i n Hawaii. Special attention given t o t h e following: the meeting
of New England Calvinism and Hawaiian traditional culture and religion and its results today;
the meeting of Christianity and both Chinese and Japanese Buddhism i n Hawaii today; and the
approach of the Church of Jesus Christ of Latter Day Saints (Mormons) to the Polynesians.
Efforts will also be made to study aspects of Chinese and Japanese cultures and religions i n
their own right.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: one religion course
Grading: P/N only
Christianity in Modern Africa
Re1 366 - 4165
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This cour.;c. is i n t ~ n c l r t10
l inform l~artiriparitsabout thr. c'ontrmporary r r l i g i c > ~situatir~n
~s
In
s r l e c ~ r trrgions
l
~f Africa and ~ o s t i r n u l a ~rcllccrion.on
c
llrc univrrsat r taimsol Christianiry anrl
form< il takrbs. A l f r n l i o r i will h r #ivcn lo Iht? lllarrting of Ctiristii~nityit1
the v d l i ~ Ot (~CUIIU~JI
klric-a,to I t s d ~ v e l o ~ ~rlntler
t n ~ nr ~n l n n ~ arrgimt:s,arlrl
l
irs rrr.rnt growth in ~nrlcpendentstates.
T l i r " l r ~ r l o p m d r n r " African churches will bc stuclirvl. as well as aliprnpt5 lu l u r n ~ l ~ l .an
rt~
"Africa11 Christian Tlienlngy." Tlrrb c o u r w wlIT ~ n i l ~ l uler.lur~s.
y
v t s i ~ i nresourrv
~
I)ersr)n,
a i~rllo-visual~ i r l s. i,~ i r frlisr-i15sionnfr ~ a r l i n gmaterials. Stirrlrnts will beevaluated ona research
j,lppr and an examination.
P! "equisites: One cohrse i n religion.
Uis~r1,-ution: Religion
Time: II
O M 18
-
Christianity in Crisis: The New Evangelicals
Confront the Twentieth Century
Re1 368 - 4187
Instructor: Bruce Stuart
Protestant Christians respond to science, social change, and critical views of their faith.
"Bible-believing" and "evangelical" Americans attempt to shape their culture and call
America t o a "Christian" and a "moral" pattern. Emphasis will be placed on the history and
thought of "Born-Again" Christians since the 1920's.
Key issues: Fundamentalism vs. Modernism, The Scopes Trial, Revivalism, Faith-healing,
inerrancy of scripture, the Christian i n politics, the "electronic church" and prayer in the
public school
Key figures: W.B. Riley, Carl Mclntire, Billy Graham, Oral Roberts, Jerry Falwell, several
American Presidents, Mark Hatfield
Classroom lectures and discussion, one Sunday morning of television, texts and reserved
reading. There will be two tests and a short paper.
Prerequisites: One course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: I
*+*
Israel January 3-28
Israel, Ancient and Modern
Re1 375 - 4167
Instructor: John Benson
Cost: $2195
This course encounter will focus o n archaeology and geography with special attention t o
methods and results of archaeology as they relate to biblical sites in Israel. The group will live
primarily in Jerusalem where there will be lectures, walking tours in the O l d City, and visits to
museums and places of religious and historical interest. Twoside trips are planned: one to the
north, including places such as the Sea of Galilee, Tiberias, Capernaum, Hazor Megiddo and
Nazareth; and another t o the south, which will include such places as Ashdod, Beer-sheba,
Masada and Qumran. Some time will be spent in London at the beginning of the interim.
There will be required reading, and students will keep a journal.
Prerequisites: one course i n religion
Distribution: Religion
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
Swk 257 - 4169
Instructor: Doug Perry
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency i s combined with readings
and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career i n human services is for you.
Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will b e asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester i n order to
discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1) To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2) To increase knowledge of the service given by the agency i n which student is serving.
3) To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4) To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human service agencies.
5) To increase understanding of self i n relation t o the human service field.
Time: I
Field Work Ill
Swk 466 - 4170
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
Continuation o f educationally focused field placement in a social service agency (Field Work
11).
Student will spend 15 hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty
facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Student will b e evaluated in writing by Field Work Instructor using previously developed field
learning agenda and social work evaluation form.
Objectives:
1) To use supervisory relationship t o increase interpretive as well as performance competence.
2 ) To promote gradual entry into direct practice.
3) To increase competence i n client contact phase of the problem solving process.
4) To increase student self awareness in regard to professional practice interest, areas of
strength and areas for personal/professionaI development.
5) To promote competence i n the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis o n
analysis and resolution stages.
6) To apply human behavior and social environment theories content to analytic processes
and t o develop interpretive ability.
7) To continue to promote gradual entry into action-intervention phase of the problemsolving process.
8 ) To further examine minority issues in relation t o practice.
(Note: this will be offered for 1/2or full credit. For full credit, student will spend 30 hours per
week i n placement, the additional 15 hours to be i n non-client contactactivities whichaddress
specific projects i n the agency, as written into the field learning agenda and agreed upon
among student, field instructor, and faculty supervisor)
Prerequisites: Field Work II
O M 11
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th
Pol 399 - 4184 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D. C. i n connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives, Information o n projects, housing
and financial assistance i s available from Dr. Barbara Richards-Haugen i n
Memorial 113.
Swk 312 - 4185 Training School o n Alcohol and Drug Abuse
Intensiveexperiential and didactictraining at Johnson Institute combined with
week-long experience i n chemical dependency treatment agency. Students
are evaluated according to participation i n classes, experiential learning and i n
the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited. Social Work
95257, social work major and permission of contact person, Eddie Hertzberg,
are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are a v a l l a l ~~nrrudents
l~
during interim and may be taken in addition t o
a regular course. They d o riot carry nlfir,inl credit, but they d o meet the life-time sports
requirement for graduation. S~uderrksmay parlicipate in any one of these without registering
for the course, but will be e x p ~ r ~ rtor lpay any fees whether or not credit i s received.
Badminton
Hpe 002 - 4178
Instructor: Marilyn Pearson
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent i n
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will b e n o written tests or outside
assignments.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport
Time:'12:00 Noon
Melby
Volleyball
Hpe 002 - 4179
Instructor: E. W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon - 1:00 p.m. daily
Melby
Racquetball
Hpe 002 - 4180
Instructor: E.W. Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one life-time sport.
Time: 8:00 a.m. - 9:00 a.m. daily
Melby
American Karate: Fun, Fitness, Sport, Self Defense
Hpe 002 - 4191
Instructor: M i k e Teitelbaum
An introduction t o "American" Karate. Form, basic techniques and practical usage will b e
taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt Instructor.
Fees: approximately $20.
Time: 12:OO Noon Monday, Wednesday, Friday
Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M ... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1983 Interim Catalog
2/1 nterim
POSTMASTER
Volume 113, Number 4
Winter I982
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim i s an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan t o spend the same
amount of time i n class and preparing for class as they w o u l d for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
.............................................
..................................................
November 8-11
Interim Registration
December 6 ............................................Late Interim Registration
January 3..
First Day of Interim
Class 19:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
January 4 . .
January 17..
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 21.. ............................ Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 28.. ....................................................... Interim ends
..............................................
.................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
January 3.. ............................... First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . ............................. .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 10..
Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 12..
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
First group of half credit courses ends
January 14..
January 17..
Second group of half credit courses begins
January 18.. ............................ .Last day t o cancel/add half credit courses
January 24. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 26..
January 28..
Interim ends
.........
......................
................................
...........................
......................
.......................................................
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course i s considered a full time load during interim and no student i s permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
June Interim - At least two interim courses will be offered in the June 1983 session of
summer school (see listings under Biology and Education) in lieu of January term, with no
additional tuition charge. Students planning to elect a June interim must register at the time
of interim registration in the fall. Students wishing to take the June interim in addition to the
January one will be required to pay the regular summer course tuition.
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the six overseas
interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1983. These interims are under the
following departments:
Art - Europe: Art in London and Paris
Foreign Language - Mexico: Basic Conversational Spanish
- Europe: The Rhine Frontier
History - Hawaii: Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
Music - Europe: Music in London and Paris
Political Science - Mexico: Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Other international interims are available through Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE) and St. Olaf College.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the Interim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in the
International Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
Internships - Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
16. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
before registration and not later than November 2. Appropriate study proposal forms can
be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution
which offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can be consulted in
the lnterim Office. The lnterim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at
other schools. Registration for interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at
Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the interim at
other 4-1-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted
as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January interim
without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition
to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $670 for the interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school. These students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Augsburg Policy
Augsburg College admits students of any race, color, national and ethnic origin to all the
rights, privileges, programs, and activities generally accorded or made available to students at
the school. It does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national and ethnic
origin in employment practices or administration of its educational policies, admissions policies, scholarship and loan programs, and athletic and other school-administered programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
6/l nterim
Courses
-
16mm Film-Making I Film-Making I1
ART 242 - 4002,342 - 4005
Instructor: Paul Rusten
The procedure, techniques and philosophy of 16mm film-making for expression/communication.
Using professional 16mm equipment, students in teams will produce short black and white
synchronized sound motion pictures.
Students who have successfully completed Film-Making I (or equivalent) may take FilmMaking II, producing an advanced film project within the same class schedule and timeframe as Film-Making I.
Fees: $75.00 for filmstock and equipment rental
Prerequisites for 342: Film-Making I or equivalent
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 17
Life Drawing
ART 247 - 4001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted i n various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of
time. The poses will extend from one minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 48 pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fees: $20.00 to be paid on the first day of class.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I........ Room: O M 17
Europe January 3 - 28
Art in London and Paris
ART 378 - 4006
Instructor: Mary Swanson
This course will study art in the collections of museums in London and Paris. Stylistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be emphasized in viewing artwork in museums,
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lectures will be given before visiting each museum so
that students will become acquainted with major works i n each collection. Students will keep
a journal on designated major works in each museum or gallery collection noting style,
function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be provided for students who wish to emphasize a certain period in the history of art.
Fees: $1995
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Human Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 103 - 4009
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
This is a one-term course used by nursing students, physical education students and others
who would like to be more knowledgeable about the human body and how it works.
Although the course is as thorough as is possible in one term, there are no science
prerequisites.
I n addition to a systematic study, various questions stimulate discussion and individual study.
Questions relating to product advertising and good nutritional principles, "fad diets," muscle
development and exercise, and many others will arise throughout the course.
The area of Anatomy is dealt with primarily i n the laboratory portion and Physiology in the
lecture portion. About 40 hours are used in each, the laboratory and the lecture room.
Time: Summer Interim.. . . . . . . Room: 5213 lecture, S214 lab
Ethical Issues in the Life Sciences
BIO 106 - 4113
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
W e are Iivlng in a period of biological revolurlon whfrh scemr llkely to contlnuc. Many of the
d ~ v ~ l a p m e n twill
r , increasingly result in drarnaric changes in cthiral thinking and the
forrnularion of puhtic policy. Questions such as these musr be eflectivefy addre~ced:What
are the rights o( r h unhorn?
~
Shfiulrl hiwlogists he allowed to work on any typc of research no
matter where i t leads? Does the irlea of a moral responslhility toward the environment make
sense? What ethical and social problems would arise as a resull of cloning people? IS
recombinant DNA research likely to rrcate more p r o h l ~ m than
s
II soTves?Is euthanasia ever
justllledl Ir Is intended rhat ihrs courseshould provide a! leas! a small part of the hackground
necessary to answer such questions and make responciblr: ethical choices.
Each topic will he introduced by the instrucrar or a guest, but much of the class time will be
spent discussing assigned readings and various viewpoints. Formulation of a brief position
paper on one of thr! issues will be required. Grades will be based on the paper, class
participation and examination results.
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: I... . . . Room: 5 205
..
8/l nterim
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4010
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I ?Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental questions which intrigue and torment members of our species. While at one
level we seek philosophical and religious answers, biology is invoked at another level. It i s the
intent of this course to address these questions and others through the study of evolution and
heredity (genetics). The concept of organic evolution continues to have its critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to the vast majority of biologists the evolution of life i s not only
accepted but is regarded as the single most significant contribution which biology has made
to human knowledge. We will study the evidence in support of evolution, the proposed
mechanisms of the evolutionary process, and, as time permits, the course of evolution from
primitive forms to humans. Some principles of genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making it possible to understand evolutionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
influence their own evolution and that of other species will be discussed.
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Room: 205
Time: I . .
......
Immunology
BIO 386 - 4011
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizing antibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology.
immunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S205
Laboratory Introduction to Chemistry
CHM 113 - 4014
Instructor: Earl Alton
way of learning
Finding which chemicals are I n a solutlon (qualltatlve analysis) Is a challengrn~
some principles of chemisrrj. This course will use laharntory experiments coupled with an
essentially non-mathematical explanation of the chemistry Involved to provid~a n introduction to chemistry. The laboratory work will center on solving chemical unknowns. There will
be several lecture-discussion r~sslonseach weck and about three hours of laboratory ~ a c h
day. Grading will be based upon solving unknowns and a few quizzes.
Prerequisites: High School Chemistry
Distribution: Chemistry - Biology
Time: This class will meet January 3 at 12:30. Thereafter it will meet as follows:
Lectures - 12:30 - 1:30 T,Th,F
Lab
- 8:30 -11:30 T,Th,F
- 1:30 - 4:30 T,Th..
Room: S 318
......
Physical Chemistry For The Life Sciences
CHM 301 - 4015
Instructor: Richard D. Olmsted
Objectives: The object of this course is to provide a working knowledge of basic physical
chemistry to students whose primary academic interests lie in the life sciences. This course
will provide a sound development of physical chemistry based on physical ideas and will use
only the minimum mathematical treatment of the material that will enable students to use
their new knowledge to solve relevant biochemical problems.
Topics Covered: Properties of matter and molcculrs, energy changes in chemical reactions,
entropy and the d i r e d o n of chemical change, f r ~ eenergy, chemical equilibrium and
chemical driving forces, equilibria in chrmlcal and biological systems, physlcal ~ q ~ l i l i h rand
ia
membrane phenomena. rates of transport processes, rates of ch~mit.alreaction, rcaction
mechanisms, rpraroscopy and quantum mechanics, molecules in crystals dnd molecular
structures.
Evaluation: Each student will be assigned a grade based on performance on in-class
examinations.
Prerequisites: 1 term Organic Chemistry, 1 term of Calculus
Time: I. ....... Room: S 318
Microeconomics Applied To Managerial Problems
ECO 451 - 4013
Instructor: Satya P. Gupta
I n teaching microeconomics most of the emphasis i s on developing the theoretical tools with
some scattered applications. This course, assuming the basic understanding of microeconomic tools, will concentrate on applying price theory to specific business decisions.
Grades will be based on one report and an examination.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or Instructor's consent
Room: L 1
Time: 1 1 . .
......
Discovery in the World
of Kindergarten
EDE 375 - 4018
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course i s a study of the kindergarten curriculum, an exploration of resources and
materials and a review of teaching approaches.
Laboratory requirement: Five half days in a kindergarten classroom. This is t o be arranged by
the student after consultation with the instructor. The laboratory experience should have
taken place prior t o the course itself.
The course is a prerequisite to student teaching at the kindergarten level and to obtaining a
license for teaching at that level.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: Summer Interim.. ...... Room: to be announced
l O / l nterim
Theories of Learning Disabilities
EDE 383 - 4016, EDS 383 - 4017
Instructor: Barry Franklin
This course will examine the principal theories that have been advanced during the past 80
years t o explain the nature, causes, and treatments for learning disabilities. I n examining
these theories we will look at the behavioral charactCristics, methods of diagnosis, relationship between behavior and brain involvement, and treatment approaches advocated by
major theorists and practitioners in the field.
The course requirements include two take-home essay examinations and a short paper in
which the student will examine the work of a major theorist of the field. There will be a
number of field trips to look at representative learning disabilities programs in the Twin
Cities.
This course can be used as an elective in the special education minor. I t is designed for
students in education, psychology, social work, nursing, music therapy and corrective
therapy who anticipate working with handicapped individuals who exhibit learning and/or
behavioral disabilities.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course or consent of the instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 11
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4023 EDC 481 - 4019
EDS 482 - 4024 EDC 482 - 4020
EDS 483 - 4025 EDC 483 - 4021
EDS 484 - 4026 EDC 484 - 4022
Instructor: Marie McNeff
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Room: L 6
Time: I . .
......
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4027
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This is not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name i s Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English - Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 10
The American Short Story
ENG 241 - 4028
Instructor: Toni Clark
This course will feature films from the PBS series, The American Short Story. We will read the
seventeen stories comprising this series as well as numerous others from the American
Renaissance t o the present. Short fiction by women and men will be read. There will be a fee
of approximately $10 for films.
Evaluation will be based on class discussion, quizzes, papers and exams.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time : I . . ...... Room: M 2 2
Literature Performed in the Twin Cities
ENG 269 - 4029,369 - 4030
Instructor: Richard B. Sargent
During January, we will attend a selection of the many plays and readings presented in the
Twin Cities. The emphasis will be on theater, but we will also attend poetry readings and prose
readings at places suc.h as the Loft and the Walker. We will be attending plays at theaters such
as the Guthrie, Actors' Theatre of St. Paul, Playwrights' Lab, and the Rarig. Students will keep
a journal of responses. Students will be responsible for paying for tickets, but we will take
advantage of group rates whenever feasible. We will have group discussion of performances,
and will be meeting with actors, directors, and writers for after-performance discussions.
There will be a few assigned readings. Those taking the course for upper division credit will
be expected to do an additional research paper.
Fees: Approximately $30 for tickets for plays and readings.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
Five College Creative Writing Workshop (Fiction)
ENG 362 - 4097
Instructor: Jonis Agee, The College of St. Catherine
We will work to discover the necessary relationship between form and content, language and
narration, and character and voice, and to develop the special discipline that writing fiction
requires. We will attend some readings in the area by visiting writers. The format will be a
workshop, in which we will share what we read, what we write, and what we dream.
Participation i n this workshop will be limited to three Augsburg students who will be
selected on the basis of short manuscripts of fiction to be submitted to Toni Clark by
November 1. Contact Professor Clark (L 215, ext. 1053) for further details.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: at College of St. Catherine, to be announced
12/l nterim
Europe: January 3 - 28
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333 - 4032
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
I
Since Roman times, the lands along the Rhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German and Roman cultures clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their roots i n the empire of Charlemagne. Here romanesque and
gothic architecture flourished in the Middle Ages. Here Germans and French fought in three
recent wars. It is such events which have shaped life and left so many monuments between
the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the history of this area on
location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen, to the
battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany. The
course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites. Trier i s
ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments dating
from Roman times to the present, and important historical sites of five countries are less than
100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German according to
the student's entering level of competence.
Cost: $1690
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Beginning Norwegian
Nor 111 - 4033
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class
sessions provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression i s emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
Nor 311 - 4034
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norweg~anwith emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . Room: O M 29
.
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Basic Conversational Spanish
SPA 113 - 4031
Instructor: Mary A. Kingsley
Basic Conversational Spanish Is designed for students who have already covered the structures of the present, preterite. and imperfect tenses and arc ready to put their knowledge to
use on the scene in Mexico. There will he regular in-classsessions, small group conversations,
as well as a great d ~ aol l opportunity to use Spanish aclively and passively in conducting
Interviews, shopping, attending lectures, and just making Mexico home for a month.
Grading will be based on class participation, quizzes, and a final exam which will be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Basic Conversational Spanish and Theories of Social Change and Revolution (see Political
Science) will have the same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all the students will
be encouraged to take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses. A lot
of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Prerequisites: Spanish Ill or 2 years of high school Spanish
Distribution: Foreign Language for those needing 112 or 211.
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 -4076
Instructor: Staff
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time:ll -Jan. 3-13... . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4036
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: Health 320
Time: I . .. . . . . . Room: Melby I3
14/l nterim
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475 -4035
Instructor: Al Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I -Jan. 3 13.. . . . Room: Melby 12
-
.. .
Coaching of Basketball
HPE477-4078
Instructor: Dave Boots
Theory, techniques and administration of coaching men's and women's basketball. Course
will include off-season, pre-season and in-season programs. Grade evaluation will be based
on preparation of a coaching notebook, a written exam and general participation.
There will be some out of class night work.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I l -Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby I 3
Coaching of Hockey
HPE478-4079
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey.
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 17 - 28.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 24
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4037
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which in the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. In this course we will study the history of that
city i n one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century i n some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents in the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy: Urban
Time: 11.. . . . . Room: O M 23
..
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162 - 4038
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger
illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in
non-western subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be i n a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and freauent breaks for slide ~resentations.
Grades will be based on geAeral level of participation, on some written work and probably a
test.
Distribution: History - Philosophy
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: L1
Hawaii January 3 - 27
Hawaii: A Laboratory
of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
HIS 240 - 439,340 - 440
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Observation and study of Asian (Japanese, Chinese, Korean and Philippine), Polynesian
(Hawaiian and Samoan) and Caucasian cultures interacting i n the 50th state. Focus on
historical traditions, immigration patterns, religious heritage, educational experiences, commercial ventures, the media, cultural activities and current issues. Field trips include visits to
the Polynesian Cultural Center, Pearl Harbor-Arizona Memorial, lolani Palace & Bishop
Museum, Buddhist-Taoist Temple, East-West Center at the University of Hawaii, the Hawaiian
City of Refuge in Kona area, and visits with community leaders of varying ethnic backgrounds
in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures and discussion sessions (including pre-interim orientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will be required readings.
Cost: $1895
Prerequisites: Upper division-sophomore standing and consent of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Grading: P/N only
16/l nterim
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4041
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures will be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assigned and optional readings,
a term paper or book reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of political cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Minnesota governors, slides) will be used; and an effort to recruit outside speakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Room: M 22
Time: 11..
......
Being and Becoming Well in American Culture
INS 265 - 4043,365 - 4044
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Within our culture are forces, patterns, and conditions that contribute to our degree of well
being. During January we will examine American culture trying to understand better some of
those factors that influence our wellness, to use the current popular term.
We will also consider the current wellness movement, examining its impact on American
culture and individually determine what it has to offer.
To take this class, one does not have to eat granola, seaweed, and brown rice nor run five
miles a day: One will be expected to walk or run regularly to class, to read several books and
articles, and to write some short papers. Those taking the class for upper division credit will
be expected to go up steps two at a time and write more extensive papers.
We may take a few field trips in the Twin Cities and one trip to outstate Minnesota. I expect
students to arrange any work schedule if necessary for such trips.
Room: O M 25
Time: I..
......
South Africa: Historical Mirrors,
Economic Laagers and the color Spectrum
INS 270 - 4045
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
The goal of the course is to provide a multi-faceted encounter with a complex, fragmented,
yet culturally familiar society. Approximately one week will be devoted to each of the
following topics. I n what ways does the South African experience mirror the American
experience; how do the economic policies of South Africa shape its relations to its economic
satellites and Africa as a whole; what roles do the church, education and athletics have in
molding a multi-cultural society?
The course will be conducted largely in seminar format. During the last three weeks students
will conduct relevant research and make presentations to the class, both individually and in
groups. Academic work will be assessed through tests and evaluation of class presentations.
Room: M 23
Time: I . .
......
Perspectives on the Humanities: The City in
American History, Literature and the Arts, 1865-1914
INS 275 - 4042
Instructor: Grier Nicholl
Rapid industrialization and the growth of cities between the Civil War and World War I
generated significant responses from American writers of fiction and poetry, painters,
photographers and architects.
How did the interpretations of major writers and artists compare to actual historical
developments of the city and technology in the period? What similarities and differences can
be discovered in the ideas, values, and attitudes reflected in literary and artistic responses to
industrialization? The course will examine these and other interdisciplinary questions to lead
the student toward an integrative perspective on the humanities.
Activities in the course will include active participation by urban and art historians; small
group discussions of selected poems of Walt Whitman, selected short stories of Stephen
Crane, and two controversial novels-Theodore Dreiser's Sister Carrie and Upton Sinclair's
The jungle; lecture and slide presentations on painting and architecture; and visits to the
Minneapolis Institute of Arts to view prints and photographs of the city during this period.
There will be three tests and individual oral presentations of projects.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I . . . . . . . Room: O M 21
.
Brush Up
MAT 103 - 4093
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This course is designed as a brush up in arithmetic and elementary algebra skills for students
scoring I on the Mathematics Placement examination. The course will be particularly helpful
for students in elementary education or who will be taking statistics as part of a major. Part of
the work will be done on the computer. There will be diagnostic tests to determine study
needs, homework assignments to gain skills, and written problem solving tests to determine
achievement. Grades will be determined by test scores. Course of study i s completely
individualized.
Prerequisites: Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: S 108
18/l nterim
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4047,336 - 4048
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploration of math-retated ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluat~s
present "scientlflt dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic model5 of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Agr: dara, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and t h ~ i links
r
to
geology, biology, and the humanities.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 22
Pattern Processing Through Pascal Programming
MAT 144 - 4049
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
Prerequisites: Group I l l (formerly A) score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination.
(See instructor if you have not taken this examination.)
Distribution: Math-Physics
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 112
Memorization for Musicians
MUS 151 - 4053, 351 - 4054
Instructor: lames D. Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system. These systems are derived
from the harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and formal analysis of the music under study. For
instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and
do more memory work away from their instruments.
Prerequisites: Basic music study
Distribution: Music-Art
Time: I.. ...... Room: M 4
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
REL 364 - 4086
Instructors: Larry Fleming
Philip A. Quanbeck
The 500th anniversary of the blrth of Martin I-uther provides thc impetus for this FTOSSdidplinary offerlng focusing on thcrhape of the liturgy in t h r reformation and the historical.
theolo~icaland musicological background out nf which the Mass In R minor by I. S. Bach
emergps. Plenary sessions will be addrrsscd by Charles Anderson, Larry Flemlng, and Philip
(Suanheck. Stuttents may elect e i t h ~ one
r
of the supplernenlary group sessions.
1. Musico!ngiral - Baroque p~rformancepracrice, contras~lngMass seftings, t e ~ t l ~foreal
runners will be sti~diedtogether with detailed musical enrl theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion - The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
This course may not be used toward a music major.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 11.. . .. . .. Room: M 23
Europe January 3 - 28
Music in London and Paris
MUS 378 - 4045
Instructor: Robert Karlen
rt
These two great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Franck,
Berlioz, and Stravinsky.
Performances ro be attended will include oprrctra, baller, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts hy leading orchee~ralensernbl~s.There will be opportunities to attend worrhip
services in the magnificent catherlralc of there rwo rap~lalcllfer. L@cturcsdesrxihing the
special sljinillcancc of the music ro h c heard, and p r o v i d i n ~importani hackgrai~ndinformation, wil/ h~ supplemenred by visits lo museums and libraries to see r o l l e c t i o n ~of
historical musical instriimrntr and view manuscript srorez or famous composers,
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class activities,
four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Cost: $1995
Distribution: Art-Music
Grading: P/N only
20/l nterim
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4055,330 - 4091
Instructors: Nancy Malcolm, Helen Woelfel
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I or 4-8 p.m.. ....... Room: O M 12
Philosophy of Love
-
PHI 145 4056
Instructor: M . L. Fuehrer
This course presents an analysis of the four types of human love, seeking to locate their place
in human experience. Certain key writings of philosophers and works of literature will be
analyzed with this objective in mind. Evaluation will be based on written essay examination.
There will be a very small fee to cover film expenses.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Room: O M 22
Time: I..
......
1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science Minimester
PHY 322 1 4057
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation detection and measurement with emphasis on applications in the
sciences and "hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The course will
consist of (1) introductory work on nuclear radiation physics at Augsburg, (2) participation in
the 1983 Oak Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student will study
nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, radioecology, environmental radiation, health physics, and radiation safety; and (3) summary and evaluation of the program
back at Augsburg. Student's performance evaluation based on laboratory performance,
laboratory record, and formal laboratory reports on selected experiments.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training programs. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
The estimated cost for transportation and housing i s $275.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327 - 4058
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
dlsdplinc~because of the high d e w ~ eof symmetry they can rppresent. This course will
acquainf the studcnl wlth three cijtegories of functions and ihelr applications: Legendre
polynomiats and spherical harmonics, Fourier serie~and rransforms, and functions of a
cnmpl~wvahable. High resolut~ongraphics using the T e k t r o n i ~1051 Graphic Computer will
hr u w d t o enhance underslanding of I h r syrnm~trtcsinvolvrd.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisites: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I... . . . . . Room: O M 21
The Supreme Court and the Supreme Being
POL 177-4060
Instructor: Myles C. Stenshoel
A n analytical case study approach to the Supreme Court's role as policy-maker, constitutional
interpreter and political subsystem, using the Court's church-state decisions from 1940 to
1983 as substantive focus.
Objectives of the class will be to help students (1) understand the political nature of the
American judicial system; (2) achieve competency in the analysis and criticism of original
SOUFCPS, I.e., judicial opinions and decisions; and (3) recognize the complexity of constitutional interprrtation and the interplay of values, precedents, personalities and interests in the
development of constitutional law.
Teaching methods will include lecture, library research, class presentations and discussions.
Evaluations will be based on (1) brief research reports, (2) quizzes and (3) class participation.
Prerequisites: None, other than freshman or sophomore status.
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . Room: M 24
.
22/l nterim
Mexico: January 3 - 27
Theories of Social Change
and Revolution
POL 383-4059
Instructor: M u l f o r d Q. Sibley
This will be a course which surveys modern conceptions of social and political change and
revolution. Beginning with the European background i n days immediately after the French
Revolution, it will consider such theories as those of the utopian socialists, anarchists, liberals,
Tolstoyans, and Marxists. Particular attention will be devoted t o the place of economic factors
i n social change. Hobson's theory of imperialism, as well as Lenin's, will be considered.
Malthusians and neo-Malthusians, with their population and resources conceptions, will
occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and East-West tensions will
constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. I s violence compatible
with democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of non-violent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the context
of Latin America i n general and of Mexico in particular.
Evaluation will be based o n class participation and the submission of a journal.
Theories of Social Change and Revolution and Basic Conversational Spanish (see Foreign
Languages) will have the same itinerary (Mexico City, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca), and all students
will be encouraged t o take advantage of the opportunities presented by each of the courses.
A lot of time outside of class will be spent in informal group discussions.
Cost: $1195
Distribution: Political Science-Economics
Grading: P/N only
U.S. Foreign Policy Today: Comparative Perspectives
POL 495 - 4084
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
This course will analyze current U.S. foreign policy problems i n two strategic regions: the
Middle East and the Caribbean. Course objectives include:
A. Examining central aspects of U.S. policy in what i s called the North-South dimension of
world politics. For this objective we will look at both (1) the dilemmas for U.S. policy makers
who must relate American interests in Third World countries within U.S. global strategy and
(2) the tensions created within Third World societies as their governments attempt modernization and simultaneously face the geopolitical concerns of the superpowers.
B. Employing comparative case study methods to analyze how U.S. policy instruments are
used i n two different regions of the world.
The course content will highlight recent debates over U.S. grand strategy, briefly review the
evolution of policies in selected Caribbean and Middle Eastern countries, analyze regional
changes which pose new problems for American policy makers, and evaluate current policy
recommendations.
Students will work in a dual capacity as individual decision-makers and as members of foreign
policy teams. Extensive reading will be required during the first 2/3 of the course. Students
will prepare briefing books on one country in each of the two regions. They will also present
an oral summary of their policy evaluations and will submit a final paper detailing how they
would implement their recommendations.
Prerequisites: One previous course i n international politics or comparative politics (e.g. POL
158 or 160); otherwise see instructor or department chair.
Distribution: Political Science or Economics
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 24
. .
The Psychology of Personal Adjustment
PSY 101 - 4061
Instructors: Norm Ferguson, Linda Rodgers
The objectives of this course are to explore some of the basic principles of psychology and to
see how they may be used in coping with important life issues. The content of the course will
include topics such as: dealing. with success & failure, experiencing loss & grief, and
developing personal independence, intimacy, & values. Class time will be devoted mainly to
the discussion of issues such as these in small groups. Active participation by each student i s
expected along with the sharing of relevant individual experiences. Evaluation will be based
on class participation and one individual project or paper.
This course may not besubstituted for Psychology 105 for students pursuing a major or minor
in psychology.
Prerequisites: Consent of Instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Grading: P/N only
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: P 1
24/l nterim
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4062,386 - 4096
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Learning
PSY 357 - 4063
Instructor: Grace Dyrud
Learning concepts, behavior change principles, skills and issues. Psychology of instruction.
Projects involving applications (e.g. student skills) and tests evaluate student learning.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 General Psychology, or consent of instructor.
Time: I . . ...... Room: P 2
Theology of Play, Games and Sport
REL 328 - 4064
Instructor: John Benson
There is nothing more familiar to us than play, games and sports. We are all involved with one
or more of them almost daily. Yet, there is usually little understanding of the human
significance of these commonplaces of experience. Philosophers of culture like Weiss and
Huizinga, however, together with sociologists like Caillois and psychologists like Bern have
helped us to see some of the deeper meanings of these things we usually take for granted. At
the same time, theologians concerned with cultural questions such as this have added their
contributions. Rahner, Miller, Pieper and Novak have helped us to see that religion itself has
a "play" structure.
I n the lectures, all of the above thinkers will be dealt with. And in the small groups two books,
one by Caillois, and the other by Novak, will be read and carefully discussed. Several special
preparations will be required as well, related to special discussions. An example of such a
special discussion i s the problem of the relation between the game proper and the
"intimidation game" that goes on within it at the same time. Such a problem can be shown to
have far reaching implications into many other areas of life as well as games.
Prerequisites: One course in Religion
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 10
Luther-Bach and the Shape of the Liturgy
REL 364 - 4086
MUS 167 - 4051
367 - 4052
Instructors: Philip A. Quanbeck
Larry Fleming
The 500th anniversary of the birth of Martin Luther provides the impetus for this crossdisciplinary offering focusing on the shape of the liturgy in the reformation and the historical,
theological and musicological background out of which the Mass in B minor by J. S. Bach
emerges. Plenary sessions will be addressed by Charles Anderson, Larry Fleming, and Philip
Quanbeck. Students may elect either one of the supplementary group sessions.
1. Musicological - Baroque performance practice, contrasting Mass settings, textual forerunners will be studied together with detailed musical and theological analysis of the
complete score with instrumental and choral realization.
2. Religion -The shape of the liturgy. Historical development of the Mass, historical and
theological background of the reformation and the renaissance.
Grades will be based on participation and examination. Upper Division credit will require
additional work.
Prerequisites: Religion - one course in religion
Music - consent of instructor
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 23
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366 - 4092
Instructor: Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the South. Students will be
introduced to traditional African culture and religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
the present development of indigenous churches in West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts to formulate "African Christian
Theology." A major section of the course will focus on contemporary responses of churches
in South Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be lectures and
discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be
evaluated on several short tests and a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: O M 18
Practicum in Human Services
SWK 257 - 4065
Instructor: Doug Perry
An opportunity to discover whether a career in human services i s for you. Thirty hours per
week of volunteer work in a human service agency i s combined with readings and weekly
seminars. Evaluation based on submission of journals, summary of experience and a final
examination.
Students will meet with instructor before the end of Fall Semester in order to discuss
selection of agency and structure of this course.
~
of problems for which people seek
Ohjectlvws arp ta d ~ v e l n pspecial awareness ol t h klnds
hrlp: increase k n o w l r d g ~of theservice givcn hy the agency in which student is serving; gain
knowledge of thr! profess~onalsin thc nrannizatinn, including their skills, competencies,
ducati ion, and Lsainlng: gain h ~ g i n n i n gk n o w l ~ d g cabout the diversity of human service
agencic<: and increase ~ ~ n d e r s t a n r lof
i nsrlf
~ tn rrlation 10 he human service field.
Time: II (for in~tialmeeting; group meetings will be arranged). . . . . . . Room: S 123
.
Social Services with American lndian People
SWK 400 - 4087,400 - 4066
Instructor: Rosalie V. Clark
Readings will be combined with lectures by American lndian people, who are either consumers or providers of services, and with visits to agencies serving American lndian people.
A research paper incorporating two special service theories and addressing a specific area of
service provision for American lndian people will be the basis for evaluation.
Actual class meeting times will be determined by class members on the first meeting day.
This course carries only 1/2 course credit.
Non-social work majors are welcome. Students wishing an additional 1/2 course credit in
independent work should consult the instructor before the beginning of interim.
prerequisites: Sociology 383
Time: 11.. . . . . . . Room: M 25
Field Work 111
SWK 466 - 4088,466 - 4068
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory rrlation~hipto increaw Interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; tn promote gradual enlry Into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the clicni contact phase of thr problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard ro prof~ssinnalpractice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
. . . . Room: M 24
Time: II - 4:00 - 5:00 p.m. T,W,Th..
..
I nterim/27
The Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4068
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
Specific topics include: cross-cultural notions of law, regulating morality, deterrence, social
change, the legal profession, and corporate crime - all with respect to a sociological
approach to understanding law. The basic format will be lecture/discussion. Evaluation is
based on (in addition to participation) two (2) take-home examinations.
Prerequisites: SOC 121 or an introductory political Science course, or permission of the
instructor.
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
The Human Potential Movement and Identity:
A Sociological Analysis
SOC 394 - 4089
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This will be a sociological and social-psychological analysis of that loosely connected
grouping of persons and movements which lays emphasis on identity, self-expression, selfawareness and growth. "Alternate life-styles" and "expanding consciousness" have become
increasingly central terms for the media and large parts of the American population. After a
brief history of the movement and its major figures (Freud, Rogers, and Maslow) we will
consider the Human Potential Movement's relation to other social movements and to the
dominant culture. There is a possibility of field work. Evaluation will be based on an
examination and a paper.
There will be a fee of about $5.00 to cover additional instructional materials.
Prerequisites: PSY 105 or SOC 121 or SOC 241
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 13
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285 - 4072
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Stage 2
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m..
.......
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163 - 4095 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
28/l nterim
HPE 106 - 4070 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $975 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 8 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
POL 399 - 4073 Washington Interim
A study-internship program i n Washington, D.C. in connection with the
Washington Center of Learning Alternatives. Information on projects,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom i n
Memorial 117A.
SWK 312 - 4074 Training School on Alcoliol and Drug Abuse
Intensive experiential and didactic training at Johnson Institute combined
with week-long experience in chemical dependency treatment agency.
Students are evaluated according to participation in classes, experiential
learning and in the chemical dependency agency. Enrollment is very limited.
Social Work 95257, social work major and permission of contact person,
Eddie Hertzberg, are prerequisites. Cost: $100.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Badminton
HPE002-4081
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Basic techniques and theory of beginningbadminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outside
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Melby
Time: 12:OO Noon..
......
Volleyball
HPE002 -4082
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy volleyball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime sport.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4083
Instructor: Ernie Anderson
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Meets the general education requirement of one lifetime,sport.
Time: 9:20..
Melby
......
International Studv
Augsburg College
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55454
Interims Abroad January3-28,1983
Cermany
Hawaii
The Rhine Frontier: Germany Meets Rome
and France
A Laboratory of Multi-Ethnic Interaction
German 333 - Donald Steinmetz
Since Roman time<,the lands along the Rhlne have b ~ e onn e ol the mu+[ jlgniilcai~t
ironlrer areas 01 Europe. Here Ccrman and Roman culture clajhed and rnlsed: Here
e
TOC)~,~ntheernpure of Cha~lemagne.Heft
modern Germany and France h a ~ their
romlneique and go1h ~ architecrure
r
ilurished ir: Ihe kirddle A ~ e s t-lere
.
Germaris and
French fought in rhree recent rvari. I r is such evcnts whuch h a w .;haper1 litc and left co
manv munlrments between rhc Rhine ancl the blcuse. The rlurlenl ill studr and "relr~c"
rhe history o i rhls area o n loratiori, firm the Roman munumen;, oi Trier and Cologne.
Charlemagnp'~:lachen. ro the baltteiields of tUorld b\ar$ I and It and ~ h dynarntc
c
socier)
of presenl-dai Germanv. The course will be c o n d u r ~ e dpr~marrlvIn Trrel.. Germany, r\lTh
excursion5 10 nc-arb, zites. Trier Ir ideal f o r lhis plrrpose. Perhaps the oltlest r l t v In Germanv.
Trier i s rich in monumenls. dat~netrom Roman times ro rhe prcsenl. and imporlanl
~ h a n700 miles away. Lecrures. d~scussions.and
historical sites o i iise counfries J r e
readings will be principally in German according tu the siudent.5 entering level of
competence.
.
Counts toward: German major and foreign language distr ihufron requirement . .
Prerequisites: German 112 or equivalent.. . Grading: P/N or traditional . . . Enrollmenl: 15
... Cost: $1690.
London and Paris
History 240,340 - Khin Khin Jensen
Observalian and s t u d y of 4sian I J a p a n e r r . Chinese. Korean arld Ph~llppinej.Polyne5ian
ItbwaiIan and Samoan,, and Caucasian cu[rures inkerac-tingIn the i i t t ~ e ~
stale.
h Focus on
hiaorrcal rraditions. immigrd~ionparrerns, religious heritage. erlucational eaperlences.
~nmrnercialvpnrurc5, the media. rulrural ~ r t j v i t j e .a~n .d current rssues. Field i r i p ~include
vihits to I ~ PFo l > n e i i a n Cultural Center. Pear[ Harbor-4rtzona h3ernorial. tulani I'alace and
Hishop h l u s e u m . tluddhr5:-Taoist Tcmple. East-\.\ei.i Center ar thc C!nlverrit) oi Han.aii, the
Hawallan Cir! of Reiuse rn Kona area. 2 n d V I ~ I ~ w
F i~h
cornrnunlty leaders or barying ethnic
backgrounds in Hilo and Honolulu.
Evaluation will be based on participation in all components of the Interim such as field trips,
lectures, and J i j c u ~ j i ~
n
sessions
~inrludingpre-~nterimorientations). Students will keep a
daily journal. There will b e requirt-d reading;.
Counts toward hlsrnr, major, Fas! ?\51an Studies major, history distribution requirement.
Prerequisites: l o n e r drv~s~un,
noni.; U*
division, sophomore standing and consent of
Grading: P N orrh . Enrollment: 15-18 . . . Cost: $1795.
instructor
.
Mexico
Clo!h course2 r ~A~PYICO
i
WIIIha\ e rllc same itinerary (Mexico, Oaxaca, Cuernavaca):
a l l qtudcnis will be encouraged t c t take advantage of the opportunities presented by
each of the courses. A lot of tlme outside of class will be spent in informal group
discussions.
Art in London and Paris
Theories of Social Change and Revolution
Art 378 - Mary Swanson
Political Science 383 - Mulford Q. Sibley
This course will study art in the collections of museums In Landon and Parls. S~vlistic,
historical and sociological perspectives will be ernphds~rdIn s rewng arlrnork in museums.
galleries and architectural landmarks. Lecture will be gnen briore v~siting~ n c h
museum
that students will become acquainted with malor work.; In each cultectron. 5iudr:nv wilt
This wlll be a course which surveys rr~odefnconceprlons of social and political change and
re\olut~on8t.einning with the European b,:ckground in days immediately after the French
Ktyolut~on,II wtll ~ o n r ~ d 8uch
c r theories as rhorcof the utopian socialists, anarchists,
b r a l s , Tolmyallanrl .Maruitrs. Parilrular atltnuon will be devoted to the place of
,\LC"
d
,""'.,"'
V"
U C - . ~ . . Y L C . .
....A,-,
.."I,.,
I..
C " < . I
_.-bYIICI,
.-..
C L , , " , , .,-..,.
style, function, subject, formal organization and medium. Additional opportunities will be
provided for students who wish t o emphasize a certain period i n the history of art. I
Counts toward art major or art history major, fine arts distribution requirement . . . Grading:
P/N or traditional . . . Enrollment: 25 . . . Cost: $1995.
be conslaereu. MalthuSlanS and neo-Maltnuslans, wlrn tnelr popularlon anu resource,
conceptio~s,will occupy an important place. The modern world of North-South and EastWest tensions will constitute part of the background for modern theories of revolution. Is
violence compatible wrth democratic and egalitarian revolution? What is the theory of nonviolent revolution?
During the latter part of the course, many of these questions will be examined i n the
context of Latin America i n general and of Mexico i n particular.
Music in London and Paris
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal
Music 378 - Robert ~ a r l e ' n
These t w o great European cultural centers will be visited so that students might experience
the cultural milieu that produced such musical giants as Purcell, Handel, Britten, Berliozi
Franck and Stravinsky.
Performances t o be attended will include operetta, ballet, chamber music, and symphonic
concerts by leading orchestral ensembles. There will be opportunities to attend worship
services i n the magnificent c a ~ h p d r ~of
l s these t w o capital cities. Lectures describing the
special significance of the music ro be heard and providing important background
information will be supplemented h! \,isits to museums and libraries to see collections of
historic musical instruments and view manuscript scores of famous composers.
Evaluation will be made on the basis of attendance at lectures, participation in class
activities, four written concert reviews, and an informal final examination.
Counts toward music major and fine arts distribution requirement .. . Prerequisites: none
. . . Grading: P/N o n l y . .. Enrollment: 15 . .. Cost: $1995.
Counts toward political science major (theory and comparative subfields) and the political
science distribution requirement.. . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . . Cost: $1195.
Basic Conversational Spanish
Spanish 113 - Mary A. Kingsley
Bal'ic C n n ~ e r w ~ i o n a I ~ S p a n15
i sderisnecl
h
tor sludents w h o have already covered the
~
and are ready t o put their
strurtL~reEaflh? pr-ent, preteritr. dnd ~ r n p e r f e cIcnsc3
k n u u letlgr t o tire o n the scene in htexico. There %ill
be regular in-class sessions, small
group conuwsations. as well as a ?rear deal or opporrunity t o use Spanish actively and
PASSIL.:~~ in runclucring interviews. siloppi1.1~.
atrending lectures, and just making Mexico
home for a month.
Grading will be based o n class participation, quizzes and a final exam w h ~ c hwill be written
and oral. Original materials will be used as the text.
Counts toward foreign language distribution requirement for 112 or 211 . . . Prerequisites:
Spanish 111 or 2 years of high school Spanish . . . Grading: P/N only . . . Enrollment: 15 . . .
Cost: $1195.
Ser..zster and Summer Opportunities
Program in Global Community February 3
- May 2-
B q r m in-gbklmmmununrty
is a 3% month study program based In C u e h l a r ~M
, ex~co
Primary fows is on the study of h u m @latiiAteglobal Iustlce and human IiQerarlon
firought~velaperiencesandfourofsir~~~rseopt~ons
The ~ & , ~ ~ , ~ ~ f S t ~ l t l ~ n ,
r o o m e d b d w d t r i ~ dbeweenTewarmd
l
Mexico A p p l ~ c a i m d e a & w : O c t o b e r 15,
1982
ACTC HECUA Programs
udents may partlclpate In the Assoc~atedC o l l e g e o f thtTwin C I t h (ACTC)
ermany and V ~ e n n aand the South Amerlcan Urban kmester and
Urban Study Term through the Hlgher E d u c a t i o n C o n ~ o n i u mf m t l r b a n
A) Many more opportunltles are ava~lable,and infarmation may be obta~ned
at the O f f ~ c eof lnternat~onalPrograms
The SPAN Program
Semester or Year Abroad
A n a ~ ~ l h Mbeen
+ ?@ t m d e r v r h ~ c hAugsburgmStil&nls may spend thelr
~ p h ~ ~or~jso
an-h
r reyear Ind y a# rfibmber of f o n ? @ d m t ~ o n a l lnstltutlons Among
themam: theUhivWty af 0 h . N ~ Sch~ller
;
CaUwin London and He~delberg,the
University &Bath, &gb& the U n i u e M y of ~undee,Soetlan$; the U n ~ v e r s ~of
t y Sev~lle,
Spain; and thelmtitutefor American Univers~t~es
in A v i p n , France
International Business
See under Business Administration in Augsburg College Catalog.
Students will spend two months during the summer of 1983 i n any one of three countries:
Mexico, Yugoslavia or Kenya. The summer will be preceded by a year-long orientation and
a paper will be written after returning. Scholarship help is available. Applications should be
made this spring for the program which begins i n the fall.
Scholarships, Deadlines
Scholarships apply to international study. Because enrollment in semester study
abroad i s limited, students should apply early in the year. Deadline: March 1 of
the preceding year. I f space is still available after that date, applications will be
accepted until the last day of class.
Mary A. Kingley, Director, Office of International Programs, Old Main 20
-612-330-1206
Show less
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Sec... Show more
AUCSBURC COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
1984 Interim Catalog
POSTMASTER
Volume 114, Number 4
Winter 1983
612/300-1001
AUCSBURC COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer, Fall,
and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454. Secondclass postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Augs,burgCollege lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
0
OCT
NOV
DEC
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
....................................
October 31-November 4.
Interim Registration
December 5 ...........................................Late Interim Registration
First Day of Interim
January 3.. .................................................
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
January 4..
Last day for cancel/add
January 17.. ................ Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
January 20.. ........................... Last day for withdrawing from full courses
January 27.. ......................................................
Interim ends
..............................................
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
...............................
January 3..
First group of half credit courses begins
January 4 . . .............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 9 . ........... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 11.. .....................Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January 13.. ...............................First group of half credit courses ends
January 16.. ...........................Second group of half credit courses begins
January 17.. ............................Last day to cancel/add half credit courses
January 23. .......... Last day for determining grading system for half credit courses
January 25.. ..................... Last day for withdrawing from half credit courses
January27........................................................
lnterimends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
II - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the
first day of class.
4/l nterim
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There i s no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on the
P/N system; this i s indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three
must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time enrollment
at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one
interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At the
end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are
available in the lnterim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1984. These interims are under
the following departments:
Health-Sailing i n the Virgin Islands
Political Science - Mass Media and Politics i n Britain, France, Germany and Austria
Religion-Israel and Egypt: Archaeology and Religion
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 28 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1-4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating i n one of these international interims should apply in the
lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually cannot be
made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1984.
-
Internships
Students electing an internship interim must present a completed internship
learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November
22. Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independcmt or DhWcd Study
Students may elect a program of independent study
(upper dlvislon 499) or directed study (!owerdivblon 299) for interim. Faculty members are
strongly drseouraged fram accepting responsibility for more than one independent or
dlrected study per interlm. student^ choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
-
A. Meet departmental requirements,
6. Present to the lnterim Director for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at -I
one week
before registration and not later than November 28. Apprgpriatestudy propo$alforms can
be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Inftdma at Qthw -Is
Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-74 Instltutlan
which offers a reclprocai lnterlm arrangepent. CataIags of these Interlmscan be consulted in
the Interim Offlee. The Interim Secretary wIti help students in appiylng for ~giwrationat
other schoals. Registration for lntwlms at rhe h e r Twin CMes college wlll be done at
Augsburg during the regular reghtratlon period. Most courses taught during the interim w
other 4-14schoolsare accepted forcredit by Aughurg, but ma not necessarily beaccepted
as meeting Augsburp'r distributhn rsquirem~ntr.Thls quiklcailon putlcuhtly J f a
courses offered for the Reiiglon requirement.
-
Non-Aupburg Students
e welcamee studenw from athat 44-4 schools far the jaiiiiary Interim
*hkoul tul~ion%rp provided he wudcnlt honr instlhltlon ql.a.not to cbar
to Au$bug students for the January tern. he walver of tuition,does not Indu$
e special
luirion
fees, housing or board costs. 0 t h nudem wlII be c h a r d $720 for the lnterlm course,
#upburg Cot
Students interested in regfstwing for an Aupburg lnterim should write to the lnterim
Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own
school.* These students are welcom to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for interim housingsfiwld bemadeto fie lnterim Office.
*There is an application processing fee of $10.
ku burg Policy
H"
Aug ufg College adml4 studehts of any race, golor, rtatlonal and ethnk origln ro all the
rl$hts, btiufI<&.s, figrams, and acthltlesgeneraI y accorded or made available to studentsat
,the school, It do= trot dlscrimlnq~on the basis of race, col,ar,crded, national and e~hrltc
orlgtn in eq6layrbent flfactiw or adrniitIstqatlon of Its edtFdatfonal>
policies, admission$poIi-dw, icholprshlp and loan programs, and ~thleticand other school-administer& programs.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230),
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The lnterim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
.
Courses
Calligraphy
ART 106 - 4001,306 - 4002
Instructor: Philip Thompson
Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills i n pen and brush
with ink and paint. Three completed design projects in lettering or line are required. For
upper division credit a major project is required.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I . . ...... Room: O M 4
Nutrition: You Are What You Eat
BIO 104 - 4003
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Designed to discuss the foods that we eat in a popular fashion. After a review of the human
digestive system, each of the three basic food types will be discussed along with the role of
minerals, vitamins and water.
An attempt will be made to dispel the mysteries and the manufactured information in the
media, to make application to individual concerns, and to address the controversy concerning
food additives.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 213
Heredity, Evolution, and Humankind
BIO 110 - 4004
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
Where did I come from? What am I7 Where am I going? certainly must rank among the more
fundamental quertions which intrigue and torment members of our specips. While at one
l w e i weseek phtlosophlcat and religious answers, h i o l n ~ yIS invokecl at another level. I t l s t h ~
intent of this course to addresrrhesc questions and others through thesrudy of ~ v o t u t l o nand
heredfry {genetlrs). The concept of organic evolution continues to have i t s critics, a matter
which we shall consider. Yet to lhrt va5l majority of hlologists the evolution of life is not only
accep~edbut ir rcaasded as the single most significant confrihurion which biology has made
to human knowledgr. We will study I ~ Pevidence in support of evolution. rht? proposed
mechanisms of ttip ~volutionaryprocess, and, a5 time permits, the course or evolution from
primiltvr! forms to humans. Some principles ol genetics will be studied for the primary
purpose of making 11 possible rn undcrstand evolurionary mechanisms. Ways in which people
e s he discussed.
influence rhrir own evoluiion and that olol her ~ p e r ~ wlll
Classes will consist largely of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based on quizzes and
tests.
Prerequisites: A high school general biology course
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 212
Wetland Ecology
BIO 311 - 4005
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
I n Wetland Ecology we will study the complexity, variety and importance of freshwater
wetlands (i.e. bogs, marshes, fens, swamps, etc.). The physical aspects of these wetlands as
well as the interrelationships of some of their major organisms like sedges, insects, and
sphagnum will be considered. Students will be re uired to pursue4nclependent reading on
wetland organisms of particular Interest to them. T e course work will also include required
reading, discussion and leeura, lab observation d wetland organisms, and local field trips
depending on the weather. We shall examine critically the potential ofMinnesota's wetlands
as an energy source. Grading will be based on one test and the presentation (written or oral)
of the independent reading.
Prerequisites: Biology 111,112
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I........ Room: S 213
1
Personal Investment and the Stock Market
-
BUS 257 4006
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
The course i s designed t o familiarize the novice with the basic components of the personal
investment decision.
Course content will include examination and discussion of alternative investment instruments
and the markets in which they are transacted. I n addition to assigned readings, students will
be expected to complete several small projects. Evaluation of course performance will be
based upon successful completion of projects and a final exam. This course is not recommended for upper class business majors.
Time: I........ Room: O M 13
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378 - 4074
Instructor: Amin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team controls a company which
manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other
companies; each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform
other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating
strategy. This strategy includes setting selling prices, production volumes, marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as well as stockholders' dividends. Grading will be
P/N only with evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 11
8/l nterim
Chemistry for Changing Times
C H M 100 - 4009
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of
the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists
were considered to be philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In
recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming
a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a world of
pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin
supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching
for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out, grumpy
feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a hangover is
the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of the problems we face are
molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human
condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement
the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be used for evaluation. This course
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116 or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I . . ...... Room: S 315
Principles of Economics (Micro)
ECO 123 - 4007
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market structures
and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May
be taken independently of Economics 122 or 120.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 11.. ...... Room: L 1
Welfare Economics
ECO 454 - 4008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Basic concepts and propositions: Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market
structures, social welfare functions, normative concepts of economic theory. Applications to
various problems and disciplines. Course evaluation will be based on exams (take-home) and
projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 251 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 16
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 4010 EDE 481 - 4014
EDS 482 - 4011 EDE 482 - 4015
EDS 483 - 4012 EDE 483 - 4016
EDS 484 - 4013 EDE 484 - 4017
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school
personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading: P/N only
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: L 4
Emily Dickinson: The Poems and the Person
ENG 140 - 4018, 340 - 4019
Instructor: Ronald Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson now is regarded as one of America's finest poets.
Her poetry was so unknown that the sister who shared with her the family home did not
know of it until, following Emily's deathbed instructions, she began to burn Emily's papers.
What was spared the fire is now ours to devour.
Emily Dickinson spent most of her life within the family home confining her relationships to a
very few, being regarded as mysterious or eccentric by very many. Some biographers have
suggested she retreated from the world to give herself to poetry since her time and place
made no provision for a female professional poet. Others trace her seclusion to various family
relationships or personal problems or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the cause, out of
the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
During the interim we will study both her poetry and some of the major studies of her life.
Each student will read one of her biographies as well as her poetry. Students who desire may
pursue independent research in her biography or her poetry or in general historical topics
that mav illumine either the Doems or the Derson.
Studenk opting for upper d i i s i o n credit will be graded on a more rigorous level than those
opting for lower division credit.
Prerequisites: A course in literature or permission of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I..
Room: O M 16
. . . . ..
10/l nterim
People Under Pressure
ENG 211 - 4020
Instructor: Barbara Andersen
The child, the youth, the middle-aged, the old, all live under pressure-political, social,
religious and personal. What these pressures are and how people cope with them provide the
focus for the course. This i s not, however, a course in depression, for pressure and stress
often have positive results. And many people respond to pressure with courage, grace and
even wit.
We will read several genres, mostly of the 20th century, and works that are not usually
covered in literature courses. Among the works being considered are Waters, The Man Who
Killed the Deer; Potok, M y Name is Asher Lev; Brautigan, Trout Fishing i n America; Wright,
Native Son; Pym, Excellent Women; Hassler, Simon's Night; Lindbergh, Gift from the Sea;
Turgenev, Fathers and Sons; Albee, The American Dream and The Zoo Story; Anderson, I
Never Sang for M y Father; Gordon, Final Payments. Students will have some choice of works
to read.
Evaluation will be based on discussions, some in-class writing, reading quizzes, oral reports
(optional) and two examinations.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 10
.
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Studyof American Western and Japanesesamurai Films
ENG 233 - 4021
SOC 233 - 4058
Instructors: Jerry Gerasimo and John Mitchell
The purpose of the course is to clarify the thematic form of the Western and the Samurai film
by comparing their respective myths, their social premises, and their conventions: for
example, the ritualized duel and the use of proxemic patterns (treatments of space) i n ways
that are implicitly cultural. Although both genres are highly popular, they are vividly useful
for esthetic, cultural, and anthropological comparison. Students will be required to attend all
film presentations (approximately 10 feature films), to read selected texts, and to make a final
written report.
Laboratory Fee: $35
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 1 1 . . . . . . . . Room: M 24
French Civilization Today
FRE 332 - 4022
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
The study of 20th Century French civilization will extend and deepen our understanding of
the French and the role of their country in the world today. We will investigate the concerns
and the situation of the people vis-a-vis their family, friends, institutions, economy,
government. The study of "documents authentiques" as well as articles, essays, Guide France,
slides, music, art, and technology will help ascertain the major French contributions to our
civilization since 1900.
We will participate i n a variety of group and individualized activities: common readings with
discussion, illustrated presentations, projects and reports, field trips and media experiences
- all in order to broaden and deepen our French experience.
Evaluation will include the completion of assigned tasks and reports, participation and
contribution to the group, several brief quizzes, and individual progress in the ability to
initiate, develop, and present a topic or study within the course.
Materials will be largely i n French to assure an authentic French experience.
Prerequisites: FRE 311 or consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 25
German Civilization and Culture I1
CER 332 - 4024
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped present-day Germany,
Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is
considered in view of its roots in intellectual, geo-political, artistic and scientific history of the
German-speaking peoples. The course will be taught in German.
Prerequisites: GER 311 or permission of instructor
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 27
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111 - 4025
Instructor: Leif Hansen
The course provides an introductlo,n to the basic skills of 115tening, speaking, reading, and
writing. The first class sessions are conducted without the use of a printed texf. Later class
sessions provide a thorough lntroducrion to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but
oral expression is emphasized throughout the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work
expected.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: 11.. ...... Room: O M 29
Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311 - 4026
Instructor: Leif Hansen
Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original
composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to
differences between the two official languages of Norway. Laboratory work and field
experience required.
Prerequisites: NOR 211 or equivalent
Time: To be arranged with instructor.. . . . . . . Room: O M 29
Spanish of the Business and the Professional World
SPA 215 - 4023
Instructor: Cunta Rozentals
Objectives: To give the students the basics needed to cope with professional situations by
preparing them to work with Spanish-speaking clients i n various fields. Content: Introduction to the communication patterns and technical expressions used in health care, education,
welfare, law enforcement and business areas. Layout and style of Spanish business letters.
Evaluation: Tests and performance in simulations of true-to-life situations.
Prerequisites: SPA 212
Time: I.. . . . . . . Room: OM 21
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE232-4027
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is
based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This offering equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 3-13.. . . . . . . Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE410-4075
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional
journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I . . . . . . Room: Melby 13
. .
January 7-26,1984
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455 - 4029
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a
42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership
in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final
written exam will be given.
Cost: $1995.00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE475-4028
Instructor: Doug Nelson
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical
experience in taping and training-room procedures.
Prerequisites: HPE 350 Kinesiology
This course equals only 1/2 course credit.
Time: I - Jan. 16 - 27.. . . . . . . Room: Melby 12
The Japanese-AmericanExperience:
Relocation & Redress
HIS 240 - 4030,340 - 4031
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
This course is a study of the Japanese-American experience, primarily in the United States,
but will include mini units of their relocation experience in Canada and some Latin American
countries. Special focus will be given to the forced evacuation of several hundred JapaneseAmericans during World War II, how and why they were uprooted from homes and
businesses at short notice. How did this ethnic group adjust to detention in camps, survive
the trauma of their wartime experience, e.g. psychological impact on young and old? The
redress issue, the report of the recent judicial commission appointed by Congress to
investigate the relocation, will be an important component of the course, e.g. constitutional
issues related to the rights of scores of American citizens. Perspectives of immigrant
restrictions, and the contribution of the Japanese to American economy and society will be
examined.
Japanese-Americans from the Twin Cities, films, slides, recordings and readings will be used
as resources. Ethnic meals. Some evening meetings will replace day sessions.
Grades will be based on discussion, a journal, an exam, and for upper division there will be a
project. Fees - $15.00.
Prerequisites: Lower division none. Upper division - one college history course or consent
of instructor.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I... . . . . Room: L 1
.
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
-
HIS 114 4032
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe." There's
a bit of "sour grapes" caricature i n that clever statement. For if one could pick out a city
which i n the last thousand years has been more important to Western Civilization than any
other, one could make a good case for Paris. I n this course we will study the history of that
city in one period of its greatness, the nineteenth century. We will use some readings about
France, Paris, and Modern urbanism, but the main emphasis in our reading and approach to
the subject will be the use of some nineteenth century French novels as historical sources
for the study of Paris. We will thus have the opportunity to study the city of Paris in this
century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our talents i n the use of
historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our enjoyment of a future
trip to Paris. The course will be conducted i n part as a lecture course and in part as a seminar
(discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports-all part of the evaluation). There
will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: 11.. . . . . . Room: O M 23
.
The Minnesota Political Tradition
HIS 356 - 4033
Instructor: Carl Chrislock
An interpretive survey of Minnesota political history from territorial days to the present.
Attention will focus not only on narrative political history, but also on the underlying forceseconomic, ethnic, religious and cultural-that have helped shape the state's political culture.
Procedures wttl be essentially traditional: lecture-discussion, assjgned and optional readings,
a term paper or hook reviews, and a final examination (basically essay). Some audio-visual
aids (transparencies of polirical cartoons, video cassettes of Arthur Naftalin's conversations
with Mtnnesolta gouernors,slides~will bc used; and an effort to recruit oursidespeakers with
political experience will be made.
Prerequisites: One course in U.S. history, or consent of instructor.
Time: 11..
Room: M 23
......
Classics of Western Thought
H U M 275 - 4034
Instructors: Richard Nelson, Bruce Reichenbach
The period between the exhaustion of ancient civilization and the emergence of early
modern Europe (ca. 500-1700) was an age of discovery and creativity in Western culture. The
BBC series Civilization will provide the visual center from which we will develop the various
perspectives on literature, philosophy, religion, politics, art and science which can be found
during this period. The course will emphasize the mutual impact of ideas and events.
Presentations by guest speakers and readings from major works representing different
disciplines will supplement the film series.
There will be a mid-term, a final exam and a short paper required of all registrants.
Time: I..
Room: S 112
......
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
MAT 136 - 4035,136 - 4036
Instructor: Henry Follingstad
An exploratlon of math-related Ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dogmas" on the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life, and
mankind. New Space-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to show
inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their links to
geology, biology, and the humanities. Space age alternatives are also presented to integrate
the flood of new data with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have transformed scientific speculation into "scientific fact." A written research paper is
required i n one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will present
extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: O M 23
Time: I..
......
Numerical Pattern Processing Through Programming
-
MAT 144 4037,211 - 4038
Instructor: Larry Copes
I n this course students will learn to write elementary computer programs in the Pascal
language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be
examined for patterns. With the help of the instructor and each other, students will test
conjectures through data analysis and further programs. Work will be in individual, small
group, and classroom settings. Evaluation will be through individual programs and written
reports.
For students registering for MAT 211, the patterns and reports will require the mathematical
maturity of one who has completed a semester of college mathematics at the calculus level.
All students should expect to spend four to five hours per day in the computer room.
Prerequisites: for 144 - Croup I l l score on Augsburg Mathematics Placement Examination
for 211 - MAT 124 or 174
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 205
Time: I..
......
The Electronics of Music
MUS 210 - 4041,410 - 4042
Instructor: Robert Karlkn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some sounds of 20th Century
music. Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks through an
eight-track mixer.
2. individually creating and mixing sounds of traditional sound sources as well as analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined
with aesthetic considerations in the creative aspects of the art.
Though no prerequisites are necessary for participation i n the class, i t is expected that
students will bring to it an interest in, and curiosity about, the many ways in which electronics
technology is involved i n the field of music today. Music majors and students registering for
upper division credit will be assigned special projects.
Students will be able to concentrate on aspects of recording, creative electronic music, or a
combination of the above.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: 11..
Room: M 25
......
Broadway Musical
MUS 285 - 4043
Instructors: JamesJohnson and Steve Cabrielsen
The preparation and performance of a Broadway musical including singing, acting, set design
and building, choreography, dancing. A variety of talents and interests are used. Li'l Abner is
the present musical under consideration.
Costumes will be made by members i n the class. Fees for material will be paid by members
wearing those costumes.
Room: M Sateren
Time: I..
......
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330 - 4044
Instructor: Pam Farnan
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reaching effects in health care.
Students will be graded on group presentations and written examinations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I........ Room: O M 12
Introductory Meteorology: Weather and Climate
PHY 106 - 4045
Instructor: Ken Erickson
A study sf Ihe science and wonders of he atmosphere, The course Is deslgned t o provide a
working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understand in^ weather and
climate. Attenlion will he given to the overall weather pattprns of the earth and to thc many
varied aspects af weather, some of which Include: the relationship of sun, earth and
atmosph~re, clouds and precipltatinn, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather
monitoring and lorecasting, rhe influence a l wealher on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and
o i the sky. The course i s designed to he an elective or to satisfy the
o p ~ i c a phenomena
l
distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. Grading will he basetl on exams,
laboratory exercises and a paper.
Prerequisites: Elementary Algebra (high school)
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I.. ...... Room: S 108
Politics and Policy Making in Public Education
POL136-4046,336- 4047
Instructor: Jo Fraatz
This course examines politics and policies in American public schools, and provides
opportunities for students to analyze policy problems and propose their own solutions. Most
of the allotted class time will be used for a combination of lectures and discussion; time
outside of class will be spent reading, thinking, and writing. The objectives of the course
include:
1. To learn something about the difficulties of working in public schools;
2. To learn something about the prospects for changing public schools;
3. To learn how to analyze policy problems and policy solutions;
4. To develop and improve writing skills.
Written assignments will take the form of policy memos to which students will be asked to
respond. Evaluations will be made on the following basis: 1 & 2 - 10 points each; 3 & 4 - 15
points each; 5 & 6 - 20 points each; Class participation - 10 points.
Grades will be determined after all points earned on these requirements are added up at the
end of the course. Students wishing credit for an upper division course must be at least
sophomores and will be required to do a 10-page book critique in addition to meeting the
above requirements.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: M 22
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
POL 344 - 4048
SPC 344 4064
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
-
This course provides a close-up study of four European mass media systems and the relations
of those systems with political rulers and the broader public. Through seminar discussion, site
visits, media observation, and briefings with public officials and media professionals and
scholars, students learn about major issues in each country. We begin in London, after a week
move to Paris - remaining for several days to compare British and French media and politics.
Departing Paris by overnight train, we stop two days in Salzburg before proceeding to
Vienna, the site of Austrian national media and the Parliament. From Vienna we continue to
Prague for the weekend, then conclude the program in Berlin with briefings on German
media and U.S. international radio operations.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Grading: P/N only
Theologies of Politics
POL 386 - 4049
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
An inquiry into political perceptions, attitudes and preferences associated with various
theological premises from early Christian times to the present. Students will encounter views
of Paul, Augustine and Aquinas; a comparative approach to Reformation theology in the
political expressions of Luther and Calvin; and, in a 20th century sampling, perspectives of
Reinhold Niebuhr, the Moral Majority and Liberation theology.
Goal: An enhanced understanding of ways in which theological and political thought are
mutually dependent and of the political expression of particular theological values and
assumptions.
Methods: Lecture, reading, thinking, discussing and writing -a paper on a relevant subject
chosen by the student:
Evaluation: Quizzes, paper, participation.
Prerequisites: REL 111 and a political science course or permission of instructor.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: O M 11
.
The Male Jail
PSY 286 - 4077,386 - 4078
Instructor: Lyla Anderegg
A prisoner of his sex, his gender, his society, he devotes his existence to the development of
serious disease and a death occurring a decade earlier than the female. His obituary: "He was
a real man."
A review of the psychological, physical and legal data bearing upon the status of the
American Male, circa 1982.
Additional assignments will be given to upperclass students requiring research, integration of
materials, added involvement in the community.
Evaluation by quality of oral presentation, kind and level of first-person information
gathering and written test.
Prerequisites: General Psychology for upper division status.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 11.. ...... Room: P 2
Nature and Uses of Consciousness
PSY 335 - 4050
Instructor: Richard Marken
Consciousness was what psychology was about until Watson discovered behavior. This course
will investigate various approaches to understanding consciousness (and, of course, the
unconscious). The goal is to become conscious of the functional significance of consciousness
and related phenomena (volition, awareness). Evaluation will be based on class participation
and a final paper.
Prerequisites: General Psychology
Time: I........ Room: P 2
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374 - 4051
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better, more secure life. For others,
including some Christians, science and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations between science and the
Christian faith, emphasizing three periods: the origins of the Christian faith, the development
of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of science and
nature in the 20th century.
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible
obsolete?Are scientists really that smart? Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian?
Can computers save us?Why do science and religion always seem to be fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two short tests and a written
project.
Prerequisites: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Distribution: Religious studies
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345 - 4052
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church i s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, its origins in the 16th century, and its development and
cultural influence during 450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide an
overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the
Gospel i n art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology and theology. Requirements will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Time: I . . . . . . Room: M 22
..
Israel and Egypt: Archaeology
and Religion
REL 375 - 4053
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
1-
'
Israel is a<mall country - a young country, but a focal point for international politics and the
study of world religions. Egypt, larger and older, boasts a 5,000-year-old civilization as well as
contemporary importance in the Arab world. I n this interim we visit archaeological and
religious sites i n both nations. During our week i n Jerusalem, the ancient story comes alive as
we live in the O l d City, visit the Church of the Holy Sepulchre, the Dome of the Rock, and the
Aska Mosque, and see the Western Wall - a place of special religious importance to the
Jews. O n bus tours out of Jerusalem we visit Bethlehem, Nazareth, Hebron, Caesarea,
Qumran, Masada, Beer-sheba, and the Sea of Galilee. During four days in Egypt we tour
Cairo, Memphis, Sakkara, and the Giza Pyramids.
Distribution: Religious studies (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Grading: P/N only
Practicum in Human Services
-
SWK 257 4054
Instructor: Rosalie Clark
Thirty hours per week of volunteer work i n a human service agency is combined with
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discover whether a career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will be based on submission of journals, summary of experience
and a final examination. Students will be asked t o meet with instructor before the end of Fall
semester to discuss selection of agency and structure of the course.
Objectives:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increase knowledge of the services given by the agency in which student is serving.
3. To gain knowledge of the professionals i n the organization, including their skills,
competencies, education, and training.
4. To gain beginning knowledge about the diversity of human services agencies.
5. To increase understanding of self in relation to the human service field.
Time: I.. . . . . . Room: M 22
.
Field Work Ill
SWK 466 - 4055, (1 course), 466 - 4076 (M course)
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well
as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work
practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process;
to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of
strength, and areas for personal/professionaI development; to promote competence i n the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work Il-educationally focused field placement
i n a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in
faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made i n writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work II; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
The Housing Pyramid Came:
Public Policy and Your Future
SOC 143 - 4056,343 - 4057
Instructor: Carry Hesser
Course objectives include 1) To introduce students to the study of public policy and how it
impacts their lives and futures; 2) Through reading, discussion and simulations the students
will learn the critical issues that are operative in the processes and decision-making that goes
into the choices and execution of public policy; 3) Using housing and neighborhoods as the
focus of attention, students will work in groups to research and understand viable public
policies currently in place to meet housing and neighborhood needs, as well as alternatives to
the present policies; and 4) Experience policy-making and project planning through
simulation and contact with practicing policy makers and planners.
Requirements: Active participation in simulations; reflection and analysis of simulations in
journals; group/individual research project with class report (students desiring upper
division credit will do a more extensive analysis, with greater quantity and quality) and a final
exam. Each requirement is worth 25% of the final grade.
Prerequisites: One introductory social science course or permission of instructor
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I . . . . . . . . Room: M 25
Six Guns and Samurai Swords: A Comparative Study
of American Western and Japanese Samurai Films
SOC 233 - 4058
ENC 233 - 4021
Instructors: Jerry Cerasimo and John Mitchell
(See description on p. 10)
22/l nterjm
Sociology of Law
SOC 220 - 4059
Instructor: Diane Pike
This course examines the nature of law, its effect on society, and the effect of society on it.
From a sociological perspective, we will explore cross-cultural notions of law, deterrence, the
criminal j u s t i ~ esystem, the legal profession, and corporate crime. The basic course format
will be lecture and discussion, much of the latter based on the reading assignments.
Evaluation i s based on participation and two examinations. Students desiring upper division
credit will be asked to write a short paper on an assigned question in addition to the exams.
Prerequisites: Principles of Sociology or introductory Political Science course or permission
of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: 1 1 . . ...... Room: O M 10
The Sociology of Gambling
SOC 313 - 4060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
Recent research has examlned the phenomenon of gambling from a saclological perspective.
What rypeof person i s llkely to gamble? What Is the nature of the wmk-force i n the gambling
industry?Is gambling a social problem or a social beneflh These are some of the questions
raised in published sociological studies. The'course will focus o n these studla. Students will
be expected to read and discuss this materlal and t o pass a final examination. I n addition, i n
order to oixerve n gambling society within a legalized setting, the course will Include a field
trip to Las Vegas. Cost of the field trip {travel and lodging) wlll be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I........ Room: O M 22
Imagination and Humor in Communication
-
SPC 165 4061,365 - 4062
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinking, and humor are important dimensions of communication
competence. The major purposes of this course are 10 better understand the functions of
imagination, the creative process, and the nature of humor; to improve creative thinking;
and to increase the ability to protluce effective humor.
There will be lectures and readings on these topics, a study of models, and a variety of
assignments, i n writing and speaking. There will be a number of experimental projects
involving humor; the amount of attention given to this topic will depend in part upon the
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication & Theater Arts
Time: 11.. ...... Room: S 112
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
-
SPC 285 4063
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is needed-script,
costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by the class.
Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:OO-3:00 p.m.. . . . . . Stage 2
..
Mass Media and Politics in Britain,
France, Germany and Austria
SPC 344 - 4064
POL344-4048
Instructor: Milda Hedblom
(See description on p. 18)
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but
have been approved for credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses
which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the lnterim Office.
ART 163 - 4065 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost $174.
GST 120 - 4071 Wilderness (branch of Plymouth Christian Youth Center)
A splendid course at the PCYC base on the edge of the Boundary Waters
Canoe Area in northern Minnesota near Grand Marais. Approximate cost:
$400.
HPE 106 - 4066 Ski Interim (Park City, Utah)
Comprehensive program with lessons and seminars by professional ski
instructors. Open to all from novice to expert. Special courses for those
interested in and qualified for ski patrol and ski instructor. Package fee of
approximately $995 includes lodging, lift tickets, lessons, lectures, seminars
and cross country ski outing. Does not include transportation or food
(condos have cooking facilities). Dates are Jan. 7 - 28. Contact Joyce Pfaff
(Melby Hall basement or at 330-1248) for further information and registration
materials.
HPE 484 - 4069 Teaching Tennis the Professional Way
A course for students who want to learn how to teach tennis - taught by
professionals. Cost: $175. Time 9:00 - 12:OO M, T, Th at the Minneapolis
Tennis Center
POL 398 - 4067 Washington Interim: The Making of a President
POL 398 - 4068 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits, and
seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington, D.C.
Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistance is available from Jo Fraatz in Memorial 113.
24/l nterim
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry official
credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may
participate i n any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pa
any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Racquetball
HPE 002 - 4071
Instructor: Dave Boots
Learn rules and skills necessary to enjoy racquetball.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Badminton
HPE 002 - 4072
Instructor: Dave Boots
Basic techniques and theory of beginning badminton - much of the class time will be spent in
singles and doubles games and tournaments. There will be no written tests or outsid
assignments. Grading is P/N and is based on attendance and participation.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO Noon.. ...... Melby
American Karate
HPE002-4073
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified
Second Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of approximately $20.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports.
Time: 12:OO - 1:00 M, W, F . . ...... Melby
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4079
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20.. ...... Melby
Running
HPE 002 - 4080
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon.. ...... Melby
Show less
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS... Show more
............. 2
Essential Information ................ 3
Options ........................... 3
Courses ........................ 5-24
Introduction & Calendar
A R T . . . BIO . . . BUS.. . C H M . . . ECO
. . . EDE . . . EDS . . . ENG . . . FRE . . .
GER.. . SPA.. . G S T . . . HPE . . . HIS
. . . I N S . . . M A T . . . MUS . . . N U R . . .
P H Y . . . P O L . . . PSY.. . REL.. . SOC
. . . SWK . . . SPC . . . Lifetime Sports
1985
Interim Catalog
AUGSBURC
COLLEGE
Minneapolis, Minnesota
Augsburg College lnterim
The interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. It is particularly
intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning
and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular
term. Since one course equals a full time load, students should plan to spend the same
amount of time in class and preparing for class as thcy would for a four course load during
Fall and Spring semesters.
january 1985
S M T W T F S
Calendar for Full Credit Courses
..................................................................................Interim Registration
............................................................................Late Interim Registration
.......................................................................................... First Day of Interim
November 5-9
December 10
January 3
Class 1 9:00 a.m.
Class 11 1:00 p.m.
Last day for cancel/add
Last day for determining grading system with Registrar
Last day for withdrawing from full courses
Interim ends
...................................................................................
..............................
...................................................
....................................................................................................
fanuary 4
January 17
January 21
January 30
Calendar for Half Credit Courses
.....................
.
.............................. First group of half credit courses begins
January 3
January4
January 9
January 11
January 16
Ianr~ary17
January 1R
...............................,..................... last rlay to cancel/add half crcdit courses
........................ b a t day d~tetmininggrad in^, systcm lor half credit courses
....................
.
.........-.. Last day for withrlrawing from half cretlit roursm
....................................................... First group of half crcdit courses encis
.................................................. Second group of half credit courses bcgins
..................................,............. Last clay to cancel/add half credit cour~es
janunry 23 ................ Last day for determining grading system for hatf credit courses
January 25 ...................................... Last day for witlrdrawing from half crcdit courses
Iant~ary30 ....................
........ .
.
.
.........*....................................... lnfcrim ends
The interim day is divided into two blocks of time:
I - 8:00 - 12:OO Noon 11 - 1:00 - 5:00 p.m.
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged
the first day of class.
POSTMASTER
Volume 115, Number 4
Winter 1984
612/300-1001
AUGSBURG COLLEGE (USPS #490-310) is published four times a year in Spring, Summer,
Fall, and Winter by Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, M N 55454.
Second-class postage paid at Minneapolis, Minnesota.
Essential Information
One course is considered a full time load during interim and no student is permitted to
register for more than one course credit during the period.
There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an interim course.
Most interim courses are graded traditionally on a scale of 4.0 to 0. Students generally have
the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few interim courses are graded only on
the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such interim courses
have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division
standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least
three must be interim courses (or one interim less than the number of years of full time
enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one interim for graduation.)
This Catalog
This catalog lists courses by departments with departments listed in alphabetical order. At
the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized
by the College for interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses
are available in the lnterim office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the
Lifetime Sports listed on the last page.
Location Key
L-Library Building
M-Music Hall
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology Building
S-Science Hall
Options
lnternational Interims-Students are invited to consider being part of one of the three
overseas interims offered by Augsburg College during January 1985. These interims are
under the following departments:
Health-Sailing in the Virgin Islands
German-The Rhine Frontier
Religion-The Confrontation of Cultures and Religions i n Hawaii
Augsburg students are also eligible for participation in one of the 24 international interims
offered by the Upper Midwest Association for lnternational Education (UMAIE) as well as
travel interims offered by other 4-1 -4 schools in the country.
Further academic description, travel details and cost estimates are available in the lnterim
Office and from Mary Kingsley in the lnternational Center, Old Main 20.
Students interested in participating in one of these international interims should apply in
the lnternational Center before November 1. Additions to the overseas groups usually
cannot be made after that date.
There will be no June interim in 1985.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning
contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 20.
Contract forms are available in the same office.
Independen! or Directed Study - Students may elect a projirnrn of independent study
(upper rlivision 4 W )o x d i r r r t ~ rstudy
l
(lower division 299) fnr inlerim. I:acitlIy n~embers
or
arp strongly discouraged from accepting responsibillty (or mnre than onp indf*p~ndent
direct~dstudy per int~rim.Sludents choosing to pursue independent or directed study
must:
A. Meet departmental requirements,
B, Present to the lnterini Direclor for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved
by he supervising fac~~lty
memher. This proposal must be submitted at least one week
and nnt later ihan December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms
before re~isiralior~
can be obtained in the lnterim Office.
Interims at Other Schmtg - Airgburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 Institution
whiclt offers a reciprocal interim arrangement. Catalogs of these interims can bc rnrrsulted
in thr Interim O f f ~ c The
.
Interlm Secretary wlll hell) stutients in applyinfi for registration
at other schools. Registralinn (or inrerims at !he other Twin Cities c o l l ~ ~ e
will
s b r donr at
Augsl~urgduring the regi~tarregistration period. Most courses tnughl rii~rlng!he ~nlrrim.I!
otlirr 4-1-4 srlronls arc accepl~rltor credil by Augsburg, I>ut may not necessarily be acparticlrlarly afcepted as meeting At~gsburg'sdislrihutioti rcquirernents. This q~~allftcation
(ects courses offered Inr the R~ligionreqi~iremenl.
Non-Augsburg Students
Augsbr~rgCc~llcgvwdcornes stutlenls From other 4-1-4 schods for the january interim
witho~rthairinn charges provided lhp slurtent's home institl~tionap,rees not to charge tu~tinn
to Augsburp, slurlcnts for the January lcrrn. The waiver nf cuition dow nnl include sppcial
fees, Iloi15ingor board cosls. Olller sti~dentswlll be charged $775 far the Interim course.
Students interester1 In regiswring for an Augsburg lnterim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use t h forms
~
provided by the interim rlffice af their own
schoot. Therc is an application processing fee of $10. Thew sturl~ntrare welcomr! to stay
on campus but are no[ required to tlo so. Requests for Interim housing should be made
to the lnterim Office.
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of hugsburgCollege not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national
or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972
Educational Amentlments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
Need More Help?
Check with:
The lnterim Office (Memorial 230).
The lnterim Secretary, Ruth Maertens at 330-1025, or
The Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson at 330-1192.
Courses
Art Interim '85: Washington
D.C. and New York
ART 1 14-4501, 245-4502
Instructor: Philip Thompson
This course will provide students with the opportunity to visit major museums of art in
Washington D.C. and New York (including the National Gallery of Art, National Portrait
Gallery, Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden, Freer Gallery of Oriental Art, Guggenheim Museum, Whitney Museum of American Art and others). There will also be visits in
New York to the studios of emerging artists.
Participants will be traveling from January 7 through 18. Days preceding the trip will be
spent in preparatory lectures and visits to Twin Cities museums. The days after the trip
will focus on comparative lectures and provide individuals with an opportunity to complete
personal projects or assignments.
Students may opt to take this course as a drawing course, as an art history course or as a
directed or independent study for either lower or upper division credit.
The tour price will be approximately $995 and will include transportation, housing, most
meals and tours.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I............ Room: O M 17
The Biology of Aging
B I O 185-4504
Instructor: Robert Herforth
At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be
influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the
biological aspects of such changes. What is the nature of these age-related changes?What
factors influence the rate of aging? Do cells isolated from the body show aging? Is aging
the result of deterioration of certain cells or tissues of the body? What are the current
theories as to the biological basis of aging? Is aging controlled by a biological clock?These
and other questions will be addressed in this course by means of classroom lectures and
discussions of assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
The
idl log^ of
~~ricul'ture
B I O 234-4505
Instructor: Roberta Lammers
We will be taking a critical look at agriculture from the perspective of biology. What is the
relationship of hunger and starvation to agricultural practices - is agriculture producing
too little food for the world's population? What kinds of environmental effects have resulted
from attempts to increase production in the U.S. and in the third world? What is the nature
of hunger and malnutrition? What effect will biotechnology (genetic engineering, cloning,
etc.) have on agriculture and agricultural production?
Class periods will be a combination of lecture and discussion. Evaluation will be based on
one test, class participation and a log of readings.
Time: I .............. Room: S 31 9
Immunology
BIO 386-4506
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
A study of the immune system, emphasizingantibody structure and function, cell-mediated
immunity, the development of the immune system, immunopathology, molecular recognition at cell surfaces as related to immune phenomena, and cancer biology and immunology. lmmunological and serological techniques will be considered and demonstrated.
Lectures and discussions with grades based on examinations.
Prerequisites: BIO 111, 112
Time: II
Room: S 205
.............
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321 -4507
Instructor: Thomas Morgan
This course is designed to provide students with exposure to a wide range of business
functions through on-site visits to a variety of organizations in the Twin Cities, both large
and small, private and public. The experiences will be oriented toward integrating what
students have been exposed to in the classroom with practical issues which they will
encounter on the job. Students will visit an average of three different situations each week
and meet one day each week for discussion and lecture material.
Evaluations will be based upon participation and a formal business plan which students
prepare and present.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I ............ Room: O M 11
r
Chemistr for Changing Times
CHM 100 - 4 08
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratorychemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill
of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science
background. Basic science and math are introduced early and are taught as needed for
understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the student is
interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intlmately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientlsts
were coilsidered to be philosophers and their societies were phitosaphical societies. In
recent decades [he human seeking of p e ~ a n a independence
l
lias led lo chemistry becornlng a pntt of everyday life to Ihe point nf aclual depenrlence on chemislry, We live
in a world of pe~ticidps,fertilizers, plastics, "the pill," foot! additives ant1 pracessed lootl5,
vitamin supplements. the energy crisis, chemical deper~dcncy,biocides, pollutants, drugs,
searching lor life an other planets, genetic ~nanipt~lation,
and it goes on and on. Ernottons
and mental disorders can often be tracctl to chemical imbalan~e.The common dragged
out, grumpy feeling after an allernoon nap is a resul! of a chemical imbalance. The nature
of a liangover is the result of a complex system ol' altered body chemistry. Even learn~ng
appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory mo!~cule."Most of t h ~
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can better help us to
~~nderstand
ourselves, our society, our world, and our tinlverse? Come join us as we take
a rnolrcular look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussiun
format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Quizzes and tests will be
used for evaluation. This course does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106, 116 or
223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I.............. Room: S 315
Understanding International Trade and Finance
ECO 360-4509
Instructor: Ed Sabella
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations.
We will consider the development and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the mechanics of adjustment and general commercial policies. Grading will be on
the basis of examinations and possible other written assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 122 and 123 or permission of instructor
Time: II..............Room: M 22
Elements of Mathematical Economics
ECO 353-4510
Instructor: Satya Gupta
In Business and Economics, development of analytical skills is imperative. This course will
be designed to help attain this goal.
Economics will be explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from Finance, Management, and Marketing will also be solved.
Evaluation will be through tests and assignments.
Prerequisites: ECO 123
Time: II........... Room: O M 23
Teacher Education with New Boundaries
EDE-413-4519, EDS 41 3-4520
Instructor: Lauretta Pelton
This course will give the student the opportunity to expand his/her knowledge about
teacher education and the schools in a chosen geographic area beyond Minnesota. The
student is encouraged to do the greater share of research at the chosen location. This will
include a specified number of days/hours to be spent in a school. This research will also
help the student identify courses s/he can take to fulfill requirements of that locale, and
to better prepare for that setting should s/he choose to live there. The student will research:
1. the professional and licensure requirements of the chosen state or country, its job
market, salary scale and level of living.
2. the expectations in the school curriculum as identified by local and extended educational governing powers.
3. various education concerns such as teacher unions, cultural make-up of the schools
along with related implications, testing-grading-promoting, etc.
Should a student prefer to remain in Minnesota for a specialized study related to curriculum
or school systems, that student will select an area of the elementary curriculum for intensive
study as it is developed and implemented at all grade levels in a specific school district.
The student will acquaint him/herself with: 1) the school's curriculum guide and resources
for that subject area and 2) appropriate resources found outside that school system.
As a result of this research the student will develop and complete one or more education
projects which will be used in future teaching. All activities related to the project will be
submitted in completed form.
Because much of the course will follow the format of an independent study, each student
will contact the instructor prior to December 15, to make known in writing the location
of choice, specific objectives, strategies and evaluative procedures for him/her to fullfill
the requirements of the course.
Prerequisites: ED 255 or permission of instructor
Time: I .................. Room: L 6
m
Student Teaching
EDS 481 - 451 1
EDS482-4512
EDS 483 - 4513
EDS 484 - 4514
EDE 481 - 451 5
EDE482-4516
EDE 483 - 451 7
EDE 484 - 4518
Instructor: Sheldon Fardig
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school.
Prerequisities: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
Grading P/N only
Time: I .................. Room: L 4
The Short Story
ENG 240-4521, 340-4522
Instructor: Richard Sargent
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories
will include the major genres, such as the science fiction of Ray Bradbury and Arthur C.
Clarke, the detective fiction of Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the
experimental fiction of John Barth and Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing
and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Richard Wright and James Baldwin will be among
the authors studied, as will writers from a variety of nationalities.
Although the course will not involve a systemafic analysis of the llistory of the form of the
short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate
the historical development from Poe to Paley. The course will involve practice in ways of
approaching litenlure ant1 will Include study of the l)as~ccr~tical(erminology, so it would
be an appropriate coursc for st~ldentswho have no1 yet studied literature at the college
level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on
a topic selected with the advice of the teacher, and take several tests and a final essay
exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with
clarity.
Distribution: English-Speech, Communication and Theater Arts
Time: I ............... Room: M 23
Creative Writing Workshop: The Prose Poem
ENG 362-4523
Instructor: John Mitchell
Three students from each of the five colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
will be chasen, on the basis of portfolios submitted to their respective English departmrnts,
for pattiripation In this w ~ r k ~ h oThe
p . conlent of the course will emphasize the participants'
own crearrve work during the Inrerim, including d~scussionant1 critictsm. In additton, there
will besome study nf the tradition of thc prose poem internationally, Altllough thc emphnsiq
will FII upon the prose poem, students may use Ihe form as an originaling basis for poems
and short stories. Thus wrilers of both prose and poptry are invited to participatr. Grstllng
will be basetl upon cornpletlon and revision nf poems during the course, with some conslclemtion given to class participation. Students are encouraged l o take the coirrse for
P/N credit.
Interested Augsburg students should contact John Mitchell of the English Department and
submit selected examples of their writing to him by 11/I184.
Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor
Time: II........... Room: O M 13
Beginning French I
FRE 11 1-4524
Instructor: Ruth Askov
This course will provide an ;tnrroduc!ion tn the French language and culture. We will
practice situational Frrnch to develop lisfening anrl speaking skills, rernforced by some
reading and writing o l the languaae. Tlip pmnunt:iattonsystem and basic sentvnc~structures
at a rudini~ntnrylevel.
are taught to enallle ~~ndcrslanrl~ng
and sr3l.l-~xpr~s~ion
Evaluation will be through group cultural study and individual projects on a cultural topic.
There w ~ l be
l oral and written quizzes and daily 30-minute laboratory assignments.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: II........... Room: O M 25
January 3-27, 1985
The Rhine Frontier:
Germany Meets Rome and France
GER 333-4525
w d D zkh
Instructor: Donald Steinmetz
J-LveQ. LO"-&Since Roman times, the fandsalongil~eRhine have been one of the most significant frontier
areas of Europe. Here German ant1 Roman ct~lturt~s
clashed and mixed. Here modern
Germany and France have their r m l s i r ~tlir rrnplre of Charlemagne. Here romanesque
and gothic architecture I l n u r i s l ~ ~ind the Middle Ages. tlcre Germans and French fought
in three recent wars. It i 5 s~ichpvenls w l ~ i c llij i t v ~<11;1p~rl
!
l~fe
and left so many monuments
between the Rhine and the Meuse. The student will study and "relive" the h~storyof this
area on location, from the Roman monuments of Trier and Cologne, Charlemagne's Aachen,
to the battlefields of World Wars I and II and the dynamic society of present-day Germany.
The course will be conducted primarily in Trier, Germany, with excursions to nearby sites.
Tr~eris ideal for this purpose. Perhaps the oldest city in Germany, Trier is rich in monuments
dating from Roman times to the present, and Important historical sites of five countries are
less than 100 miles away. Lectures, discussions, and readings will be principally in German
according to the student's entering level of competence.
P/N only. Grading will be based on oral exams and diary to be kept in German.
Prerequisities: German 112 or equivalent
Cost: $1690
Distribution: Foreign Language
-
Beginning Spanish II
SPA 112-4526
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
This course is intended for students who have completed Spanish 111 or its equivalent. It
is an intensive study of the basic grammar structures beyond the present and the past
tenses to enable the student to use the four basic language skills at a level that is acceptable
for the fulfillment of the language requirement. The objectives are achieved through classroom practice, homework, and language laboratory exercises. Grading is based on tests,
exams, homework and classroom participation involving oral skills.
Prerequisites: Spanish 111 or equivalent
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I ............ Room: O M 25
a
? How to Ace a Term Paper by Really Trying
GST 165-4527
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
edit
s
Participants will engagein rewrite and gkwntea paper/on which they originally received
s are
s
. .
grades of C or less. The goal/is (1) to improve the paper/to the 7
level
an ~lif-ithadL,,,I
and (2) to develop, in the process, competency
excellent
in writing/gaad papers.
Students will work with
I
such issues as bibliographical adequacy, documentation,
L U uC c
and
originality, organization, clarity, literary quality,/validity of logic and conclusions. Technical
trivia, such as typography, spelling and punctuation, will be part of the regimen.
G
The course will require joint activity as well as individual work. The grades will be based
degree of
(of?)
on the/improvement m / t h e paper and on the development of writing and editing skills.
Prerequisities: By permission of instructor after a sufficiently bad term paper has been
submitted to him
Time: I............ Room: O M 22
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232 - 4528
Instructor: Bethany Shifflett
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk
dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade
is based upon participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I - Jan 3-16 ................. Room: Melby
Administration and Supervision
.of the School Health Program
HPE 410 - 4529
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community
health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory
experience in classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activites, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 13
.........................
+
January 5-24, 1985
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-4530
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of
sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of
sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard
a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and will function as an active crew
member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip
planning, piloting and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and cays in
the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and
a final written exam will be given.
Cost: $21 00
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-4531
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor
coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a 112 credit course.
Time: I - January 17-30 ................ Room: Melby
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481 -4532
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course wlll focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There
will b~ practjcal experience on thc floor. Students completing the course should be ready
for certification by lie Minnesola High Schoul Association. Grade evaluation will be based
upon tesfs,papers prepared and performance on Ihe Iloor. Whilr l l ~ e r are
e no prerequisites,
it is highly advisable that students have some basketl,all playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: II, January 3-16 ,.................. Room: Melby
Paris in the Nineteenth Century
HIS 114 - 4536
Instructor: Orloue Gisselquist
The French are sometimes accused of thinking of Paris as the "navel of the universe."
There's a bit of "sour grapes" caricature in that clever statement. For if one could pick
out ;I cily w t ~ i c hin the Ii~s!thousanrl years has heen mnre important to Western Civilization
than any other, olie could make a gord case ior Paris. In this course we will study fhe
history of !flat city In a n p periorl n( i t s grcatne55, [he ni~ieleenthcentury. We will usc?some
rearlinsi.; almul France, Park, ant! Modern itrl.ianism, lnrt n main ~mpllasisin our reading
ant1 approach to the sulrriect wlll ke thr usp nf some nineteen1h centirry IYrrnr:hnovcls as
lils1orir:;11snurres k ~ lhp
r str~dvof Paris. We will tlius have Ilie opporlunify to study the
city of Paris in this century in some fullness, read some great literature, and develop our
talents in the use of historical material. As a bonus we will double (maybe quadruple!) our
enjoyment of a future trip to Paris. The course will be conducted in part as a lecture course
and in part as a seminar (discussion of readings, short papers, and shared reports- all part
of the evaluation). There will be a final exam.
Distribution: History-Philosophy; Urban Concerns
Time: II................Room: P 3
20th Century South Asia
HIS 162-4537
Instructor: Don Gustafson
This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; from
this people have come one of our century's greatest "saints" and also one of the most
renowned statesmen; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. South Asia is all this- and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in nonwestern subjects-though others are also welcome. The heart of the course will be in a
wide assortment of readings (some of them really excellent) but there will also be lectures,
time for discussion and frequent breaks for slide presentations.
Grades will be based on general level of participation, on some written work and probably
a test.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: O M 16
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-4534, 320-4535
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
An investigation of !he rationalc for the in~migrationpattern, economic opportunities, and
social, pnli tical and ~ c a r ~ o r nprot)lems
ir
~ncounlcredby h e following ilnrni~rants.Cliinesc,
Japanrse ancl Koreans in the Unitc~rlStates. Focus on thew Ihrre ~ t h n i groups
r
will Involve
boil^ the "old" immigrants and the "new" ~~lnnii~mnts.
Course w ~ lutilize
l
ethnir. sprakt~rs
(Cllin~se,Iapanes~anrl Koreans) In a home env~ronmenl-rlrf~~tr~iorr
format. Tticre wilt
he pthnic medls, r!thnic rooking d~rno~~stratinns,
films, slides and f ~ ~trips-all
l d
these arp
important components of the course as IS the academ~ccomponent of read~ngs,etc.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal.
There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: $1 5 for meals and films etc.
Prerequisites: Lower Division, None
Upper Division, sophomore standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History and Philosophy
Time: I ................Room: L 1
Introduction to Oral History
HIS 481-4538
Instructor: Rrchard Nelson
This course will investigate the methods and approaches involved in writing history from
oral sources. Students will read and discuss material on the natwe of on1 hrstory during
.the first week af the course. The remainder of the twm wIII be reserved for ldentlfication
of and research on a topic which wlll include the techniquesof oral history. A paper based
on this m a r c h wlll be due an the lad day of the lerrn.
Prerequisrtes: Permrssron of the rnstructor
Trme: II................Room: O M 10
The Philosophy of Healing
INS 141-4547, 341 -4548
J
.+
522
Instructor: Pam Weiss-Farnan and Mark Fuehrer
Since a human being is a besouled body, wholeness must involve bath the mind and the
body. Further, since the mlnd Is the prlnclpal directed !orce In human Mngs, wholeness
Is directed by rhtt mind. Dlseese in a person can therefore be approached as a phenomenon
that requires rhe respo,nse hat just of the whole v a n but under the dlrectfan of the
mind, the human being can strive to cooperate with natum In the process of healing either
diseases of the mind or the body. Westem and Eastern philasophles ask (he question,
"How can one heal~oneself?'' and have evolved some startling a n w e k about prwpectlve,
attitude, and knowledge of disease. In western healing, we now ask how our technaloglcal
apptoach can be merged with personal healing. Shew concepts fall into a pattern, that
when analyzed, reveals a power ode has over one's health.
I0 this coutw there dl be readings and lectures coverin8 philmopHcal views of beallng,
western and nonwestern approsches to disease and healin and an opportunity to team
about a d Investipte further variovr heating praflfcasand t&enpirs such as acupuncture,
biofedbqck , homeopathy, massage and so on.
Course grades wrll be determrned largely from a paper Upper drvrsron students wrll be
expected to produce a longer and more sophrstrcated paper than those tak~ngthe course
for lower drvisron credlt.
Time: II................Room: O M 16
Brush Up
MAT 103-4539
Instructor: Bev Durkee
This dome & deifgnedai a bruslr ry, lh arithmetic and elementaryal a h skills for students
scoring lon the Mathemattcs Placementexamination. ~ h ci,u&
&
vdbe pmkuia'dh WI
forrmdme m elementarycdvatlon or who will be tahng it.Hniaa p n d r m a w
of the work will be dofie err the computer, There w#l be d1agnosj.I~tesb to detwmine
study mh homework assignment5 to gain skills, and written problem wl\rfr(gtests to
deteMlhe achievement. Grades wltl be d~temiinedby test scores. Coufie of Budy Fs
completely rndividuallzed.
Prerequ~sites:Mathematics Placement Examination score I.
Time: I ................Room: S 112
Mathematical Modeling
M A T 132-4069
Instructor: Paul Hulse
This course will focus on the development of mathematical models to describe and study
selected problems in the "real world." The course will emphasize the use of analytical
methods of mathematics to study these problems.
Prerequisites: Basic algebra and geometry
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: S 2 13
An Exposure of Chaos in Modern Cosmic Models
M A T 136-4540, 336-4541
-
Instructor: Henrv Follinastad
An exploralion of malh-related ideas and Space-Age research which critically re-evaluates
present "scientific dagmas" un the universe and the smaller cosmic models of earth, life,
and mnnkinrl. New Spacp-Age data, much of it ignored or misinterpreted, is uncovered to
show inadequacies and contradictions in cosmology, relativity, macroevolution, and their
links to geology, biology, and the humanities. Space-Age alternatives are also presented
to integrate the flood of news media with past knowledge.
Class instruction and individual research will include study of the historical and modern
impact of math-related cosmic models, and will note some misuses of mathematics which
have elevated some "scientific speculation" into "scientific fact." A written research paper
is required in one of six major areas discussed.
Upper division students will show broader research scope and writing ability and will
present extensive oral summaries of their papers.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I ................Room: O M 23
FORTRAN
M A T 270-4567
Instructor: Leo Lake
A study of the FORTRAN programming language to expand the student's knowledge of
languages. This course is especially vital to computer students who will work with the
scientific community where FORTRAN is a well entrenched language. The course will
involve daily lectures, extensive programming on the PDP 11 and a programming project
on which grading will be based.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. MAT 145, 170, or 175
or BUS 250)
Time: II................Room: S 112
Special Functions and Their Applications
in the Physical Scien~ces
M A T 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
(See description under Physics)
Introduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 1 10-4543
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitafton of clinfcal facilities in the Metrnpolltan area to &serve nruslc therapy in pracflce.
Obieciives o l the couKe will be to become familiar with a variety of clientele (including
mentally retarried, emolinnalty disturbed, and ph!tsicalfy handicapped), and to ut)serve
how music therapy functions with rlitterenl popula~ions.In adclitiun to lie (ield trips,
classroom discussions will include an nvervlcw of music therapy practices and Iheory in
Ihis coirntry ant! abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports, and clas5
participation. h sper~alfee of $1 5.00 will be reqir~rcd,to cover h e cost rrl Transportation.
A speclal class project will be required for upper division credtl. Sti~dentllmes must be
flexible, lo allow Inr Creld trlps during rither the morn in^ or alfcrnoon.
Fee: $15.00
Distribution: Art - Music
Time: I1................Room: M 24
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-4544, 329-4545
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students
will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisites: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I ................Room: M 4
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-4546
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by introducing current trends
and issues in health care anti Ihe profession of nursing. Many of the Issues are controversial,
are relevant to current practice and have po!en!ial lor br-rraching eCfecIs in health care.
Students will be graded on group pr~sentalion~
and written exam~nations.
Prerequisites: Registered Nurse
Time: I ................Room: O M 12
el
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-4568
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the
principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing
the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns,
forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be
included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an
elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student. The course will include daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory sessions
per week), two one-hour examinations and a research project.
Prerequisites: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Room: S 31 5
Time: II................
1985 Oak Ridge Associated Universities
Science ~ i n i m e s t e r
PHY 322-4549
Instructor: Kermit E. Paulson
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and "hands-on" laboratory
experience for the individual student. The course will consist of (1) introductory work on
radiation detection and measurement at Augsburg, (2) participation in the 1985 Oak Ridge
Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study
projects in nuclear radiation physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3) summary and evaluation
of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated Universities-Professional
Training program. Two weeks of the course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing
the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Fees: The cost for travel and housing will be approximately $300.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor.
Time: I ................Room: S 24
Special Functions and their Applications
in the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-4550
MAT 327-4542
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
Certain mathematical functions find use throughout the physical sciences and engineering
disciplines because of the high degree of symmetry they can represent. This course will
acquaint the student with three categories of functions and their applications: Legendre
polynomials and spherical harmonics, Fourier series and transforms, and functions of a
complex variable. High resolution graphics using the Tektronix 4051 Graphic Computer
will be used to enhance understanding of the symmetries involved.
Student performance will be evaluated on the basis of several problem sets and project.
Prerequisite: Physics 122 or consent of instructor; Mathematics 224 or equivalent
Time: I ................Room: O M 21
The United Nations
POL 166-4551, 366-4552
Instructor: Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of:
a) strudurp, purpose and fundions of the ~ n l ~ eNations,
d
b) geographical, historical, culhtrat, pr~liticalancl economic backgvound of the member
states of the Sectlrily Council,
C) s~lectedcurrent topics h e f n r ~the Un~tedNations.
d) procerlural rutes of the Security Cotlncil.
The course will lead to a six to eight hnur sirnulatlon of a meeting a l the Security Cotlncit,
Evaluation of students in the cnurse will be based on three slinrt papers and on performance
in I ~ Psimulation. Participation in !he simulation is ct~lnpulsory.
Upper rflvisiun studrnts will be requireri to sul,mil an adtlliional paper anatyzlng the political
processes o l r h Security
~
Council.
Prerequtsites: Onp pollrlcat sclcnce course for upper division credil
Distribution: Economics-Political Sc~ence
Time: II................Room: M 23
Self-identity and Values
PSY 110-4553
Inslructot: Norman Ferguson
The objecfive o l this course will be to examine the concept of "sclf" nr "selCidentity"
(Wha am I? What do Itlrlnk and feel about myseltl). Thth rrlalinnship betwwn sell-irlent~ty
and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will li,~vemainly a psychological locus, r e l ~ r ~ n will
c e be m;ltl~lo splriiual ;mi ~~I~Ilosophirat
lssue~Illat relate to thc
conc~ptsof selktdentity anrl values. The cuntent of tlir course will rover topics surh as:
the acquisition and drv~lnplnpntrrl srtCirlen~r~y
and values, rncluding fhe i n f l u ~ nof
~ rsex
roles; ihc clarificaiinn of values; ttw growth anti rliitngr uf self-irlrnl~tyand vatues during
aclul~hood:arbd !he relationship be'tween sel(+itlent~ty
and spirilual grriwth,
Class lime will be devoter[ mainly to the discussion of these issues In small groups. A n i v ~
participation tly each sturl~nlt s ~xpecretlalong with the sharlng of relevani intlivitlual
experiences. Evaluation will be based on class partfcipalior?,one or Iwo short papers, and
possibly one exam. This cuurw may not sut>stitute for PSY 105 lor stilrl~ntspursuing a
rnnrar or minor in (~sy~lrology.
Gr~rlingP/N only.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I ................Room: P 1
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-4554
Instructor: Bradley Hot!
This course wltl focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the 5011th. Stude~lfswill be
introduced to IrazlitionalAfrtcan cullure ant1 religion, the introduction of Christianity, and
!he present dev~lopmentof indigenous cl~urchesin West Africa. The newer "Independent
African Chr~rches"will be studied, as well as attempts to forrnulat~"African Christian
Theology." A major sectlon of the cnurse will locus nn conZernpurary responws nichurclies
in Soutl~Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregatlnn. There will he lectures and
discus5ion of reading materials, films, and visiting resource persons. Students will be evaluated On several short IPS15 ant1 a short research paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion.
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: II ................Room: O M 18
i
W
January 2-26, 1985
The Confrontation of Cultures
and Religions in Hawaii
REL 321 -4555
Instructor: John Benson
A studv of Rudrlllism, I'rrrlestanl Christianity, Mormoni~ln,and I'olynesian rellgion wilh
t o 1lietr ~nl~rrvlaticbn
in Hawall. Speci~lartt*nllnn glveii t r ~the following:
r p ~ c l aatlenlinn
l
IIIP n i e e t i n ~nf New F n ~ l ~ ~Cillvinlrm
ntl
and tlllwaii,ln trild~tionalculf~rrcand r e l ~ ~ nnrl
~on
i t s results today: the rnPcllnK ofCl~rislianityand bull1 Chlncsc and J,~pdnese
Rutirllilsm ;n
I-lawsti today; ,!t~rl I l l ? rlpl)rtl;lcIi nf ~I~PCIIILIICII n l ] l i s i t Clir~st
~
oiLaltcr Day S,aints (Mr~r~nons)
to 1 I i ~
P t ~ l \ v ~ e s i i lEllorts
l~.
will also tw made tn 51udy aliperls nf Ch~nescanrl Iqiarlcse
cultures and relif!lons In the~rown r i ~ h t .
Evaluation will be based on class participation and the submission of a journal.
Grading: P/N only
Prerequisites:one religion course (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation
religion requirements)
Cost: $1 745
Distribution: Religion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-4556
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church 1s the largest Protestant church in the world. We will examine the
Lutheran Church as it is today, ils origins tn the lhfh cPnrury, anti Its development and
cultural influence during 450 year5 01 hislory. The texl by Brrg~ndoffwill provide an
overview. Lecture and class disc~lssiol~
will den1 with examples of Lulheran wifnrss In the
Gospel In art, music, missions, phl!nsol~f~y,
s o c ~ o l o ~and
y Ilicnbgy. Retluirrrnents will
include two exams and one short paper.
Prerequisites: One course in religion
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used toward graduation religion
requirements)
Time: I ................Room: M 24
Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261 -4560
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has
functioned as a locus of community in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing tendencies
in an industrialized and bureaucraticized society. This course will attempt to assess the
extent to which the foregoing assertions might apply to ethnic neighborhoods in the Twin
Cities. After some preliminary background sessions and readings, each member of the class
will be asked, either individually or as part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic
community in the Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation and a
final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the course.
Prerequisites: None
Distribution: Urban Concerns
Time: I ................Room: M 22
Exploring the Human Services
SWK 257-4557
Instructor: Mary Lou Willlams
Thirty hours per week nt vorunteer work in a human service agency is comblned w i ~ h
readings and weekly seminars. An opportunity to discovcr whetllcr e career in human
services is for you. Evaluation will bp bawd on submission of jnurrlals, rurnrnary of experience ant1 a [inal examination. Siudcnls will br asketl ln merl with Inslructar before
the enri of Fall semester to iliscuss selection of agency and structure uf the course.
Objec!tves:
1. To develop special awareness of the kinds of problems for which people seek help.
2. To increas~knowledge of ll>eservic~sgiven by tlie agency in which student is serving,
3. To gain knowtcdge of the prnf~ssionalsin the organ~zation,including thew skills, competencies, et!ur:at~on, and [raining.
4. To gain l~cginningknowledg~abr~utthe diversity of human services agencicls.
5. To increase r~nrl~fitanding
nf sell in relatlnn to [he human service tleld.
Time: I ................Room: P 3
Field Work Ill
SWK 466-4558 (1 course), 466-4559
(l/2
course)
Instructor. Maria Brown
The objectives a l the class are to use sup~rvisoryrelationship lo increase interprrtive a5
wetl as social work ~wrfnrrnancecornpctence; (n ptomotr gradual entry into direcl soclal
work practice; to increase competence in !lip client contaci p h a ~ eof the problem solving
process; 10 increase s~utlcntsell-awareness in regart1 In profc$%ional
praclice Interests, areas
of strength, and areas for personal/professiunal rlevelopmcnt: 10 promote competence tn
the full process of problem solving, with spet:ial emphasr~c ~ nanalysis anrl r~solurionstage5.
Course content will be conttnuation of Field Work I!-educationally fociised iield placement in a social service agullcy.
Students will spend t 5 (ar 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week
in faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by Field Instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation form.
Note: Course is offered for 1/2 (15 hours per week) or full (30 hours per week) credit. If
for full credit, 1/2 credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.0 in Field Work I and in Field Work 11; candidacy status
Time: Arrange with instructor
Imagination and Humor in Communication
SPC 165-4561, 365-4562
Instructor: Ray Anderson
Imagination, creative rhinktng, and humor are importan! dimensions of communication
thc lunctinns of
competence. The major purposes of h i s course are to lwttpr t~t~drrsfand
imaaination, the creative process, and the nature of Irurnor: to improve crealive thinking;
and lo ~ncreasr:the ahrliry to procli~cee[fecl~vehumor.
Thew will be lectures and readfngs on these topics, a study of niod~ls,and a variety of
assignments, in writing and speaking. T h ~ r ewill be a ntrrnber of experimental project5
Involving humor; IIIP ernount o l atlel-ttiongiven in this fapic wit1 rlepenrl in part upon tlw
interests of the class.
Evaluation will be based on essay examinations and on the creative projects. For upper
division students, one or more additional papers will be required.
Prerequisites: Beginning Speech, Freshman English
Time: II................Room: L 1
Story Theater (Children's Theater)
SPC 285-4563
Instructor: Ailene Cole
This class will improvise, produce, and perform a children's play. Whatever is neededscript, costumes, props, lights, scenery, music, dance-will be created and executed by
the class. Performances are scheduled for the final week.
Time: 9:30-12:OO and 1:00-3:00 p.m. ................Stage 2
Other Courses
These courses are offered by Institutions or gmups not canneaed with Augsburg College
but have been a p p r o v ~ dfor credit by the College. Most carry a tuition cost plus other
expenses which are the rt?sponsihrlityofthe stud~nt.They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details fnr registering are available in the Interim Office.
ART 163-4564 Basic Spinning, Weaving and Dyeing
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost
$1 74.
POL 398-4565 Washington Interim: After the Inauguration: Continuity or Change?
POL 398-4566 Washington Interim: The Legal System and Legal Careers
Washington lnterim provides a combined program of lectures, site visits,
and seminar situations focusing on a particular area or topic in Washington,
D.C. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during interim. They do not carry
official credit, but they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course.
Weightlifting
HPE 002-4571
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:20 ................Melby
Running
HPE 002-4572
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO noon ................Melby
Show less
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students... Show more
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1986.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-courseload during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/
N system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Off ice (Memorial230)
Interim Secretary, Sue Schmidt at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114G)
Interim Calendar
November 4-8 . . .Interim Registration
December 9 . . . .Late Registration for Interim
January 6 . . . . . .First Day of Interim
First Day Class: Time I -9 a.m.
Time 11-1 p.m.
January 7 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceVAdd
January 13 . . . . .Last for Determining Grading System
for Half Credit Courses
January 14 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from Half
Credit Courses
January 17 . . . . .First Group of Half Credit Courses
Ends
January 20 . . . . .Second Group of Half Credit Courses
Begins
January 20 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading System
with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last Day to CanceVAdd Half Credit
Courses
January 22 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawingfrom
Full Credit Courses
January 27 . . . . .Last Day for Determining Grading
System for Half Credit Courses
January 28 . . . . .Last Day for Withdrawing from
Half Credit Courses
January31 . . . . .InterimEnds
February 4 . . . . .Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 5 . . . . .Spring Semester Begins
.
The number and length of class meetings a s well a s the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12Noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
L-Library
all
M-Music H
OM-Old Main
P-Psychology
S-Science Hall
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships-Students electing an internship must present a
completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 26. Contract
forms are available in the same office.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $495 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Environmental Aesthetics
ART 102-48001
302-46002
Instructor: PhilThompson
In this course there will be a focus on readings in the area of the
man-madevisual environment and consideration of the principles
of design with concern for appreciation and criticism. There will
be projects in art media exploring the visual elements and the design process.
Each student will do one special project (a slide essay on a cultural
landscape topic; or a gallery environment event; or some other
project approved by the instructor). There will be about eight
other text related design projects required. Grades will also be
based on one or two examinationsplus a final.
Distribution:Art - Music
Time: 11
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-48003
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from one
minute to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2 B and 4 B pencils, the charcoal
pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art -Music
Time: I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-46004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
The Biology of Women
BIO 231-46005
Instructor:Roberta Lammers
The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of
the structure and functioning of the female human organism as
well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen
in the history of biology. We will study first the structure and
physiology of women, including the determination of sex, nutritional needs, menstruation and menopause, as well as other developmental issues. We will also consider women's health issues
such as pregnancy, birthing and particular occupationalhazards.
In a section on evolution we will look at various interpretations of
human evolution and the social relationships of women and men.
FkmUy, if time permits, we will consider the scientific contributions of some women biologists.
Evaluation will be based on weekly quizzes as well as individual
reports, which will be either written or oral depending on the
number of students in the class.
Prer uisite: High school biology
Dish%ution: Chemistry-Biologyor Women & Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: S 329
11 1986 Oak Ridge Associated
Universities Science Minimester
BIO 322-46006
PHY 322-46007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
A study of nuclear radiation with emphasis on applications and
"hands-on" laboratory experience for the individual student. The
course will consist of (1)introductory work on radiation detection
and measurement at Augsburg, (2)participation in the 1986 Oak
Ridge Associated Universities Science Minimester where the student has the opportunity to study projects in nuclear radiation
physics, radiobiology, radiochemistry, environmental radiation,
coal technology, health physics, and radiological safety; and (3)
summary and evaluation of the program back at Augsburg.
This course is a cooperative venture with Oak Ridge Associated
Universities-Professional Training program. Two weeks of the
course will be spent in Oak Ridge, Tennessee utilizing the instructional staff and laboratory facilities of ORAU. These facilities provide an opportunity for laboratory experience not normally available to undergraduate students.
Cost: 8350 for travel and housing (approximately)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: S 24
II Biological Evolution
BIO 431-48008
Instructor:Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwiniantimes to the present.
F'inaUx we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112or permissionof the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 205
BUSINESS
II Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-46010
Instructor:Thomas Morgan
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accornrnodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
u&ite: permission of instructor
zz7
Room: P 2
IIntroduction to International Business
BUS 152-46070
BUS 352-46071
Instructor: Arnin Kader
This course is designed to introduce the student to the problems
and possibilities of doing business in an international context. Appreciation of the perspective required for successful planning and
management of an enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by
foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in
international business.
The case method will be employed. Evaluation will be based primarily on performance in working the cases assigned.
Prerequisite: A minimum of two business courses for upper division registration.
Time: I
Room: OM 22
IEntrepreneurship
BUS 295-46077
Instructor: John Cerrib
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Room: M 23
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-46092
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students willbe required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Advanced Personal Computing
BUS 378-48093
Instructor: Milo Schield
The object of this course will be to study advanced personal computing applications and their business uses. We will use the Augsburg IBM PC Network to study
- advanced word processing (Word Star 2000)
- advanced spread sheet techniques (macros and templates)
- advanced data base featuresd @-BaseI11and Power Base)
- business graphics (free form paint and fixed form analytic1
presentation)
- integrated packages (Symphony)
There will also be visita to local businesses using these applicationa, This # m e i s designed for students who are already familiar with h i c Personal Computing applications such a s Appleworks and .Lotus.
Evaluation will be based on the following: 10% on attendance and
participation; 40% on tests; 50% on group projects.
Fee: $20--but no required textbook.
Prerequisite: BUS 250 (DataProcessing)
Time: I
Room S 123
CHEMISTRY
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHlM 100-46013
Instructor:Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional
background. Bachemistry cotu'se m d d m not =sume a ~ c i m m
sic science: a n d math EWE introduced early and are t,augl:llta8
needed for understmding the various topics .md implications. T h e
course does assume the student is interested in and concerned
about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be philosophers
and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades
the human eekicingof perwond independence has led to chemistry
becoming a part or everyday Lire to 4,he pht of actud dspondence
on chemistry W e live in n world or pcsticidos, fertilizers. pIasticer,
"the pill," food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical imbalance. The common dragged out,
Chemistry for Changing Times (wn't)
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex
system of altered body chemistry Even learning appears to be the
result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule." Most of
the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society,
our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular
look at the human condition. This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Test will be used for evaluation. This course does not
satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106,116or 223.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 315
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-48014
Instructor: SandraOlmsted
A survey of plastics, polymers, and proteins that will investigate
the unusual properties that make these materials useful. Also included will be a short history of these materials, with their economic importance or biological interest. Grades will be determined by two exam scores, and a final paper which is due the last
day of class.
Distribution: Chemistry-Biology
Time: 11
Room: S 315
FORTRAN
CSC 270-46045
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or lVLAT 175)
Time: 11
Room: S 112
E Understanding International Trade and
Finance
ECO 360-46012
Instructor: Ed SabeIla
This will be a study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. We will consider the development
and bases of international trade, the balance of payments, the
mechanisms of adjustment and general commercial policies.
Grading will be on the basis of examinations and possible other
written assignments.
uisitei: ECO 122 a$d 123 or permissionof instructor
Room: OM 16
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-46015EDE 481-46019
EDS 482-46016EDE 482-46020
EDS 483-46017EDE 483-46021
EDS 484-46018EDE 484-46022
Instructor:Trudi Fulda
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
Time: I
Room: L 4
ENGLISH
E Five College Fiction Writing Workshop
ENG 362-46098
Instructor: Lon Otto
This workshop seeks to increase the participants' range and intensity of the participants' fiction writing, sharpening their critical skills, and broadening their awareness of contemporaryfiction
and the literary tradition of which it is a part. Discussion the first
week will focus on readings from an anthology of mostly recent
short stories. The remaining three weeks will focus on stories
written during the Interim by members of the class. The stories
will be duplicated and distributed prior to each meeting. Students
Fiction Writing Workshop (con't)
will write three substantial stories and will be expected to participate actively in the critical discussions. There will also be opportunities for individual conferences with the instructor.
Evaluation will be based on work written during the Interim, on
willingness to engage technical suggestions, &d on vigorous,
constructiveparticipation in the workshop's discussions. Faithful
attendance is essential.
Three students from Augsburg will be accepted for this course.
Interested students should contact John Mitchell in the English
Department.
Fee: $10
Prerequisite: Some experience in fiction writing; preferably at
least one creative writing
- course on the college
- level
Time: 11
Room: McNeely $301- St. Thomas
IThe Short Story
ENG 240-46024
340-46025
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
We will read a variety of short stories for pleasure and understanding. The selected stories will include the major genres, such
as the science fiction of Kurt Vonnegut, the detective fiction of
Arthur Conan Doyle, the humor of Mark Twain, and the experimental fiction of Jorge Luis Borges. Women such as Doris Lessing and Joyce Carol Oates and blacks such as Ralph Ellison will be
among the authors studied.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, a sufficient number of classics will be assigned for the student to appreciate the historical
development from Poe to Beattie. The course will involve practice
in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for
students who have not yet studied literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories, participate in class discussions, write a paper on a topic selected with the advice of the
teacher, write a short story, and take several tests. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write
with clarity
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 23
The Dark Side of Genius: Films of
Alfred Hitchcock and Ingmar Bergman
ENG 260-46026
460-46027
Instructor:John Mitchell
Using selected films, the course will compare the popular cynical
vision of Alfred Hitchcock with the problematic existential vision
of Ingmar Bergman. Literary texts related to biography, film criticism, Freudianism, and existentialism will also be assigned a s
background material. Class procedure will involve lecture, discussion, and the showing of about eight feature films. Because of the
time required for introductions, projections, and discussion, students should expect class periods of three to four hours in length.
Although the course should be enjoyable and even fun, students
should expect to study the films rather than merely watch them.
Grading will be based upon occasional quizzes and a critical paper
of about 12 pages in which the student will compare the two visions. Students who wish to take the course for upper division
credit must have mrrnission from the instructor.
Fee: $25 for rental of films
Time: I1
Room: SCI 123
Grow Old Along With Me
ENG 209-46023
Instructor:Barbara Andersen
You, too, will enter Middle Age and, eventuallx Old Age-if you
live long enough. What do poets, dramatists, and novelists have to
say about this process? A lot. Among those that we may read are:
Hassler's "Simon's Night," Anderson's "I Never Sang for My
Father," Sarton's "As We Are Now," Miller's "Death of a Salesman," Tillie Ohen's, "Tell Me a Riddle," Pyrn's "Quarter in Autumn," Wright's "Fire Sermon," Berry's "The Memory of Old
Jack," Woolf's "Mrs. Dalloway" We hope to see some films such as
"AU Your Parts Don't Wear Out at the Same Time."
What do real live people have to say about old age? A lot. You will
be expected to find out what they have to say by interviewing several older people in several different settings.
Evaluation will be based on readings, examinations, quizzes and
interview journals.
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: OM 10
E Love in Literature
ENG 269-46068
Instructor:Ron Pal&
This course will examine several literary depictions of passionate
love including the Biblical "Song of Songs," Ovid's "The Art of
Love," Shakespeare's "Romeo and Juliet" and "A Midsummer
Night's Dream,"and more recent works including Chopin's "The
Awakening" and a modern romance novel. Also studied will be poetry from different historical periods and material from the social
sciences. The course will study changing concepts of love and
show how literature reflects and creates concepts of love. Students will write two papers, take two tests and attend a few assigned plays or films.
Prerequisite:ENG 111 or a college literature class
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: OM 25
FRENCH
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-48028
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysis of a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communication and critical skills, develop cultural sensitivit~and become acquainted with significant French
writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention
on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study
Prerequisite:Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Sueech
Time: I
Room: OM 27
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries
HPE 475-46081
Instructor: A1Kloppen
Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common
athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room
procedures.
This is a half credit course.
Prerequisite:HPE 350Kinesiology
Time: II -Jan.20-31
Room: Melby
January 4-23,1986
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48036
Instructor:Joyce PPaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with six or seven other people and
will function as an active crew member.
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the
course. This willbe supplemented by sessions dealing with safety,
boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting
and navigation. Sailing will include cruises to various islands and
cays in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkelingand windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain." A
daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written
exam willbe given.
Cost: $2100
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Human Sexuality
HPE 216-46035
Instructor:Richard Borstad and Nancy Medcraft
The course will examine the biological, psychosocial, behavioral,
and cultural aspects of human sexuality Opportunities will be provided for students to explore and assess their values about sexuality Included in the course are the following topics: gender issues,
male-femaleanatomy and physiology, communication and sexual
behavior, sexuality and the Life cycle, sexual problems, and s d
issues related to sexual behavior. Lectures, readings, guest speak
ers, films, and small discussion groups willbe utilized. Evaluation
will be based on mid-termand final exams, and a research project.
Fee: $10
Time: II
Room: M 24
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-48080
Instructor:Lynn Mackenthun
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a half credit course.
Time: II - Jan. 6-17
Room: Melby
Eastward to America: Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-46036
320-46037
Instructor:Khin Khin Jensen
An investigationof the rationale for the immigration pattern, economic opportunities, and social, political and economic problems
encountered by the following immigrants: Chinese, Japanese and
Koreans in the United States. Focus on these three ethnic groups
will involve both the "old immigrants and the "new" immigrants.
Course will utilize ethnic speakers (Chinese, Japanese and Koreans) in a home environment-discussion format. There willbe ethnic meals, ethnic cooking demonstrations, films, slides and field
trips-all these are important components of the course as are the
academic components such as readings.
Focus is on the experiences of these ethnic groups in Hawaii, California and Minnesota.
Upper division students will do a paper and a journal, lower division will do a journal. There will be an exam on the text and readings.
Fees: 816
Prerequisite: Lower division none. Upper division: sophomore
standing and consent of instructor
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: LI
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-46038 HUM 275-46097
419-46039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor.
In addition, (dependingon production timing)the class will attend
a Twin City based production of Euripides' "Trojan Women" during the term.
Prerequisite: Permissionof instructor for upper division
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time:I
Room: OM 13
-
January 2-26,1986
Hawaii: A Cultural History
HIS 321-46104
Instructor: John Benson. and James Johnson
'She cultural and h i s t o r i d resources of Hawaii offer a richly endowd classroom Por study during J a u q The objeativo of this
mume is to provide a basic understanding of I-Iawaii's history,ethnic diversity, and religious heritage through lectures, toms, books
and travel. In addition ta B u d r h i . ~Thoism
,
and Polynesian religion, the wurse will focus on thc Mormon missions to the South
Pacific and the New England Cnlvinist Christianity that sent missionaries to the Hawaiian Islands. T l ~ a r wiU
s
d s e be a unit on the
w ~ nBuddhist-Christian
t
dialogue.
Further information can be obtained in the Interim Office or from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20.
Cost: $1,895
Distribution:Religion (by petition)
INTERDISCIPLINARY
The Art of Being Female
INS 216-46078
416-46079
Instructor: Sara Eaton
Zf women's experience of culture is different from men's, do they
write about it differently? Do they use the same words but mean
something else? Do they paint from a forninlne perspective? Do
they campme and ning a different music? Or a m these aU questions of interpretation?
Tn an at,temptto answer these qumtiona, we will study some of the
literature, visual arts,and music m t e d by women in the k t 400
years. Beghnhg in the Renais~mco,with tZro love poetry Mar5
Queen of Scats. wrote to Bothwoll, and ending with Georgia
O'Keefe'a and Judy Chicago's art and w v ~ r a mnmmporary
l
novels by womcn, we will analyze what female arlists are t e h g UE in
their art and how they t~1l
us. The murst; iR croes-disciplinw;
students will I
x encoumged t~ develop their own topics of atudy
and supplement and the course cont~nt.Thore will be a rcquircd
amount of reeding, viewing and listening. hower division students will write a 5-7 page essay Upper division students will
write a longer papex (850 pagee) and give n presentation b e d on
their topic to tho class.
There will not be a find exam, but approximately half the grade
will come from quizzes on the assignments.
Pre uisite:English 111-EffectiveWriting
Diszution: Urban. Women's and Minority Studies
Time:II
Room: OM II
Central America: The Roots of the Crisis
INS 280-46034
Instructors:Norman Walbek, Vern Hanson. Staff from Center for
Global Service
The crisis in Central America is one of the major foreign policy
issues of the decade. The purpose of the course is to expose participants to the complexities of the issues involved, and to examine
the root causes for the desperate conditions that exist in most of
the region.
The course will be a joint offering of Augsburg, Gustavus, and
PLU. The first part of the course will be held on the three respective campuses, examining key events in the history of Mexico and
Central America and looking at the current readings and discussions.
On January 16, we will depart for Mexico where we will spend five
days at the Augsburg Center in Cuernavaca. From January 2 1-26,
we will be in Nicaragua, housed at another facility managed and
staffed by the Center for Global Service and Education. In both
countries, encounters with people from the churches, political,
cultural and business organizations will be provided. In addition,
there will be on-sitevisits to peasant cooperatives, squatter settlements, historical sites, etc. Particular attention will be given to
grassroots Christian communities and other ways in which the
poor are relating the Bible to their daily experiences and seeking
to organize themselves to bring about more just social institutions. The schedule will be an intensive one, but will also provide
opportunitiesfor group reflection and worship, and free time. The
final week of the course will be held back on campus, and will be a
time for de-briefingand evaluation.
During the first week, participants will be required to read 1-2
books, a packet of related articles, and give an oral report on an
assigned topic. During the trip, students will be required to keep a
journal, and upon return, write a final reflection paper, due on
January 31.
Cost: $1420from Minneapolis Ineludem all travel expems, meals.
lodging:and program in M e d w ancl Nicaragua. Cost is subject to change due ta an airfare inmawe prior to departure.
World Hunger and Justice Education:
Developing a N e w World View
INSm - 4 6 0 3 1
REL 2 W 4 W 3 2
h t r u c b r a : Joel Mugge, Center for Global Servimand Education,
tmd George S. Johnson. ALC Hunger P r o w
The course will mlrvey the most recent reports and analysis of the
current holocaust or global hunger ineluding the root causes,the
Intemnnectednese to other issues, the hiillical ma,ndateand tho
role of justice eclucettion. Attitudes toward poverty and wmlth,
justice nnd charity, oppression and Liboration wiU b discussed using biblical material, the U.S. Cntholic Bishop's Lotter on tho U.S.
Economy and insights rmm Liboratmion
tl~ealom.
The purpose wiU
1.w l o build peat,er global a m n e e s , become sensitized to ethical
choices, energize us ror action nncl responsible living, a d explore
pe%gogical principles for socinljustice.
Guesl leczur+ersinclude Norman Barth, Direcur of Lutheran
World Belief, Dr. Mark Thomsen. Executive Director of World Mission for.tlm AlC; Ruth Hnlvomn, Director of the ARC Retreat
CenWr;Dr. Mark Lund. Prof~ssor
of Economics at Luther Collage:
world guests in tho Twin Cities ma.
and
The P t t s t t b weeks of the c o m e will be held at the ARC retreat
center in n hautif ul wooded m a 46 milea north of the Twin Citics. Included in the experience will be cumunity building, m ~ . tive use CIP music ,and tlm mCs. trip8 to areas of poverty, opportunity For solitude. and cross-country skiing. T h e find week will be
held back in the Twin Cities, where them will be visits to various
orgiUli7~vtiomworking on hunger issues, and time for writing a
final p a p r .
S~udentswill read 1-2books snd related articlee- A f i n a l paper
intepatirig the overall themes of the course and readings will be
tequired at. the end of thc course. Xduationa wiU k e based u w n
this paper and prticipation.
Cost: Room md Board at the ARC R e m t Center for the three
weeksi willbe-8300,
Dhtrlbution: -1
on OnI one fnaourse ma be ueed taw;u%?gr$luat?on rewon reguirementsr
RiI The Church and Social Change in
the Philippines
LNS 274-46033
Instructors: J
i
m Faurnier, Newman Mter, U d d Q af
Minnemta and staff member f o m the Center for Global
Service and Education
T h e puspose of the course is to help participants gain a olearer
underslamling of lhe currant situation in the Pl~ilippines.It is a
country that suffers Prom a great deal of poverty and injustice,
and one of the mqjor instigators Por mid change 11wbeen the
church. Thmugho~~t
the coursc, therefore, we will be examining
the role of the church and the respnaibifity of Christians inworking for socialand political change.
The Church and Social Change in the Philippines(con't)
The first week of the come wjll be h ~ l d
in htinn~apolis.and will
foeus on getting a sense of the h.istOry, dtm,and current economic and political situation in tho PhiZippinea. hcturos, readings and cliscussions wiU & the format for this first week.
On January 10,the group will depart for the Philippines. The style
of the travel seminar will be quite intensive, and includes encounters with people and organizations representing the different sectors in the urban and rural areas as well as the different tribal
p u p s . 'She trip will a h prwide opportunities for group r~flootion m d worship. The p u p will return to Ure Btates on January
26. The find week of the course wi13 be used for debriefing and
aduation of the experience.
During the first weok, participants will be required to read s
packet of articles,m d research and give an oral report on a related
topic. During the k i p , students wiU be
to keep a journal,
and upan return, write a final p a p r reflecting on Ula expex-ience.
Grading PIN.
Cost: $1995fmm ~
~ includes all
p m v d expenses,
o
meals,
~
ld@g m d program In the Philippines. Cost i s subject to
change due to &are increase prior to the trip.
~~
MATHEMATICS
Mathematical Modeling
MAT 132-46042
Instructor: Paul Hulse
Thie come wiU focus on the dmcdption of various problems in
the "real world" L n mathematical terms. Tapics will i n c l ~ ~ dpel y he-,
represemtations ofnumbers and various types of geometrg.
The course will emphasizethe use of mdyLical methodsr of mamamatios lo study these problems. G~'adeswill b~!based on homework assignments.
Prerequisite: Basic algebraand geometry
Distribution: M~Wlermttcs-Ph,ysics
T i e :1
W r n : OM 21
Linear Algebra In Action
MAT 315-48046
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of several applioations of l i n m in bra, including marlcov chains, Linear p
~
~
.leastgsqunres
,
fitting, computer
graphics, quadratic transformatione, ctc. as time p x m i t s . G d e s
will be determined by assignments of prabtems and examirmtionq.
Prerequisite:MAT 215
Time: I
Room: S 112
IM Numerical Pattern Processing
Through Programming
MAT 144-46043
211-46044
Instructor: Larry Copes
In this course students will learn to write elementary computer
programs in the Pascal language. The programs will generate numerical and other mathematical data to be examined for patterns.
Wit11 the help of the instructor and each other, atudente will tost
coqjectm lhrough dam, d y s i s anrl further programs. Work
will be in individual. small group, and cl~ssroom
set1,ings.Evnluation will be through individual propm~s
and written reports. For
21 1. s t u d ~ n t sthe
, patterns and 1epo1.t~
will ~~equire
the rnatilemftticd maturity of one who has con~plateda semester oP coll~ge
mathematics at tlls calculus level. Stucknte can expeat, to spend
t h e equivalentof a,tlleast half ot'each day with s computer.
Prerequisite: For 1.44,Group Dl on Augr~lburgMath Placement
Exam. Fur 211. completion of Calculus I with grade
2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 213
IIntroduction to Music Therapy:
A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-46047
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
Visitation of clinical facilities in the Metropolitan area to observe
music thempy in practice. Objeckives of the course wiU be to become familim with a variety of client el^ (including mentally retarded, emotional1y disturbed, and phy~callyhandicappod),and t
a
observe how music thara,pyfunctions with difYerent populations.
In addition to the field trips, c h a r w r n diacussior~swill incltlde an
overview of music therapy practices and theory in this country
and abroad. Evaluation will be based on tests, field trip reports,
and clam participation. A special class project will be required for
upper division d t . Student times must be flexible, to allow for
field trips during &her the morning or afternoon.
Fee: $15
Time: I1
Room: M5
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-46065 329-48088
Instructor: StephenGabrielsen
The objective of this course is to learn to improvise in a variety of
styles.
Procedure: Assignments will be given using differing improvisational techniques. Students will perform for each other in class.
Upper division students will be expected to produce additional improvisations.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or instructor's permission
Dishbution:Art-Music
Time: II
Room: M4
Memorizationfor Musicians
MUS 151-48048 351-46049
Instructor:James D.Johnson
Multiple approaches to memorizing music via a foolproof system.
These systems are derived from the harmonic, melodic, rhythrmc,
and formal analysis of the music under study For instrumentalists and vocalists.
Upper division students will be expected to memorize more, perform more for the class and do more memory work away from
their instruments.
Prer uisite: Basic music study
-3
Room: M4
NORWEGIAN
LI Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-46029
Instructor:Leif Hansen
The course provides an introduction to the basic skills of listening, speaking, reading, and writing. The first class sessions are
conducted without the use of a printed text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time:II
Room: OM 29
4 Norwegian Conversation and Composition
NOR 311-46030
Instructor: Leif Hansen
intensive practice in spoken Norwe,@= with emphasis on pronmaiation and original composition. Some attention given to r e
gional variation^ in spoken Norwegian a d to Werences between
the two official languages of N o m y Labora,Lorywork and f i ~ l r l
experience required.
uisite: NOR 211 or equivalent
Ez?m*
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-46050
Instructor: Alice Stark
This course ie intmded to give &u&nts a bmad perspective by
jnb-uducing current trends a d issues in health care and the pmiession of nursing. Many of the issues are oontroversid, are relevant to c m ~ o npractice
t
md have potential for fwreacllingeffects
in h a l t h care. Students will be grzded on group prcsontations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
What Do You Think of That?
PHI250-46053
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clem m d careful thought. What dlalX we thinlr m d
say a b u t such contexnporary issues as Freedom of the Will, C m
Cornputera Think?;and What are the Grounds of Moral Responsibility? Zn t h i course
~
we will CliRcu~sthme and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clem-15
Discussions will be based upon roadin* from a wide selec1,ionof
authors, some traditional (such as John Locke, Fkne Descartes,
anrl William James);and some very much in the forefront of contemporary diF;cuesion (such as Ayn Rand, B.F. Skinner, Sidney
Iloolc, and Jokn Roup~m).
Their views are provocative, to say the
least, and they will challenge you to ask,again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do You Think of That?" Grades based upon mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution: History-Philo8ophy
Time:11
Room: OM 23
Angels and Devils: Their Existence and Nature
PHI248-48051
346-46052
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
736s course inquires into the ~Astance
and nature of those beings
that are intelligencas and trarlitiondly identified w i t l the
~ anaelic
and demonic natures. W e shall investigate the evidence of such
kings, su1vcy the Mary of tl~eirconcept and attempt to answer
certain philosophical qvastiona abut them (sud~
as whether they
arr: unitcd to material M c s of any l h d , how thny differ from
each othur. m d how they a m ordered m d ranked). FurU~ern~ore
we shall survey t l ~ erepresentation of such kings in m. Literature, and on the s-e.
Besides a gmewl examination, students will be expected to do research on some specific topic m d report periodically on progress
of this rewrt. T h e reprt will bF r e d in class and submitted as a
term pqxc Final grnde will consist of exanxination, evaluation of
oral progress reports. and final report. U p p r division students
will have more cliff icult topics %signed and write longer wporta
t h a n lower division studenf.~.
uisite: One philosophy or religion course
EE3
Room: MEM 323
PHYSICS
Numerical Methods in Physics
PHY 345-48076
Instructor:Jeff Johnson
'
Throughout history physicists and in fact dl scientitsts. ha,ve endeavored In cwmprehend the physical world in all its pnerdity by
formulating pbsical law^ in the concise language of rnathcmatics. However, these mathematical ecluations which describe physi-
calayaterns a r o rarely solvable in nnalytictal closed form. Tlzerefore, an appreciation l'or and an und~rstandingof' approximation
and nume~.lcal
techniques is essentid for a prmticjng sciontist.
In this course we will study 1)Numerical integration; 2) Solutions
to 1st order differential equation: 3) Sch~dinger'sequation (an
example of a 2nd order differential equation).
The solution to Schrodinger's equation is important in physics
and chemistry and therefore we will devote a substantial amount
of c h s time to it.
Student performance will be based on problem assignments and
computer projects.
Prerequisite: Math 226: Phy 245 and some programming experience or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: S 329
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-48041
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of rnotwmlogy which will prwide a working b o w l e d g ~
of the principles of ntmosphesic science. Attention
will be given to four bwic weaa: obscnting the weather (including
state oP the art instrumentation), unde~atmciingweather pat.terns, far~aastingwesther changes and understanding the
world's climate. Relatcd topics to be included are: hydrology
(study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic erC~ctsof
the w~sthecand weather's jlnpmt on world events. This course iff
d o s i g n d to br! an elective or ~ a t i s r y
the Mathem~ttim-Physicsdistribution requirement Cor the liberal arts st,ud~mt.
The course will
includo daily lectures, assignments (one or two laboratory
~ e s s i o n swr week), two one-l~atrrexaminntiom and a rrsearcll
project.
Prei uisite: High school
Disaution: Mathematics hyucs
Time: 11
Room: S 212
Vbr?
The Discarded Image: Our Evolving View of
the Universe
PHY 109-46075
Instructor:Mark HoUabaugh
Men and women orbit the earth in the Space Shuttle. Geologists
u
x-rays from
study rocks from the moon. A ~ ~ o p h p i c i s tdetect
what might be black holes. These mdm,vors are a part of our
world and form our modern imaga of the universe.
But our image of the universe has changed, often slowly. When
confronted with Ch~opernicus'assertion that the sun, not an irnmovable ~arth,
was t h center
~
of the turiverse, Martin Luther
quickly cited J o ~ h u who
a
told the sun,not the e a r t h to stand still!
Beginning with the views of the Greeks, Babylonians, Hebrews
and Native Americans, this interdisciplinary course will examine
the impat of poople and discoveries on o w oasmological view&:
Copedcus, Cblika, Kepler, Newton, the tele~~mp,
Hubble, Einakin, high energy nstrophysicg,Hawking, and space travel.
The class will follow a seminar format consisting of lecture and
discussion. Each student will prepwe a major p a p r or project nnd
present it to the class. Extensive reading, including original
sources, will be required and there will be some mtl-onomicd o b
servation exercises.
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: M 24
Special Functions and Their Applications in
the Physical Sciences
PHY 327-46073
MAT 327-46074
Instructor:Ken Erickson
Certain mathematical functions find m e throughout the physical
sciencoa a d engineering dieciplinw bemuse of the high degree of
s y m m e t ~ ythey can represent. This course will acquaint the student with four categories of functions md their applicntions:
hgendre polynomja and spherical harmonics, Bessel functions,
Fourier series m d t r m ~ f o r m sand
,
fullctions of a conlpl~xvmriable.
The study of these special mathematical functions willbe stressed
through-their application to numerous physical systems possessing the appropriate symmetry represented by each of the
functions.
Student performance willbe evaluated on the basis of exams, several problem assignments and a project.
Prerequisite: PHY 122 (or consent of instructor)and
MAT 224 or equivalent
Time:I
Room: S 212
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The United Nations
POL 166-46068 366-46069
Instructor:Manjula Shyam
The course will involve detailed study of structure, purpose and
functions of the United Nations; geographical,historical, cultural,
political and economic background of the member states of the
Security Council; selected current topics before the United Nations; and procedural rules of the Security Council.
The course will lead to a six to eight hour simulation of a meeting
of the Security Council.
Evaluation of students in the course will be based on three short
papers and on performance in the simulation. Participation in the
simulationis compulsory.
Upper division students will be required to submit an additional
paper analyzing the political processes of the Security Council.
Prerequisite: One political science course for upper division credit
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: II
Room: OM 13
The Politics of International Economic Issues
POL 461-46056
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The warall goal of the course is to understand how the international ~ y ~ t eismconceptualized differently Prom a world view emphasizing nation-state unitg. 7 3 pursue
~
this goal students wiU Yo.
GUA on sclwted politid and economic questions which prvoccupy
the headlines of 1985. Course objectives:
1. to explore the linkage between contemporary economic problems and political configurations in the international system,
and
2. to examine the political conflicts and choices confronting
world statesmen-in the changing economic environment of
the mid-1980s
Course content:
1. theories about the structure of international politics and economics, the debate over the meaning of interdependence in
the world of the 1980s;
2. specificissues of political economy, such as the change in the
distribution of economic power during the past decade, the
possibility of trade wars among 'advanced industrial countries, efforts by national leaders to coordinate their domestic
economic pities, and ad;justmentof ~pecificsectors, such as
agriculLur~!
m d finance, within a variety of countries; and
3.a simu la tioir of the w a y decision-makerscope with changes in
the world economy
Students will organize discussion groups for oral presentations
and critiques of readings, simulate international policy-making
roles, and prepare essays in a written take-homeexam.
Prerequisite:Pol Sci 160
Time: II
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Developmental Psychology:Adolescent and
Young Adult
PSY 352-46096
Instructor:Duane E. Johnson
Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of
data and theory related to development during the adolescent and
young adult periods of life.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high level of
student participation. Procedures will include class discussion,
short papers and oral reports, and at least two tests. Most of the
testing willrequire written responses.
Prerequisite:General Psychology
Time:I
Room: OM 16
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-46081
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psychology is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth, with
differing levels of depth. her^ you will h ~ v the
e opportunity to
explore some of the coricepts, data and methods of psychology and
gain some understenclingand insights from this discipline. %ading-s, I&ms, and swcid premntations w
i
l
l ha 3aitilized involving
tlie instructor, class rnembws, nnd outaide speakers. Evaluation
wi 11 involve chas participation, sbudent research presentations,
and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(GeneralPsych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
RELIGION
IChristianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-46058
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students wiU be introduced to traditional African culture
and religion, the introduction of Christianit~and the present development of indigenous cklurches in West Africa. The newer "Independent African Churches" will be studied, as well as attempts
to formulate "African Christian Theology.'' A major section of the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid ~ystem
of racial segregation.Them will be
lectures and discussion of reaiding materials. films, nnd visiting
resource persons. Students will be ~valuntedon several short
tests and a short research paper.
Pre uisite One course jll ndiglon
Disaution: Religion (Only one interim uourm may be used toward graduationreligion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: OM 18
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-46057
Instructor: Gene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will examine the present form and work of this church,
its origin as a special fellowship in the 16th century, and its development and cultural influence through 450 years of its history
The text by Bergendoff will provide an overview. Basic Lutheran
confessional writings will be read. Lecture and class discussion
will deal with examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art,
music, missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements willinclude two exams and one short report or paper. A text
costing approximately $11 must be purchased in class on the
third day
UiSf~ORecou~sehrelEgfon
""%
Mstrj
ution: M W o n (Qnly one In*
ward graduation religion requirements)
course m a y be used to-
Time: I
Room: OM 18
Archaeology and the Bible
REL 215-46101
Instructor:Philip Quanbeck
Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Each student will investigate one archaeological site, write a paper on that topic and
make a presentation to the class. Grade evaluation will be based
on class participation and the project.
Prerequisite: A mume Inreligion
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim mume may be used toward graduation mligion requirements)
Time: I
Room: M 22
RUSSIAN
Giants of 19th-CenturyRussian Literature
RUS 210-46082
RUS 410-46083
Instructor:James E. Brown
This course will acquaint the student with outstanding Russian
writers of the 19th-century.Works to be read include three short
novels (Pushkin,"The Captain's Daughter"; Lermontov, "A Hero
of Our Time"; Turgenev, "Fathers and Sons"), two longer novels
(Dostoevsky, "Crime and Punishment"; Tolstoy, "Anna
Karenina"), and short stories by Chekhov and Tolstoy Students
are expected to read all the assigned works and participate in
class discussions. Lower division students must write three papers 3-5pages in length. Upper division students must write three
papers 5-7pages in length. There will be a final essay take-home
examination. Grades will be based on class participation, papers
and the final examination.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor for upper division registration
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: OM 21
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring Human Services
S W K 257-46059
Instructor:Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary,brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Field Work I11
S W K 466-46060(1 course)
466-46061(% course)
Instructor:Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supen&ory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personaUprofessional development; to promote competence in the
full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work II-educationally focused field placement in a social service agency
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE:Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIQLOGY
Introduction to Cultural Anthropology
SOC241-46098
Instructor:Jerry Gerasimo
The concept of culture is examined anthropologidy and in the
wny we see and live in tha world. Wa will a y z e the basic assumptions underlying tho i d a s of "primitive," "civilized,"and
"pmgr~ss."
and selected aspects of Westem Culture.
Grades will be based on a midterm and a final ex-.
Time: I
Room: P 3
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
II Children's Theater
SPC 285-46064
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members w i l l work as an ensembla ta create and p d u r m a
play for children, Development of the play will empilasize techniques of improvisatiuri. Students will participate both on and off
stago as performers (acto~s,
~ingom,dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and mmagelnent),and kchnicd stnfP (Irigl~ts,
scenc:ry, wstumea, and props).Public performturces will be ~ c : h ~ d ulcd during tllc final week of class. G k W g will b~ based on the
mmmitment m d efi'wtiveness of work on Ihe production, and a
written notelnmlr of' daily mtivities and reactions. No I,henter-E
rience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage T w o
E Writing the Creative Article
SPC 268-46062
368-46063
Instructor:Ray Anderson
The amative article is written out of the wribr's life expmienw.
The types to be streeaed in this co~wscme: prsonal experience,
whimsid essay. original humor, and inspdtion.
Four creative mtioles wnstitute the major projects. Students will.
read in thrw areas-the creative article.creativity. and humor.
Evaluation wiU be based primarily on the cxratfve projects and
sncondarily on examinations a d general participation. An effort
will be made to p~aduccquality material that can be submitted for
publication.
A higher quality of writing will be expected of upper division students.
Time:II
Room: OM 27
W Advanced Acting
SPC 432-46106
Instructor: Julie Bolton
In this course we will explore chmcter development through
scene work based on pkys from the &rent periods of dramatic litFrature. T i l e ins1,ructor will willmh students as 1hey prepare ~ u c t i tion pieces and soancs horn Shalrespeare, Moliere, Chekhov,
Shaw, Plinter and Becket among other's. We will prepare professional resumes, learn auditioning tmI1niques and discuss the
slmngths and drawbacks of the Uleatcr unions. Each student will
prepare an audition. Evduation will be based on a mid-interim
exam, the scenes, and the final audition. This class is only ofrered
periodiuaqy so don't mies tlle opportunity!
Prerequisite:Beginning Acting SPC 232 or Creative Dramatics
SPC 116
Time: I
Room: Stage 11
Television News Production
SPC 344-46072
Instructor: Mark Ambroze
This wiU be a basic m m e in television nows production taught on
location. Studenta will get practical experience in interviewing,
shooting,writing,editing and pmduaing the n w s . Grades will be
based primarily on how well these tasks are performed and on the
quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom
setting, not 5 television studio. Students should have some previous 'IT courseworlr. Check with Ray Anderson in the speech department for further information.
The course will be taught at W S A - T V in Golden Valley The instructors will be professionals a t the station. There will be occasional afternoon sessions in addition to the morning classes.
Time: I
Room: W S A , Golden Valley
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not aonnected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other e x penses which are the responsibility or the atudent. They a1.a offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descript,ions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-46011
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the Decerniwr 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington Interims
Women as Leaders: Preparing Early for Jobs at the Top
POL 398-46084
The President and Congress: An Inside View of Policymaking
POL 398-46085
These Interims begin December 29 and continue until January
17. InPormatiorr on either of the nbova programs, housing and
Pinancid assistance i s available from Dr. Mildn Redblom in Memorial 117A.
Basic Spinning,Weaving and Dyeing
ART 163-46040
Offered by the Weavers Guild of Minnesota. Tuition and materials cost approximately $185.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
T h e following activitiem are available to student^ during Intcrkm and students may register for one of these as well aa for a
rsgul~roourse. These activities do not carry oPrioial credit. but
they d o meet the liFetimc aport8 rcquir'em~ntfar gradllation.
Students may pmticipaie in any one of those without 1-egist,ering for the cnurse, but twill be expected to pay m y fees wfialher
or lot the student registers for the course.
Alpine Skiing
HPE 002-46089
Instruction at beginner, intermediate and advanced levels at
Welch Ski Village, Monday and Wednesday evenings at 6:30for
six sessions. A fee of $42.00 for instruction and lift tickets.
Rental ski equipment available. Transportation from the student center will probably be available.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 6:30 p.m. M,W
American Karate
HPE 002-46086
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The Form, baslic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taug11t by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M,W,F
Room: Melby
Badminton
Racquetball
HPE 001-46087
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
T i e : 1:00-2:00 p.m.
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46088
Instructor: David Boots
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-10:30 a.m.
Room: Melby
Running
Weight Training
HPE 002-46091
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1 2Noon
Room: Melby
HPE 002-46090
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is pnrt of a consortium called UMAIE. Upper Midwest A ~ s o c i o l i o nTor Intercultural Education, wlzich offers
overseas learning cxpricnws during the Interim. F~utherinf'arrn~tienatsotst the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingslag in the International Fentar, Old Main 20, or
I'mm the Interim Ofrice. Eegietrat,ion for these Interims ends
October 25,1985. These courses are offered on FfNP b m i only.
~
A m e r i c m Writern in Europe
Ancient Greece: Its Art,,Religion, and Theatre
CI Art and Architecture in Ellgland and Frnnce
ll Biology and Natural I-listory d the Hawaiian Islands
n Rradl: Amxzon, Energy and IUcvelopmenL
H The C:tpitals of Eastern Europe
n China: The Midwest Connection
n Cornparntive Business Studies in a European Environment
f7 1Sissiden t s and Plttrlots: A Literary Tour of Britain
n Englilish School and Family
n France Today:S0ciet.y and Culture
n German Language and Culture: Munich. Salzburg & Vienna
n Hawaii: A Cultural. History
f l Health Care in Europe
H IsLmda of the Mediterranean
n Ittdy: Galileo and the Church
!l
Journalism and Mass Media in England and Scotland
Legal London
London,P:wis. Amsterdam: The L e g ~ oyf Wealth and Power
"Mttde in di~paa:"Japanese Businese m d Culture
Fkligion in Xsrnel and Egypt
Science in itn CttZturrrl Context: A European Survey
Soviet U'nian: Culture and History
Spain, A Country in Transition
The Spirit of Ireland
Theatre inF2ngl:lnnd
'Two T!~onsandYears in M e r
NOTES
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1987
Page
........
2
...........
3
Introduction
Calendar
............ 4
H Courses ............ 5
H Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The college follows a 4-1-4calendar, with Fall and Spring
semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week
January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time
for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and
learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and
ways not possible during the regular term. There will be no
summer Interim in 1987.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students
should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class a s they would for a four-course load during Fall
and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one
course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a
student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0
scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/
No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the
PIN system; this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and
the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a
more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
Augsburg Policy
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the
basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap a s required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of
1973, a s amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay'Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustaf son, at 330-1192 (Memorial
114b)
Interim Calendar
November 3-7 . . .Interim Registration
December 8 . . .Late Interim Registration
January 5
. . . .First Day of Interim
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
January6 . . . . . .Last Day for CanceYAdd
January 19 . . . . .Last day for determining grading
system with Registrar
January 21 . . . . .Last day for withdrawing from full
courses
January30
. .Interimends
February 3 .
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 4
. . .Spring Semester Begins
..
..
.. .
...
..
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily
schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1-8 a.m. to 12 noon
Time 11-1 p.m. to 5 p.m.
Interim Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are
listed in alphabeticalorder. At the end of the book are listings of
other courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the
college for Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students may also register for one of the Lifetime
Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Building Key
OM-Old Main
S - s c k n c e H-dl
Options
International Interims-Students are invited to be part of one
of the 27 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest
Association for International Education (UMAIE). These
course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internshim-Students electing. an internship must present a
completei internship learning;ontract to theA1nternshipOffice
(Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 25. Contract
forms are available in the same off ice.
Independent or Directed Study-Students may elect a program
of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study
(lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly
discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent or directed study per interim. Students choosing to
pursue independent or directed study must:
1 . Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims a t Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at
any other 4-1-4institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the
Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration a t other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be done at Augsburg
during the regular registration period. Most courses taught
during the Interim at other 4-1-4schools are accepted for credit
by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted a s meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4schools
for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the
student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does
not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students
will be charged $540 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for a n Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office a t their own school. There is a n application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on
campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim
housing should be made to the Interim Office.
ART
Calligraphy
ART 106-47001
306-47002
Instructor: Phil Thompson
A study of the art and craft and historical development of calligraphy with emphasis on the italic alphabet. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint.
For upper division credit a major project is required plus demonstrated skill in the uncial and gothic styles.
Prerequisite: None for lower division; Painting or drawing course
or permission of the instructor for upper division
Distribution: Art-~ u s i c
Time: I
Room: OM 4
Life Drawing
ART 247-47003
Instructor:Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of
media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from
three minutes to an hour and a half.
You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, the charcoal pencil, and pastels.
Fee: $25due the first day of class
Distribution:Art - Music
Time:I
Room: OM 17
BIOLOGY
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-47004
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for use. Some plant
anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation
will be based on course exams.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: 205
Ecology of The Arizona Sonoran Desert
BIO 113-47005
313-47006
Instructor:Neal Thorp
This course will begin with a consideration of the general characteristics of the four deserts on the North American continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona
and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the physiography of desert landscapes, desert climates,
soils, the distributions and interactions of plant and animal life,
and survival mechanisms of desert flora and fauna. Studies will
be conducted in southern Arizona, including the Arizona-Sonora
Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, the Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the
University of Arizona, and the Catalina and Rincon Mountains.
Grades will be based on examinations and written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class.
The cost will be approximately $600.00 and will cover airfare,
ground transportation, lodging, admission fees, and most meals.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.
BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
H u m a n Developmental Biology
BIO 174-47007
Instructor:Robert Herforth
In its broadest sense developmental biology includes the study of
the entire life cycle of the individual, from production of the eggs
and sperm through fertilization, embryonic and fetal development, birth, growth and maturation, reproduction, aging and
death. This course will touch on all these aspects of human development, but will concentrate on gamete production, fertilization
and development up to birth. Comparisons with development in
other animals will be made. Some related topics which will be considered include the hormonal control of reproduction and childbirth, in vitro fertilization, methods of contraception and developmental defects. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams
given during the course.
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I
Room: S 212
H Biological Evolution
BIO 307-47008
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are
biologically related are probably the most sigmficant conclusions
which biology has contributed to human knowledge. The antievolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationists" will be
investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted a s a fact, and the evidence in its support will be examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and pace of
evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have evolved and
continue to do so. Much of the course will involve historical study
of evolutionary thought from pre-Darwinian times to the present.
Finally, we will address the course of evolution from the origin of
life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes
and tests.
Prerequisites:BIO 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor
Time: I
Room: S 329
BUSINESS
Micro-ComputerAccounting
BUS 294-47070
Instructor: Richard Herzog
This course will provide an introduction to the micro-computeras
it relates to financial and managerial accounting applications.
Topics will include: micro-computer hardware and software; accounting spreadsheet and database applications. Emphasis will
be on the IBM-PC or compatible hardware and Lotus 1-2-3software.
Students will be required to read a text and other material, hand in
homework assignments and take tests over the assigned material. In addition, computer reports will be handed in for evaluation.
Prerequisites: Principles of Managerial Accounting (BUS 102)
Time: 11
Room: S 213
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-47011
Instructor:John Cerrito
The object of this class is to provide students who are not majoring in business with entrepreneurial skills necessary for starting
and running a small business.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business
management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a
"model" business. The student will be evaluated on the basis of
the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business
case studies.
Time: I
Ruom: M 23
Augsburg Goes to Business
BUS 321-47012
Instructor:Thomas Morgan, Tina Wagner, Lois Olson
"Augsburg Goes to Business" is a one-month senior seminar for
business and economics majors. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations and
the varied environments in which and the many constraints with
which they must operate. Three objectives emerge:
1. to develop a clearer understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day to day basis
and how these "parts" are integrated into the overall operation of the firm.
2. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application.
3. to explore potential conflicts between individual (personal
and career) goals and the goals of the organization; addressing how these conflicts may be resolved.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture and discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit eight different
types of organizations in the metropolitan area. Class discussions
will focus on assigned readings, interpretation of the results of
different vocational oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of experiences and observations.
Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal and on a
research paper the topic of which has been negotiated with the
instructors.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor
Time:I
Room: P 2
Management Simulation Games
BUS 378-47013
Instructor:Arnin Kader
In this course the students will be grouped into teams. Each team
controls a company which manufactures and sells a line of multiple products. The company competes against other companies;
each manufactures and sells similar products. Each team attempts to outperform other teams by selecting what could be perceived by the team as the optimum operating strategy. This strategy includes s e t t i n g selling prices, production volumes,
marketing expenditures, plant and securities investments, as
well a s stockholders' dividends. Grading will be PIN only with
evaluation on the basis of the work done and its results.
Prerequisites: BUS 135 and 261, ECO 122 and 123 or permission
of instructor
Time: 11
Room: OM 21
CHEMISTRY
The Science of Very Large Molecules
CHM 104-47014
Instructor: Sandy Olmsted
This is a survey of the kinds of chemicals which are vitally important to our lifestyle: plastics, synthetic fibers, proteins. These
have unusual chemical and physical properties that make them
especially useful. We will learn about their chemistry as we make
rubber, adhesives, nylon, and plastics in class, and investigate
their importance to business, the economy, and to us personally in
health and medical applications, and genetic engineering. The
course is aimed at creating a better informed consumer who is
science-literate. Grade is determined by three exams and a short
paper which is due the last day of class.
Prerequisite: High School Chemistry
Distribution:Chemistry-Biology
Time: I1
Room: S 315
The Molecular Basis of Cancer
CHM 310-47015
Instructor:David T. Brand
Cancer has in some form or another touched virtually every family in America. A great deal of effort has been expended by the
scientific community to find the cause(s)of cancer and to establish
a cure. The question at hand is, "Are we winning the battle
against cancer?" This course will focus on the causes of cancer,
how it can be treated, and how it might be prevented. Topics which
will be discussed in this course include: The cellular basis of cancer, the environment and cancer, the molecular basis of cancer,
chemoprevention of cancer, and the psychological impact of cancer on the patientslfamilies.
Principles of structural organic chemistry and molecular biology
will be used throughout the course.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist of lectures and discussions. Student performance will be evaluated on
the basis of two exams and a final paper which is due the last day
of class.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 (organic chemistry) or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: S 315
SCIENCE
FORTRAN
CSC 270-47016
Instructor:Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand the student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those
features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of a computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: S 112
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-47017
Instructor:Satya Gupta
This course will introduce basic concepts, terms and definitions
used in microeconomics. Students will be able to recognize the
role of microeconomics in decision making at the consumer level,
firm level and government level. They will also be able to understand the market functioning of the American economy. Four
tests will be given to evaluate students' understanding of the material.
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: S 212
Economics of Risk Management: Free Markets vs
Government Regulation
ECO 339-47018
Instructor:Milo Schield
In this course we will:
- Examine economics of hazards involving uncertainty and
risk. Examine risk-management via free-market pricing, insurance contracts and government subsidies and regulation.
- Review basic concepts. Distinguish between insurance and
speculation. Identify uninsurable risks. Price insurable risks
given frequencies and severities as a function of confidence.
Estimate risk premiums associated with various lifestyles
and occupations. Compare subjective estimates of hazards
with objective data. Evaluate social costs and benefits of risksharing via insurance. Review insurance "failures": medical
malpractice and product liability.
- Review economic effects of government subsidies and regulations on risky endeavors such as banking, nuclear power, natural disasters, workman's compensation, unemployment and
old-age.Conduct experiments on effects of price-controls.
- Analyze the role of the legal system in internalizing forseeable, but unintended, consequences of intended actions. Discuss "failures" of the legal system to identify property rights
and tort-law responsibilities.
- Visit an auction market, a speculative market, two insurance
companies and several regulatory agencies.
Students will prepare a comprehensive paper (50%)in addition to
class participation (lo%), 3 quizzes (5% each) and a comprehensive final (25%).
Prerequisites: BUS 279 or BUS 331 or ECO 313 or permission of
the instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 23
EDUCATION
Student Teaching
EDS 481-47019EDE 481-47023
EDS 482-47020EDE 482-47024
EDS 483-47021EDE 483-47025
EDS 484-47022EDE 484-47026
Instructor:Marie McNeff, William Merr'una.n
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is PIN only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
January in Medieval England: An Imaginary
Travel Trip
ENG 213-47027
Instructor:Joan Griffin
What was it like to be alive in late medieval England? Using literature, drama, music, and art of 12th to 14th century England and
Europe, this course is an imaginary trip into the past, touring the
medieval castle, cloister, and college.
The course has two emphases. Lecture/discussion sessions will
explore a variety of literary documents as well as art and music in
order to understand the daily lives of medieval people. Focusing
on Chaucer's Canterbury pilgrims, topics will include: "A Knight
Ther Was.. . :The Chivalric Ideal"; "The Doctour of Physik: Medicine in the Age of the Black Plagues"; "Madame Eglantine: Medieval Manners" etc.
The course will also explore medieval literature as a performing
art. Students will be asked to participate in workshops on medieval drama, music, etc. The course will culminate in a medieval
banquet or other performance.
Evaluation will be based on lecture and workshop attendance and
participation, a journal, and a paper.
Prerequisites: ENG 111 (EffectiveWriting)
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: M 23
The Short Story - Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-4702..
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction
should I consider in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of
fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involve a systematic analysis of the
history of the form of the short story, we will begin with tales and
fables and we will read a sufficient number of classics for the student to appreciate the historical development from Poe to Beattie.
The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature
and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would
be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied
literature at the college level.
Students are expected to read the stories and novel, participate in
class discussions, write an analysis paper on a topic selected with
the advice of the teacher, write a short story, and take several quizzes and a final exam. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but
students will be expected to write with clarity
Distribution:~ n ~ i s h - s p e e c h
Time: I
Room: M 24
Emily Dickinson: The Person and The Poems
ENG 340-47029
Instructor:Ron Palosaari
Unknown in her lifetime, Emily Dickinson has gained a reputation as one of America's finest poets.
She spent most of her life within the family home, confining her
relationships to a selected few while the town regarded her as eccentric. Some writers believe she retreated from the world to give
herself to her poetry because her time and place made no provision for a female professional poet, especially a boldly innovative
one. Others trace her seclusion to various family relationships,
personal problems, or frustrated dreams of love. Whatever the situation, out of the mystery of her life comes the glory of her poetry.
We will study her poetry and a standard biography. Evaluation will
be based on a few short papers, an oral or group report, a journal,
and a test. We may also have some quizzes.
Students will also read one of the important books on Dickinson
and give a class report on the paper they prepare on their book.
Prer uisites:A college literature class
Tim3
Room: OM 27
FRENCH
4 Beginning French I
FRE 111-47030
Instructor:Mirni Johnson
This course aims to give students a rudimentary understanding
of French language and culture. Using development of listening,
then speaking, then reading, and lastly, writing, students will
comprehend everyday situations and be able to use "survival
French." Evaluation will include oral and written quizzes, group
study and projects, a s well a s a final exam. A part of each day's
class will be held in the Language Laboratory
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: OM 25
-
-
HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-47071
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities,a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a l/2credit course.
Time:II-M&W&AlternateF
Room: Melby 24
Administration and Supervision
of the School Health Program
HPE 410-47033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities,
including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-47034
Instructor: David Boots
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floorcoaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a
credit course.
Time: I T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-47072
Instructor:Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-icecoaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I M - W &AlternateF
Room: Melby 12
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-47035
Instructor:Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification
by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will
be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the
floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that
students have some basketball playing experience.
This is a l / 2 credit course.
Time: I1 T & Th & Alternate F
Room: Melby 12
GENERAL STUDIES
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST 245-4709
Instructor:Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you can succeed in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for marriage, career, andlor children? Troubled with how to practically and emotionally juggle all of your diverse roles? This seminar is a n exploration of the various
pathways women choose in balancing home and work life. Although it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions,
it will arm you with some useful information for making choices
for the present and plans for the future.
The societal, familial, and individual forces shaping the choices
women make concerning family and career are studied via text (E.
Highman: The Organizational Woman), journal articles, films,
and guest lecturers. Student performance is assessed through essays and a research project.
Distribution:Urban, Women's and Minority Studies
Time: I
Room: P-2
HISTORY
Modern Paris: History and Literature
HIS 114-47036
Instructor:Orloue Gisselquist
We will do two things in this course. First, we are going to study a
significant period-the 19th and 20th centuries-in the history of
one of the world's great cities. Secondly, we are going to focus
much of our work on three major pieces of literature that deal
with Paris. We will enjoy them as literature but study them as
historical sources for what they tell us about Paris. The three
pieces of literature we probably will read are Honore de Balzac,
Old Goriot (1834),one of several novels he wrote picturing life in
Paris; Alexis de Tocqueville, Recollections (1893),a memoir written in the early 1850's by one of the great political thinkers of the
19th century that recounts his firsthand experience in the '48 revolution in Paris; and Edrnond and Jules de Goncourt, Pages from
the Goncourt Journal (1922),a very realistic day-to-daydiary kept
by two brothers who professionally and socially associated with
the literary elite of Paris during much of the second half of the
19th century. Whereas today history is being pressed toward the
social sciences, this represents a more humanities orientation of
historical study.
There will be two short papers (4-5 pages each) and two written
examinations.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 25
Myth and Myth Making
HIS 219-47037
419-47038
HUM 275-47039
Instructor:Richard Nelson
A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means
by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to
themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought
and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near
East, Greece and Rome. We will read mythological literature in
translation and modern commentaries on the nature of myth
making. These mythologies will be studied within their historical
and cultural context, resulting in a final paper on a topic to be
decided upon between student and instructor. In addition to the
final paper, there will be a final exam and weekly quizzes or writing assignments. Depending upon production timing, the class
will attend an area dramatic presentation. Students enrolling for
upper division credit will be required to write an expanded final
paper based on deeper source material (18-20pages in length compared to lower division papers of 10-12 pages) and, in addition, a
critical review of a pertinent study
Prerequisites: ~ffectivewriting for lower division
Permission of instructor for
upper division registration
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 13
20th Century South Asia
HIS 262-47040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
India (or South Asia)has produced the largest working democracy
in the world today; from this people have come one of our century's greatest saints and also one of the most renowned statesmen;
it is a foremost example of 20th Century colonialism and nationalism; it has experienced one of this century's greatest upheavals of
people; it is a standard example for population crisis and world
poverty illustrations. South Asia is all this-and much more.
This course is designed for the student who has interest but little
or no background in non-western subjects. We will begin with an
anthropological study (BEHIND MUD WALLS) of traditional village India; then consider colonialism by reading the literary classic, PASSAGE TO INDIA (and also see the movie); observe the
process of nationalism and independence using various historical
readings and the movie, GANDHI; and finally conclude with some
thoughts on modernization.
There will be general discussions, weekly examinations and a final exam.
Prerequisites:Sophomore honors student
or permission of instructor
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 18
MATHEMATICS
Gardner Variety Mathematics
MAT 133-47075
Instructor:Bev Stratton
Are you afraid of math? If so, this course is for you. We will have
fun with math and convince you that you can do math.
As a starting point, we will use the writings of Martin Gardner, an
individualwho for many years wrote a column on mathematics for
Scientific American. Then we will help you use your common
sense to explore such mathematical concepts as logic, paradoxes,
number theory, patterns, symmetry and other topics of interest to
the class.
Evaluation will be based on class participation and short reaction
papers to Gardner's columns.
This course should be particularly helpful for elementary education majors.
Prerequisite:Group I11 on math placement test
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: OM 27
The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-47041
Instructor:Larry Copes
Lower-divisionmathematics students generally play only games
of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and
to write up proofs. The objectives of this course are to help prospective mathematics majors gain or improve those skills, and to
get a taste of REAL mathematics before cornrniting themselves to
a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and
weekly exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: S 205
MUSIC
H The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-47065
430-47068
Instructor:Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create
some of the sounds found in 20th century music. Through a
"hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1)Making multi-track r~corrlingson half'-tmlc,qu-r4rack,
and casElctte dwlm through an eight,-t~xclr.
mixor.
2) Lnclividua1,lly creating, modifying, m d mixing ~ a u n d sfrom
trdtional mtmd ~ o u s c a sas wcll as from analog and computer-controlledsynthesizers.
The study and applicntion of pmdicnl electronic technology used
in the production of music hday will he combined with aesthetic
considerations necmwry for thc creativ~?
aspccts of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups.
Lower division students will work with up to four channel-four
track recording invalPing techniques of s m changing, splicing.
mversing tape direation and filtering using primwily traditional
and non-tmrli tional sound sources. Upper division st~rderltswill
also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to
seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and
provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and
a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: None for lower division status.
Music theory or permission of instructor for upper
division status.
Distribution:Art-Music
Time: I
Room: M 5
NORWEGIAN
Beginning Norwegian
NOR 111-47032
Instructor: Leif Hansen
T h e cflume pmvides an introduction to the basio skills of listening, spa-,
reacling, and writing. The first;classl sessions are
conducted without Lhr?use oT ra, prhtccl text. Later class sessions
provide a thorough introduction to the structures of contemporary Norwegian, but oral expression is emphasized throughout
the course. Oral and written tests. Laboratory work expected.
Distribution:Foreign Language
Time: II
Room: OM 29
NURSING
Trends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-47042
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective by
introducing current trends and issues in health care and the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential for far-reachingeffects
in health care. Students will be graded on group presentations,
written examinations and field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: OM 11
PHILOSOPHY
Being H u m a n
PHI 115-47043
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? What is our uniqueness, our relation to our world and environment, and our relation to others in
community and to God? We will explore concepts of being human
from ancient Greece and China, through the Renaissance, to contemporary reflections, to see how different cultures and societies
have viewed the human person.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from the various periods, and written interaction with those readings. Several
short papers on the readings plus written preparation for small
group discussions will be expected.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: OM 16
What D o You Think of That?
PHI 250-47044
Instructor: Ken Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some clear and careful thought. What shall we think and
say about such contemporary issues as Freedom of the Will; Can
Computers Think?; and What are the Grounds of Moral RRsponsibility? In this course we will discuss these and other concerns that
confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more clearly
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of
authors, some traditional (such a s John Locke, RRne Descartes,
and William James);m d same very much in tho forefront of conl,empoiwy discussion (such as &TI Rand. B.R Skinne~:Sidn~y
E h k ,and John Hospa-s). T h e i r views are provocative, to aa.y tho
least, and they will challenge you to nslr, again and again, "Well,
Now. What Do YOUTtlinlc or That?" Grades based upo:~mid-term
examination, final examination, and discussions.
Distribution:History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: OM 10
Introduction to Truth Theory
PHI410-47045
Instructor:Mark Fuehrer
An investigation aP the following questions: What is the nature of
truth? Is truLl1 a property of the,intellect or tllings'?Is there only
on5 thrutll?Is truth irmnt~tablc?Is truth k u n d ul sensation or only
in the intellect? Is falsity found in the senses or only in the intellect?
This course will propose answers tJothese gu~stionebased on a
survey of philosophical texts by various writers. Student will be
involved with debating these texts and preparing n series of reports on the readings. In addition there will be a final examination
on all material covered.
Prerequisite: At least one lower division course in philosophy
Time: LT:
Room: Philosophy Seminar-Memorial Hall
PHYSICS
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-47046
Instructor:Ken Erickson
A study of the ~cience
of meteorology which will pmvida a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric ecicnce. Attention
will be given to Pow basic areas: observing t h e weather (including
stntc or t11~art instrumentation), understancling weather patterns, ibrecasting weather changes and underatanding the
world's climate. Elelated topics to be includccl are: hydrology
(study of the emth'e water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather'sinlpmt on world events. This course is
dmignod to be an elwtive ox satisfy the Ma~hematics-PI~ysics
distribution requirement for the Libcilal arts student. The course will
include daily lectures, asaignmants (one o r two laboratory
sossions pcr week), two one-hour examinations and a research
project.
Prerequisite:High school algebra
Distribution:Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: L 1
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-47047
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of
music. After developing the essential physics, we will examine
string, and horn instruments (and possibly others including the
human voice) to see how they actually work. The requirements of
the course include laboratory exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a final exam in addition to a term paper
on the history of the student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: OM 12
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Political Reasoning and Rationalizing
POL 180-47048
Instructor: Myles Stenshoel
A course for people who would rather think than memorize, criticize than concur, argue than acquiesce. Addressing major and minor political ideas from Plato to the President, the course will attempt to probe and compare the notions that have affected and
afflicted Western politics, for better and for worse.
Grades will be based on brief papers, quizzes, and class participation.
Prerequisite: No prior political science course
Distribution:Economics-PoliticalScience
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Politics of Nuclear Strategy and War
POL 365-47049
Instructor:Joseph R. Goldman
Given the nuclear arms race today and the advent of "Star Wars,"
many people are deeply concerned about their and the world's future as we approach 2001. This course explores the politics and
strategy of nuclear security issues not only between the US and
USSR, but among the "other" nuclear (izing) nations and those
like Japan choosing never to possess these engines of war. Beginning with Hiroshima and continuing beyond "Star Wars," we will
look at the history, politics, economics, strategies and ecologies
surrounding the technologies propelling the arms race, on the one
hand, and affecting arms control, on the other. Students will have
a mid-term examination, a short paper (10 pp) and a final exarnination used a s the basis for evaluation.
Prerequisite:
One mlitical science course
or permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: OM 21
Anatomy of the USSR
POL 455-47050
Instructor:Norma Noonan
In-depth study of the contemporary USSR with a l'ocus on internal
politics and society The contcnt includes: an oveiview of the dilemmas which face the USSR in tl~elate 1980s: political, economic, m d moi* m analysis of the Soviet monomy-midattempts
at reform: a review of rrullwal and mcial ~ r o b l ~ mexnrnination
s:
of
some Porcign plicy issues; nnd an annlyks or the political leadership. The rxlurse will he conductwl as a seminnr. Thcrc will he a
research pnpr anrl some indcwndent rending and writing assignmcnts. Thc grade will be based on: the written n-si-c~lts
(4Oq%1);class clit3cusAion (20r%):written m p r t (40'%1).
Pmrequi~ite:One course h Communist politics:
382;363or 351 or permission of the htruct;or
Time: I
Room: M 22
PSYCHOLOGY
Self-Identityand Values
PSY 110-47051
Instructor:Norm Ferguson
The objective of this course will be to examine the concept of
"self" or "self-identity" (Who am I? What do I think and feel about
myself?). The relationship between self-identity and personal values will also be explored. Though the course will have mainly a
psychological focus, reference will be made to spiritual and philosophical issues that relate to the concepts of self-identity and values. The content of the course will cover topics such as: the acquisition and development of self-identity and values, including the
influence of sex-roles; the clarification of values; the growth and
change of self-identity and values during adulthood; and the relationship between self-identity and spiritual growth.
Glass time wfll be devoted mainly to the discussion of these issues
in smdl groups. A&iw participation by each student is c q m t e d
along with the sharing of relevant ixldvidual expriences. Emltiation will be b e d on class participation, two papers, and a journal
of reactions to the assigned r e d n g s . This course may not substitute for PSY-105 for students pursuing a major or minor in psychology. Grading PIN only
Prereauisite:Permission of instructor
~istriiution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I1
Room: P 3
Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-47052
Instructor:Paul Hirdrnan
Psycholow is more than rats! It is a world of great breadth. with
differing levels of depth. Here you will have Lhe or~portunitylo
cxplor~some of the concepts. data and methods of psychology and
gain s o m ~
undmstnncling nnd insights Frnm this disciphe. R e d ings, leclurcs. and specid presentations will he utiliecd involving
the instrucimr and class members. EvaEuntion wi 11 involve class
participation, student research presentations, and exams.
Students may not receive credit for this course and also for PSY
105(General Psych).
Distribution:Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: P 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-47053
Instructor:Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the
adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be
the main focus.
This course will be conducted a s a seminar with a high level of
student contribution and participation. Procedures will include
elms discussion,frequent shorrt papers, and frequent oral reports.
F,acl~s t ~ ~ d ew
n illl be required to seek out antl interview persons in
the adoLescent level of developmett. rypCdting or oq~uvalont
word processing wi U b~ required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1. Content of the
book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is off ered o d y on PIN basis.
Prerequisite: Psychology 105 (GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: OM 10
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-47054
Instructor:Bradley Holt
This course will focus on two regions of Africa: the West and the
South. Students will be introduced to traditional African culture
m d religion, the introduction of Christianity, and the present deveIopmeilt of Indigmous ch~wchasin West Africa. The newer "Ind e n d e n t African Chul-ches"will ha studied, a s wall as aitempta
txr formulate "African Christian Theology" A major ~ectionof the
course will focus on contemporary responses of churches in South
Africa to the apartheid system of racial segregation. There will be
lectures and discussion of reading materials, films, and visiting
resource persons. Students will be evaluated on several short
tests and a short research paper.
Prer uisite: One coursein
Dish%ution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used
t o w i d graduation rewon requirements)
Time: Il
Room: OM 18
rewm
Issues in Science and Religion
REL 374-47055
Instructors: John Benson and Mark Engebretson
For some in our society science is the driving engine of a better,
more secure life. For others, including some Christians, science
and its associated technologies constitute a grave threat.
This course will begin with a historical overview of the relations
between science and the Christian faith, emphasizing three periods; the origins of the Christian faith, the development of "modern" science and mechanistic philosophy; and the reevaluation of
science and nature in the 20th century
The following are some of the questions to be dealt with: Has science made the Bible obsolete? Are scientists really that smart?
Has modern physics made it easier to be a Christian? Can computers save us? Why do science and religion always seem to be
fighting one another?
Grades will be based on class discussion of assigned readings, two
short tests and a written project.
Prerequisite:Religion (Onlyone interim course may be used
toward graduationreligionrequirements)
Distribution:Religion
Time: I
Room: S 213
SOCIAL WORK
Exploring H u m a n Services
SWK 257-47056
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a coll~ge
major. RnowIedge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with l-ruman service prvreasiorlals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This
course offers a "hands on," experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of
an agency representative. In addition, sk~dcntswill attend a apecific small group saminmr 3 ho1u.s per weak during which Rgency
experiences will be slmmd and ~ m d i n g sclificussed. Evaluation
will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: 6-12
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-47057
Instructor:Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand students' knowledge of homelessness in a historical context
2. To expand students' knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities
3. To expand students' understanding of the causative factors
which contribute to persons being homeless: Economic, employment, personal
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness
Fkadings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless
people and participant observation will be utilized to fulfill the
above objectives. A seminar format will be used in the classroom
for discussion/explorationof the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and
a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic will form the
basis for evaluation.
Upper division students only.
Non social work majors are particularly invited to enroll in this
course.
uisites:SOC 111 or 121 or SWK 257 or 361
-3
Room: OM 23
Prer
Field Work I11
SWK 466-47058(1course)
466-47059(34 course)
Instructor:Rosemary Link
me objectives of the C ~ R S R are tC) U8e s u ~ ~ ~
relationship
t ~ r g to
increase interpretive as well as socid work ~ C F ~ O I ' X I W U Icamp
~~
t.~mcc:tu promoh gradt.lalentqy into direct social mrl<practice; to
increase comptencr! in the client oonl.act phase of tho problem
solving prmcrs; to increase studenl seK-awmeness in 1.ega1-dto
profmsional pmcticr? interests, areas of strengLE1, mci areas for
personallprol'essiotla~develnpmtlnt; to proinute mmpetcmce i n the
Pull process of' problcm solving. with special empl~asison nna1ys.k
and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work 11--educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
NOTE: Course is offered for half (15 hours per week) or full (30
hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be
based on non-clientcontact tasks.
Time: To be arranged
SOCIOLOGY
H Ethnicity and Community in Urban Society
SOC 261-47060
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
It has been suggested that the persistence of ethnic neighborhoods in American cities has functioned as a locus of community
in urban life. Moreover, it is argued that these communities have
provided stability and identity in the face of the dehumanizing
tendencies in an industrialized and bureaucratized society This
course will attempt ~ K Imsess the extent to which the foregoing
assertions might apply to ethnic ncjghborhoods in the Twin Citi e ~ATtor
.
some prehmhwy background sessions and readings,
each member of the class will be asked, either individually or as
part of a group, to explore a particular ethnic community in the
Twin Cities and report back to the class. This class presentation
and a final examination will be the basis of evaluation for the
course.
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: OM 29
Complex Organizations
SOC 301-47073
Instructor:Diane Pike
This course is an upper division seminar designed to examine
complex organizations from a sociological perspective. Little in
contemporary American culture is left unaffected by organizations and it is useful for those of us who live and work within
these institutions to understand how they operate beyond the individual level. We will explore topics such as corporate deviance, organizational technology and structure, and organizational culture.
The format of the course is based on discussion and participation.
Reading assignments form the foundation for class time, supplemented by guest speakers, films, and assignments. Evaluation of
performance is based on three short papers, participation and
notebook, and a final.
This course is particularly appropriate for business majors in certain tracks.
Prerequisite: An introductory history, psychology,sociology
or political science course
Time: I1
Room: OM 22
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 383-47061
Instructor:Jerry Gerasirno
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group
relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and
the role of self-understanding.
The course will be offered only on a PIN basis. There will probably
be no examinations, but there will be two papers.
Distribution: Urban
Time: II
Room: M 24
SPANISH
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-47031
Instructor:Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss continental works of literature through the use of valid critical tools. It
will involve both theory and evaluation from different points of
view. We shall read several short stories, plays, one novel and a
number of poems.
Evaluation will be based on three written reports, participation in
class discussion, and a final exam.
This course is designed for language students but anyone with an
interest in European continental literature is welcome to enroll.
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution:English-Speech
Time: I
Room: M 22
SPEECH, COMMUNICATION & THEATER
Theatre in London
SPC 246-47062
Instructor:Julie Bolton
London has been the center of the t h e a t r e world for centuries and
the EngLis11 stage continues to a t t a t large audiences to f3-m footlights. During our month in En~lnndwe will see approximately
fourteen prfomances including traditional and nori-traditional
theatre a t a wide assortment of sites.
Theatre performances will be supplemented with backstage
tours, talks with British theatre artists and critics, walking tours
and a visit to the British Theatre Museum. The course will also
allow free time for independent exploration of the many galleries,
museums, libraries, shops and all that are part of England's rich
cultural heritage.
The course is offered on a PIN basis only Evaluation will be based
on attendance at all scheduled events, participation in group discussions, a journal dealing with production experiences as well as
some assigned readings.
The cost of transportation, some meals, and all theater performances is $1,895.00.
Children's Theater
SFC 285-47063
Instructor:Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a
play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off
stage as performers (actors, singers, dancers, musicians),production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights,
scenery, costumes, and props). Public performances will be scheduled during the final week of class. Grading will be based on the
commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and a
written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No theater experience is necessary
Time: 9:30-12:OO.1:OO-3:OO
Room: Stage Two
Ethics in Communication
SPC 340-47064
Instructor:Ray Anderson
We all encounter deception and exploitation in politics, advertising, selling, and personal relations. How can one decide whether
to conceal information from a customer, to use subliminal persuasion, to "blow the whistle" on one's employer, to use photographs
or body language to give a misleading impression? How can one
sort out and weigh the various ethical considerations?
In this course we will use case studies and a variety of ethical perspectives to analyze ethical problems in such fields as advertising,
public relations, sales, and politics. We will also consider issues in
subliminal persuasion, nonverbal communication, and interpersonal communication. The main objective is to improve our ability
to make ethical decisions.
Activities will include lectures, readings, case studies, interviews,
oral reports, papers, debates, and two examinations. The emphasis will be on case studies involving situations encountered in
everyday life.
~rereqdsites:
A course in philosophy or consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: OM 16
OTHER COURSES
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a PIN basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
W Outward Bound
HPE 212-47067
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian border
or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio
Grande in the December 27 through January 17 period. There
is a cost of approximately $1,050 (the Outward Bound organization says scholarships are available).
Washington D.C. Interims
The Legal System and Legal Careers
POL 398-47068
Leaders o n Leadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-47069
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January
16. Information on either of the above programs, housing and
financial assistance is available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during Interim and students may register for one of these as well as for a
regular course. These activities do not carry official credit, but
they do meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation.
Students may participate in any one of these without registering for the course, but will be expected to pay any fees whether
or not the student registers for the course.
1 Runnin
HPE 00237074
Instructor: Paul Grauer
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12 noon
Room: Melby
1 Racquetball
HPE 002-47075
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 9:30-11:OOT & Th
Room: Melby
American Karate
HPE 002-47076
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American
Karate, taught by a certified Second Degree MKA Black Belt
instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution:Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:00-1:00M, W, F
Room: Melby
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Mary Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 24, 1986.These courses are offered on P/NP basis only
Ancient Greece: Myth and Monuments
An Ecological Safari in East Africa
Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
China. Then and Now
Civilizations in Conflict: Troy, Constantinople, Gallipoli
Economics of the Welfare State
English Castles, Cathedrals and Countryside
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
German Ltmguage nnd Culture: Munich, Salzburg & Vienna
Great Western Philosophers
Greek A r t and Architecture
Habsburg Heritage
Health Care in Europe
Italy: Galileo and the Church
J a ~ a 1987:
n
Traditional Values in a Post-Industrial Society
L ~ W
in London
London and Paris: A Tale of Two Cities
Mexico: The Old and the New
Modern European Business and Worklife
Museums, Music, and Monuments in
the Great Cities of Emope
Paris and Provence: Lnnigpag~and Culture
Peru: Lnnguuge and Culture
Soviet Union: A Cultural rtnd Historical Profile
Soviet Union: History and Culture
S ain: A Country in Transition
eatre in London
The English School and Family
&
NOTES
NOTES
NOTES
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
................. 2
Calendar .................... 3
Introduction
About this Catalog
............3
.....................
Courses .....................
Options
3
5
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to
investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term. There will be no summer Interim in 1988.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to
enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No Credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student
must select. Students registering for upper division standing should
anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading
standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to
complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as
amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192 (Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1988
......................
....................
..........................
November 2-6
.Interim Registration
December 7
.Late Interim Registration
January4
.First Day of Interim
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1 p.m.
January5
.Last Day for Cancel/Add
January18 .Last Day for Determining Grading System with
Registrar
January20 ... .Last Day for Withdrawing from Full Courses
January29
.Interim Ends
February 2
.Validation of Spring Class Registration
February 3
.Spring Semester Begins
.....................
.
...............................
........
......................
The number and length of class meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8 a.m. to Noon (On the first day of classes Time I classes
will begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 18, at one o'clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in
alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offered by Augsburg but recognized by the college for
Interim credit. Further descriptions and information about these
courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial 230. Students
may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interims - Students are invited to be part of one of the
26 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association
for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities
are listed near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Students electing an internship must present a completed internship learning contract to the Internship Office (Memorial 230) no later than Tuesday, November 24. Contract forms are
available in the same office.
-
Independent or Directed Study Students may elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent
or directed study per interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1.Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This
proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal
forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-1-4
schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements.
This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $560
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their
own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Lourses
Art
d
Li e Drawing
A T 247-48001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4B pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
J
PlantsUand
Civilization
BIO 102-48002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
A study of the profound influence of plants on mankind's
economic, cultural and political history, as well as the steps
that civilization has taken to improve chosen plants for
use. Some plant anatomy and physiology will be discussed. Academic evaluation will be based on course exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
1 Biological Evolution
BIO 107-48003
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
That organisms have evolved and, accordingly, all creatures are biologically related are probably the most significant conclusions which biology has contributed to human
knowledge. The anti-evolutionist arguments of the "scientific creationist" will be investigated in this course. However, to the vast majority of biologists evolution is accepted as a fact, and the evidence in its support will be
examined.
Biologists do not agree concerning the mechanisms and
pace of evolution. Indeed, theories as to these matters have
evolved and continue to do so. Much of the course will
involve historical study of evolutionary thought from preDarwinian times to the present. Finally, we will address the
course of evolution from the origin of life itself to the origin of human life.
There will be a variety of readings, and classes will consist
of lectures and discussions. Grading will be based primarily on quizzes and tests.
Prerequisite: High School biology
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
H Business Ethics: The Social Responsibility
o Business
f;
B S 270-48004
Instructor: Dick Herzog
In this course we will focus on the responsibilities of business to society and consider problems that businesses and
business people face in a world of competing value systems. We will explore the moral foundations of capitalism
and the use of reason to study systematically business conduct and behavior.
Topics will include discrimination/affirmative action,
truth in advertising, insider information, corporate take
overs and green mail, multinational corporations and so
on.
There will be lectures, discussions and probably some
guests. Students will write and defend in class two essays
on assigned topics. There will be a final examination.
Prerequisite: Ethics recommended
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-48071/378-48072
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to
play a computerized business management exercise. Each
team will control a company which manufactures and sells
similar products. Each team will attempt to outperform
other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal
operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices
and determining plant and securities investments as well as
stockholders dividends.
Students registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at least one business course and to be
able to apply business concepts learned.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are
interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on
systematic and deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between
the various component parts of the business decision. The
lower version of the computerized game will be used for
this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 - BUS 242 or 252, BUS 221 or 331 and
ECO 112 or permission of instructor
Room: Psych 3
Time: I1
"
Chemistry
'
fur Changing Times
CHE 100-48005
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the
very popular book by John W. Hill of the same title. It is
not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a
science background. Basic science and math are introduced
early and are taught as needed for understanding the various topics and implications. The course does assume the
student is interested in and concerned about the relationship of chemistry to life and living.
Chemistry has been intimately a part of liberal education
for centuries. The early scientists were considered to be
philosophers and their societies were philosophical societies. In recent decades the human seeking of personal independence has led to chemistry becoming a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We
live in a world of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill",
food additives and processed foods, vitamin supplements,
the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic
manipulation, and it goes on and on. Emotions and mental
disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon
nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The nature of a
hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "memory molecule". Most of the
problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but
chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our
society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we
take a molecular look at the human condition.
This course will be offered in a lecture/discussion format.
Films will supplement the lecture/discussion periods. Daily
quizzes will be used for evaluation. This course meets a
distribution need but does not satisfy prerequisites for
Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 315
Chemistry in Health
CHE 120-48006
Instructor: John Holum
This course will progress from a study of basic principles
of chemistry (with emphasis on acid-base equilibria) to a
study of the chemical reactions by which our bodies manage the transport of oxygen and waste carbon dioxide in
the chemistry of cellular respiration. We shall study several
situations in which this chemistry goes awry - drug overdoses, overbreathing at high altitudes, emphysema, diabetes, hysterics, and pulmonary diseases. There will be some
attention to the nature of chemistry in particular and science in general. Average of four two-hour lectures per
week with demonstrations; evaluations by hour examinations and a final. This course meets distribution but does
not count toward a chemistry major or minor.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-48061
Instructor: Jean C. Kung
This course seeks to outline the influence of history on the
discovery of the elements. Ancient peoples discovered and
used a few elements setting the prologue for chemistry. We
will examine the discoveries of the elements, their utility
and the development of chemistry from ancient concepts
to alchemy to the powerful modern science of today. The
course grade will be based primarily upon a term paper.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
f7 ~ort;an
CSC 270-48007
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of
the features of FORTRAN together with programming
techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisite: One course with a study of a computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Economics
Economics of Urban Issues
ECO 110-48008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
Study of economic implications of many problems facing a
metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis", Crime Prevention,
Ecology and Income Distribution; Distributing Free Bread;
Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic
tools are introduced to facilitate discussion of the above
mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those
students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor.)
Distribution: Either Economics-Political Science or Urban
Concerns
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Planned Economies (Soviet Union,
Yu oslavia, India)
8
EC 495-48009
Instructor: Satya Gupta
Students will study the evolution, objectives and performance of the present day economies of the Soviet Union,
Yugoslavia and India under different systems of management. Students should be able to conceptualize and appreciate the differences in approach and solutions of economic
problems of these countries.
Grades will be based on three tests and one research paper.
Prerequisites: ECO 112 or 113 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
Education
Student Teaching
EDS 481-48010;EDE 481-48014
EDS 482-48011;EDE 482-48015
EDS 483-48012;EDE 483-48016
EDS 484-48013;EDE 484-48017
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor.
fke Once and Future King: Arthur Through
the Ages
ENG 130-48018/ENG 430-48025
Instructor: Joan Griffin
"Hic jacet Arthurus Rex quondam rexque futurus (Here lies
King Arthur, the once and future king)." These words, legend says, are engraved on the tomb of the greatest king
who ever lived, Arthur of Britain.
But another tradition says that Arthur never died. Instead,
he was taken to the magical island of Avalon after he was
wounded in his last battle. There he will remain until the
world has need of a leader as great as he.
In fact Arthur has returned again and again in myth, legend, poetry, novels, and films. Arthur (and Arthurian
themes) have appeared in the works of great writers like
T.S. Eliot and James Joyce. But he's appeared just as often
on the best seller lists (in novels by Mary Stewart, for example), on the stage (Camelot) and in the movies (Excalibur).
King Arthur is as compelling a figure in modern imagination as he was in medieval literature. Why7 Who is this
Arthur7 Who was he in his own time, and what has he
become throughout the centuries7
Our quest for the meaning of King Arthur will take us
from medieval to modern times. We will look at classics
like Sir Thomas Malory's Le Morta D'Arthur, and Alfred,
Lord Tennyson's Idylls of the King. We will also look at
more popular works like T.H. White's Once and Future
King and movies like Monty Python and the Holy Grail
and Excalibur.
Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, contributions to class discussion, and an exam. Students enrolling for upper division credit will also be asked to lead a
class discussion and write a long paper based on additional
readings.
Prerequisites: ENG 111Effective Writing (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-48019
Instructor: John Mitchell
Devotees of rock and roll music tend neither to listen to the
lyrics nor to understand them when they do, probably by
preference. This course will examine the language of rock
and roll, emphasizing figures of speech and other poetic
techniques (metaphor, irony, etc.) and their thematic implications. Feature films, ranging from Blackboard Jungle to
Woodstock to The Wall, will also be examined for their
cultural implications and themes. Students will be required
to take tests and to write an extended analysis based upon
assigned readings and the use of language in the music. A
fee will be charged to help pay for film rentals.
Prerequisites: ENG Ill-Effective Writing
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Five College Advanced Short Fiction
Writing
ENG 362-48058
Instructor: Carol Bly
This course will focus on writing short stories, but will also
include a study of basic fiction theory and the reading of
excellent works for use as examples. There will be frequent
in-class exercises, short (200 word) homework fiction to
write, peer and class critiquing and frequent conferences
with the instructor. Small group work will be encouraged.
We will explore sophisticated means of writing short
American literature--with emphasis on generosity of plot,
sensuous detail in place and time settings, presentation of
characters, brisk and lovely language as well as we can
manage.
Grades will be based on writing, class participation and
evidence of the grasp of advanced literary principles.
Prerequisite: One writing course beyond effective writing
and permission of Professor John Mitchell
Time: 10:OO-12:30 TWRF
Room: Hamline University, LC 102 E
French
Beginning French
FRE 111-48057
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
This course aims to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice and readings, this course
works toward the discovery of French culture and the
French way of life.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction t o Yiddish
GER 220-48070
Instructor: Don Steinmetz
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired
"Fiddler on the Roof"), Issac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common7
They were written in Yiddish. How did expressions like
"chuspe," "shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz," and
"shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this interim you
can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
dia NLL 4 d ~ 1rrL
ri~~,a
Prerequisite: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Phwsical
Education
II Recreational Rhythms and Activities
PE 232-48022
Instructor: Mary Manderfeld
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American
heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course
grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a 1/2credit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays, and
alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
H Sailing in the Virgin Islands
HPE 455-48023
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
This course is designed for the beginning and intermediate
sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising.
The course will focus on taking the student to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming
and crewing). The student will live aboard a 39 foot fixed
keel sailboat with five other people and will function as an
active member of the crew. Actual on the water instruction
will be the major part of the course. Sailing will include
cruises to the various islands and cays in the British and
American Virgin Islands.
Evaluation will be based on performance as a crew member as well as a written final exam.
Prerequisite: Instructor's permission
Distribution: Lifetime sport
Beiltg H14man
INS 18848063
Instructor: Bruce Reichenbach
What is it to be a human being? We will first raise questions about the extent of our knowledge, about the meaning of life, and about values. Secondly, we will explore
how individuals are related to their society. We will analyze, among other things, the nature and purpose of education and the role of the individual in the state. Finally, we
will focus on the impact which contemporary developments in artificial intelligence have on how we view ourselves.
The course will emphasize reading original sources from
various historical periods, and frequent written interaction
with those readings. Several short papers plus written
preparation for small group discussions will be expected.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 24
Images of America: From Wilderness
Forest to Urban Sprawl
EVE
INS 188-48064
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
When Europeans first settled in America they found themselves in a wilderness they hoped to transform into a garden. We modern Americans find ourselves in an increasingly urbanized environment and want simultaneously to
transform the city to make it more liveable and also to flee
the city and escape its problems by going back to nature.
In this course we will study some works of literature and
other texts that will help us understand how we got our
attitudes toward city and country. We will consider the
Greek development of the idea of the city, move on to the
Hebrew and Christian conceptions of the ideal society and
then study some of the development of American ideas
about country and city. Students will be expected to develop a personal statement of their attitudes towards the
rural and the urban. Students will write three papers and
take a final examination. We will take a field trip or two
and have several guest speakers.
Texts:
L. Mumford, The City in History, selections
I
Plato, The Republic, selection
Bible, selections
Augustine, The City of God, selections
R.W.Emerson, "Nature"
H.D. Thoreau, "Waldenff,selections
N. Hawthorne, "My Kinsman Major Molineaux"
E.A. Poe, "The Man of the Crowd"
S . Crane, Maggie
J. Baldwin, Go Tell It On the Mountain
J.C. Oates, Them
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Leadership in the City
flz/E
INS 188-48065
Instructor: Richard Nelson
It has often been observed that leadership cannot be
taught. While that is probably true, it is definitely true that
leaders and leadership can be profitably studied. In this
course we will study leadership within the context of the
city. Through readings, discussion, and lectures we will
view the ancient and modern city and selected problems
within urban culture which require the development of
various types of leaders and styles of leadership. During
the first two weeks of class we will read from texts and
view films which will provide us with background material, and since all events are rooted in time, much of this
material will be historical in nature. The third week of the
course will be devoted to time spent observing the city.
Each student will visit with a leader in our metropolitan
community whom you will interview in order to gain primary data about his or her role as a leader. In addition,
you will work in teams to view the life of the city and
formulate questions and observations about the nature of
our metropolitan area. In the final week of the class we will
reserve time for individual and team reports to be given in
class. During the course you will write four short papers
(3-4 pages), prepare oral reports based on your week in the
city, and write three short exams. Each component, the
short papers, the oral reports, and the short exams will
comprise 30% of your final grade. Your participation in
discussions will count 10% of your final grade.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
1
H Urban Theatre and Art
11v,C
INS 188-48065
4
Instructor: Julie Bolton
The Twin Cities is among the three largest theatre centers
nationally. In this seminar we will use current local productions as a laboratory for our exploration of meaning in
drama and theories of drama (expectations and needs of
the audience, the nature of the dynamic process which is
related between the actor and audience, and the differentiation between the play and the production). Play productions which were available in 1987 were Shakespeare's As
You Like It, Chekhov's Uncle Vanya, Ping Chong's Nosferatu, and David Hare's A Map of the World among others.
The seminar will focus on the themes: city/rural, artificial/
real, technology and civilization/nature, sin and darkness/
healing and restoration. We will use as background material classical humanistic texts: Job, Plato's The Republic,
Shakespeare's Macbeth, Adam's The Dynamo and the Virgin and Lewis Mumford's City in History.
Three productions will be viewed on which three 3-5 page
critical reviews will be written and shared with the group
as a basis for discussions. Research problems will require
library use. Play productions will be supported by visits to
art museums. There will be a fee for play admissions.
Prerequisite: Freshmen only
Distribution: Urban
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Interdisciplinary
Externship: e ink in^ ducati ion and the
World of Work
INS 299-486%
Instructors: Garry Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experiences. Discover new ways to learn
by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a halftime placement and active participation in a seminar that
meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the
process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can
obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)
to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and
2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand
experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately 20
hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week
for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based
upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/log and seminar participation.
Participants will complete a resume by November 24 and
secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December
11).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December ll.
Women, Men and the Bible
INS 181-48027
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Who are the women of the Bible7 How have women been
involved in or neglected by the Jewish and Christian faiths
through the centuries7 How have other religions dealt with
gender issues7 What does the Bible say about the roles and
relationships of women and men in the family and in the
church7 How do our images of God and our language effect our beliefs7 When must masculine pronouns be retained in Biblical translation, and when is inclusive language appropriate? How do our religious understandings
of the roles of women and men impact our actions in society?
We will explore these and other questions through extensive reading and class discussions. Our focus will be on the
Judeo-Christian tradition, but we will also consider other
religions, modern reactions to patriarchy, and inclusive
language for worship. Evaluation will be based on class
discussions, quizzes, short papers, exams, and a project.
Prerequisites: An open mind
Distribution: urban/women/minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
Politics and Process in Education
INS 183-48053
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
Ever wondered about the advantages and disadvantages of
the formal education you are experiencing? How have the
educational methods you have been exposed to shaped
your view of yourself and the world7
The objectives of this course are to examine the processes
used today in American education (from elementary
school through college) and to evaluate them from a variety of social science perspectives (political, psychological,
sociological). The content of the courses will include topics
such as: cooperative learning, experiential education, individual learning styles, whole-brain learning, social responsibility, and student-teacher interactions.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of topics such as these. Guest speakers will illustrate some of the
alternative approaches to education being used currently
in the Twin Cities. Evaluation will be based on: (a) class
participation and (b) two papers or one paper and one
class presentation.
Prerequisites: Consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Psych 2
The Rabbi and the Robot: Human Value in
the Computer Age
INS 185-38029
Instructor: Larry Crockett
This course will explore how human beings should be understood in an age of robots, intricate computers, and artificial intelligence. Using film, non-fiction, and fiction, we
will examine these questions: Are human beings in some
sense machines7 Is it conceivable that smart machines
might in some sense be persons? What does the JudeoChristian tradition have to say about such questions7
Students will be asked to write one essay each week and to
write one exam consisting of multiple choice and essay
items.
Prerequisites: A computer science, psychology or philosophy course
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Cultural and Political Realities in Jordan,
Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
INS 262-480
Instructors: Joel Mugge and Gary Olson
Students will visit Jordan, Israel, the West Bank and Egypt
to examine historical, cultural, socio-economic and political factors in interaction. The course will include readings,
lectures and field experiences designed to illuminate life in
the Moslem, Jewish and Christian communities and to increase understanding of the political and social dynamics
which have engendered conflict in the region. Participants
will meet with people and organizations representing the
countries' many political and religious viewpoints. The
group will also travel to key historical sites such as Jerusalem's Old City and Cairo's pyramids. Trip leaders will be
Moravian College political science professor Gary Olson
and Joel Mugge, Director of the Center for Global Education at Augsburg College. Approximate cost will be $1800
from Minneapolis, including all transportation, accommodations, tours and meals with an itinerary extending from
January 7 through January 24.
Grading will be on a P/N basis only and evaluation will be
based on a journal integrating experiences with assigned
readings and on participation in a global perspectives forum during the spring term. Interested students must register first with the Center for Global Studies by October 30.
Mathematics
Shaping Up
MAT 151-48056
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A look at two and three dimensional geometric shapes by
drawing or building models and by considering the mathematical structure of the patterns of their symmetries (rotations, reflections, etc.) through transferational geometry.
The course should be helpful to those in elementary education or other nonscience majors interested in visual patterns. Assignments will be required. Course examinations
at midterm and final.
Prerequisite: Level 3 on Mathematics Placement Test
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 112
H Math of Interest
MAT 173-48062
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged
more than men for annuities and received lower pension
benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than
men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are
calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured
out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate
a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in
the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These
and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics
of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and
quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and
economics or for any students interested in careers in finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
H The Logical Game of Mathematics
MAT 241-48028
Instructor: Larry Copes
Lower-division mathematics students generally play only
games of calculation and concepts. But DOING mathematics as professionals requires an ability to prove and disprove conjectures and to write up proofs. The objectives of
this course are to help prospective mathematics majors
gain or improve those skills, and to get a taste of REAL
mathematics before committing themselves to a major. Toward that end there will be daily assignments and weekly
exams, including a cumulative final exam.
Prerequisite: Completion of Calculus I with 2.0 (C) or better
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Music
E Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview
MUS 110-48033
Instructor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students planning to major in
music therapy. Course will consist of a general overview of
the field of music therapy, with visitations to several clinical sites in the area. Evaluation will be based on three tests
and field trip reports. Special fee to cover transportation:
$15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 26
E Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-48032
Instructor: Stephen Gabrielsen
Improvisation in Music meets every day for three hours,
and each student will improvise daily at class meetings,
using a variety of improvisational techniques and styles.
Prerequisite: Minimal ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's permission
Time: I1
Room: Music 4
The Electronics of Music
MUS 230-48030/MUS 430-48031
Instructor: Robert KarlCn
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and
create some of the sounds found in 20th Century music.
Through a "hands-on" approach, participants will be involved in:
1. Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quartertrack, and cassette decks through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifying, and mixing sounds
from traditional sound sources as well as from analog and
computer-controlled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small
groups. Lower division students will work with up to four
channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed
changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering
using primarily traditional and non-traditional sound
sources. Upper division students will also use electronically synthesized sound sources including computer controlled keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven
tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder,
and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for
upper division status
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Norwegian
Be inning Norwegian
g
NO 111-48034
Instructor: Nancy Aarsvold
Course 111is for students with no previous background in
Norwegian. The course aims to develop basic skills in
speaking, listening, reading, writing, and cultural understanding, Classroom practice focuses on both presentation
of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in
everyday contexts. The final grade is derived from daily
assignments, ~ u ~ = F s and
,
a final examination.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Nursing
Pends and Issues in Nursing
NUR 330-48035
Instructor: Terry Welcher
This course is intended to give students a broad perspective
by introducing current trends and issues in health care and
the profession of nursing. Many of the issues are controversial, are relevant to current practice and have potential
for far-reaching effects in health care. Students will be
graded on group presentations, written examinations and
field trip reports.
Prerequisite: Registered Nurse
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Philosophy
Readings in Mystical Literature: The
Western Padition
PHI 390-48036
Instructor: Mark Fuehrer
The object of this course is to analyze the principles of the
various forms of mystical experience based on discussions
of selected mystical texts that are considered as basic (classic) in forming Western spirituality. Topics include: ecstatic
experience, purgation of the senses, mysticism and the
feminine, mysticism and poetry. Evaluation will be by
short papers and final examination.
This course meets the Humanities major requirement of a
perspectives course.
Time: I
Room: Memorial 323
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-48037
Instructor: Kenneth Bailey
Sometimes it is said that we live in the Age of Science.
What does that mean? In what sense(s) might such a statement be said to be true or false? Is it really true that only
science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are
there any limits to scientific method? For example, what
does science have to say about values? These and other
questions about scientific methods, scientific knowledge,
and the applications for science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a
mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and an individual study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested prior courses: PHI 130 (Logic)and
one course in natural science
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
Phusics
~&oduction to Weather
PHY 106-48040
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a
working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing
the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study
of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of
the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This
course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at
sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During
the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and
site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip.
This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather
facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel.
Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the
trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Physics of Music
PHY 112-48038
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
This course will examine the physics underlying the experience of music. After developing the essential physics, we
will examine string and horn instruments (and possibly
others including the human voice) to see how they actually
work. The requirements of the course include laboratory
exercises and homework assignments. There will also be a
final exam in addition to a term paper on the history of the
student's favorite musical instrument.
Prerequisite: High school algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
The Starship Accords
PHY 180-48039
Instructor: Mark Engebretson
You have been selected to participate in the establishment
of the first permanent human settlement outside our solar
system. As one of the colonists, it will be your duty during
flight to:
A. Familiarize yourself with the environment expected in
any of the several galactic locations thought to be suitable
for colonization.
B. Choose the location, design, and level of technology of
the new colony.
C. Help design a system of governance for the entire community.
Assigned readings in science, science fiction, and political
theory will form the basis of class discussions and individual and group projects. Evaluation will be based on the
above and on two short quizzes.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Po Iitical Science
II Patterns of Change in the Middle East
POL 268-38068/468-48069
Instructor: Mary Ellen Lundsten
The objectives of this course are to go behind the headlines
and achieve deeper understanding of the issues facing policy makers in the Middle East today and to make use of
theoretical perspectives from history, comparative politics
and international relations while examining Middle East
political life.
Lectures and class reading will explore the long heritage of
Islam in the area as well as the impact of Western power
and political concepts. How ideas and social movements
confront each other amidst rapid technological and social
change will be studied. Students will also analyze the complex policy choices facing outside powers with interests in
the region.
All students will read an introductory text and select from
recent specialized studies on six societies: Iran, Israel,
Egypt, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, and the Palestinians. All
students will give oral critiques of two books from the set
of specialized studies and will write a final essay on political aspects of two countries.
Additional class meetings will be held to discuss readings
on the comparative method and selected Middle East political topics as treated in an additional text required for upper division credit. Upper division students will critique
methodology as well as the information and stylistic approach of the books presented in classroom critiques. An
additional final essay applying comparative theory to two
Middle East countries will be required for upper division
students.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one political science course and sophomore status for upper division
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 10
H Political Economy
POL 459-48041
Instructor: Joseph Goldman
This course introduces students to the theoretical and policy questions dealing with political economy; especially
how politics and economics interrelate across industrializing and postindustrializing systems. Using history, political
science and economics, we will look at the concepts,
models, theories and paradigms of national and international development. Issues like the "North-South debate,
GNP growth, market expansion, industrialization, capitalization, the arms race and high technological advancement
are covered.
Students are evaluated on a comprehensive examination
and a short (15-20 pp) term paper in the form of a case
study or policy study in consultation with the instructor.
The examination and a paper are worth each 50% of the
total grade.
Prerequisites: Preferably course work in political science
or economics
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Psych 3
Ps ycilology
H Introduction to the World of Psychology
PSY 121-48042
Instructor: Paul Hirdman
Psychology is more than rats1 It is a world of great
breadth, with differing levels of depth. Here you will have
the opportunity to explore some of the concepts, data and
methods of psychology and gain some understanding and
insights from this discipline. Readings, lectures, and special presentations will be utilized involving the instructor
and class members. Evaluation will involve class participation, student research presentations and exams.
Distribution: Psychology-Sociology
Time: I
Room: Psychology 4
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-48043
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus.
This course will be conducted as a seminar with a high
level of student contribution and participation. Attendance at each class session is required. Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent
oral reports. Each student will be required to seek out and
interview persons in the adolescent level of development.
Typewriting or equivalent word processing will be required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children
by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book
will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November
1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few
class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in
the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105-General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
The ~ u t h e r a n
Heritage
REL 345-48044
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the
world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it
is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th
century and its development and cultural influence during
450 years of history. The text by Bergendoff will provide
an overview. Lecture and class discussion will deal with
examples of Lutheran witness to the Gospel in art, music,
missions, philosophy, sociology, and theology. Requirements will include two exams and one short paper. One
text costing approximately $12.00 must be purchased in
class on the second day.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-48052
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of the use and function of language in the Bible.
The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding the biblical text. Grades will be
based on class participation, a presentation to the class and
an examination.
Prerequisites: Senior Honors Student or permission of instructor
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Social Work
Ex loring Human Services
SJ
K 257-48055
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency; working and talking with human
service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course
offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will
attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week
during which agency experiences will be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in
the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Melby 24
Issues of Hornelessness
SWK 339-48051
Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand student's knowledge of homelessness in an
historical context;
2. To expand student's knowledge of the reality of homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal.
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A semin a r f o r m a t will be used in the classroom f o r
discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111, 121, SWK 257, 361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Psych 2
H Social Work and Community Services in
Great Britain
SWK 346-48059
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern
- ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies.
The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal
public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of
urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's
culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet
with social work students, attend theatre performances,
and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the countrv's resources and
we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community
institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrens' Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English
social work students, we will unravel the post Second
World War commitment to universal social policies. These
policies have established services available to all citizens in
health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social services. They also provide the major working
turf of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit
Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West
Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work
agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make
contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through
cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the
National Theatre, The Houses of Parliament, cathedrals,
and ancient community sites such as Oxford are an integral
part of recognizing and appreciating the whole community. Culture and history come to life during day excursions through the gentle English countryside to Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets,
journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S.
Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise o f
the Welfare State; l? Barclay, Social Workers: Their Role
and Tasks; Charles Dickens, Oliver Twist; any play by
G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality press' - The Guardian, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current social
policy (which includes a comparison with their American
experience), and participation in visits and discussions.
The comprehensive fee of $1,965 includes air and surface
travel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets
and a one week London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
23 in The International Center, Old Main 20.
Field Work III
SWK 466-48045/SWK 466-48046
Instructor: Maria Brown
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field
placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated
supportive seminar held on campus.
Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor
using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-48045) (15 hours per
week) or full (466-48046) (30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-48047
Instructor: Gordon Nelson
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding.
The course is offered only on a P/N basis. Students can
expect evaluation to be based on a combination of class
participation, written assignments, and/or examinations.
Distribution: Urban/Minority
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
.-
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-48048
Instructor: Gunta Rozentals
The objective of the course is to enable students to discuss
continental literature through the use of valid critical tools.
It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of
the reading selections from different points of view. We
shall read half a dozen short stories, several plays, one
novel and a number of poems.
Student evaluation will be based on three written reports,
participation in class discussions, and a final exam. This
course is designed for foreign language students but anyone with an interest in European continental literature is
welcome to enroll.
Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Speech, Communication,
Theatre
Children's Theater
SPC 285-48049
Instructor: Gary Parker
Class members will work as an ensemble to create and perform a play for children. Development of the play will emphasize techniques of improvisation. Students will participate both on and off stage as performers (actors, singers,
dancers, musicians), production staff (publicity and management), and technical staff (lights, scenery, costumes,
and props). Public performances will be scheduled during
the final week of class. Grading will be based on the commitment and effectiveness of work on the production, and
a written notebook of daily activities and reactions. No
theater experience is necessary.
Time: 9:30-12:00,1:00-3:00
Room: Stage Two
H Television News Production
SPC 344-48050
Instructor: Warren Harmon
This will be a basic course in television news production
taught on location. Students will get practical experience in
interviewing, shooting, writing, editing and producing the
news. Grades will be based primarily on how well these
tasks are performed and on the quality of material produced. Students will work in a newsroom setting, not a
television studio. Students should have some previous TV
coursework. Check with Julie Bolton in the speech department for further information.
Prerequisite: Permission of Department chair, Julie Bolton
Time: I
Room: Dayton-Hudson Production Studios, St. Paul
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers
overseas learning experiences during the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Mary
Kingsley in the International Center, Old Main 20, or from the
Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 23,
1987. These courses are offered on P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
H Art and Culture in Europe: A Study in Contrasts
H Austria, Italy and Eastern Capitals: The Habsburg Heritage
H The Bahamas: Women, Health and Healing
H Biology and Natural History of the Hawaiian Islands
H China: Yesterday, Today, and Tomorrow
H Costa Rica: Ecology of Tropical Forests
H English Castles and Cathedrals, Cities and Countryside
H The English School and Family
H Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
H France at the Dawn of the XXI Century:
Modernity and Tradition
H German Language and Culture
H The Greek Experience
H Hawaii: A Cultural History
H Intermediate German: 2000 Years in Trier
International Law and Business in a European Environment
H The Irish Renaissance
H Italy and Malta: Ancient Cultures and Contemporary
Problems
H London, Paris, Amsterdam: The Legacy of Wealth and
Power
Mexico: The Old and the New
H From Monastery to Manufacturing:
The Dawn of Capitalism
The Natural History of New Zealand
Paris-Dakar: The French-African Connection
Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain
H The Soviet Union: Church and State After 1000 Years
H Theatre in England: Its Texts and Contexts
H The Vikings
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for
credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for
registering are available in the Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-48073
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian
border or for white water canoeing and desert camping on
the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 17
period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available).
Washin on D. C. Interims
?
Leaders on eadership: Models for Policy Making
POL 398-48073
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-48074
These Interims begin December 28 and continue until January 16. Information on either of the above programs,
housing and financial assistance is available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
The foSlowing activity is available to students during Interim
and srudenks may register for this class as well as for a repsilar
course. This activity does not carry official credit, but does
meet h e liferime sports requirement for graduation. Students
may participate in his class without registering for the course,
but will be expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-48067
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, caught by a certified Second Degree MKA
Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 12:OO-1:00M, W,F
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1989
......................2
Calendar ............................3
About this Catalog ..........3
Introduction
..............................3
Visiting Students .............4
Courses ..............................5
Options
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is
particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ
styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in
places and ways not possible during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they
would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students
can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition
refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few
Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the
course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing.
Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select.
Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the
number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer
enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for
graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race,
creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as
required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies,
educational programs, activities and employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1989
................................................Interim Registration
.............................................................Late Interim Registration
...........................................................................First Day of Interim
October 31-November 4
December 5
January 3
Class I 9 a.m.
Class I1 1p.m.
January 4
January 16
.................................................
Last Day for CanceYAdd
..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Registrar
January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 27 .....................................................................................
I n t e r Ends
January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration
................................................................
Spring Semester Begins
February 1
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning
time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for
Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will
begin at 9 a.m.)
Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a
special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock.
About this Catalog
The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in
alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs
not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit.
Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in
tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of
the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24
international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for
International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed
near the end of this catalog.
Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd
internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no
btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc
same office.
Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299)
for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting
responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students
choosing to pursue independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study
plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must
be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than
December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the
Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other
4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof
these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary
will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration
for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the
regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other
4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily
be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home
institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January
term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board
costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students
interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the
Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the
interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of
$10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
Calligraphy
ART 106-490011306-49002
drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through
and assignments center
pecial attention given to
cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus
r division students are
historical writing styles
:
er and mat board
Room: Old Main 4
Biology
Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts
BIO 113-490051313-49006
I
4
,
I
.;
Instructor: Neal Thorpe
Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and
California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will
include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates,
nd animal life, and
mils, the
survival mec
ra a
a. Studies will be
conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson
Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina
Mountains. H
diskrk&sknied
'
.
Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students
taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and
to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for
upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in
greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that
will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be
given to biology majors.
I
There will be some class days on campus both before and after the
trip.
.
I
The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment,
and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping),
admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4.
Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 214
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-49003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life.
genes surrounded by a
n and multiply only as
eeming simplicity, some
mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This
major discoveries on
of viruses, and their
c will also look at the
viral invasion, at the
drugs, and at some
g AIDS. Grades will
during the course.
Room: Science 213
,
Botany, Birds and Blight
BIO 117-49004
Instructor: Gloria Warner
Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas
of biology which may not be available to students in their regular
be as exciting and
arn various ways to
plant structure and
tification and Como
2. Studentswil
of Natural Hist
for a week at the Bell Museum
tification and a t
Grades will be based on class participation and exams.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 214
.
Business
Management Simulation Games
BUS 278-49007/37&49008
Instructor: Amin Kader
During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a
computerized business management exercise. Each team will
control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts.
Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting
what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy
will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures,
and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends.
Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to
have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply
1
I
I
business concepts learncd.
The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training.
This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive
analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the
relationship between the various component parts of the business
decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used
for this group.
Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112
or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Murpy Square 3
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295.49009
Instructor: John Cerrito
who are not majoring
for starting and running a
small business.
The student will
management
aspcts of small busincss
a business plan for ia
studies.
Business major&ay not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 3
.
I
Chemistry
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-49010
Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for
centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers
and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades
the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry
becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence
on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics,
"the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can
often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out,
grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system
of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result
of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the
problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry
can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world,
and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the
human ct~ndition.
d
This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films
will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will
be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but
+'
does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: II
Room: Science 315
History of Chemistry
CHE 125-49011
Instructor: Jean C. Kunz
This course seeks
chemistryfrom ancien
science of today. The
on the discovused a few ele11 examine the
I
the powerful modem
sed primarily upon a
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 315
Computer Science
Fortran
CSC 270-49012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students
with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will
expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming
languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This
course will involve lectures and programming assignments in
FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language
(e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 212
I
I
Economics
Welfare Economics
ECO 414-49013
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory.
Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects.
Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
I
I
Education
C( International Education
EDS 245-49014
Instructor: Richard Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the
proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This
course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention
will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American
models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers.
Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation,
and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-49015
Instructor: JohnBollis
Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and
informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for
teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included
and each student will leave the class with word processing skills.
Students will survey current software materials for educational
and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary
education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and
final exam. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
w
Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten
EDE 37549016
Instructor: Mary Endorf
Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child.
B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich
are supported by current research and practices in education
settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - "how to learn".
E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development
(characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional
programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student
will be able to identify:
1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten.
2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and
the theories behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of
students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten
that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the
teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination.
is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process.
Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Human Relations
EDS 388-49017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof
major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a
perspective of minority group members with interaction from
class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom
setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global
society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this
course.
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to
teaching and other profesiional vocations.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education
program in process
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022
EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023
EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024
EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and
secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a
school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission
of instructor.
English
The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction
ENG 240-490271340-49020
Instructor: Kathryn Swanson
fiction? What elements of fiction
What is fiction? What is
should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course,
students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety
of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the
Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in
class discussions, write iw analysis
a selected short story,
write an original d~c>rl,itn
ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final
exam.
I
Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation
based on it.
Prerequisites: Effective Writing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Re-Visions:
Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- )
ENG 249-49026
Instructor: Douglas E. Green
Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers?
Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages?
This course will encourage students to assess the current state of
British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns,
and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the
various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the
works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson,
Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some
pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on
January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one
or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for
which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of
short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam.
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or
consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: 11
Room: Music 22
Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore
ENG 355-49029
Instructor: John Mitchell
Feature films, ranging from
Wall, will also be examined
Students will be rebased upon
Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing)
Time: II
Room: Science 123
I
'I
'
I
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-49030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we
will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural
sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers.
Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the
works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group
discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group
work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: II
Room: Old Main 25
German
Introduction to Yiddish
GER 220-49076
Instructor: Don Steinmek
What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler
on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several
other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish.
How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch,"
"schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is
Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim
you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German.
Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests.
Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of
instructor
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
Health and Physical Education
IITheonj, Technique and Administrative
Aspects of Coaching Football
7
.L
-1
1 x 1
L
'
HPE 224-49035
I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock
Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the
people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be
given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram
including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and
game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of
teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of
offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in
actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the
ethics of coaching football.
This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to
Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and
workshops.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 4
IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-49032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage
and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts
and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on
participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health
Program
HPE 41G49033
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods
and materials in health education with laboratory experience in
classroom and community.
Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written
summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method.
Prerequisites: HPE 320
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 2
Sailing in the Virgin Islands
"
h i
HPE 45S-49034
/ - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in
the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on
taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling
(anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live
aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will
function as an active crew member.
-
Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course.
This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat
handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and
navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays
in the British and American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A
daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written
exam will be given. P/Ngrading only.
The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat
rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due
October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic
Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
II Coaching of Basketball
HPE 477-49036
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting
report will be the methods of evaluation.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
II Coaching of Hockey
HPE 478-49037
Instructor: Ed Saugestad
The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching
hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice
coaching techniques and scouting reports.
This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE 481-49038
Instructor: Al Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the
game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor.
Students completing the course should be ready for certification by
the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be
based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor.
While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students
have some basketball playing experience.
This is a 1/2 credit course.
Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays.
Room: Melby 202
His tory
Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality
HIS 220-49039
Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen
Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the
&&18th m N r y and tLun of
2Olh century. The Chinese,
la-,
K~xemandFill
e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt
r
on the changesin the U.S.
Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will
study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in,
the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American
economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the
end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the
Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to
some Asian immigration.
Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a
final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term
in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
p
8L
Gandhi and Martin Luther King:
The Images and the Reality
HIS 440-49040
Instructor: Don Gustafson
ies of our century, in-
Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final
exam.
Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college
history or political science course.
Time: I1
Room: Foss Seminar
In terdisciplinavy -FXE
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special
Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The
Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course
with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The
course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution
requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the
entire college community.
Measuring the Elusive Ideal:
Realized and Unrealized Dreams
INS 189-49041
Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari,
Bruce Reichenbach
What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems
persist in America? Why do so many families have such different
expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign
countries dislike America?
In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for
similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts
we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a
people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which
the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned.
Students will participate in the course through assigned readings,
analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help
students integrate various aspects of the learning experience.
Prerequisites: Freshman status
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Science 123
The Redemocratization Process in South America
INS 219-49074
Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva
Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile
who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg.
In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and
characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay
and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine
the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic
alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special
case study of retarded transformation.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work
INS 299-49042
Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson
Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by
observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences.
The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time
placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a
week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an
unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work.
The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable
students to observe and experience the relationships between the
worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students'
abilities to learn from first hand experience.
Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per
week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two
hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/
log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis.
Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a
placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9).
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured
by December 9.
Time: 11
Room: Murphy Square 2
~ ~ c o n o m i cthe
s , Environment and Appropriate Technology
INS 218-49043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer
sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in
our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and
economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our
use of the environment in technological and economic develop
ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions
to environmental problems. Course material will be presented
through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits.
Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Mathematics
r( Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-49044
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary
statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with
the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical
and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures,
discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and
final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Math of Interest
MAT 173-49045
Instructor: Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more
than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than
men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance?
Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to
invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant
for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the
mathematics of financial transactions will be covered.
Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes.
This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields.
Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent.
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Music
willi
Improvisation in Music
MUS 129-49048
Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen
every day for three hours, and each
Improvisation i
usic m
meetings, using a variety of imstudent
provisational t W es and styles.
Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or
instructor's p
Distribution:
Music
Time: I
Room: Music 4
'1
n
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS179-49047
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich
served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country;
the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest
of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles.
The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British
Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the
awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of
our encounte
concert p d o
and visits to
marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England
and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and
Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226
includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several
cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is
offered on a P/NP basis only.
The History of Jazz
MUS 241-49049
Instructor: David Hawley
The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure.
America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the
nature of our
but has also been the
throughout the world.
This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular
roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom.
The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will
be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of
reading assignments will
and selected filmsand video
two written and listening
exams.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 2
NOR 111-49050
background in Nonvesin speaking, listening,
Classroom practice
d structures and the
.
Room: Old Main 29
Philosophy
On Dreams
PHI 200-49051
Instructor: Mark Fue
some an-
assignments. Evaluation will be traditional.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Phusics
J
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-49052
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working
knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will
be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and
understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included
are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the
Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts
student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory
followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States
visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at
Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and
Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach
and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the
visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi
River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television
station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites,
and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain
a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be
created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried
on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the
full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily
quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip.
The cost will be approximately $700.
Initial deposit due by October 28.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Library I
Introduction t o Space Science
PHY 320-49053
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who
are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics
required for further study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment
including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper
atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the
solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma
sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling
with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora.
Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Pol it
Science
n numerous other
ete conclusions
You will be required to read
presidency, write analytical
the more you should try to read.
Distribution: Economics-Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 24
E Politics,~ollywoodstyle
POL 328-49075
Instructor: William Morris
This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S.
citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose
principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or
institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by
considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other
information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given
to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics.
As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and
evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the
films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof
books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some
of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The
papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for
the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There
will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs.
Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158
Time: I1
Room: Music 23
Difficult Judicial Choices:
How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-49055
Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman
The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation
and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed
to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental
health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing,
police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to
assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how
jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d
i~rid
app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic
rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch
al
nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland
adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions.
l
'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re
i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course.
In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States
immigration court and a mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and
Wednesday thereafter
Ro-om: Old Maih 16
Psychology
The Psychology of Law
PSY 335-49056
Instructor: Nancy Steblay
Evaluation will
participation, student research
Re1igion
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-49057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world.
We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present
time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by
ment and cultural
Lcct LI r c and class discussion
ss to the Gospel in art,
will deal with cx
music, missions,
theology. Requireper. One text costing
ments will inclu
ascd in class on the second
erim course may be used to
meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s )
,
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
Christianity in Modern Africa
REL 366-49058
onal African culture
will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section
ses of churches in
South Africa to t
will be lectures
luated on several
toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: 11
Room: Old Main 18
The Bible, Language and Interpretation
REL 445-49059
anguage in the Bible. The
character of language for
es will be based on class
an examination.
course may be used
Social Work
C( Exploring Human Services
SWK 257-49060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting
a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working
in a professional human service organization or agency; working
and talking with human service professionals and others who
participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs.
This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an
agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific
small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency
experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will
be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives
sWK330-4906<1
Instructor: Maria rown
Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)?
Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes?
Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today,
identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be
an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including
contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader
society. Students will research various forms of family violence.
Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in
current policy-making and program delivery in family violence.
One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in
family violence.
Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on
area of interest in family violence.
Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Social Work and Community Services
in Great Britain
SWK 346-49061
7y!-!L
/
- I
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient
in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores
social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of
community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping
networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family
homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures.
London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will
begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such
as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall
Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will
unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal
socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to
all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and
personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf
of the social work profession.
As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and
explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition
to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and
Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the
small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities.
Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and
literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The
Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites
such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating
the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday
excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and
Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury.
Students will complement their direct experience by reading the
British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and
books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the
Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social
Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any
play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The
Times, The Telegraph.
Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective
journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which
includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/
NP basis.
The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week
London travel pass.
Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at
the Office of International Programs.
7
Field Work III
SWK 466-49064 (full course)
466-49065 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to
increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to
increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem
solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to
professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for
personal/professional development; to promote competence in
the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on
analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement,
plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar
help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field
Instructor using previously developed contract and social work
evaluation forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or
full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of
the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: to be arranged
Sociology
Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis
on thd ~ e a l t h
Care ~ i i t e m )
SOC 121-49071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an
academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights
into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place
in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the
health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As
such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and
related professionals and for consumers as well.
This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives
as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily
written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given.
Time: II
Room: Music 24
Racial and Minority Group Relations
om of racial and minority group
ejudice, racism, and
format will include
for off-campus parexpect evaluation to
n, a research project,
nly on a P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Music 23
!
Spanish
Evaluating Continental Literature
SPA 250-49067
The objective of th
tal literature
Student evaluation will
pation in class
discuss continenIt will involve
reports, partici-
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater
SPC 226-49068
etc. Students wil
nd styles of movewill be to increase the
gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as
aspects of movement
a1 expression, gesture, walking,
rent styles of movement, from
c. Movement exercises will be
Some principles of
Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles
of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays.
Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class
work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations.
The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their
skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as
teaching, law, the ministry, etc.
Time: II
Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with
Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college.
Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller
descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim
Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-49069
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog
sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or
for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in
the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of
approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some
scholarships available).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda
POL 398-49072
Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles
POL 398-49073
These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial
assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
UMAIE
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring
the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained
from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October
26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a
lower division number.
ANCIENT GREECE
1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE
HAWAIIAN ISLANDS
1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND
CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST
IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND
I
ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE
AND CITIES
1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY
EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE
EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN
GREAT BRITAIN
1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND
HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY
INSIDE IRELAND
1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS
MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE
MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT
CITIES OF EUROPE
THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE
LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN
BRITAIN AND ITALY
1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE
SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY
CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND
SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activity is available to students during Interim and
students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This
activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports
requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class
without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees
whether or not the student registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-49070
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate,
taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee
of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting S... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Augsburg College
Minneapolis
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM
1990
Introduction
..*..*
...-....-...*.......2
•
.......................................3
About this Catalog .....................3
Calendar
Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II...
3
Visiting Students
.......................4
.....................5
UMAIE Courses .......................48
Other Courses ...........................49
Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50
Augsburg Courses
Introduction t o Interim
I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College.
The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~
Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both
students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and
to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible
during the regular term.
Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should
plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for
class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring
semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during
Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not
to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale.
Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit
basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system;
this is indicated in the course description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division
standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the
student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous
grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35
courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one
Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at
Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis
of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or
handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
For More Information
Interim Office (Memorial 230)
Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025
Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b)
Interim Calendar 1990
...............................Interim Registration
.............................................Late Interim Registration
............................................................
s t Day of Interim
October 30 - November 3
December 4
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 la0 p.m.
January 3
January 16
....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd
.............................. Last Day for Determining Grading
System with Regisbar
January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
January 26 ..................................................................
I nt
i Ends
.......................
...................................................
Validation of Spring Class Registration
January 30
January 31
Spring Semester Begins
Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the
beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily
schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes
Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with
a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m.
About This Catalog
Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in
alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other
courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for
Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw
courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts
may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the
Catalog.
Options
International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the
23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog.
Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental
requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement
plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the
last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during
Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately
4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the
Internship and Cooperative Education office.
Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of
independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower
division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent
study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or
directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed
study plan approved by the supervising faculty member.
This proposal must be submitted at least one week before
registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any
other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim
Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for
registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other
Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not
necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered
for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for
the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's
home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students
for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special
fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650
for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an
Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their
own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students
are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
Art
The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and
Creative Writing
Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John
Mitchell
This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at
Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound
Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct
coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar,
taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc
t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology
Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem,
taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt.
The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce
daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl
cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also
have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest
Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide
introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc
first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and
goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will
pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will
be given.
The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be
approximately $1200.
Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida
Keys
ART 116-40011
Instructor: Phil Thompson
An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature
and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There
will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a
method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of
coastal landscapes.
Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and
paintings along with participation and artistic growth
factors.
Students will be required to provide their own drawing
and painting materials.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 4
W Life Drawing
ART 247-40001
Instructor: Norman Holen
A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art
students.
The figure will be depicted in various settings with a
variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will
extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt
tip pen.
Fee: $30 due the first day of class
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I
Room: Old Main 17
Biology
Plants and Civilization
BIO 102-40002
Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg
Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost
every area of our society. Historically they have influenced
world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health
care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our
social history. We will take a look at an array of topics
ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping
and thc influence that plants played in each incident.
Grades will be based on examinations.
Distribution: Biology/Chemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Viruses: At the Threshold of Life
BIO 116-40003
Instructor: Robert Herforth
Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of
life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and
multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their
seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases
afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio,
rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will
begin with a short history of some major discoveries on
viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and
their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will
also look at the ways in which the body defends itself
against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and
new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases
caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based
on several quizzes and exams given during the course.
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies
BIO 14040049;340-40050
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of
marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks
will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute
located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory
facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining
hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats
suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps
and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities
and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory.
A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips
and conduct specialized classes.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made
during the first week. This will include an introduction to
marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials.
The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component with
students interacting with students from John Mitchell's
writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with
each student completing a project related to one of the
other disciplines.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the
program, a final examination and a paper on a selected
topic related to marine biology. Upper division students
will do a special research project.
Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper
division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent.
Time: I
Room: Science 212
Business
Entrepreneurship
BUS 295-40079
Instructor: John Cerrito
Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is
s to provide students who are not
majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss.
The student will be exposed to various aspects of small
business management and will be required to prepare a
business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be
evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and
performances on small business case studies.
Business majors may not take this course for credit.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 3
Chemistry
A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry
CHM 113-40005
Instructor: Earl Alton
Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change,
solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce
which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes
occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in
thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s
prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry
~~
using thc laboratory
as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro-
d
duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand
dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the
colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected.
Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course
wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc
gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory
work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and
an exam at the end of the course.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 322
P
H High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
CHM 325-40004
Instructor: Joan Kunz
High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high
technologies," including advances in experimental science
in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum
technologies lags far behind their development. This
course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use
high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
Computer Science
H Fortran
CSC 270-40012
Instructor: Larry Ragland
A study of the FORTRAN programming language for
students wi th some previous knowledge of programming.
This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will
involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming
assignments and examinations.
Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer
language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175)
Time: I
Room: Science 112
Economics
Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 113-40006
Instructor: Satya Gupta
An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the
household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic
theory to market policy.
Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience
Time: I
Room: Library 1
Histo y of Economic Thought
ECO 219-40013
Instructor: Richard Hemog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in
the context of the political, economic, and social settings of
the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular
trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a
framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems.
I. Ancient Economic Thinking
11. The Medieval Period
111. Mercantilism
IV. Classical
V. Socialist/Utopian
VI. Modern
Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If
small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more
appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10
pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on
three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 27
Business, Government and Society:
Economic Analysis of the Legal
Foundations of Business
ECO 319-40007
Instructor: Milo Schield
Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy
tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these
tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children,
divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal
topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic
analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of
economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient
legal remedy an unjust solution?).
Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law;
Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy.
Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning.
Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final.
Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and
participation (15%).
Audience: Students interested in the relation between
business, government and society (specifically those
interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy).
Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy,
Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex
Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Contemporay Economic Relations
Between East and West
ECO 319-40010
Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp
In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic
cooperation between countries with different political and
economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of
theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its
patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint
cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share
an understanding of cconomic relations at the national
Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and
political systems employ the principles of politics and
economics to their own domestic and international affairs.
Using comparative means, institutions and systems that
drive commerce and governance will be explored and
clxplaincd i~~cluding
rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the
directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics.
Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and
CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined.
At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and
alternatives in the 1980s.
There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and
a research paper.
Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro)
Time: I
Room: Foss Mini-Seminar
H Economic Research Methods: Theory and
Application
ECO 495-40008
Instructor: Ed Sabella
The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly
usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and
the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical
linear re ression model will be presented along with
methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions.
Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components
and the Bayesian approach will be examined.
It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic
understanding of the techniques of statistical inference.
Results will be generally presented without proof, with
reliance placed on intuitive justification.
Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final.
Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or
consent of instructor
Time: I1
Room: Science 213
d'
7
Education
International Education
EDS 3534054
Instructor: Rich Germundsen
Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel,
and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination
and comparison of selected Western and non-Western
educational systems as well as an investigationof possible
careers in international education. Special attention will
be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South
American models. There will be lectures, discussions and
guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on
quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of
instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course.
Time: I1
Room: Library 4
Media Technology
EDE 341-40015
Instructor: John Bowlis
Students will be involved with the psychological and
physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of
instructional and informational technology.
Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual
materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer
training will be included and each student will leave the
class with word processing skills.
Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings.
This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and
secondary education majors. Grades will be based on
projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit
course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Foss 170
Discovery Learning in the World of
Kindergarten
EDE 375-40016
Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow
This class prepares students for the unique experiences
and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom.
This class will:
A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships.
B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional
systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and
practices in cducation settings.
C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships.
D. Strcss process-"how to learn".
E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans.
F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction
practices.
H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of
the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakers and field trips.
Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc
studcnt will bc ablc to identify:
c
1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn.
Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn
2.
education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs.
3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching
kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and
the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum:
~ a n g u a g Arts
e
EDE 387-40014
Instructor: Vicki Olson
This course will involve an examination and pre aration of
materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course
taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld
of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary
School and will involve classroom work with children.
This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265
Time: I
Room: Library 4
E
Human Relations
EDS 388-40017
Instructor: Mildred Mueller
This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique
cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota.
T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group
members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a
classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge
of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations.
This is a one-hafi credit couise.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 21
Student Teaching
EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022
EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023
EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024
EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson
Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of
college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day
experience in a school. Grading is P/N only.
Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and
permission of instructor.
The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the
Florida Keys
ENG 234-40031; 345-40033
Instructor: John Mitchell
The purpose of this course is to introduce students to
creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more
experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound.
The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve
these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth
personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the
Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of
the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to
the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace
Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience
with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor
and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of
facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the
quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems.
Students who take the course for upper division credit will
be required to do additional reading and to make oral
reports to the class based on this reading.
Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper
division credit, one college course in creative writing.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 12
Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in
English (1975-present)
ENG 249-40026
Instructor: Douglas Green
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are
revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of
classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the
late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped
by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension
and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad.
For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson
related topics and attend at least two productions in the
Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and
one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A
series of group projects, which include a long paper and
some performance, will conclude the course.
Distribution: English-Speech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 27
Five College Fiction Writing Workshops
ENG 362-40027
Instructor: Julie Schumacher
Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy,
enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their
own--and to other students'-work. Students will write
25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and
assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short
stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of
the class time will be spent on discussions of student
fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of
duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a
sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and
oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences
with the instructor will be an integral part of the class.
Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and
beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful
engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is
mandatory.
Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one
writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell.
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 21
Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper
Midwest Writers
ENG 364-40080
Instructor: Ron Palosaari
Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works
by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses.
We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of
modem American literature.
Each student will write two papers, each on a different
author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The
course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation.
Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class.
Prerequisites: One college level American literahue
course or two other college literature classes.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 12
French
French Literature in Translation
FRE 243-40030
Instructor: Ruth Aaskov
What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its
power, its human and artistic significance for the reader?
With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and
analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in
English.
We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of
Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as
well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by
your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared
with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures
and study guides will help attentive reading of the works
and developing your communication and critical skills.
Evaluation will include your progress in group work and
discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading,
writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study.
We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
instructor.
Distribution: Literature
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
General Studies
Transitions: Women's Life Careers
GST:245-40009
Instructor: Diane Busico
Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's
world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr,
and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and
emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar
is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in
balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no
concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you
with some useful information for making choices for the
present and plans for the future.
The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe
choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc
sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and
a rcsctlrch project.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 22
Health and Physical Education
M Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 23240032
Instructor: Pam Schreurs
Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican
heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New
Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc
grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching
assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
W Sailing in the Virgin Islands
.IL
I
HPE 455-40034
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
.Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course
will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of
sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel
sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan
active crew member.
Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of
thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling
with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip
planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc
cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and
American Virgin Islands.
Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis.
+ I l
Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated
competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of
"acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all
participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N
grading only.
The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes
round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day.
Final payment is due October 31.
Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's
Athletic Director
Distribution: Lifetime sports
History
Women in Refonn in Modem America
HIS 225-40042
Instructor: John Jenswold
"Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by
American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will
investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has
been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the
interaction of women with reform movements in an effort
to discover how women influenced major reform efforts
and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of
women in an industrializing and urbanizing society.
Our investigation will include several books, primarily
biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton,
Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such
movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform,
political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni.
Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by
lectures on larger historical issues.
Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams,
and class participation.
Distribution: History-Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 13
H The Japanese-American Experience:
Relocation and Redress
HIS 240-40028; 340-40029
Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen
This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences
in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the
American economy and society will be explored. Special
attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the
Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why
they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and
placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their
adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts
to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored.
Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There
will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also
write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower
Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings.
Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals
and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities.
Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division
Time: I
Room: Old Main 13
History of Ancient Israel
HIS 363-40038
Instructor: Richard Nelson
The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral
state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of
western culture because of its unique religiousexperience.
This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic
history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We
will begin with a consideration of the cultures which
prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic
age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem
by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity.
Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades
will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations,
and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading.
Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor.
Time: I
Room: Music 22
The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst
b u rYear
~ Experience (FYE) Program is a
special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a
different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will
satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement.
Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in
France, 1650-1900
INS 190-40035
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin
Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond
to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas
conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and
theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society
in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless?
All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We
see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the
years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate
and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of
enduring themes and ideas at different points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various
readings, including reading plays, studying scores and
listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the
resources of the college and the city, students will also
attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty
Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including
the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the
Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required
performances and museum visits, write analyses of the
various art works or performances, and write a paper
integrating the different arts and time periods studied.
There will also be quizzes on material covered.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than
$15.
Prerequisite: Freshman status
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11,
but students will be expected to attend alimited number
of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends)
as a part of the class work.
Room: Music-Sateren
Interdisciplina
2
Appropriate Technology
II Economics, The nvironment and
INS 218-40043
Instructor: Tom Morgan
The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of
the critical importance the physical environment and our
natural resources play in the economic well-being in our
global economy. We will first briefly review historical
relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental
problems. Course material will be presented through a
blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course
grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of
research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues.
Time: I1
Room: Science 319
An Introduction t o Islam
INS 225-40045
Instructor: Amin Kader
This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present
his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will
cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic
and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There
will also be a consideration of the differences between the
Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be
some effort to deal with the similarities and differences
between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a
visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities.
A paper and at least one examination will be required.
Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 1
Augsburg Goes To Business
INS 321-40055
Instructor: Tina Wagner
This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students
with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in
organizations, and the varied environments in which they
must operate. The objectives of the class are:
1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the
different functional areas of an organization operate
on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm.
2.
to develop and explore personal and career goals, and
how a "fit" is established between an individual and
an organization.
3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches"
correspond to "real world" situations and are able to
accommodate practical application.
Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture,
discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six
different types of organizations in the metropolitan area
including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will
focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of
vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the
selection of career paths.
Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the
journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the
topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor.
Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above
Time: I1
Room: Murphy Place 3
H Finite Mathematics
MAT 121-40044
Instructor: Suzanne Doree
A study of the finite mathematics models involved in
elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course
should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic
information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam,
and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Math and its Applications: Succeed With
Math
MAT 132-40046
Instructor: Bev Stratton
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare
you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics?
Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at
ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a
little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions,
this course is for you.
The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such
areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will
learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations
and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers
and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on
short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project.
Prerequisite: Placement Group I11
Time: I1
Room: Science 212
Cognizers
MAT 235-40075
Instructor: Larry Copes
The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how
machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts
to get computers to do the same. We shall study the
contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial
intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how
closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session
examinations and a full-session final.
Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy,
computer programming or anatomylphysiology.
Time: I1
Room: Science 112
Modern Geometry
MAT 351-40036
Instructor: Bev Durkee
A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and
coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an
introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof.
Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades.
Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Music
Sounds and Sights of Europe
MUS 179-40047
I
Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler
The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and
Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this
country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the
oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's
"Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and
paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring
Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our
encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre
and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta
in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and
architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a
special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the
Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid,
West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes
travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland
and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and
several cultural performances.
Registration for this interim must be made before October
27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street.
This course is offered on a P/N basis only.
Philosophy
The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die
PHI 146-40053
Instructor: David Apolloni
Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment
is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war?
These questions and the various answers proposed arouse
deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among
many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral
issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these
groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these
issues.
This course will utilize readings on these complex and
burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and
critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much
deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical
problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding
aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war.
The course will combine lecture and class discussion on
some contemporary philosophical readings on killing.
Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to
3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics)
and class participation.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
Philosophy of Science
PHI 365-40037
Instructor: Ken Bailey
Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What
does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement
be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some
astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age
of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict?
Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can
say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any
limits to scientific method? What does science have to say
about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science?
These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life
will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?)
Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon
a mid-term and a final examination; course participation;
and a study project.
Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one
course in a natural science
Time: I1
Room: OM 11
Physics
II Introduction to Weather
r..lL
.?
- -.
I
-\-
I
I
PHY 106-40052
.-,
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide
a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric
science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's
climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology
(study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic
effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world
e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy
t l ~ Mathematics-Physics
c
distribution requirement for the
liberal arts srudcnt.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast
United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;
Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and
Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and
explanatory program for the functions of that facility.
Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the
water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather
observation at sea, television station weather facilities,
hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural
weather. During the trip the student will maintain a
jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will
lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s
tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits
of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the
student to experience the full range of climates across the
U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be
given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the
journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l
x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27,
Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra
Distribution: Mathematics-Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas
Dynamics
PHY 325-40039
Instructor: Mark Engehretson
High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high
tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc
in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^
rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum
technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This
courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high
vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of
gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities
will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some
in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to
use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass
spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter
controllers and
compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors.
Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and
a paper.
Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245
Time: I1
Room: Science 30
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 151-40058
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively
in business for years. However it is also possible to solve
physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in
mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide
variety of physics areas including planetary motion and
projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased
on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math Level I11
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Political Science
Social Justice in America
POL 140-40059
Instructor: Andy Aoki
Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question
which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw
for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most
important public policy debates involve questions of social
justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one
must have some conception of social justice.
In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social
justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on
student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast,
including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security,
environmental protection, and military service.
The majority of class time will be spent in discussions.
Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but
everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities
and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an
interest in public issues is important. Requirements will
consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final
exam.
Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally
demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be
troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better
understanding of some of the most difficult problems of
our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to
deal with those problems.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Old Main 16
Politics in Scandinavia
POL 250-40040
Instructor: Einar Vetvik
The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the
political systemsand important current policy issuesin the
Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model.
There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for
the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures,
seminars and group discussions.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 29
Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts
Reshape Political Institutions
POL 475-40041
Instructor: Phillip E Fishman
The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork
students and others who are concerned with institutional
operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will
bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in:
prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment,
equal housing, school busing, police and immigration
policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges
makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore
thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction.
There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the
brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site
field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan
police station, a United States immigration court and a
mental health facility.
Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing
Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday
and Wednesday thereafter
Room: Old Main 16
Political and Cultural Diversity in the
USSR and Eastern Europe
POL 459-40073
Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright
The course which begins in January and continues for 14
weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the
political, cultural and national forces which both divide
and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A
joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities
and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature
weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter
analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which
will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to
complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment
should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the
course in January. No exemptions will be granted.
Students may also register for this course as a spring term
course and so take another interim course.
Prerequisites: One course in political science or history
dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission
of instructor.
Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through
March)
Room: Science 315
Psychology
The Self
Symbols
as~ e v e a l e din Myths and
PSY 340-40061
Instructor: Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of
myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of
gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self."
The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social,
cultural, and historical influences. The content of the
courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on
myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace;
the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche
logical transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the
assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w
pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively
involved in the class discussions. Students will be given
some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course
journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers.
Prerequisite: General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
Psychology of the Legal System
PSY 335-40056
Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay
The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A
specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom
procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making.
Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader
areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest
lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities.
Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom
discussion.
Prerequisites: A general psychology course
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 16
1 Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 370-40074
Instructor: Duane Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life
of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.
Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel
of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at
each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include
dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral
rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development.
Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required.
Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by
Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will
be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class
sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the
course. This course is offered only on P/N basis.
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
Religion
Eastern Orthodoxy
REL 420-40062
Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen
Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the
history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox
Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide
pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback
booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa
liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide
presentation on January 17 are also required.
Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 25
The Lutheran Heritage
REL 345-40057
Instructor: Eugene Skibbe
The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in
the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran
Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its
origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and
cultural influcncc during 450 years of history.
One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text
will give us an insight into the global organization and
broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the
College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in
the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text
will give us an over-view of the history of this church.
Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining
these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome
brief written assignments.
Students will be expected to be present the first day of class
and to purchase all required materials on that day in class
for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash.
Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221
Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be
used toward graduation religion requirements)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 18
f
The Other Side o Paradise:
Tourism, The Mi i t a y and
Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii
[q
"G'
REL 251-40063;349-40067
Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison
We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class.
Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but
this one will be distinctive.
Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm
trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of
Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected
to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii
"works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three
social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning
experience from a Christian ethical point of view.
First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the
tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will
offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political
consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise.
Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on
the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate
Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War
11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues
to have significant implications for both the people and
ecosystems of Hawaii.
Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will
be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the
islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans,
Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high
degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the
exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways
in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated.
The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for
religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of
Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and
planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp
in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several
tourist-level hotels.
Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper
division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group.
Distribution: Religion
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East
Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology*
The Theology of Marriage
REL 343-40070
Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson
Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a
decision which we often make with a portion of our brain
and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase
your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in
your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and
applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the
family.
There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource
persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation,
and an examination. Two books will be required.
Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be
used to meet religion requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
C J q
t'b
West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I
i
REL 241-40072
I!
L
d
Instructor: Brad Holt
Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will
focus on meeting African people, observing their religious
rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will
converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths,
different levels of education, in different climates. After
visiting the collections of African art in London, we will
journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the
most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African
Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will
bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in
ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A.
First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city
and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will explore the
contemporary forms of the ancient Yoruba tradition, observe the work of the babalawo or diviner, and the dramatic worship services of the Aladura Christian churches.
We will visit the universities of Ibadan and Ife to dialogue
with Nigerian professors and students.
At Benin, site of the ancient Kingdom discovered by the
Portuguese in the 1400s,we will observe the world famous
bronze sculptures in the Benin Art Museum. We will meet
different traditions among the Igbo people, whose culture
has been so dramaticallydescribed in the novels of Chinua
Achebe.
We will see the forces of change in the "Middle Belt" of
Nigeria, where in the villages the competition is sometimes
keen among the three religious traditions. We will stop to
swim and to view African animals in the Yankari Game
Reserve. Finally, we will visit the far north and the historic
city of Kano, former trading center for the trans-Sahara
trade routes, where camel trains can still sometimesbe discovered. The grand mosque and museum will help us
understand the Hausa and Fulani traditions of Islam in
Africa.
Through it all, we will live simply, encountering life in a
Third World country that is struggling to find appropriate
blendsof Africanand Western culture. We will travel light,
and experience the taste, the music, the art, and the worship of one of Africa's most energetic nations.
Evaluation: Each day participants will engage in structured dialogue and individual journal writing. Two short
tests will be given.
Required Readings: Lawson, Religions of Africa; Parrinder,
Religion in Africa; Kalu, The Nigerian Story.
The cost of $2,195 includes all air and ground transportation, accommodations and excursions, breakfast and one
dinner in London, breakfast and all dinners in Nigeria.
Registration must be made before October 27 at the International Programs Office, 2018 S 8th Street.
This course is offered om a P/Nbasis only.
Social Work
Exploring Human Semices
SWK 257-40060
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
This course offers students the opportunity to explore
career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable
tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service
organization or agency and talking with human service
professionals and others who participate in an organized
approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a
"hands on" experiential approach to learning.
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the
direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar for three
hours per week during which agency experiences will be
shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based
on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Square 1
Issues of Homelessness
SWK 339-40051
Instructor: Edwina Hertzberg
The intent of this course is:
1. To expand the student's knowledge of homelessness
in an historical context;
2. To expand the student's knowledge of the reality of
homelessness in the Twin Cities;
3. To expand the student's understanding of the causative factors which contribute to persons being homeless: economic, employment, personal; and
4. To explore possible resolutions of homelessness.
Readings, guest lectures, field visits to sites serving homeless people, participant observations and volunteer experience will be utilized to fulfill the above objectives. A
seminar format will be used in the classroom for discussion/exploration of the topic.
Field notes from participant observations, class participation and a research paper exploring one aspect of the topic
will form the basis of evaluation.
Fee: $30.00
Non-social work majors are particularly invited to enroll
in this course.
Prerequisites: SOC 111,121, SWK 257,361, or consent of
instructor
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 22
Field Work III
SWK 46640065 (full course)
SWK 466-40064 (112 course)
Instructor: Francine Chakolis
The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationships to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the
client contact phase of the problem-solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional
practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence
in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages.
Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 educationally focused field placement in a social service
agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in
field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using
previously developed contract and social work evaluation
forms.
Note: Course is offered for half (466-40064) (15 hours per
week) or full (46640065)(30 hours per week) credit. If for
full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client
contact tasks.
Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11)
Time: To be arranged
Sociology
IPrinciples of Sociology (with emphasis on
the Health Care System)
SOC 121-40071
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As
an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for
discovering the world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrations and exercises will be directed to the health care system. Cross-cultural comparisons will be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and
for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same
objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students
can expect daily written and/or reading assignments.
Three exams will be given.
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: I1
Room: Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-40066
Instructor: Jeny Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. The
course format will include lectures, films, readings, and an
opportunity for off-campus participant observation.
Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based on
a combinationof classparticipation,a research project, and
a final examination. The course is offered only on a P/N
basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Spanish
Beginning Spanish
SPA 111-40048
Instructor: Mary Kingsley
Beginning Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to introducethe student to the
most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepare
him or her either to go on to additionalstudy of Spanish or
to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at
the end of the second course. The emphasis is on spoken
Spanish, but secondary goals are to develop reading and
writing skills as well. After interim, students will be
prepared to continue with Spanish 112 in the spring.
The approachused in class will be proficiency oriented and
grammar explanations will be given as needed to clarify
those in the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapter and a written and an oral final
exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 29
Speech- Communication
Movement for the Theatre
SPC 226-40068
Instntctor: Martha Johnson
In this course students will explore principles and styles of
movement used in the art of acting. The goal will be to
increase the student's ability to communicate through
movement, by examining the principles of discipline, freedom, clarity, timing, concentration, and rhythm. Masks
and improvisationwillbe introduced as tools for corporeal
expression. All different aspects of movement will be
explored: body stance, facial expression, gesture, walking,
etc. Movement exercises will be built around short scenes,
poems, and speeches. Some principles of Oriental movement will also be introduced.
Studcnts will be given rcquired rcadings on thc principles
of movement. Thcy will be askcd to write one final paper
on course content and requircd rcadings. Attending plays
and class rnovcment presentations will also bcrcquired, as
wcll as two play reviews. Grading will k bas& an class
work, final papcr, and rnovcmcn t prcsen tations.
The class will be designed for thosc who desire to increase
their skiIls as actors, and also for those preparing for such
ficlds as teaching, law, thc minishy, ctc.
Time: JJ
Room: Tjornholm-Nelson Theatre
Documentary Video
SPC 347-40069
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary Video is a video production course which
integrates lecture and criticism with hands-on experience
dealing with non-fiction subjects. Students will work as
production teams, gaining experience in field production
and cdi ting. The production teams will produce a thirty
minutcdocumcntary piece. Evaluation will bebasedupon
studcnt journals, critiques and a paper. This course requires additional lab time for editing. There will be a $20
lab fee.
Prerequisites: Broadcast Production I
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
W W E
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest
Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas
learning expcricnces during the Interim. Further information
about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at
International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330-1655)or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends
October 27,1989. Thesecoursesare offered on a P/N basis only and
generally carry a lower division number.
AMERICAN WRITERS AND ARTISTS IN EUROPE
W ANTIQUITIES OF GREECE
W ART AND ART HISTORY: THE EUROPEAN EXPERIENCE
W
N
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
AUSTRIA, ITALY AND THE EASTERN CAPITALS: THE
HAPSBURG HERITAGE
BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN
ISLANDS
THE BRITISH THEATRE
CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES IN THE USSR
ECOLOGICAL SAFARI IN EAST AFRICA
EUROPE AND THE DAWN OF CAPITALISM
THE EUROPEAN ROOTS OF MODERN SCIENCE
FRANCE AND THE FRENCH
THE FRENCH-AFRICAN CONNECTION: PARIS AND
DAKAR
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE: MUNICH,
SALZBURG AND VIENNA
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS AND CULTURE IN A
EUROPEAN ENVIRONMENT
JAPAN: A WALK THROUGH TIME
LAW INLONDON
MALAYSIA: THE CROSSROADS OF ASIA
MEXICO'S FUTURE: PROSPECTS FOR DEMOCRACY
AND DEVELOPMENT
PEACE STUDIES: THE COLD WAR VS COMMON SECURITY IN EUROPE
THE SOVIET UNION AND EASTERN EUROPE IN THE
GORBACHEV ERA
VOLARE! ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE IN
ITALY
WEST AFRICAN RELIGION AND CULTURE
Other Courses
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected
with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the
college. Most carry a tuitioncost plus other expenseswhich are the
responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis.
Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the
Interim Office.
Outward Bound
HPE 212-40078
Check for information in the Interim Office for material on
dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadian bordcr or for whi te water canoeing and desert campingon the RioGrandein theDecernkr 27 through January
27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the
Outward Bound organiwtionhas sclmescholarshipsavaitablc).
Washington D.C. Interims
Leaders on Leadership: The National
Agenda
P O L 398-40076
Law and Society: An Examination of
Issues and Principles
P O L 398-40077
These interims begin January 1and contlnue unti1 January
20. Information on either of the above programs, housing
and financial assistance is available from Dr. MiIda
Hedblom in Memorial 117A.
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
The following activities are available to students during
Interim and students may register for these classes as
well as for a regular course. This activity does not carry
official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requirement for graduation. Students may participate in this
class without registering for the course, but will be
expected to pay any fees whether or not the student
registers for the course.
American Karate
HPE 002-40081
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage
of American Karate, taught by a certified Third
Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of
$25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 1200-1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-40082
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Badminton
HPE 00240083
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Show less
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ... Show more
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
INTERIM 1991
..................................................................
2
............................................................................3
..........................................................3
.........
......................................... ....~...................
....,.,.,.. .. .
....... .......44
..........................................................5
.............................................................34
.................................................................35
............................................36
Introduction
Calendar
About this Catalog
Options
Visiting Students
Augsburg Courses
UMAIE Courses
Other Courses
Augsburg Lifetime Sports
Introduction to Interim
Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The
College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of
teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways
not possible during the regular term.
Because one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to
spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for
a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for
only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student
who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course.
Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students
generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim
courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course
description.
Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such
Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students
registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments
and a more rigorous grading standard.
To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of
which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number
of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer student enrolled full
time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation).
For More Information
Interim Office Memorial 230)
Interim*tary,
Kay Thoat =lo25
Interim Dimtor, Dr. Don Gustafsonat 330 - 1119 Memorial 114b)
It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age,
marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title 1Xof the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of
the Rehabilitation Act of1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and
employment practices.
Interim Calendar 1990
.............................................................Interim Registration
...........................................................................
Late Interim Registration
.........................................................................................
First Day of Interim
October 29 -November 2
December 3
January 2
Class I 9:00 a.m.
Class I1 1:00 p.m.
........+..C..H...U
.....................................U..U...Y.m..r..La~tDay for CanceYAdd
...................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar
January 3
January 16
January 18
January 30
February 4
..................................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses
....................................................................................................
Interim Ends
................................................................................ Spring Semester Begins
The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will
be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into
two blocks of time:
Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at
9:00 a.m.)
Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00p.m.
Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special
convocation on Monday, January 21, at 1:00p.m.
About This Catalog
The catalog lists courses by departments. Departments are listed in alphabetical order. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offered by
Augsburg but recognized by the College for Interim credit. Further descriptions
and information about these courses are available in the Interim Office, Memorial
230. Students may also register for one of the lifetime sports listed at the end of
the Catalog.
Options
International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 27
international Interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of
this catalog.
Independent or Directed Study - Studentsmay elect a progt-am of independent
study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim.
Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for
more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue
independent or directed study must:
1. Meet departmental requirements.
2. Present to the registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at
least one week before registration and no later than December 3. Appropriate
study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office.
Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these
Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help
students in applying for registration at other schools.
Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Note that Interim Courses at
Macalester, Hamline and St. Thomas begin on January 7 .
Most courses taught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted
for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting
Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects
courses offered for the Religion requirement.
Visiting Students
Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-14 schools for the
January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution
agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The
waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other
students will be charged $708 for the Interim course.
Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to
the Interim Director for application fonns or use the forms provided by the
Interim Office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10.
Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so.
Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office.
Courses
The Florida Keys: Marine Biology
of the Florida Keys and Writers of The Florida Keys
This interdisciplinay program will involve about two weeks of study i n southern
Florida. It will be based at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute on Big Pine Key
during most of this period but there will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two
distinct course offerings are availablefor credit, taught by Ralph Sulerud and John
Mitchell. Descriptions for these courses can be found in the appropriate departmental
sections of this catalog (Biology and English.)
The interdisciplinay component will involve several days of field trips conducted by
the personnel of the institute. Unique communities such as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. There will be plenty of opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba
diving is available for those who are certified. Students will also make several visits to
Key West, and will study some of the writings of Key West authors (see page 12). All
students will participate in these activities and i n certain classes i n addition to completing the specific requirements of the course for which credit will be given. It is intended
that relationships will become apparent between the biology of the Florida Keys and the
writing which has emerged from this interesting environment.
A fee of approximately $1,200 will be charged for transportation (including airfare),
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.) of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Marine Biology of The Florida Keys
BIO 140-41048; 340-41049
Instructor: Ralph Sulerud
The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms
and marine ecology. Most of approximately two weeks in Florida will be spent at
the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers
laboratory facilities and field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field
trips will pennit the study of diverse habitats such as those of coral reefs, shallow
bays, mangrove swamps, seagrass communities and tide pools. Organisms from
these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in the laboratory. A
marine biologist from the institute will be available to lead field trip and conduct
specialized classes. Upon termination of the program at the institute there will be a
short trip to the Everglades to experience yet another interesting environment.
Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the week prior to
the trip. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizing a variety ol
audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted primarily to study and the
completion of course requirements.
The course will have an interdisciplinary component. Biology students will
interact with students from John Mitchell's Key West Writers course. Further
information concerning this component will be found listed under The Florida
Keys in the Interdisciplinary section of this catalog.
Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a journal
based on daily experiences, and one or two exams. Upper division students will
also do a special research project which will be the basis of a paper.
Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. For upper division credit, Biology 111
and 112 or equivalent.
Distribution: BiologyIChemistry
Time: I
Room: Science 213
Molds, Mushrooms and Humans
BIO 141-41047
Instructor: Esther McLaughlin
The course will make familiar the "fifth kingdom1' of o'ganisms, fungi,often
neglected in undergraduate curricula. 'Ihe biology and classification of fungi,their mle ir
the ecosystem (rotting and other activities),and their medical, industrial and commedal
importance will all be covered in ledures, student pmentationsand field trips.
Evaluation will be via tests,quizzes, and graded presentations. Some classroom
demonstrationsof fungal typesand forms will be included.
Distribution: BiologylChemistry
Time: I1
Room: Science 205
Chemistry for Changing Times
CHE 100-41001
Instructor: Arlin Gyberg
'Ibis is a non-labontorychemistry course W on the popular book by JohnW. Hill
of the s m title. It is not a traditional chemistry come and does not assume a science
backgod. Basic science and math are introdud early and taught as needed for
understandmgthe various topics and implications. 'Ihemumedoes assumethe studentis
in-ted
in and concerned about the relationshipof chemistry to life and living.
Chemistryhas been intimately a part of liberal eduation for centuries. The early
scientists we= considered to be philosophersand their societies were philosophical
societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pemnal independem has led to
chemistrybecorning a part of everyday life to the point of actual dependare on chemistry. We live in a world of pesticides, fertdkm, plastics, "thepill", food additivesand
processed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chemical dependency, biocides,
pollutants, drugs, searching for life on other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on
and on. Emotions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical imbalance. The
common bgged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a mult of a chemical
imbalance. The nature of a hangover is the result of a complex systemof alked body
chemistry. Even learning appears to be the mult of chemicalreaction to forma
"memory molecule". Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then
but chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our
universe? Come pin us as we take a molecular look at the hummamWion
This course will be offered in a lecture/discsussion format Films will supplementthe
lechm/discsussion periods. Daily quizzes willbe used for evaluation This course meets
a distributionneed but does not satisfy prerequisitesfor Chemistry 106or 116.
Prerequisite: High School Algebra
Distribution: Biology-Chemistry
Time: I1
Room Science 315
A Labaatory Intro&m
to Chemisty
<31M113.41002
Instructar: JoanKunz
Substances changed into new materials; colors change; solids v t e from
solution a m i stry is Lhe scimcc which trim to dcrstand these and many other
c h a n p wmning in the ma ttm around us. An intemting way to become introduced to
&anistry and to problem solving in the sciences is to do laboratory q x r h e n t s . 'Ihis
muse presents an introduction to chemistry using the laboratory as the chief arena for
instruction Studentswillbe introduced to measurements, reactions, synthesesand
chanical problem solving such as idcntifiation of simple m p u n d s in solution and
dekmination of amounts of matuials prrscnt in a sample Pmpr attention to techniques and safe practices in the laboratoryis scpeded. The course will meet each week
day fot thm hours. Course grades will be based on the quality of the laboratmy work,
tl-e I a h t m y reports ~summri;jngeach eqmimk),and an e m at the end of tlw
murse.
Distributiom Biology/Chemistry
Time:I
Room Science 315
COBOL
CSC 27141003
Instructo~:LanyRagland
A study of the COBOL progmning languagefor studentswith someprevious
howledge of pmgrammhg. This course will expand a student's knowledge of p r e
gramming and pmgmmkg languagesthrough pmentation of the features of COBOL
together with programming techniques for using those features. Thiscourse will include
lechms and programmingassignments in COBOL. Evaluation will be based on the
progaming assignments and examinations.
Pnsequisite: One course with a study of computer language (eg, CSC 170)
Time:I
Room: Science 112
Puinciples of Miaaeconornics
ECO 1l%4100Q
Instrudo~Satva Guvta
~n introdkon bmicroeconomics: the theory of the household, firm, market
structuresand income distribution the^ willbe an applicationof elementaryeconomic
theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time:I
Room: Library 1
C 0 n ~ o r a . EcommicRelatim
y
Betzueen East and West
ECO 319-41037
Instructo~Magda Palemy-Zapp
In this course,we'll explore motivations for ecommic cooperation between countries
with different political and economic system 'Ihis will be followed by the analysisof thc
conditionsfor East-West economic cooperation and its pattans. We'll focuson m t
developmentsin pint economic and indusbial cooperation. Students will share an
understandingof economic relations at the national level and see how nations with
diffemt economic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics
in their own domestic and international affairs. Using compamtivemeans,institutions
and systems that drive cornmaw and g o v m c e will be explored and explained,
including recent institutionalchanges in the dm&& of foreign trade in centrallyplanned economics. Then, at the global level, the effects of GAlT, EEC, and OMEA on
East-West economic dations will be examhed. At the end of the course, we'll try to
identify trends and alternativesin the 1980s. 'Ihere will be a mid-term test, a final scam
(takehome),and a
paper.
Prerequisite: Economics 112(Macro)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 21
EcrmomicMysis ofHumanActz*~~l~
and Orgm'mtbns
ECO 31%41038
Instrudac Milo Schield
Objective: To use thetoolsof modernmicm-emnomics to analyze a wide variety of
humanactionsand hurrranoqpizati011~
Issues Understandinginvestmentsin human capital (education,marriage, familyIsocial
clubs, charities, etc.) Undastanding the n a W I growth and mnsequencesof pmperty
rights (an economic theory of law, an economic theory of Western history, an economic
theory of capitalism,etc.) Understandingthen a W , growth and consequences of public
choices (publicopnizations and economicefficiency, voting, politicians, an economic
theory of bureaucracy and an economic theory of the State).
Textbooks: Henri LePage: ' T o m m w Capitalism1', RadniRadnitzkyand Bemholz: "Emnomic
ImperMsm".
Math Level: No calculus;some geometry. Rimarily vehd reasoning.
I quizzes,paper and final.
Approach: Readhgs, lechmsI~ o n sweekly
Evaluation: Quizzes (3at 100/0),final(200/0),book wviews (20%0),paper (20'31)and attendance/parlicipation (~WO).
Prerequisites Uppewlass standing or an upper-divisioncourse in Political Science,
Sociology, Philosophy or Economics, or else the permission of the Instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Science319
For more Economics listings, see Page 36
Human Relations
EDS 38841050
Instructor: Carolyn Clemmons
This class provides valuable insight into the values, communication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups
in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members
with interaction from class members.
How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting?
How might you gain more knowledge of our global society?
Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and
other professional vocations. This is a one-half credit course.
Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process.
Time: II Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Old Main 10
Discovery Leaming in ihe World of I(mdergmten
EDE 37541005
Instructor: Bruce Drewlow
This class
students for the unique experiencesand rrsponsibilitiesof a
kindergarkmcla~~~~~)m~classwill:
A. Stms key adult/child relationships.
B. S~RSScurriculum developmentand instructionalsystems which are supportedby
current mearchand practices in education settings.
C. Stress key adult/child relationships.
D. Stress process - '%ow to learn".
E. Sharemearchhsed findingsabout developmentally appropriateclassmom organizational plans.
ER
mntinuities and discontinuities in development (characteristicsof the
kindergarten child).
G. Examine appropriatedevelopmental instructionpractices.
H. Examine appropriatecurriculumdesign and instructionalpmgrams meeting the
needs of the kindergarten student.
I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child.
J. Include guest speakem and field trips.
Objectives of the class: At the completionof thisclass the studentwillbe able to
iden*
1.Developmental needs of the kindergarten
2. Discuss the diffe~ntapproachesto kindergarten educationand the theories
behind these approaches.
3. Organizea classroomenvironment to meet the learning needs of students.
4. Identify and create a curriculumplan for teaching kindergarten that meets both t h
students1needs and the teaching style of the teacher.
Grades willbe based on projectsIdiscussion and examination. This is a one-half credit
COum.
Pmequlsites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Educationprogram in pmcess.
Time:I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Library 4
wtiw o f t h r n w q s
ENG 13641051
Instructo~JohnMitchell
This course offers a study of literatureas it relates to setting, in this case an environment that willbe studied and experienced biologically, ecologically, and culturally in
with the mading of essays, poetry, and fiction. 'Ihe study of the environment
co-(E
itself will involve an interdisciplina~~
program based at the Newfound H a h r Marine
Instituteon Big Pine Key about 30 miles from Key West. The main text will be The Key
WestRtnder: l'he Best ofthe Key West Writers,18B1990; in addition, studentswill read
one novel from a variety of choices. It is said that at any given time there are about 50
writas living in Key West. They have included Stephen c1-ane,John Dos Passos, Wallace
Stevens, Ernest Heminpay, Wbeth Bishop, Robert Frost, TennesseeWilliams,
Thomas Sanchez, Thomas McGuane, and nunemus others. Field trips during the twe
week stay will involve excursions into the culturally and racially diverseArt Deco District
of Miami Beach; snorkelingin the coral reefs; trips to the "back country"of the mangrove
islands; visits to the homes of writem like Emest Haningway and TennesseeWilliams;
and an excursion into the Evqlades. A wonderful interplayof environment, culture,
and literaturewill result and the student will be an informed y c e rather than a men?
tourist. Studentswillbe scpected to keep a journal and to write a final paper about 1G12
pages in length, based upon the use of environment as literary setting.
This interdisciplhq program will involveabout two weeks of study in southern
Florida. It willbebased at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute, Big Pine Key during
most of this period but the^^ will also be a brief trip to the Everglades. Two distinct
course offerings m availablefor d t , taught by Ralph Sulerud and John Mitchell.
Descriptions for these c o r n can be found in the appropriate deparhental sections of
this catalog (Biology and English)
The interdisciplinarycomponent will involve several days of field trips conducted by
thepemmnel of the institute. Unique communitiessuch as coral reefs and mangrove
swamps will be studied. Them will be opportunity for snorkeling, and scuba diving for
thosewho are certified. Studentswill also make several visits to Key West, and will
study writings of Key West authors. All students will participate in theseactivities and
in catain classes in addition to completingthe specificr e y h m m t s of the course for
which d t will be given. It is intended that mlationships willbecome apparent
between thebiology of the Florida Keys and the writing which has emerged from this
interesting environment.
A feeof approximately$1,2mwillbe dmged for bansportation (includinga m ) ,
lodging, most meals and the services (field trips, lab facilities, classes, etc.)of the
Newfound Harbor Marine Institute.
Pm.requisites:Permission of instruct01
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I
Room: Old Main l2
The S h a t Stay -Elements of Fidm
1
I
mG~1007/MW10a)
Instructoc Kathryn Swanson
What is fiction? What is good fiction? What elements of fiction should be considered
,in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answersto thesequestionsby
mding a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction.
Although the course will not involvea systematic analysisof the history of the form of
the short story, we willbegin with tales and fables and we will &a sufficientnumber of
classics for the student to appnxiate the historical developmentfrom Poe to Beattie. 'Ihe
c o w willinvolve practice in ways of aplitaature and will include study of the
basic critical terminollogy, so it would be an appmpriatecourse for studentswho have not
yet studied literatureat thecollegelevel.
Students are scpectedto readthe storiesand novel, participate in class discussions,
write an analysisp a p on a selected short story, write an original short story, and take
several quizzes and a finalscam
Students talang thiscourse for upper division d t will m d an additional novel and
p~epw
a substantialpapg/class presentation bsed on it.
All students will be asked to contniute$5 to enable printing and distributionof sel&
original fiction from theclass.
Prerrquisite: Effective Writing
Distriiution: EngIiWSpeech
Time: I
Room: Music 22
Speech Communi*:
W
m Mimniiiie, Social C h ,and their
VioftheEnglishLanpge
ENG ZL9-4l057
Instructm JohnSchmit
'Ihe speech that we use, as much as theclothes that we wear, marks us as members of
a p u p . We adopt the laripage of thecommunity to which we wish to belong, and,
conversely, by njeclingthe languageof a community we are seen to reject the community
itself. Speech communitiesare delineated linguistically, but are definedas culW units.
'Ihe l a n m of each must encompass those conceptsand name those things that the
c
u
m
l holds to be important. 'Ihiscourse will conduct an emmination of issuescentralto
analysis of the speech communitiesof women, minorities and socialstrata. Students willlx
asked to focustheir individual study on an issue of pasonal intevst.
'Ihe come will combine ledme and student-initiated discusion Each student will be
evaluated on thebasis of two examinationsand a short (8 page) p a p .
Distribution: Urban Studies,or Women's Studies, or Minarity Studies
Time: II
Room: Old Main 27
ReSisi0n.s: ConternpmaryDmma in English (1975-pment,l
ENG 24941009
Instructm Douglas Gram
Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent
drama in English. These issues are revitalizing both contemporary drama and
productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late '70s
and the '80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues
ranging from racial tension and interaction to sexual preference. (We sometimes
survey cumnt drama on several such topics, like class, gender, and language in
1989, and sometimes concentrate solely on plays about one issue, like sexual orientation in 1990.) For comparativepurposes, we will also view a few films on related
topics and try to attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be
moderate fees for the local productions.
Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper.
(Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a
long paper and some performance, will conclude the course.
Prerequisite: ENG 111(Effective Writing) is strongly recommended
Distribution: EnglishISpeech
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 18
Recreational Rhythms and Activities
HPE 232-41042
Instructor: Carol Enke
Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and intemational folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities.The majority of
the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment,
and a written test. This is a one-half medit course.
Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 202
Administration and Supemision of the
School Health Program
HPE 410-41043
Instructor: Richard Borstad
Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to
community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experiencein classroom and community.
Periodic exams covering lecture and textbook assignments; written summaries
of professional journalarticles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a
teaching method.
Pmequisik HPE 320 (School Health C m i d u m )
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place2
CoachingofBasketbaZ1
HPE 477-41090
Instruchm Brian Ammann
?heory, tdmique and administrativeaspects of mchingbas-.
Exams, on-thefloora>aching~~es,danduscoutingreportdbethemethodsofevaluation
Thisisa
&f
cradit catrse.
Time I, Tuesdaysand Thursdaysand alternateFridays
Room: Melby 111
Coachingof Volleyball
HPE 48341054
Instructo~:Marilyn Florian
This c o r n deals with the theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaclng
volleyball. A small part of the grade willbe based on completed assignments; the mapr
portion of the grade will be based on tests.This is a one-half credit course.
Time: I, T and Th and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby 111
Officiating of Basketball
HPE---- 41041
Instructor: A1 Kloppen
This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of
basketball. There will be practical experience on the floor. Students completing
the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School
Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and
performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable
that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a one-half credit
course.
Time: 11, Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays
Room: Si Melby 202
The 18SOs:Ameuica'sWatershed
HIS 33841056
1nstrucl.o~JohnJenswold
lkpmion! War! b b r wiolerm! Ruml mlution! Psycholo@ccrisis! mal
dislmkion! Political comption! Racial conflict!Thc 18% was a dynamicdecade of
crisis and challmge in almost every a s p 3 of American life. This rmwrlcable landmark
d d e pmvidcs a window through which we a n examine a n u m b of nwpr t h m
and W s taking s h a p in d m American d e t y , p l i tics, economics, culture, and
fordp @icy.
We'U appmach thederade thmgh the mdqpof such contemporary writers as
JaneAddams, ATbert Bevcridge, E u p e V. Debs, Theodoxv Dr&, The People's Party,
Jacob Riis, Frederick Jackson Turner, Thontein Veblen, and Booker T. Washington.
These readings - and their historical contacts- will provide the basesof ledures and
discussionson the rcIwant topics of the dmde under study.
Evaluation will be b a s d on short papers on tlac m d i n p and on one essay exarnination, as well as on classdiscussionsof the assigned material.
Prerequisites: HIS 221 or HIS 222, (US. Survey)or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room Old Main l3
The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)Program is a special
interdisciplinary Interim course with places reserved for first year students. For the 1991
Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a difierent faculty
member. The course will provide fill credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution
requirement. A few students who are not freshmen will be permitted in the course.
Art and Idea: The Baroque in Europe
INS 191-41011
Instructors: Julie Bolton, Merilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson
How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theater? What is
the nature of art? How m ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts,
music, and theater have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they
were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular
time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theater always reflect the
spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and
theater created in Europe in the Baroque period, the course will explore how to
appreciate and understand the various art forms, e e e the relationships among
the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different
points in time.
Students will participate in the course through various readings, including
reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary
source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the
College and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg
Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts,
and attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul
Chamber Orchestra. Students will be expected to attend all required performances
and museum visits, write analyses of the art works or performances, and write a
paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be
quizzes.
Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15.
Distribution: Fine Arts
Time: I The class will normally meet during Time I, but students will be expected to
attend a limited number of off-campus events (someevenings andlor weekends)as a part
of the class work.
Room: Tjomhom - Nelson Theater
The Paideia Approach: Thinking and Talking
About What You Read
I N S 120-41055
Instructors: Marie McNeff, Vicki Olson
Students will participate in a series of seminars, following the Paideia
seminar format as developed by Mortimer Adler and Paideia Associates.
Students will read selected readings, which will then be discussed in Paideia
seminars. One seminar will use Charlie Chaplan's "Modern Times" for viewing
and then seminar. Open to students with an interest in learning through and
about the Paidcia Program.
Students will read selected readings and view selected films for seminar
discussions, develop and/or hone habits of mature, intellectual talk; observe
seminars conducted in Minneapolis and St. Paul Public Schools; study the
Paideia Proposal; design their own rules and norms for effective seminars;
evaluate their own behaviors during seminars; lead seminars.
Methods of evaluation will include interviews with students and observations of students participating in seminars. Reflective writing will be a part of
the evaluation methodology. The evaluation of the course will be based, in part,
on seminar participation: "The good seminar participant (1) is neither too
impulsive nor overly hesitant in responding, (2) checks periodically on the
purpose and direction of the talk, (3) allows people to be heard, (4) is an active
listener, (5)spreads out the discussion, (6) is considerate, (7)criticizes a point
thoughtfully, (8)makes room for productive silence, (9)is well prepared." (From
"%minar Strategies": portion of essay by Grant Wiggins, Coalition of Essential
Schools, Brown University.)
Time: I
Room: Science 319
Social Change: The Ultimatum of
Community Development in India
I N S 241-41053
Instructor: Vincent Peters
Life in the global community of today's world demands an understanding of
many issues from perspectives not easily achieved without intimate study from a
viewpoint far different than one's own. This course seeks to challenge many
common assumptions regarding the differences between "rich" and "poor,"
"East!' and 'West," while examining the process of social change in the context
of an emerging nation.
South India provides a rich experience of lives in transition, as reformation
sweeps through the culture on every level, bringing socio-economic develop
ment, political empowerment, and redefinition of social and gender roles.
Students immerse themselves in the culture of South India through dialogue,
homestays, and cultural events, and as a result will find their own world view
greatly challenged and enhanced.
We will spend time in Madras, the smaller city of Vellore and villages near
it, in Bangalore and finish with four days in New Delhi which will coincide with
the colorful celebration of Republic Day.
There will be some assigned readings. Evaluation will be based on participation in discussion and field activities, maintenance of a journal and two tests.
The comprehensive fee of $2,695 includes air and surface transportation,
accommodations (half in hotels and half with families), breakfast daily and two
group dinners in addition to the twelve dinners with families.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of
International Programs.
W m k LifeTransitions
INS24541010
Instructar: Diane Busico
Are YOU so~~dbyyourfeelingsandconcemedaboutlifechoicesfacing
you? Would you like to have a betterundmtanding of y o d and others?
?he course will explore the process of adultpsychologid development from age 18
on. 'Ihroughbooks and articles, students will see the life come unfold and followvarious
passages through thelife mume Questionswhich naturally arise during the bansition
periods conaming,for example, carem, marriage, and family, will be bein the
context of the life course. StudentswiUbe expeckd to develop a journal andbe involved in
teamwork Upper class students will be scpected to assume team leadershiproles.
Distribution: Women's Studies
Time: I
Room: Old Main 10
Histimj of &eRomrmce Languages
LIN 3124UlZ
Instrue. Donald Steinmek
?he Romance languageshave played and continue to play a mapr mle in history.
Most people are familiarwith the names of the mapr R o m languages: Portuguese,
Spanish,Fm&, Italian,Romanian,but~arealsootherlesshmlanguagesinthis
p u p , such as Galidan, Catalan, P r o v d , l
,
Sardinian,Rom,and others. This
coursewillbe concerned why theselanguagesare so similar and why they&.
Basidy, the similarities stem from the fad that theselanguagesall have the same
source, the poplar Latin speech (oftenmked to as Vulgar Latin) which was spokenby
ordinary people - traders and rmrchants, soldiersand sailors, ruraland &an settlers of all
kinds - within the Roman Empire at its greatest extent. They differin part because
differences in dialect traditionally tend to grow with the passage of time and, very
importantly, these languages have all experienced the influences of various other
languages - such as Arabic in the case of Spanish, Celtic and German for French,
Slavic for Romanian, etc.
'Ihe length of thecoursewill not permit going into great detail regall these
changes,but the mapr developmentswill be emmined mthlly, particularly in thetheof
SpanishandFd
By the end of the c o r n , the student will have seen samplesof almost all theabove
Romance languagesand should be familiar with the basic aspects of thepopular (or
Vulgar) Latin which result in the similarities and alsobe aquainted with m y of the
factos which account for the diffenmm.
Grading for thecourse will be based on the studenfsg e n d pqaration for all
assignments, on specific performance for two tumin assignments, and on a final
examination
Pnmquisites: at least thee terms of some Romance Language or a linguisticscourse
Time:I
Room Old Main 22
Math and Ifs Applications: SSucceed Wth Math
MAT 1324013
I n s t r u e . Suzanne Do&
Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols s<rare you? Do you wonder why a
student mapring in socialscience or h d t i e s needs to know some math?Would you
like to irrgroveyour math SHS,
be mom at ease wib math, and maybe even learn to like
math (a little)? If you answered "yes" to any of the above, thiscourseis for you.
In thismuse we will wok on solving problem and puzzles to help you be comfortable when dealing with numbers and to generally impmw your quantitativem n i n g
skills. W e w i l l s e e m a n y ~ o f m ~ t i c s i n b u s ~ a n d d s c i ~ .
Evaluation willbe based on homework problems, a pmblansolvingjournal, and
several short papes. kwillbe no quizzes or tests.
Time 11
Room Science212
Ma& ofbrterest
MAT 173-41014
Instrum Ken Kaminsky
Have you ever wondenxi why women have been charged more thanmen for
annuities and &ved
lower p e n s i o n ~ tthan
s men? Or why women have paid less
than men for life irmmme?Or how life inspremiums calculated? Or how
instalhmt loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to
accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the fuhm? Then
thisc o r n may be meant for you. Theseand other interestingand usefultopics in the
mathematics of financialkmsadions willbe c o d .
'Ihisc o r n should be usefulfor studentsin businessand ecomrnics or for any
students intemtd in cawen in finmedated fields. Evaluation willbe based on classmom participationand quizzes.
Prerequisites Group III on math placement test ar equivalent
Distnlution. Mathematicsmhysics
Time I
Room Science 212
Creative Arts Therapies: A Clinical Overview
MUS ll(F41017
Instntctor: Roberta Metzler
An introductory course for students interested in interdisciplinary approaches of the various arts therapies, emphasizing the individual contributions
of dance, drama, music, art and other arts to the therapeutic process. The class
will visit clinical treatment facilities in the area. Evaluation will be based on
three tests and field trip reports.
Special fee to cover transportation: $15.
Time: I1
Room: Music 24
Electronic Music Composition
MUS 23&41063/430-41015
Instructor: Robert Karlen
An opportunity for students to explore, experience, and create some of the
sounds found in 20th Century music. Through a "hands+nl' approach, participants
will be involved in:
1.Making multi-track recordings on half-track, quarter-track, and cassette decks
through an eight-track mixer.
2. Individually creating, modifymg and mixing sounds from traditional sound
sources as well as from analog and computercontrolled synthesizers.
The study and application of practical electronic technology used in the production of music today will be combined with aesthetic considerations necessary for the
creative aspects of the art.
Much of the work in this course will be done in small groups. Lower division
students will work with up to four channel-four track recording involving techniques of speed changing, splicing, reversing tape direction and filtering using
primarily traditional and non-traditionalsound sources. Upper division students
will also use electronicallysynthesized sound sources including computer controlled
keyboard, overdubbing and overlaying up to seven tracks.
Students must have the use of a portable cassette recorder, and provide themselves with a 7-inch reel of blank recording tape and a blank cassette tape.
Prerequisite: Music theory or permission of instructor for upper division status.
Distribution: Art-Music
Time: I1
Room: Music 5
Beginning Nonoegian I
NOR 111-41018
Instructor: Frankil Shackelford
Course 111is for students with no previous background in Norwegian. The
course aims to develop basic skills in speaking, listening, reading, writing, and
cultural understanding. Classroom practice focuseson both presentation of vocabulary and structures and the use of the language in everyday contexts.
The finalgrade is derived from daily assignments, quizzes, and a final exam.
Distribution: Foreign Language
Time: I
Room: Old Main 25
What Do You Think Of That?
PHI 250-41019
Instructor: Kenneth C.Bailey
There are many puzzling issues in our lives and world which deserve some
clear and careful thought. What shall we think and say about such contemporary issues as "Freedom of the Will"; "Can Computers Think?"; and 'What are
the Grounds of Moral Responsibility?". In this course we will discuss these and
other concerns that confront our age, in an attempt to understand them more
clearly.
Discussions will be based upon readings from a wide selection of authors,
some traditional (such as John Locke, Rene Descartes, and William James); and
some very much in the forefront of contemporary discussion (such as Ayn Rand,
B.F. Skinner, Sidney Hook, and John Hospers). Their views are provocative, to
say the least, and they will challenge you to ask, again and again, 'Well, Now.
What Do You Think of That?".
Grades will be based upon a mid-term examination, a final examination, and
class discussions.
Distribution: History/Philosophy
Time: I1
Room: Music 22
Introduction to Weather
PHY 106-41020
Instructor: Noel Petit
A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four
basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's
climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water
cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weathefs impact on world
events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the MathematicsPhysics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student.
The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a
two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather
facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa
Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour
and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits
will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane
tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather.
During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits.
Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception
systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational
weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of
climates across the U.S. from north to south.
Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be
based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project
completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit
due by October 26.
Prerequisites: High School Algebra
Distribution: MathematicsRhysics
Time: I
Room: Science 28
Introduction to Space Science
PHY 320-41021
Instructor: Ken Erickson
This course is designed for students in science and engineering who are
interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further
study in the field of space science.
The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including
solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics.
Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, rnagnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphereionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms,
current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on
assignments, two exams and a paper.
Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor
Time: I
Room: Science 205
Spreadsheet Physics
PHY 15141022
Instructor: Jeff Johnson
Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 123)have been used extensively in business for
years. However, it is also possible to use spread sheets to solve physics problems
without using "high-powered" mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student
who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive
level. We will use Lotus 123 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas
including planetary and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated
might be in areas other than physics. Grading will be based on spreadsheet
projects, homework, and a final exam.
Prerequisites: Math level lII
Distribution: Mathematics/Physics
Time: I
Room: Science 30
Understanding the Middle East Through Literature
POL 241-41062
Instructor: Renee Taft
Literature in the Middle East can be a sensitive barometer of the manner in
which individuals have sought to cope with the challenges and crises experienced by their societies and have defined themselves within and against societies
which an? themselves in the process of change and redefinition. In this seminar,
students will examine a number of novels as well as expository prose in English
from Egypt and the Arab world, Israel and Iran. Because the theme of common
concern in our time is the Arab-Israeli conflict, emphasis will be placed on gaining a
better understanding of its ramifications. The seminar will emphasize close reading
and analysis of texts, classroom discussion and essay writing. No prerequisite
required although some basic knowledge of the Middle East is preferable. Final
examination and one paper comparing two or more authors read.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I
Room: Music 23
Alternative Politics
PoLW1058
Instructm RandallKindley
'Ihe qanding role of alternativepolitical movements is one of themost fascinating
socialphenomena of the last quarterof thecentury. Politid plies, inhest p u p s and
~ m tmovanenk
s
that will fit our conventional view of left and right are becoming
significantpolitical playersat the national and local level in the United States and abmad.
'Ihe Gram, for example, have become parbmentary contendersin many Empean
countries. Youth and c h d mowmats have figured prominently in thepolitical changes
that swept EasternE m p e in 198P1990. Inbhremb, en-talist,
anti- nuclear,
religious and anti-tion
p u p s are gaining in memkrship and activism while
traditional competitionbetwemDemocl.at and Republicanwanes. Will the politics of the
21st Century be based on these new political cleavages?
In thiscourse, we will scarnine the phenomenon of alternative political m m t s
from a menational, national and local pmpective. Seved issues will be I-aised:What
accountsfor the pmpagation of thesenew political foms? What are the visions and goals
of these p u p s ? How are thesevisions and goals tramlabed into pragmatic political action?
How do their ideals, as w d as thepolitical systems in which thesegroups m embedded,
shaped#emms in objectivesand strategies? Finally, what does their growth mean for the
way politia will be conducted at thelocal, national and intemational level in the years to
come?
Essentially,thiscourse will be exploratoryand we hope to developa practical scheme
for comparing and analyzing theemergenceand behavior of thesealtemative political
p u p s . Reawillbe a mixtureof theoretical literature and publicationsof some of
thesepups. Thegreateremphasiswillbemthelatters~themaprityofclasstimewill
be devoted to presentations by prominent individualsin local alternativemovenwnts and
discussionsabout their political goals and strawes. Grades in the course willbe based on
class participation, a termpaper and a final exam
h q u i s i t e x 1Political Science course or permissionof instructor.
Time:I1
Room Murphy Place 3
TheLegalRights oftheAm&
Employee and
E m p l o y e r h a~llatmeandJudkialPempecttve
POL 37641099
Instruclor. Phil Fishman
This new course will scarnine the currentpolitical and legal rights and responsibilities
of theAmerican employeein the contempmy labor market Various forms of employment issues, including contra3rights, wrongful tamination, workers compmsationfor
pbrelated injuries, safety in the work place, protection against legal dkrhination on the
job, drug and alcoholtesting and rights of the employee to "whistle-blow!' Whemer
possible, the oppositeposition of theemployer willbe pmented. The role of theAmerican
labor union movement and employer's political action p u p s will be a d M where
devant. M willbe field trips to observeadual court and/or administrativelaw
pI.ocRedings. Students will alsomeet with employment la-.
Studentswill p q m e s p e d mini-termpaper and final examination.
h q u i s i t e s Junioror Senior status; 1course in Political Science or Economics.
Time: Wednesday Jan.2,6304k3and each Monday and Wednesdaythereafber.
Room Old Main 16
Psychobgy ofthe Legal System
PSY 3354024
Nancy Steblay
l l w US. legal system will be investigated from the perspectiveof psychologicaltheory
andpradice A ~ c f o c u s w i l l b e o n ~ s o c i a l p s y ~ l o g y o f m
with d d m a t i o n of such topics as jury selection, eyewitness evaluation and jury decision
Instru-
Class mdingsand discussionwill also a v e r suchW e r a m s as morality,justice,
ethics and victimization. Guest-1
will include members of the legal and psychological communities.
Evaluationn-ethods include test and w r i b work; studentswill alsobe mponsible
for contributionto classmomdiscussion.
Prerequisites: a general psychology course
Time: 11
Room: Old Main16
The Self as Revealed in Myths and Symbols
PSY 340-41023
Instntdotr Norm Ferguson
This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and
theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the
intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representationsof "the
self."
The objective of the course is to gain a deeper understanding of one's individual
self and of how the conceptualizationsof your self have been molded by a variety of
social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the course will include
topics as: the impact of science on myth; the mythologies of romantic love, war, and
peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psychological transformation.
Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings.
Students will be expected to be prepared for class by doing the readings and to be
actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the
responsibility for leading discussions. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class partiapation, (2) a course journal, and (3)four or five short (60@-800word) papers.
Prerequisites: PSY 105(GeneralPsychology)
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 2
Idealism and the Adolescent
PSY 3704025
Instructor: Duane E.Johnson
Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person.
Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism W e d toward other
persons and society will be the main focus.-This course will be conducted as a seminar
with a high level of student contributionand prticiption. Attendance at each class
session is requhd.
Procedures will include class discussion, frequent short papers, and frequentoral
reports. Each student will be r e q M to seek out and interview pmons in the adolescent level of development. Typewritingor equivalent word processing will be required.
Studentsare required to read TheMoral Life of Children by Robert Colesbefore the start of
the Interim Thisbook will be available in the Augsburg Bookstore by November 1.
Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessionsand will provide a
base for further learning in the course.
This course is offered only on PIN basis.
Prerequisites: PSY 105, General Psychology
Time: I
Room: Old Main 23
The Bz%k, h p a g e and Intqmtation
REL 445 41006
Instructor: Philip Quanbeck
A study of theuse and funciton of language in the Bible. The importance of recognizing the varied character of language for understanding thebiblical text. Grades will be
based on class prticipation, a presentation to the class and an examination.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room: Old Main 11
The Theology of Mm'age
REL,34341026
Instructor: Cathy Paulsen
Mamiage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make
with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the
1
I
I
heart, whether you are manied or not, but it will inaxme your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of
Christian tea*,
many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G.
Jung willbe studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarilyto the
family.
discussion, and visiting resourcepersons. Evaluationwill be
Thew willbe,-l
based on class participation, one paper, and two tests. Two books willbe required.
Prerequisites:REL 111 or REL 221 or permission of instructor.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward graduation requirements.)
Time: I
Room Music 24
Biblical T
&
i
Then andNow
REL4354060
Instructor:~~-en
An opportunity for students to mearch s@c Biblical texts to examine their place
in Scriand how it has been interpwtd by theologians down through the centuries,
including current interpwlations by feminist, process and liberation theologians.
Each student will mearch and pment findings to the class on one specific text.
Evaluation is based on class participation and the mearch paper. No exams.
Prerequisites REL 111 or REL 221.
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religioncourse may be used toward
graduationrequirements.)
Time: II
Room Old Main 23
A t m , God and Money: How SciencP,
Religion a n d E c m i c s M k
REL 43641061
Instructors: Mark Engebretson,JohnBenson, and Tom M q a n
Science, theology and economic thought are intricately intertwined and reflect
one another in the development of Western Civilization. "Atoms, God and Money
will examine three historical periods: Medieval, 18th Century and 20th Century, to
show how the three areas of thought change together and influence one another.
Course content will be drawn from texts and video series by James Burke and from
writings of Kenneth Boulding. Class time will be divided among a variety of
activities including: discussion, lecture, presentations, small group tutorials and
simulation games. Drawing from the ideas developed in the course, participants
will work as teams to construct Space Colonies.
Course evaluation will be based upon: Midterm and Final exams, group project
presentation, and a final paper on a topic in the area in which one is taking the
course for credit.
Prerequisites: Junior or Senior status and one prior religion course
Distribution: Religion (only one Interim Religion course may be used toward
graduation requirements.)
Time: I1
Room: Science 123
Exploring Human Services
SWK 25741027
Instructor: Mary Lou Williams
Students will volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency
representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3
hours per week during which agency experiences will be shared and readings
discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in agency, written subjective
summary, brief journal summary, exam on readings.
Time: I
Room: Murphy Place 1
Exploring Human Services and Social Work
in Great Britain (lanuay 2-26,1991)
SWK 34611028
Instructor: Rosemary Link
Experience the excitement of a changing Europe through British eyes. Explore
modern social policies in the context of ancient culture. Join British students and
faculty and meet a variety of human service professionals in health, corrections,
family and child welfare. Encounter the breadth of the nation's traditions through
visits to galleries, museums, theaters and historic sites, such as Canterbury, and
Stratford. In London we visit a wide range of agencies and explore this lively city
with the help of English social work students. We visit the West coast port of Bristol
and benefit from University faculty expertise in advocacy and child welfare. We mix
practical experience, observation and dialogue to understand how the country's
social services reflect culhual values. The fee ($2,295) includes travel and accomrnodations, breakfast daily, two lunches, six dinners and two theater tickets.
Registration for this Interim must be made before October 26 at The Office of
International Programs.
Field Work LU
S W K 466-41030 (fullcourse)
S W K 466-41029 (l/2 course)
Instrudar: Francine Chakoli
Course content w
i
l
lbe continuation of Field Work I. - educationallyfocused
field placement in a social service agency.
Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour
per week in a faculty facilitated supportive seminar held on campus. Evaluations
will be made in writing by the field instructor using previously developed contract
and social work evaluation forms.
Prerequisites: S W K 462 (Field Work II)
Time: To be arranged
Principles of Sociology
(with emphasis a the Health Care Systnn)
SOC 121-41031
Instructor: Barbara Johnson
Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups,
interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discovering the
world and one's place in it.
The emphasis for illustrationsand exercises will be directed to the health care
system. Crosscultural comparisons will be drawn. The course will be useful for
future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well.
This course covers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the
regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading
illbe given.
assignments. Three exams w
Distribution: Psychology/Sociology
Time: II
Room Library 1
Racial and Minority Group Relations
SOC 265-41032
Instructor: Jerry Gerasimo
This course considers the dimensions of racial and minority group relations.
Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self- understanding.
The course format will include lectures, films,readings, and an opportunity for offcampus participant observation. Members of the class can expect evaluation to be based
on a combination of class participation, a research project, and a final examination. The
course is offered only on a P/N basis.
Distribution: Minority-Urban
Time: I
Room Old Main 18
Beginning Spmdsh
SPA 1114(B3
Instructo~Staff
Beginrung Spanish I is the first half of the beginning sequence, the goal of which is to
introduce the student to the most basic vocabulary and grammar in order to prepat him
or her either to go on to additional study of Spanish or to use it at an elementary speaking-understanding level at the end of the m n d course. The emphasisis on spoken
Spanish, but secondarygoals to develop reading and writing skills as well. After
Inkdm, students will be prepared to continuewith Spanish 112in the spring.
The approach used in class will be proficiency oriented and grammar explanations
willbe given as needed to clan@thosein the text. Evaluation will include class participation, a test on each chapterand a written and an oral final scam
Distribution: ForeignZanguage
Time: I
Room Old Main 29
Evaluating Continental Literatrwe
SPA 250-41034
~ I ' I S Gu*
~ ~ E
ROZ4?tlt&
The objective of the course is to enable studentsto discuss continentalliterature
through theuse of valid critical tools. It will involve both theory and subsequent evaluation of the reading selectionsfrom different points of view. We shall read half a dozen
short stories, severalplays, one novel and a number of poems.
Studentevaluation willbe based on thw written repork, participation in class
discussions, and a finalscam This course is designed for foreign language studentsbut
anyone with an interest in European continental literatureis welcome to m 1 1 . Students
interested in Spanish350 (Introductionto Literam for Language Students)should see
the instructor for special arrangements.Offered in English.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or consent of instructor
Distribution: English-Speech
Time:I
Room: Old Main27
Documentary Video
SPC 347-41035
Instructor: Deborah Bart
Documentary video is a video production course which integrates lecture
and criticism with hands-on experience dealing with non-fiction subjects.
Students will work in production teams, gaining experience in field production
and editing. The production teams will produce a 30-minute documentary piece.
Evaluation will be based upon student journals, critiques and a paper.
This course requires additional lab time for editing.
Time: I
Room: Foss A-V Seminar
Theater Crafts
SPC 495-41036
Instructor: Michael Burden
Theatei Crafts will introduce students to several methods used in producing
props and costume accessories for the stage. Class time will be project oriented.
Projects will include felt hats, masks, jewelry, mold casting, hand props and a
final project to be selected by the student. The class will also include theater
tours and attendance at a prop-oriented show.
Prerequisites: SPC 222 or 228 (Intro to Theatre or Technical Production) or
permission of instructor.
Time: I1
Room: Tjornhom-Nelson Theater
Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association
for Intercultural Education, which offersoverseas learning experienm during the
Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from
Kathleen Lutfi at the InternationalPrograms Office, 2018 Eighth Street (330.16551 or
from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1990. These
courses a~ offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number.
Ancient and Modern Maya of the Yucatan
Archaeology in Yugoslavia
Art in France and Italy
Australia's Business Climate
The British School and Family
The Culture, Heritage and Diversity of Eastern Europe
Ecology and Natural History of The Yucatan
E m t in Transition
Europe and the Rise of Modern Science
-- Exploring Human Services and Social Work in Great Britain
Greece Art and Artifact, Myth and Drama
Guatemala: Centuries of Tradition- Century of Change
Hawaii: Mu1ti Cultural Communication in Organizational Settings
Intermediate German. 2,000 Years in Trier
Literary Landscapes of England and Ireland
Modern European Business and Worklife
Molart to Brahms: Music in Germany and Austria
Museums, Music and Monuments (Germany,Austria, Italy, Hunga y)
Peace Studies: Nonviolent Revolution in Europe
Social Change: The Ultimatum of Community Development in India
The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe in the Gorbachev Era
Southeast Sea Adventure: Tropical Ecology in Malaysia and Bali
Spain. 1492 to 1992 and Beyond
Theatre in Britain
This is New Zealand
Towards Peace an Conflict Resolution. Study in Ireland
Translating All That Business About lapan
*
These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most cany a tuition
cost plus other expenses which are the responsibility of the student. They are
offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are
available in the Interim Office.
Sailing in the Virgin Islands (January8-24 1991)
HPE 455-41039
Instructor: Joyce Pfaff
Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and
practice of sailboat cruising. The course will take the participant to a competent
level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The
student will live aboard a 43-46 foot fixed keel sailboat with five/six other people
and will function as an active crew member. Actual on-the-water instruction will
be the major part of the course. Sailing will include cruises to the various islands
and cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and
windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. No smoking is allowed.
The course cost is $2,400, which includes airfare, for Augsburg day students
and qualifying 4-14 students. Others will have to pay regular Interim tuition in
order to receive academic credit.
Prerequisite: Permission from Marilyn Florian or Carol Enke of the Health
and Physical Education department.
Total payment is due October 31,1990.
Distribution: Lifetime sport (also one course credit).
Outward Bound
HPE 21241067
Check for informationin the InterimOffice for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing
on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water cImoeingand desert campingon the
Rio Grande in theDecembeT27 through January27period.
l'hereis a cost of approximately$1,275 (theOutward Bound o ~ a r b t i o has
n some
scholarshipsavailable).
LPaders o n L e a i p : The NatimlAgendu
POL39841065
Washington, D.C.: News Cap;tolof The Wmld
POL 39841066
These Interims begin December 30and continue until January19,1991. Information
on either of the above pmgrams, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr.
Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117k
ThefOllming&hity 1s d & I e fo shdcnb during Inhim and s h r h f s may rqisbjbr this
as(orn w
l
n
r mum. This &fy dm not mwy @cia! d i t , Inrf dm ma+ fhe
lfdirnesports requiremenffmgmduntim. Sludmk mnyprticipk in fhis c b ~uithuulr&tEn'ng
fw thewutse,Imt will tx qwtd fa F/mjfmw h e h or mf ll~esludent+tmfor the colme.
class as&I
American Karate
HPE 002-41045
Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum
The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught
by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00.
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: 120&1:00 MWF
Room: Melby
Racquetball
HPE 002-41044
Instructor: Brian Ammann
Distribution: Lifetime Sports
Time: I; M,W and alternate Fridays
Room: Melby
Hisotry of Economic Thought
ECO 219-41406
Instructor: Richard Herzog
A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context o
the political, economic and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be or
tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to
provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social
problems.
I.
Ancient Economic Thinking
11.
The Medieval Period
111.
Mercantilism
IV .
Classical
V.
Socialist/Utopian
VI.
Modern
Primarily lecture/dimssion depending on class size. If small class
(less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research
paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be
essay on three of five topics.
Distribution: Economics/Political Science
Time: I1
Room: Old Main 11
NEW COU'RSE
A I S 290-41069
ART 290-41068
S. Chapman
TRIBAL ARTS & CULTURE
An o v e r v i w of the v i s u a l arcs of the he'rfcan Indians v i t h i n r h e United
S r a t e s v i t h some a t t e n t i o n rtl Canada, Gntral and South America. In
addition to the visual arcs of the Eastern Woodland, P l a i n s , Pacific a d
Southwest fndians, some c o n t e n t w i l l hclude drama, d a c e , p o e t t y ,
mythology, r i t u a l s and r e l i g ~ o n . Scu&zsts -1
produce art work such ar
weaving, baskecs , p o t t e r y , jewelry, sedqture or p.rinrs. This wurst
is c r o s s f k i t e d v i t h the Arr Department.
Objectives, Content. aad Procedzres a m & s e e d on page 2 bf this
Proposal.
Evaluation w i l l be done fn amjuoctien w i t h t h e A r t
Department. A complete syllabus w i l l be developed v i t h the assistance
of che A r t D e p a r a e a t . Herhods of e v a l w c i w ill be Included.
Distribution: Fine A r t s
HPE 271-41070
Time: X I
Room:
OFFICIATING FOOTBALL
I.
~ e v e i o pknowltdgt mu s k i l l s mctizary t o ~m a' reglsttted
official nith the Hinnesota State Ugh School League.
2.
Develop appreciation far the fole of t h e official i n the total
aducational prrrcess.
Cmtenr:
OM4
Will k based an the rules mb -its
set f0M
the national
Federation for Swru and rules and r~gularlomsof tne Hinnesota
State High Schcvl League.
Procedures: Lectures, dermnstrat~ons.film. simlated 9-
situations
Evaluation: Written tcst
-
T h i s i s a one-half credit course.
H I S 140-41964
EAST EUROPE
Time: 11, M,W, a l t . Fri.
UNDER THE HAPSBURGS
-
Room: S i Melby
R.D. Zehnder
the East C e n ~ d
f u r c ~ e= a h of the rabs'hqs and itr
inheritors f o e z i n g on three themes: 1) %acfrgrpu..xd, 4 e v t l ~ * n tand -=ent
~nditzon
of t \ e peoples o f East Cent-d. E u m p t
thc Balkans w i t h
eye .to
fallowin; c ~ z t n events
t
in Erst Europe ~ ' p l - Q
an ricotic but &-
He w i l l lccir a t
vacation for tilose b e a d y bared with PEZLS and O s l o 2 ) The i..ceniws instltutlons of the & k e g s t k a t d b w c d them b m e w i a
t!!e c ! a l l e r . q e of Refgration, Libera-,
Hati-,
always as t h vsi+'-q
~
t e a m in Lke s t - ~ g g l e uith Gutavus Admf;.=s,
H z w l m n , and .
&-B
3) The brZLizn+ raltrt-al ac3ievemenrs of
s
f mt&e
.. t??es%h t ~ b d e r miles
ocean at t h e hterfaca of Geman, kt3, and SLavic s ~ c ~ e ~ fe s , HEZFreud.
W t will visit Vienna ~JI 1776 L!mgb *e fib ha2eus unless t h e
ma<*=
is realp by class. By t . ? e end of te= e v e r n n e ulll be q e c t e d to aiscuss
Easr !C==?e Fntelligently mer ccffee md m i l l do an fn-depa prrrjecr paper on
an East Europe s m e r vacatien w i t % r h s t o r i c a l f02 tome aspect, of th.
Habsbur: tultural or institutional e~::=ibution thaf you f k d psf-iF21uly
iatorescL7q. mare w i l l also be some farm of an -ma#.
Distribution: Hi rtory/Philosaphy
Time: I 1
Room: OM13
J, Shackel ford
- --
-- - - - - -
~ 1 1 1be p r e ~ r a t ~ - ~ ~ ' ~ & icjectim
~ - & t ef g e o c e ~ i r~ oi ~s - 1 ~ by a
SuceeasiW of u i e n t i l u from copemit o I-ton;
~ d l u r=forn
l
d the
discovery af the ~ t ~ m l a t t oofn t h e b l e d ;
-cgenm of a*pcrirntal
e t h o d s ; tbt o r p ~ a i ~ t l nofn the scl*ntlEi~*Oterprbe. and c-n
for t h e
&act o f science on rrligiow and mr.1 P t t t r s . shy'wr+ tb* t b - t t s t c d
theerlrs a t tb meitnta W o n mat in
perid? my dld t h e nrv Ideal
i ~ these quntiuar v ~ l require
l
er
aftto r c t w l t b opp~zitirn? c o ~ i d e t a t of
c ~ f i t l d c rthe r o c i a l llrd a f e 1 l e - l
a f r r t o f Rtfor-tion AM Cauntcrold nytb about t h e
b f o t m t ? o n m o p e . In the V r o u ¶ s we rill d b p c l
proqrtsstvc ~ t u c mof sciemtific d * q e l o ~ n tand c~let o ra ~ d c r r t m d i n go f
memr of tP. macept=l changes mt form gut of om tnttllactual h*rft.qr.
~lrrtrrretioa'vill Laclde lectnres and dlrelusia.
Bud en e x a d ~ t l o m(short W * r a rml -yrl
&
r
,
Prerequisite: 3 History course
m l m t l m u11l k
plpcr.
Time: ? I
Room: OM13
MATHEMATICS OF CHANCE
Zheng
The goal of this course I5 t o discuss with students a b u t various f i n i t e
mathematics t o p i c s , including Sets, counting Thcturfques. Probbil l t y md
S t a t i s t i c s . f lass sessions Include I r c t u e s , dCscussions and small grgup
rxercises. Course evaluatjon will be based on class-particlpatlvn,
hmemrrk, a midtrm exam and f i n a l exam. (Studmts who have hhd Probability
and Statistics fraR other courses shoutd contact the instructor before
n g i s t c r i n g far this tovrsc),
Students who have taken MT 121 aay n o t take t h i s course; however, students
who take thls course may l a t ~ rregister for HAT 121.
Prerequisites: MAT 104 or Group TI1
Distribution:
I N S 401-41071
Time: I1
Room: 5212
Math/Physics
THE C I T Y AS MYTH & METAPHOR:
& THE WILDERNESS
THE GARDEN
3. G r i f f i n
This course will l o o k a t t h e c i t y a s a garden and wilderness, e x p l o r i n g these
metaphors i n the broadest sense. Not only w i l l we look a t the c i t y per re,
but we w i 11 consider how these metaphors affect perceptions o f women L minorities.
The course w i l l approach the t o p i c primarily by way o f the humanities. Thus
there w i l l be a focus on the discussion o f t e x t s , but these texts w i l l be
supplemented by the resources of the Twin C i t i e s themselves.
Prerequisite: SENIOR HONORS STUDENT
INTERNSHIPS:
Time: I
Room: FC 42
For information on January Interim internships please contact
the Internship o f f i c e i n Murphy Place, Rm. 8, by December 14.
OTHER CHANGES:
HPE 232
REC'L RHYTHMS & ACTlVITlES meets Time: I , M,U, & a l t . F
Cancelled courses:
HIS 338, THE 1890s: AMERICA'S WATERSHED
MAT 132, MATH AND ITS
APPLICATIONS
INTERIM
Show less